Skip to main content

Ing Groep NV 20-F for FY2020

Ing Groep NV (ING)

20-F 2021-03-12 For: 2020-12-31
View Original
Added on April 12, 2026

About this 20-F

Ing Groep NV filed this 20-F on March 12, 2021, covering the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 (FY2020).

Headline figures

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, as reported in this filing, compared with the same period a year earlier where the filing states it.

Revenue
17.23B EUR
up 0.6% from 17.13B EUR a year earlier
Net income
2.25B EUR
down 42.4% from net income of 3.9B EUR a year earlier
Diluted EPS
0.58 EUR
down 42.0% from 1.00 EUR a year earlier

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

(Mark One)

☐

REGISTRATION

STATEMENT

PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

☒

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO

SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT

OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended 31 December 2020

OR

☐

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION

13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE

ACT OF 1934

OR

☐

SHELL COMPANY REPORT

PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number: 001-14642

ING GROEP N.V.

(Exact name of Registrant

as specified in its charter)

ING GROUP

(Translation

of Registrant’s

name into English)

The Netherlands

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

ING Groep N.V.

Bijlmerdreef 106

1102 CT Amsterdam

P.O.

Box 1800, 1000 BV Amsterdam

The Netherlands

(Address of principal executive offices)

Erwin Olijslager

Telephone:

+31 20 564 7705

E-mail: Erwin.Olijslager@ing.com

Bijlmerdreef 106

1102 CT Amsterdam

The Netherlands

(Name, Telephone,

E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address

of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

Title of each class

Trading symbols

Name of each exchange on which

registered

American Depositary Shares

ING

New York Stock Exchange

Ordinary shares

New York Stock Exchange

(i)

3.150% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2022

ING22

New York Stock Exchange

3.950% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2027

ING27

New York Stock Exchange

Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2022

ING22A

New York Stock Exchange

Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2023

ING23A

New York Stock Exchange

4.100% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2023

ING23

New York Stock Exchange

4.550% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2028

ING28

New York Stock Exchange

3.550% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2024

ING24

New York Stock Exchange

4.050% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2029

ING29

New York Stock Exchange

(i)

Not for trading, but only in connection with

the registration of American Depositary Shares representing such

ordinary shares, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant

to Section

12(g) of the Act.

None

Securities for

which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section

15(d) of the Act.

None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the

close of the period covered by the annual report.

Ordinary

Shares, nominal value EUR 0.01 per Ordinary Share

3.900.668.

6

35

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer,

as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities

Act.

☐

Yes

☒

No

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant

is not required to file

reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 193

☐

Yes

☒

No

Note — Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant

required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or

15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections

.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required

to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d)

of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the

registrant was required to

file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90

days.

☒

Yes

☐

No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted

electronically every Interactive Data

File required to

be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12

months

(or for such shorter period that

the registrant was required to submit and post

such files).

☒

Yes

☐

No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated

filer, an accelerated

filer, a non-accelerated

filer, or an emerging growth

company. See definition of “large

accelerated filer,”

accelerated filer,”

and

“emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

☒

Accelerated filer

☐

Non-accelerated filer

☐

Emerging growth company

☐

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements

in accordance with U.S. GAAP,

indicate by

check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition

period for complying with any new or

revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant

to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

☐

†

The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers

to any update issued by the Financial

Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification

after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation

to its management’s

assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control

over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the

Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C.7262(b)) by the registered public accounting

firm that prepared or issued its audit

report.

☒

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare

the financial statements

included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP

☐

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued

by the International Accounting Standards Board

☒

Other

☐

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial

statement item the registrant

has elected to follow.

☐

Item 17

☐

Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined

in Rule

12b

-

2 of the Exchange Act).

☐

Yes

☒

No

ing20f2020p3i0.gif ing20f2020p3i1.gif

ING GROUP

Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

Contents

Part I

PRESENTATION

OF INFORMATION

5

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT

WITH RESPECT TO FORWARD

-LOOKING

STATEMENTS

6

1

IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISORS

8

2

OFFER STATISTICS

AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

8

3

KEY INFORMATION

8

4

INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

30

4A

UNRESOLVED STAFF

COMMENTS

66

5

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

67

6

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

85

7

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY

TRANSACTIONS

119

8

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

121

9

THE OFFER AND LISTING

122

10

ADDITIONAL INFORMAT ION

123

11

QUANTITATIVE

AND QUALITATIVE

DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

129

12

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

130

Part II

13

DEFAULTS,

DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

132

14

MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS

TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE

OF PROCEEDS

132

15

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

132

16A

AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

134

16B

CODE OF ETHICS

134

16C

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT

FEES AND SERVICES

136

16D

EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS

FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

136

16E

PURCHASES OF REGISTERED EQUITY SERVICES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED

PURCHASERS

136

16F

CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

137

16H

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

138

Part III

17

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

139

18

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

139

19

EXHIBITS

140

Additional information

RISK MANAGEMENT

142

SELECTED STATISTICAL

INFORMATION ON BANKING OPERATIONS

242

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

5

PRESENTATION

OF INFORMATION

In this Annual Report, and unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise dictates,

references to "ING Groep

N.V.",

"ING Groep" and "ING Group" refer to ING Groep N.V.

and references to "ING", the "Company", the

"Group", "we" and "us" refer to ING Groep N.V.

and its consolidated subsidiaries. ING Groep N.V.'s

primary

banking subsidiary is ING Bank N.V.

(together with its consolidated subsidiaries, "ING Bank"). References to

"Executive Board"

and "Supervisory Board" refer to the Executive Board or Supervisory Board of ING Groep N.V.,

respectively.

ING presents its consolidated financial statements in euros, the

currency of the European Economic and

Monetary Union. Unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, references

to “$”,

“US$” and

“Dollars” are to the United States dollars and references

to “EUR” are to euros.

ING prepares financial information in accordance with International

Financial Reporting Standards as issued by

the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS-IASB”) for

purposes of reporting with the U.S. Securities and

Exchange Commission (“SEC”), including financial information contained in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

ING

Group’s accounting policies and its use of various options under IFRS

-IASB are described under ‘Principles of

valuation and determination of results’ in the consolidated financial statements.

In this document the term “IFRS-

IASB” is used to refer to IFRS-IASB as applied by ING Group.

The published 2020 Annual Accounts of ING Group, however,

are prepared in accordance with IFRS-EU. IFRS-EU

refers to International

Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as adopted by the European Union (“EU”), including

the decisions ING Group made with regard to the options available under IFRS as adopted

by the EU (IFRS-EU).

IFRS-EU differs from IFRS-IASB,

in respect of certain paragraphs in IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and

Measurement’ regarding hedge accounting for portfolio hedges of interest

rate risk. Under IFRS-EU, ING Group

applies fair value hedge accounting for portfolio hedges of interest

rate risk (fair value macro hedges) in

accordance with the EU “carve-out” version of IAS 39. Under the EU “IAS 39 carve-out”,

hedge accounting may be

applied, in respect of fair value macro hedges, to core deposits and hedge ineffectiveness

is only recognised

when the revised estimate of the amount of cash flows in scheduled time buckets

falls below the original

designated amount of that bucket, and is not recognised when the revised amount of cash

flows in scheduled

time buckets is more than the original designated amount. Under IFRS-IASB, hedge accounting

for fair value

macro hedges cannot be applied to core deposits and hedge ineffectiveness

arises whenever the revised

estimate of the amount of cash flows in scheduled time buckets is either more or less than the original

designated amount of that bucket. IFRS-IASB financial information

is prepared by reversing the hedge accounting

impacts that are applied under the EU “carve-out”’ version of IAS 39. Financial information under IFRS-IASB

accordingly does not take account of the possibility that, had ING Group applied IFRS-IASB as its primary

accounting framework, it might have applied alternative

hedge strategies where those alternative hedge

strategies could have qualified for IFRS-IASB

compliant hedge accounting. These decisions could have resulted in

different shareholders’ equity and net result amounts

compared to those indicated in this Annual Report on

Form 20-F.

Other than for the purpose of SEC reporting, ING Group intends to continue to prepare

its Annual Accounts

under IFRS-EU. A reconciliation between IFRS-EU and IFRS

-IASB for shareholders’ equity and net result is included

in Note 1 ‘accounting policies’ to the consolidated financial statements.

Certain amounts set forth herein, such as percentages, may

not sum due to rounding.

This Annual Report on Form 20-F contains inactive textual addresses to Internet

websites operated by us and

third parties. Reference to such websites

is made for information purposes only,

and information found at such

websites is not incorporated by reference

into this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

6

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT

WITH RESPECT

TO FORWARD

-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain of the statements contained herein

are not historical facts, including, without limitation, certain

statements made of future expectations

and other forward-looking statements that

are based on management’s

current views and assumptions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties that

could cause actual

results, performance or events to differ materially

from those expressed or implied in such statements. Actual

results, performance or events may differ

materially from those in such statements due to a number of factors,

including, without limitation,

●

changes in general economic conditions, in particular economic conditions in ING’s

core

markets, including changes affecting currency exchange

rates,

●

the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and related response

measures, including lockdowns and

travel restrictions, on economic conditions in countries in which ING operates,

on ING’s business

and operations and on ING’s employees, customers

and counterparties,

●

changes affecting interest

rate levels,

●

any default of a major market participant and related

market disruption,

●

changes in performance of financial markets, including in Europe and developing markets,

●

political instability and fiscal uncertainty in Europe and the United States,

●

discontinuation of or changes in ‘benchmark’ indices,

●

inflation and deflation in our principal markets,

●

changes in conditions in the credit and capital markets generally,

including changes in borrower

and counterparty creditworthiness,

●

failures of banks falling under the scope of state

compensation schemes,

●

non-compliance with or changes in laws and regulations, including those financial services and

tax laws, and the interpretation

and application thereof,

●

geopolitical risks, political instabilities and policies and actions of governmental and regulatory

authorities,

●

legal and regulatory risks in certain countries with less developed legal

and regulatory

frameworks,

●

prudential supervision and regulations, including in relation to stress tests and regulatory

restrictions on dividends and distributions, (also among members of the group),

●

regulatory consequences of the United Kingdom’s

withdrawal from the European Union,

including authorizations and equivalence decisions,

●

ING’s ability to meet minimum capital

and other prudential regulatory requirements,

●

changes in regulation of US commodities and derivatives businesses of ING and its customers,

●

application of bank recovery and resolution regimes, including write-down and conversion

powers in relation to our securities,

●

outcome of current and future litigation, enforcement

proceedings, investigations or other

regulatory actions, including claims by customers who feel mislead and other conduct issues,

●

changes in tax laws and regulations and risks of non-compliance or investigation

in connection

with tax laws, including FATCA,

●

operational risks, such as system disruptions or failures,

breaches of security, cyber-attacks,

human error,

changes in operational practices or inadequate controls including in respect

of

third parties with which we do business,

●

risks and challenges related to cybercrime including the effects

of cyber-attacks and changes in

legislation and regulation related to cybersecurity and data

privacy,

●

changes in general competitive factors, including ability to

increase or maintain market share,

●

the inability to protect our intellectual property and infringement claims by third parties,

●

inability of counterparties to meet financial obligations or ability to enforce rights against

such

counterparties,

●

changes in credit ratings,

●

business, operational, regulatory,

reputation and other risks and challenges in connection with

climate change,

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

7

●

inability to attract and retain key

personnel,

●

future liabilities under defined benefit retirement plans,

●

failure to manage business risks, including in connection with use of models, use of derivatives,

or maintaining appropriate policies and guidelines,

●

changes in capital and credit markets, including interbank funding, as well as customer deposits,

which provide the liquidity and capital required to fund our operations, and,

●

the other risks and uncertainties detailed in the most recent annual report of ING Groep N.V.

(including the Risk Factors contained therein) and ING’s

more recent disclosures, including press

releases, which are available on www.ING.com

.

This annual report contains inactive textual addresses to internet

websites operated by us and third parties.

Reference to such websites is made for

information purposes only, and information

found at such websites is not

incorporated by reference

into this annual report. ING does not make any representation

or warranty with

respect to the accuracy or completeness of,

or take any responsibility for,

any information found at any

websites

operated by third parties. ING specifically disclaims any liability with respect to any information

found at

websites operated by third parties. ING cannot guarantee

that websites operated by third parties remain

available following the filing of this annual report or that any information

found at such websites will not change

following the filing of this annual report. Many of those factors are

beyond ING’s control.

Any forward looking statements

made by or on behalf of ING speak only as of the date they are made, and ING

assumes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward

-looking statements, whether as a result of new

information or for any other reason.

This document does not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer

to purchase, any securities in the

United States or any other jurisdiction.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

8

PART

I

Item 1.

I

dentity of Directors,

Senior

Management And Advisors

Not Applicable.

Item 2.

Offer Statistics

and Expected

Timetable

Not Applicable.

Item 3.

Key Information

A.

Selected financial data

Not applicable.

B.

Capitalization and indebtedness

This item does not apply to annual reports on Form 20-F.

C.

Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds

This item does not apply to annual reports on Form 20-F.

D.

Risk Factors

Summary of Risk factors

The following is a summary of the principal risk factors that could have a material

adverse effect on the business

activities, financial condition, results and prospects of ING. Please carefully consider all of the information

discussed in this Item 3.D “Risk Factors” for a detailed description of these risks.

Risks related to financial conditions, market

environment and general economic trends

●

Our revenues and earnings are affected by the volatility

and strength of the economic, business,

liquidity, funding and capital markets

environments of the various geographic regions in which we

conduct business, as well as by changes in customer behaviour in these regions, and an adverse change

in any one region could have an impact on our business, results and financial condition.

●

ING’s business, results and financial condition have

been, and likely will continue to be, adversely

affected by the Covid-19 pandemic.

●

Interest rate volatility

and other interest rate changes may

adversely affect our business, results and

financial condition.

●

The default of a major market participant could disrupt the markets

and may have an adverse effect

on

our business, results and financial condition.

●

Continued risk of political instability and fiscal uncertainty in Europe and the United States,

as well as

ongoing volatility in the financial markets and the economy generally

have adversely affected,

and may

continue to adversely affect, our business, results and financial condition.

●

Discontinuation of or changes to ‘benchmark’ indices may negatively affect

our business, results and

financial condition.

●

Inflation and deflation may negatively affect

our business, results and financial condition.

●

Market conditions, including those observed over the past few years,

and the application of IFRS 9 may

increase the risk of loans being impaired and have a negative effect

on our results and financial

condition.

●

We may incur losses due to failures of banks falling

under the scope of state compensation schemes.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

9

Risks related to the regulation and supervision of the Group

●

Non-compliance with laws and/or regulations concerning financial services or financial institutions,

including with respect to financial economic crimes, could result in fines and other liabilities, penalties or

consequences for us, which could materially affect our business and reduce our profitability.

●

Changes in laws and/or regulations governing financial services or financial institutions or the application

of such laws and/or regulations may increase our operating costs

and limit our activities.

●

We are subject to additional legal and regulatory risk in certain

countries where we operate with less

developed or predictable legal and regulatory frameworks.

●

We are subject to the regulatory supervision of the ECB and other regulators

with extensive supervisory

and investigatory powers.

●

The regulatory consequences of the United Kingdom’s withdrawal

from the European Union may have

adverse effects on our business, results and financial condition.

●

Failure to meet minimum capital and other prudential regulatory requirements

as applicable to us from

time to time may have a material adverse

effect on our business, results and financial condition and on

our ability to make payments on certain of our securities.

●

Our US commodities and derivatives business is subject to CFTC and SEC regulation under the Dodd-

Frank Act.

●

We are subject to several other bank recovery

and resolution regimes that include statutory write down

and conversion as well as other powers, which remains subject to significant

uncertainties as to scope

and impact on us.

Risks related to litigation, enforcement

proceedings and investigations and to

changes in tax

laws

●

We may be subject to litigation, enforcement

proceedings, investigations or other regulatory actions,

and adverse publicity.

●

We are subject to different

tax regulations in each of the jurisdictions where we conduct business, and

are exposed to changes in tax laws, and risks of non-compliance with or proceedings or investigations

with respect to, tax laws.

●

We may be subject to withholding tax if we fail to

comply with the Foreign Account Tax

Compliance Act

(“FATCA”)

and other US withholding tax regulations

●

ING is exposed to the risk of claims from customers who feel misled or treated

unfairly because of advice

or information received.

Risks related to the Group’s

business and operations

●

Operational risks, such as systems disruptions or failures,

breaches of security, cyber attacks,

human

error,

changes in operational practices, inadequate controls

including in respect of third parties with

which we do business, natural disasters or outbreaks of communicable diseases may

adversely impact

our reputation, business and results.

●

We are subject to increasing risks related

to cybercrime and compliance with cybersecurity regulation.

●

Because we operate in highly competitive markets,

including our home market, we may not be able to

increase or maintain our market share, which may have

an adverse effect on our results.

●

We may not always be able to protect

our intellectual property developed in our products and services

and may be subject to infringement claims, which could adversely impact our core business, inhibit

efforts to monetize our internal innovations

and restrict our ability to capitalize on future opportunities.

●

The inability of counterparties to meet their financial obligations or our inability to fully enforce our

rights against counterparties could have a material

adverse effect on our results.

●

Ratings are important to our business for a number of reasons, and a downgrade or a potential

downgrade in our credit ratings could have an adverse

impact on our results and net results.

●

We may be exposed to business, operational, regulatory,

reputational and other risks in connection with

climate change.

●

An inability to retain or attract key

personnel may affect our business and results.

●

We may incur further liabilities in respect of our defined benefit retirement

plans if the value of plan

assets is not sufficient to cover potential obligations, including as a result of differences

between actual

results and underlying actuarial assumptions and models.

Risks related to the Group’s

risk management practices

●

Risks relating to our use of quantitative models or assumptions to model client behaviour

for the

purposes of our market calculations may adversely impact our reputation

or results.

●

We may be unable to manage our risks successfully through derivatives.

Risks related to the Group’s

liquidity and financing activities

●

We depend on the capital and credit markets, as well

as customer deposits, to provide the liquidity and

capital required to fund our operations, and adverse conditions

in the capital and credit markets, or

significant withdrawals of customer deposits, may impact our liquidity,

borrowing and capital positions,

as well as the cost of liquidity, borrowings

and capital.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

10

●

As a holding company, ING Groep

N.V.

is dependent for liquidity on payments from its subsidiaries, many

of which are subject to regulatory and other restrictions on their ability to transact with affiliates.

Additional risks relating to ownership of ING shares

●

Holders of ING shares may experience dilution of their holdings.

●

Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands and many

of the members of our

Supervisory and Executive Board and our officers reside outside of the United States,

it may be difficult

to enforce judgments against ING or the members of our Supervisory and Executive

Boards or our

officers.

Risk factors

Any of the risks described below could have a material adverse effect

on the business activities, financial

condition, results and prospects of ING. ING may face a number of the risks described below simultaneously and

some risks described below may be interdependent. While the risk factors below have

been divided into

categories, some risk factors could belong in more than one category

and investors should carefully consider all

of the risk factors set out in this section. Additional risks of which the Company is not presently aware,

or that are

currently viewed as immaterial, could also affect the business operations

of ING and have a material adverse

effect on ING’s

business activities, financial condition, results and prospects. The market price of ING shares or

other securities could decline due to any of those risks including the risks described below,

and investors could

lose all or part of their investments.

Although the most material risk factors have been presented

first within each category,

the order in which the

remaining risk factors are presented is not necessarily an indication

of the likelihood of the risks actually

materialising, of the potential significance of the risks or of the scope of any potential negative impact to

our

business, results, financial condition and prospects.

Risks related to financial conditions, market

environment and general economic trends

Our revenues and earnings are affected by

the volatility and strength of the economic, business,

liquidity, funding and capital markets

environments of the various geographic

regions in which

we conduct business, as well as by changes in customer behaviour in these

regions, and an

adverse change in any one region could have

an impact on our business, results and financial

condition.

Because ING is a multinational banking and financial services corporation, with a global presence and serving

around 39.3 million customers, corporate

clients and financial institutions in over 40 countries, ING’s business,

results and financial condition may be significantly impacted by turmoil and volatility in the worldwide financial

markets or in the particular geographic areas in which we operate.

In Retail Banking, our products include

savings, payments, investments, loans and mortgages

in most of our Retail Banking markets. In Wholesale

Banking, we provide specialised lending, tailored corporate finance, debt and equity market

solutions, payments

& cash management, trade and treasury services. As a result, negative developments

in financial markets and/or

countries or regions in which we operate, have

in the past had and may in the future have a material adverse

impact on our business, results and financial condition, including as a result of the potential consequences listed

below.

Factors such as interest rates,

securities prices, credit spreads, liquidity spreads, exchange rates,

consumer

spending, changes in customer behaviour,

business investment, real estate values

and private equity valuations,

government spending, inflation or deflation, the volatility and strength of the capital

markets, political events

and trends, terrorism, pandemics and epidemics (such as Covid-19, as described in greater detail below under the

heading “– ING’s business, results and financial condition have

been, and likely will continue to be adversely

affected by the Covid-19 pandemic”) or other widespread health emergencies all impact the business and

economic environment and, ultimately,

our solvency, liquidity and the amount and profitability

of business we

conduct in a specific geographic region. Certain of these risks are often experienced globally as well as in specific

geographic regions and are described in greater detail below under the headings “–Interest

rate volatility and

other interest rate changes may

adversely affect our business, results and financial condition”,

“–Inflation and

deflation may negatively affect

our business, results and financial condition”,

“–Market conditions, including

those observed over the past few years and the application of IFRS 9 may

increase the risk of loans being

impaired and have a negative effect

on our results and financial condition” and “–Continued risk of political

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

11

instability and fiscal uncertainty in Europe and the United States, as well as ongoing

volatility in the financial

markets and the economy generally have

adversely affected, and may continue

to adversely affect, our business,

results and financial condition”.

All of these are factors in local and regional economies as well as in the global

economy,

and we may be affected by changes in any one of these factors

in any one country or region, and more

if more of these factors occur simultaneously and/or in multiple countries or regions

or on a global scale.

In case one or more of the factors mentioned above adversely affects

the profitability of our business, this might

also result, among other things, in the following:

◾

reserve and provisions inadequacies, which could ultimately be realised through profit and loss and

shareholders’ equity;

◾

the write-down of tax assets impacting net results and/or equity;

◾

impairment expenses related to goodwill and other intangible assets, impacting net result;

and/or

◾

movements in risk weighted assets for the determination of required

capital.

In particular, we are

exposed to financial, economic, market and political conditions in the Benelux countries and

Germany, from

which we derive a significant portion of our revenues in both Retail Banking and Wholesale

Banking, and which present risks of economic downturn. Though less material, we also derive substantial

revenues in the following geographic regions: Turkey,

Eastern Europe (primarily Poland among others), Southern

Europe (primarily Spain among others), East Asia (primarily Singapore among others) and Australia

which also

present risks of economic downturn. In an economic downturn, we expect that

higher unemployment, lower

family income, lower corporate earnings, higher corporate

and private debt defaults, lower business investments

and lower consumer spending would adversely affect the demand for

banking products, and that ING may need

to increase its reserves and provisions, each of which may result in overall lower

earnings. The impact of the

Covid-19 pandemic, as an example of an economic downturn, as well as the substantial monetary and

government measures, are still materialising and expected

to continue to affect our business. For more

information, refer to the risk factor

described under heading “–ING’s business, results and financial condition

have been, and likely will continue to be adversely affected

by the Covid-19 pandemic”. Securities prices, real

estate values and private equity valuations

may also be adversely impacted, and any such losses would be

realised through profit and loss and shareholders’ equity.

We also offer a number of financial products that

expose us to risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates,

securities prices, corporate and private default

rates, the value of real estate

assets, exchange rates and credit spreads.

For further information on ING’s exposure

to particular geographic areas, see Note 35 ‘Information on

geographic areas’ to the consolidated financial statements

.

ING’s business, results and financial condition have

been, and likely will continue to be,

adversely affected by the Covid-19 pandemic.

The Covid-19 pandemic and the related response measures introduced by various national and

local

governmental authorities aimed at preventing the further spread of the disease (such as bans on public events

with over a certain number of attendees, closures of places where larger groups

of people gather such as schools,

sports facilities, bars and restaurants, lockdowns,

border controls and travel and other restrictions)

have

disrupted the normal flow of business operations in those countries and regions where we and our customers

and counterparties operate (such as, among others, Benelux, Germany,

France, Italy,

Spain, the U.K. and the

U.S.). This disruption has adversely affected, and will likely

continue to adversely affect, global economic growth,

supply chains, manufacturing, tourism, consumer spending, asset prices and unemployment levels, and has

resulted in volatility and uncertainty across the global economy and financial markets.

In addition to the measures aimed at preventing the further spread of Covid-19, governments and central

banks

around the world have also introduced measures aimed at mitigating

the economic consequences of the

pandemic and related response measures, such as guarantee schemes, compensation

schemes and cutting

interest rates. For example,

the Dutch government has implemented economic measures aimed at protecting

jobs, households’ wages and companies, e.g., by way of tax payment holidays,

guarantee schemes and a

compensation scheme for heavily affected sectors

in the economy. These announced measures and any

additional measures, including any payment holidays with respect to mortgages

or other loans, have had and

may continue to have a significant impact on our customers

and other counterparties.

Governments, regulators and central

banks (including the ECB), have also announced that they are taking or

considering measures seeking to safeguard the stability of the financial sector,

to prevent lending to the business

sector from being jeopardised and to ensure the payment system

continues to function properly.

The ECB

currently allows banks to operate below the level

of capital required by the Pillar 2 Guidance, capital

conservation buffer and the liquidity coverage ratio,

and banks are also permitted to use a portion of their capital

instruments that do not qualify as CET1 capital to meet the Pillar 2 Requirements. Several

countries also released

or reduced countercyclical buffers

(CCyB). The ECB has also issued a recommendation to the banks that it

supervises that such banks should exercise extreme prudence when deciding on or paying out dividends or

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

12

performing share buy-backs until September 30, 2021. However,

it is not certain whether these or future

measures will be extended or maintained for a sufficient period of time, or whether such measures will be

successful in mitigating the economic consequences of the pandemic and related response measures. If the

pandemic is prolonged or the actions are unsuccessful, additional actions by governments and central banks may

follow and the adverse impact on the global economy will deepen, and our business, results and financial

condition may be materially adversely affected.

In 2020, the Covid-19 pandemic affected all of our businesses, including lower or negative interest

rates, lower oil

prices and credit deterioration of loans to ING’s

customers. These effects have

also resulted in an increase in the

allowance for credit losses and impairments on non-financial assets, and reduced net interest

income due to

lower interest rates. While these effects

were partly offset by resilient fee

and commission income in 2020, this

level of activity may not persist in future periods. With Covid-19 infection rates

having recently increased,

especially in some European countries, and further lockdowns measures having been reintroduced,

this may

result in changes in government responses and further downside risk towards macro-economic

developments,

with possibly a deeper risk aversion and a delayed recovery.

These developments may result in further negative

impact on our business, results and financial condition.

In 2020, ING also took certain measures to support customers impacted by the Covid-19 pandemic, including

payment holidays, offering credit

facilities to business customers under government guarantee

schemes and

providing liquidity under credit facilities to large corporate

customers. Although, following supervisory guidelines,

payment holidays do not automatically trigger an immediate classification

of the loans as in default or as

forborne, the credit quality of these loans will be monitored for future transitions into

Stage 2 and could result in

increased risk costs and additional risk weighted assets in future periods. As of December 31, 2020, in line with

the European Banking Association (EBA) moratoria guidelines, ING has a total amount of €19.4 billion of payment

holidays or 2.6% of total credit outstandings, granted

to approximately 196,000 customers. While these

customers are located across nearly all countries

in which ING operates, over 55% of these customers are in the

Netherlands and Belgium. ING also recorded €2,675 million of net additions to loan loss provisions in 2020

compared with €1,120 million in 2019. The 2020 risk costs were severely impacted by a combination of increased

collective provisioning reflecting the worsened macro

-economic indicators due to the Covid-19 pandemic, higher

Individual Stage 3 provisions, and negative rating

migration. Should these global economic conditions be

prolonged or worsen, or should the pandemic lead to additional market disruptions, we may

experience more

customer defaults and further additions to loan loss provisions. In these circumstances, we

may also experience

reduced customer activity and demand for its products and services, increased utilization of lending

commitments and higher credit and valuation adjustments on financial assets. In addition, persistently

low

interest rates for

a longer period, as well as a potential further decline in interest rates

might result in further

decreases in net interest income. These factors

and other consequences of the Covid-19 pandemic may

materially adversely affect our business, results and financial condition.

Our capital and liquidity position may also be adversely impacted by the Covid-19 pandemic and related response

measures, including as a result of changes in future levels of savings and deposits from customers, changes

in

asset quality, and the effects

of government or regulatory responses to the pandemic, and may require

changes

to our funding structure, impact our ability to comply with regulatory capital requirements

and adversely affect

our cost of capital and credit rating. Any of the foregoing

developments may have a material adverse

impact on

our business, results and financial condition.

As of December 31, 2020, most of our staff continue to work from home. Since May 2020, staff

in various

countries have started rotation

schemes to return to work in the office in a controlled manner,

taking into

account local circumstances and any applicable government

measures (including with respect to social

distancing). This controlled office opening process is expected to

allow for essential face-to-face meetings.

However,

with Covid-19 infection rates having recently

increased, we expect that more staff will again

work from

home. Due to the uncertainties relating to the future development of the Covid-19 pandemic, it is not certain

when our employees may be generally expected or permitted

to return to the offices. If due to illness, technical

limitations or other restrictions in connection with the pandemic, employees are unable to work or are not able

to operate as effectively

and efficiently as in the office, this may adversely affect

our business, results and

financial condition.

In addition, a situation in which most or some of our employees continue working from home may raise

operational risks, including with respect to information security,

data protection, availability of key

systems and

infrastructure integrity.

There is also a risk that we will not be effective in implementing regulatory or strategic

change programs in the current environment.

The Covid-19 pandemic has led to new banking behaviour from

customers. There has been an increase in the digital behaviour of our customers

leading to reduced traffic in

branches. Over 80% of our customers now interact

with us via digital channels only. Criminals are also taking

advantage of the Covid-19 pandemic to carry out financial fraud and exploitation

scams, with examples including

advertising and trafficking in counterfeit medicines, offering

fraudulent investment opportunities, fundraising for

fake charities and engaging in phishing schemes that prey on virus-related

fears. National authorities and

international bodies (including the Financial Action Task

Force) warn citizens and businesses on impostor,

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

13

investment and product scams. Although we have organized

a Covid-19 taskforce to identify and analyse new

behavioural patterns, leading to new cases of unusual transactions being reported

to the relevant authorities,

new banking behaviours may result in additional Know Your

Customer (KYC) risks. If any of these risks were to

materialize that may adversely affect

our business, results and financial condition.

The duration of the pandemic and the impact of measures taken in response by governmental

authorities,

central banks and other third parties, whether direct or indirect, such as by increasing sovereign

debt of certain

countries which may result in increased volatility and widening credit spreads, remain

uncertain. Therefore, it is

difficult to predict the extent to which our business, results and financial condition, as well as our ability to access

capital and liquidity on financial terms acceptable for us, may be materially adversely

affected.

Interest rate

volatility and other interest rate

changes may adversely affect our business,

results

and financial condition.

Changes in prevailing interest rates

may negatively affect our business, including the level of net interest

revenue

we earn, and the levels of deposits and the demand for loans. A sustained increase in the inflation rate

in our

principal markets may also negatively affect

our business, results and financial condition. For example, a

sustained increase in the inflation rate may

result in an increase in nominal market interest

rates. A failure to

accurately anticipate higher inflation and factor

it into our product pricing assumptions may result in mispricing

of our products, which could materially and adversely impact our results. On the other hand, recent concerns

regarding negative interest

rates and the low level of interest rates

generally may negatively impact our net

interest income, which may have an adverse

impact on our profitability.

A prolonged period of low interest rates,

and in some situations negative interest rates,

has resulted in, and may

continue to result in:

◾

lower earnings over time on investments, as reinvestments

will earn lower rates;

◾

increased prepayment or redemption of mortgages and fixed

maturity securities in our investment

portfolios, as well as increased prepayments of corporate

loans. This as borrowers seek to borrow at

lower interest rates potentially

combined with lower credit spreads. Consequently,

we may be required

to reinvest the proceeds into assets at

lower interest rates;

◾

lower profitability as the result of a decrease in the spread between client rates

earned on assets and

client rates paid on savings, current account and other liabilities;

◾

higher costs for certain derivative instruments that

may be used to hedge certain of our product risks;

◾

lower profitability since we may not be able to fully track the decline in interest

rates in our savings

rates;

◾

lower profitability since we may not always be entitled

to impose surcharges to customers to

compensate for the decline in interest rates;

◾

lower profitability since we may have to

pay a higher premium for the defined contribution scheme in

the Netherlands for which the premium paid is dependent on interest rate

developments and the Dutch

Central Bank’s (“DNB’s”)

methodology for determining the ultimate forward rate;

◾

lower interest rates may

cause asset margins to decrease thereby lowering our results. This may for

example be the consequence of increased competition for investments

as result of the low rates,

thereby driving margins down; and/or

◾

(depending on the position) a significant collateral posting requirement

associated with our interest rate

hedge programs, which could materially and adversely affect

liquidity and our profitability.

The foregoing impacts have been and may be further amplified in a negative

interest rate environment,

since we

may not be able to earn interest on our assets (including reserves). In addition, we have, and may

continue to,

earn negative interest on certain of our assets (including cash balances, loans and bonds), while still paying

positive interest or no interest to

others to hold our liabilities, resulting in an adverse impact on our credit spread

and lowering of our net interest income. Furthermore, in the event that

a negative interest rate

environment

results in ING’s depositors being forced

to pay interest to ING to hold cash deposits, some depositors

may choose

to withdraw their deposits rather than pay interest

to ING, which would have an adverse effect on our

reputation, business, results and financial condition. For example, in March

2020, the U.S. Federal Reserve has

cut the benchmark U.S. interest rate in response to

the Covid-19 pandemic and related impacts on the economy

and financial markets. On 1 January 2021, ING announced that it will charge negative interest

to customers on

current and deposit accounts exceeding €250,000 (such negative

interest rate will only apply to the amount by

which the current or deposit account exceeds €250,000 ). Such declines in interest rates

in the United States or

other markets in which ING and its customers and counterparties operate

may have a significant adverse effect

on our business and operations.

Alternatively,

any period of rapidly increasing interest rates

may result in:

◾

a decrease in the demand for loans;

◾

higher interest rates to be paid on customer

deposits and on debt securities that we have issued or may

issue on the financial markets from time to time to finance our operations, which would increase our

interest expenses and reduce our results;

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

14

◾

higher interest rates which can lead to

lower investments prices and reduce the revaluation reserves,

thereby lowering IFRS equity and the capital ratios. Also the lower securities value leads to a loss of

liquidity generating capacity which needs to be compensated by attracting

new liquidity generating

capacity which reduces our results;

◾

prepayment losses if prepayment rates

are lower than expected or if interest rates

increase too rapidly

to adjust the accompanying hedges; and/or

◾

(depending on the position) a significant collateral posting requirement

associated with our interest rate

hedge program.

The default of a major market participant could disrupt the markets

and may have an adverse

effect on our business, results and financial condition.

Within the financial services industry, the severe distress

or default of any one institution (including sovereigns

and central counterparties (CCPs)) could lead to defaults

by, or the severe

distress of, other market

participants.

While prudential regulation may reduce the probability of a default

by a major financial institution, the actual

occurrence of such a default could have a material adverse

impact on ING. Such distress of, or default

by, a major

financial institution could disrupt markets or clearance and settlement

systems and lead to a chain of defaults by

other financial institutions, since the commercial and financial soundness of many financial institutions may be

closely related as a result of credit, trading, clearing or other relationships. Also the perceived lack of

creditworthiness of a sovereign or a major financial institution (or a default by any such entity)

may lead to

market-wide liquidity problems and losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. This risk is sometimes

referred to as ‘systemic

risk’ and may adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as clearing agencies, clearing

houses, banks, securities firms and exchanges with whom we interact on a daily basis and financial instruments

of sovereigns in which we invest. Systemic

risk could impact ING directly, by exposing

it to material credit losses

on transactions with defaulting counterparties or indirectly by significantly reducing

the available market liquidity

on which ING and its lending customers depend to fund their operations and/or leading to a write down of loans

or securities held by ING. In addition, ING may also be faced with additional open market risk for which hedging

or mitigation strategies may not be available

or effective (either by hedges eliminated by defaulting

counterparties, or reduce market liquidity). Systemic

risk could have a material adverse effect

on our ability to

raise new funding and on our business, results and financial condition. In addition, such distress or failure could

impact future product sales as a potential result of reduced confidence in the financial services industry.

Continued risk of political instability and fiscal uncertainty in Europe and the United

States, as

well as ongoing volatility in the financial markets and the economy

generally have adversely

affected, and may continue to adversely

affect, our business, results and financial condition.

Our global business and results are materially affected by conditions in the global capital

markets and the

economy generally.

In Europe, there are continuing concerns over weaker

economic conditions, levels of

unemployment, the availability and cost of credit, credit spreads,

and the impact of continued quantitative

easing within the Eurozone through bond repurchases and the ECB’s

targeted longer-term

refinancing operation

(‘TLTRO’). In addition, geopolitical issues, including trade tensions between the US and China, increasing

protectionism between key countries,

and issues with respect to the Middle East, Russia/Ukraine and North

Korea may all contribute to adverse

developments in the global capital markets and the economy generally.

Adverse developments in the market have

included, for example, temporary decrease in liquidity,

increased price

volatility, credit

downgrade events, and increased probability of default for

fixed income securities. Moreover,

there is a risk that an adverse credit event at one or more

European sovereign debtors (including a credit rating

downgrade or a default) could trigger a broader economic downturn in Europe and elsewhere. In addition, the

confluence of these and other factors has resulted in volatile foreign

exchange markets. International

equity

markets have also continued to experience

heightened volatility and turmoil, with issuers, including ourselves,

that have exposure to the real estate,

mortgage, private equity and credit markets

particularly affected. These

events, market upheavals and continuing

risks, including high levels of volatility,

have had and may continue to

have an adverse effect on our results,

in part because we have a large investment

portfolio.

There is also continued uncertainty over the long-term outlook for the tax,

spending and borrowing policies of

the US, the future economic performance of the US within the global economy and any potential future

budgetary restrictions in the US, with a potential impact on a future sovereign credit ratings

downgrade of the US

government, including the rating of US Treasury

securities. A downgrade of US Treasury securities could also

impact the ratings and perceived creditworthiness of instruments issued, insured or guaranteed

by institutions,

agencies or instrumentalities directly linked to the US government.

US Treasury securities and other US

government-linked securities are key

assets on the balance sheets of many financial institutions and are widely

used as collateral by financial institutions to meet their day-to

-day cash flows in the short-term debt market.

The

impact of any further downgrades to the sovereign credit rating

of the US government or a default by the US

government on its debt obligations would create

broader financial turmoil and uncertainty,

which would weigh

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

15

heavily on the global financial system and could consequently result in a significant adverse

impact to the

Group’s business and operations.

In many cases, the markets for investments

and instruments have been and remain illiquid, and issues relating to

counterparty credit ratings and other factors

have exacerbated pricing and valuation uncertainties.

Valuation of

such investments and instruments is a complex process involving

the consideration of market transactions,

pricing models, management judgment and other factors, and is also impacted by external factors,

such as

underlying mortgage default rates, interest

rates, rating agency actions and property valuations.

Historically

these factors have resulted in, among other things, valuation

and impairment issues in connection with our

exposures to European sovereign debt and other investments.

Any of these general developments in global financial and political conditions could negatively

impact to our

business, results and financial condition in future periods.

Discontinuation of or changes to ‘benchmark’ indices may negatively

affect our business, results

and financial condition.

Financial markets

have historically relied on Interbank Offered

Rates (‘IBORs’) benchmarks, such as the London

Interbank Offered Rate (‘LIBOR’), the Euro

OverNight Index Average (‘EONIA’)

and the Euro Interbank Offered

Rate (‘EURIBOR’). These interest rate

‘benchmarks’ have been the subject of ongoing national and international

regulatory reform. For example,

ICE Benchmark Administration (IBA), as the administrator of LIBOR, issued a

consultation with respect to its plans for the cessation for most

LIBOR rates at the end of 2021, with an 18 month

extension proposed for USD LIBOR, one of the most widely used LIBOR rates. EONIA

will cease to be published by

1 January 2022 and the European Money Markets Institute (EONIA’s

administrator) has indicated that EONIA

cannot be used in any contracts that may be outstanding as of 1 January 2022. Following the implementation

of

such reforms, the manner of administration of benchmarks may change, with the

result that they may perform or

be calculated differently than in the past, or such benchmarks

may cease to exist entirely,

or there could be other

consequences which cannot be predicted.

Public authorities have initiated industry working groups in various jurisdictions to develop

and recommend

alternative rates that could serve as replacements

when such rates cease to exist or materially change. This is

commonly referred to as a fallback rate.

The US Federal Reserve’s

Alternative Reference Rates

Committee

(commonly referred to as ‘ARRC’)

has recommended adoption of the Secured Overnight Financing Rate

(commonly referred to as ‘SOFR’) as an alternative to

USD LIBOR, and the limited extension announced by the

IBA has eased the timeline for the transition of existing contracts referencing

USD LIBOR. For EURIBOR, the

Working Group on Euro Risk-Free

Rates is continuing its work on developing recommended fallback rates

based

on the “euro short-term rate”

(€STR). €STR is being published and is now widely used, and calculation of the

EONIA benchmark described above has been modified to refer to the €STR benchmark until the EONIA

benchmark is discontinued.

Public authorities have also recognised that certain LIBOR contracts do not contain

any alternatives, contain

inappropriate alternatives, or cannot be renegotiated

or amended prior to the expected cessation of LIBOR. In

response to this challenge the FCA, as the supervisor of LIBOR, plans to make use of the proposed powers

granted to them to enable continued publication of a “synthetic”

LIBOR using a different methodology and

inputs, which may help reduce disruption to holders of tough legacy contracts.

However,

there is no certainty as

to whether the FCA will exercise these powers or what

form the revised methodology would take, and the FCA

has consequently encouraged users of LIBOR to renegotiate

or amend as many contracts as possible before the

relevant LIBOR ceases.

In response, the European Commission has announced various legislative fixes, that most

notably reduce the scope for potential conflict with the solutions proposed by other jurisdictions. However,

there

is no guarantee that regulators will implement

measures to address such legacy contracts, or that such measures

will be effective in avoiding business disruption or contractual

disputes.

The potential discontinuation of interest rate

benchmarks or any other benchmark, or changes in the

methodology or manner of administration of any benchmark, could result in a number of risks for the Group,

its

customers, and the financial services industry more widely. These risks

include legal risks in relation to changes

required to documentation for new and existing

transactions. The Group may also be exposed to operational

risks or incur additional costs due to the potential requirement to

adapt IT systems, trade reporting infrastructure

processes, or in relation to communications with clients or other parties and engagement during the transition

period. In addition to the heightened conduct and operational risks, the process of adopting new reference

rates

may expose the Group to an increased level of financial risk, such as potential earnings volatility resulting

from

contract modifications and changes in hedge accounting relationships.

It is not currently possible to determine

the full impact of such changes on the Group, and the implementation of alternative benchmark rates

may have

a material adverse effect on our business, results and financial condition

.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

16

Inflation and deflation may negatively

affect our business, results and financial condition.

A sustained increase in the inflation rate in our principal markets

would have multiple impacts on us and may

negatively affect our business, results and financial condition. For example,

a sustained increase in the inflation

rate may result in an increase in market

interest rates, which may:

◾

decrease the estimated fair value of certain fixed

income securities that we hold in our investment

portfolios, resulting in:

◾

reduced levels of unrealised capital gains available

to us, which could negatively impact our

solvency position and net income, and/or

◾

a decrease in collateral values,

◾

result in increased withdrawal of certain savings products,

particularly those with fixed rates below

market rates,

◾

require us, as an issuer of securities, to pay higher interest rates

on debt securities that we issue in the

financial markets from time to time to finance our operations, which would increase our interest

expenses and reduce our results.

A significant and sustained increase in inflation has historically also been associated with decreased

prices for

equity securities and sluggish performance of equity markets generally.

A sustained decline in equity markets

may:

◾

result in impairment charges to equity securities that we hold in our investment portfolios and

reduced

levels of unrealised capital gains available to

us which would reduce our net income, and

◾

lower the value of our equity investments impacting our capital position.

In addition, a failure to accurately anticipate

higher inflation and factor it into our product pricing may result in a

systemic mispricing of our products, which would negatively impact

our results.

On the other hand, deflation experienced in our principal markets may also adversely affect

our financial

performance. In recent years, the risk of low inflation and even deflation (i.e., a continued

period with negative

rates of inflation) in the Eurozone has materialized.

Deflation may erode collateral values

and diminish the

quality of loans and cause a decrease in borrowing levels, which would negatively affect

our business and results.

Market conditions, including those observed over the past few

years, and the application of IFRS

9 may increase the risk of loans being impaired and have a negative

effect on our results and

financial condition.

We are exposed to the risk that our borrowers

(including sovereigns) may not repay their loans according to their

contractual terms and that the collateral

securing the payment of these loans may be insufficient. We may

see

adverse changes in the credit quality of our borrowers and counterparties, for

example, as a result of their

inability to refinance their indebtedness, with increasing delinquencies, defaults and insolvencies across a range

of sectors. This may lead to impairment charges on loans and other assets, higher costs and additions to loan loss

provisions. A significant increase in the size of our provision for loan losses could have

a material adverse effect

on our business, results and financial condition. Also see above under the heading “–ING’s business, results and

financial condition have been, and likely will continue to be adversely affected

by the Covid-19 pandemic”.

As set

out there, we expect to be affected by

the Covid-19 pandemic through its impact on, among others, the financial

condition of our customers or other counterparties.

IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ became effective as per 1 January 2018 and results in loan loss provisions that

may

be recognized earlier,

on a more forward looking basis and on a broader scope of financial instruments than was

previously the case under IAS 39. ING has applied the classification, measurement, and impairment requirements

retrospectively by adjusting the opening balance sheet and opening equity as at 1 January 2018. As a result of

applying IFRS 9, a shift in the forward looking consensus view of economic conditions may materially impact the

models used to calculate loan loss provisions under IFRS 9 and cause more volatility in, or higher levels of,

loan

loss provisions, any of which could adversely affect the Group’s

results, financial condition or regulatory capital

position.

Economic and other factors could lead to contraction

in the residential mortgage and commercial lending market

and to decreases in residential and commercial property prices, which could generate

substantial increases in

impairment losses. Additionally, continuing low oil prices could have

an influence on the repayment capacity of

certain corporate borrowers

active in the oil and oil related services industries.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

17

We may incur losses due to failures

of banks falling under the scope of state compensation

schemes.

While prudential regulation is intended to minimize the risk of bank failures, in the

event such a failure occurs,

given our size, we may incur significant compensation payments

to be made under the Dutch Deposit Guarantee

Scheme (DGS), which we may be unable to recover from the bankrupt estate,

and therefore the consequences of

any future failure of such a bank could be significant to ING. Such costs and

the associated costs to be borne by

us may have a material adverse effect

on our results and financial condition.

On the basis of the EU Directive on

deposit guarantee schemes, ING pays quarterly risk-weighted

contributions into

a DGS-fund.

The DGS-fund is to

grow to a target size of 0.8% of all deposits guaranteed

under the DGS, which is expected to be reached in July

  1. In case of failure of a Dutch bank, depositor compensation is paid from the DGS-fund. If the available

financial means of the fund are insufficient, Dutch banks, including ING, may be required pay to

extraordinary ex-

post contributions not exceeding 0.5% of their covered deposits per calendar year.

In exceptional circumstances

and with the consent of the competent authority,

higher contributions may be required. However,

extraordinary

ex-post contributions may be temporarily deferred

if, and for so long as, they would jeopardise the

solvency or

liquidity of a bank. Depending on the size of the failed bank, the available financial means in the fund, and the

required additional financial means, the impact of the extraordinary ex-post contributions on ING may

be

material.

Since 2015, the EU has been discussing the introduction of a pan-European deposit guarantee scheme (‘EDIS’),

(partly) replacing or complementing national compensation schemes in two or three phases. Proposals contain

elements of (re)insurance, mutual lending and mutualisation of funds. The new model is intended to be ‘overall

cost-neutral’.

Discussions have continued in 2020, but it remains uncertain when EDIS will be introduced and, if

introduced, what impact EDIS would have on ING’s

business and operations.

Risks related to the regulation and supervision of the Group

Non-compliance with laws and/or regulations concerning financial services or financial

institutions,

including with respect to financial economic crimes, could result in fines and other

liabilities, penalties or consequences for us, which could materially affect our business and

reduce our profitability.

ING has faced, and in the future may continue to face, the risk of consequences in connection with non-

compliance with applicable laws and regulations. For additional information on legal

proceedings, see Note 45

‘Legal proceedings’ to the consolidated financial statements.

There are a number of risks in areas where

applicable regulations may be unclear,

subject to multiple interpretations or under development, or where

regulations may conflict with one another,

or where regulators revise their previous guidance or courts overturn

previous rulings, which could result in our failure to meet applicable standards.

Regulators and other authorities

have the power to bring administrative or judicial proceedings against

us, which could result, among other things,

in suspension or revocation of our licenses, cease and desist orders, fines, civil penalties, criminal penalties or

other disciplinary action, which could materially harm our results and financial condition. If we fail to address, or

appear to fail to address, any of these matters

appropriately,

our reputation could be harmed and we could be

subject to additional legal risk, which could, in turn, increase the size and number of claims and damages brought

against us or subject us to enforcement actions, fines and penalties.

Furthermore, as a financial institution, we are exposed to the risk of unintentional involvement

in criminal

activity in connection with the commission of financial economic crimes, including with respect to money

laundering and the funding of terrorist and other criminal activities. The failure or perceived failure

by us to

comply with legal and regulatory requirements with respect to

financial economic crimes may result in adverse

publicity, claims and allegations, litigation

and regulatory investigations and sanctions, which may have

a material

adverse effect on our business, results, financial condition and/or

prospects in any given period. For further

discussion of the impact of litigation, enforcement proceedings, investigations

or other regulatory actions with

respect to financial economic crimes, see “– We may be subject to litigation,

enforcement proceedings,

investigations or other regulatory actions, and adverse

publicity” below.

Changes in laws and/or regulations governing

financial services or financial institutions or the

application of such laws and/or regulations may

increase our operating costs and limit our

activities.

We are subject to detailed banking laws and financial regulation in the jurisdictions in which we conduct

business. Regulation of the industries in which we operate is becoming increasingly more

extensive and complex,

while also attracting supervisory scrutiny.

Compliance with applicable and new laws and regulations is resources-

intensive, and may materially increase our operating

costs. Moreover,

these regulations intended to protect our

customers, markets and society as a whole can limit our activities, among others, through stricter

net capital,

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

18

market conduct and transparency requirements

and restrictions on the businesses in which we can operate or

invest.

Our revenues and profitability and those of our industry have been and will continue to

be impacted by

requirements relating to capital, additional loss-absorbing capacity,

leverage, minimum liquidity and long-term

funding levels, requirements related to resolution and recovery

planning, derivatives clearing and margin rules

and levels of regulatory oversight, as well as limitations on which and, if permitted,

how certain business

activities may be carried out by financial institutions.

We are subject to additional legal and regulatory

risk in certain countries where we operate

with

less developed or predictable legal and regulatory frameworks.

In certain countries in which we operate, judiciary and dispute resolution systems

may be less effective. As a

result, in case of a breach of contract, we may have

difficulties in making and enforcing claims against contractual

counterparties and, if claims are made against us, we might encounter difficulties

in mounting a defence against

such allegations. If we become party to legal proceedings in a market

with an insufficiently developed judicial

system, it could have an adverse

effect on our operations and net results.

In addition, as a result of our operations in certain countries, we are subject to risks of possible nationalisation,

expropriation, price controls, exchange

controls and other restrictive government actions, as well as the outbreak

of hostilities and or war,

in these markets. Furthermore, the current economic environment

in certain countries

in which we operate may increase the likelihood for

regulatory initiatives to enhance consumer protection or to

protect homeowners from foreclosures.

Any such regulatory initiative could have

an adverse impact on our

ability to protect our economic interest, for

instance in the event of defaults on residential mortgages

.

We are subject to the regulatory

supervision of the ECB and other regulators with extensive

supervisory and investigatory powers.

In its capacity as principal prudential supervisor in the EU, the ECB has extensive supervisory and investigatory

powers, including the ability to issue requests for information,

to conduct regulatory investigations

and on-site

inspections, and to impose monetary and other sanctions. For example, under the Single Supervisory Mechanism

(SSM), the regulators with jurisdiction over the Group, including the ECB, may

conduct stress tests and have

discretion to impose capital surcharges on financial institutions for

risks that are not otherwise recognised in risk-

weighted assets or other surcharges depending on the individual situation of the bank and take or require

other

measures, such as restrictions on or changes to the Group’s

business. Competent authorities may also, if the

Group fails to comply with regulatory requirements,

in particular with supervisory actions, minimum capital

requirements (including buffer requirements)

or with liquidity requirements, or if there are shortcomings in its

governance and risk management processes, prohibit the Group from making dividend payments

to shareholders

or distributions to holders of its regulatory capital instruments. Generally,

a failure to comply with prudential or

conduct regulations could have a material adverse

effect on the Group’s

business, results and financial condition.

The regulatory consequences of the United Kingdom’s

withdrawal from the European Union may

have adverse effects on our business, results

and financial condition.

On 24 December 2020, the United Kingdom and the EU agreed to the EU-UK Trade

and Cooperation Agreement

(the “TCA”) in connection with the departure of the UK from the EU (commonly referred to

as ‘Brexit’). However,

the financial services provisions of the TCA are very limited and , as a result, UK-based financial services providers

lost EU passporting rights as of 1 January 2021 and EU-UK financial services are now subject to unilateral

equivalence decisions. EU and UK regulators have, however,

taken certain measures to address overall

financial

stability risks, such as the temporary extension by the EU of equivalence recognition to

UK-based central

counterparties (UK CCPs) through to 30 June 2022. There is, however,

no guarantee that such equivalence

decisions will be issued by the EU or the UK in the future, or that any extensions or renewals of temporary

equivalence decisions or similar transitional arrangements will be made by the EU or the UK in the future. The

absence of such equivalence decisions for financial services could have a negative impact on ING’s

activities, with

the absence of future UK CCPs recognition expected to increase costs

for both ING and its financial markets

customers. In addition, Brexit has required and will require

other changes to ING’s business and operations,

including requiring ING to apply for a third country branch banking licenses in the UK for which ECB conditions

and PRA & FCA authorisation decisions remain pending. ING is also progressing the move of certain financial

markets activities from London to Amsterdam in light

of ECB’s supervisory expectations on booking models as a

result of Brexit. The regulatory impact of Brexit continues to

present material risks and uncertainties, particularly

as to how regulations may diverge between the EU and the UK, which could materially

increase ING’s compliance

costs and have a material adverse effect

on ING’s business, results and financial condition.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

19

Failure to meet minimum capital and other prudential regulatory

requirements as applicable to

us from time to time may have a material

adverse effect on our business, results and financial

condition and on our ability to make payments on certain

of our securities.

ING is subject to a variety of regulations that require us to comply with minimum requirements

for capital (own

funds) and additional loss absorbing capacity, as well as for liquidity,

and to comply with leverage restrictions. In

addition, such capital, liquidity and leverage requirements and their application

and interpretation may change.

Any changes may require us to maintain more

capital or to raise a different

type of capital by disqualifying

existing capital instruments from continued inclusion in regulatory

capital, requiring replacement with new

capital instruments that meet the new criteria. Sometimes changes are introduced

subject to a transitional

period during which the new requirements are being phased in, gradually progressing to a fully phased-in, or

fully-loaded, application of the requirements.

Any failure to comply with these requirements,

or to adapt to changes in such requirements, may have a material

adverse effect on our business, results and financial condition, and may require

us to seek additional capital.

Failures to meet minimum capital or other prudential requirements

may also result in ING being prohibited from

making payments on certain of our securities. Because implementation phases and transposition into EU or

national regulation where required may often involve

a lengthy period, the impact of changes in capital, liquidity

and leverage regulations on our business, results and financial condition, and on our ability to make payments

on

certain of our securities, is often unclear.

For further discussion of the impact of minimum capital and other prudential regulatory requirements on ING,

see “Item 4. Information on the Company—Regulation and Supervision—Regulatory

Developments—Basel III and

European Union Standards as currently applied by ING Group.”

Our US commodities and derivatives business is subject to CFTC

and SEC regulation under the

Dodd-Frank Act.

Our affiliate ING Capital Markets LLC is registered

with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) as a

swap dealer and is subject to CFTC regulation of the off-exchange

derivatives market pursuant to Title VII of the

U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform

and Consumer Protection Act

(“Dodd-Frank”).

Operating as a swap dealer

requires compliance with CFTC regulatory requirements,

which may be burdensome, impose additional

compliance costs and could adversely affect

the profitability of this business, as well as exposing ING to the risk

of non-compliance with these regulations.

ING Capital Markets LLC is also expected to register

with the SEC as a security-based swap dealer pursuant to

Dodd-Frank and SEC regulations enacted thereunder effective

1 November 2021. SEC registration may increase

ING Capital Markets LLC’s operational

costs as a result of compliance, margin, capital and other requirements,

and result in a substantial portion or all of ING’s security-based

swap activities with U.S. persons being conducted

through ING Capital Markets LLC. These registration

and related requirements may also reduce trading

activity,

reduce market liquidity and increase volatility in the relevant

markets.

In addition, new position limits under Dodd-Frank applicable to the derivatives market generally

for uncleared

swaps referencing any of twenty

-five commodity futures contracts could limit ING’s

position sizes in these swaps

and similarly limit the ability of counterparties to utilize certain of our products to the extent

hedging exemptions

from the position limits are unavailable. Such regulation of the derivative

markets and market participants will

likely result in increased cost of hedging and other trading activities, both for ING and its customers,

which could

expose our business to greater risk and could reduce the size and profitability

of our customer business. The

imposition of these regulatory restrictions and requirements, could also result in reduced

market liquidity,

which

could in turn increase market volatility and the risks and costs of hedging and other trading

activities.

Any of the foregoing factors, and any

further regulatory developments with respect to commodities and

derivatives, could have a material impact on our business, results and financial condition.

For further discussion of the impact of regulation of commodities and derivatives on ING, see “Item 4.

Information on the Company—Regulation and Supervision—Regulatory Developments

—Dodd-Frank Act and

other US Regulations.”

We are subject to several

other bank recovery and resolution regimes that include statutory

write down and conversion as well as other powers,

which remains subject to significant

uncertainties as to scope and impact on us.

We are subject to several recovery

and resolution regimes, including the Single Resolution Mechanism (‘SRM’),

the ‘Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive’ (‘BRRD’) as implemented in national legislation, and the Dutch

‘Intervention Act’ (Wet bijzondere maatregelen financiële ondernemingen,

as implemented in the Dutch

Financial Supervision Act). The SRM applies to banks that are supervised by the ECB under the SSM, with the aim

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

20

of ensuring an orderly resolution of failing banks at minimum costs for taxpayers

and the real economy. The

BRRD establishes a common framework for the recovery

and resolution for banks within the European Union,

with the aim of providing supervisory authorities and resolution authorities with common tools and powers to

address banking crises pre-emptively in order to safeguard

financial stability and minimise taxpayers’ exposure

to

losses. In addition, the Intervention Act confers wide-ranging powers

to the Dutch Minister of Finance, including,

among other things, in relation to shares and other securities issued by us or with our cooperation or other

claims on us (including, without limitation, expropriation thereof) if there is a serious and immediate threat to

the stability of the financial system. Any application of statutory

write-down and conversion or other powers

would not be expected to constitute an event of default

under our securities entitling holders to seek repayment.

If any of these powers were to be exercised

in respect of ING, there could be a material adverse effect

on both

ING and on holders of ING securities, including through a material adverse effect on credit

ratings and/or the

price of our securities. Investors in our securities may lose their investment

if resolution measures are taken

under current or future regimes.

For further discussion of the impact of bank recovery and resolution regimes on ING, see “Item 4. Information on

the Company—Regulation and Supervision—Regulatory Developments—Bank Recovery

and Resolution

Directive.”

Risks related to litigation, enforcement

proceedings and investigations and to

changes in tax

laws

We may be subject to litigation,

enforcement proceedings, investigations

or other regulatory

actions, and adverse publicity.

We are involved in governmental,

regulatory, arbitration

and legal proceedings and investigations involving

claims by and against us which arise in the ordinary course of our businesses, including in connection with our

activities as financial services provider, employer,

investor and taxpayer.

As a financial institution, we are subject

to specific laws and regulations governing financial services or financial institutions. See “– Changes in laws

and/or regulations governing financial services or financial institutions or the application of such laws and/or

regulations may increase our operating costs and limit our activities” above. Financial reporting

irregularities

involving other large and well-known companies, possible findings of government authorities in various

jurisdictions which are investigating several

rate-setting processes, notifications made by whistleblowers,

increasing regulatory and law enforcement scrutiny

of ‘know your customer’ anti-money laundering, tax evasion,

prohibited transactions with countries or persons subject to sanctions, and bribery or other anti-corruption

measures and anti-terrorist-financing procedures and their effectiveness,

regulatory investigations of the banking

industry, and litigation

that arises from the failure or perceived failure

by us to comply with legal, regulatory,

tax

and compliance requirements could result in adverse publicity and reputational

harm, lead to increased

regulatory supervision, affect our ability to attract

and retain customers and maintain access to the capital

markets, result in cease and desist orders, claims, enforcement

actions, fines and civil and criminal penalties,

other disciplinary action or have other material adverse effects

on us in ways that are not predictable. Some

claims and allegations may be brought by or on behalf of a class and claimants may seek large or indeterminate

amounts of damages, including compensatory,

liquidated, treble and punitive damages. Our reserves for

litigation liabilities may prove to be inadequate.

Claims and allegations, should they become public, need not be

well founded, true or successful to have a negative

impact on our reputation. In addition, press reports and other

public statements that assert some form of wrongdoing could

result in inquiries or investigations by regulators,

legislators and law enforcement officials, and responding

to these inquiries and investigations, regardless

of their

ultimate outcome, is time consuming and expensive. Adverse publicity,

claims and allegations, litigation and

regulatory investigations and sanctions may have

a material adverse effect on our business, results, financial

condition and/or prospects in any given period.

We are subject to different

tax regulations in each of the jurisdictions where we conduct

business, and are exposed to changes in tax laws,

and risks of non-compliance with or

proceedings or investigations with respect

to, tax laws.

Changes in tax laws (including case law) could increase our taxes

and our effective tax rates

and could materially

impact our tax receivables and liabilities as well as deferred tax

assets and deferred tax liabilities, which could

have a material adverse effect

on our business, results and financial condition. Changes in tax laws could also

make certain ING products less attractive,

which could have adverse consequences for our businesses and

results. Because of the geographic spread of its business, ING may be subject to tax audits, investigations

and

procedures in numerous jurisdictions at any point in time. Although we believe that we have

adequately

provided for all our tax positions, the ultimate resolution of these audits, investigations

and procedures may

result in liabilities which are different from the amounts recognized.

In addition, increased bank taxes in

countries where the Group is active result in increased taxes

on ING’s banking operations, which could negatively

impact our operations, financial condition and liquidity.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

21

We may be subject to withholding tax

if we fail to comply with the Foreign Account Tax

Compliance Act (“FATCA”)

and other US withholding tax regulations

Due to the nature of its business, ING is subject to various provisions of US tax law.

These include FATCA,

which

requires ING to provide certain information

for the US Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and the Qualified

Intermediary (“QI”) requirements, which require withholding tax

on certain non US-source payments. Failure to

comply with FATCA

and/or QI requirements and regulations could also harm our reputation

and could subject the

Group to enforcement actions, fines and penalties, which could have a material

adverse effect on our business,

reputation, revenues, results, financial condition and prospects. For additional

information with respect to

specific proceedings, see Note 45 ‘Legal proceedings’ to the consolidated financial statements.

For further

discussion of FATCA

and QI requirements with respect to ING, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—

Regulation and Supervision—Regulatory Developments—Bank Recovery

and Resolution Directive.”

ING is exposed to the risk of claims from customers

who feel misled or treated unfairly because

of advice or information received.

Our products and services, including banking products and advice services for third-party products are exposed

to claims from customers who might allege that they have

received misleading advice or other information from

advisers (both internal and external) as to which products were most

appropriate for them, or that the terms and

conditions of the products, the nature of the products or the circumstances

under which the products were sold,

were misrepresented to them. When new financial products are

brought to the market, ING engages in a

multidisciplinary product approval process in connection with the development and distribution of such

products, including production of appropriate marketing and communication

materials. Notwithstanding these

processes, customers may make

claims against ING if the products do not meet their expectations. Customer

protection regulations, as well as changes in interpretation

and perception by both the public at large and

governmental authorities of acceptable market practices,

influence customer expectations.

Products distributed through person-to-person sales forces

have a higher exposure to such claims as the sales

forces may provide face-to-face

financial planning and advisory services. Complaints may also arise if customers

feel that they have not been treated

reasonably or fairly,

or that the duty of care has not been complied with.

While a considerable amount of time and resources have been invested

in reviewing and assessing historical

sales practices and products that were sold in the past, and in the maintenance of risk management, legal

and

compliance procedures to monitor current sales practices, there

can be no assurance that all of the issues

associated with current and historical sales practices have

been or will be identified, nor that any issues already

identified will not be more widespread than presently estimated.

The negative publicity associated with any sales practices, any

compensation payable in respect of any such

issues and regulatory changes resulting from such issues, has had and could have a material

adverse effect on our

reputation, business, results, financial condition and prospects. For additional information

regarding legal

proceedings or claims, see Note 45 ‘Legal proceedings’ to the consolidated financial statements

.

Risks related to the Group’s

business and operations

Operational risks, such as systems

disruptions or failures, breaches of security,

cyber attacks,

human error,

changes in operational practices, inadequate

controls including in respect of third

parties with which we do business, natural disasters

or outbreaks of communicable diseases may

adversely impact our reputation, business and results.

We face the risk that the design and operating effectiveness

of our controls and procedures may prove

to be

inadequate. Operational risks are inherent to

our business. Our businesses depend on the ability to process and

report a large number of transactions efficiently and accurately.

In addition, we routinely transmit, receive and

store personal, confidential and proprietary information

by email and other electronic means. Although we

endeavour to safeguard our systems

and processes, losses can result from inadequately trained or skilled

personnel, IT failures (including due to a computer virus or a failure to anticipate

or prevent cyber attacks or

other attempts to gain unauthorised access to digital systems

for purposes of misappropriating assets or

sensitive information, corrupting data, or impairing operational

performance, or security breaches by third

parties), inadequate or failed internal control processes and systems,

regulatory breaches, human errors,

employee misconduct, including fraud, or from natural disasters

or other external events that interrupt normal

business operations. Such losses may adversely affect our

reputation, business and results. We depend on the

secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential

and other information in our computer systems and

networks. The equipment and software used in our computer systems

and networks may not always be capable

of processing, storing or transmitting information as expected.

Despite our business continuity plans and

procedures, certain of our computer systems and

networks may have insufficient recovery

capabilities in the

event of a malfunction or loss of data. As part of our Accelerated Think Forward strategy,

we are consistently

managing and monitoring our IT risk profile globally. ING is subject to increasing regulatory

requirements

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

22

including EU General Data Protection Regulation (‘GDPR’)

and EU Payment Services Directive (‘PSD2’). Failure to

appropriately manage and monitor our IT risk profile could affect

our ability to comply with these regulatory

requirements, to securely and efficiently serve our clients or to timely,

completely or accurately process, store

and transmit information, and may adversely impact our reputation,

business and results. For further description

of the particular risks associated with cybercrime, which is a specific risk to ING as a result of its strategic focus

on

technology and innovation, see “–We are subject to

increasing risks related to cybercrime and compliance with

cybersecurity regulation” below.

Widespread outbreaks of communicable diseases may impact the health of our employees, increasing

absenteeism, or may cause a significant increase in the utilisation of health benefits offered

to our employees,

either or both of which could adversely impact our business. Also see above under the heading “–ING’s business,

results and financial condition have been, and likely will continue to be adversely

affected by the Covid-19

pandemic”. As set

out there, we expect to be affected by the Covid-19 pandemic through

its impact on, among

others, our employees. We also face physical

risks, including natural disasters as a direct result

of climate change,

such as extreme weather events or rising water levels,

which could have a material adverse effect

on our

operations, particularly where our headquarters may be impacted. For further description of the risks associated

herewith, see “–We may be exposed to business, operational,

regulatory,

reputational and other risks in

connection with climate change’ below. In addition, other events

including unforeseeable and/or catastrophic

events can lead to an abrupt interruption of activities, and our operations may be subject to

losses resulting from

such disruptions. Losses can result from destruction or impairment of property,

financial assets, trading positions,

and the loss of key personnel. If our business continuity plans are not able to be implemented, are not effective

or do not sufficiently take such events into account,

losses may increase further.

We are subject to increasing risks related

to cybercrime and compliance with cybersecurity

regulation.

Like other financial institutions and global companies, we are regularly the target

of cyber attacks, which is a

specific risk to ING as a result of its strategic focus on technology and innovation. In particular,

threats from

Distributed Denial of Service (‘DDoS’), targeted attacks

(also called Advanced Persistent Threats)

and

Ransomware intensify worldwide, and attempts to

gain unauthorised access and the techniques used for such

attacks are increasingly sophisticated.

We have faced, and expect to continue

to face, an increasing number of

cyber attacks (both successful and unsuccessful) as we have further digitalized.

This includes the continuing

expansion of our mobile- and other internet-based products and services, as well as our usage and reliance on

cloud technology. In particular,

ING is regularly subject to DDoS attacks, which are becoming increasingly

sophisticated. For example, in 2020 ING experienced DDoS attacks

in Turkey and Belgium. However,

to date ING

has not experienced a material loss of money or data due to cybercrime.

Cybersecurity, customer

data and data privacy have become the subject of increasing legislative and

regulatory

focus. The EU’s second Payment

Services Directive (‘PSD2’) and GDPR are examples of such regulations. In certain

locations where ING is active, there are additional local regulatory requirements

and legislation on top of EU

regulations that must be followed for business conducted

in that jurisdiction. Some of these legislations and

regulations may be conflicting due to local regulatory interpretations.

We may become subject to new EU and

local legislation or regulation concerning cybersecurity,

security of customer data in general or the privacy of

information we may store or maintain.

Compliance with such new legislation or regulation could increase the

Group’s compliance cost.

Failure to comply with new and existing legislation or regulation

could harm our

reputation and could subject the Group to enforcement

actions, fines and penalties.

ING may be exposed to the risks of misappropriation, unauthorised access, computer viruses or other malicious

code, cyber attacks and other external attacks

or internal breaches that could have a security impact. These

events could also jeopardise our confidential information or that

of our clients or our counterparties and this

could be exacerbated by the increase in data protection

requirements as a result of GDPR. These events can

potentially result in financial loss and harm to our reputation, hinder our operational effectiveness,

result in

regulatory censure, compensation costs or fines resulting from regulatory

investigations and could have a

material adverse effect on our business, reputation,

revenues, results, financial condition and prospects. Even

when we are successful in defending against cyber attacks,

such defence may consume significant resources or

impose significant additional costs on ING.

Because we operate in highly competitive markets,

including our home market, we may not be

able to increase or maintain our market share,

which may have an adverse effect

on our results.

There is substantial competition in the Netherlands and the other countries in which we do business for the types

of wholesale banking, retail banking, investment banking and other products and services we provide. Customer

loyalty and retention can be influenced by a number of factors,

including brand recognition, reputation, relative

service levels, the prices and attributes of products and services, scope of distribution, credit ratings and actions

taken by existing or new competitors

(including non-bank or financial technology competitors). A decline in our

competitive position as to one or more of these factors could adversely

impact our ability to maintain or further

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

23

increase our market share, which would adversely affect

our results. Such competition is most pronounced in our

more mature markets of the Netherlands, Belgium, the rest

of Western Europe and Australia.

In recent years,

however,

competition in emerging markets, such as Asia and Central and Eastern

Europe, has also increased as

large financial services companies from more developed countries have sought to

establish themselves in

markets which are perceived to offer

higher growth potential, and as local institutions have become more

sophisticated and competitive and proceeded to form

alliances, mergers or strategic relationships

with our

competitors. The Netherlands is our largest market.

Our main competitors in the banking sector in the

Netherlands are ABN AMRO Bank and Rabobank.

Competition could also increase due to new entrants (including non-bank and financial technology competitors)

in the markets that may have new operating

models that are not burdened by potentially costly legacy

operations and that are subject to reduced regulation. New entrants

may rely on new technologies, advanced

data and analytic tools, lower cost to serve, reduced regulatory burden

and/or faster processes in order to

challenge traditional banks. Developments in technology has also accelerated

the use of new business models,

and ING may not be successful in adapting to this pace of change or may incur significant costs in adapting its

business and operations to meet such changes. For example, new business models have

been observed in retail

payments, consumer and commercial lending (such as peer-to-peer lending), foreign exchange

and low-cost

investment advisory services. In particular,

the emergence of disintermediation in the financial sector resulting

from new banking, lending and payment solutions offered by rapidly

evolving incumbents, challengers and new

entrants, in particular with respect to payment services and products, and the introduction

of disruptive

technology may impede our ability to grow or retain our market

share and impact our revenues and profitability.

Increasing competition in the markets in which we operate

(including from non-banks and financial technology

competitors) may significantly impact our results if we are unable to

match the products and services offered by

our competitors. Future economic turmoil may accelerate

additional consolidation activity. Over time, certain

sectors of the financial services industry have become more concentrated,

as institutions involved in a broad

range of financial services have been acquired by or merged into other firms or have declared

bankruptcy. These

developments could result in our competitors gaining greater

access to capital and liquidity, expanding their

ranges of products and services, or gaining geographic diversity.

We may experience pricing pressures as a result

of these factors in the event that some of our competitors

seek to increase market share by reducing prices.

We may not always

be able to protect our intellectual property developed in our products

and

services and may be subject to infringement claims, which could adversely impact our core

business, inhibit efforts to monetize our internal innovations

and restrict our ability to capitalize

on future opportunities.

In the conduct of our business, we rely on a combination of contractual rights with third parties and copyright,

trademark, trade name, patent and trade secret

laws to establish and protect our intellectual property,

which we

develop in connection with our products and services. Third parties may infringe or misappropriate our

intellectual property.

We may have to litigate

to enforce and protect our copyrights, trademarks,

trade names,

patents, trade secrets and know-how or to

determine their scope, validity or enforceability.

In that event, we

may be required to incur significant costs, and our efforts

may not prove successful. The inability to secure or

protect our intellectual property assets could have an adverse

effect on our core business and our ability to

compete, including through the monetization of our internal innovations.

We may also be subject to claims made by third parties for (1) patent,

trademark or copyright infringement, (2)

breach of copyright, trademark or licence usage rights, or (3) misappropriation of trade

secrets. Any such claims

and any resulting litigation could result in significant expense and liability for

damages. If we were found to have

infringed or misappropriated a third-party patent or other intellectual property

right, we could in some

circumstances be enjoined from providing certain products or services to our customers

or from utilizing and

benefiting from certain methods, processes, copyrights, trademarks,

trade secrets or licences. Alternatively,

we

could be required to enter into costly licensing arrangements

with third parties or to implement a costly

workaround. Any of these scenarios could have a material

adverse effect on our business and results and could

restrict our ability to pursue future business opportunities.

The inability of counterparties to meet their financial obligations or our inability to

fully enforce

our rights against counterparties could have

a material adverse effect on our results.

Third parties that have an payment obligations to

ING, or obligations to return money,

securities or other assets,

may not pay or perform under their obligations. These parties include the issuers and guarantors

(including

sovereigns) of securities we hold, borrowers under loans originated, reinsurers,

customers, trading

counterparties, securities lending and repurchase counterparties, counterparties

under swaps, credit default and

other derivative contracts, clearing agents, exchanges,

clearing houses and other financial intermediaries.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

24

Defaults by one or more of these parties on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy,

lack of liquidity, downturns

in the economy or real estate values, continuing low oil or other commodity prices, operational

failure or other

factors, or even rumours about potential defaults

by one or more of these parties or regarding a severe distress

of the financial services industry generally, could have

a material adverse effect on our results, financial condition

and liquidity. Given the high level of interdependence

between financial institutions, we are and will continue to

be subject to the risk of deterioration of the commercial and financial soundness, or perceived soundness, of

sovereigns and other financial services institutions. This is particularly relevant to our franchise as an important

and large counterparty in equity,

fixed income and foreign exchange

markets, including related derivatives.

We routinely execute

a high volume of transactions, such as unsecured debt instruments, derivative transactions

and equity investments with counterparties and customers in the financial services industry,

including brokers

and dealers, commercial and investment banks, mutual and hedge funds, insurance

companies, institutional

clients, futures clearing merchants, swap dealers, and other institutions, resulting in large

periodic settlement

amounts, which may result in our having significant credit exposure

to one or more of such counterparties or

customers. As a result, we could face concentration

risk with respect to liabilities or amounts we expect to collect

from specific counterparties and customers. We

are exposed to increased counterparty risk as a result of recent

financial institution failures and weakness and will continue to be exposed to the risk of loss if counterparty

financial institutions fail or are otherwise unable to meet their obligations. A default by,

or even concerns about

the creditworthiness of, one or more of these counterparties

or customers or other financial services institutions

could therefore have an adverse

effect on our results or liquidity.

With respect to secured transactions, our credit risk may be exacerbated

when the collateral held by us cannot

be or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or derivative

exposure due to us.

We also have exposure to

a number of financial institutions in the form of unsecured debt instruments,

derivative transactions and equity investments. For

example, we hold certain hybrid regulatory capital

instruments issued by financial institutions which permit the issuer to cancel coupon payments on the

occurrence of certain events or at their option. The EC has indicated that, in certain circumstances,

it may require

these financial institutions to cancel payment. If this were to happen, we expect that

such instruments may

experience ratings downgrades and/or a drop

in value and we may have to treat them as impaired,

which could

result in significant losses. There is no assurance that losses on, or impairments to the carrying value of,

these

assets would not materially and adversely affect our business, results or financial condition.

In addition, we are subject to the risk that our rights against third parties may not be enforceable

in all

circumstances. The deterioration or perceived deterioration

in the credit quality of third parties whose securities

or obligations we hold could result in losses and/ or adversely affect

our ability to rehypothecate or otherwise

use those securities or obligations for liquidity purposes. A significant downgrade in the credit ratings

of our

counterparties could also have a negative impact on our income and risk weighting, leading to increased

capital

requirements. While in many cases we are permitted to require

additional collateral from counterparties that

experience financial difficulty, disputes

may arise as to the amount of collateral we are entitled

to receive and

the value of pledged assets. Also in this case, our credit risk may also be exacerbated

when the collateral we hold

cannot be liquidated at prices sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or derivative

exposure due to us,

which is most likely to occur during periods of illiquidity and depressed asset valuations, such as those

experienced during the financial crisis of 2008. The termination of contracts and the foreclosure

on collateral

may subject us to claims. Bankruptcies, downgrades and disputes with counterparties as to the valuation

of

collateral tend to increase in times of market

stress and illiquidity. Any of these developments

or losses could

materially and adversely affect our business, results, financial condition,

and/or prospects.

Ratings are important to our business for a number of reasons,

and a downgrade or a potential

downgrade in our credit ratings could have

an adverse impact on our results and net results.

Credit ratings represent the opinions of rating

agencies regarding an entity’s ability to repay

its indebtedness.

Our credit ratings are important to our ability to raise

capital and funding through the issuance of debt and to the

cost of such financing. In the event of a downgrade, the cost of issuing debt will increase, having an adverse

effect on our net results. Certain institutional investors

may also be obliged to withdraw their deposits from ING

following a downgrade, which could have an adverse

effect on our liquidity. They

can also have lower risk

appetite for our debt notes, leading to lower purchases of (newly issued) debt notes. We

have credit ratings from

S&P,

Moody’s Investor Service and Fitch Ratings. Each of the rating

agencies reviews its ratings and rating

methodologies on a recurring basis and may decide on a downgrade at any time.

As rating agencies continue to evaluate

the financial services industry, it is possible that rating agencies will

heighten the level of scrutiny that they apply to financial institutions, increase the frequency and scope of their

credit reviews, request additional information from

the companies that they rate and potentially adjust upward

the capital and other requirements employed in the rating agency models for maintenance

of certain ratings

levels. It is possible that the outcome of any such review of us would have additional adverse

ratings

consequences, which could have a material adverse effect

on our results and financial condition. We may need to

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

25

take actions in response to changing standards

or capital requirements set by any of the rating

agencies, which

could cause our business and operations to suffer.

We cannot predict what additional actions rating agencies

may take, or what actions we may

take in response to the actions of rating agencies.

Furthermore, ING Bank’s assets are risk-weighted.

Downgrades of these assets could result in a higher risk-

weighting, which may result in higher capital requirements. This may impact net earnings and the return

on

capital, and may have an adverse impact on our competitive

position.

We may be exposed to business,

operational, regulatory,

reputational and other risks in

connection with climate change.

Climate change is an area of significant focus for governments

and regulators, investors

and ING’s customers,

and

developments with respect to climate change topics may expose

ING to significant risks. The perception of

climate change as a risk by civil society, shareholders,

governments and other stakeholders continues

to increase,

including in relation to the financial sector’s operations and strategy,

and international actions regulating or

restricting CO2 emissions, such as the Paris agreement, may also result in financial institutions coming

under

increased pressure from such stakeholders

regarding the management and disclosure of their climate risks and

related lending and investment activities. For further information

regarding the alignment of ING’s

lending

portfolio with its climate-related goals, see “Item 4. – Information

on the Company – Business Overview –

Responsible finance” below.

For a description of the physical risks to our business resulting from natural

disasters as a result of climate

change, see “–Operational risks, such as systems disruptions or failures,

breaches of security, cyber attacks,

human error,

changes in operational practices, inadequate controls

including in respect of third parties with

which we do business, natural disasters or outbreaks of communicable diseases may

adversely impact our

reputation, business and results” above.

An inability to retain or attract key

personnel may affect our business and results.

ING Group relies to a considerable extent on the quality of its senior management, such as members

of the

executive committee, and management

in the jurisdictions which are material to ING’s business and operations.

The success of ING Group’s operations is dependent,

among other things, on its ability to attract and retain highly

qualified personnel. Competition for key personnel in most

countries in which ING Group operates, and globally

for senior management, is intense. ING Group’s

ability to attract and retain key

personnel, in senior management

and in particular areas such as technology and operational management, client relationship management,

finance, risk and product development, is dependent on a number of factors, including prevailing

market

conditions and compensation packages offered by companies

competing for the same talent.

The (increasing) restrictions on remuneration, plus the public and political scrutiny especially in the Netherlands,

will continue to have an impact on existing ING Group remuneration

policies and individual remuneration

packages for personnel. For example,

under the EU’s amended Shareholder Rights Directive, known as ‘SRD II’,

which came into effect on June 10, 2019, ING is required to hold a shareholder (binding) vote on ING’s

Executive

Board remuneration policy and Supervisory Board remuneration policy at

least every four years. Furthermore the

shareholders have an advisory vote on ING’s

remuneration report annually.

This may restrict our ability to offer

competitive compensation compared with companies (financial and/or non-financial) that are

not subject to such

restrictions and it could adversely affect ING Group’s

ability to retain or attract key

personnel, which, in turn, may

affect our business and results.

We may incur further liabilities in respect of our defined benefit retirement

plans if the value of

plan assets is not sufficient to cover potential obligations,

including as a result of differences

between actual results and underlying actuarial assumptions and models.

ING Group companies operate various defined benefit retirement

plans covering the post-employment benefits

of a number of our employees. The liability recognised in our consolidated balance sheet in respect of our

defined benefit plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligations at

the balance sheet date, less the

fair value of each plan’s assets, together

with adjustments for unrecognised actuarial gains and losses and

unrecognised past service costs. We determine our defined

benefit plan obligations based on internal and

external actuarial models and calculations using the projected unit credit method. Inherent in these actuarial

models are assumptions, including discount rates, rates

of increase in future salary and benefit levels, mortality

rates and consumer price index. These assumptions are based on available

market data and are updated

annually. Nevertheless, the actuarial assumptions may

differ significantly from actual results due to changes in

market conditions, economic and mortality trends and other assumptions. Any changes in these assumptions

could have a significant impact on our present and future liabilities and costs associated

with our defined benefit

plans.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

26

Risks related to the Group’s

risk management practices

Risks relating to our use of quantitative models or

assumptions to model client behaviour for the

purposes of our market calculations may adversely

impact our reputation or results.

We use quantitative methods, systems

or approaches that apply statistical, economic financial, or mathematical

theories, techniques and assumptions to process input data into quantitative

estimates. Errors in the

development, implementation, use or interpretation

of such models, or from incomplete or incorrect data, can

lead to inaccurate, noncompliant or misinterpreted

model outputs, which may adversely impact our reputation

and results. In addition, we use assumptions in order to model client behaviour for the risk calculations in our

banking books. Assumptions are used to determine the interest rate

risk profile of savings and current accounts

and to estimate the embedded option risk in the mortgage and investment

portfolios. Assumptions based on

past client behaviour may not always be a reliable indicator

of future behaviour.

The realisation or use of

different assumptions to determine client behaviour

could have a material adverse effect

on the calculated risk

figures and, ultimately,

our future results or reputation. Furthermore, we may be subject to risks related

to

changes in the laws and regulations governing the risk management practices of financial institutions. For

further

information, see “Risks related to the regulation

and supervision of the Group – Changes in laws and/or

regulations governing financial services or financial institutions or the application of such laws and/or regulations

may increase our operating costs and limit our activities” above. As noted there,

regulation of the industries in

which we operates is becoming increasingly more extensive and complex,

while also attracting supervisory

scrutiny. Compliance failures

may lead to changes in the laws and regulations governing the risk management

practices and materially increase our operating costs.

We may be unable to manage our risks

successfully through derivatives.

We employ various economic hedging strategies

with the objective of mitigating the market risks that are

inherent in our business and operations. These risks include currency fluctuations, changes in the fair value

of our

investments, the impact of interest rates,

equity markets and credit spread changes, the occurrence of credit

defaults and changes in client behaviour.

We seek to control these risks by,

among other things, entering into a

number of derivative instruments, such as swaps, options, futures and forward

contracts, including, from time to

time, macro hedges for parts of our business, either directly as a counterparty or as a credit support provider to

affiliate counterparties. Developing an effective

strategy for dealing with these risks is complex, and no strategy

can completely insulate us from risks associated with those fluctuations. Our hedging strategies

also rely on

assumptions and projections regarding our assets, liabilities, general market

factors and the creditworthiness of

our counterparties that may prove to be incorrect

or prove to be inadequate. Accordingly,

our hedging activities

may not have the desired beneficial impact on our results or financial condition. Poorly designed strategies

or

improperly executed transactions could actually increase

our risks and losses. Hedging strategies involve

transaction costs and other costs, and if we terminate a hedging arrangement,

we may also be required to pay

additional costs, such as transaction fees or breakage costs. There

have been periods in the past, and it is likely

that there will be periods in the future, during which we have incurred or may incur losses on transactions,

possibly significant, after taking into account our hedging strategies.

Further, the nature

and timing of our

hedging transactions could actually increase our risk and losses. Hedging instruments we use to manage product

and other risks might not perform as intended or expected, which could result in higher (un)realised losses, such

as credit value adjustment risks or unexpected P&L effects,

and unanticipated cash needs to collateralise or settle

such transactions. Adverse market conditions can limit the availability

and increase the costs of hedging

instruments, and such costs may not be recovered in the pricing of the underlying products being hedged. In

addition, hedging counterparties may fail to perform their obligations,

resulting in unhedged exposures and

losses on positions that are not collateralised. As such, our hedging strategies

and the derivatives that we use or

may use may not adequately mitigate or offset

the risks they intend to cover,

and our hedging transactions may

result in losses.

Our hedging strategy additionally relies on the assumption that hedging counterparties remain able and willing to

provide the hedges required by our strategy.

Increased regulation, market shocks, worsening

market conditions

(whether due to the ongoing euro crisis or otherwise), and/or other factors that affect

or are perceived to affect

the financial condition, liquidity and creditworthiness of ING may reduce the ability and/or willingness of such

counterparties to engage in hedging contracts with us and/or

other parties, affecting our overall ability to hedge

our risks and adversely affecting our business, results and financial condition.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

27

Risks related to the Group’s

liquidity and financing activities

We depend on the capital and credit markets,

as well as customer deposits, to provide the

liquidity and capital required to fund our operations

,

and adverse conditions in the capital and

credit markets, or significant withdrawals

of customer deposits, may impact our liquidity,

borrowing and capital positions, as well as the cost of liquidity,

borrowings and capital.

Adverse capital market conditions have

in the past affected, and may in the future affect,

our cost of borrowed

funds and our ability to borrow on a secured and unsecured basis, thereby impacting our ability to support

and/or grow our businesses. Furthermore, although interest rates

are at or near historically low levels, since the

recent financial crisis, we have experienced increased funding costs due in part to the withdrawal

of perceived

government support of such institutions in the event of future financial crises. In addition, liquidity in the

financial markets has also been negatively impacted as market

participants and market practices and structures

adjust to new regulations.

We need liquidity to fund new and recurring business, to pay our operating expenses,

interest on our debt and

dividends on our capital stock, maintain our securities lending activities and replace certain maturing liabilities.

Without sufficient liquidity, we

will be forced to curtail our operations and our business will suffer.

The principal

sources of our funding include a variety of short-and long-term instruments, including deposit fund, repurchase

agreements, commercial paper,

medium- and long-term debt, subordinated debt securities, capital securities and

shareholders’ equity.

In addition, because we rely on customer deposits to fund our business and operations, the confidence of

customers in financial institutions may be tested in a manner that may

adversely impact our liquidity and capital

position. Consumer confidence in financial institutions may,

for example, decrease due to our or our competitors’

failure to communicate to customers

the terms of, and the benefits to customers

of, complex or high-fee

financial products. Reduced confidence could have an adverse

effect on our liquidity and capital position through

withdrawal of deposits, in addition to our revenues and results. Because a significant percentage

of our customer

deposit base is originated via Internet banking, a loss of customer confidence may result in a rapid withdrawal

of

deposits over the Internet.

In the event that our current resources do not satisfy our needs, we may

need to seek additional financing. The

availability of additional financing will depend on a variety of factors, such as market

conditions, the general

availability of credit, the volume of trading activities, the overall availability

of credit to the financial services

industry, our credit ratings

and credit capacity, as well as the possibility that

customers or lenders could develop

a negative perception of our long- or short-term financial prospects. Also see under the heading “Ratings are

important to our business for a number of reasons, and a downgrade or a potential downgrade

in our credit

ratings could have an adverse impact on our results and net

results”.

Similarly, our access to funds may be limited

if regulatory authorities or rating agencies take

negative actions against us. If our internal sources of liquidity

prove to be insufficient, there is a risk that we may not be able to successfully obtain

additional financing on

favourable terms, or at all. Any actions we

might take to access financing may,

in turn, cause rating agencies to

re-evaluate our ratings.

Disruptions, uncertainty or volatility in the capital and credit markets

may also limit our access to capital. Such

market conditions may in the future limit our ability to raise additional capital

to support business growth, or to

counterbalance the consequences of losses or increased regulatory capital and rating

agency capital

requirements. This could force us to (i) delay raising

capital, (ii) reduce, cancel or postpone payment of dividends

on our shares, (iii) reduce, cancel or postpone interest payments

on our other securities, (iv) issue capital of

different types or under different

terms than we would otherwise, or (v) incur a higher cost of capital than in a

more stable market environment.

This would have the potential to decrease both our profitability and our

financial flexibility. Our results, financial condition,

cash flows, regulatory capital and rating agency capital

position could be materially adversely affected

by disruptions in the financial markets.

Furthermore, regulatory liquidity requirements in certain jurisdictions in which we operate

are remain stringent,

undermining our efforts to maintain centralised management

of our liquidity. These developments may cause

trapped pools of liquidity and capital, resulting in inefficiencies in the cost of managing our liquidity and solvency,

and hinder our efforts to integrate

our balance sheet. An example of such trapped liquidity includes our

operations in Germany where German regulations impose separate

liquidity requirements that restrict ING’s

ability to move a liquidity surplus out of the German subsidiary.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

28

As a holding company,

ING Groep N.V.

is dependent for liquidity on payments from its

subsidiaries, many of which are subject to regulatory and other restrictions

on their ability to

transact with affiliates.

ING Groep N.V.

is a holding company and, therefore, depends on dividends, distributions and other payments

from its subsidiaries to fund dividend payments to its shareholders and to

fund all payments on its obligations,

including debt service obligations.

ING Groep N.V.’s

ability to obtain funds to meet its obligations depends on legal and regulatory restrictions

applicable to ING Groep N.V.’s

subsidiaries. Many of ING Groep N.V.’s

direct and indirect subsidiaries, including

certain subsidiaries of ING Bank N.V.,

may be subject to laws that restrict dividend payments, as well as

requirements with respect to capital and liquidity levels. For example,

certain local governments and regulators

have taken steps and may

take further steps to “ring fence” or impose minimum internal

total loss-absorbing

capacity on the local affiliates of a foreign financial institution in order to protect

clients and creditors of such

affiliates in the event of financial difficulties involving such affiliates

or the broader banking group. Increased

local regulation and supervision have therefore limited and may

in the future further limit the ability to move

capital and liquidity among affiliated entities and between ING Groep N.V.

and its direct and indirect subsidiaries,

limit the flexibility to structure intercompany and

external activities of ING as otherwise deemed most

operationally efficient, and increase in the overall level

of capital and liquidity required by ING on a consolidated

basis.

Lower earnings of a local entity may also reduce the ability of such local entity to make

dividends and

distributions to ING Groep N.V.

Other restrictions, such as restrictions on payments from subsidiaries or

limitations on the use of funds in client accounts, may also apply to distributions to ING Groep N.V.

from its

subsidiaries.

ING Groep N.V.

has also in the past and may in the future continue to guarantee the payment

obligations of

some of its subsidiaries, including ING Bank N.V.

Any such guarantees may require

ING Groep N.V.

to provide

substantial funds or assets to its subsidiaries or the creditors or counterparties

of these subsidiaries at a time

when the guaranteed subsidiary is in need of liquidity to fund their own obligations.

Finally, ING Groep N.V.,

as the resolution entity of ING, has an obligation to remove impediments to resolution

and to improve resolvability.

Regulatory authorities have required and may

continue to require ING to increase

capital or liquidity levels at the level of the resolution entity or at particular subsidiaries. This may result in,

among other things, the issuance of additional long-term debt issuance at the level of ING Groep N.V.

or

particular subsidiaries.

Additional risks relating to ownership of ING shares

Holders of ING shares may experience dilution of their holdings.

ING’s AT1

Securities may, under certain

circumstances, convert into equity securities, and such conversion

would

dilute the ownership interests of existing holders

of ING shares and such dilution could be substantial.

Additionally, any conversion,

or the anticipation of the possibility of a conversion, could depress the market

price

of ING shares. Furthermore, we may undertake future equity offerings

with or without subscription rights. In case

of equity offerings with subscription rights, holders of ING shares in certain jurisdictions, however,

may not be

entitled to exercise such rights unless the rights and the related

shares are registered or qualified for sale under

the relevant legislation or regulatory framework.

Holders of ING shares in these jurisdictions may suffer dilution

of their shareholding should they not be permitted to, or otherwise chose not to, participate

in future equity

offerings with subscription rights.

Because we are incorporated under the laws of

the Netherlands and many of the members of

our Supervisory and Executive Board and our officers reside outside of the United States,

it may

be difficult to enforce judgments against

ING or the members of our Supervisory and Executive

Boards or our officers.

Most of our Supervisory Board members, our Executive Board members and some of the experts named in this

Annual Report, as well as many of our officers are persons who are not residents

of the United States, and most

of our and their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, investors

may not be able to serve

process on those persons within the United States or to enforce

in the United States judgments obtained in US

courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the US securities laws.

Investors also may not be able to enforce

judgments of US courts under the US federal securities laws in courts

outside the United States, including the Netherlands. The United States and the Netherlands do not currently

have a treaty providing for the reciprocal

recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

29

awards) in civil and commercial matters.

Therefore, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered

by any

federal or state court in the United

States based on civil liability,

whether or not predicated solely upon the U.S.

federal securities laws, would not be enforceable

in the Netherlands unless the underlying claim is re-litigated

before a Dutch court. However,

under current practice, the courts of the Netherlands may be expected to render

a judgment in accordance with the judgment of the relevant U.S. court, provided

that such judgment (i) is a final

judgment and has been rendered by a court which has established its jurisdiction on the basis of internationally

accepted grounds of jurisdictions, (ii) has not been rendered in violation of elementary principles of fair trial, (iii)

is not contrary to the public policy of the Netherlands, and (iv) is not incompatible with (a) a prior judgment of a

Netherlands court rendered in a dispute between the same parties, or (b) a prior judgment of a foreign court

rendered in a dispute between the same parties, concerning the same subject matter and based on the same

cause of action, provided that such prior judgment is not capable of being recognized in the Netherlands. It is

uncertain whether this practice extends to default judgments

as well.

Based on the foregoing, there can be no assurance that U.S. investors

will be able to enforce against us or

members of our board of directors, officers or certain experts

named herein who are

residents of the

Netherlands or countries other than the United States any judgments obtained

in U.S. courts in civil and

commercial matters, including judgments under the U.S. federal

securities laws.

In addition, there is doubt as to whether a Dutch court would impose civil liability on us, the members of our

board of directors, our officers or certain experts

named herein in an original action predicated solely upon the

U.S. federal securities laws brought in a court

of competent jurisdiction in the Netherlands against us or such

members, officers or experts, respectively.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

30

Item 4.

Information on the Company

A.

History and development of the company

General

ING Groep N.V.

was established as a Naamloze Vennootschap

(a Dutch public limited liability company) on March

4, 1991. ING Groep N.V.

is incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands.

The corporate site of ING, www.ing.com,

provides news, investor relations

and general information about the

company.

ING is required to file certain documents and information with the United States

Securities and Exchange

Commission (SEC). These filings relate primarily to periodic reporting requirements applicable to

issuers of

securities, as well as to beneficial ownership reporting requirements as a holder of securities. The most common

filings we submit to the SEC are Forms 6-K and 20-F (periodic reporting requirements) and Schedules 13D and

13G (beneficial ownership requirements). The SEC maintains an internet

site that contains reports, proxy and

information statements, and other information

regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at

http://www.sec.gov.

ING’s electronic filings are available

on the SEC’s internet site under CIK ID 0001039765 (ING

Groep N.V.).

The official address of ING Group is:

ING Groep N.V.

Bijlmerdreef 106

1102 CT

Amsterdam

P.O.

Box 1800,

1000 BV Amsterdam

The Netherlands

Telephone +31 20 563 9111

The name and address of ING Group’s agent for

service of process in the United States in connection with ING’s

registration statement

on Form F-3 is:

ING Financial Holdings Corporation

1133 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036

United States of America

Telephone +1 646 424 6000

Changes in the composition of the Group

For information on changes in the composition of the Group, reference

is made to Note 46 ‘Consolidated

companies and businesses acquired and divested’.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

31

Our strategy

ING’s Think Forward

strategy is as relevant

as ever.

With our data-driven digital

and mobile-first approach we’re

continuing to empower people to stay

a step

ahead in life and in business – also at a time of social and economic disruption.

The global coronavirus pandemic has illustrated

just how digital society has

become, reinforcing trends

like the shift to mobile banking and contactless

payments.

Delivering on our strategy is about living up to our customer promise to be clear and easy,

anytime, anywhere,

empowering and keep getting better

.

Digitalisation remains central to this and we’re adapting

our processes and

service models to make banking even safer,

more personal, easier and smarter.

Combined with mastering data,

it’s how we can stand out as a bank that truly knows its customers

and anticipates their evolving needs, finding

innovative ways to add value

,

both within and beyond banking.

We’re doing all of this while striving to live up to the highest

possible standards of integrity.

Being a safe, secure

and compliant bank remains a top priority for ING. Our Orange Code of values and behaviours

places integrity

above all else.

Factors influencing our business in 2020

The spread of Covid-19, and the global measures to contain it, affected

ING in a number of ways in 2020,

impacting our customers, our employees and our communities. However,

it was not the only factor influencing

our business. The negative interest rate

environment in the eurozone and low interest

rates elsewhere, have

posed a significant challenge to banks’ business models since 2016, eroding margins on customer deposits and

putting pressure on net interest income. Until 2020, we

were able to counter the effects of this mainly through

profitable lending growth and a presence in non-eurozone countries.

However,

the pandemic made these levers less effective in 2020, resulting in a decrease of net interest

income,

as loan demand weakened in a number of markets due to strong

direct government support, while the inflow of

customer deposits accelerated and interest

rates in non-eurozone countries significantly

reduced. In response to

the pressure on net interest income we introduced

negative interest rates

on deposits for retail customers in

some markets and amplified our focus on income diversification through

fee income growth, particularly in retail

investment products.

That said, the impact of the global pandemic is still reverberating through societies worldwide. The second wave

that surged through Europe and the US in the autumn continued to pile pressure on consumers,

businesses,

communities and economies. It has fundamentally changed the way people work, travel,

shop and socialise and

the expected economic consequences will be felt for some time yet. We

are considering various post-coronavirus

scenarios focused on the next two to five years that take

account of the severity of the economic downturn and

level of global cooperation in the recovery period.

Universal digital bank

The coronavirus crisis has accelerated the urgency of implementing end-to-end digitalisation,

both to meet the

growing demand for mobile banking and to enhance operational excellence. Operational

excellence in particular

helps to ensure that our customers are able to do their daily banking without disruption, even during global

lockdowns, and makes it possible for employees to

work safely and securely from home.

Now we’re taking steps to deliver

on our strategic priorities, not least to keep

pace with society’s accelerated

adoption of digital resources during the coronavirus. We’ve

been working on transforming our organisation to

become a mobile-first digital platform, offering

all of our 39.3 million customers a harmonised customer

experience everywhere. But there’s

still work to do to become the leading data-driven digital bank we aspire to

be.

Building on what we’ve learnt and achieved over the past five years,

we took steps in 2020 to further consolidate

our business and reinforce alignment. This includes uniting all our Retail operations

– including the Business

Banking segment serving small and medium-sized businesses and mid-corporate clients – under one global

management team with one consistent unified approach.

Their focus will be on operational excellence through

increased digitalisation,

using our technology foundation globally – this includes shared data lakes, cloud and

modular IT building blocks – and rolling out global digital product offerings.

At the same time, the challenging external environment reconfirm

s

the importance of scrutinising costs and

looking for new ways to grow our fee

income and diversify our revenues in areas beyond traditional banking.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

32

We need to be flexible in dealing with these challenges, and with changing customer behaviour,

continually

weigh up benefits versus costs, apply our learnings and focus our activities. For Wholesale Banking this means

deepening our relationship with our core clients, reducing our geographic footprint

in Asia and closing our offices

in South America. In Retail Banking it means stopping the Maggie transformation programme

(to standardise the

customer experience and product offering in four

Challengers Markets) and instead focusing on using and reusing

existing apps and modular components to drive scaling and speed of delivery.

Recognising the need to move even faster if we

want to stay a step ahead of the changes and evolutions

in the

world, we announced in 2020 that we are combining all our innovation activities into a dedicated

business area

called ING Neo. This will help sharpen our focus and create more impact, ultimately deepening our relationships

with our customers as their primary bank for financial and other needs.

The introduction in 2020 of our first global tagline ‘do your thing’ moved the ING brand another step

closer to

looking, sounding and feeling the same everywhere. It articulates ING’s purpose. We

want to make banking

frictionless, removing barriers to progress and giving people confidence in their ability to move

forward.

Think Forward

ING’s purpose is empowering people to stay

a step ahead in life and in business. Our Think Forward strategy

promises customers we’ll make banking clear and easy,

anytime anywhere, empower them to make informed

financial decisions and keep getting better.

Where our purpose guides us, the strategic priorities set out in our

Think Forward strategy help us to focus

on the elements we need to be successful.

These strategic priorities are:

earning the primary relationship, mastering data, being innovative to serve

changing customer needs, and developing new services and business models beyond banking. We achieve this by

simplifying and standardising our products and processes, being operationally excellent,

enhancing our

performance culture and expanding our lending capabilities. These are the strategic

enablers for executing on

our strategy.

See the graphics in this chapter for more information about our strategic

priorities and enablers.

Platform approach

While many businesses struggled in 2020 to survive global lockdowns, many Big Tech

companies thrived on

society’s growing reliance on technology and the online economy.

ING’s competitive landscape is also

increasingly shaped by these companies, which offer an engaging digital experience on an open platform

that

meets a range of needs in one go-to digital ecosystem.

We believe platform providers

are all about customer experience. They use data to pinpoint what customers

need and partner with third parties to ensure there is always a fitting product

or service to meet this. Platforms

are empowering. To

remain relevant, ING has to be where our (future)

customers are, on the platforms they’re

on, while maintaining the highest possible standard of integrity.

In an age of disruption and changing customer expectations we have to keep

adapting our banking services to

become clearer,

easier and more accessible while empowering our growing global customer base to stay

a step

ahead in life and in business. Open banking creates opportunities for ING to

add value for customers by connecting to the products

and services of others, both within and beyond banking.

When it comes to platforms, we are developing our own solutions. We’re

building digital channels on top of our

technology platform,

like ING’s mobile OneApp, which is used by customers

in the Netherlands, Belgium and

Germany. We’re

investing in independent initiatives such as Spanish finance app Fintonic, and we’re

connecting

to third-party platforms offering relevant

products and services. Among these are initiatives that have evolved

into stand-alone platforms such as smart money app Yolt

and corporate multibank platform Cobase.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

33

Touchpoint platform

Supporting our ambition to be the leading data-driven digital bank, we’re using a modular technology foundation

to create business-wide propositions that are globally scalable. This includes an open technology platform

called

Touchpoint. The Touchpoint

platform provides ready-made solutions, modular components and reusable

services the business and IT can use to build and run scalable business services and global value propositions.

They can also distribute these to a large third-party ecosystem.

In this way we can share innovations,

use and re-

use standardised components, and bring new products to customers

faster and in more countries.

Through the Touchpoint

platform,

new and existing ING business initiatives have access to 25.2 million customers

(around 65 percent of our customer base) in an internal and third-party ecosystem.

It is enabling scalable

business solutions that aim to harmonise the customer experience. And it connects ING to third parties through

common architecture and shared application programming

interfaces (APIs). The Amazon partnership was made

possible by using Touchpoint

to integrate fintech Lendico’s

lending platform for small and medium-sized

businesses with ING in Germany.

ing20f2020p34i0.gif ing20f2020p34i1.gif ing20f2020p34i2.gif ing20f2020p34i3.gif

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

34

Strategic priorities

Earning the

primary

relationship

By this we mean increasing the number of customers who have multiple ING products (including a current

account into which a recurring income, such as a salary,

is paid) or Wholesale Banking clients with anchor

products such as lending and transaction services. It’s closely linked to customer experience

and satisfaction:

the more satisfied customers are, the more likely

they’ll choose ING for additional products and services. Over

the past five years we’ve consistently

increased the number of primary customers.

Material topics:

financial performance, usability

and accessibility of our products

Using our

advanced data

capabilities to

understand our

customers

better

Having the right data at our fingertips will enable us to achieve many

of our strategic priorities. We use data

to

personalise our customer interactions and gain insights to deliver

a differentiating experience. It also helps us

make sound business decisions and drives innovation. At the same time, we want

to protect people’s data

and

their privacy and are committed to handling data safely

and being open about how we use it.

Material topics:

customer privacy,

culture, ethics

and integrity, digitalisation

and interconnectivity,

cyber resilience

Increase the pace

of innovation to

serve changing

customer needs

New technologies enable new ways to do things and disrupt the status quo. To

stay relevant it’s

essential that

we evolve too. This means coming up with disruptive products, services and experiences that support our

strategic ambitions and keep ING a step ahead.

Material topics:

innovation, usability and

accessibility of our products, digitalisation and

interconnectivity

Thinking beyond

traditional banking

to develop new

services and business

models

Persistent low/negative

interest rates offer

savers little incentive, challenging our traditional business model.

Digital platforms are an opportunity to become relevant

to customers by providing new products and services,

also in areas beyond banking, which offer new revenue streams for

ING and provide a better customer

experience.

Material topics:

innovation, digitalisation and

interconnectivity,

customer privacy,

culture, ethics

and integrity

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

35

Mastering data

Data is the lifeblood of organisations like

ING. We use data to personalise our customer interactions

and gain

insights to deliver a differentiating experience. It helps us make

better business decisions, while being mindful of

using our data responsibly and in line with people’s expectations

.

We rely on data-driven models to manage our

capital and risk-weighted assets and improve

risk management. Data on customers

and their transactions is also

essential in the fight against money laundering and other financial economic crime. Not least, data drives

innovation. It is the main ingredient for artificial intelligence and robotics

solutions.

However,

to make data meaningful it needs to be sorted, harmonised and put into context.

The accuracy of our

models relies heavily on the quality of the data that’s used to develop them. It’s

essential to have one common

approach for using and storing data. ING’s

data management strategy includes standardised

data definitions (ING

Esperanto) and data models (Esperanto Warehouse

Model), which contribute to the availability,

quality,

integrity, usability,

control and governance of our data.

Ethics and privacy

We acknowledge the need to protect people’s

privacy and are committed to handling our data safely

and being

honest about how it’s used. This means we inform our customers

and employees about how we use their data

and respect their privacy when processing it.

Analytics and building our data capabilities

Becoming a truly data-driven organisation requires stepping

up our analytics capabilities. This means promoting

data fluency among our employees and strengthening our analytics delivery.

ING’s Analytics Unit is responsible

for coordinating these activities globally and aligning them with our business strategy,

as well as building one

analytics and data community. To

enhance our data science capabilities – which we have identified as one of the

‘Big 6’ capabilities ING needs to succeed –

we have an Analytics Academy,

we’ve added an analytics track to our

International Talent

Programme for graduates, and we

collaborate with academic institutions like Dutch

Delft

University of Technology

(TU Delft) on artificial intelligence research.

Our analytics delivery is focused on solutions in nine areas: customer interactions, customer dialogue, risk and

pricing, financial crime and regulatory technology (Regtech), intelligent

operations, innovation and beyond

banking, people and finance, and Wholesale Banking. In 2020, we further accelerated our advanced analytics

capabilities and delivered solutions to different domains.

For example, in the Regtech space, we’re

using analytics solutions to identify potentially risky shell companies in

corresponding networks. In the retail domain, we developed and implemented

machine learning interest rate

optimisation models for better-priced mortgages in Germany,

Italy and the Netherlands. In risk management we

built more topic detection models for the early warning signals (EWS) monitoring tool, which should ultimately

help reduce risk costs. We’re also using analytics to develop acceptance

models for consumer and business

lending in Austria,

Belgium, the Netherlands and Spain, which help lower risk costs and increase acceptance

rates. New collections models for the Netherlands and Italy help us identify clients in financial difficulty and that

need our support at an early stage.

In addition, we stepped up our experiments and experience with chatbots and are creat

ing value and scale. The

benefits for customers include 24/7 contact, fewer

human errors and a simpler user experience. In the

Philippines, we launched a virtual assistant that directs

customers to their needed answers. Similar initiatives

have been or will be rolled out to other countries. In Germany,

ING’s virtual assistant ING answered

7.3 million

customer questions in 2020, recognising 94 percent of queries on current accounts

(the best chatbot out of 22

tested in various industry sectors),

while our Turkish chatbot INGo not only answered customers

questions, but

also approved 547.6 million lira worth of personal loans (89 million lira in 2019).

ing20f2020p36i0.jpg

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

36

Innovating to stay a step ahead

Innovation at ING is about creating a differentiating

experience for customers. As such, it’s at

the heart of our

Think Forward strategy.

We rely on innovation to remain relevant

to our customers and live up to our purpose.

Developing truly disruptive products, services and experiences is also a prerequisite for realising our

platform

ambitions and moving beyond banking.

So far,

our innovation focus has allowed us to turn great ideas into products

and services that customers really

need. Smart money app Yolt now has more than 1.6

million registered users.

Blockchain solutions in trade

finance are helping to make trades faster

and simpler, for

example by reducing the processing time for letters

of

credit from around 10 days to under 24 hours.

When the coronavirus crisis first hit, our focus shifted towards adjusting

our operations to accommodate the

new, more

digital environment. Radical innovation moved

down the priority list and certain projects were

shelved: for example,

an initiative to digitalise aircraft financing. Other initiatives benefitted

from the growing

demand for digital solutions, such as the trade finance tools of our co-owned blockchain-based software

company Komgo.

With the creation of ING Neo we’re aiming to increase the speed and impact of our innovation by bringing

together initiatives in Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking (platforms and beyond banking activities), the Chief

Innovation Office and our venture capital vehicle, ING Ventures.

ING was recognised by Global Finance magazine as the most innovative bank in Western

Europe at its Innovators

2020 awards. Our home-grown innovations in cash management

(Zero Knowledge Proof Notary on Corda), the

corporate finance category (CoorpID) and payments

(FINN Banking of Things) also won individual awards.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

37

How we innovate

Innovative ideas come from inside and outside ING. All our employees are encouraged

to think creatively and

come up with ways of doing things faster,

better and more efficiently.

We stimulate their ideas through our bank-

wide

Innovation Bootcamp

and local innovation ambassadors. For Innovation Bootcamp

2020, we received 444

ideas in four areas: how to disrupt lending before others do; empowering

customers to strengthen their financial

health; delivering a unique digital customer experience; and creating a world-class employee experience.

The

winning idea was ImpactING, which aims to make it easy for customers

to have a positive impact on the planet

via a sustainable bank account that allows them to contribute to

a good cause with every transaction.

In November,

we hosted the first Innovation Summit for all employees.

The three-day digital event explored

ING’s impact on the lives of customers

and employees, shed light on global digital trends and showcased our

latest innovations. It was streamed to

over 30 ING countries and reached approximately 1,500 unique users.

ING’s customised innovation

methodology, PACE

,

combines lean start-up, design thinking and agile scrum. Its key

feature is customer validation. This ensures we

develop only what customers really want. More

than 10,000

employees have been trained in PACE

to date.

In 2020, the

ING Innovation Fund

allocated €25 million to accelerate innovation across

the bank. Funding is

available to any employee who wants to

turn a breakthrough idea into reality.

External collaboration

Nobody knows what the future looks like or the technologies that may emerge

.

We recognise we

don’t have all the skills and knowledge in-house and we’re open to investing,

partnering and building with others.

ING Ventures

is our €300 million fund investing in early-stage companies. It targets

disruptive technologies that

ensures customers and clients get access to best-in-class services. It also helps entrepreneurs

with hands-on

support, know-how and access to ING’s distribution network.

We currently have 34 investments,

including

WeLab (automated consumer loans in China and Hong Kong), Fintonic (Spanish finance app), Cobase (multi-

banking platform for corporate

clients), Ascent (regulatory compliance platform) and Axyon (AI-powered

asset

manager).

ING partners with those who look at banking from a different perspective.

Companies like Scalable Capital in

Germany, a robo-advisor,

which attracted a billion euros in assets under management in its first

2.5 years. Or

Eigen, a natural language processing fintech that offers

ING a strategic capability in the intelligent operations

domain. Deployed in use cases across retail and wholesale banking, Eigen is contributing to ING’s

digital

transformation, creating tangible value

for customers and employees by applying machine learning in areas such

as corporate lending and SME banking.

Currently, ING has more

than 200 partnerships.

Not all our collaborations lead to new products or services,

however,

and we’ve ended over 110 so far,

mostly after unsuccessful or unsatisfactory proofs of concept

.

In November 2020, in light of the impact of Covid-19 on the economy,

which required us to reprioritise and

reassess our programmes, we decided to stop our activities for

Cumulus Park Studios

. Part of the Cumulus Park

innovation district in Amsterdam,

where several ING buildings are located, Cumulus Park Studios is a

collaborative initiative with local government

and educational institutions to drive innovation and co-creation

around the themes of urbanisation and digital identity.

We remain committed to further developing

the

innovation district and will continue to collaborate

with our district partners on a lower ambition level.

ING Labs

is our incubator for potential scale-ups. Here we work with external

experts, combining corporate

innovation and entrepreneurial experience. We

believe this contributes to a higher success rate and greater

impact than either could achieve alone. We have four Labs worldwide,

each with its own specific value space that

matches local expertise and ecosystems.

These are trade (Singapore), property,

real estate and regulatory

processes (London), creating minimum viable companies that are ready to scale (Amsterdam)

and proofs

of

concept with fintechs to bring new tech solutions to market faster

(Brussels, formerly Fintech Village).

ing20f2020p38i0.gif ing20f2020p38i1.gif ing20f2020p38i2.gif ing20f2020p38i3.gif

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

38

Strategic enablers

Simplify and streamline

Standardised products, systems and processes, shared

services, one IT infrastructure and one Way of Working

lay the

foundation for the superior digital experience we strive

to deliver.

We believe this allows us to respond more quickly to

changing customer needs and low-cost competitors by becoming

more cost-effective, cost

-efficient and agile, and by

bringing new products and services to market faster.

Material topics:

usability and accessibility of our products

Operational excellence

ING promises customers we’ll keep getting

better.

This includes accelerating the digitalisation of end-to-end processes for a

frictionless customer experience and greater efficiency.

It’s also about ensuring safe and secure operations, stable

IT

systems and platforms and the highest standards

of data security.

Material topics:

IT systems and platforms, cyber resilience

Performance culture

Delivering a differentiating customer experience

requires engaged employees who are motivated

to go the extra mile.

That’s why we strive to create

a great employee experience and develop great leaders who can enhance performance

and

inspire our people to deliver on our strategy.

Diversity and inclusion contribute to this – people perform better

when they

are free to be themselves. ING does not tolerate discrimination in any

form. We are guided in everything we do by the

values and behaviours in our Orange Code and global Code of Conduct.

Material topics:

culture,

ethics and integrity

Lending capabilities

We are seeking opportunities to broaden and diversify our retail

lending capabilities in the Business Banking and consumer

lending segments. In Wholesale Banking we continue to build on our lending capabilities in our markets,

combined with our

sector lending franchises and product capabilities, to build primary relationships to be able to diversity

our income by

generating more fees. ING is considered a pioneer in sustainable

finance, having introduced the first sustainability-linked

loan and a made-to-measure sustainability improvement loan.

Material topics:

financial performance, climate resilience

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

39

Transformation

To deliver a differentiating

customer experience globally we are streamlining our products and processes,

enhancing operational excellence and harmonising our customer engagement

platforms, supported by a global

technology foundation.

This foundation includes shared data lakes, cloud solutions and modular IT building

blocks. It’s also about monitoring and executing regulatory

programmes globally that aim to ensure ING is a safe,

secure and compliant bank.

To accelerate

the execution of our Think Forward journey,

we launched a series of transformation programmes in

2016 to unite similar businesses and bring us closer to one mobile-first digital platform offering

one ING

experience everywhere. These included:

•

Unite be+nl

to combine the respective strengths of the Netherlands and Belgium.

•

Maggie

(formerly Model Bank) to standardise the customer experience and product

offering in four

Challengers markets - Czech Republic,

France, Italy and Spain.

•

Welcome

to digitalise ING in Germany,

which was completed in 2019.

•

WTOM

to optimise,

digitalise and standardise our Wholesale Banking offering in all countries.

Unite be+nl involved,

among other things, the large-scale integration of 600,000 Record

Bank customers in

Belgium in 2018, and the replacement of many existing IT systems

with one digital platform. Integrating the back-

end systems turned out to be more complicated.

Yet despite the challenges and adjustments

to the programme

in response to changing circumstances,

all our Belgian retail customers now use the same internet banking

environment as the Netherlands (OneWeb) and 90 percent have

migrated to the mobile OneApp used in the

Netherlands and Germany. Unite be+nl runs until 1H

2021.

Given the coronavirus-related economic headwinds and our learnings from the

complexities and costs of cross-

border systems and product integration,

we decided to refocus our activities in 2020 to ensure faster

customer

delivery and a continuously improving end-to-end digital customer experience.

This underpinned our decision in 2020 to stop Maggie as a programme.

Launched in 2016 to integrate our

product offering and provide a standardised

easy, personal

and smart digital experience for customers in four

Challengers markets, Maggie delivered various customer

experience building blocks and sales and services

journeys.

To further develop

our universal digital bank, we’ll focus instead on using our global technology foundation,

reusing already developed mobile app components,

and rolling out global digital product offerings in the areas of

insurance, investments and consumer lending. When identifying areas to build cross-border

capabilities we’ll

weigh up impact versus complexity,

always with the aim of increasing scalability and delivery speed. In this way

we only need to develop once for multiple countries and can create a sustainable

competitive advantage,

accelerating customer engagement and business impact. Updating legacy

IT systems with new technology

standards and global solutions will also contribute to greater

efficiency as we move towards becoming a global

digital bank.

The creation in 2020 of one global retail management team was the next step

in our journey to unify and

harmonise our retail approach in all our markets. This will further reinforce

alignment, improve prioritisation and

drive a consistent retail strategy

that aims to accelerate digitalisation,

use our global technology foundation to

enhance operational efficiency and excellence, and roll out global digital

product offerings in areas such as

insurance, investment and consumer lending.

The Wholesale Target

Operating Model (WTOM) programme has come to

a natural conclusion as it achieved

cost, risk and income benefits for the Wholesale Banking franchise globally,

the result of extensive work over the

last years to replace legacy systems,

applications with target solutions, and create a range

of shared operational

services. We have now decided to end WTOM and commence with digitalisation-orientated

programmes in our

Transaction Services, Lending and Financial Markets

businesses.

Laying the foundation

Building a universal digital bank requires a strong foundation

that’s the same everywhere: the

same approach to data, the same processes, same systems

and infrastructure and the same way

of working.

At the heart of this is our IT strategy.

ING is building a technology platform to facilitate our journey from a

traditional bank to a data-driven digital bank. It is designed to create

speed, scale and security as well as cost

efficiency through programmes like

ING Private Cloud, Touchpoint,

the data lake foundation and OnePipeline.

This last programme supports the engineering journey from idea to working code that underlies our digital

services and can easily be reused by other engineers worldwide. We continuously adjust and improve

IT projects

and programmes based on new insights, lessons learnt and the impact of developments such as the coronavirus.

For example, at the start of the outbreak we had

to increase our network capacity by 365 percent to facilitate

the

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

40

large numbers of users connecting

from home: daily remote connections have grown by 285 percent

since

March.

We changed the top structure of the Tech

organisation in January 2021, to better align with ING’s

digital and

data-driven ambitions. This has brought all the assets belonging to the banking technology platform under one

senior management line, helping to further the consumption and delivery of the features of the banking

technology platform and improve impact.

Related to this, the

ING Private Cloud

(IPC) is the target platform standardising our IT infrastructure.

It’s where

we store and process data and IT services such as our mobile phone apps to give customers

a consistent

experience in a secure and reliable way.

Unlike traditional infrastructure,

cloud computing enables pay-as-you-go

usage, elasticity and full management by the user.

To keep

up with global usage, scalability, availability

and

delivery speed, ING is adding public cloud computing to our infrastructure offering. By end-2020, IPC was

used in

15 countries.

Around a quarter of global infrastructure now runs on IPC, up from 15 percent

at the end of 2019.

Data lakes

serve as digital repositories for all the internal and external data

we collect, making it easier to share it

across the company.

Having one ‘home’ for data is in line with our strategy of simplifying our banking systems.

Aggregating our data allows us to exchange

information and knowledge with each other more easily.

To enable

this data exchange we’ve created

a universal data language called

ING Esperanto

. Translating local data

of all ING

entities is a significant challenge as it requires both subject matter expertise of local businesses and regulations

and knowledge of ING Esperanto to be able to create and benefit from

aggregated data in a governed way.

ING Business Shared Services BV (IBSS) is a fully-owned service company employing around 10 percent of ING

colleagues globally. Its

shared service centres

in Bratislava, Manila, Katowice,

Warsaw and Bucharest contribute

to ING’s digital transformation

and cross-border scalability by centralising operational and IT support tasks

in

areas such as global data management, Tech

services, non-financial risk and compliance, KYC, data analytics and

modelling.

Recognising the need for a strong engineering culture to achieve

our Think Forward ambitions, we strive to

develop and grow a global workforce of highly skilled engineers. We

run global performance days, where we

assess and calibrate engineers based on one engineering profile.

The ING Tech Academy

keeps engineers

updated on the latest technology.

We are pursuing initiatives to improve

diversity in our teams.

These include

the ING Women in Engineering days and the Sparks community at ING in Australia

,

which aims to inspire and

empower women in technology.

ING’s one Way

of Working (WoW) is based on agile, purpose-driven teams and allows us to

respond quickly to

changing customer demands and feedback. We’ve implemented

ING’s WoW

in all retail countries as well as in

Wholesale Banking and in many of our business support activities. Uniting so many different cultures requires

a

behavioural shift, guided by our Orange Code, and is supported by WoW ambassadors,

bootcamps and training

programmes. The coronavirus pandemic has made it necessary to adapt to new ways

of working and

collaborating remotely.

Government measures to curb the spread of Covid-19 in ING countries required us to

adapt quickly to extended

remote working. This accelerated certain IT programmes,

such as the roll-out of cloud-based tools, enabling

online collaboration and meetings. Remote working brings certain increased

operational risks with respect to

information security,

data protection, the availability of key

systems and infrastructure

integrity. In 2020, ING

continued to focus strongly on managing exposure to

these risks and took steps to increase the efficiency and

effectiveness of our IT infrastructure to

ensure the continuity of our business from outside the office.

We also have preventative

measures in place that continuously test our resilience against cyberattacks

and

attempts to gain unauthorised access to our systems.

These include a dedicated cybercrime expertise and

response team and ‘ethical’ hackers.

When and how our employees return to the office remains hard to predict and largely

depends on the situation

in each country. When it is safe

to do so, there are rotation schemes to allow a controlled

return to the office.

We will also pilot global principles that will guide our future way of working in the post-coronavirus

world. These

are based on feedback from employees and aim to balance the advantages

of working from home and working

from the office. We’re taking

a step-by-step approach that

provides a degree of flexibility for local

implementation and respects local labour laws.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

41

B. Business overview

Market trends like

the shift to mobile and online banking confirm ING’s mobile-

first digital approach. Building on this, we adapted our processes

and service

models to make banking safer,

easier and always accessible to customers

in a

time of social distancing,

and put measures in place to help them deal with the

impact of the coronavirus pandemic on their finances.

These included contactless payments, more flexibility on loan and mortgage

repayments, financial advice and

partnering with business clients big and small to support them in the most appropriate way.

We also strived to

provide uninterrupted access to our banking services.

In 2020, weighted system availability

for Retail Banking

customers in the Netherlands and Belgium was 99.6 percent and for Wholesale Banking clients worldwide system

availability was 99.9 percent.

Reduced economic activity during the year meant demand for consumer and business loans was lower in a

number of markets, and the ongoing low/negative interest

rate environment pushed our net interest

income

down. Yet our results remained

resilient throughout the year.

Demand for mortgages remained healthy and we

were able to grow our fee income as considerably more

customers chose ING’s accessible digital

retail

investment products. We ended the year

with improving cost control and a strong capital

position, contributing

to a full-year result before tax

of €3,399 million in accordance with IFRS-IASB.

Recognising the growing demand for digital and platform services, we took

steps in 2020 to increase the pace of

end-to-end digitalisation across our business and make our products and processes

even easier,

smarter and

more efficient, from onboarding new customers

to instant payments.

At the same time, to provide our 39.3 million customers with a differentiating

and engaging experience

everywhere and to move closer to becoming a universal data-driven digital

leader, we aligned our Retail

organisation under one management team with shared global priorities aimed at harmonising customer

engagement and selected products on cross-border platforms.

We also centralised innovation,

introduced ‘do your thing’ - ING’s

first global tagline – and harmonised our

activities for small and medium enterprises (SMEs) and mid-corporate clients in seven countries

in a new

Business Banking segment.

In Wholesale Banking we deepened our focus on core clients, supported by steps to build differentiating

value

propositions to meet their needs. This also supports our strategy to diversify income by generating

more fee-

based business. We continued to focus on digitalising our processes and st

reamlining our organisation to deliver

faster and better to clients. As part of the focus

on core clients, we announced measures to simplify our

geographical footprint, withdrawing from

South America and selected Asia markets while continuing to serve the

needs of clients in those markets from our regional hubs.

Our markets

ING serves over 39.3 million individual customers as well as small and medium-sized businesses up to

multinational corporations and financial institutions.

Our Retail Banking business line offers private

individuals a full range of products and services covering

payments, savings, insurance, investments

and secured and unsecured lending. This segment also includes self-

employed entrepreneurs, micro businesses, small-to-medium enterprises

(SMEs) and mid-corporate companies

who are served by our Business Banking proposition in several European countries. These business customers

earn revenues of up to €250 million and our goal is to help them manage and accelerate their business.

Wholesale Banking offers corporate clients

advisory value propositions such as specialised lending, tailored

corporate finance, green structuring and debt and equity-market

solutions. It also serves their daily banking

needs with payments and cash management, trade and treasury services.

ing20f2020p42i0.gif ing20f2020p42i1.gif ing20f2020p42i2.gif

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

42

Our markets

Market Leaders

Netherlands, Belgium, Luxembourg

•

Leading retail and wholesale banks

•

Cross-border customer interaction platform

with mobile-first customer

experience and cost efficiency

Challengers

Australia, Austria, Czech Republic, France,

Germany, Italy,

Spain

•

Digital bank with uniform, mobile-first customer experience

•

Broadening product capabilities

Growth Markets

Poland, Romania, Turkey,

the Philippines and our stakes in Asia

•

Universal banks in economies with high growth potential

•

Developing differentiating customer experience

based on

mobile-first approach

Wholesale Banking

International network and global franchises

•

Active in more than 40 countries

•

Extensive international client base across all regions

•

Sector-focused client business in lending, capital structuring and advisory,

transaction services and financial markets.

We offer:

•

Payments, savings, insurance, investments

and lending products and

services to individuals, SMEs and mid-corporate clients

•

Daily banking and strategic finance and advisory propositions to corporate

clients

Our customers

39.3 million

(year-end 2020)

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

43

Supporting customers in crisis

The Covid-19 crisis impacted our customers in many ways. Across

our business we took action to help them

navigate the economic headwinds and stay in control

of their finances during this turbulent time. ING’s support

began with the basics: aiming to provide

uninterrupted access to our mobile and digital channels when

customers need them most and making their lives easier with digital tools such as contactless payments.

To ensure

the continuity of services our Wholesale Banking clients rely on, certain business-critical operations

such as Financial Markets, Treasury,

and Payments, were split across different

locations during

global lockdowns.

In the Netherlands, 85 percent of all card payments in 2020 were contactless

via plastic cards and third-party

services like Apple Pay,

as well as our own Android solution in the banking app, which is now also available in

Australia, Poland, Romania, Germany,

France, the UK (via Yolt), Italy

and Spain. Driven by accelerating digital

behaviour of our customers, the use of mobile payments increased rapidly

against a backdrop of lockdowns and

other Covid-19 measures, both as a share of total card payments and total

contactless payments. Customers

appreciate not having to enter their pin code on a terminal.

In countries such as the Netherlands, Spain, Belgium, Germany and Turkey,

we increased the daily limit for

contactless payments so customers could use this option more

often and made it free to withdraw cash from

ATMs (in some countries this is already a free

service). Customers in Poland can use their mobile phones to make

contactless ATM

transactions. Also in Poland,

it’s now possible to open a new account from home using just a

mobile phone and an ID card.

New mortgage customers in Australia can

now validate their identity by video; video calls to advise customers on

investments and other matters replaced

face-to-face contact in Belgium and the Netherlands. For primary

customers in Australia, ING maintained a higher savings

interest rate even

when they did not reach the salary

deposit requirement.

In some countries, a limited number of branches remained open for customers

who wanted in-person advice. In

our branches we took precautions to ensure the safety

of customers and employees, such as installing plexiglass

screens, making hand sanitisers available, splitting teams and limiting visits to by appointment

only.

Payment holidays

Customers in all retail countries were offered

mortgage holidays and deferrals

on loans and credit card

repayments. We granted

196,000 customers payment holidays totalling

€19.4 billion since government measures

were introduced in various countries to protect

people impacted by job losses and loss of income during the

lockdowns.

Of these, 55 percent were for customers in the Netherlands and Belgium. By

the end of the year, 93%

of payment holidays had expired.

We also provided around €1.5 billion of government-guaranteed

facilities to

support our business clients.

In addition, ING worked closely with business clients to understand the direct impact on their individual

situations. Some industries, such as travel, hospitality and transport, were

more severely affected than others. In

the most heavily affected sectors governments

also stepped in to protect companies and jobs with measures

such as tax payment holidays and compensation schemes. Between March

and May we collected feedback from

over 18,000 businesses in six countries through regular pulse checks to gain insight into

their needs.

While it is impossible to predict how the pandemic will develop, additional lockdowns across Europe in the

autumn and the phasing out of related payment holiday schemes and other support measures could potentially

lead to more business insolvencies and unemployment. This could lead to more customers getting

into financial

difficulties and to higher levels of default.

More information on the impact of Covid-19 on ING as well on the related risk measures taken

to address it can

be found in the ‘Risk Management’ section.

Short-term liquidity

In times of crisis, companies need to be able to make swift decisions and want a financial partner they can trust

to be there for them. For many businesses, their most urgent

initial need was support with liquidity, particularly

when markets are as volatile

as today.

In Turkey,

ING worked with the World Bank and Turk

Eximbank on a €380 million loan to support exporters with

financing during the crisis.

In the Netherlands, we dedicated €1.1 billion for loans to SMEs. Part of these funds will be guaranteed

by the

European Investment Bank and €702 million of these loans will be sold against a favourable

interest rate.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

44

ING proactively contacted Wholesale Banking and Business Banking clients to discuss ways

to ease the impact on

their businesses, which in some cases was significant. By monitoring the business landscape to better understand

which industries are most impacted we can tailor our support and solutions to specific industries and determine

who needs our help the most.

These tailored solutions included ways of easing their short-term liquidity needs with funding set apart for Covid-

19 facilities. ING’s capital

markets teams placed €39 billion of bonds via active bookrunner roles for corporates

and financial institutions and approved around 70 new liquidity facilities for top-segmented

clients. By converting

Covid-19 facilities into capital market mandates

we believe we helped clients secure longer term funding more

easily while lessening the risks for our bank by shifting exposure to the institutional market.

In May, ING collaborated

with French bond issuer Caisse Francaise de Financement Local (CAFFIL) on Europe’s

first Covid-19-related bond to raise financing for

French public hospitals.

Financial health

Managing money is one of the leading causes of stress for people around the world as many struggle to meet

their day-to-day needs or plan for their future. This was amplified during the Covid-19 pandemic. ING offered

budgeting and debt relief advice and guidance to customers in financial difficulty in partnership with

organisations like the Dutch ‘Geldfit’ website,

and financial counselling services in Australia and Romania.

Using our knowledge of innovation and digitalisation,

we put insights about people and money into products,

tools, research and education that help contribute to a financially healthy

society. We

believe that the right

information at the right time can help people make better

financial decisions. We are delivering that through

forecasting tools, such as ‘Kijk Vooruit’ which gives Dutch customers

an overview of upcoming payments. With

Everyday Roundup,

available in Australia, Poland and Romania, we

help customers save while they spend (see

‘differentiating

customer experience’

below). In Belgium, we’ve partnered with fintech Minna to manage

customer subscriptions (see ‘Platform thinking’ below).

As a result of our financial empowerment activities, 27.8 million people (71 percent of our customer base) felt

financially empowered by ING in 2020. In 2019, this was 25.9 million or 67 percent. Our ambition for 2022 is for

30.2 million customers to feel financially empowered by ING.

Achieving our business goals

We still have a lot to do to become the

leading data-driven digital bank we aspire to be, but we also have to

remain flexible in dealing with the impact of the coronavirus pandemic, changing customer behaviour,

persistently low/negative interest

rates and increasing regulation. That means continually weighing up benefits

versus costs, consistently using what we have

already developed, quickly applying learnings and best practices,

and taking decisions to focus our activities to ensure we deliver on our strategic

priorities.

These considerations informed the decision to reduce the geographical

footprint of our Wholesale Banking

business and to stop Maggie,

our transformation programme to

simplify and harmonise the product offering and

experience of retail customers in four Challengers

markets.

Instead,

as we develop our universal digital bank, we

will focus on the global use of ING’s technology foundation

to build scalable cross-border products and a

consistent end-to-end digital customer experience in all our markets.

Global priorities

The accelerated shift to mobile and online banking in 2020 increased the urgency of stepping up the end-to-end

digitalisation of our products and services. Linked to this is the need for good quality data to

drive the engaging

and personalised customer experience we are aiming for.

Building on what we’ve learnt and achieved over the past years, we

adapted our Retail organisation in 2020 to

increase alignment around key priorities that will contribute

to our ambition to become one global digital bank.

Led by the new global Retail Banking management team, we will focus on rolling

out global digital propositions

converging towards a common engagement

platform. And we are looking for new ways

to be relevant to our

customers and generate alternate

revenue sources.

Innovation is essential here. To

increase the impact of our innovation and speed up execution, ING has created a

new dedicated business area,

ING Neo, which combines all of our initiatives and activities in this area.

Of course, keeping our bank safe, secure and compliant

remains a priority for ING. Customers trust us to protect

their money and their data. That trust is our licence to operate.

ing20f2020p45i0.jpg

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

45

Unleashing sector potential

In 2020, we remained focused on providing our corporate clients

with relevant advice, data-driven insights and

customised, integrated solutions that make

their day-to-day banking more efficient and support their business

ambitions. This is in line with the revised Wholesale Banking strategy we introduced in 2018 to enable us to

adapt to and overcome a challenging and complex market

environment, as well as increased regulatory

requirements, evolving technology,

greater competition and our clients’ changing needs. Addressing these

challenges, amplified by the effects of Covid-19, required us to accelerate

our priorities and refocus our activities

to ensure we deliver to our customers faster

and continuously improve the end-to-end digital experience.

We further developed our sectors strategy

over the year,

pairing local and global insight with sector knowledge

and financial expertise,

and we enhanced our client segmentation model, which helps us tailor our daily banking

and advisory value propositions to clients specific needs. Based on similar considerations of aligning with our

core client base and deepening our relationship, we made the decision to withdraw from a number of countries

in South America and Asia. We’ll continue serving the international needs of our clients in these countries from

regional hubs. We will stay focused

on improving client service delivery and streamline our operating model by

clustering similar activities and know-how in existing centres of expertise.

Several deals in 2020 reflect this sector focus.

These included a €1.6 billion debt financing package for Swedish

sustainable battery producer Northvolt to finance Europe's

first home-grown gigafactory for

lithium-ion

batteries. ING co-led the lending consortium.

ING was also involved in the largest green loan to date

in Asia-

Pacific in the commercial and industrial (C&I) renewables sector,

a US$75 million loan to Singapore-based

Cleantech Solar.

We work with our Wholesale Banking clients to finance and facilitate

their transition to low-carbon technologies.

We’ve developed a comprehensive

suite of sustainability products and services to help them, including green

loans and green bonds.

In July, we announced that due to Brexit

we will move some Financial Markets activities from London to

Amsterdam.

Here we already have a relatively large

Financial Institutions/Financial Markets risk organisation,

which can be effectively used during and after the transfer

of the operations. The move does not impact our

clients or client coverage.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

46

A differentiating customer experience

More and more people are discovering how easy and efficient it is to

do their banking online, with the number of

digital interactions growing to 5.3 billion in 2020 from 4.5 billion in 2019. Of these, 87 percent are

mobile

interactions, with a growing number of Retail customers

only interacting with ING via their mobile phone: 40

percent versus just 12 percent in 2016.

This digital connectivity yields data and insights that contribute to a more personalised

and empowering

experience, giving customers even more reasons to interact

with us. This is how we can become an essential part

of people’s digital lives.

To provide

customers

with an even more personal, easy and smart experience, we held our first

fully virtual

customer experience (CX) day in October 2020. More than 2,000 colleagues from Belgium and the Netherlands

attended. They made small changes that can have a big impact, resulting in 291 customer

experience

improvements.

Among the new mobile features introduced in 2020 is a single sign-on that allows customers

in the Netherlands

to seamlessly switch between their mobile app and online banking, and we made it easier for them to block,

unblock and replace their bank cards themselves. In Belgium, customers can use their bank app to manage

subscriptions via third party Minna and send payment requests through Payconiq.

And we extended ‘magician

mode’ to Germany,

which hides customers’ account information when they swipe their hand in front

of their

phone camera while using the app in public.

For visually impaired customers, ING is the first bank in the Netherlands to provide

a bank card with a notch in

the side so they can easily recognise it and insert it correctly into an ATM.

In the Philippines, ING’s newest mobile-only retail

market, the ING app has been installed more than two million

times since its launch in November 2018. The introduction in the Philippines of ING Pay in November 2020 led to

over 60,000 new daily accounts in its first month.

With customers looking for alternatives to savings

accounts in the low/negative interest

rate environment, we’re

empowering them with smart digital investment tools like

My Money Coach in Spain, Coach Epargne in France

and Easy Invest in the Netherlands. In 2020, our retail investment

products in Germany and Spain reached €56

billion and €12.3 billion in assets under management respectively.

In Germany, ING is the first

bank to offer

securities savings

plans that allow all customers to invest small amounts (from

€1) in shares, exchange traded

funds (ETFs) or mutual funds. With savings plans available for more than 1,800 securities, including more than

200 funds and ETFs without purchasing costs,

it’s a low-threshold entry into investing

.

ING’s Everyday

Roundup (ERU) product is helping to make saving simpler.

First introduced in Poland,

then in

Australia and Germany,

it is now also available in Romania. More countries will follow in 2021. By rounding

up

every transaction and transferring the difference

to the customer’s savings account, it makes

saving frictionless

at a time when customers may be financially vulnerable (due to the corona

virus crisis). ING in Germany launched

a 'donate to Unicef' option for rounding up and ING in Australia has a roundup

option for mortgages. The next

step will be investments.

There are 850,000 active ERU users,

of which almost half are in Poland and Australia,

while users in Germany rose to 156,000.

Our Yolt smart money app introduced a similar feature

in 2020 called Money Jar.

It too allows users to save while

they spend by rounding up purchases to the nearest pound or euro and offering cashback

from selected retailers.

The money jar feature also offers handy tips and reminders

for users to increase their savings. It's trained to

recognise and save refunds, salary raises and even bonuses.

Through ING’s bancassurance

partnership with AXA, customers can create their own personalised insurance

cover in a clear and easy way using their ING mobile app or the ING website.

For example, customers in Italy only

have to answer three

questions to get building and contents insurance compared to

60+ previously – something

they appreciate, rating the service with a 4.5 out of five for advice and satisfaction.

The bancassurance offering is

now available in five countries through 11 insurance products

delivering banking linked to lending and home/life

protection.

A further two propositions for mobility and wellness are being built to provide full lifestyle

protection

for customers through ING’s

five billion digital engagements.

In the Business Banking segment, we are digitalising our proposition for SMEs, micro businesses, mid-corporate

s

and self-employed customers using the Touchpoint

platform. This will enable us to standardise our offering for

over 1.5 million businesses in Belgium, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Poland, Romania, Germany and Turkey,

avoiding duplication and unlocking synergies between the countries.

Our call-centre platform,

developed as part of the Unite be+nl programme, is providing a harmonised customer

contact experience across multiple customer interaction

channels in eight countries. Because it is cloud-based,

customers receive the same services everywhere and it makes it easier for

ING to share and adopt innovations

and adjust to changing customer needs.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

47

One brand

The introduction in 2020 of ING’s new global ‘do

your thing’ tagline in the Netherlands, Belgium, Romania,

Poland and Wholesale Banking brings a common brand direction to the bank that will be extended to the other

ING countries over time. We launched advertising campaigns that included

new brand elements like a new style of photography,

a sound logo and always signing off with

‘do your thing’.

The tagline articulates ING’s empowering purpose and encourag

es people to do more of the things that move

them or their business. It is about people being free to focus on what matters most

to them knowing that,

whether in their private or professional lives, they can make

their world a little better

for it.

In Wholesale Banking, do your thing is linked to ‘changemakers’

– companies and people that ignite and lead

sustainable change in a responsible way.

Instant payments

Open banking has changed the way people pay,

giving consumers more options and opening up this service to

non-traditional providers. To

keep up with payment trends, ING has introduced instant

payments executed in

real time 24/7, 365 days a year.

In 2020, the service was extended,

enabling payments instantly from the

Netherlands to the rest of Europe. ING is also working with major retailers in the Netherlands to extend

peer-to-

peer payments (apps that enable users to request and receive payments

instantly) so merchants can send their

customers a mobile payment request on delivery

of goods.

Following a successful pilot in 2019, ING now uses SWIFT gpi in nine ING countries to make international

transfers quicker

and easier. With

SWIFT gpi around 80 percent of international money transfers

are done on the

same day, compared

with three to five days previously.

For Business Banking customers, ING added a bulk payment functionality to its payment initiation

application

programme interface (API), making it possible to pay

up to 5,000 recipients simultaneously. In addition,

it

supports multiple strong customer authentication,

that allows all types of payments requiring two or more

authorisations.

Making life easier for commuters on the go, ING is piloting Invisible Tickets,

a Dutch initiative that allows them to

seamlessly pay for public transport using mobile phone sensors. It is aimed at countries where the use of public

transport is high, such as Germany,

France, Italy,

the UK and the Netherlands.

Platform thinking

The power of platforms is that they are open, borderless, scalable, empowering and generate

large amounts of

data through frequent user interactions

that can in turn be used to improve users’ experience. To

remain

relevant to our customers we need to

be on the digital platforms where they are spending their time shopping,

socialising and working.

ING is exploring various platform business solutions. We are

building our own platforms.

Some of these have

evolved into stand-alone platforms.

Smart money app Yolt, mobile payments

app Payconiq and corporate

multibank platform Cobase are three examples.

Yolt, which now has over 1.6 million registered

users in the UK, Italy and France,

added new features in 2020,

such as Money Jar, which helps customers

save while they spend. Yolt

Pay,

currently in beta, uses open banking

APIs to initiate money transfers between

users’ accounts and to pay others. The app also links to partners

like

MoneySuperMarket, PensionBee and Wealthify so they can

invest, save on household bills and grow their

savings. In 2020, Yolt was named the best

personal finance app at the Wealth and Finance Fintech Awards.

ING can also add value for our customers by connecting to relevant

products and services on third-party

platforms. In 2020, we strengthened our SME offering

as the first bank in Germany to offer loans through

Amazon’s sellers

platform, which is mainly used by SME companies. ING’s banking platform

offers these clients

access to the digital lending solution of fintech Lendico, which provides

loan approvals within 48 hours.

In Belgium, we partnered with Minna Technologies

on a subscription service for customers. Using the ING app,

customers can keep track

of and manage their subscriptions, and even cancel unused subscriptions or switch to

better alternatives through an automated process,

helping them save money and time.

The integration of international payments

platform Payvision strengthens

ING’s digital payments

business,

especially in e-commerce.

Payvision is a subsidiary of ING that facilitates more

than 80 payment methods in 150

currencies. Its combined e-commerce and in-store solution helps merchants to

offer their shoppers a seamless

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

48

checkout experience across all channels. Since acquiring Payvision in 2018, ING is exiting Payvision

clients that no

longer fit our risk profile.

Open banking

The introduction of the European Payment Service Directive 2 (PSD2) in 2019 is reshaping the banking industry.

It

requires banks to rethink traditional products and services and create

new customer experiences that stand out

in a competitive landscape. At the same time, open banking allows us to connect to other providers

and integrate

products and services to add value for our customers. Our open banking platform

provides the key capabilities

that allow ING to open up by establishing secure, scalable, compliant and uniform connectivity with external

parties via application programming interfaces (APIs).

We believe open banking and APIs are a great way

to foster innovation, accelerate

digitalisation and integrate

and co-create with others. Open banking propositions powered by API technology include the Lendico

SME

lending platform in Germany and the Minna Technologies

subscription management app in Belgium. In daily

banking, APIs boost treasury departments by delivering real-time cash and liquidity management.

Yolt Technology

Services (YTS), the business-to-business arm of the smart money app, facilitates open banking

for businesses across Europe by providing them with access to bank APIs that connect them to users’ bank

accounts to initiate payments.

In 2020, YTS surpassed one billion API calls – single uses of its API. In the

Netherlands, France and the UK, it offers businesses API coverage

to over 90 percent of bank accounts and its API

infrastructure can connect to 80 percent

of bank accounts in Belgium, Italy and Spain.

In Poland, ING introduced the first aggregator

service that allows customers to manage multiple bank accounts

from their ING Moje account. The new service is available through ING’s

online banking channel and the mobile

app.

We also use APIs to connect to our insurance partner AXA on ING’s

first multi-country product platform.

Cross-border customer engagement

Internally, we

are working to harmonise our customer experience where it’s possible and beneficial on truly

cross-border platforms, giving ING the same face in different

markets and the same banking interface with the

same look and feel everywhere.

One such example is InsideBusiness – ING’s digital banking portal

that provides Wholesale Banking clients with a

single point of access to a growing range of products and services around the globe. It is accessible anytime and

anywhere via web, mobile app and tablet. In 2020, there was rapid growth in the adoption of the InsideBusiness

app: user numbers doubled from around 2,500 to nearly 6,000 unique users,

while usage went up by 96 percent.

We also doubled the number of self-service processes clients can initiate from

InsideBusiness.

Given the complexities and costs of cross-border system

and product integration, and in light of

coronavirus-

related economic headwinds, we announced in November 2020 that we will stop the Maggie transformation

programme. Launched in 2016, Maggie aimed to integrate our product

offering and provide a standardised

experience for retail customers in four

Challengers markets.

We will instead focus on using ING’s

global

technology foundation – shared data lakes, cloud and modular IT building blocks – to

further develop our

universal digital bank and the rollout of global digital product offerings in insurance,

investments and consumer

lending. We will continue to focus on implementing global solutions locally as a way

to harmonise and

standardise the customer experience.

In the Netherlands and Belgium, where ING is already a market leader,

we are uniting our respective strengths to

deliver an even better and more consistent

experience across all channels for our combined 11 million

customers. In the second quarter,

customers in Belgium were migrated to the OneWeb

banking environment

shared with our Dutch customers. They also now use the same OneApp mobile environment as in the

Netherlands and Germany,

bringing us a step closer towards our ambition to provide customers

everywhere with

the same easy, smart and personal experience.

Around 1.8 million customers in Belgium are now using OneApp

and OneWeb for online banking. In the Netherlands around five million customers

use the app. New features

were introduced in 2020 to empower customers

to take charge of their own banking affairs

via their mobile

phone, for example to block a lost card or change their daily withdrawal

limit, cutting back on the need to

contact customer service.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

49

Beyond banking services

Thinking beyond traditional banking is crucial to find new ways to be relevant

to customers and create new

revenue streams for ING. It strengthens

our core businesses by engaging customers early,

increasing the

customer lifetime value and contributing to a more sustainable

banking business model.

We can introduce new and complementary services through platforms.

Shopping services can use our scale to

provide better deals or cashbacks to customers.

The DealWise shopping platform gathers cashback deals and

discounts in one place. Users can save on their daily spending while merchants gain insights that

help them

better understand, acquire, develop

and maintain customers. It is now available in Romania,

with plans to enter

Germany next.

Similarly, ING+Deals in Belgium and ING Punten in the Netherlands are shopping platforms

offering customers

exclusive deals in partnership with various A-brands.

In addition to promoting customer loyalty,

these shopping

platforms help to increase interactions with ING’s

own digital channels. ING+Deals, with over 200,000 users

generated more than €5 million revenue for our merchants

in 2020, while ING Punten delivered a turnover of

€45 million from the sale of 1.4 million products.

In the know your customer (KYC) space, CoorpID provides a digital vault where

corporate clients can securely

store and share the KYC documentation

required by multiple financial institutions. CoorpID was connected to

ING’s KYC organisation

in 2020.

ING moved steadfastly on its housing strategy

across Dutch and German markets with disruptive concepts like

Scoperty and Makelaarsland. The near-term objective

is to independently grow these and invest in synergistic

business models. Makelaarsland is a property platform empowering people in the Netherlands

to buy and sell

their homes online themselves or with the support of a local agent.

In Germany, ING partnered

with Sprengnetter on Scoperty,

a real-estate platform connecting buyers

and sellers

of more than 35 million properties. The pre-qualification process for mortgages

is aligned with that of Interhyp,

ING’s independent mortgage brokerage

platform in Germany and Austria. Interhyp offers

buyers access to 400

mortgage lenders. In 2020 its market share rose to

10 percent in Germany (nine percent in 2019).

Earning the primary relationship

Customer numbers grew in 2020, especially the number of primary customers. These are Retail

customers with

multiple active products, including a current account with recurrent income, such as a salary.

In Wholesale

Banking these are clients lending and daily banking products and at least one other product generating recurring

revenues.

Earning the primary relationship is a strategic priority for ING as it leads to deeper relationships,

greater

customer satisfaction and ultimately customers

choosing us for more of their banking needs.

We want our

customers to do more than just some of their banking with us; we want to be their first

partner, where

they

deposit their salary, handle their payments and do most

of their other banking business.

In 2020, the number of primary customers increased by 578,000 to 13.9 million. Across retail segments

,

this

comprises 5.8 million for Market Leaders,

4.9 million for the Challengers Markets – where primary customers

in

Germany grew by 330,000, a record 56 percent in net growth

versus 2019

– and 3.2 million for Growth Markets.

Retail markets

NPS

Number 1 in

6 out of 14

markets

Wholesale Banking NPS

13% above

industry

average

Measuring customer satisfaction

One of the ways we measure our progress is through the Net Promoter

Score (NPS), which indicates customer

satisfaction and loyalty (whether they would recommend ING to

others). The score is calculated as the difference

ing20f2020p50i0.jpg

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

50

between the percentage of promoters

(who rate ING as 9 or 10 out of 10) and detractors (those scoring ING

below a 6). Our aim is to achieve a number one NPS ranking in all our retail markets, with a 10-point lead over

our main competitors.

Based on a rolling average of our NPS scores in 2020, ING ranked

number one in six of our 14 retail markets:

Australia, Germany,

Poland, Romania, Spain and the Philippines. In four of these we are more than 10 points

ahead of our nearest competitor.

ING also has a top-three position in a further six markets. The introduction of

current account fees in Germany in February 2020 led to a downward

dip in our NPS score here, but overall we

retained our number one position in Germany in all four quarters. In France,

more innovative competitors

overtook ING in the number one position.

In the Business Banking segment, we measure NPS in four markets. These are the Netherlands, Belgium, Poland

and Romania. The NPS for mid-corporate clients in the Netherlands improved

to +18.4

(from +12.4 in 4Q 2019),

well above our competitors (-23.3), based on feedback from

clients who do business with multiple banks. Clients

appreciate our sector knowledge combined with regional presence, with satisfaction

highest in the services,

industry and transport and logistics sectors. However,

there is room for improvement to make

the digital

customer experience easier and more personal, especially for Dutch SMEs and self-employed

clients, where our

NPS among both client groups declined to -26 from -20 and -18 respectively.

In Poland, the combined NPS for

SME and mid-corporate clients improved to +43 (from

+30 in 4Q 2019). As we revised our methodology in

Belgium we don’t have comparable figures for 2020. Although slightly lower than

in 2019, the NPS for micro

clients and SMEs in Romania is still a high +43 and +54 for mid-corporates.

The NPS programme also runs in 26 Wholesale Banking markets. In addition, we introduced a transactional

NPS

to measure client satisfaction on service requests for daily banking. In 2020, the customer

satisfaction exceeded

8.5 (scale 1-10). The overall NPS rating reached +56.3 (on a scale of -100 to +100), up from a score

of +49.6 in

2019, and 13 percent ahead of the industry average of +49.8. The response rate

also increased to 60 percent

compared with 50 percent in 2019, showing higher client engagement with ING. The scores are based on

thousands of responses from clients representing more than 50 percent of Wholesale Banking revenue.

The NPS

of Platinum and Gold clients showed an even higher year-on-year increase of 33 percent and 21 percent,

respectively. All sectors

also registered stronger NPS, with Energy achieving an exceptionally

high score of +71.3,

a 26 percent increase year-on-year.

The higher scores suggest that clients appreciate our approach (see

‘Unleashing sector potential’ above) and that Wholesale Banking is succeeding in its strategy to focus

on core

clients, with as a result more resources allocated to a smaller group of clients

and higher client satisfaction.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

51

External recognition

Recognising our efforts, Global Finance magazine named ING as the best consumer digital bank in Germany

while

Euromoney named us the best digital bank in Central and Eastern Europe,

as well as best bank in the Netherlands

and in Poland.

For the 14th year,

German consumers voted ING their preferred bank in €uro

magazine’s annual survey.

In

Australia, ING was named ‘Best Bank’ by financial comparison sites Mozo and Canstar

.

ING was also Canstar’s

Bank of the Year and ‘Most Trusted

Financial Institution’ at the Australian Banking Innovation Awards. In the

Forbes list of the world’s best

banks, ING ranked among the top five in seven count

ries in 2020.

Global Finance also named ING as the most innovative bank in Western Europe.

Three ING innovations also won

Innovators 2020 Awards: Zero

Knowledge Proof Notary (cash management category), CoorpID (corporate

finance

sector) and FINN – Banking of things (payments sector).

In Wholesale Banking, ING was recognised as Western Europe’s

best bank for transaction services (Euromoney)

and the best investment bank and best trade finance provider in the Netherlands (Global Finance).

Continuing to innovate

Since the introduction of direct banking in 1997, ING is still finding new ways to improve the

banking experience

for our customers. Many of these advances stem from

twinning the latest technologies with data insights.

Growing demand for digital solutions is also spurring new ideas.

Initiatives that have benefitted from

this include the trade finance tools of the blockchain-based software

company Komgo, which grew out of ING’s

Innovation Bootcamp (see ‘Distributed ledger technology and

blockchain’ below). Also in trade finance, ING teamed up in 2020 with AI-driven trade platform Tradeteq,

the first

electronic platform that allows banks and institutional investors

to transact trade assets. Tradeteq

uses advanced

analytics and artificial intelligence to derive more accurate risk scores,

helping investors to better

evaluate

opportunities and offers an end-to-end solution covering portfolio management,

risk analytics and securitisation-

as-a-service.

At the ING Labs in Amsterdam, Brussels, London and Singapore, over 20

initiatives are currently in development

to make disruptive impact in the value spaces of trade, lending, safety and compliance, financial health,

and

housing. Examples are Blacksmith, Loan Optics and Stemly.

Blacksmith, which ING has started using for

Wholesale Banking clients in Asia, provides banks with a single platform for digitally managing KYC

requirements,

connecting to trusted data sources, generat

ing tailored KYC files for its clients and quickly implementing

regulatory changes. Loan Optics is a platform for digitally-native

loans. It reduces operational costs by

streamlining the primary and secondary loan implementation processes. Stemly is creating an autonomous

decision system for supply chain and finance processes.

In Wholesale Banking Advanced Analytics we’re building artificial intelligence-powered products

to better

understand and serve our clients. These include improved monitoring and analysis activities for client

-facing

departments and Hunter,

a tool that accelerates the detection and investigation

of money laundering schemes,

reducing the workload for our KYC colleagues. Domino is a tool that gives us a ‘360

view’ of mid-corporate and

corporate clients to ensure we’re

having the right conversations at the right time to meet

their needs. In

addition, in 2020, we delivered a proof of concept to gain insight into how

mid-corporate clients are dealing with

the coronavirus crisis so we can help them where they need it most. It provides insights that go beyond

our

traditional knowledge of real-time client situations such as whether the client is receiving government

support or

needs support with tax payments.

Distributed ledger technology and blockchain

When it comes to distributed ledger technology (DLT),

ING is considered an industry leader.

For the second

consecutive year,

Forbes ranked ING as one of the top $50 billion companies embracing blockchain

technology.

Cryptoground, a blockchain and cryptocurrency hub, named ING among the best blockchain stocks

investments

in 2020.

Easy Trading

Connect (now Komgo.io) was one of the first to reinvent

commodities trade financing in 2017.

Komgo,

co-owned by ING, offers products that streamline

trade finance, optimise liquidity, manage risk and

verify customers. It recently created

a new feature, TRAKK, that uses DLT

to create provenance and immutability,

allowing traders to ensure the documents are genuine and are not used for

pledges to other parties. New DLT

initiatives currently in the execution phase include solutions for digital assets safekeeping,

tokenisation and

issuance of a structured finance loan for institutional investors, and an intra

-bank settlements utility token,

among others.

In October 2020, Contour went live. Co-founded by ING in a consortium with other major global banks, Contour

connects buyers, suppliers and banks across a decentralised digital

platform to bring transparency and trust into

trade financing. In its testing phase, Contour reduced the processing time for letters

of credit (LCs) from an

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

52

average of 10 days to under 24 hours.

Another ING initiative is securities lending platform HQLAx, which uses DLT

to facilitate trades in high-quality liquid assets, serving as an additional liquidity pool. It was commercially

launched in December 2020.

ING’s zero-knowledge

proof notary service, a solution aimed at improving the privacy and security of DLT

-based

transactions, received an Innovators 2020 Award

from Global Finance magazine in the cash management

category. Built

specifically to address the privacy requirements of R3’s

Corda platform, the capability is our latest

development in this field of cryptography,

following a suite of open-source privacy tools released in previous

years.

We amplify our DLT

impact by addressing how ING’s solutions can solve key

problems in the finance industry.

Our DLT research

team is constantly producing knowledge assets that can serve and influence the wider

community: from reflecting on the challenges and benefits of digital assets, to collaborating

with the Global

Blockchain Business Council and the World

Economic Forum on the creation of blockchain standards.

Fintech partnerships

ING entered into several fintech

partnerships this year that help our businesses execute our strategy.

Through

our investment arm, ING Ventures

,

we invest in companies with a strategic relevance

for ING. These are start-ups

with disruptive technologies that have the potential to improve

the customer experience or ING’s operati

onal

efficiency.

A number of partnerships are focused on enhancing our data analytics capabilities. One example is London-based

Eigen Technologies, which is working on natural

language processing (NLP) models tailored to the financial

industry’s need for data extraction.

The partnership is applying NLP and machine learning in areas such as

corporate lending, trade finance and SME banking to automate processes and reduce

risk and cost.

For our Business Banking clients we have a number of partnerships. Funding Options helps British and Dutch

SMEs find the right loan for their business. FinCompare gives German corporate customers

a quick and

independent overview of their financing options. TransferMate

provides SME customers and corporate

clients

with faster,

cheaper and easier payment solutions. We are also exploring new business models. Countingup, a

mobile banking app for self-employed entrepreneurs

and freelancers, combines accounting and banking features

into one seamless solution, greatly reducing operating complexity

and cost.

On the topics of aggregation, PSD2 and open banking, ING is working with an ING-initiated company,

Cobase,

which is making it easier and more efficient for international corporate

clients to work with multiple banks from

one cloud-based platform.

In the area of operational excellence, we’re

working with fintech Duco on a reconciliation solution that strongly

improves time to market in building reconciliations

and lowers the cost of carrying these out.

In the Philippines, ING teamed up with the UNICEF Innovation Office to support fintech start-ups working on

financial inclusion challenges (www.fintechforimpact.com

). The Fintech for Impact initiative will provide financial

support and mentoring for five projects: an app to bring affordable

healthcare to rural communities; a tool to

help migrant workers manage their finances; a platform

connecting farmers and fishermen directly to buyers; an

app connecting students to education loans; and an AI-enabled platform to deliver grassroots

insurance to low-

income families.

ing20f2020p53i0.jpg

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

53

Responsible finance

As a bank, we are committed to contributing to a low-carbon

and financially healthy society, both through

our

own efforts and by helping our clients to be more sustainable. We

make the most impact through our financing,

via the loans we provide to clients. That’s why we

are committed to steering our €600 billion lending portfolio

towards meeting the well-below two-degree goal of the Paris Agreement.

We call our approach to measuring and

steering, Terra.

Terra

approach

ING’s Terra

sets out our approach for aligning our lending portfolio with the Paris climate goals in the nine

sectors most responsible for climate change. Since 2019, we have

made significant progress in further

developing, refining and applying the Terra

approach. In October 2020, we released our second progress report

on Terra.

It included quantitative results and targets for

all of these nine sectors, fulfilling the commitment we

made the previous year.

The report’s Climate Alignment Dashboard tracks

our performance, showing the CO2 intensity per sector of our

portfolio compared to the market and the relevant

climate scenario. The portfolios for power generation,

shipping, cement and steel are ‘on track’ for

climate alignment, while residential real estate,

automotive and

aviation are ‘close to being on track’.

For the remaining two sectors we cannot yet benchmark our performance.

For upstream oil and gas this is because the 2019 portfolio is our starting point and we

will need to see

movement relative to the scenario pathway,

starting next year,

before indicator status can

be given. For

commercial real estate we still lack complete

and up-to-date market data.

ING’s power generation

portfolio continues to outperform the market

and both the International Energy

Agency’s sustainable development scenario (SDS) and the OECD scenario. In the 12 months measured in the

Terra

report, ING reduced

its direct exposure to coal-fired power plants by 43 percent

(in line with our

commitment to reduce it to close to zero by

the end of 2025) and increased financing for renewable energy

generation by €1.19 billion. Other sectors face more challenges, such as the residential

mortgage sector.

There

we encounter a shortage of accurate

data to measure progress and a general lack of homeowner action. Read

the full Terra

report on ing.com, and see ‘Greener homes’ below for more information

about making our

mortgage portfolio energy positive by 2050.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

54

One of the targets included in the report is our aim to reduce financing to upstream oil and gas by

19 percent by

2040 from 2019 levels. We’ll align this portfolio both by decreasing exposure

and engaging with clients to help

them shift to low-carbon technology.

The measurement is based on three indicators: emission intensity,

an

absolute reduction in financing and a relative transition of the financing mix from high-carbon to low-carbon

and

renewable energy.

This target is also aligned with the SDS scenario, which is not static. If more or quicker action

is needed and this scenario is adjusted, our target will adjust accordingly.

Terra’s

sector-based approach respects the fact that each sector has its own transition

pathway for it to

contribute to a low-carbon, below-two-degree

world. We therefore

use the most appropriate methodology per

sector.

One example is PACTA

for Banks, which was co-developed by ING and non-profit think tank the 2°

Investing Initiative (2DII). The methodology-specific application was

further refined with more banks and

published as an open-source methodology for all banks to use in 2020.

It looks at the technology shift that’s needed across certain sectors

to slow global warming and then measures

this against the actual technology clients are using – or plan on using in the future.

We believe that working together to achieve

an industry-wide standard will increase transparency and

ultimately

help the entire financial sector to make a bigger impact. We

also believe in an inclusive approach to climate

alignment, as we work with our clients to facilitate

and finance their shift to low-carbon technology.

We will continue to monitor and report on our progress, engaging

with clients and other stakeholders to advance

on the journey to combat climate change. We conduct strategic

dialogues with clients on how we can help them

align their business with the Paris Agreement goals, for example by

advising them on how to structure their

financing and gain access to funding. We also contribute to policymaking to influence change

on a larger scale.

For example, we’re working

with the European Investment Bank on the implementation of the European Green

Deal and we’re providing input for proposals by the Network

for Greening the Financial System on sustainable

stress testing to assess the resilience of the financial system

to climate-related shocks.

Our efforts in this area are being recognised. In 2020, we were ranked

as ‘climate action leader’ by

the leading global environmental disclosure platform CDP for

the seventh consecutive year.

We also ranked first

in our market-cap group by Sustainalytics and MSCI upgraded ING’s

rating to ‘AA’,

which underscores sound

corporate governance and our strengths

in financing environmental impact, among others.

Facilitating change

Sustainability is about planet and people. We believe we can make

more impact with what we do finance than

what we don’t. So when it comes to people, we aim to increase our social impact finance portfolio by lending to

projects that lead to, for example,

basic infrastructure improvements, community development

or essential

services. And we’re working on making a positive contribution to human rights as financier,

employer,

taxpayer

and driver of progress and prosperity.

This is also in line with the United Nations’ Principles for Responsible

Banking, of which ING was a founding signatory

in 2019.

We have an inclusive approach to driving sustainable

business. We work with our clients to facilitate

and finance

the shift to low-carbon technology.

This includes environmental, social and governance (ESG) checks to ensure

that our financing is in line with our own sustainability goals. Read more about our environmental

and social risk

policy framework at www.ing.com/Sustainability/Sustainable

-business/Environmental-and-social-risk-

policies.htm

ING is considered a pioneer in sustainable finance, having introduced the first sustainability

-linked loan and a

made-to-measure sustainability improvement loan. We

offer various financial instruments such as green loans,

sustainability improvement loans, green bonds and advisory services.

In 2020, we saw a visible softening of lending demand due to the impact of Covid-19 on economic activity. Our

climate finance portfolio decreased by 12 percent in 2020 to €16.5 billion (from €18.7 billion in 2019), mainly due

to lower lending volumes in renewable energy and sustainable buildings. Social impact financing for projects

that

lead to, for example, basic infrastructure

improvements, community development or essential services,

decreased by 29 percent to €533 million.

Despite the decline in demand, we continued to shape sustainable finance in 2020 with the introduction of an

innovative financing method to make inland shipping in the Netherlands more sustainable. A pay

-per-use

financing structure for renewable battery containers

makes it easier for ship owners to transition from diesel-

powered barges to electrical power without the need for a large

up-front investment. ING and partners formed

a

new company called Zero Emissions Services (ZES) to facilitate

the transformation. The Dutch transport sector is

responsible for 21 percent of the country’s CO2

emissions; ZES is moving it a step closer towards the Paris

Agreement goals.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

55

In 2020, we started to link the circular economy even more

closely with our green finance products. The ZES

transaction is an example of how ING is exploring circular financial business models with various partners. The

circular economy offers a systematic

response to the climate crisis. It’s about rethinking our use of raw materials

and resources to reduce waste and emissions, shifting from ‘take,

make and waste’ to ‘reduce, reuse, recycle’.

Companies like ZES stimulate other use models for depleted battery

packs once they are exchanged to give them

a second or even third lifecycle.

ING issued 36 sustainability improvement loans and 20 green loans. Among these was the largest green

loan yet

in the Asia-Pacific commercial and industrial renewables sector.

The $75 million financing for Cleantech Solar will

support more than 500 megawatts of solar power projects across

Southeast Asia.

In addition to lending, ING supported 60 mandates for clients through green, social and sustainability bonds. In

September,

ING was involved in Ireland’s

first-ever green bond issued by AIB bank. The €1 billion will be used to

finance renewable energy projects and green buildings in Ireland and Britain.

ING broke new ground with Europe’s

first Covid-19-related bond, which raised financing for French

public

hospitals. ING was the joint bookrunner in the €1 billion deal with French bond issuer Caisse Francaise de

Financement Local (CAFFIL). Issued in May,

it was the first negative yield bond launch since the end of February

when the pandemic triggered a global sell-off and closed the primary market. ING’s previous

collaboration with

CAFFIL on the first French social covered bond was a winner at Environmental

Finance’s Bond Awards 2020.

ING subsequently supported a further three issuers with Covid-19-related bonds, helping them to overcome

the

impact of the crisis. We acted as bookrunner in the €500 million social bond for Korea Housing Finance

Corporation; as joint bookrunner in the €1 billion social bond for CaixaBank; and joint lead manager on the €500

million bond for the Export-Import Bank of Korea (KEXIM).

Greener

homes

A significant part of our loan book consists of residential mortgages, and houses generally account

for about 22

percent of direct and indirect CO2 emissions in the EU. We’re

working with clients to improve the energy

consumption of the houses we finance as a way of achieving our Paris alignment goals. Our long-term vision is to

have an energy-positive mortgage portfolio

by 2050. This means that the houses in our portfolio will collectively

generate more energy than they consume.

Our current carbon intensity measurement covers

our Dutch and German mortgage portfolio,

with a combined

outstanding lending amount of roughly €180 billion (60 percent of total mortgage

outstandings) and more than

one million financed homes. See the latest Terra

report on ing.com for information on the underlying

measurement.

We are developing retail products,

tools and services to help homeowners make their houses more sustainable.

Customers can use these products to finance solar panels, for example,

or insulate their homes. In Germany,

we

provide green mortgages through development bank KfW.

In addition to financial solutions, we help to raise awareness on the topic. Consumers in the Netherlands, for

example, can check the energy profile of their homes on our website, as well as the options and financing

available to improve in this area. And we provide

d

Dutch homeowners who want to invest in upgrading

their

energy label with a free rating as we know how insights can help people to take

the first steps towards a more

sustainable home.

However,

the number of homeowners taking up this offer remains low.

This likely reflects the cumbersome

process of gathering data for an energy label upgrade.

And although an up-to-date energy label is required when

selling a home, only a small percentage of properties in our portfolio are sold each year.

Sustainable investment services

ING offers sustainable investment

(SI) services to its Retail Banking customers in the Netherlands, Belgium,

Luxembourg and Germany.

In 2020, ING’s retail brokerage

division recorded €13.2 billion in sustainability assets

under management, up from €9.3 billion in 2019. This underlines our clients’ appetite for products and services

that integrate sustainability criteria

.

Competition

ING is a global financial institution with a strong European base, offering retail and wholesale banking services to

customers in over 40 countries. The purpose of ING is empowering people to stay

a step ahead in life and in

business.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

56

ING’s Retail business serves 39 million customers,

from individuals to small and medium-sized businesses and

mid-corporate clients. In most of our Retail markets

we offer a full range of banking products and services,

covering payments, savings, mortgages, insurance,

investments and secured and unsecured lending. Our

Wholesale Banking business offers clients advisory value propositions such as specialised lending, tailored

corporate finance and debt and equity-market

solutions. These clients range from large companies to

multinational corporations and financial institutions.

There is substantial competition in the Netherlands and the other countries in which we do business for the types

of wholesale banking, retail banking, investment banking and other products and services we provide.

This competition is most pronounced in our more mature markets of the Netherlands, Belgium, the rest

of

Western Europe and Australia.

Our largest market is the Netherlands, where our main competitors

are ABN

AMRO and Rabobank. In recent years, competition has increased in emerging markets

such as Asia and Central

and Eastern Europe. Financial services companies from more developed countries see these markets

as offering

higher growth potential, while local institutions have become more sophisticated

and competitive and have

proceeded to form alliances, mergers or strategic

relationships with our competitors.

However,

our competitive landscape is transforming as society becomes increasingly digitalised and ever

more

reliant on technology and the online economy – a trend amplified during the Covid-19 pandemic, which

accelerated the shift to mobile banking and contactless payments. Our main competitors

are no longer just other

banks. The big winners in 2020 were the tech companies that offer

an engaging digital experience on an open

platform that meets a range of needs in one go-to digital ecosystem.

Platform providers are all about customer experience.

They use data and advanced analytics to pinpoint what

people need and partner with third parties to meet this with a fitting product or service, ensuring customers

come back for more. This ability to meet people’s primary needs in a way

that is easily accessed on mobile

devices is what defines their success. Banking, by contrast, is a facilitator and not a primary need. The choice for

banks is to challenge their existing business models and disrupt themselves, or risk being eliminated as an

intermediary and relegated to the status

of white label facilitator of others’ platforms.

In this environment, the

digital customer experience is the key differentiator,

shaped by customer expectations based on their

interactions online and on their smartphones: easy,

smart and personal.

The opening up of the European payments market under the PSD2 directive is a significant competitive

development. It is creating a more crowded, uneven playing

field as new providers enter this lucrative

area once

dominated by banks. Newcomers include third party mobile and online payment platforms

like ApplePay and

Alipay, as well as fintechs

and other non-banks. These new entrant have operating models that

are not burdened

with potentially costly legacy operations. They are less regulated

than banks and use technologies like

blockchain, robotics and artificial intelligence and advanced data and analytic tools to lower

cost to serve and

speed up processes.

Advances in technology are accelerating the use of new business models, for example

in retail payments, peer-

to-peer lending, foreign exchange and low-cost

investment advisory services. New solutions offered by rapidly

evolving incumbents, challengers and new entrants, especially with respect to

payment services and products,

are disrupting the financial services sector and leading to the emergence of disintermediation. To

remain

competitive, banks have to think beyond banking and develop

their own platforms. Winners will be those with a

superior digital experience, a strong trusted brand, and the ability to mobilise a large

customer base to attract

partners to their platforms.

Successful platforms take the effort

out of managing finances, offering personalised, real-time advice and

products and services for all financial and other relevant needs. Open banking offers

opportunities to add value

by connecting to the products and services of others, also in areas beyond banking. Statements regarding

ING’s

competitive position reflect the assessment of ING’s

management about the general competitive landscape in

which ING operates.

Regulation and Supervision

The banking and broker-dealer businesses of ING are subject to detailed and comprehensive supervision in all of

the jurisdictions in which ING conducts business.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

57

Regulatory agencies and supervisors have broad administrative

power and enforcement capabilities over many

aspects of our business, which may include liquidity, capital adequacy,

permitted investments, ethical issues,

money laundering, anti-terrorism measures, privacy,

recordkeeping, product and sale suitability,

marketing and

sales practices, remuneration policies, personal conduct and our own internal governance

practices. Also,

regulators and other supervisory authorities in the EU, the US and elsewhere continue to scrutinise payment

processing and other transactions and activities of the financial services industry through laws and regulations

governing such matters as money laundering, anti-terrorism financing, tax

evasion, prohibited transactions with

countries or persons subject to sanctions, and bribery or other anti-corruption measures.

As discussed under “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors”,

as a large multinational financial institution we are

subject to reputational and other risks in connection with regulatory and compliance matters

involving these

countries.

European Regulatory framework

The Single Supervisory Mechanism (“SSM”) – the first pillar of the Banking Union – was launched on 4 November

  1. Since that date, the European Central Bank (ECB) assumed responsibility for a

significant part of the

prudential supervision of banking groups in the Eurozone, including ING Group and ING Bank. Under the SSM, the

ECB has become ING Group’s and ING Bank’s

principal prudential supervisor. The

ECB is amongst others

responsible for tasks such as market access, compliance with capital

and liquidity requirements and governance

arrangements. National supervisors, including the Dutch Central Bank for

ING Group and ING Bank, remain

responsible for supervision of tasks that have not been transferred

to the ECB such as financial crime and

payment

supervision.

Another significant change in the regulatory environment is the setting up of the Single Resolution Mechanism

(“SRM”). It is the second pillar of the Banking Union. The SRM comprises the Single Resolution Board (“SRB”) and

the national resolution authorities and is fully responsible for the resolution of banks within the Eurozone as of 1

January 2016. ING has been engaging already with the Dutch national resolution authorities and the SRB for a

few years with the aim to support in the draw up of a resolution plan for

ING and will continue to collaborate

with the resolution authorities. The rules underpinning the SRM could have a significant impact on business

models and capital structure of financial groups in order to become resolvable.

As a third pillar to the Banking Union, the EU aims at further harmonizing regulations for Deposit Guarantee

Schemes (DGS).

Main elements are the creation of ex-ante funded DGS funds, financed by risk-weighted

contributions from banks.

As a next

step, the EU is discussing a pan-European (or pan-banking union) DGS (the

European Deposit Insurance Scheme (EDIS)), (partly) replacing or complementing national compensation

schemes. The progress on the EDIS proposal is slower than expected; this proposal as well as certain

accompanying risk reduction measures are still being discussed in the European Parliament

and in the Council.

Dutch Regulatory Framework

The Dutch regulatory system for

financial supervision consists of prudential supervision – monitoring the

soundness of financial institutions and the financial sector, and conduct

-of-business supervision – regulating

institutions’ conduct in the markets. As far as prudential supervision has not been transferred

to the ECB, it is

exercised by the Dutch

Central Bank (De Nederlandsche Bank or “DNB”), while conduct-of-business supervision is

performed by the Dutch Authority for the Financial Markets (Autoriteit

Financiële Markten or “AFM”). DNB is in

the lead with regard to macroprudential supervision.

Global Regulatory Environment

There is a variety of proposals for laws and regulations that

could impact ING globally, in particular those made

by the Financial Stability Board and the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision at the transnational level and an

expanding series of supranational directives and national legislation in the European Union (see “Item 3. Key

Information — Risk Factors — We

operate in highly regulated industries. Changes in laws and/or

regulations

governing financial services or financial institutions or the application of such laws and/or regulations governing

our business may reduce our profitability). The aggregated impact and possible interaction

of all of these

proposals are hard to determine, and it may be difficult to reconcile

them where they are not aligned. The

financial industry has also taken initiatives by means of guidelines and self-regulatory

initiatives.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

58

Dodd-Frank Act and other US Regulations

ING Bank has a limited direct presence in the United States through the ING Bank Representative

Offices in New

York and Dallas, Texas.

Although the offices’ activities are strictly limited to essentially that of a marketing agent

of bank products and services and a facilitator (i.e. the offices may not take

deposits or execute any transactions),

the offices are subject to the regulation of the State of New York

Department of Financial Services and the Texas

Department of Banking, as well as the Federal Reserve. ING Bank also has a subsidiary in the United States, ING

Financial Holdings Corporation, which through several operating subsidiaries (one of which is registered

with the

CFTC as a swap dealer and another of which is registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange

Commission as a

securities broker-dealer) offers various

financial products, including lending, and financial markets products.

These entities do not accept deposits in the United States on their own behalf or on behalf of ING Bank N.V.

Dodd-Frank Act, which became law on 21 July 2010, represented a significant overhaul

in the regulation of U.S.

financial institutions and markets. The primary impact on ING is through the establishment of a regulatory regime

for the off-exchange

derivatives market, pursuant to

Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act.

Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act and regulations enacted thereunder require swap

dealers to register

with the CFTC, the primary swaps regulator in the U.S.) as ‘swap

dealers’ and be subject to CFTC regulation and

oversight. The ING subsidiary,

ING Capital Markets LLC, is registered

as a swap dealer.

As a registered entity,

it is

subject to business conduct, record-keeping and reporting requirements,

as well as margin requirements and

capital requirements, which will become effective

in late 2021. In addition to the obligations imposed on

registrants (such as swap dealers), other requirements

relating to reporting, clearing, and on-facility trading have

been imposed for much of the off-exchange derivatives

market. It is possible that registration, execution,

clearing, margin, capital and business conduct compliance requirements will increase the costs of and restrict

participation in the derivative markets. These rules could therefore

restrict trading activity,

reducing trading

opportunities and market liquidity,

potentially increasing the cost of hedging transactions and the volatility of the

relevant markets. This could adversely

affect the business of ING in these markets.

The Dodd-Frank Act and SEC regulations enacted thereunder,

effective 1 November 2021, also require security-

based swap dealers to register with the SEC. The SEC has adopted

regulations, among others, establishing

registration, reporting, risk management, business conduct, and margin and capital

requirements for security-

based swaps. ING Capital Markets is expected to be registered

with the SEC as a security-based swap dealer.

Registration could increase ING Capital Markets

LLC’s operational costs, reduce trading activity

and market

liquidity, and increase volatility of the relevant

markets. It will also result in a substantial portion or all of ING’s

security-based swap activities with U.S. persons being conducted through ING Capital Markets

LLC.

In addition, new position limits requirements for uncleared swaps referencing

any of twenty-five commodity

futures contracts for market

participants could limit ING’s position sizes in these swaps

referencing specified

physical commodities and similarly limit the ability of counterparties to utilize certain

of our products to the

extent hedging exemptions from the position limits are unavailable.

The Dodd-Frank Act also impacts U.S. banks and non-U.S. banks with branches or agencies in the United States,

primarily through the Volcker Rule and the enhanced prudential standards

of Section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act.

Because ING Bank does not have a U.S. banking presence, these provisions do not currently apply to ING.

The Dodd-Frank Act also created a new agency,

the Financial Stability Oversight Council (“FSOC”), an inter-agency

body that is responsible for monitoring the activities of the U.S. financial system, designating systemically

significant financial services firms and recommending a framework for substantially

increased regulation of such

firms, including systemically important non-bank financial companies that could consist

of securities firms,

insurance companies and other providers of financial services, including non-U.S. companies. ING has not been

designated a systemically significant non-bank financial company by

FSOC and such a designation currently is

unlikely.

Dodd-Frank continues to impose significant requirements on us, some of which may

have a material impact on

our operations and results, as discussed further under “Item 3. Key Information

— Risk Factors—We operate

in

highly regulated industries. Changes in laws and/or regulations governing

financial services or financial

institutions or the application of such laws and/or regulations governing our business may

reduce our

profitability”.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

59

Basel III and European Union Standards as currently applied by ING Bank

DNB, our principal home country supervisor until the ECB took over that position in November 2014, has given

ING permission to use the most sophisticated approaches for solvency reporting

under the Financial Supervision

Act, the Dutch legislation reflecting the Basel II and Basel III Frameworks. DNB has shared information

with host

regulators of relevant jurisdictions to come

to a joint decision. In all jurisdictions where the bank operates

through a separate legal entity that is a credit institution, ING must

meet the local implementation of Basel

requirements as well. ING uses the Advanced IRB Approach for credit risk, the Internal

Model Approach for its

trading book exposures and the Advanced Measurement Approach for

operational risk. A small number of

portfolios including certain sovereign exposures are reported

under the Standardized Approach

In December 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision announced higher global minimum capital

standards for banks, and has introduced a new global liquidity standard

and a new leverage ratio. The Basel

Committee's package of reforms, collectively

referred to as the “Basel III” rules, has, among other requirements,

increased

the amount of common equity required to be held by subject banking institutions, has prescribed

the

amount of liquid assets and the long term funding a subject banking institution must hold at any given moment,

and has limited leverage. Banks are required to

hold a “capital conservation buffer” to withstand

future periods

of stress. Basel III has also introduced a “countercyclical

buffer” as an extension of the capital conservation

buffer,

which permits national regulators to require banks to

hold more capital during periods of high credit

growth (to strengthen capital reserves and moderate

the debt markets). Further,

Basel III has strengthened the

definition of capital that has the effect of gradually disqualifying many hybrid

securities during the years 2013-

2022, including the hybrids that were issued by the Group, from inclusion in regulatory capital,

as well as the

higher capital requirements associated with certain business conditions (for

example, for credit value

adjustments (“CVAs”) and illiquid collateral)

as part of a number of reforms to the Basel II framework. In addition,

the Basel Committee and Financial Stability Board (“FSB”) published measures that have had the effect

of

requiring higher loss absorbency capacity, liquidity surcharges,

exposure limits and special resolution regimes for,

and instituting more intensive and effective

supervision of, “systemically

important financial institutions”

(“SIFIs”), in addition to the Basel III requirements otherwise applicable to most financial institutions. One such

measure, published by the FSB in November 2015, is the Final Total

-Loss Absorbing Capacity (‘TLAC’) standard for

G-SIFIs, which aims for G-SIFIs to have sufficient loss-absorbing and recapitalisation

capacity available in

resolution. ING Bank has been designated by the Basel Committee and FSB as a so-called “Global Systemically

Important Bank” (“G-SIB”), since 2011, and by DNB and the Dutch Ministry of Finance as a “other SII” (“O-SII”)

since 2011. DNB requires ING Group to hold a 2.5% O-SII Buffer in addition to the capital conservation

buffer and

the countercyclical buffer described above

.

CRR /CRD IV

For European banks the Basel III requirements have been implemented

through the Capital Requirement

Regulation (CRR) and the Capital Requirement Directive (“CRD IV”). The CRD IV regime entered into

effect in

August 2014 in the Netherlands, but not all requirements were implemented all at once. Having

started in 2014,

the requirements have been gradually tightened, mostly

before 2019, until the Basel III migration process was

completed.

CRD IV has not only resulted in new quantitative requirements but has also led to the setting

of new standards

and evolving regulatory and supervisory expectations in the area of governance, including with regard

to topics

like conduct and culture, strategy and

business models, outsourcing and reporting accuracy.

CRRII / CRD V and BRRDII

On 27 June 2019, a series of measures referred to as the Banking Reform

Package (including certain amendments

to CRR and CRDIV commonly referred to as ‘CRR II’ and CRD V’) came into force,

subject to various transitional

and staged timetables. The adoption of the Banking Reform Package

concluded a process that began in

November 2016 and marks an important step toward

the completion of the European post-crisis regulatory

reforms, drawing on a number of international standards

agreed by the Basel Committee, the Financial Stability

Board and the G20. CRDV was implemented in Dutch law in 2020. The Banking Reform Package

updates the

framework of harmonized rules established following the

financial crisis of 2008 and introduces changes to the

CRR, CRDIV, the Bank Recovery

and Resolution Directive (BRRD) and the Single Resolution Mechanism Regulation

(SRMR). The Banking Reform Package covers

multiple areas, including the Pillar 2 framework, the introduction of

a leverage ratio requirement

of 3% and a leverage ratio buffer requirement

of 50% of the G-SIB buffer

requirement (applicable per 1 January 2023), a binding Net Stable Funding (NSFR) ratio based on the Basel NSFR

standard but including adjustments with regard to e.g. pass-through

models and covered bonds issuance,

mandatory restrictions on distributions, permission for reducing own funds and eligible liabilities,

macroprudential tools, a new category of ‘non-preferred’

senior debt, the minimum requirement for own funds

and eligible liabilities (MREL) and the integration of the TLAC standard into EU legislation. Further,

the EBA

obtained a mandate to investigate

how to incorporate environmental,

social, and governance (ESG) risks into the

supervisory process and what the prudential treatment of assets associated with environmental

or social

objectives should look like.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

60

Whilst the Banking Reform Package

was being developed, the ECB introduced the Targeted

Review of Internal

Models (TRIM) in June 2017 to assess reliability and comparability between banks’ models for calculating each

bank’s risk-weighted

assets (‘RWA’)

used for determining certain of such bank’s capital

requirements. In July

2019, the ECB published the final chapters of the guide to internal models, covering credit risk, market

risk and

counterparty credit risk. These risk type-specific chapters are intended to

ensure a common and consistent

approach to the most relevant aspects of the regulations on internal

models for banks directly supervised by the

ECB. Additionally, they provide

transparency on how the ECB understands the regulations on the use of internal

models to calculate own funds requirements for the three risk types. Impact on ING is through

more stringent

regulation on the end-to-end process and governance around internal models as well as an increase

of risk

weighted assets (RWA).

In 2020, the last TRIM ECB inspection ended. Per rating system

the ECB has sent and will send final TRIM decision

letters, which will include obligations that ING shall remediate.

Also certain limitations have or might be put in

place until these obligations are fully addressed and closed.

Basel III revisions and upcoming regulations

In December 2017, revisions to Basel III were formally announced by the Basel Committee. These revisions to

Basel III establish new prudential rules for banks, including a revision to the standardised

approach to credit risk,

the introduction of a capital floor based on standardised approaches, the use of internal models, limitation

of

options for modelling operating risks, and new rules for the establishment

of risk-weighted items and unused

credit lines at the banks. Such revisions have a long implementation phase and are

not yet fully transposed into

EU regulation. The revisions are commonly referred

to as "Basel III Reform" or "Basel IV”.

In Europe, this will be

implemented through the ‘CRR III’ / ‘CRD VI’ in the coming years. With this long implementation phase and the

transposition into EU regulation still pending, some question marks remain on how this will shape up.

The full impact of the Basel III Reform rules and TRIM, and any additional requirements if and as applicable to the

Group, will depend on how they are implemented by national regulators,

including the extent to which such

regulators and supervisors can set more stringent

limits and additional capital requirements or surcharges, as

well as on the economic and financial environment at the time of implementation and beyond. We

expect these

rules could have a material impact on ING’s

operations and financial condition and may require the Group to

seek additional capital.

Final Basel III reforms

In December 2017 the Basel Committee finalised its Basel III post-crisis reforms with the publication of the

revisions to the prudential standards for credit, operational

and credit valuation adjustment (CVA)

risk as well as

the introduction of an output floor.

This package of reforms aims to increase consistency

in risk-weighted asset

calculations and improve the comparability of banks’ capital ratios.

The use of internal models will be reduced

and the standardised approaches will be made more risk-sensitive and granular.

Following a one-year deferral due to

COVID-19, these reforms will take

effect from 1 January 2023 and will be

phased in over five years. The EU Commission postponed the issuance of its legislative proposal (“CRR3”/”CRD6”)

to implement the final elements of the Basel III framework in the EU until 2021. The implementation date of

“CRR3/CRD6” is therefore not yet decided on. The implementation of the EU/Basel III reforms

will have impact

on ING’s risk-weighted

assets and capital ratios, but it is expected that other new banking regulations and

model

reviews bring forward a significant part of this impact before

the EU implementation date.

CRR “quick fix” in response to the Covid‐19 pandemic

On 26 June 2020 Regulation (EU) 2020/873 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 June 2020

amending Regulations CRR as regards certain adjustments in response

to the COVID-19 pandemic (commonly

referred to as CRR ”quick

fix”) was published.

The CRR ”quick fix” is part of a series of measures taken by European institutions to

mitigate the impact of the

COVID-19 pandemic on institutions across EU Member States. In addition to the flexibility already provided

in the

existing rules, the CRR ‘quick fix’ introduces certain adjustments to the CRR, including temporary

measures and

measures that early adopt changes in the regulations that were intended to

become effective at a future date.

This notably included reduced capital requirement for certain exposures

to small- and medium sized enterprises

(SMEs), a more favourable prudential treatment

for certain software assets, one year delay in the application of

the leverage ratio buffer

requirement of 50% of the G-SIB buffer (to 1 January 2023). Also the following

adjustments were introduced have

an impact on disclosures:

●

frontloading from CRR2 the possibility of temporarily excluding certain

exposures to central banks from

the calculation of an institution’s total

exposure measure (Article 500b of CRR);

●

extending by 2 years transitional arrangements

for mitigating the impact on own funds of the

introduction of IFRS 9 (Article 473a (8) of CRR).

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

61

In August 2020, the EBA issued guidelines to provide institutions with the necessary clarifications on how to apply

the measures set out in the CRR ‘quick fix’ supervisory reporting and disclosures. These Guidelines are an interim

solution until the new comprehensive ITS on disclosure start to apply (June 2021).

Capital requirements applicable to ING Group at

a consolidated level

In accordance with the CRR the minimum Pillar I capital requirements applicable to ING Group are:

a Common

Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 ratio of 6% and a Total

capital ratio of 8% of risk-weighted

assets.

In 2020, as a reaction to the COVID-19 pandemic, relevant regulators

introduced a number of changes to the

Pillar II capital requirements and the capital buffer

requirements applicable to ING, including structural

reductions. The structural reductions of these capital requirements reflect

the application of Art.104a in CRD V,

which allowed ING to replace CET1 capital with additional Tier 1 / Tier 2 securities to meet Pillar II requirement,

and a reduction in the overall systemic buffer

(i.e. the Systemic Risk Buffer plus the highest of the O-SII and G-SII

buffer) by the Dutch National Bank from 3% to 2.5%. Similarly,

various competent authorities changed or

removed their Countercyclical Buffer

(CCyB) requirements reducing the CCyB for ING from 24 basis points to 3

basis points.

As a consequence, the CET1 requirement, including buffers, for ING Group

at a consolidated level was 10.51% in

  1. This requirement is the sum of a 4.5% Pillar I requirement, a 0.98% Pillar II requirement (2019: 1.75%), a

2.5% Capital Conservation Buffer (CCB), a 0.03% Countercyclical

Buffer (CCyB) (based on December 2020

positions) and a 2.5% O-SII buffer that is set separately for Dutch

systemic banks by the Dutch Central Bank (De

Nederlandsche Bank). This requirement excludes the Pillar II guidance, which is not disclosed.

The Maximum Distributable Amount (MDA) trigger level stood at 10.51% in 2020 for CET1, 12.33% for

Tier 1

Capital and 14.77% for Total

Capital (after the application of Art.104a of CRDV), based on stable Pillar II capital

requirements. In the event that ING Group breaches the MDA

level, ING may face restrictions on dividend

payments, AT1

instruments coupons and payment of variable remuneration.

Covid-19 pandemic

Various countries and local governmental

authorities across the world have introduced measures aimed at

preventing the further spread of Covid-19.

In addition, governments in various countries have introduced

measures aimed at mitigating the economic

consequences of the outbreak. For example, the Dutch government

has announced economic measures aimed at

protecting jobs, households’ wages and companies, e.g., by way of tax payment

holidays, guarantee schemes and

a compensation scheme for heavily affected sectors

in the economy. These announced measures and any

additional measures, including any payment holidays with respect to mortgages

or other loans, have had and

may continue to have a significant impact on ING’s

customers and other counterparties.

The various measures by governments and ING to alleviate the impact of Covid-19 also impact the loan

classification in terms of forbearance and consequently IFRS 9 staging.

In light of this, the EBA has provided

guidelines that expired on 30 September 2020, which defined eligibility criteria for a payment

holiday

arrangement offered to a large

group of customers to be classified as a “general

payment moratorium”.

Based on

these guidelines, customers that were granted

the payment holidays did not lead to a forbearance classification.

Therefore it did not automatically trigger recognition of lifetime

Expected Credit Loss (ECL) either.

ING followed

the EBA guidelines and when a payment holiday was provided to a customer as part of a “general

payment

moratorium”,

ING did not consider this measure to classify as forbearance. EBA further extended these

guidelines in the first week of December 2020, valid until 31 March 2021, with certain extra conditions.

Regarding these extensions, ING

has taken a prudent decision to treat all payment

holiday requests under new

or extended schemes (after

September 2020) as stage 2 or stage 3 exposures.

Bank recovery and resolution directive

Since its adoption by the European Parliament in 2014, the Bank recovery and resolution directive (BRRD) has

become effective in all EU countries after transposition

into national law,

including in the Netherlands. The BRRD

aims to safeguard financial stability and minimise the use of public funds in case banks face financial distress

or

fail to comply with the BRRD. Banks across the EU need to have

recovery plans in place and need to cooperate

with resolution authorities to determine, and make feasible, the preferred

resolution strategy.

The banking

reform which came into force on 27 June 2019 includes changes to

the minimum requirement for own funds and

eligible liabilities (MREL) to ensure an effective bail in process. It also includes new competences for

resolution

authorities and requires G-SIBs and other banks to build up loss-absorbing and recapitalization capacity.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

62

ING has had a recovery plan in place since 2012. The plan includes information on crisis governance, recovery

indicators, recovery options, and operational

stability and communication measures. The plan enhances the

bank’s readiness and decisiveness in case of a financial crisis. The plan is updated annually to

make sure it stays

fit for purpose. The completeness, quality and credibility of the updated plan is assessed each year by ING’s

regulators.

The Single Resolution Board (SRB) confirmed to ING in 2017 that a single-point-of-entry (SPE) strategy

is ING’s

preferred resolution strategy,

with ING Groep N.V.

as the resolution entity.

In 2019, ING Group received a formal notification from De Nederlandsche Bank (DNB) of its MREL. The MREL

requirement has been established to ensure that banks in the European Union have

sufficient own funds and

eligible liabilities to absorb losses in the case of potential bank failure. The MREL requirement is set for

ING

Group at a consolidated level, as determined by the Single Resolution Board (SRB). This MREL requirement

has

been set at 10.54% of total liabilities and own funds. The current MREL requirement is not binding, but a new

MREL requirement will be determined by ING’s

resolution authorities in 2021 based on the BRRD II.

ING has been replacing, and will continue to replace, maturing ING Bank N.V.

debt with ING Groep N.V.

instruments. In order to build up our MREL capacity,

ING Groep N.V.

issued multiple transactions. These

transactions will not only allow us to support business growth, but will also help to meet future MREL and TLAC

requirements with ING Groep N.V.

instruments only.

CRR II implements the Financial Stability Board’s total

loss absorbing (TLAC) requirement for Global Systemically

Important Institutions (G-SII), which is the EU equivalent of a G-SIB. The transitional requirement—the higher of

16 percent of the resolution group’s

Risk weighted assets (RWA) or six percent

of the leverage ratio exposure

measure—applies immediately. The higher requirement

—18 and 6.75 percent, respectively—comes into effect

as of January 1, 2022. As a G-SII ING is expected to meet the TLAC requirement alongside the other minimum

regulatory requirements set out in EU regulation.

Stress testing

Stress testing is an integral component of our risk and capital management

framework. It allows us to (i) assess

potential vulnerabilities in our businesses, business model, and/or portfolios; (ii) understand

the sensitivities of

the core assumptions in our strategic and capital plans; and (iii) prepare

and assess management actions that can

reduce or mitigate the impact of adverse scenarios.

In addition to running internal stress test scenarios to reflect the outcomes

of the annual risk assessment, ING

also participates in regulatory stress test exercises.

ING participated in the 2020 EU-wide stress test conducted by

the EBA in cooperation with the European Central Bank (ECB), the Dutch

central bank (DNB), the European

Commission and the European Systemic Risk Board (ESRB). The baseline scenario was developed by the ECB and

the adverse stress test scenario by the ESRB, both cover

a three-year time horizon (2020-2022). The ECB and the

EBA decided in March 2020 to postpone the EU-wide stress test exercise

due to the outbreak of COVID-19. EBA

will launch a new stress test exercise in January 2021 and is expected

to publish the results by July 2021.

The last EU-wide stress test exercise

that was completed concerns the 2018 edition. This stress test was carried

out applying a static balance sheet assumption as of December 2017, therefore does not take

into account

current or future business strategies and management

actions. The results of this stress test also cover a three-

year horizon (2018-2020) and reflect the impact of IFRS 9 for determining loan loss provisions

in adverse

circumstances. The results of the EBA stress test reaffirmed

the resilience of our business model and the strength

of ING’s capital base. Our commitment to

maintain a robust, fully-loaded Group common equity Tier 1 (CET1)

ratio in excess of prevailing requirements

remains. ING started the EU-wide stress test exercise

with a CET1 ratio

of 14.51% per 2017 year-end. Under the hypothetical baseline scenario and EBA’s

methodological instructions,

ING Group would have a fully loaded CET1 of 13.99% in 2020. Under the hypothetical adverse scenario and EBA’s

methodological instructions, ING Group would have a fully loaded CET1 ratio of 10.70% in 2020 without

management actions.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

63

Deposit Schemes

In the Netherlands and other jurisdictions, deposit guarantee schemes and similar funds (‘Compensation

Schemes’) have been implemented from which compensation may become payable

to customers of financial

services firms in the event the financial service firm is unable to pay, or unlikely

to pay,

claims against it. In many

jurisdictions in which we operate, these Compensation Schemes are funded, directly or indirectly,

by financial

services firms which operate and/or are licensed in the relevant jurisdiction. ING Bank is a participant in the

Dutch Deposit Guarantee Scheme (‘DGS’), which guarantees an amount

of EUR 100,000 per person per bank

(regardless of the number of accounts held). On the basis of the EU Directive on deposit guarantee schemes, ING

pays quarterly risk-weighted

contributions into a DGS-fund.

The DGS-fund is to grow to a target size of 0.8% of

all deposits guaranteed under the DGS, which is expected to be reached in July 2024. In case of failure of a Dutch

bank, depositor compensation is paid from the DGS-fund. If the available financial means of the fund are

insufficient, Dutch banks, including ING, may be required pay to

extraordinary ex-post contributions not

exceeding 0.5% of their covered deposits per calendar year.

In exceptional circumstances and with the consent

of the competent authority,

higher contributions may be required. However,

extraordinary ex-post contributions

may be temporarily deferred if,

and for so long as, they would jeopardise the solvency or liquidity of a bank.

Since 2015, the EU has been discussing the introduction of a pan-European deposit guarantee scheme (‘EDIS’),

(partly) replacing or complementing national compensation schemes in two or three phases. Proposals contain

elements of (re)insurance, mutual lending and mutualisation of funds. The new model is intended to be ‘overall

cost-neutral’.

Discussions have continued in 2020, but it remains uncertain when EDIS will be introduced.

Payment Services Directive 2 (PSD2)

PSD2 entered into force in January 2018 and responds to technical

change and a variety of developments in the

payments domain. It fosters innovation

and competition by promoting non-discriminatory access to payment

systems and accounts, including the newly introduced account

information services and payment initiation

services.

Customers benefit from greater transparency

of costs and charges, PSD2's extended geographical reach

and being applicable to transactions in any currency,

a reduction of the maximum liability for unauthorized

transactions and a backstop date for complaint resolution.

Finally, to combat

cybercrime and online fraud, PSD2

continues the trend towards enhancing the security around the making of payments,

e.g. by the introduction of

strong customer authentication. It consists of two factor

authentication, to be performed every time a payer

accesses its payment account online or initiates electronic remote payment

transactions. The Regulatory

Technical Standards

for strong customer authentication and common

and secure communication provide further

requirements to implement the strict security requirements

for payment service providers in the EU.

Benchmark Regulation

Benchmarks, such as the London Interbank Offered Rate (‘LIBOR’), the Euro

Overnight Index Average (‘EONIA’),

the Euro Interbank Offered Rate

(‘EURIBOR’) and other interest rates,

as well as commodity benchmarks or other

types of rates and indices which are deemed to be ‘benchmarks’ are the subject of ongoing national and

international regulatory reform.

In 2016, the EU adopted a Regulation (the ‘Benchmarks Regulation’ or ‘BMR’) on indices used in the EU as

benchmarks in financial contracts and financial instruments. The Benchmarks Regulation became effective

on 1

January 2018.

The BMR among others requires that supervised entities may only use benchmarks in the EU if these benchmarks

are provided by administrators

that are registered with the European Securities and Markets

Authority (‘ESMA’).

Benchmarks that are based on input from contributors shall have

a code of conduct in place designed primarily to

ensure reliability of input data, governing issues such as conflicts of interest,

internal controls and benchmark

methodologies. Financial contracts and financial instruments in which benchmarks are used by supervised

entities require to have robust fall

back wording included in their documentation.

Public authorities have initiated industry working groups in various jurisdictions to search

for and recommend

alternative risk-free rates

that could serve alternatives if current benchmarks like

LIBOR and EONIA cease to exist

or materially change. The work of these working groups is still ongoing, though certain of such organizations

have

advanced proposals for benchmark replacements.

The market has indicated that it will stop the calculation of certain

benchmarks and that they will proceed with

the use of risk free rates as benchmarks. For instance the FCA announced that

it will no longer persuade or

compel banks to submit rates for the calculation of the LIBOR benchmark after 2021. The FCA and Bank of

England are working together with market participants on the transition

to use SONIA as the primary interest

rate benchmark in sterling markets.

Furthermore, the working group on euro risk-free

rate has adopted the euro

short-term rate (€STR), which was published for

the first time on 2 October 2019, as a replacement for the EONIA

benchmark that will be discontinued by the end of 2021. The US Federal Reserve’s

Alternative Reference Rates

Committee (commonly referred to

as ‘ARRC’) has recommended adoption of the Secured Overnight Financing

Rate (commonly referred to as ‘SOFR’) as an alternative

to US dollar LIBOR.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

64

Financial Transaction Taxes

In February 2013, the EC adopted a proposal setting out the details of a financial transaction tax

(‘FTT’) under the

enhanced cooperation procedure, to be levied on transactions in financial instruments

by financial institutions if

at least one of the parties to the transaction is established in the financial transaction tax zone

(‘FTT-Zone’) or if

the instrument which is the subject of the transaction is issued within the territory of a Member State in the FFT-

Zone. 10 Member States have indicated

they wish to participate in the FTT (Austria, Belgium, France, Germany,

Greece, Italy,

Portugal, Slovakia, Slovenia and Spain). The initial proposal contemplated

that the FTT would enter

into effect on 1 January 2014, which would have then required us to

pay a tax on transactions in financial

instruments with parties (including Group affiliates) located in such FTT-zone. However,

the FTT remains subject

to negotiation between the participating Member States and currently

it is uncertain whether and in what form

and by which Member States the FTT will be adopted. The implementation date of any FTT will thus depend on

the future approval by participating Member States in the Council, consultation

of other EU institutions, and the

subsequent transposition into local law.

KYC Requirements

Compliance with applicable laws and regulations is resource-intensive. Banks

continue to be faced with new and

increasingly onerous regulatory requirements. Generally,

we expect the scope and extent of regulations in the

jurisdictions in which we operate to continue to increase.

An example is the implementation of DAC6 which like

FATCA

and CRS requires financial institutions to report

detailed client-related information

to the competent authorities. Customer due diligence (CDD), (sanctions)

screening and transaction monitoring impose requirements on financial institutions to maintain

appropriate

policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent

and report to the competent authorities on e.g. money

laundering and terrorist financing.

The increasing regulatory scrutiny drives the need to continuous change in the various processes,

procedures and

IT systems. In some situations the applicable laws and regulations, at local and/or

at global level, seem to be

conflicting with each other, which imposes a significant

challenge on banks as part of the implementation of

requirements. In addition, the timeline for implementation of those new/changed

requirements is sometimes

very short, which is challenging in general, yet especially in IT development. ING aims to continuously work on

embedding the processes and procedures reflecting the applicable requirements in our IT systems

and data

sources, driving a business environment which is compliant by desire and design, and will execute

ongoing

training and awareness to develop its people to have

the right knowledge and skills.

That also accounts for risks deriving from new technologies. ING aims to continuously monitor regulatory

developments to make risk assessments and define the banks risk appetite.

Regulations on distributed ledger

technology and business developments in this area are as rapid and impactful as the accompanying risks.

5th AML Directive

In addition, the 5th AML Directive will be implemented in the Netherlands. The 5th AML Directive was originally

adopted by the EU Council in June 2018, with the aim of addressing means of terrorist financing, increasing

transparency to combat money laundering and helping to strengthen

the fight against tax avoidance. The most

important aspects of the 5th AML Directive involve the (anti money-laundering)

risks relating to the use of virtual

currencies, the improvement of information exchange

between supervising authorities, and the introduction of

beneficial ownership registers for corporate

and other legal entities.

ING expects to revise the KYC policy framework to

reflect the requirements of the 5th AML Directive. Prior to the

adoption of the 5th AML Directive, European supervisory authorities (ESAs) had previously issued their final

guidelines on risk factors, which came into force

in June 2018. These guidelines promote a common

understanding of the risk-based approach to

anti-money laundering/combatting terrorist financing (AML/CFT)

and set out how it should be applied in the context of the 4th AML Directive. These guidelines are currently in the

process of being updated, in order to support firms’ AML/CFT compliance efforts and enhance the ability of the

EU’s financial sector to effectively

deter and detect money laundering/terrorist financing. The ESAs published a

consultation version of the updated guidelines on 5 February 2020. The final updated guidelines are expected

to

come into force in the course of 2020. Furthermore, in September

2017, the ESAs issued their final guidelines to

prevent the abuse of funds transfers for

terrorist financing and money laundering purposes. These guidelines

came into force in June 2018.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

65

Policy with respect to certain countries

As a result of frequent evaluation of all businesses from economic, strategic

and risk perspective ING continues

to believe that for business reasons doing business involving certain specified countries should be discontinued.

In that respect, ING has a policy not to enter into new relationships with clients from

these countries and

processes remain in place to discontinue existing relationships involving

these countries. At present these

countries are Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria.

IING Bank maintains a limited legacy portfolio of guarantees,

accounts, and loans that involve various entities

with a connection to Iran. These positions remain on the books but certain accounts related thereto

are ‘frozen’

where prescribed by applicable laws and procedures and in all cases subject to increased scrutiny

within ING

Bank. ING Bank may receive loan repayments, duly authorised by the relevant

competent authorities where

prescribed by applicable laws. For the calendar year 2020, ING Group had revenues

of approximately USD 274

thousand. ING Group estimates that it had a net profit of approximately

USD 17 thousand.

Sanctions related developments

In 2020, the EU and the US continued sanctions programs with respect to several regions and countries,

including

Ukraine/Russia, Iran, China, Venezuela

and Syria. There are notable differences between

the EU and US sanctions

programs.

The US, for example, continued and updated its sanctions with respect to the Nord

Stream 2 pipeline and the

second line of Turkstream,

both originating in Russia. Also with respect to Iran, where a significant number of EU

sanctions were lifted pursuant to the Iran Nuclear Agreement, the

US continued to take various measures in light

of its ‘maximum pressure campaign’ against Iran and all major Iranian

financial institutions are now designated

by OFAC.

Tensions between

the US and China continued, resulting in (additional) sanctions and export controls imposed by

the US, amongst others in response to China’s alleged

human rights abuses in Hong Kong and against China’s

Uyghur minority population. In addition, the U.S. Department of Commerce’s

Bureau of Industry and Security

(BIS) continued applying U.S. export controls on dual-use goods, software, and technology,

and it imposed a

number of significant new controls on trade with China and Hong Kong. BIS also added several

entities on the

Entity List under the US Export Administration Regulations, and thereby further tightened

the export control

regime in that respect. In response, China has announced to take resolute

countermeasures deemed required to

safeguard the legitimate rights and interests

of Chinese companies and related personnel as well as China’s

sovereignty,

security and development interests. These announced Chinese actions include visa restrictions and

potentially other measures firmly opposing US sanctions.

The US issued criminal indictments against President Maduro and several other high-level

officials of the

Venezuelan government. In addition, the US government

further restricted dealings with the Venezuela’s

oil

sector and imposed sanctions on certain parties included in the sale and transport of Venezuelan crude.

In respect of Syria, the US continued to pressure the Assad regime as well as other actors

in the region to stop

committing human rights abuses against the Syrian civilian population.

The EU blocking regulation remained in full force in 2020. This EU regulation aims to shield EU companies from

U.S. sanctions against Iran, Cuba

and Libya, in part by prohibiting European companies from complying with the

sanctions that the EU considers to be “extraterritorial”

in nature.

With a view to these and other developments, ING continuously evaluates its sanctions compliance controls

to

respond to risks of new or expanding sanctions regimes.

For additional information regarding regulatory

developments, including with respect to the 5th AML Directive,

FATCA,

CRS, DAC6 and MIFID II, see also this Form 20F 2020, under “Additional

Information – ING Group Risk

Management-

Compliance Risk- Regulatory

Developments”.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

66

C. Organisational structure

ING Groep N.V.,

a publicly-listed company,

is the parent of one main legal entity: ING Bank N.V.

(ING Bank).

ING

Bank is the parent company of various Dutch and foreign banking and other subsidiaries.

Reference is made to Exhibit 8 “List of subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V.”

for a list of principal subsidiaries of ING

Groep. N.V.

For the majority of ING’s principal subsidiaries, ING Groep N.V.

has control because it either directly

or indirectly owns more than half of the voting power.

For subsidiaries in which the interest held is below 50%,

control exists based on the combination of ING’s

financial interest and its rights from other contractual

arrangements which result in control over the operating

and financial policies of the entity.

D.

Property, plants and equipment

ING predominantly leases the land and buildings used in the normal course of its business. In addition, ING has

invested in land and buildings. Management believes that ING’s

facilities are adequate for its present needs in all

material respects.

For information on property,

plants and equipment, reference is made to Note 9 ‘Property

and equipment’, for

information on lease liabilities reference is made to Note

16 ‘Other liabilities’ and for information on investment

properties reference is made to Note 11 ‘ Other

assets’ in the consolidated financial statements.

Item 4A.

Unresolved Staff

comments

Not applicable.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

67

Item 5.

Operating and financial review

and prospects

The following operating and financial review and prospects should be read in conjunction with the consolidated

financial statements and the related Notes thereto

included elsewhere herein. The consolidated financial

statements have been prepared

in accordance with IFRS-IASB. Unless otherwise indicated, financial information

for ING Group included herein is presented on a consolidated basis under IFRS-IASB.

A.

Operating results

Our business is shaped by events and developments in the world around us and our operating results for the

financial year should be viewed in the context of these event and developments. The biggest of these in 2020

was the coronavirus pandemic, which was first and foremost

a human tragedy,

but which also impacted

governments, economies, supply chains and jobs.

ING has had to adapt to the practical implications this had for customers

and employees, as well as to the new

market trends and stakeholder

expectations. At the same time, our business continues to be affected

by

regulatory changes and the persistent low interest

rate environment For further information

on regulatory

changes reference is made to “Item 4. Information

on the Company – Regulation and Supervision”.

Other material events and uncertainties that have an impact on our operating

results are:

●

Covid-19 pandemic

●

Marco economic developments

●

Climate change

●

Financial crime risk

●

Cybersecurity resilience

●

Fluctuations in equity markets, interest rates

and foreign exchange rates

For further information on other factors that can

impact ING Group’s results of operations,

reference is made to

“Item 3. Key information - Risk Factors”.

Covid-19 pandemic

Covid-19 was declared a global pandemic by the World Health Organization

on 11 March 2020. National and local

governments across the world introduced measures aimed at preventing

the further spread of the virus. These

included the closure of schools, sports facilities, bars and restaurants; bans on public events;

and travel

restrictions and border controls. Such measures disrupted the normal flow of business operations

in most

countries, including those where ING operates. It affected

global supply chains, manufacturing, tourism,

consumer spending and asset prices, and has increased volatility and uncertainty across the global economy and

in financial markets.

In an effort to mitigate the economic consequences, governments

introduced measures to protect households

and companies. These included tax-payment holidays, guarantee

schemes and compensation for heavily affected

sectors in the economy.

Still, the economic consequences had – and may continue to have – a significant impact

on ING’s customers, employees,

shareholders and other stakeholders.

There were also regulatory developments in light of Covid-19. The European and other central

banks took steps

to help by relaxing rules on capital buffers that

banks need to hold and made recommendations on paying

dividends, which remain in effect until at least September 2021. This gives banks more

buffer capital available to

lend to businesses during coronavirus restrictions, and to absorb losses when businesses can’t repay

those loans.

The European Central Bank (ECB) also undertook various monetary policy measures to

provide liquidity to the

economy and banks in particular.

ING also took steps to protect and provide relief for

our customers, employees and communities. For example,

we offered customers payment

holidays and provided business clients with liquidity.

We worked hard to

safeguard the wellbeing of our employees. We

built on our digital foundation and equipped employees with the

necessary facilities to work from home without interrupting the high standards of service we offer

customers. For

communities, we encouraged our businesses and employees to donate time and funds to help address the initial

challenges the coronavirus brought, as well as looking towards

the future and how we can help build back better.

Macroeconomic developments

As a global financial services company, our profitability,

solvency and liquidity are influenced by the state of the

economy and the market environment

for business, liquidity, funding and capital.

The year’s volatility had a

marked impact on our performance.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

68

The Covid-19 pandemic threw the world economy into turmoil. The global economy shrank

in 2020 as demand

and supply, trade, and finance were

severely disrupted. Although we started to see a recovery

mid-year as

lockdowns were relaxed,

a second wave of the virus caused governments to slow reopening and/or

re-impose

lockdowns, and the economic recovery lost momentum. In most advanced

economies, despite effective

monetary and fiscal policy support, output remained substantially below pre-pandemic levels.

Western European economies were

hit hard by the coronavirus pandemic and associated mobility-reducing

measures. In Germany,

the Netherlands and Belgium, economic activity in the first half of 2020 dropped by 10-

15%. Economic activity in the second quarter

of 2020 recorded the largest contractions since World

War II.

Following a rapid implementation of sizeable policy support measures and after

most economic activities were

allowed to resume (subject to social distancing and hygiene measures), the economic

environment turned more

favourable during the summer.

However,

despite a strong economic rebound in the third quarter,

the level of

economic activity at the end of the year was still below year-end 2019 levels as a resurgence of

new coronavirus

cases necessitated the re-imposition of lockdown measures.

Helped by job retention schemes, the rise in unemployment was relatively mild and levelled off in

the second half

of the year.

Despite the unemployment rate having increased, housing markets

remained firm, helped by interest

rates remaining low.

There was an asymmetric impact across the euro area, with southern countries (Spain, Italy)

generally hit the

hardest during the first wave of the coronavirus.

This was partly due to the variation in the length and strictness

of containment measures, the size of discretionary fiscal support, and differences

in the economic importance of

international tourism.

As in the eurozone, economic performance in Poland was heavily

influenced by lockdown measures, the

introduction of job protection schemes and increased public expenditure. Uncertainty

about domestic factors

and the economic recovery held back private investment,

as in most other European countries. The central bank

of Poland reduced the benchmark interest rate

to 0.1% and purchased assets in the secondary market to improve

banks’ liquidity.

Additional economic uncertainty came from continuing US-China trade tensions and the US elections in

November.

To help ING’s

leadership in their strategic planning, we developed scenarios for various potential

outcomes to these developments so we are better prepared

for different possible futures. The ongoing negative

interest rate environment

is also making it a priority for ING to diversify our income.

Large amounts of fiscal stimulus deployed by governments worldwide in 2020

were combined with monetary

stimulus. The US Federal Reserve lowered key

interest rates and the ECB stepped

up bond purchasing. In the

eurozone, the yield curve flattened. In general,

the euro appreciated compared with its main trading partners,

reflecting perceived changes in global risk sentiment and interest

rate developments. Towards

the end of the

year,

positive news about vaccines improved financial market sentiment,

although a strong eruption of new

coronavirus cases and the emergence of new,

more contagious variants are sobering the economic outlook.

Uncertainty around the future relationship between the European Union and the United Kingdom

continued

throughout the year,

compounding the impact of Covid-19, which weakened the British pound vis-à-vis the euro.

In July, we announced that due to Brexit

we will move ING’s European trading

activities from London to

Amsterdam. The successful conclusion of an EU/UK-trade deal at year-end

avoided economic disruption at the

start of 2021.

China regained control of the outbreak of the coronavirus

relatively swiftly by implementing strict sanitary and

economic measures, and in the second half of the year almost all activities had restarted and exceeded

pre-

pandemic levels. However,

the number of cases began increasing again towards the end of 2020 and beginning of

2021.

Australia was hit less severely by the coronavirus

pandemic than other countries. The Australian authorities

introduced considerable fiscal and monetary support to the economy.

The central bank reduced its policy rate

and three-year Australian government bond yield target

to 0.1% and extended its long-term, low-cost funding to

banks to boost business loans. The central bank also introduced an asset purchase programme

targeted at long-

term bonds to ease further financial conditions.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

69

Climate change

Climate change is one of the world’s most

urgent problems. The International Monetary Fund (IMF) says

it will

have a potentially catastrophic

environmental, human and economic toll if left unaddressed. We

believe that ING

can make the biggest impact in fighting climate change through our financing.

We work with our clients to finance and facilitate

their transition to low-carbon technologies. We’ve

developed a

comprehensive suite of sustainability products and services to help them, including green loans and green bonds.

With our Terra

approach, we aim to align our loan book with the Paris Agreement’s well-below two-degrees

Celsius goal in the nine sectors most responsible for climate change. In 2020, we released our second

Terra

progress report. The report includes quantitative results

and targets for all of these nine sectors, fulfilling the

commitment we made the previous year.

One of these targets is a 19% reduction in our financing to upstream oil

and gas by 2040 compared with 2019 levels. It’s important

to note that this target is in line with the International

Energy Association’s sustainable

development scenario, and that it’s not static.

If more or quicker action is

needed and the scenario is adjusted, our target will adjust accordingly.

For more details on our targets and

exposure in these nine sectors, please see the latest Terra

progress report on ing.com.

Our approach to climate action is collaborative and

inclusive. We helped develop an open-source climate

methodology with our partner, the 2˚ Investing

Initiative (2DII). This was published in 2020 for all banks to use.

We’re working with other banks to make

this an industry-wide standard, as we believe this will lead to greater

transparency and help the financial sector make a bigger impact. In December 2018, ING and four peers signed

the Katowice Commitment and in September 2020 these same banks published a blueprint of how we’ll all use

the methodology developed with 2DII.

Our work with the Katowice Commitment laid the groundwork for the Collective Commitment

to Climate Action

(CCCA), now signed by 38 banks globally. This is the banking sector’s farthest

-reaching commitment to climate

alignment. ING is co-lead of the implementation of the CCCA. In December 2020 an overview was published of

the concrete measures CCCA signatory banks took in the first 12

months to deliver on their commitment. ING is a

founding signatory of the Principles for Responsible Banking, adopted by more than 200 banks, representing

a

third of the world's banking assets.

While our Terra

approach helps measure the impact of our loans on the climate, we are increasingly aware of the

risks associated with climate change. These include physical risks, which can be acute (such as floods and

wildfires) or chronic (temperature increases and rising sea levels); and transition

risk, which is driven by policy,

technology or market changes as we shift towards a low-carbon

global economy and potentially lead to stranded

assets. Our climate risk programme helps measure the impact of climate change on our loan book. Following a

year of floods, droughts and wildfires, climate-related risk again

topped the World Economic Forum’s

(WEF) 2020

global risk ranking in terms of likelihood of occurrence and impact. The IMF is examining the impact of climate

on

the world’s financial markets

and whether it is priced into market valuations. The European Central

Bank (ECB)

published a guide in 2020 on how they expect banks to prudently manage and transparently disclose climate-

related and environmental risks under current

prudential rules.

We are continuing to advance our understanding

and approach to climate risks and opportunities. In 2020 ING

published our first Climate Risk Report, setting out our approach to managing this emerging strategic

and credit

risk. We’re integrating

climate risk into our risk management framework, governance

and business strategy.

Please see the Environmental, social and governance risk chapter for

more information.

Financial crime risks

Money laundering is a crime in and of itself. It also facilitates other crimes, such as people trafficking

and drug

smuggling. According to the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime, suspicious transactions continue to reach

as much as $2 trillion a year. This scale illustrates

the scope of the problem – it is not something one bank can

fight on its own.

To be more

effective in our efforts to fight

financial economic crime, we work closely with our peers, regulators

and law enforcement. This includes initiatives with other Dutch and Belgian banks to jointly monitor

transactions,

and further professionalising our KYC organisation

by means of internationally recognised certifications.

Next to this, improving customer due diligence and transaction monitoring activities are top

priorities for ING.

Since 2017, we’ve been running a programme to enhance our know your customer activities in all customer

segments of all ING business units. This has led to standardised KYC policies, global governance and consistent

processes, tools and training, which contribute to becoming sustainably better

in the way we address money

laundering risks and comply with laws and regulations.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

70

Structural solutions include interventions aimed at addressing undesirable behavioural

patterns identified within

the organisation and encouraging desirable behaviours

that will positively influence KYC execution.

Cybersecurity resilience

Digital technology has connected the world in an unprecedented way.

The Covid-19 outbreak highlighted just

how much people rely on the internet to work, socialise and shop. At the same time, there are growing concerns

about unequal access, a lack of governance, data privacy and increasingly sophisticated cyberattacks.

Cybercrime is a growing threat to companies in general and to the financial system

in particular. The expansion

of

mobile and online banking, and ING’s own reliance on cloud technology – especially at a time when many

employees are working from home – have increased the risk of criminals gaining unauthorised access to ING

networks. The global lockdowns due to the pandemic also presented opportunities for criminals to

continue to

target customers with phishing attacks,

identity theft and online fraud.

One of our top priorities is to keep our bank safe, secure and compliant and to retain

customers’ trust. Our multi-

faceted approach aims to anticipate threats

and prevent them from becoming reality.

Safeguards include security

and communication-monitoring capabilities that use behavioural analysis, machine learning and rules engines.

We are also partnering with fintechs and others to facilitate

security innovation for the bank and our industry.

Fluctuations in equity markets

Our banking operations are exposed to fluctuations in equity markets. ING maintains

an internationally

diversified and mainly client-related trading

portfolio. Accordingly,

market downturns are likely to lead to

declines in securities trading and brokerage activities which we execute

for customers and therefore

to a decline

in related commissions and trading results. In addition to this, ING also maintains equity investments

in its own

non-trading books. Fluctuations in equity markets may affect

the value of these investments.

Fluctuations in interest rates

Our banking operations are exposed to fluctuations in interest

rates. Mismatches in the interest

re-pricing and

maturity profile of assets and liabilities in our balance sheet can affect the future interest

earnings and economic

value of the bank's underlying banking operations. In addition, changing interest rates may

impact the (assumed)

behavior of our customers, impacting the interest rate

exposure, interest hedge positions and future interest

earnings, solvency and economic value of the bank’s underlying banking operations.

In the current low (and in

some cases negative) interest rate

environment in the Eurozone, the stability

of future interest earnings and

margin also depends on the ability to actively manage pricing of customer assets and liabilities. Especially,

the

pricing of customer savings portfolios in relation to re-pricing customer

assets and other investments in our

balance sheet is a key factor in the management of the bank’s

interest earnings.

Fluctuations in exchange rates

ING Group is exposed to fluctuations in exchange rates.

Our management of exchange rate

sensitivity affects the

results of our operations through the trading activities and because we prepare and publish our consolidated

financial statements in euros. Because a substantial

portion of our income, expenses and foreign investments is

denominated in currencies other than euros, fluctuations in the exchange rates

used to translate foreign

currencies, particularly the U.S. Dollar,

Pound Sterling, Turkish Lira,

Chinese Renminbi, Australian Dollar,

Japanese

Yen, Polish Zloty,

Korean Won, Brazilian Real,

Singapore Dollar,

Thai Baht and Russian Ruble into euros can

impact our reported results of operations, cash flows and reserves from year

to year.

Fluctuations in exchange

rates will also impact the value (denominated in euro) of our investments

in our non-euro reporting subsidiaries.

The impact of these fluctuations in exchange rates is mitigated

to some extent by the fact that income and

related expenses, as well as assets and liabilities, of each of our non-euro reporting subsidiaries are generally

denominated in the same currencies. FX translation risk is managed by taking into

account the effect of

translation results on the Core Equity Tier 1 ratio (CET1).

Consolidated result of operations

ING Group monitors and evaluates the performance of ING Group

at a consolidated level and by segment using

results based on figures according to IFRS as adopted by the European Union (IFRS-EU). The Executive

Board and

the Management Board Banking consider this measure to be relevant to

an understanding of the Group’s

financial performance, because it allows investors to

understand the primary method used by management to

evaluate the Group’s

operating performance and make decisions about allocating resources.

In addition, ING

Group believes that the presentation of results in accordance

with IFRS-EU helps investors compare its segment

performance on a meaningful basis by highlighting result before tax attributable

to ongoing operations and the

profitability of the segment businesses. IFRS-EU result is derived by including the impact of the IFRS-EU ‘IAS 39

carve out’ adjustment from IFRS-IASB.

The IFRS-EU ‘IAS 39 carve-out’ adjustment relates to fair value portfolio hedge accounting

strategies for the

mortgage

and savings portfolios in the Benelux, Germany and Other Challengers that are not eligible under IFRS-

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

71

IASB. As no hedge accounting is applied to these mortgage and savings portfolios under IFRS-IASB,

the fair value

changes of the derivatives are not offset by fair value

changes of the hedge items (mortgages and savings).

As from the financial year 2020 the information presented to

the executive Board is no longer based on

underlying results but on IFRS as endorsed by the EU. Previously monitoring and evaluation of ING Group’s

segments was based on a non-GAAP financial performance measure called underlying. Underlying result was

derived by excluding the impact of the IFRS-EU ‘IAS 39 carve-out’ adjustment, special items, divestments and

results from former insurance related

activities from the IFRS-EU results. In 2020 and 2019 no special items,

divestments or results from former insurance related

activities were recorded anymore. 2018 included a special

item of EUR 775 million special item related to the settlement agreement with the Dutch authorities on

regulatory issues, as well as a EUR 90 million net result from the former Insurance activities.

Segment Reporting

The published 2020 Annual Accounts of ING Group includes financial information in accordance with

International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (IFRS-EU). The segment

reporting

in the annual report on Form 20-F has been reconciled with International Financial Reporting Standards

as issued

by the International Accounting Standards Board (IFRS-IASB) for

consistency with the other financial information

contained in this report. The difference between the accounting

standards is reflected in the Wholesale Banking

segment, and in the geographical split of the segments in the Netherlands, Belgium, Germany and Other

Challengers. Reference is made to Note

1 ‘Accounting

Policies’ for a reconciliation between IFRS-EU and IFRS-

IASB.

Recognition and measurement of segment results are in line with the accounting policies as described in Note 1

‘Accounting

policies’. Transfer

prices for inter-segment transactions are set at arm’s

length. Corporate expenses

are allocated to business lines based on time spent by head office personnel, the relative number of staff,

or on

the basis of income, expenses and/or assets of the segment.

The Executive Board of ING Group and the Management Board Banking set the performance targets,

approve

and monitor the budgets prepared by the business lines. Business lines formulate strategic,

commercial, and

financial plans in conformity with the strategy and performance targets

set by the Executive Board of ING Group

and the Management Board Banking.

ING Group’s segments are based on the internal

reporting structures by lines of business. The following table

specifies the segments by line of business and the main sources of income of each of the segments:

Retail Netherlands

(Market Leaders)

Income from retail and private banking activities in the Netherlands, including the SME and mid-corporate

segments, and the Real Estate Finance portfolio related

to Dutch domestic mid-corporates. The main products

offered are current and savings accounts,

business lending, mortgages and other consumer lending in the

Netherlands.

Retail Belgium (Market Leaders)

Income from retail and private banking activities in Belgium (including Luxembourg)

,

including the SME and mid-

corporate segments. The main products offered

are similar to those in the Netherlands.

Retail Germany (Challengers and Growth Markets)

Income from retail and private banking activities in Germany (including Austria).

The main products offered are

current and savings accounts, mortgages and other customer lending.

Retail Other (Challengers and Growth Markets)

Income from retail banking activities in the rest of the world, including the SME and mid-corporate

segments in

specific countries. The main products offered are similar to those in the Netherlands.

Wholesale Banking

Income from wholesale banking activities. The main products are: lending, debt capital markets, working capital

solutions, export finance, daily banking solutions, treasury and risk solutions, and corporate finance.

Corporate Line

In addition to these segments, ING Group reconciles the total segment results to the total

result using Corporate

Line. The Corporate Line is a reflection of capital management activities and certain income and

expense items

that are not allocated to the banking businesses, including the recognition of value-added tax

(VAT)

refunds in

the Netherlands (recorded under expenses). In 2020, net interest income on the

Corporate Line sharply declined,

mainly due to lower interest results from foreign

currency hedging due to lower interest rate

differentials. In

2019, a EUR 119 million gain from the release of a currency translation reserve following the sale of ING’s

stake in

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

72

Kotak Mahindra Bank was included, and the recognition of a EUR 79 million receivable related

to the insolvency

of a financial institution (both recorded under income). In 2018, the EUR 775 million settlement agreement with

the Dutch authorities on regulatory issues was included as well as a EUR 90 million net result from the former

Insurance activities. Furthermore, the Corporate Line includes the isolated legacy costs

(mainly negative interest

results) caused by the replacement of short-term funding with long-term funding during 2013 and 2014. ING

Group applies a system of capital charging for

its banking operations in order to create a comparable basis for

the

results of business units globally, irrespective of the business units’ book equity and the currency they operate

in.

Total

Operations

The following table sets forth the contribution of ING’s

business lines and the corporate line to the net result for

each of the years 2020, 2019 and 2018. As of year 2020 consolidated results of ING Group are based on IFRS as

adopted by the European Union (IFRS-EU), and not on underlying anymore; furthermore, results of former

Insurance activities are included in Corporate Line; historical figures have

been adjusted (only in 2018). Reference

is made to 2019 Annual report on Form 20F for detailed information on the discussion of 2019 and 2018 results.

Total operations

1 January to 31 December 2020

Amounts in millions of euros

Retail

Banking

Netherlands

Retail

Banking

Belgium

Retail

Banking

Germany

Retail

Other

Wholesale

Banking

Corporate

Line

Total

Income:

  • Net interest income

3,511

1,816

1,587

2,760

3,718

212

13,604

  • Net fee and commission income

681

413

437

412

1,069

-1

3,011

  • Total investment

and other income

279

145

93

89

609

-192

1,022

Total income

4,471

2,373

2,117

3,261

5,396

18

17,637

Expenditure:

  • Operating expenses

2,236

1,737

1,110

2,469

3,218

383

11,153

  • Additions to loan loss provision

157

514

57

593

1,351

2

2,675

Total expenditure

2,393

2,251

1,167

3,063

4,568

385

13,828

Result before taxation

2,078

122

950

199

827

-367

3,809

Taxation

523

51

331

105

295

-58

1,246

Non-controlling interests

-1

0

4

55

20

0

78

Net result IFRS-EU

1,556

71

615

39

512

-308

2,485

Adjustment of the EU 'IAS 39 carve-out'

0

0

0

0

-234

0

-234

Net result IFRS-IASB

1,556

71

615

39

278

-308

2,250

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

73

1 January to 31 December 2019

Amounts in millions of euros

Retail

Banking

Netherlands

Retail

Banking

Belgium

Retail

Banking

Germany

Retail

Other

Wholesale

Banking

Corporate

Line

Total

Income:

  • Net interest income

3,541

1,907

1,579

2,787

3,794

470

14,079

  • Net fee and commission income

674

374

268

423

1,135

-6

2,868

  • Total investment

and other income

290

161

138

298

369

103

1,360

Total income

4,505

2,442

1,985

3,509

5,298

568

18,306

Expenditure:

  • Operating expenses

2,210

1,609

1,080

2,210

2,937

307

10,353

  • Additions to loan loss provision

91

186

-53

364

532

0

1,120

Total expenditure

2,301

1,794

1,027

2,574

3,469

307

11,472

Result before taxation

2,204

647

957

935

1,830

261

6,834

Taxation

558

192

328

234

464

179

1,955

Non-controlling interests

0

0

3

82

14

0

99

Net result IFRS-EU

1,646

455

627

619

1,352

82

4,781

Adjustment of the EU 'IAS 39 carve-out'

-878

-878

Net result IFRS-IASB

1,646

455

627

619

474

82

3,903

1 January to 31 December 2018

Amounts in millions of euros

Retail

Banking

Netherlands

Retail

Banking

Belgium

Retail

Banking

Germany

Retail

Other

Wholesale

Banking

Corporate

Line

Total

Income:

  • Net interest income

3,749

1,830

1,671

2,690

3,686

290

13,916

  • Net fee and commission income

664

371

225

395

1,152

-8

2,798

  • Total investment

and other income

335

169

76

230

673

-20

1,462

Total income

4,747

2,369

1,972

3,315

5,510

262

18,176

Expenditure:

  • Operating expenses

2,220

1,610

1,027

2,033

2,771

1,022

10,682

  • Additions to loan loss provision

-41

164

-27

350

210

-1

656

Total expenditure

2,179

1,774

1,000

2,383

2,981

1,021

11,338

Result before taxation

2,568

595

972

932

2,529

-759

6,838

Taxation

626

199

324

200

633

46

2,027

Non-controlling interests

-0

6

3

80

19

-0

108

Net result IFRS-EU

1,942

390

646

652

1,877

-804

4,703

Adjustment of the EU 'IAS 39 carve-out'

58

58

Net result IFRS-IASB

1,942

390

646

652

1,935

-804

4,761

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

74

Year ended 31 December 2020 compared to

year ended 31 December 2019

ING’s net result (including the adjustment of the EU ‘IAS 39 carve-out’) decreased by EUR 1,653 million, or 42.4%,

to EUR 2,250 million compared with EUR 3,903 million in 2019. The net result was affected by a EUR 234

million

negative contribution of fair value changes on derivatives

related to asset-liability-management

activities for the

mortgage and savings portfolios in the Benelux, Germany,

France and Czech Republic, versus a EUR 878 million

negative contribution in 2019. These negative fair

value changes were mainly caused by changes in market

interest rates. No hedge accounting

is applied to these derivatives under IFRS-IASB.

The IFRS-EU net result (before adjustment of the EU ‘IAS 39 carve-out’) fell 48.0% to EUR 2,485 million from EUR

4,781 million in 2019. The effective tax rate in 2020 was

relatively high at 32.7% (versus 28.6% in 2019) and was

mainly caused by the lower result before tax, which included higher non-deductible amounts like

the

impairments on goodwill and on our stake in TMB.

The result before tax declined 44.3% to EUR 3,809 million in 2020 from EUR 6,834 million in 2019, primarily

caused by elevated risk costs reflecting the (expected)

economic impact of the Covid-19 pandemic, combined

with impairments on goodwill, restructuring provisions and other impairments. Net core lending (adjusted for

currency impacts, and excluding Treasury

and the run-off portfolios) declined by EUR 2.5 billion in 2020, while

net customer deposit inflow was high at EUR 41.4 billion. The global retail customer base grew

to 39.3 million at

year-end, and the number of primary customers rose during the year by 578,000 to 13.9 million.

Income declined 3.7% to EUR 17,637 million from EUR 18,306 million in 2019. The decline was mainly in the

Corporate Line due to lower interest

results from foreign currency ratio hedging and to

some positive one-offs

recorded in 2019. Income at Retail Banking decreased due to an impairment

on our equity stake in TMB, whereas

income in Wholesale Banking (mainly in Financial Markets) increased.

Net interest income decreased 3.4% to EUR 13,604 million. The decline was largely due to

lower interest results

on current accounts and savings, reflecting the continued pressure

on liability margins, combined with lower

interest results from foreign

currency ratio hedging due to lower interest rate

differentials. This decline was

largely offset by higher interest results

at Treasury (supported by

the introduction of the ECB’s two-tiering

system at the end of October 2019) and, to a lesser extent,

on lending products, reflecting a slight increase in the

total lending margin. ING’s overall

net interest margin declined to 1.44% from 1.54% in 2019.

Net fee and commission income increased 5.0% to EUR 3,011 million from 2,868 million in 2019. In Retail

Banking, net fee and commission income rose by EUR 204 million, or 11.7%. This was mainly driven by higher fee

income on investment products, predominantly in Germany,

whereas daily banking fees slightly increased

supported by increased package fees, which countered

the impact of a drop in payment transactions due to

lockdown measures and travel restrictions.

Total

fee income in Wholesale Banking declined by EUR 66 million, or

5.8%, predominantly in Trade

& Commodity Finance as a result of lower average oil prices as well as lower

syndicated deal activity in Lending.

Total

investment and other income decreased to EUR 1,022 million 2020 from EUR 1,360 million in previous year.

The decline was mainly in Retail Banking, largely due to a EUR 230 million goodwill impairment related to

ING’s

stake in TMB, and in the Corporate

Line. In 2019, the latter had included a EUR 119 million one-off gain from the

release of a currency translation reserve related to

the sale of ING’s stake

in Kotak Mahindra Bank and a EUR 79

million receivable related to the insolvency of a financial institution. These declines were partly

offset by

Wholesale Banking, predominantly in Financial Markets due to a positive swing in valuation adjustments.

Operating expenses increased by EUR 800 million, or 7.7%, to EUR 11,153 million. Expenses in 2020 included EUR

1,105 million of regulatory costs, compared with EUR 1,021 million previous year.

The increase was furthermore

caused by EUR 673 million of incidental items recorded in 2020, mainly reflecting EUR 310 million of goodwill

impairments and several restructuring provisions and impairments

related to the review of activities and

measures announced

(including those on Wholesale Banking and the Maggie project). Excluding regulatory costs

and these incidental items, expenses increased by EUR 43 million, or 0.5%, as the impact of collective-labour-

agreement (CLA) salary increases and higher IT expenses, was largely offset by the impact of continued

cost-

efficiency measures (including lower marketing and travel

costs as a result of the Covid-19 restrictions). The

cost/income ratio was 63.2% versus 56.6% in 2019.

Net additions to loan loss provisions were EUR 2,675 million, or 43 basis points of average customer

lending,

compared with EUR 1,120 million, or 18 basis points, in 2019. The increase was mainly due to various Individual

Stage 3 provisions, including a sizeable provision for an alleged external

fraud case in 2020, and high collective

Stage 1 and Stage 2 provisioning as a result of the economic impact of the Covid-19 pandemic. Risk costs in 2020

included EUR 590 million of collective provisions related to the worsened macro

-economic indicators, including

provisioning related to loans subject to a payment holiday.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

75

Year ended 31 December 2019 compared to year

ended 31 December 2018

In 2019, ING’s operations showed solid commercial

performance despite the challenging rate environment,

geopolitical uncertainties and demanding regulatory environment. The net

result (including the adjustment of

the EU ‘IAS 39 carve-out’) declined 18.0% to EUR 3,903 million in 2019 from EUR 4,761 million in 2018, which has

been negatively affected by the EUR 775 million settlement

agreement with the Dutch authorities on regulatory

issues. The net result was affected by a EUR 936 million negative swing in net

contribution of fair value changes

on derivatives related to asset-liability-management

activities the mortgage and savings portfolios in the

Benelux, Germany, France

and Czech Republic. These fair value changes are mainly caused by changes in market

interest rates. No hedge accounting

is applied to these derivatives under IFRS-IASB.

The net result IFRS-EU (excluding the adjustment of the EU ‘IAS 39 carve-out’) increased 1.6% to EUR 4,781

million from EUR 4,703 million. This was in part due to a decreased effective tax rate

of 28.6% from 29.6% in

2018, mainly reflecting lower non-deductible costs, as 2018 included the aforementioned settlement

agreement

with the Dutch authorities. This decline was partly offset by the cancellation of tax deductibility of interest

expenses on additional Tier 1 instruments in the Netherlands as from 2018.

The result before tax declined 0.1% to EUR 6,834 million in 2019 from EUR 6,838 million in 2018, primarily due to

higher risk costs. Commercial momentum remained solid, albeit at a slower pace than previous year.

ING grew

net core lending (adjusted for currency impacts, and excluding

Treasury and the run-off portfolios) by EUR 17.2

billion, or 2.9%, and net customer deposits rose by EUR 23.4 billion in 2019. The global retail customer base grew

to 38.8 million at year-end, and the number of primary customers rose during the year

by 0.8 million to 13.3

million.

The income increased 0.7% to EUR 18,306 million from EUR 18,176 million in 2018, driven by Corporate Line

(predominantly one-offs) and Retail Banking, while income in Wholesale Banking (mainly in Financial Markets

and Lending) declined. Net interest income rose 1.2% to EUR 14,079 million. The increase was driven

by higher

interest results on customer lending mainly supported by volume growth,

partly offset by lower margins on

savings and current accounts. The total lending margin was slightly up compared

with 2018, as the impact of

improved interest margins on mortgages

was largely offset by lower margins on other customer

lending. ING’s

overall net interest margin remained

at 1.54% in 2019.

Net fee and commission income rose 2.5% to EUR 2,868 million. The increase was driven by Retail

Banking with

increases in most countries, partly offset by a small decline in Wholesale Banking. Investment

and other income

slightly decreased to EUR 1,360 million from EUR 1,462 million in 2018, with a decline in Wholesale Banking,

mainly due to negative valuation adjustments in Financial Markets,

and some one-offs. The decline was largely

offset by increases in Retail Banking and Corporate

Line. The latter was supported by a EUR 119 million gain from

the release of a currency translation reserve following the sale of ING’s

stake in Kotak Mahindra

Bank and the

recognition of a EUR 79 million receivable related to the insolvency of a financial institution.

Operating expenses declined 3.1% to EUR 10,353 million from EUR 10,682 million in 2018, mainly due to the

aforementioned settlement agreement

with the Dutch authorities. Excluding this settlement, operating expenses

increased 4.5% to EUR 10,353 million from EUR 9,907 million in 2018. The increase was visible in all segments,

except for Retail Netherlands and Retail

Belgium. Regulatory expenses rose to EUR 1,021 million from EUR 947

million in previous year.

Excluding regulatory costs and the settlement agreement,

expenses were up 4.2%,

mainly due to higher KYC-related costs, increased

staff costs and continued investments

in business growth,

partly offset by costs savings and one-offs (including a higher VAT

refund, recorded in Corporate Line). The

cost/income ratio was 56.6% versus 58.8% in 2018.

The net addition to the provision for loan losses rose to EUR 1,120 million from EUR 656 million in 2018. This

increase was mainly caused by a number a large individual files in Wholesale Banking and higher,

but still

relatively low risk costs in Retail Netherlands. Risk costs

rose to 18 basis points of average customer lending,

remaining below ING Bank’s through-the-cycle average

of approximately 25 basis points, compared with 11 basis

points of average customer lending in 2018.

For the following information per business line the IFRS-EU measures are in place, in line with management

reporting.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

76

Retail Netherlands

Retail Netherlands

Amounts in millions of euros

2020

2019

2018

Income:

Net interest income

3,511

3,541

3,749

Net fee and commission income

681

674

664

Investment income and other income

279

290

335

Total income

4,471

4,505

4,747

Expenditure:

Operating expenses

2,236

2,210

2,220

Additions to the provision for loan losses

157

91

–41

Total expenditure

2,393

2,301

2,179

Result before tax

2,078

2,204

2,568

Taxation

523

558

626

Non-controlling interests

–1

–0

–0

Net result IFRS-IASB

1,556

1,646

1,942

Year ended 31 December 2020 compared to

year ended 31 December 2019

The net result of Retail Netherlands decreased by EUR 90 million, or -5.5%, to EUR 1,556 million in 2020 from

EUR 1,646 million in 2019.

The result before tax of Retail

Netherlands decreased 5.7% to EUR 2,078 million from EUR 2,204 million in 2019.

This decline was mainly attributable to higher risk costs reflecting the worsened

macro-economic environment

and an increase in regulatory costs.

Total

income declined by EUR 34 million, or -0.8%, to EUR 4,471 million, compared with EUR 4,505 million in

  1. Net interest income declined 0.8%, mainly due to lower margins on savings and current

accounts,

combined with a decline in average lending volumes, which was largely offset

by higher Treasury-

related

revenues. Net core lending (which excludes Treasury

products and a EUR 1.1 billion decline in the WUB run-off

portfolio) decreased by EUR 3.2 billion in 2020, of which EUR 0.8 billion was in residential mortgages and EUR 2.4

billion in other lending. Net customer deposits (excluding Treasury)

grew by EUR 15.3 billion, predominantly in

current accounts. Net fee and commission income increased by EUR 7 million, or 1.0%, primarily due to higher

investment product fees. Investment

and other income was EUR 11 million lower.

Operating expenses rose by EUR 26 million, or 1.2%, to EUR 2,236 million from EUR 2,210 million in 2019, of

which EUR 65 million was caused by higher regulatory costs to EUR 255 million from EUR 190 million in 2019.

Expenses excluding regulatory costs declined 1.9% as the impact of CLA salary increases, higher IT expenses as

well as provisions related to redundancies and customer claims, were

more than offset by lower external staff

costs and lower marketing and travel

expenses.

The net addition to loan loss provisions was EUR 157 million, or 10 basis points of average customer lending,

compared with EUR 91 million, or 6 basis points, in 2019. Risk costs in 2020 included EUR 118 million of collective

provisions related to the worsened macro-economic

indicators, including provisioning related to

loans subject to

a payment holiday.

Year ended 31 December 2019 compared to year

ended 31 December 2018

The net result of Retail Netherlands decreased by EUR 296 million, or 15.2%, to EUR 1,646 million in 2019 from

EUR 1,942 million in 2018.

The result before tax of Retail

Netherlands decreased 14.2% to EUR 2,204 million from EUR 2,568 million in 2018.

This was mainly due to lower income, mainly reflecting lower margins on customer deposits and lower revenues

from Treasury,

combined with higher risk costs. Operating expenses declined slightly.

Income fell 5.1% to EUR 4,505 million from EUR 4,747 million previous year.

The interest result was 5.5% lower,

reflecting margin pressure on savings and current accounts

due to lower re-investment yields and lower

revenues from Treasury.

This was partly compensated by improved margins on mortgages.

Net core lending

(excluding the WUB run-off portfolio and Treasury

-related products) grew by EUR 2.0 billion in 2019, equally

divided over mortgages and other lending. Net growth in customer deposits (excluding

Treasury) was EUR 8.4

billion in 2019. Net fee and commission income rose by EUR 10 million, or 1.5%, primarily due to higher daily

banking fees. Investment and other income declined by EUR 45 million, mainly attributable

to lower results from

financial markets-related products.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

77

Operating expenses declined 0.5% on 2018, this was mainly due to lower regulatory costs, benefits from

the

ongoing cost-saving initiatives and some positive one-offs, partly offset

by increased salaries as well as higher KYC

and IT-related

expenses.

Risk costs in 2019 increased to a relatively low EUR 91 million, or 6 basis points of average

customer lending,

partly caused by a change in the house price index that is used for Dutch mortgages. This compares with a net

release of EUR 41 million 2018, which included releases in both mortgages and business lending.

Retail Belgium

Retail Belgium

Amounts in millions of euros

2020

2019

2018

Income:

Net interest income

1,816

1,907

1,830

Net fee and commission income

413

374

371

Investment income and other income

145

161

169

Total income

2,373

2,442

2,369

Expenditure:

Operating expenses

1,737

1,609

1,610

Additions to the provision for loan losses

514

186

164

Total expenditure

2,251

1,794

1,774

Result before tax

122

647

595

Taxation

51

192

199

Non-controlling interests

0

0

6

Net result IFRS-IASB

71

455

390

Year ended 31 December 2020 compared to

year ended 31 December 2019

The net result of Retail Belgium (including ING in Luxembourg) declined by EUR 384 million to EUR 71 million in

2020 from EUR 455 million in 2019.

The result before tax of Retail

Belgium fell to EUR 122 million, compared with EUR 647 million in 2019. The

decline was attributable to higher risk costs reflecting the worsened

macro-economic environment, combined

higher expenses and lower income.

Income declined by EUR 69 million, or 2.8%, to EUR 2,373 million from EUR 2,442 million in 2019. Net interest

income was 4.8% down to EUR 1,816 million, mainly reflecting lower margins on savings and current accounts,

and lower Treasury related

revenues, partly offset by higher interest results

from mortgages. Net core lending

(excluding Treasury)

decreased by EUR 1.5 billion in 2020, evenly spread over mortgages and other lending. Net

customer deposits (also excluding Treasury)

grew by EUR 4.0 billion, predominantly in current accounts. Net fee

and commission income rose by EUR 39 million, or 10.4%, mainly due to higher fee income on investment

products and mortgages. Investment and other income

declined by EUR 16 million, mainly from Financial

Markets.

Operating expenses rose by EUR 128 million, of which EUR 43 million was due to a goodwill impairment related

to an acquisition in the past by ING Belgium and EUR 40 million related to restructuring costs recorded

in the

fourth quarter of 2020. The remaining increase was mainly due to higher regulatory costs and IT expe

nses.

The net addition to the provision for loan losses increased to EUR 514 million, or 57 basis points of average

customer lending, from EUR 186 million, or 21 basis points, in 2019. Risk costs in 2020 included EUR 158 million

of collective provisions related to the worsened macro

-economic indicators, including provisioning related to

loans subject to a payment holiday.

The remaining risk costs were mainly related to business lending, including

provisioning on a number of individual files.

Year ended 31 December 2019 compared to year

ended 31 December 2018

The net result of Retail Belgium (including ING in Luxembourg) increased by EUR 65 million, or 16.7%, to EUR 455

million in 2019 from EUR 390 million in 2018.

The result before tax of Retail

Belgium rose 8.7% to EUR 647 million in 2019, compared with EUR 595 million in

  1. The increase reflects higher income and stable expenses, only partly offset by an increase in risk costs.

Income increased to EUR 2,442 million from EUR 2,369 million in 2018. The interest result was 4.2% up to

EUR

1,907 million, mainly due to volume growth, increased margins on mortgages, and supported by

higher net

interest income from Treasury

-related products. This was in part offset by lower net interest

income from savings

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

78

and current

accounts, reflecting the low interest rate

environment, and some margin pressure on non-mortgage

lending. The net production in customer lending (excluding Treasury)

was EUR 3.3 billion, of which EUR 1.2 billion

was in residential mortgages and EUR 2.1 billion in other lending. The net inflow in customer deposits (excluding

Treasury) was EUR 4.1 billion in 2019. Net fee and commission income

increased 0.8% to EUR 374 million.

Investment and other income was EUR 8 million lower,

mainly due to lower Treasur

y-related revenues.

Operating expenses declined 0.1% to EUR 1,609 million, mainly due to lower staff

-related expenses stemming

from the transformation programmes,

partly offset by higher regulatory costs and KYC

-related expenses.

Risk costs increased by EUR 22 million to EUR

186 million, or 21 basis points of average customer lending, from

EUR 164 million, or 19 basis points, in 2018. The increase was mainly caused by additional provisioning on

individual mid-corporates files and higher collective provisions for consumer

lending.

Retail Germany

Retail Germany

Amounts in millions of euros

2020

2019

2018

Income:

Net interest income

1,587

1,579

1,671

Net fee and commission income

437

268

225

Investment income and other income

93

138

76

Total income

2,117

1,985

1,972

Expenditure:

Operating expenses

1,110

1,080

1,027

Additions to the provision for loan losses

57

–53

–27

Total expenditure

1,167

1,027

1,000

Result before tax

950

957

972

Taxation

331

328

324

Non-controlling interests

4

3

3

Net result IFRS-IASB

615

627

646

Year ended 31 December 2020 compared to year

ended 31 December 2019

The net result of Retail Germany (including ING in Austria) decreased by EUR 12 million, or 1.9%, to EUR 615

million in 2020 from EUR 627 million in 2019.

The result before tax declined 0.7% to EUR 950 million, compared with EUR 957 million in 2019, as higher income

largely offset the impact of higher risk costs (after a net release in 2019) and increased expens

es.

Total

income rose 6.6% to EUR 2,117 million from EUR 1,985 million in 2019. The increase was driven by EUR 169

million higher fee income, predominantly on investment products

due to higher assets under management, new

account openings and a higher number of brokerage trades

in volatile markets. Net interest

income increased

0.5% to EUR 1,587 million, as higher interest results from lending and accounting asymmetry in Treasury

(with an

offset in other income), was largely offset by margin

pressure on savings and current accounts. In 2020, net core

lending (which excludes Treasury

products) increased EUR 4.5 billion, of which EUR 4.2 billion was in residential

mortgages and EUR 0.3 billion in consumer lending. Net customer deposits (excluding Treasury)

increased by EUR

5.8 billion, largely in current accounts. Investment and other income

declined by EUR 45 million, mainly due to

the aforementioned accounting asymmetry and lower capital

gains.

Operating expenses increased by EUR 30 million, or 2.8%, to EUR 1,110 million in 2020. The increase was mainly

due to investments to support business growth as well as the consolidation of a subsidiary as from the first

quarter of 2020, while previous year included a EUR 36 million restructuring provision.

The net addition to the provision for loan losses was EUR 57 million, or 6 basis points of average

customer

lending, compared with a net release of EUR 53 million in 2019, which had included model updates on

mortgages. Risk costs in 2020 included EUR 8 million of collective provisions related to

the worsened macro-

economic indicators.

Year ended 31 December 2019 compared to year

ended 31 December 2018

The net result of Retail Germany (including ING in Austria) decreased by EUR 19 million, or 2.9%, to EUR 627

million in 2019 from EUR 646 million in 2018.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

79

The result before tax declined 1.5% to EUR 957 million, compared with EUR 972 million in 2018, mainly due to

higher expenses, partly offset by slightly increased income and a higher net release in risk costs.

Income increased 0.7% to EUR 1,985 million in 2019 from EUR 1,972 million a year ago. Net interest income

declined 5.5%, mainly due to lower Treasury-related

interest results (with a partial offset in other income).

Excluding Treasury,

net interest income rose marginally,

mainly reflecting volume growth in most products and

improved margins on mortgages, offset by lower

interest results on savings and deposits due to margin pressure.

The net growth in core lending (excluding Treasury)

was EUR 3.0 billion in 2019, of which EUR 2.4 billion in

mortgages and EUR 0.6 billion in consumer lending. Net inflow in customer deposits (excluding Treasury)

was

EUR 0.8 billion. Net fee and commission income rose 19.1% to EUR 268 million, due to higher fees on mortgages

and daily banking. Investment and other income rose by EUR 62 million to EUR 138 million, largely due to the

aforementioned accounting asymmetry in Treasury

revenues.

Operating expenses rose 5.2% to EUR 1,080 million from EUR 1,027 million in 2018. The increase was mainly due

to a restructuring provision related to the completion

of ING’s Agile transformation

in Germany, higher KYC-

related expenses, investments to

accelerate the acquisition of primary customers, and the launch of Interhyp in

Austria.

Risk costs were EUR -53 million, or -6 basis points of average customer

lending, compared with EUR -27 million in

  1. The net release in 2019 mainly related to model updates for mortgages,

while the net release in 2018

included a significant release in the consumer lending portfolio.

Retail Other

Retail Other

Amounts in millions of euros

2020

2019

2018

Income:

Net interest income

2,760

2,787

2,690

Net fee and commission income

412

423

395

Investment income and other income

89

298

230

Total income

3,261

3,509

3,315

Expenditure:

Operating expenses

2,469

2,210

2,033

Additions to the provision for loan losses

593

364

350

Total expenditure

3,063

2,574

2,383

Result before tax

199

935

932

Taxation

105

234

200

Non-controlling interests

55

82

80

Net result IFRS-IASB

39

619

652

Year ended 31 December 2020 compared to year

ended 31 December 2019

Retail Other consists of the Other Challengers & Growth Markets,

including the bank stakes in Asia. The net result

of Retail Other decreased to EUR 39 million in 2020, from EUR 619 million in 2019.

Retail Others’ result before

tax fell to EUR 199 million, from EUR 935 million in 2019, mainly reflecting

impairments on TMB and the Maggie project as well as higher risk costs.

Total

income declined by EUR 248 million to EUR 3,261 million in 2020, of which EUR 230 million related to an

impairment on ING’s equity stake

in TMB. Excluding this impairment, total income decreased by EUR 18 million,

or -0.5%. Net interest income was down 1.0% to EUR 2,760 million, reflecting margin pressure

on savings and

current accounts, largely offset by higher interest

results from lending products and Treasury.

Net customer

lending (adjusted for currency effects and Treasury)

grew by EUR 2.6 billion in 2020, with growth in all countries,

except Italy.

The net inflow in customer deposits, also adjusted for currency impacts and Treasury,

was EUR 11.9

billion, with largest increases in Poland and Spain. Net fee and commission income declined 2.6% to EUR 412

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

80

million, largely due to a decline in Turkey,

which was partly offset by increases in most of the other countries.

Excluding the aforementioned impairment, investment

and other income rose by EUR 21 million.

Operating expenses increased by EUR 259 million, or 11.7%, to EUR 2,469 million from EUR 2,210 million in 2019,

of which EUR 140 million related to an impairment on capitalised software following the decision to

stop the

Maggie transformation programme (previously

called Model Bank) and EUR 27 million of restructuring provisions

and impairments related to the project and some other countries. Excluding

these incidental items, expenses

increased by EUR 92 million, or 4.2%, mainly due to higher regulatory costs, investments in business growth

and

lower capitalization of costs following the decision on Maggie. These increases were

partly offset by lower legal

provisions as well as lower marketing and travel

expenses.

The net addition to loan loss provisions increased by EUR 229 million on 2019 to EUR 593 million, or 61 basis

points of average customer lending. Risk costs in 2020 included EUR 114 million of collective provisions

related to

the worsened macro-economic indicators, including provisioning

related to loans subject to a payment holiday,

as well as a EUR 59 million Stage 3 provision for expected losses on CHF-indexed

mortgages in Poland. The

increase versus 2019 was mainly visible in Poland, Romania and Australia,

whereas risk costs in Turkey

declined.

Year ended 31 December 2019 compared to year

ended 31 December 2018

Retail Other consists of the Other Challengers & Growth Markets,

including the bank stakes in Asia. The net result

of Retail Other decreased by EUR 33 million, or 5.1%, to EUR 619 million in 2019 from EUR 652 million in 2018.

Retail Other’s result before

tax increased 0.3% to EUR 935 million in 2019, from EUR 932 million in 2018. This was

mainly due to higher income, partly offset by increased expenses and higher risk costs.

Total

income rose by EUR 194 million, or 5.9%, to EUR 3,509 million. This increase was driven by strong results

across most of the countries, whereas 2018 included a higher profit from ING Bank’s

stake in TMB due to one-

offs. Net interest income rose 3.6% to

EUR 2,787 million, reflecting volume growth in lending and customer

deposits, and a stable total interest margin. This increase was

offset by accounting asymmetry in Treasury

with

an offset in other income. The net production in customer lending (excluding currency

effects and Treasury)

was

EUR 7.8 billion, with increases mainly in Spain, Poland and Australia, while Turkey

and Italy declined. Net

customer deposits grew by EUR 6.9 billion in 2019, with the largest increases in Poland, Spain and Australia.

Net

commission and fee income increased 7.1% to EUR 423 million driven by increases in most countries, but

declined in Spain and Turkey.

Investment and other income rose by EUR 68 million, mainly due to the

aforementioned accounting asymmetry in Treasury

and a higher dividend from Bank of Beijing, partly offset by a

lower profit from TMB.

Operating expenses increased by EUR 177 million, or 8.7%, to EUR 2,210 million. This increase was in addition to

higher regulatory costs and legal provisions, mainly due to higher expenses to support business growth

and the

implementation of bank-wide regulatory programmes,

including KYC.

Risk costs were EUR 364 million, or 38 basis points of average customer

lending, compared with EUR 350 million,

or 40 basis points, in 2018. The increase was mainly attributable to higher risk costs in Spain and Poland, while

risk costs in Turkey

and Italy declined.

Wholesale Banking

Wholesale Banking

Amounts in millions of euros

2020

2019

2018

Income:

Net interest income

3,718

3,794

3,686

Net fee and commission income

1,069

1,135

1,152

Investment income and other income

609

369

673

Total income

5,396

5,298

5,510

Expenditure:

Operating expenses

3,218

2,937

2,771

Additions to the provision for loan losses

1,351

532

210

Total expenditure

4,568

3,469

2,981

Result before tax

827

1,830

2,529

Taxation

295

464

633

Non-controlling interests

20

14

19

Net result IFRS-EU

512

1,352

1,877

Adjustment of the EU 'IAS 39 carve-out'

–234

–878

58

Net result IFRS-IASB

278

474

1,935

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

81

Year ended 31 December 2020 compared to year

ended 31 December 2019

The net result of Wholesale Banking declined to EUR 278 million in 2020 compared with EUR 474 million in 2019.

The adjustment of the EU ‘IAS 39 carve-out’, included in the net result, was

EUR -234 million in 2020, compared

with EUR -878 million in 2019, due to fair value changes on derivatives related to

asset-liability-management

activities for the mortgage and savings portfolios in the Benelux, Germany,

France and Czech Republic. These fair

value changes were mainly a result of changes in market interest

rates. No hedge accounting is applied to these

derivatives under IFRS-IASB.

The IFRS-EU net result, which is before the adjustment of the EU ‘IAS 39 carve-out’,

declined to EUR 512 million

from EUR 1,352 million in 2019.

The full-year 2020 results for Wholesale Banking were also strongly affected

by the impact of the Covid-19

pandemic. The result before tax dropped 54.8% to EUR 827 million, down from

EUR 1,830 million in 2019. The

decline was predominantly due to elevated risk costs and higher expenses (including impairments

and

restructuring provisions), partly offset by higher income.

Total

income rose 1.8% to EUR 5,396 million in 2020, compared with EUR 5,298 million in 2019, reflecting higher

revenues in Financial Markets and Treasury

& Other, partly offset

by lower income in Daily Banking & Trade

Finance and Lending. The net core lending book (adjusted for currency impacts and excluding Treasury

and the

Lease run-off portfolio) declined by EUR 4.9 billion in 2020. The inflow in net customer deposits (excluding

currency impacts and Treasury) was EUR 4.4 billion. Net interest

income decreased 2.0%, mainly due to lower

margins on current accounts and lower average

lending volumes. This decline was largely offset by higher

interest results from Treasury

(with an offset in other income). Net fee and commission income decreased 5.8%

on 2019, mainly due to lower syndicated deal activity in Lending and lower fees in Trade

& Commodity Finance.

Investment and other income rose by EUR 240 million, primarily due to higher valuation results in Financial

Markets, partly offset by Treasury.

Operating expenses rose 9.6% to EUR 3,218 million from EUR 2,937 million in 2019, mainly due to a EUR 260

million goodwill impairment and EUR 124 million of restructuring provisions and impairments recorded in the

fourth quarter of 2020, following the announced refocusing of activities, including an additional impairment on

Payvision. Excluding the aforementioned

incidental items, expenses decreased 3.5%, mainly due to lower

regulatory costs and the impact of continued cost-efficiency measures

as well as lower travel expenses as a result

of the Covid-19 restrictions.

The net addition to loan loss provisions rose to EUR 1,351 million, or 75 basis points of average customer

lending,

compared with EUR 532 million, or 29 basis points, in 2019. The increase was predominantly due to various

Individual Stage 3 provisions, including a sizeable provision for an alleged

external fraud case in 2020, and high

collective Stage 1 and Stage 2 provisions as a result of the economic impact of the Covid-19 pandemic, including

EUR 192 million of collective provisions related to the worsened macro

-economic indicators.

Lending posted a result before tax of EUR 691 million, down 56.7% compared

with EUR 1,597 million in 2019,

predominantly due to elevated risk costs. Risk costs

in 2020 were primarily impacted by various large individual

files, including a sizeable provision for an alleged external fraud

case, as well as the economic impact of the

Covid-19 pandemic. Lending income declined 3.2%, reflecting lower lending margins and lower syndicated deal

activity. Expenses declined 3.1%, mainly due to lower regulatory costs.

The result before tax from Daily Banking & Trade

Finance fell to EUR 246 million from EUR 476 million in 2019.

This decline was due to lower income and higher expenses, partly offset by lower risk costs as previous year

included a sizeable provision for an external fraud case. The decline in income

mainly reflect lower margins on

current accounts as well as lower fee income, mainly in Trade

& Commodity Finance as a result of lower average

oil prices. Expenses rose 9.8%, mainly due to impairments on Payvision’s

intangible assets.

Financial Markets recorded a result before

tax of EUR 230 million, compared with a loss of EUR 121 million in

  1. The increase was predominantly due to higher income, which included EUR 73 million of positive valuation

adjustments versus EUR -228 million in 2019, and lower expenses in part due to lower staff

expenses and

regulatory costs. Excluding valuation adjustments,

pre-tax result rose by EUR 50 million compared with 2019,

mainly in the Global Capital Markets business.

The result before tax of Treasury

& Other was EUR -339 million compared with EUR -123 million in 2019. This

decline was mainly explained by a EUR 260 million goodwill impairment and EUR 95 million of restructuring

provisions and related impairments following the announced refocusing

of activities, partly offset by higher

Treasury income.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

82

Year ended 31 December 2019 compared to year

ended 31 December 2018

The net result of Wholesale Banking declined to EUR 474 million in 2019 compared with EUR 1,935 million in

  1. The adjustment of the EU ‘IAS 39 carve-out’, included in the net result, turned to a loss of EUR 878 million

in 2019, from EUR 58 million in 2018, due to fair value changes on derivatives related

to asset-liability-

management activities for the mortgage and savings portfolios in the Benelux, Germany,

France and Czech

Republic. These fair value changes are mainly a result of changes in market

interest rates. No hedge accounting is

applied to these derivatives under IFRS-IASB. The net result IFRS-EU, which excludes

the adjustment of the EU

‘IAS 39 carve-out’, declined to EUR 1,352 million from EUR 1,877 million in 2018.

The full-year 2019 results for Wholesale Banking show that conditions were challenging in our markets.

The

result before tax dropped 27.6% to

EUR 1,830 million, down from EUR 2,529 million in 2018. The decline reflects

elevated risk costs (compared with a relatively low level

a year ago), lower revenues in mainly Financial Markets

and Lending, as well as higher expenses.

Total

income of Wholesale Banking fell 3.8% to EUR 5,298 million compared with 2018, mainly reflecting lower

revenues in Financial Markets, Lending and Treasury

-related revenues, while 2018 included the aforementioned

loss on the intended sale of an Italian lease run-off portfolio. In 2019, the net core lending book (adjusted for

currency impacts and excluding Treasury

and the Lease run-off portfolio) grew by EUR 1.1 billion. The inflow in

net customer deposits (excluding currency impacts and Treasury)

was EUR 3.1 billion. Net interest income

increased 2.9%, mainly driven by volume growth in Lending at lower margins and higher interest

results in Daily

Banking & Trade Finance, especially in Bank Mendes Gans and Payments

& Cash Management. Net fee and

commission income declined 1.5%. Investment and other income fell by EUR 304 million, mainly due to lower

valuation results in Financial Markets, while previous year included a gain

on a bond transaction in Belgium and a

loss on the intended sale of an Italian lease run-off portfolio.

Operating expenses rose 6.0% to EUR 2,937 million, in part due to higher regulatory costs. Excluding

regulatory

costs, expenses rose 4.7%, mainly attributable to higher KYC,

IT and staff-related expenses, partly offset

by

continued cost-efficiency savings. The cost/income ratio

increased to 55.4%, from 50.3% in 2017.

Risk costs increased to EUR 532 million, or 29 basis points of average customer

lending, from a relatively low EUR

210 million, or 12 basis points of average customer lending, in previous year.

The increase was mainly

attributable to a number of large individual files, including a sizeable provision for

a suspected external fraud

case.

Lending posted a result before tax of EUR 1,597 million, down 20.4% compared

with 2018. The decline reflects

lower income combined with higher expenses (including increased regulatory costs and KYC

-related expenses)

and higher risk costs due to a number of large individual files. Despite higher average volumes, Lending income

declined, mainly due to some pressure on margins and the EUR 66 million gain related to an equity-linked

bond

in Belgium recorded in 2018.

The result before tax from Daily Banking & Trade

Finance declined 24.3% to EUR 476 million from EUR 629

million in 2018. A modest increase in income, reflecting improved margins at lower average

volumes, could not

compensate for higher expenses and elevated

risk costs. The increased expenses reflect higher regulatory costs

and KYC-related expenses as well as investments

in Payvision and regulatory changes (including PSD2). Risk costs

in 2019 included a sizeable provision for a suspected external fraud

case.

Financial Markets recorded a result before

tax of EUR -121 million, compared with EUR -36 million in 2018. The

drop was predominantly due to lower income, which was impacted by EUR 228 million of negative

valuation

adjustments versus EUR -1 million in 2018, in part offset by lower expenses on the back of ongoing cost efficiency

measures. Excluding valuation adjustments, pre-tax

result rose by EUR 142 million compared with 2018, driven

by higher client income.

The result before tax of Treasury

& Other was EUR -123 million compared with EUR -70 million in 2018. This

decline was mainly due to lower results from Treasury

-related activities and Corporate Investments,

whereas the

result of the run-off businesses improved after the EUR 123 million loss on the intended sale of an Italian Lease

run-off portfolio recorded in 2018. Expenses increased mainly due to investments

in KYC enhancement and

innovation, while 2018 included a release from a legal provision.

B.

Liquidity and capital resources

ING believes that its working capital is sufficient for its present requirements.

For information regarding our material

short and long- term cash requirements from known contractual and

other obligations, see “Additional

information – ING Group Risk Management section Funding and liquidity risk”

and “Note 51 – Capital Management” in the consolidated financial statements.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

83

For information on legal or economic restrictions on the ability of subsidiaries to transfer

funds to the company

in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances, see “Note 19 – Equity” in the consolidated financial statements.

For information on the maturity profile of borrowings and a further description of the borrowings, please see

“Note 17 - Debt securities in issue”,

“Note 18 - Subordinated Loans” and “Note 41 – Liabilities and off-balance

sheet commitments by maturity” in the consolidated financial statements.

For information on currency and interest

rate structure,

see “Additional information

– ING Group Risk

Management section Market risk” and “Additional

information – ING Group Risk Management section Funding

and liquidity risk”.

For information on the use of financial instruments for hedging purposes, please see “Note 39 - Derivatives

and

hedge accounting” in the consolidated financial statements.

ING Group Consolidated Cash Flows

cash and cash equivalents

Amounts in millions of euros

2020

2019

2018

Treasury bills and other eligible bills

0

43

159

Amounts due from/to banks

478

786

–2,617

Cash and balances with central banks

111,087

53,202

49,987

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

111,566

54,031

47,529

Year ended 31 December 2020 compared to

year ended 31 December 2019

Net cash flow from operating activities amounts to EUR 101,243 million for the year-end 2020, compared

to EUR

13,055 million at 31 December 2019. The increase in cash flow from operating activities of EUR 88,187 million is

explained by higher cash inflows from Loans and advances to banks (increase of EUR 56,989 million to EUR

53,078 million in 2020 due to new TLTRO III as the ECB modified the terms

and conditions of its TLTRO programm

to further support the provision of credit to households and firms in view of the COVID-19 pandamic) and

Customer deposits (increase of EUR 21,700 million to EUR 39,740 million in 2020) as well as lower cash outflows

of Loans and advances to Customers (decrease of EUR 19,563 million to EUR 2,876 in 2020) and Trading

assets

and liabilities (decrease of EUR 5,134 million to EUR 2,566 in 2020). The increases are partly offset by lower cash

inflows from (reverse) repurchase

transactions (decrease EUR 12,041 to EUR -933 million in 2020).

Net cash flow from investing activities amounts to EUR -8,487 million compared to

EUR -2,495 million in 2019 the

net cash flow from investing activities decreased by EUR 5,992 million. The movement is explained by

a net

increase in Securities at amortised costs of EUR 6,337 million.

Net cash flow from financing activities amounts to EUR -34,796 million in 2020, compared to EUR -4,154 million

in 2019. The decrease of EUR 30,642 million is explained by a net decrease of EUR 30,200 million of debt

securities and EUR 3,117 million of subordinated loans offset by lower dividend payments of EUR 2,676 million.

The operating, investing and financing activities described above result in an increase of EUR 57,960 million in

cash and cash equivalents to EUR 111,566 at year end 2020. The increase in cash and cash equivalent

was

supported by the combination of lower demand for credit and the continued inflow of customer

deposits as

result of Covid-19, as well as the TLTRO

III participation.

Year ended 31 December 2019 compared to year

ended 31 December 2018

Net cash flow from operating activities amounts to EUR 13,055 million for the year

-end 2019, compared to EUR

6,915 million at 31 December 2018. The increase in cash flow from operating activities of EUR 6,140 million is

explained by lower cash outflows from Loans and advances to customer (increase

of EUR 14,669 million to EUR -

16,687 million in 2019), an increase in other (increase of EUR 7,685 million to EUR + 11,752 million in 2019)

mainly relating to assets mandatorily at fair value through profit

or loss and other financial liabilities at fair value

through profit and loss. The increases are offset by a cash outflow of trading assets and liabilities (decrease

of

EUR 12,478 million to EUR – 2,568 million) and a cash outflow in loans and advances to banks (decrease of EUR

3,700 million to EUR – 3,911 million).

Net cash flow from investing activities amounts EUR – 2,495 million compared to EUR + 5,451 million in 2018 the

net cash flow from investing activities decreased by EUR 7,946 million. The movement is explained by

a decrease

in financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income in investments

and advances of EUR 5,753

million to EUR – 16,270 million and securities at amortised costs (decreased by EUR 5,708 million to EUR + 13,001

million). Moreover,

financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income decreased

by EUR 2,267

million to EUR + 13,390 in disposals and redemptions. These movements are offset by an increase in securities at

amortised costs of investments and advances (increase of EUR 5,717 million to EUR – 12,268 million).

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

84

Net cash flow from financing activities amounts EUR – 4,154 million in 2019, compared to EUR 15,983 million in

  1. The decrease of EUR 20,137 million is explained by a decrease of EUR -61,750 million to EUR + 90,793

million in proceeds from debt securities and offset by an increase of EUR 36,673 million to EUR – 94,497 million

in repayments of debt securities.

The operating, investing and financing activities described above result in an increase of EUR 6,406 million in cash

and cash equivalents to EUR 54,031 at year end 2019.

C.

Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.

Not applicable.

D.

Trend information

For information regarding trend

information, see Item 5.A of this Form 20-F.

E.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Reference is made to Note 1 ‘accounting

policies’ to the consolidated financial statements, for detailed

information on Critical Accounting Estimates.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

85

Item 6. Directors,

Senior Management and

Employees

A.

Directors and senior management

Executive Board

Appointment, suspension and dismissal

Members of the Executive Board are appointed, suspended and dismissed by the General

Meeting. For the

appointment of Executive Board members, the Supervisory Board may draw

up a binding list, which may be

rendered non-binding by the General Meeting. A resolution of the General Meeting to render this list non-

binding, or to suspend or dismiss Executive Board members without this being proposed by the Supervisory

Board, requires an absolute majority of the votes cast. Additionally,

this majority must represent more than half

of the issued share capital. The Articles of Association exclude the waiver of the latter

requirement in a second

General Meeting. This ensures that significant shareholders proposals cannot

be adopted in a General Meeting

with a low attendance rate and can only be adopted with substantial

support of ING Group’s shareholders.

Candidates for appointment to the Executive

Board are subject to a suitability and reliability assessment by the

Dutch Central Bank and European Central Bank (DNB and ECB) and must continue

to meet these while in

function.

Function of the Executive Board

The Executive Board is charged with the management of ING Group. This includes responsibility for

setting and

achieving ING Group’s strategy,

objectives and policies, as well as ensuring the delivery of results. It also includes

the day-to-day management of ING Group. The Executive

Board is accountable for the performance of these

duties to the Supervisory Board and the General Meeting. The responsibility for the management of ING Group is

vested in the Executive Board collectively.

The organisation, powers and modus operandi of the Executive

Board

are detailed in the Charter of the Management Board.

The Charter of the Management Board is available on ing.com.

In accordance with the Banker’s Oath that is taken

by the members of the Executive Board, they must carefully

consider the interests of all stakeholders

of ING. In that consideration they must put the customer’s interests

at

the centre of all their activities.

ING Group indemnifies the members of the Executive Board against

direct financial losses in connection with

claims from third parties, as far as permitted by law,

on the conditions laid down in the Articles of Association

and their commission contract. ING Group has taken

out liability insurance for the members of the Executive

Board.

Profile of members of the Executive Board

ING Group aims for its Executive Board to have

an adequate and balanced composition. The Supervisory Board

regularly assesses the composition of the Executive

Board.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

86

The Supervisory Board has drawn up a profile to be used as a basis for selecting members of the Executive Board,

which is available on ing.com. This profile among others includes guidelines that relate to

the composition of the

Executive Board.

Diversity and succession planning

ING aims for the Executive Board of ING to consist of a diverse

selection of persons with executive experience,

preferably gained in the banking sector,

experience in corporate governance of large

stock-listed companies and

experience in the political and social environment in which such companies operate. In addition, there

should be

a good balance in the experience of and affinity with the desired nature and culture of the business of ING. ING

strives to have at least 30 percent of the seats held by

women, and at least 30 percent of the seats by men.

In 2018, ING introduced a new principle in a bid to bolster diversity within our organisation.

The 70 percent

principle gives managers a basis for building mixed teams around appropriate

dimensions of diversity (with a

focus on gender,

nationality and age group) and strives for a 30 percent difference

in team composition. It is our

ambition to adhere to this principle across the organisation within both local and global teams. This principle is

incorporated into succession planning for the Executive

Board.

The Supervisory Board is responsible for selecting and nominating candidates for appointment or reappointment

to the Executive Board,

among others based on the Executive Board profile.

Finding suitable candidates remains challenging, as there are numerous requirements

to take into account,

including gender to enhance the composition of the Executive Board and specific criteria for each function,

including regulatory requirements.

As an example to demonstrate the aforementioned:

with the departure of the CEO Ralph Hamers on 30 June

2020, the Supervisory Board was faced with the challenge of appointing a successor.

Considering all aspects the

Supervisory Board appointed Steven van Rijswijk as the successor of Ralph Hamers with effect

from 1 July 2020.

The Supervisory Board concluded that Steven van Rijswijk has the right combination of experience, leadership

skills and deep understanding of ING’s business to lead ING into

the next phase of ING’s strategic

direction.

With the position change of Steven van Rijswijk on 1 July 2020, the CRO position became vacant.

ING appointed Ljiljana Čortan as CRO of ING and member of the Management Board Banking with effective date

1 January 2021. The Supervisory Board will propose to the shareholders to appoint Ljiljana Čortan as member of

the Executive Board at the AGM on 26 April 2021. In terms of the dimensions of diversity,

Ljiljana Čortan will add

both nationality and gender diversity to the Executive Board and Management

Board in line with our 70 percent

principle.

Succession planning for Executive Board positions is continuously worked

on, balancing the career advancement

of (female) senior managers, considering female candidates for

the role and bringing in talents from outside the

bank.

On 31 December 2020, there were no female members of the Executive Board.

ING considers that the preferred

gender balance will be achieved with the appointment of Ljiljana Čortan following the AGM on 26 April 2021.

ING is still looking long term and taking steps to improve the appointment

of women in senior positions

throughout the bank in line with the adopted diversity and inclusion principle.

Remuneration and share ownership

Members of the Executive Board are permitted to

hold shares in the share capital of ING Group for long-term

investment purposes. Transactions

by members of the Executive Board in these shares are subject to the ING

regulations for insiders. These regulations are available

on ing.com.

Details of the remuneration of members of the Executive

Board, including shares granted to them, together with

additional information, are provided in the Remuneration

report.

Ancillary positions/conflicting interests

No member of the Executive Board has corporate directorships

at listed companies outside ING.

Transactions involving actual or potential conflicts of interest

In accordance with the DCGC, transactions with members of the Executive Board in which there

are significant

conflicts of interest will be disclosed in the Annual Report.

Significant conflicting interests are considered

to be absent and are not reported if a member of the Executive

Board obtains financial products and services, other than loans, which are provided by ING Group subsidiaries in

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

87

the ordinary course of their business on terms that apply to all employees. In connection with the

aforementioned, such loans do not include banking and financial products in which the granting of credit is of a

secondary nature, e.g. credit cards and overdrafts in current

account.

For an overview of loans granted to members of the Executive

Board, the Remuneration report.

Information on members of the Executive Board

S.J.A. (Steven) van Rijswijk, chief executive officer (CEO)

(Born 1970, Dutch nationality, male; appointed

in 2017, term expires in 2021)

Steven van Rijswijk has been a member of the Executive Board since 8 May 2017. He was appointed

CEO and

chairman of the Executive Board and the Management Board Banking with effect

from 1 July 2020. Prior to this

he was ING’s CRO. The Supervisory Board will propose

to the shareholders to reappoint him as member of the

Executive Board and CEO of ING Group at the AGM on 26 April 2021.

He is responsible for the proper functioning of the Executive Board, the Management Board

Banking and its

committees, formulating and implementing ING’s

strategy and acting as main contact for the Supervisory Board.

He is also responsible for the following departments: Innovation, Legal,

Corporate Strategy,

Corporate HR, Centre

of Excellence Communications and Brand Experience and Corporate Audit Services. Steven

van Rijswijk joined

ING in 1995 in the Corporate Finance department holding various positions in the areas of Mergers and

Acquisitions and Equity Markets. Before becoming a member of the Executive

Board, he was global head of Client

Coverage at Wholesale Banking.

He holds a master’s degree in business economics from Erasmus University Rotterdam

(the Netherlands).

Relevant positions pursuant to CRD IV

CEO and chairman of the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V.

and of the Management Board Banking of ING Bank

N.V.

Other relevant ancillary positions

Member of the Management Board of the Dutch Banking Association (Nederlandse Vereniging van

Banken),

member of the Board of Directors of the Institute of International Finance, Inc.

T. (Tanate) Phutrakul, chief financial officer (CFO)

(Born 1965, Thai nationality, male; appointed in 2019, term expires

in 2023)

Tanate

Phutrakul was appointed as CFO of ING Groep N.V.

and ING Bank N.V.

and member of the Management

Board Banking of ING Bank on 7 February 2019. Subsequently, he was appointed

as a member of the Executive

Board of ING Groep N.V.

at the AGM on 23 April 2019.

Tanate

Phutrakul is responsible for ING’s

financial departments, Group Treasury (including capital

management

activities), Investor Relations, Group Research

and Regulatory and International Affairs. Before

his appointment

to the Executive Board, he was ING Group controller

in Amsterdam and between 2015-2018 he was the CFO of

ING in Belgium.

He holds a master’s degree in Engineering from Imperial College, University of London, and an MBA from

Harvard

Business School.

As from 1 July 2020 Tanate

Phutrakul temporarily assumed the responsibility for risk on the Executive

Board until

the appointment of a successor to ING’s former CRO

Steven van Rijswijk.

Relevant positions pursuant to CRD IV

CFO and member of the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V.,

CFO and member of the Management Board Banking

of ING Bank N.V.,

and Non-executive member of the board of ING Belgium N.V./S.A.

Other relevant ancillary positions

None.

Temporary status chief risk officer (CRO)

With the position change of Steven van Rijswijk on 1 July 2020, the CRO position became vacant.

In November 2020, ING announced the appointment of Ljiljana Čortan as CRO and member of the Management

Board Banking from 1 January 2021. In the interim,

the day-to-day risk management activities were performed by

Karst Jan Wolters

,

reporting to chief financial officer Tanate

Phutrakul.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

88

Changes in the composition

Ralph Hamers stepped down from his position as CEO and chairman of the Executive Board of ING Groep

N.V.

and of the Management Board Banking of ING Bank N.V.

as of 30 June 2020.

He was succeeded by Steven van Rijswijk.

The Supervisory Board will propose to the shareholders to appoint Ljiljana Čortan as member of the Executive

Board of ING Group at the AGM on 26 April 2021 (see ‘Diversity and succession planning’ above).

Supervisory Board

Appointment, suspension and dismissal

Members of the Supervisory Board are appointed, suspended and dismissed by the General Meeting. For the

appointment of Supervisory Board members, the Supervisory Board may draw up a binding list, which may be

rendered non-binding by the General Meeting.

A resolution of the General Meeting to render this list non-binding, or to suspend or dismiss Supervisory Board

members without this being proposed by the Supervisory Board, requires an absolute majority of the votes cast.

Additionally, this majority must represent

more than half of the issued share capital. The Articles of Association

exclude the waiver of the latter requirement

in a second General Meeting. This ensures that significant proposals

of shareholders cannot be adopted in a General Meeting with a low attendance

rate and can only be adopted

with substantial support of ING Group’s

shareholders.

Candidates for appointment to the Supervisory Board are subject to a suitability and reliability assessment by

the

Dutch Central Bank and European Central Bank (DNB and ECB) and must continue

to meet these while in

function.

Function of the Supervisory Board

The function of the Supervisory Board is to supervise the policy

(beleid)

of the Executive Board and the general

course of affairs of ING Group and the business connected with it, as well as to

provide advice to the Executive

Board.

In line with Dutch company law,

the Articles of Association, the DCGC as well as the Charter of the Supervisory

Board, all members of the Supervisory Board are required to:

•

be guided by the interests of ING Group and the business connected with it, thereby carefully balancing the

interests of all stakeholders

of ING and when drawing that balance, give paramount importance to the

customer’s interest, as set out in the Dutch Banker’s

Oath;

•

foster a culture focused on long-term value creation,

financial and non-financial risk awareness, compliance

with the Company’s risk appetite, responsible and ethical behaviour and stimulate

openness and

accountability within ING and its subsidiaries;

•

perform their duties without mandate and independent of any interest in the business of ING;

•

refrain from supporting one interest without regard

to the other interests involved;

and

•

ensure that it functions effectively.

According to the Banker’s Oath that is taken

by the members of the Supervisory Board, they must carefully

consider the interests of all stakeholders

of ING. In that consideration they must put the customer’s interests

at

the centre of all their activities. Certain resolutions of the Executive Board, specified in the Articles of Association,

in the Charter of the Management Board and in the Charter of the Supervisory Board, are subject to approval by

the Supervisory Board.

In accordance with the Articles of Association ING Group indemnifies the members of the Supervisory Board as

far as legally permitted against direct

financial losses in connection with claims from third parties lodged or

threatened to be lodged against them by virtue of their service as a member of the Supervisory Board.

Profile of members of the Supervisory Board

The Supervisory Board has drawn up a profile to be used as a basis for its composition. It is available on ing.com.

In view of their experience and the valuable contribution that former members of the Executive

Board can make

to the Supervisory Board, it has been decided, taking into account the size of the Supervisory Board and ING’s

wide range of activities that such individuals may become members of the Supervisory Board of ING Group.

Former Executive Board members must wait at least

one year before becoming eligible for appointment to

the

Supervisory Board.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

89

Former members of the Executive Board are not eligible for appointment

to the position of chairman or vice-

chairman of the Supervisory Board.

After a former member of the Executive Board has been appointed to the

Supervisory Board, this member may

also be appointed to one of the Supervisory Board’s committees.

However,

appointment to the Audit Committee

is only possible if the individual in question resigned from the Executive Board at least three

years prior to such

appointment.

The Supervisory Board of ING shall consist of a mix of persons with executive experience, preferably

gained in the

banking sector,

experience in corporate governance of large stock

-listed companies and experience in the

political and social environment in which such companies operate. In the selection of Supervisory Board

members, ING is striving for a balance in nationality,

gender, age,

and educational and work background. In

addition, there should be a balance in the experience and affinity with the nature and culture of the business of

ING and its subsidiaries. More specifically ING strives to have at least 30 percent

of the seats held by women, and

at least 30 percent of the seats by men. These guidelines that relate to the composition of the Supervisory Board,

are laid down in the Supervisory Board Profile. Based on this profile, the Supervisory Board is responsible for

selecting and nominating candidates for appointment or reappointment to

the Supervisory Board.

With respect to gender diversity,

three female members currently serve on the Supervisory Board: Mariana

Gheorghe, Margarete Haase and Herna Verhagen,

resulting in the Supervisory Board meeting its 30 percent

gender diversity target.

We believe the Supervisory Board is well balanced in terms of other relevant diversity

aspects. Overall, the

preferred emphasis on members with a financial or banking background has been maintained. In terms

of

nationality, the ratio

between Dutch and non-Dutch nationalities in 2020 was 56 - 44 percent.

Other diversity related aspects are also taken

into consideration in light of the overall Supervisory Board

composition.

ChapSuperV

Term of appointment of members of the Supervisory Board

As a general rule, Supervisory Board members step down from the Supervisory Board in the 4th, 8th, 10th or

12th year after their initial appointment. They are eligible for re-appointment

in the 4th year after their initial

appointment and, with explanation, also in the 8th and 10th year.

Under special circumstances the Supervisory Board may,

with explanation, deviate from this general rule, for

instance to maintain a balanced composition of the Supervisory Board and/or to preserve valuable expertise

and

experience. The retirement schedule is available on ing.com.

Ancillary positions/conflicting interests

Members of the Supervisory Board may hold other positions, including directorships, either paid

or unpaid.

CRD IV restricts the total number of supervisory board positions or non-executive directorships

with commercial

organisations that may be held by a Supervisory Board member to four,

or to two, if the Supervisory Board

member also has an executive board position. The European Central

Bank may, under special circumstances,

permit a Supervisory Board member to fulfil an additional supervisory board position or non-executive

directorship. Positions with, inter alia, subsidiaries or qualified holdings are not taken

into account in the

application of these restrictions. Such positions may not conflict with the interests

of ING Group. It is the

responsibility of the individual member of the Supervisory Board and the Supervisory Board collectively to ensure

that the directorship duties are performed properly and are

not affected by any other positions that the

individual may hold outside ING Group.

Members of the Supervisory Board are to disclose material conflicts of interest (including potential

conflicts of

interest) and to provide all relevant

information relating to them. The Supervisory Board – excluding the member

concerned – decides whether a conflict of interest exists.

In case of a conflict of interest, the relevant member of the Supervisory Board abstains

from discussions and

decision-making on the topic or the transaction in relation to which he or she has a conflict of interest with ING

Group.

ing20f2020p90i0.jpg

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

90

Transactions involving actual or potential conflicts of interest

In accordance with the DCGC, transactions with members of the Supervisory Board in which there are material

conflicting interests will be disclosed in the Annual Report.

Any relation that a member of the Supervisory Board may have with an ING Group subsidiary as an ordinary,

private individual is not considered a significant conflict of interest.

Such relationships are not reported, with the

exception of any loans that may have

been granted.

For an overview of loans granted to members of the Supervisory Board, see the Remuneration

report.

Independence

The members of the Supervisory Board are requested to assess annually whether the criteria of dependence set

out in the DCGC do not apply to them and to confirm this in writing. On the basis of these criteria, all members of

the Supervisory Board are to be regarded as independent on 31 December 2020. On the basis of the NYSE listing

standards, all members of the Supervisory Board are independent.

Permanent committees of the Supervisory Board

On 31 December 2020, the Supervisory Board had four permanent committees: the Risk Committee, the Audit

Committee, the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee

and the Remuneration Committee. An

organisational chart of the four permanent committees of the Supervisory Board can be found

above.

The organisation, powers and conduct of the Supervisory Board are detailed in the Supervisory Board Charter on

ing.com.

Separate charters have been drawn

up for the Risk Committee, the Audit Committee, the Nomination and

Corporate Governance Committee and the Remunerat

ion Committee. These charters are also available on

ing.com. A short description of the duties of the four permanent committees follows below.

The Risk Committee assists and advises the Supervisory Board with performance of its duties in relation to

overseeing (i) the setting and monitoring of the Company’s

risk appetite and risk strategy for all types of risk

including but not limited to financial and non-financial risk, (ii) the effectiveness of the internal risk management

and control systems and (iii) other related

risk management topics. The Risk Committee shall prepare the

discussions within and decisions of the Supervisory Board on such matters.

On 31 December 2020, the members

of the Risk Committee were: Mike Rees (chairman), Jan Peter

Balkenende, Juan Colombás, Mariana Gheorghe,

Margarete Haase, Herman Hulst, Harold Naus and Hans Wijers.

The Audit Committee assists and advises the Supervisory Board with the performance of its duties in relation to

the integrity and quality of the Company’s financial reporting and the related effectiveness

of the Company’s

internal risk management and control systems

and shall prepare the discussions within and the decisions of the

Supervisory Board on such matters. On 31 December 2020, the members of the Audit Committee were:

Margarete Haase (chairwoman), Juan Colombás, Herman Hulst, Mike Rees

and Hans Wijers.

The appointment of Margarete Haase in 2017 as Supervisory Board member became effective

as per 1 May 2018

and per that date Margarete Haase is considered a financial expert

as defined by the SEC in its final rules

implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

The Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee assists the Supervisory Board with the performance

of its

duties in relation to selection and nomination of among others the Supervisory Board members and

Management Board members,

talent management and the effectiveness of

the Company’s governance arrangements

and shall prepare the discussions with and decisions of the Supervisory

Board on such matters.

On 31 December 2020, the members of the Nomination

and Corporate Governance Committee were: Hans Wijers

(chairman), Mariana Gheorghe and

Herna Verhagen.

The Remuneration Committee assists the Supervisory Board, with the performance of its duties in relation

to

remuneration policies and the application and compliance thereof and shall prepare the discussion within and

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

91

decisions of the Supervisory Board on such matters. In doing so, the Remuneration

Committee will take into

account the adequacy of information provided to shareholders on remuneration

policies and practices. On 31

December 2020 the members of the Remuneration Committee were: Herna Verhagen

(chairwoman), Mariana

Gheorghe, Harold Naus and Hans Wijers.

The composition of the Supervisory Board committees can also be found on ing.com.

Remuneration and share ownership

Remuneration of the members of the Supervisory Board is determined by the General Meeting and is not

dependent on the results of ING Group. Details of remuneration are

provided in the Remuneration report.

Members of the Supervisory Board are permitted to hold shares in the share capital of ING Group for

long-term

investment purposes. Transactions

by members of the Supervisory Board in these shares are subject to the ING

insider regulations,

which are available on ing.com.

Information on members of the Supervisory Board

G.J. (Hans) Wijers (chairman)

(Born 1951, Dutch nationality, male; appointed

in 2017, term expires in 2021)

Former position: chief executive officer and member of the Executive

Board of AkzoNobel N.V.

Relevant positions pursuant to CRD IV

Chairman of the Supervisory Board of ING Groep N.V./ING

Bank N.V.

and member of the supervisory board of Hal

Holding N.V.

Other relevant ancillary positions

Member of the Temasek European

Advisory Panel of Temasek

Holdings Private Limited.

A.M.G. (Mike) Rees

(Born 1956, British nationality, male; appointed in 2019, term

expires in 2023)

Former position: Deputy CEO of Standard

Chartered Bank PLC.

Relevant positions pursuant to CRD IV

Vice-chairman of the Supervisory Board of ING Groep N.V./ING

Bank N.V.,

non-executive chairman of Athla

Capital Management Ltd.,

non-executive chairman of Travelex

Topco Limited

and non-executive chairman of the

board of Satsanga Fintech Holdings.

Other relevant ancillary positions

Non-executive chairman of Mauritius Africa FinTech

Hub.

J.P. (Jan Peter) Balkenende

(Born 1956, Dutch nationality, male; appointed

in 2017, term expires in 2021)

Former position: partner EY (on corporate responsibility).

Relevant positions pursuant to CRD IV

Member of the Supervisory Board of ING Groep N.V./ING

Bank N.V.

Other relevant ancillary positions

Professor of governance, institutions and internationalisation

at Erasmus University Rotterdam

(the

Netherlands), external senior adviser to EY,

member of the Supervisory Board of Goldschmeding Foundation,

chairman of the Board of Maatschappelijke Alliantie (the Netherlands) and chairman of the Board of Noaber

Foundation.

J. (Juan) Colombás

(Born 1962, Spanish nationality, male, appointed in 2020, term

expires in 2024)

Former position: chief operating officer and executive

board member of the board of directors of Lloyds Banking

Group.

Relevant positions pursuant to CRD IV

Member of the Supervisory Board of ING Groep N.V./ING

Bank N.V.

Other relevant ancillary positions

None.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

92

M. (Mariana) Gheorghe

(Born 1956, Romanian nationality, female,

appointed in 2015, term expires in 2023)

Former position: CEO of OMV Petrom SA.

Relevant positions pursuant to CRD IV

Member of the Supervisory Board of ING Groep N.V./ING

Bank N.V.

and non-executive director of ContourGlobal

Plc.

Other relevant ancillary position

Member of the Advisory Council of the Bucharest Academy of Economic Studies, Romania.

M. (Margarete) Haase

(Born 1953, Austrian nationality, female;

appointed in 2017, term expires in 2021)

Former position: CFO of Deutz AG.

Relevant positions pursuant to CRD IV

Member of the Supervisory Board of ING Groep N.V./ING

Bank N.V.

(effective per 1 May 2018), member of the

supervisory board and chairwoman of the audit committee of Fraport AG, member of the supervisory board and

chairwoman of the audit committee of Osram Licht AG, and member of the supervisory board and chairwoman

of the audit committee of Marquard & Bahls AG.

Other relevant ancillary positions

Chairwoman of the Employers Association of Kölnmetall and member of the German Corporate Governance

Commission.

H.A.H. (Herman) Hulst

(Born 1955, Dutch nationality, male, appointed

in 2020, term expires in 2024)

Former position: global vice chair EY Japan and member of Global Practice Group.

Relevant positions pursuant to CRD IV

Member of the Supervisory Board of ING Groep N.V./ING

Bank N.V.

Other relevant ancillary positions

None.

H.H.J.G. (Harold) Naus

(Born 1969, Dutch nationality, male, appointed

in 2020, term expires in 2024)

Former position: global head of Trading Risk Management

and general manager Market Risk management of ING

Bank N.V.

Relevant positions pursuant to CRD IV

Member of the Supervisory Board of ING Groep N.V./ING

Bank N.V.

,

CEO of Cardano Risk Management B.V.

and

CFO of Cardano Holding Ltd.

Other relevant ancillary positions

Chairman of the Curatorium VU Amsterdam “Risk Management for

Financial Institutions”

H.W.P.M.A. (Herna) Verhagen

(Born 1966, Dutch nationality, female;

appointed in 2019, term expires in 2023)

Former position: member of the Supervisory Board of SNS Reaal N.V.

(now: SRH N.V.).

Relevant positions pursuant to CRD IV

Member of the Supervisory

Board of ING Groep N.V./ING

Bank N.V.

CEO of PostNL N.V.

and non-executive board

member and chairwoman of the nomination committee of Rexel SA.

Other relevant ancillary positions

Member of the supervisory board,

member of the audit committee of Het Concertgebouw N.V

,

member of the

advisory council of Goldschmeding Foundation and member of the Board of VNO-NCW (inherent to her position

at Post NL N.V.).

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

93

Changes in the composition

Eric Boyer de la Giroday and Hermann-Josef Lamberti retired from

the Supervisory Board effective from the close

of 2020 AGM. Juan Colombás, Herman Hulst and Harold Naus were appointed by the AGM of 28 April 2020. The

appointments of Herman Hulst and Harold Naus became effective on this date.

The appointment of Juan

Colombás became effective on 1 October 2020.

Company secretary

The Supervisory Board and Executive Board are assisted by the company secretary

Cindy

van Eldert-Klep.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

94

B. Compensation

Remuneration report

FOR INFORMATION ONLY

In what was a challenging year for ING, one of the biggest factors

influencing our business was

Covid-19. First and foremost,

it’s a human tragedy that has affected

the lives, jobs and wellbeing of

people everywhere, including our customers and employees. Naturally,

it also affected our

business performance, which has a direct impact on the way we recognise

and reward many of our

employees. In this context there will be no changes

to remuneration for the Executive

Board and

the Supervisory Board in 2021 and the Executive Board will forgo

their variable remuneration for

performance year 2020.

ING’s approach to remuneration

is designed to attract, motivate and retain

people with the skills, abilities, values

and behaviours needed to achieve its strategy.

At the same time, we have a responsibility to be balanced and

fair,

taking into account all our stakeholders

in what was, and continues to be, a difficult environment.

That’s why we aim to have an ongoing dialogue with our regulators,

customers, shareholders , works councils

and other stakeholder groups. Due to the Covid-19 restrictions,

we engaged with our stakeholders

in 2020 mainly

through indirect and online channels. This included consultations in preparation for

this year’s remuneration

approach, strengthening the link between performance and remuneration

outcomes. We will continue these

interactions in 2021.

Our view on remuneration

ING seeks to effectively reward

success and avoid rewarding for failure.

We aim to offer well-balanced

remuneration that focuses on creating short-

and long-term value for all our stakeholders. We

make our biggest

contribution to society through our business: processing payments, providing loans and protecting

people’s

money. At

the same time, as a gatekeeper to the financial system

we have responsibility to keep our bank safe,

secure and compliant. Achieving the balance between our function as a bank and managing the inherent risks

this brings, is reflected in our remuneration approach.

Our remuneration principles are important to achieve our strategy

and our purpose – empowering people to stay

a step ahead in life and in business. These principles apply to all employees, including members of the Executive

Board.

The 2020 Remuneration Report is subject to an advisory vote at the AGM in April 2021. In the report we

look

back on the year 2020. We report on ING’s

performance and how 2020 events such as the coronavirus pandemic

impacted our business results and subsequently remuneration. We

explain how the Executive Board and

Supervisory Board remuneration policies are implemented and share details of remuneration

awarded in 2020 to

the Executive Board and to the Supervisory Board. In addition, we also set out the key performance

indicators for

the year ahead.

Halfway through the year,

Steven van Rijswijk succeeded Ralph Hamers as chief executive

officer.

The same

remuneration principles apply to him as did to his predecessor.

As such, Steven’s remuneration

until 1 July 2020

is reflected in his previous role as chief risk officer,

and in the second half of the year as CEO.

In line with ING’s commitment to increase transparency

and accountability,

this year we provide insight into the

organisational as well as the personal performance objectives of the Executive

Board members. Among other

things we aim to clarify the performance metrics used for awarding variable remuneration,

how targets are set,

how achievements are measured, and the important role risk management plays

in influencing remuneration,

including the pre-

and post award risk assessment.

In addition, we set out the remuneration approach that applies to all employees. We

explain more about how

remuneration works within ING. This includes the performance management process

and its link to

remuneration, as well as the measures we have in place to mitigate

risk.

Remuneration policy

This 2020 Remuneration Report is the first to reflect

ING’s new Executive Board

and Supervisory Board

remuneration policies, which came into effect

on 1 January 2020. The policies were drawn up based on the

various viewpoints, interests, remarks

and concerns of our stakeholder groups. When presented

in March 2020,

stakeholders were largely

positive. At the Annual General Meeting (AGM) in April 2020, shareholders approved

the Executive Board and Supervisory Board remuneration policies with 94.4% and 98.6% of the votes

respectively.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

95

Under the 2020 policy, and in line with the requirements laid down in the Dutch Banking Code, the total

direct

compensation of the Executive Board is below the median of our peer group. This group is selected on the basis

of geography,

talent market, size and governance framework,

as well as a balancing factor to ensure relevance of

our benchmark. Our peer group in 2020 consists of eight comparable Dutch companies and eight relevant

European financial services providers, which are listed in the ‘Total

direct compensation’

paragraph.

Performance year 2020

The impact of the global coronavirus pandemic reverberated

across all of our businesses in all locations. While

2020 was a tough year,

ING’s financial results remained resilient and

we continued to attract more primary

customers, even during the wide-spread lockdowns that

took place around the world. At the same time, the

economic headwinds required us to remain flexible and sharpen our focus on activities that will ensure ING

delivers on its strategic priorities. And of course, there

is a link between performance and remuneration.

In light of the economic headwinds and the pressure Covid-19 placed on our business, our customers and on

society, the Supervisory Board and the Executive

Board jointly agreed that the Executive Board members

will not

receive any variable remuneration rela

ted to the performance year 2020.

Additionally, the Supervisory Board decided not to increase the base salary of Executive

Board members from 1

January 2021. The fees for the Supervisory Board will also be unchanged for 2021.

For all other eligible staff,

variable remuneration is based on group, business line and individual performance

criteria, is for at least 50% based on non-financial targets and comes in the form

of discretionary and collective

variable remuneration. The total amount awarded

was significantly lower than for the previous year,

reflecting

declining financial performance and recognising broader stakeholder

interests. The biggest reductions occur at

the more senior levels of the organisation (see ‘2020 specifics’ for more information).

This is in line with the

recommendations of the European Central Bank urging moderation

with respect to awarding variable

remuneration. Similarly,

ING complies with the prevailing ECB recommendation on shareholder distributions.

In closing, I’d like to

express my heartfelt gratitude

to every ING employee, at every level of the organisation, for

their ongoing commitment and dedication over the past year.

It hasn’t always been easy to adapt to working at a

distance, often while also juggling the demands of family life or recovering from

illness. Yet even in the most

challenging circumstances, they have shown true orange spirit and continued

to take things on and make them

happen for customers, for ING and for all stakeholders.

Thank you.

Herna Verhagen

Chairman of the Supervisory Board Remuneration Committee

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

96

Remuneration Report Executive Board and Supervisory Board

FOR ADVISORY VOTE AT

2021 ING GROEP N.V.

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING (AGM)

About this report

This Remuneration Report explains the 2020 Executive

Board remuneration policy (hereafter called the 2020 EB

remuneration policy) and 2020 Supervisory Board remuneration policy (hereafter

called the 2020 SB

remuneration policy) and how these have been implemented. Both these policies were approved

at the 2020

AGM. This section of the report is the Remuneration Report as referred

to in the Dutch act implementing the

Shareholder Rights Directive II (SRD II). It will be presented to shareholders at

the 2021 AGM for an advisory vote.

An explanation of how the results of this vote are taken

into account will be included in the 2021 Remuneration

Report.

This report is prepared in the spirit of the draft (non-binding) ‘Guidelines on the standardised

presentation of the

remuneration report’ from the European Commission published in March 2019. Although the finalised guidelines

were expected to be published in 2020, these were not available at

the time of preparing this report. In that

context therefore,

2020 should still be considered a transitional year though with increased transparency where

possible. This is for instance processed in the paragraphs ‘2020 Executive

Board performance assessment &

reward process’ and ‘2020 Executive Board

performance evaluation’.

In the 2021 Remuneration Report we aim

to disclose fully in line with the final guidelines (if available).

2020 AGM

The 2019 Remuneration Report was presented

for an advisory vote at the AGM held on 28 April 2020 (hereafter

called the 2020 AGM). The outcome was that 93.4% of shareholders were in favour

of the report. There were no

additional comments or questions on the advisory vote, aside from the ask for additional transparency on

variable remuneration of the Executive Board. As explained

at the 2020 AGM, the 2019 Remuneration Report

included a new approach for Executive Board variable remuneration

also setting out how this links to

performance as of performance year 2020. The 2020 Remuneration Report

aims to provide greater transparency

regarding the Executive Board performance,

as also promised during our stakeholder consultation.

In addition to the 2019 Remuneration Report, the 2020 EB remuneration

policy and 2020 SB remuneration policy

were up for a binding vote at the 2020 AGM. To

come to a balanced proposal we incorporated feedback

from the

broad stakeholder consultation carried

out in the autumn and winter of 2019. This extensive stakeholder reach-

out was essential before any decision over 2020 was taken.

The vote was 94.4% in favour of the EB remuneration

policy and 98.6% in favour of the SB remuneration policy.

Both policies were adopted by shareholders and

became effective retroactively

from 1 January 2020 until the 2024 AGM at the latest.

We remain aware of the fact that

remuneration is an important topic for many

stakeholder groups and that

viewpoints on the topic may vary.

The Supervisory Board is fully committed to ensuring that our approach to

remuneration achieves a balance that aligns the best interest

of ING and the viewpoints of our stakeholders.

Stakeholder engagement is a key

element in the formulation of our remuneration policies, as demonstrated

by

the extensive process we carried out in 2019. The Supervisory Board will continue to foster

a transparent

dialogue on remuneration and future policy amendments.

Board changes and business events 2020

Ralph Hamers stepped down as chief executive officer (CEO)

and member of the Executive Board of ING Group

on 30 June 2020. The Supervisory Board appointed Steven van Rijswijk as his successor from 1 July 2020. Steven

van Rijswijk, who was ING’s chief risk officer

(CRO), was already a member of the Executive Board. The agreed

remuneration package for Steven

van Rijswijk is the same as for the previous CEO and in line with the 2020 EB

remuneration policy.

Until the appointment of a new CRO, Karst Jan Wolters,

reporting to chief financial officer (CFO) Tanate

Phutrakul, carried out the day-to-day risk management activities ad interim.

On 6 November 2020 it was

announced that Ljiljana Čortan was appointed as the new CRO and member of the Management Board Banking

effective 1 January 2021. The agreed remuneration package

for Ljiljana Čortan is the same as for the previous

CRO and in line with the 2020 EB remuneration policy.

The targets for 2021 are set in anticipation of her CRO role

as the Supervisory Board will propose to shareholders to appoint her as member of the Executive Board

and CRO

of ING Group at the AGM in April 2021.

Shareholders at the 2020 AGM approved the appointment of Juan Colombás, Herman Hulst and Harold

Naus to

the Supervisory Board. Robert Reibestein resigned from the Supervisory Board effective

from 1 January 2020,

because of persistent health issues, while Eric Boyer de la Giroday and Hermann-Josef Lamberti retired

at the end

of the 2020 AGM.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

97

Main decisions on the remuneration of the Executive Board and Supervisory Board

for 2021

To summarise, the following

decisions have been made in relation to remuneration for

2021:

◾

no changes to the 2020 EB and SB remuneration policies will be proposed;

◾

the Supervisory Board and Executive Board jointly agreed that the Executive

Board members will not

receive any variable remuneration related

to the performance year 2020;

◾

the Supervisory Board decided not to increase the base salary of the Executive Board members from 1

January 2021; and

◾

no changes to the current remuneration structure

for the Supervisory Board members will be made for

2021.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

98

Remuneration Executive

Board

Executive Board remuneration policy

The 2020 EB remuneration policy complies with applicable laws and regulations and is in line with the

remuneration principles that apply to all ING employees.

The 2020 EB remuneration policy is disclosed in full on ing.com under the section ‘Remuneration’.

Should policy

changes be proposed, we will first engage with our stakeholders

to inform and discuss the proposed changes,

after which a revised version of the 2020 EB remuneration policy will be submitted

for adoption by shareholders

at the General Meeting before it becomes effective.

Please note that the following paragraphs, present

a brief

summary of the current applicable 2020 EB remuneration policy.

Total direct compensation

Total

direct compensation is the total of fixed and variable remuneration,

excluding benefits such as pension and

allowances.

Total

direct compensation for the Executive Board members

is determined and reviewed periodically by the

Supervisory Board. In line with the 2020 EB remuneration policy, the Executive

Board’s total

direct compensation

for 2020 was compared to a new peer group as formulated

in the 2020 EB remuneration policy. This peer group

is based on five guiding principles, reflecting ING’s current profile,

and further explained in the 2020 EB

remuneration policy.

These principles can be described as follows.

Guiding principle

Short description

Geography

ING is headquartered in the Netherlands, but has an international profile

Talent market

ING is increasingly experiencing a cross-pollination of talent across

sectors/industries, not limited to traditional banking competitors

Size

ING acknowledges the importance of including companies that are broadly

comparable in terms of size and complexity

Governance framework

ING is subject to the Dutch (financial services) regulatory framework and

operates within a Dutch stakeholder

environment

Balancing

ING acknowledges the importance of retaining sight of relevant peer companies

that do not match on the other criteria

In line with the Dutch Banking Code, the peer group should consist of both financial and non-financial companies,

taking into account the relevant international

context. In addition, the Supervisory Board decided to exclude the

UK and Switzerland from our peer group, due to very different

pay structures in their financial sectors. Smaller

banks and companies were also excluded because these are less complex

compared to a large enterprise like

ING. The composition of the peer group is explicitly not included in the 2020 EB remuneration policy.

In 2020, the

peer group comprised:

1

ABN AMRO

Ahold Delhaize

BBVA

Deutsche Bank

Aegon

ASML

Banco Santander

Intesa Sanpaolo

NN Group

Heineken

BNP Paribas

Societe Generale

Rabobank

Philips

Credit Agricole

UniCredit

We aim to keep our peer group as constant

as possible. In line with the requirements laid down in the Dutch

Banking Code the total direct compensation under the 2020 EB remuneration policy is below the median of the

peer group. The calculation of the position towards the median of the peer group has been performed based on

the actual fixed remuneration 2020 and the actual variable remuneration

related to performance year 2019. Due

to the fact that there was no variable remuneration

related to the current performance year

(2020), we use the

variable remuneration related to the previous

performance year (2019) for this calculation.

1 The exact composition of the peer group is disclosed in the Annual Report annually retroactively.

ing20f2020p99i0.jpg

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

99

Fixed remuneration

The individual base salaries are set according to the role, responsibilities and experience of each Executive Board

member with reference to market

practice. The Remuneration Committee reviews

the individual base salaries of

the Executive Board members each year and advises the Supervisory Board on this. The Supervisory Board has

the discretion to increase the individual base salaries annually. The below factors

are given consideration in

determining their base salaries:

◾

the individual’s level of skill and performance;

◾

ING’s business performance, and market

conditions;

◾

internal pay ratios and salary increases for other employees within ING;

◾

remuneration level at the external peer group;

◾

public indexation reference points

(e.g. consumer price index); and

◾

stakeholder views.

Variable remuneration

Variable remuneration

for Executive Board members is limited to

a maximum of 20% of base salary in line with

legislative requirements. At least 50% of this is based on non-financial performance

criteria. The 2020 EB

remuneration policy provides for an at-target

variable remuneration of 16% of base salary.

If performance

criteria are exceeded, the Supervisory Board can increase the variable component to

the maximum. If

performance is below target, the variable component will be decreased,

potentially to zero. All variable

remuneration is awarded fully in shares. There is a minimum holding period of five years

from the award date

plus an additional holding year as of the vesting date. This combination (i.e. all shares plus a long holding period)

fosters alignment with shareholders and a focus

on the long term.

The Supervisory Board pre-determines the performance criteria for the Executive

Board each year to ensure

alignment between ING's strategy,

performance objectives and long-term interest.

For further details on the pay-out of variable remuneration

please see the 2020 EB remuneration policy which is

disclosed in full on ing.com under the section ‘Remuneration’.

On the right, is a visual illustrating the potential pay-out scheme of variable remuneration

for Executive Board

members.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

100

Pension

Since 1 January 2015, all members of the Executive Board participate in the Collective Defined Contribution

pension plan, which is accrued on an annual salary of up to €110,111 for 2020. This is the same as for all

employees working in the Netherlands without a supplementary pension scheme. Executive Board members

are

compensated for the lack of pension accrual above this amount by means of a savings allowance (see ‘Benefits’),

to be annually determined, on the same terms that apply to other participants in the Dutch pension scheme. The

set-up of this compensation for the lack of pension accrual is in line with best practices.

Benefits

Executive Board members are eligible for additional benefits, such as:

◾

the use of a company car;

◾

contributions to company savings plans;

◾

individual savings allowance;

◾

expatriate allowances (if applicable);

◾

banking and insurance benefits from ING (on the same terms as for other employees of ING in the

Netherlands);

◾

tax and financial planning services to ensure compliance with the relevant legislative requirements.

Tenure

Members of the Executive Board are appointed by shareholders

at the AGM for a maximum period of four years.

They may be reappointed by shareholders at the General

Meeting in line with ING’s Articles of Association and

applicable rules and regulation. Executive Board members have

a commission contract for an indefinite period.

ING has the option to terminate the contract if a member is not reappointed by shareholders

at the AGM, or if

their membership of the Executive Board is terminated. There is a three

-month notice period for individual board

members and a six-month period for ING. During this time the board member continues to work

and in principle

remains eligible for all agreed remuneration components.

In the event of an involuntary exit, Executive Board

members are eligible for an exit arrangement. If termination

of the contract is based on mutual agreement, the Executive Board

member is also eligible for a severance

payment. These arrangements are subject to specific requirements

(e.g. limited to a maximum of one year of

fixed base salary and under the condition that there should be no reward for failure).

If an Executive Board

member departs voluntarily or in circumstances involving fraud,

gross negligence, wilful misconduct or any

activity detrimental to ING, no severance payment or award

of variable remuneration over the performance year

will be made.

Periodic review of the Executive Board remuneration policy and the remuneration

awarded

In accordance with the 2020 EB remuneration policy,

the Supervisory Board annually determines the actual

remuneration for members of the Executive

Board, based on advice from the Remuneration Committee of the

Supervisory Board.

The Remuneration Committee’s

responsibilities include preparing the Supervisory Board for decisions regarding

the individual remuneration of members of the Executive Board.

Remuneration proposals for individual Executive

Board members are drawn up in accordance with the 2020 EB remuneration

policy and cover the following

aspects: remuneration structure, the amount of the fixed and variable

remuneration components, the

performance criteria used, scenario analyses that were carried out and, if and when considered appropriate

stakeholder engagement, review

of the EB remuneration policy,

the pay ratios within the company and its

affiliated enterprises. In the performance of its tasks the Remuneration

Committee works closely together with

the Risk Committee.

The Remuneration Committee takes

note of the views of individual Executive Board members with regard

to the

amount and structure of their own remuneration, including the aspects mentioned above.

Special employment conditions

Special employment conditions, for example to secure the recruitment

of new executives, may be used in

exceptional circumstances subject to approval

by the Supervisory Board. The Supervisory Board aims to minimise

these payments and ensure they are compliant with regulatory requirements.

This is in line with the 2020 EB

remuneration policy.

In 2020, there were none.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

101

2020 Remuneration Executive Board

This section includes details of remuneration for current and former

Executive Board members relating to the

period served on the Executive Board in 2020.

2

In line with the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, ING calculates an internal

ratio of remuneration for Executive

Board members and a representative reference

group. Deemed most relevant for this ratio

is the total direct

compensation of the CEO compared to the average

total direct compensation of all ING employees. On this basis,

the internal ratio in 2020 was 1:28 (2019: 1:31, 2018: 1:29). For the sake of transparency

we also calculate the

ratio of total direct compensation for other Executive

Board members compared to the average

total direct

compensation of all ING employees. On that basis the internal ratio in 2020 was 1:19 (2019: 1:21, 2018: 1:20).

3

The lower ratios for 2020 compared to 2019, are

mainly because the Supervisory Board and the Executive Board

jointly agreed that the Executive Board members will not receive

any variable remuneration award related

to the

performance year 2020.

As was announced in February 2020, Ralph Hamers stepped down from his position as ING’s

CEO and chairman

of the Executive Board on 30 June 2020. As his departure was voluntary,

no exit arrangements were agreed or

paid, in line with the 2020 EB remuneration policy. All outstanding

variable remuneration that was awarded

in

previous years and not yet vested before

his departure, has lapsed. This means he will not receive any future

pay-outs of variable remuneration related

to previous performance years.

Remuneration versus company performance and average employee remuneration

The table on the next page shows the link between directors’ remuneration

(Executive Board and Supervisory

Board members), company performance and the average

remuneration of an ING employee. This is carried out

by showing the development of the remuneration for Executive

Board and Supervisory Board members over the

last five years presented in percentages.

With respect to the remuneration of the Supervisory Board, it should be

noted that there is no link to company performance in order to safeguard

its independent role. No component of

the remuneration of the Supervisory Board members is linked to company

performance, since this is all and only

dependant on attendance.

The relative performance of the company is presented

on three different metrics over the last five years.

The

metrics consist of:

◾

Retail primary relationships

◾

Profit before tax for ING Group

◾

Return on equity based on IFRS-EU Equity.

Finally, we present

the development of the remuneration on average

(per employee). For this number we use

the same data as is used to determine the internal ratio. As ING has only disclosed the internal ratio

since 2017,

no comparison for 2016 and 2015 is presented.

Due to the strict regulations on variable remuneration in the Netherlands (i.e. 20% bonus cap) and to the fact

that Executive Board members were not awarded

any variable remuneration for performance

year 2020, the link

between remuneration and company performance is correlated

but limited. Furthermore, the requirement that

variable remuneration must be based on at least 50% non-financial targets

means there is only a partial

relationship between the company’s financial performance

and the remuneration of Executive Board members.

2 Ralph Hamers stepped down from the Executive Board on 30 June 2020; Tanate

Phutrakul was appointed to the Executive Board

immediately after the AGM on 23 April 2019. Steven van Rijswijk was an Executive Board member for the full years 2018-2019. For 2020, a

pro-rata method is applied to his remuneration as CEO from 1 July 2020.

3 Total direct compensation

comprises fixed base salary and variable remuneration, excluding benefits such as pension arrangements, and

allowances.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

102

Development of directors’ remuneration, company

performance and employee remuneration

Amount in thousands of euros unless otherwise stated

FY 2020

FY 2020 vs FY 2019

6, 7

FY 2019 vs FY 2018

FY 2018 vs FY 2017

8

FY 2017 vs FY 2016

FY 2016 vs FY 2015

Directors remuneration (Executive

Board)

1, 2, 3, 4

Ralph Hamers

888

-55.9%

15.2%

-12.8%

1.4%

2.9%

Steven van Rijswijk

1,499

7.2%

16.2%

-11.8%

-

-

Tanate Phutrakul

1,222

25.6%

-

-

-

-

Company’s performance

4, 5

-

Retail primary relationships (in mln)

13.9

5%

7%

10%

9%

14%

Profit before Tax

ING Group (continuing operations) (in mln)

3,809

-44%

0%

-6%

23%

-4%

Return on equity based on IFRS-EU Equity

4.8%

-49%

-4%

-3%

6%

-

Average employee remuneration

Average fixed and annual variable remuneration

64

-1.7%

7%

-1.1%

-

-

Directors remuneration (Supervisory Board)

5

Hans Wijers

209

3.5%

9.2%

340.5%

-

-

Hermann-Josef Lamberti

48

-66%

1.4%

-1.4%

-5.4%

34.2%

Mike Rees

129

76.7%

-

-

-

-

Jan Peter Balkenende

97

-2%

0%

200%

-

-

Juan Colombás

23

-

-

-

-

-

Mariana Gheorghe

108

-8.5%

12.4%

11.7%

-4.1%

145%

Eric Boyer de la Giroday

38

-64.8%

0%

1.9%

-7%

23.9%

Margarete Haase

105

7.1%

55.6%

-

-

-

Herman Hulst

82

-

-

-

-

-

Harold Naus

82

-

-

-

-

-

Herna Verhagen

121

303.3%

-

-

-

-

1 The remuneration of the Executive Board consists of base salary and variable remuneration (total direct compensation).

2 Variable remuneration of the Executive Board is included in the year in which the performance was delivered

i.e. prior to the year in which it is paid out.

3 The fixed remuneration for the Executive Board did not change in 2019. Hence, the relative total

compensation increase from 2018 to 2019 is fully attributed to the fact that no variable remuneration was awarded

for performance year 2018. In addition, as Tanate Phutrakul

was not an

Executive Board member for the full year,

a comparison between 2018 and 2019 cannot be made.

4 Fixed remuneration for Executive Board members of ING is not linked

to company performance but is predominantly based on a benchmark exercise and total direct compensation of Executive

Board members should stay below the median of the benchmark, based on the Dutch Banking

Code. This has a mitigating effect on the correlation with the company performance.

5 Supervisory Board members do not receive any variable remuneration. Their remuneration is based on fixed fees related

to their role and number of meetings. The high fluctuations are caused by members joining or leaving the Supervisory Board during the year, role changes during the

year, and differences

in the number of meetings. Hence there is no correlation between the Supervisory Board remuneration and the company performance.

6 The decrease in the 2020 versus 2019 comparison for Ralph Hamers is due to the fact that his remuneration is only for the period from 1 January 2020 until 30 June 2020, when he stepped down as an Executive Board member.

The increase for Tanate

Phutrakul in this comparison is

because he was appointed by the AGM on 23 April 2019 and therefore his 2019 remuneration reflects a partial year as an Executive Board member while the 2020 remuneration presents

a full year as an Executive Board member.

The increase for Steven van Rijswijk in this comparison is

caused by his appointment as CEO as of 1 July 2020 and the higher remuneration package.

7 The decrease in the 2020 versus 2019 comparison for Hermann-Josef Lamberti and Eric Boyer de la Giroday is fully attributed to the fact that both retired after

the AGM on 28 April 2020. The increase in this comparison for Mike Rees and Herna Verhagen is because they were appointed

by the AGM on 23 April 2019 and therefore reflect a partial year as Supervisory Board members whereas 2020 is presented as a full year as a Supervisory Board member.

8 The decrease in the 2018 versus 2017 comparison for the CFO and CRO is fully attributed to the fact that for performance year

2018 no variable remuneration was awarded while over performance year 2017 variable remuneration was awarded.

ing20f2020p103i0.jpg

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

103

2020 Executive Board performance assessment & reward process

The Executive Board performance process includes a number of key

steps. This process serves as the foundation

to determine the variable remuneration for

Executive Board members.

At the start of the performance year,

the Supervisory Board approves the financial and non-financial

performance measures applicable to Executive Board members

for the upcoming financial year:

◾

Financial performance measures

including profit-based and return-based measures.

◾

Non-financial performance measures

including customer,

people, strategy and sustainability measures.

Each performance measure is weighted and totals 100%. The Dutch Remuneration

Policy for Financial Enterprises

Act (Wet Beloningsbeleid Financiële Ondernemingen, WBFO) specifies that at least 50% of variable remuneration

metrics must be based on non-financial targets. The performance measures for

the CEO and CFO are based on

group performance. The measures for the CRO are based 75% on functional key

performance indicators (KPIs)

and 25% on group results, in line with regulations for control functions.

Throughout the year,

regular conversations take

place between the Supervisory Board and the Executive Board

to review their performance to date. While no formal assessments are

completed, progress of performance

measures is discussed and the extent to which progress is on track.

At the end of the year,

the Risk Committee and Remuneration Committee are

both responsible for providing

input into and assessing the performance of the Executive Board members to determine

the variable

remuneration to be awarded. They jointly advise the Supervisory Board on the recommendations

to get final

approval of the awards. This follows a multi-step

and integrated process that closely aligns with the way that

variable remuneration is determined for the wider ING workforce.

The process covers an assessment of their

performance, based on individual performance scorecards. It includes KPIs and targets agreed

at the beginning of

the performance year,

along with risk assessments measured on an ex-ante and ex-post risk adjustment basis.

The core performance scorecard for each Executive

Board member consists of both quantitative and qualitative-

based KPIs. Quantitative-based KPIs are assessed on a primarily formulaic basis where the expected target

performance level must be achieved before

the on-target pay-out can be earned. Qualitative-based KPIs are

assessed using a standard three-point rating scale:

1 = maximum = exceeding expectations; 2 = target

= meeting expectations; 3 = threshold = not meeting

expectations. The overall outcome of the performance

scorecard assessment based on the above is the ‘starting

point’ for determining the variable remuneration of the Executive Board

members.

The integrated performance assessment process for

determining variable remuneration also takes

into account

financial and operational performance, risk and compliance, as well as behaviour and conduct of each Executive

Board member.

This is supported by a robust framework for considering risk and conduct, which is in line with

regulations. It includes the following elements:

◾

Performance hurdles

– Executive Board members are only eligible for consideration

for variable

remuneration if both of the performance hurdles are met. This is line with all employees who are eligible

for discretionary variable remuneration. See ‘Performance

hurdles’ for further details.

◾

Risk tests and adjustments

– Performance under three metrics (covering financial and non-financial risk)

is considered against thresholds set at the beginning of the financial year,

taking into account ING’s risk

appetite statement framework. When

these risk tests are not within the risk appetite it may lead to a

downward variable remuneration adjustment.

◾

Ex-post risk assessment

– Adjustments may be made based on risk management performance, including

events that had a financial or reputational impact on ING. Risk and Human Resources also assess

potential holdbacks or clawbacks impacting variable remuneration.

The CRO is responsible for recommending any risk-adjustments

to variable remuneration awards. The final

decision is at the level of the Supervisory Board. The Supervisory Board, based on the advice of the Remuneration

Committee and Risk Committee, decides on any risk adjustments (potentially to zero)

to variable remuneration

for Executive Board members.

As a final step in the process, in exceptional circumstances the Supervisory Board may

apply its discretion to

adjust upwards or downwards the variable remuneration

of Executive Board members.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

104

2020 Executive Board base salary

The base salary of all Executive Board members increased with 1.5% on 1 January 2020, as was announced in our

2019 Annual Report. This decision was based on reliable indexation reference

points, including the (forecast)

Consumer Prices Index 2020, in line with the 2020 EB remuneration policy.

As stated in our 2019 Remuneration

Report, the increase for Executive Board members

is below the collective labour agreement CLA increase for

employees in the Netherlands.

4

2020 Executive Board performance evaluation

The Executive Board is evaluated along the following perform

ance target areas:

Financial

◾

Profit before tax

◾

Return on equity

Non-financial

◾

Customer (except for CRO)

◾

Sustainability

◾

People

◾

Strategic priorities

◾

Regulatory (for CRO only,

replacing Customer)

This section includes more details on the financial and non-financial performance of the Executive Board

members. Key financial achievements, collectively accomplished by the Executive

Board in 2020 in the

predefined target areas are summarised in one table. The non-financial, individual performance

of each the

Executive Board members is summarised in separate

tables.

Financial performance

Measure

Target - minimum

Target - maximum

Performance

Assessment

Profit before tax (CEO/CFO weight

25%, CRO

12.5%)

6,509

7,195

3,809

0%

Return on Equity (CEO/CFO weight 25%, CRO

12.5%)

8%

10%

4.8%

0%

The performance assessment and outcome of the Executive Board members is summarised in the tables

below.

4 The collective salary increase based on the Collective Labour Agreement in the Netherlands (agreed for the period from 1 January 2019 –

31 December 2020), per 1 September 2019 was 3% for all employees in the Netherlands. In addition, per 1 September 2020 another

collective salary increase of 3% took place.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

105

Chief executive officer

Target

Performance

Customer

Increase number of

primary customers

In 2020 the number of primary customers increased by 578,000 to 13.9 million. The increase was lower

than projected at the beginning of 2020 and was impacted by the challenges related to Covid-19.

Sustainability

Cover nine sectors in Terra

In October 2020 the second progress report on Terra

was published. Five of the sectors (automotive,

power generation, residential real estate,

commercial real estate, and cement) are outlined in

comparison to 2019. An additional four sectors - fossil fuels, aviation, steel

and shipping - were added,

in line with the target to cover all nine sectors in scope in 2020, including quantitative

results and

targets. The report’s Climate Alignment

Dashboard shows most sectors are on track for climate

alignment, with progress still needed in some.

People

Improve organisational

health on three priorities

The Organisational Health Pulse survey for 2020 was focused on progress

against three priorities –

direction, leadership and innovation & learning. ING reached significant improvement

across all

business lines with all priorities in the top decile or top quartile.

Strategic priorities

Deliver on the regulatory

commitments

Delivered regulatory commitments related to implementation

of new regulations on time and at the

required levels.

Deliver on the strategic

priorities

  • Migrated all private individual customers

in Belgium to the OneApp/OneWeb services.

  • The Wholesale TOM programme achieved cost, risk and income benefits

and came to a natural close.

  • Stopped the Maggie transformation programme and refocused

our activities to ensure faster

customer delivery and a continuously improving end-to-end digital customer experience.

  • Extended the roll out of ING’s Touchpoint

platform, which gives new and existing business initiatives

access to 25.2 million ING customers (65% of customer base).

  • Introduced innovative services such as CoorpID and Blacksmith, which digitalise the know your

customer process for corporate clients.

Chief financial officer

Target

Performance

Customer

Increase number of

primary customers

In 2020 the number of primary customers increased with 578,000 to 13.9m. The increase was lower

than projected at the beginning of 2020 and was impacted by the challenges of Covid-19.

Sustainability

Green issuance

In 2Q a US$1 billion green bond was issued to fund loans for renewable energy and green buildings,

which was beyond the agreed target.

People

Improve organisational

health on three priorities

The Organisational Health Pulse survey for 2020 was focused on progress

against three priorities –

direction, leadership and innovation & learning. ING reached significant improvement

across all

business lines with all priorities in the top decile or top quartile.

Strategic priorities

Deliver on the regulatory

commitments

Delivered regulatory commitments related to implementation

of new regulations on time and at the

required levels.

Deliver on the strategic

priorities

  • Migrated all private individual customers

in Belgium to the OneApp/OneWeb services.

  • The Wholesale TOM programme achieved cost, risk and income benefits

and came to a natural close.

  • Stopped the Maggie transformation programme and refocused

our activities to ensure faster

customer delivery and a continuously improving end-to-end digital customer experience.

  • Extended the roll out of ING’s Touchpoint

platform, which gives new and existing business initiatives

access to 25.2 million ING customers (65% of customer base).

  • Introduced innovative services such as CoorpID and Blacksmith, which digitalise the know your

customer process for corporate clients.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

106

Chief risk officer

Target

Performance

Regulatory

Deliver on regulatory

commitments

Delivered identified regulatory commitments related to

implementation of new regulations on time

and at the required levels.

Sustainability

Digitalisation of retail

credit risk

Standardisation and digitalisation of retail credit risk processes

in line with target.

Install compliance by

design

Elements of compliance and non-financial risk have been digitalised and robotised in line with target,

improving sustainable embedding of compliance and NFR processes.

Strategic priorities

Manage credit- market

and non-financial risk

within Board approved risk

appetite

Credit risk, market risk and non-financial risk effectively managed

within ING’s risk appetite profile.

People

Improve organisational

health on three priorities

The Organisational Health Pulse survey for 2020 was focused on progress

against three priorities –

direction, leadership and innovation & learning. ING reached significant improvement

across all

business lines with all priorities in the top decile or top quartile.

* Sustainability for the CRO has been focused on sustainable embedding of risk in the organisation.

The performance assessment and outcome of the Executive Board members is summarised in the tables below,

taking into account the pre-

and post award risk assessment.

Outcome performance assessment

CEO

CFO

CRO

Weighting

Assessment

Outcome

Weighting

Assessment

Outcome

Weighting

Assessment

Outcome

(%)

(%)

(%)

(%)

(%)

(%)

(%)

(%)

(%)

Profit before tax

25%

0%

0%

25%

0%

0%

12.5%

0%

0%

Return on equity

25%

0%

0%

25%

0%

0%

12.5%

0%

0%

Customer

12.5%

0%

0%

12.5%

0%

0%

-

-

-

Regulatory

-

-

-

-

-

-

25%

100%

25%

Sustainability

12.5%

90%

11.3%

12.5%

90%

11.3%

10%

90%

9%

People

12.5%

100%

12.5%

12.5%

100%

12.5%

10%

100%

10%

Strategic priorities

12.5%

90%

11.3%

12.5%

90%

11.3%

30%

100%

30%

Total

100%

35%

100%

35%

100%

74%

* Due to rounding, percentages presented in the table may not add up precisely to the total percentages

provided.

2020 variable remuneration outcome

In light of the economic headwinds and the pressure Covid-19 placed on our business, our customers and on

society, the Supervisory Board and the Executive

Board jointly agreed for the Executive Board to

forgo their

variable remuneration related to the performance

year 2020. Although it was decided to forgo variable

remuneration, in the table on the left the individual performance of the members of the Executive

Board against

their set-targets is shown to illustrate

the performance to stakeholders.

As Steven van Rijswijk had a split year as CRO and then CEO, his award

was calculated against the CEO

performance results (50%) and the CRO performance results (50%).

In the second half of the year,

risk management reported into CFO Tanate

Phutrakul ad interim, in addition to his

role as CFO. As such, his variable remuneration award

was calculated against the CFO performance results

for the

full year,

also taking into consideration the CRO performance results for

the second half of the year.

Following the performance hurdles a thorough performance assessment has been completed

including ex-ante

risk tests. Based on this assessment and the overall achievements, the Supervisory Board has concluded that the

Executive Board members delivered relatively

strong results despite a challenging year due to Covid-19.

In addition, the Supervisory Board considered if any discretionary adjustment was required and they

determined

both the financial and non-financial results speak for themselves in the current environment. Furthermore the

Supervisory Board considers the behaviour of the Executive Board members and following their assessment

no

discretionary adjustments were applied.

In the final step, the Supervisory Board reviewed the CRO’s assessment

of ex-post risk adjustments. Whilst the

Global KYC program has made clear progress in 2020 and has delivered

on most milestones it was considered a

90% modifier (10% discount) to the CEO portion of his 2020 variable remuneration award

would be applied.

Following this performance assessment process the resulting variable remuneration

awards for Steven van

Rijswijk would have been €158,139 and for Tanate

Phutrakul €109,338.

Overall this would have equated to

variable remuneration for the CEO at 10.6% of his maximum 20% cap

and a

34.1% reduction against target. For the CFO it would

represent 9.0% of his maximum 20% cap and a 44.8%

reduction against target. The ratio

between base salary and total direct compensation is 100% (for 2020).

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

107

Awards made to Executive Board members reflect

the Supervisory Board’s assessment of each of the Executive

Board members’ performance against the objectives in their scorecards,

as outlined in the previous section. The

Remuneration Committee also consulted the Risk Committee

and took into consideration its feedback on risk and

compliance matters. In addition to the modifier as stated

above, there was no reasoning to apply any individual

risk mitigating measures in accordance with ING’s

Remuneration Regulations Framework

(IRRF).

5

2020 Executive Board remuneration

Total remuneration

Amounts in euros (rounded

figures)

Base salary

Variable

remuneration

Total direct

compensation

Pension

Emoluments

Total

remuneration

Ralph Hamers

888,100

-

888,100

11,600

779,900

1,679,600

Steven van Rijswijk (CEO role)

888,100

-

888,100

11,600

242,000

1,141,700

Tanate Phutrakul

1,221,700

-

1,221,700

23,300

358,500

1,603,500

Steven van Rijswijk (CRO role)

610,800

-

610,800

11,600

169,000

791,400

As recognised in the profit or loss statement of 2020, the expenses for

each Executive Board member (active on

31 December 2020), relating to their role on the Executive Board, amount to

€2.0 million for the CEO and €1.6

million for the CFO. These amounts include deferred elements from

previous years, paid out in 2020.

The following tables (i.e. total direct compensation, pension costs and other emoluments) show the

remuneration awarded to individual Executive

Board members with respect to the performance years 2020, 2019

and 2018. The 2020 figures reflect a partial year as an Executive Board member for Ralph Hamers.

In addition,

the figures for Steven van Rijswijk are divided between his two

different roles on the Executive

Board. The 2019

figures reflect a partial year as an Executive Board member for Tanate

Phutrakul. The 2018 and 2019 figures

reflect a full year as Executive Board members for

Ralph Hamers and Steven van Rijswijk.

All Executive Board remuneration is paid directly

by ING with the exception of director’s fees for

Tanate

Phutrakul as non-executive director

at ING Belgium.

Total direct compensation

for (active) individual Executive Board members

2020

2019

4

2018

Amounts in euros (rounded figures)

Amount

Number of

shares

Amount

Number of

shares

Amount

Number of

shares

Ralph Hamers (CEO)

1

Base salary

888,100

1,750,000

1,750,000

Variable remuneration (fully in shares)

2

-

-

266,000

25,726

Steven van Rijswijk (CEO role)

3

Base salary

888,100

Variable remuneration (fully in shares)

2

-

-

Tanate Phutrakul

(CFO)

Base salary

1,221,700

831,100

5

Variable remuneration (fully in shares)

2

-

-

141,400

13,675

Steven van Rijswijk (CRO role)

3

Base salary

610,800

1,203,600

1,203,600

Variable remuneration (fully in shares)

2

-

-

195,000

18,858

Total aggregated

base salary

3,608,700

3,784,700

2,953,600

Total aggregated

variable remuneration

-

602,400

Total aggregated

number of shares

-

58,259

1 Ralph Hamers stepped down as an Executive Board member on 30 June 2020. His base salary reflects the payments from 1 January 2020 –

30 June 2020.

2 The number of shares is based on the average ING share price on the day the year-end results were published.

3 Steven van Rijswijk was appointed CEO as of 1 July 2020. His total direct compensation is divided between his role as CRO and then as

CEO. The annualised base salary for Steven van Rijswijk as of 1 July 2020 is EUR 1,776,250 (this includes the 1.5% salary increase as per 1

January 2020).

4 The variable remuneration percentage for the Executive Board

members are as follows: CEO 15%, CFO 15% and CRO 16%. The applicable

percentage for the CFO is the full percentage for 2019, partially in his capacity as a Management Board Banking member and since 23 April

2019 in his capacity as an Executive Board member.

5 The 2019 details for Tanate Phutrakul

reflect a partial year as an Executive Board member.

5 The IRRF consists of the most important regulatory requirements with respect to remuneration to which all remuneration

policies of

majority owned entities have to adhere to. Furthermore, it consists of our general remuneration principles that apply to all staff

globally

working under the responsibility of ING.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

108

Pension costs

Members of the Executive Board participate in the Collective Defined Contribution

(CDC) pension plan. In 2020,

pension accrual applied to salary up to an amount of € 110,111. The table below shows the pension costs of the

individual members of the Executive Board in 2020, 2019 and 2018.

Pension costs for individual Executive Board members

Amounts in euros (rounded figures)

1

2020

2019

4

2018

Ralph Hamers

2

11,600

23,000

26,000

Steven van Rijswijk (CEO role)

3

11,600

Tanate Phutrakul

23,300

16,000

Steven van Rijswijk (CRO role)

3

11,600

23,000

26,000

1 Pension accrual only applies to salary up to an annually set amount (i.e. EUR 105,075 for 2018, EUR 107,593 for 2019 and EUR 110,111 for

2020).

2 Ralph Hamers stepped down as an Executive Board member on 30 June 2020. His pension costs reflect the period from 1 January 2020 –

30 June 2020.

3 Steven van Rijswijk was appointed as CEO from 1 July 2020. Therefore his pension costs for

2020 are divided between his role of CRO and

then as CEO.

4 The 2019 emoluments for Tanate Phutrakul

reflect a partial year as an Executive Board member.

Benefits

The individual members of the Executive Board receive other emoluments, including savings allowances

to

compensate for the loss of pension benefits on salary above € 110,111 in 2020, employer contributions to savings

schemes, reimbursement of costs related to home/work

commute, costs relating to tax and financial planning

services, costs related to reimbursement of the Directors

& Officers indemnity,

costs associated with a company

car and for expats, the costs associated with housing and schooling.

The other emoluments in 2020, 2019 and 2018 amounted to the following costs.

Other emoluments

Amounts in euros (rounded figures)

2020

1

2019

2

2018

Ralph Hamers

779,900

4

613,000

5

561,000

Steven van Rijswijk (CEO role)

3

242,000

-

–

Tanate Phutrakul

358,500

235,000

-

Steven van Rijswijk (CRO role)

3

169,000

367,000

369,000

1 The 2020 emoluments reflect the partial year as an Executive Board member for Ralph Hamers.

2 The 2019 emoluments for Tanate Phutrakul

reflect a partial year as an Executive Board member.

3 Steven van Rijswijk was appointed as CEO from 1 July 2020. His emoluments are divided between his role as CRO and then as CEO.

4 This amount does not consist of any exit arrangements due to the fact his departure was voluntary and therefore

nothing has been agreed

or paid, which is fully in line with the 2020 EB remuneration policy.

5 The prior period has been updated to improve consistency and comparability.

Breakdown of other emoluments paid in 2020

Amounts in euros (rounded figures)

Ralph

Hamers

1

Steven van Rijswijk

(CEO role)

2

Tanate Phutrakul

Steven van Rijswijk

(CRO role)

2

Contribution individual savings

31,100

31,100

42,800

21,400

Individual savings allowance

193,100

192,400

257,200

128,800

Travel and

accident insurance

8,200

8,300

16,500

8,200

Other amounts

3

547,500

10,200

42,000

10,600

1 The 2020 emoluments reflect the partial year as an Executive Board member for Ralph Hamers.

2 Steven van Rijswijk was appointed as the new CEO as of 1 July 2020. The emoluments are divided between his role as CRO and then as

CEO.

3 Other amounts includes the following elements: personnel facility (mortgage), tax and financial planning, reimbursement of costs under

the Directors & Officers indemnity provided by ING, redemption of the holiday allowance for Ralph Hamers and payment of director’s

fees

for Tanate Phutrakul

as non-executive director at ING Belgium.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

109

Long-term incentives awarded in previous years

Long-term incentives to the Executive Board members

in previous years are disclosed in the table ‘ING shares

held by Executive Board members’.

In line with the 2020 EB remuneration policy we do not operate (active) long-

term incentive plans anymore.

Employee stock options

The table below contains information on outstanding employee

stock options and movements during the

financial year of employee stock options held by the members of the Executive Board

on 31 December 2020. This

includes employee stock options awarded prior to their appointment to

the Executive Board. Please note that all

unexercised options lapsed in 2020 when the applicable stock option plans reached

the end of their 10-year

lifespan.

Options held by Executive Board members

Number of options

Outstanding on

31 December

2019

Exercised

in 2020

Waived or

expired in

2020

Outstanding on

31 December

2020

Grant

price in

euros

Grant

date

Vesting

date

Expiry

date

Ralph Hamers

22,124

0

22,124

0

7.35

17 March

2010

17 March

2013

17 March

2020

Tanate Phutrakul

11,062

0

11,062

0

7.35

17 March

2010

17 March

2013

17 March

2020

Steven van Rijswijk

2,318

0

2,318

0

7.35

17 March

2010

17 March

2013

16 March

2020

Steven van Rijswijk

10,694

0

10,694

0

7.35

17 March

2010

17 March

2013

17 March

2020

Shares

Deferred shares are shares conditionally granted

subject to a tiered vesting over a period of five years (for

awards in 2020 and before), with the

ultimate value of each deferred

share

based on ING

’s

share

price on the

vesting date. This is conditional on there being no holdback.

The main condition for exercise is that these require

continued employment through vesting date.

Shares vested for Executive Board members

during 2020

Number of shares

Shares

3

Grant date

Vesting date

End date of

retention

period

No. of

shares

granted

5

No. of

shares

vested

Vesting

price in

euros

No. of

unvested

shares

remaining

6

Ralph Hamers

1

LSPP

11 May

2017

11 May

2020

11 May 2022

23,092

4,619

5.15

-

LSPP

10 May

2018

11 May

2020

10 May 2023

18,547

2,225

5.15

-

LSPP

11 May 2020

11 May

2020

11 May 2025

25,726

10,290

5.15

-

Tanate Phutrakul

2

LSPP Units

4

25 March

2016

27 March

2020

N/A

7,987

1,065

5.73

-

LSPP Units

4

27 March

2017

27 March

2020

N/A

6,032

482

5.73

1,449

LSPP Units

4

27 March

2018

27 March

2020

N/A

4,972

397

5.73

1,592

LSPP

27 March

2019

27 March

2020

27 March

2021

2,837

227

5.73

908

LSPP

7

11 May 2020

11 May

2020

11 May 2025

17,694

7,078

5.15

10,616

Steven van Rijswijk

2

LSPP

27 March

2017

27 March

2020

27 March

2021

13,890

2,315

5.73

-

LSPP

27 March

2018

27 March

2020

27 March

2021

3,460

346

5.73

1,038

LSPP

10 May

2018

11 May

2020

10 May 2023

6,584

790

5.15

2,370

LSPP

11 May

2020

11 May

2020

11 May 2025

18,858

7,543

5.15

11,315

1 All the outstanding deferrals of Ralph Hamers lapsed when he voluntarily stepped down as an Executive Board member.

2 Shares granted to Tanate

Phutrakul (March 2016 to March 2019) and Steven van Rijswijk (March 2017 to March 2018) were awarded for

their performance in positions prior to their Executive Board appointment.

3 All current Executive Board members participate in the ING Group Long-term Sustainable Performance

Plan (LSPP) and receive their

shares under its plan rules.

4 Deferred share units of Tanate

Phutrakul are cash settled instruments. The value of these are based on ING Group’s

share price at the

vesting date. No retention period applies.

5 Number of shares granted includes both the deferred and upfront part awarded at the granting

date.

6 The balance of unvested shares post holdback, where applicable.

7 The number of shares granted is split between the service period Tanate Phutrakul

was a Management Board member and Executive

Board member.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

110

Total value

of vested and unvested shares of Executive Board

members - 2020

Amounts in euros (rounded figures)

Vested shares

Unvested shares

Share price in euros

1

Total value

in

euros

Ralph Hamers

17,134

–

7.61

130,390

Tanate Phutrakul

9,249

14,565

7.61

181,225

Steven van Rijswijk

10,994

14,723

7.61

195,706

1 The opening share price on 31 December 2020.

Loans and advances to Executive Board members

The table below presents the loans and advances provided to Executive Board

members that were outstanding

on 31 December 2020, 2019 and 2018. Since Ralph Hamers was no longer an Executive Board member on 31

December 2020, there is no information included for 2020. These loans were provided on market

conditions with

due observance of the applicable policies within ING.

Loans and advances to individual Executive Board members – 2020

Amount in thousands of euros

Amount

outstanding 31

December

Average interest

rate

Repayments

Steven van Rijswijk

–

–

–

Tanate Phutrakul

–

–

–

Loans and advances to individual Executive Board members – 2019

Amount in thousands of euros

Amount

outstanding 31

December

Average interest

rate

Repayments

Ralph Hamers

2,402

1.4%

97

Tanate Phutrakul

-

-

-

Steven van Rijswijk

-

-

-

Loans and advances to individual Executive Board members – 2018

Amount in thousands of euros

Amount

outstanding 31

December

Average interest

rate

Repayments

Ralph Hamers

2,499

1.4%

-

Steven van Rijswijk

-

-

-

ING shares held by Executive Board members

Executive Board members are encouraged

to hold ING shares as a long-term investment to maintain

alignment

with ING. The table below shows an overview of the shares held by members of the Executive Board

on 31

December 2020, 2019 and 2018.

ING shares held by Executive Board members

Numbers of shares

2020

2019

2018

Ralph Hamers

1

–

93,833

67,392

Steven van Rijswijk

75,490

69,490

66,153

Tanate Phutrakul

13,251

9,200

-

1 Since Ralph Hamers was no longer an Executive Board member on 31 December 2020, there is no information included for 2020.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

111

2021 Executive Board remuneration

The Supervisory Board decided not to increase the base salary of the Executive Board members from 1 January

2021.

The pandemic did not result in any adjustment of the target areas compared

to 2020. Therefore, for 2021 the

following target areas will be taken

into account:

Financial

◾

Profit before tax

◾

Return on equity

Non-financial

◾

Customer (except for CRO)

o

Increase number of primary customers as it leads to deeper relationships, greater

customer

satisfaction and, ultimately,

customers choosing ING for more of their financial needs

o

Increase mobile sales per 1,000 active customers

o

Increase percentage of personal interaction

with customers

◾

People

o

Strengthen organisational health with a focus on four priority areas:

direction, leadership,

innovation & learning and role clarity

o

Strengthen ING’s leadership

cadre

o

Increase gender balance in ING’s leadership cadre

◾

Strategy

o

Deliver on digitalisation initiatives

o

Deliver on innovation initiatives

◾

Sustainability

o

Development of integrated climate

risk strategy

◾

Regulatory

o

Deliver commitments to regulators

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

112

Remuneration Supervisory Board

Supervisory Board remuneration policy

In line with the Dutch act implementing SRD II, the 2020 SB remuneration policy was presented to shareholders

at the 2020 AGM. Based on the result of the binding vote (98.6% in favour), the 2020 AGM adopted the SB

remuneration policy with retroactive effect

from 1 January 2020 until the 2024 AGM at the latest. The 2020 SB

remuneration policy is disclosed in full on ing.com in the section ‘Remuneration’.

The Supervisory Board remuneration levels for 2020, similar to 2019, are shown below:

Supervisory Board remuneration structure

Annual fees in euros

2020

Chairman Supervisory Board

125,000

Vice chairman Supervisory Board

95,000

Supervisory Board member

70,000

Committee fees (annual amounts)

Chairman committee

20,000

Member committee

10,000

Attendance fees (per event)

Attendance fee outside country of residence

2,000

Attendance fee outside continent of residence

7,500

All fees are paid out fully in cash. No variable remuneration is provided

to ensure that the Supervisory Board

members can maintain independence. The Supervisory Board members are not eligible for retirement

benefits

nor any other benefits in relation to their position on the Supervisory Board. Members of the Supervisory Board

are reimbursed for their travel

and ING-related business expenses.

2020 Remuneration Supervisory Board

The table below shows the remuneration, including attendance fees

for each Supervisory Board member.

All fees

for the Supervisory Board are paid directly by ING. The only exception to this is for Eric Boyer

de la Giroday who

received payments from ING Belgium for his role in the Supervisory Board of ING Belgium.

2020 Remuneration Supervisory Board

2020

2019

2018

Amount in euros (rounded figures)

Remuneration

VAT

Remuneration

VAT

Remuneration

VAT

Hans Wijers (chairman)

173,000

36,000

167,000

35,000

153,000

32,000

Hermann-Josef Lamberti (vice-chairman)

1

48,000

141,000

139,000

Mike Rees (vice-chairman)

2

129,000

73,000

Jan Peter Balkenende

80,000

17,000

82,000

17,000

82,000

17,000

Juan Colombás

3

23,000

Mariana Gheorghe

108,000

119,000

105,000

Eric Boyer de la Giroday

1

38,000

108,000

108,000

Margarete Haase

105,000

98,000

63,000

Herman Hulst

4

68,000

14,000

Harold Naus

4

68,000

14,000

Herna Verhagen

100,000

21,000

25,000

5,000

1 Hermann-Josef Lamberti and Eric Boyer de la Giroday retired after the AGM on 28 April 2020. The remuneration figures for 2020 reflect a

partial year as a member of the Supervisory Board.

2 Mike Rees became vice-chairman after the AGM on 28 April 2020.

3 Juan Colombás was appointed to the Supervisory Board by the AGM on 28 April 2020 and became effective on 1 October 2020. The

remuneration figures for 2020 reflect a partial year as a member of the Supervisory Board.

4 Herman Hulst and Harold Naus were appointed to the Supervisory Board by the AGM on 28 April 2020 with effect from that date. The

remuneration figures for 2020 reflect a partial year as a member of the Supervisory Board.

Compensation of former members of

the Supervisory Board not

included in the table above amounted

to nil in

2020, €176,000 in 2019 and

€333,000 in 2018.

Loans and advances to Supervisory Board members

Supervisory Board members may obtain banking and insurance services from ING Group and its subsidiaries in

the ordinary course of their business and on terms that are customary in the sector.

The Supervisory Board

members do not receive privileged financial services. On 31 December 2020, there were no loans and advances

outstanding to Supervisory Board members.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

113

ING shares and employee stock options held by Supervisory Board members

Supervisory Board members are permitted to hold ING shares as a long-term investment.

The table below shows

the holdings by members of the Supervisory Board on 31 December 2020, 2019 and 2018.

ING shares held by Supervisory Board members

Numbers of shares

2020

2019

2018

Hermann-Josef Lamberti

1

5,700

5,700

Eric Boyer de la Giroday

1

47,565

47,565

Margarete Haase

800

800

Herman Hulst

3,650

Harold Naus

1,645

1 Since both Hermann-Josef Lamberti and Eric Boyer de la Giroday retired after the 2020 AGM on 28 April 2020, there is no information

included for 2020.

The following table contains information on employee

stock options outstanding and awards vested

for

Supervisory Board members.

Employee stock options on ING Groep N.V.

shares held by members of the Supervisory Board on 31 December 2020

Number of stock options

Outstanding on

31 December

2020

Expired in

2020

Outstanding on

31 December

2019

Expired in

2019

Outstanding on

31 December

2018

Expired in

2018

Eric Boyer de la Giroday

-

-

-

-

–

113,479

2021 Remuneration Supervisory Board

The Supervisory Board decided not to change the fees for 2021.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

114

General information for all staff

FOR INFORMATION ONLY

AT 2021 ING GROEP N.V.

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING (AGM)

The primary objective of ING’s remuneration

principles is to attract, motivate and retain

qualified and expert

leaders as well as senior staff (including Executive Board members)

and other highly qualified staff who have the

desired Orange Code values and behaviours, skills and knowledge to deliver on ING’s

purpose and Think Forward

strategy in a sustainable way.

The remuneration principles are an integral part of ING’s

strategy and risk profile. They maintain a sustainable

balance between short and long-term value creation and build on ING’s

long-term responsibility towards its

employees, customers, shareholders and other stakeholders.

Our approach to the remuneration principles did

not change in 2020.

Our remuneration principles apply to all staff and are embedded in ING’s

Remuneration Regulations Framework

(IRRF) and our people offer (OPO). Introduced in 2020, OPO sets out ING’s differentiating

offer as an employer in

the marketplace and states what we

ask of our people in return. It gives guidance to our global people practices,

while supporting our Think Forward Strategy.

The IRRF and OPO comply with relevant international and local

legislation and regulations.

Our remuneration principles

Our remuneration principles apply to all employees and comprise the following:

Aligned with business strategy

ING’s remuneration principles are

aligned with the business strategy and company goals.

Creates long-term value

ING’s remuneration principles contribute

to long-term value creation and support a focus on the long-term interests

of its

stakeholders, including employees, customers

and shareholders.

Responsible and fair

In line with our Orange Code values and behaviours, ING acts responsibly and treats staff

fairly across the globe.

Mitigates risk and optimises controls

Risk management is an enabler of long-term value creation. ING ensures its remuneration

principles are properly correlated with its

risk profile and stakeholder interests.

Performance driven

ING operates a fair,

objective and transparent performance management process linked

to remuneration to steer and motivate

all

employees to deliver on its strategic goals, aiming to reward

success and prevent rewarding for failure.

Sustainable

ING supports the sustainable recruitment, engagement and retention

of all employees.

Performance management

We aim to reward for

success and avoid rewarding for failure.

That is why ING’s remuneration

approach is

strongly linked to a robust and transparent

performance management process. Outcomes of performance

evaluations (including collective and individual risk assessments) provide input for remuneration.

As not all

employees are eligible for variable remuneration there

is not necessarily a link to financial performance. In the

Netherlands, for example the vast majority of the employees do not receive

any variable remuneration.

Step Up Performance Management is our global performance management approach

applicable to the majority

of employees. It aims to improve people’s

individual performance and thereby team performance and ultimately

ING's performance. Step Up Performance Management is one of our people practices

that help to increase focus,

alignment and transparency.

We do this through continuous conversations

between managers, employees and

teams. To

support these conversations, there are three formal

moments to discuss performance during the year:

target setting, mid-year review and year

-end evaluation.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

115

The Step Up Performance Management approach consists

of three dimensions:

Job:

the impact employees have in their daily work on an individual and team level, based on factors

such as qualitative job description, dynamic planning and specific selected quantitative priorities.

Orange Code behaviours:

how employees do their work and how effective their behaviour is as a

professional and colleague. We expect all employees

to act in line with ING’s Orange Code.

Stretch ambitions:

at ING, we believe high performance requires stretch

and investment (to achieve the

stretch). Therefore we

ask people to set ambitions beyond their day-to-day role and connect

their

personal passion, expertise or interest with the long-term success of ING.

All targets are agreed between the employee and their manager,

as well as within management teams, to ensure

consistency across the bank. ING uses three labels to evaluate performance:

excellent, well done and

improvement required.

Step Up Performance

Management does

not prescribe

the targets employees

should set.

However, the following

regulatory requirements

apply to specific

groups:

For employees eligible for variable remuneration,

a minimum of 50% non-financial priorities.

For all employees in control functions (Legal, Risk, Finance, Compliance, Audit and Human Resources), no

individual financial KPIs are allowed, unless required by local law.

For identified risk takers, risk mitigation

measures may lead to a downwards adjustment of the

performance outcome and negatively affect

variable remuneration (a risk modifier can be applied).

Total direct compensation

ING aims to provide total direct compensation or expected business and individual performance

at levels which,

on average, are at the median of the markets

in which we operate, benchmarked against

relevant peer groups. In

line with the Dutch Banking Code, the current remuneration levels of the Executive

Board are below the median

of the peer group introduced with the 2020 EB remuneration policy.

This year, remuneration

levels for members

of the Management Board Banking were also benchmarked against

the same peer group as the Executive Board.

The Executive Board and the other members of the Management Board Banking are on average

below the

median. Three members of the Management Board Banking are on or slightly above the median. Due to their

ING-specific roles it is difficult to have a good comparison inside and outside of the financial industry in the

Netherlands as well as abroad. There are limited comparable positions for these roles. To

ensure we adhere to

our 2020 EB remuneration policy,

we regularly monitor and benchmark salary levels across ING.

Fixed remuneration represents

a sufficiently high proportion, in line with the level of expertise and skills, and

allows a fully flexible variable remuneration award.

When no variable remuneration is awarded, the

compensation level is still enough for a decent standard of living. Variable

remuneration is performance driven,

subject to regulatory caps and prevents excessive

risk taking, where applicable.

The comprehensive process around variable remuneration

The awarding of variable remuneration, where

applicable, is based on group, business line and individual

performance criteria unless local legislation prescribes otherwise. In all ING countries, we adhere to the

applicable variable remuneration caps.

For Identified Staff (i.e. staff considered to

have a material impact on ING’s risk profile),

at least 40% of variable

remuneration is deferred over

a period of three to five years with a tiered vesting schedule. Furthermore, at

least

50% of variable remuneration is awarded in equity (or equity-linked

instruments unless local legislation

prescribes otherwise).

Performance and risk assessment

ING applies measures to mitigate risk relating to variable remuneration.

Our global remuneration policy takes

into consideration risk, capital, liquidity and the likelihood and timing of earnings. Measures

include pre-award

and post-award risk assessments of variable remuneration.

In 2020, the Management Board Banking and the Supervisory Board approved the Variable

Remuneration

Accrual Model (VRAM) set-up and approach to determine the 2020 discretionary risk-adjusted

variable

remuneration pools.

The VRAM takes a holistic view of the overall performance

of ING across three key dimensions:

(i)

financial,

(ii)

non-financial, and

(iii)

risk.

Within each of these three elements specific criteria are used to measure performance (e.g. profit, return on

equity, customer,

people, strategy,

sustainability as well as financial and non-financial risk).

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

116

The proposal for the variable remuneration pool is prepared

by Human Resources, Risk and Finance, and follows

the VRAM’s step-by-step

process and construct including CEO discretion to adjust the proposed variable

remuneration pool. The CEO considers several

factors when making this decision. This discretion is checked by

the Supervisory Board and requires their approval.

The Management Board Banking reviews the variable remuneration

pool on behalf of the Supervisory Board,

taking into account the advice of the Risk Committee and the Remuneration

Committee.

The total variable remuneration pool (for individual and collective variable

remuneration), encompasses all

employees eligible for variable remuneration globally,

including Identified Staff.

ING takes a multi-step approach to determine whether to

award variable remuneration in a given performance

year and the maximum amount of the pool. Within this process, a range of risk elements is assessed at various

levels and, where appropriate, risk adjustments are made to the variable

remuneration pools.

Performance hurdles

To unlock the discretionary

variable remuneration pools, both of the following performance hurdles must

be

met. These are:

The Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio must be at or above the threshold established by applicable

regulations;

The return on equity (underlying RoE) is equal to or higher than the percentage determined at

the

beginning of each performance year by the Management Board Banking and the Supervisory Board.

Underlying RoE, in line with the VRAM Policy (as established in PY 2019) and approved by governing

bodies, can be adjusted due to one-time charges or infrequent occurrences, such as but not limited to

macro-economic events and pandemic events, during a given performance year.

A variable remuneration pool is also separately accrued for staff

in control functions and support functions and

for those employees subject to a collective variable remuneration

plan. The amount is defined by the

Management Board Banking and approved by the Supervisory Board.

Risk adjustments

In determining the overall size of the variable remuneration

pool, a multi-layered, consistent and bank-wide

approach for risk tests and adjustments is applied to the process, based on an assessment by

the CRO.

To establish

appropriate risk-adjusted

variable remuneration pools, ex ante risk adjustments

are made based on

measures used to assess the bank’s current

and future risks and whether performance sufficiently aligns with risk

appetite levels. The risk adjustment assessment includes measurements on ‘forward

looking’ capital, liquidity and

non-financial risk, where adjustments are made on deviation from risk appetite.

In addition, ex post risk adjustments are a key element

in the process of determining both final variable

remuneration pools and individual awards. Here, the CRO may

provide additional input at a more granular level

to adjust ING’s overall,

business line and/or country variable remuneration pools based on their risk management

performance.

The ex-ante and/or ex-post risk adjustments require

Supervisory Board approval, taking into account the input of

the Risk and Finance functions and the advice of the Risk Committee and Remuneration Committee.

The final risk adjustment measure lies in the individual performance assessment itself.

An employee’s

performance is extensively assessed before variable

remuneration is proposed and awarded. Every

manager

carefully assesses the performance delivered by their individual team members on the basis of pre

-agreed

performance priorities and in line with the Step Up Performance Management framework. In addition, managers

have the discretionary power to lower the proposed variable remuneration

if risk taking is perceived as

inappropriate. In this way,

variable remuneration is aligned with any additional risks identified on an individual

basis during the performance year.

Additional risk requirements apply to Identified Staff who are considered

risk takers in accordance with CRD IV.

These risk requirements set the minimum standards to be met during the performance

year.

Deviation from

these standards may lead to downward adjustment

of the variable remuneration, a so-called risk modifier.

This

process is run independently by the Risk function for which the CRO is ultimately responsible. Within the

Executive Board, risk modifiers were applied to the CEO

for the performance year 2020. The Supervisory Board,

advised by its Risk Committee, is responsible for risk modifiers within the Management Board Banking.

Finally, a post-award

risk assessment can be applied. This assessment analyses whether any events or findings

occurred that should lead to a downward adjustment of variable remuneration

of previous years by applying a

holdback (i.e., forfeiture of up to 100% of the awarded, but unvested,

variable remuneration) or clawback

(surrender of up to 100% of the paid or vested variable remuneration).

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

117

Shareholders’ mandate to exceed 100% variable remuneration cap

ING’s remuneration

policies comply with international and local legislation and regulations. Under the Dutch

WBFO (which sets various requirements on remuneration), financial institutions

are permitted to set a variable

remuneration cap higher than 100% (but not higher than 200%) of fixed remuneration for

employees outside of

the European Economic Area (EEA), provided that the higher cap is approved

by shareholders and does not

conflict with ING’s capital adequacy requirements.

At the 2017 AGM, shareholders approved to apply an

increased maximum percentage of up to 200% for

employees outside the EEA for a period of five performance years until end-2021. For

2020, it was applied to zero

employees worldwide. At the 2021 AGM, we will ask for a new mandate to

apply an increased maximum

percentage of up to 200% for employees outside the EEA for a further period of five performance

years, from

2022 until 2026. This mandate is rarely used by ING and was applied to zero

employees worldwide in 2018 and

2019.

2020 specifics

ING awards variable remuneration across the global organisation

in line with our remuneration principles, global

and local legislation and market practices. The awarding of variable

remuneration, where applicable, is based on

group, business line and individual performance criteria, both financial and non-financial, and comes in the form

of discretionary and collective variable remuneration.

Collective variable remuneration is based on collective labour agreements and/or

profit sharing schemes that are

driven by regulation, law and/or workers

council agreements in various countries. Over the past years the total

amount of collective variable remuneration has been relatively

stable and typically accounted for around 25% of

the total amount of variable remuneration.

The award of discretionary variable remuneration is based on a clear,

transparent and verifiable mechanism for

measuring performance and applying adjustments for risks (the Variable

Remuneration Accrual Model or VRAM).

The starting point is an aggregate of the individual target incentive

amounts from all eligible employees across

the group. The next step is to unlock the discretionary pool based on the results of the performance hurdles.

First, the underlying RoE was calculated and this performance

hurdle passed. The underlying RoE, in line with the

VRAM Policy and approved by governing bodies, has been adjusted for

macro-economic and pandemic events

during performance year 2020. The CET1 performance hurdle was also calculated and passed. Subsequent

to the

results of these performance hurdles the discretionary pool was unlocked. This ‘discretionary

pool’ is then

subject to a number of adjustments including for

financial and non-financial performance and for risk.

In 2020 the impact of COVID-19 presented unprecedented challenges for ING. While considerations

around staff

well-being and the wider societal impact of the pandemic are paramount, these circumstances have

led to

weaker performance results and this led to a negative

adjustment to the discretionary pool. Furthermore, in line

with our policy, executive

discretion was applied to further adjust the pool amount downwards in light of

declining financial performance and recognising broader stakeholder

interests. Overall, these adjustments

accounted for a downward adjustment

of the discretionary pool amount by approximately 26% from target

discretionary pool and resulting in approximately 20% decline versus the previous

performance year.

A

differentiated approach was

taken in the allocation of the discretionary variable remuneration,

with a

significantly larger reduction for senior leaders than for junior employees

(on average 30% reduction for senior

leaders).

The total actual amount of both discretionary and collective variable remuneration

awarded to all eligible

employees globally for 2020 was €314.2 million (€93.6 million in collective variable remuneration),

compared to

total staff expenses of €5,812 million. For 2019, the total

amount was €378.0 million (€98.0 million in collective

variable remuneration) on €5,755 million staff expenses

and €303.1 million (€93.9 million in collective variable

remuneration) out of €5,420 million in 2018.

In 2020, two employees – excluding members of the Management Board

Banking – were awarded total annual

remuneration (including employer pension contributions and excluding

severance payments made) of €1 million

or more.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

118

C.

Board practices

For information regarding

board practices, see Item 6.A

Severance payments to members of the Executive Board

The contracts entered into with the members

of the Executive Board provide for severance

payments that

become due upon termination of the applicable Executive Board member’s contract,

including if termination

occurs in connection with a public bid as defined in section 5:70 of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act. For

purposes of calculating the amounts due, it is not relevant whether or not termination of the employment or

commission contract is related to a public bid. Severance

payments to the members of the Executive Board are

limited to a maximum of one year’s fixed salary,

in line with the Dutch Financial Supervision Act and the

Corporate Governance Code

D.

Employees

The average number of employees at a full time equivalent basis was 55,901

at the end of 2020, of which 15,201

or 27%, were employed in the Netherlands. Substantially all of the Group’s

Dutch employees are subject to a

collective labor agreement covering ING in the Netherlands.

The distribution of employees with respect to the Group’s

continuing operations for the years 2020, 2019 and

2018 were as follows:

Number of employees

Netherlands

Rest of the world

Total

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

Total average

number

of internal employees at full time

equivalent basis

15,201

14,415

13,600

40,701

39,016

38,633

55,901

53,431

52,233

The Group employs a significant numbers of temporary employees. The

average number of temporary

employees, not included in the table above, at a full time equivalent basis was 7,886 at the end of 2020.

E.

Share ownership

For information regarding share

ownership, see Item 6.B of this Form 20-F and Note 27 ‘Staff expenses’ to the

consolidated financial statements.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

119

Item 7.

Major shareholders and related

party transactions

A. Major shareholders

ING Group ordinary shares are listed on the stock exchanges

of Amsterdam (Euronext Amsterdam)

and

Brussels (Euronext Brussels). ING Group American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”)

are listed on the New York

Stock

Exchange (NYSE). Options on ING Group ordinary shares or in the form of American depository receipts (ADRs)

are traded on the Euronext Amsterdam

Derivative Markets and the Chicago Board Options Exchange.

Holders of ordinary shares or American Depositary Shares with a stake

of 3% or more

To the best

of our knowledge, as of 31 December 2020, no holder of ordinary shares or ADSs, other than

BlackRock Inc. held 3% or more of ING Group’s issued share

capital.

On 4 February 2019, BlackRock, Inc. disclosed by way of a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC, beneficial

ownership of 233,492,874 ordinary shares of ING Group as of 31 December 2018, representing 6.0% of ING

Group’s issued share capital.

On 5 February 2020, BlackRock, Inc. disclosed by way of a Schedule 13G filed with

the SEC, beneficial ownership of 259,231,767 ordinary shares of ING Group as of 31 December 2019,

representing 6.7% of ING Group’s

issued share capital. On 29 January 2021, BlackRock, Inc. disclosed by way of

a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC, beneficial ownership of 289,185,500 ordinary shares of ING Group as of 31

December 2020, representing 7.4% of ING Group’s issued share

capital.

On 31 December 2020, ING Groep N.V.

and its subsidiaries held 571,671 ordinary shares or ADSs, ,representing

0.01% of ING Group’s issued share capital.

ING Groep N.V.

does not have voting rights in respect of shares and

ADSs it holds or which are held by its subsidiaries. Pursuant to section 5.3 of the Dutch Financial Supervision

Act (“Major Holdings Rules”), any person who, directly or indirectly,

acquires or disposes of an interest in the

voting rights and/or the capital of (in short) a public limited company incorporated

under the laws of the

Netherlands with an official listing on a stock exchange within the European Economic

Area, as a result of

which acquisition or disposal the percentage of his voting rights or capital interest

  • whether through

ownership of shares, American depositary receipts (ADRs) or any other financial instrument, whether stock-

settled or cash-settled, such as call or put options, warrants, swaps

or any other similar contract - reaches,

exceeds or falls below the threshold levels of 3%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 75% and 95%

is required to provide updated information

on its holdings. As a result, other than based on information

available from public filings available under the applicable laws of any other jurisdiction, ING Groep

N.V.

is not

aware of any changes in the ownership of ordinary shares or ADSs between the thresholds levels

mentioned in

the previous sentence.

On 31 December 2020, no person is known to ING Groep N.V.

to be the owner of more than 10% of the

ordinary shares or ADSs. As of 31 December 2020, members of the Supervisory Board and their related third

parties held 5,295 Ordinary Shares. Members of the Supervisory Board do not hold ING options.

As at 31 December 2020, members of the Executive Board and their related third

parties held 88,741

ordinary

shares.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

120

As at 31 December 2020 ING Groep N.V.

was not a party to any material agreement that becomes effective,

or

is required to be amended or terminated in case of a change of control

of ING Groep N.V.

following a public bid

as defined in the Dutch Financial Supervision Act. ING Groep N.V.’s

subsidiaries may have customary change of

control arrangements included in agreements related

to various business activities, such as joint venture

agreements, letters of credit and other credit facilities,

ISDA-agreements, hybrid capital and debt instruments,

reinsurance contracts and futures and option trading

agreements. Following a change of control of ING Groep

N.V.

(as the result of a public bid or otherwise), such agreements may be amended or terminated, leading, for

example, to an obligatory transfer

of the interest in the joint venture, early repayment

of amounts due, loss of

credit facilities or reinsurance cover and liquidation of outstanding

futures and option trading positions.

As of 31 December 2020 ING Groep N.V.

was not aware of any arrangements the operation

of which may result

in a change of control of ING Groep N.V.

B. Related Party Transactions

In the normal course of business, ING Group enters into various transactions

with related parties. Parties are

considered to be related if one party has the ability to control or exercise

significant influence over the other

party in making financial or operating decisions. Related parties of ING Group include, among others, its

subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures, key

management personnel, and various defined benefit and

contribution plans. Transactions between

related parties include rendering or receiving of services, leases,

transfers under finance arrangements

and provisions of guarantees or collateral. There

are no significant

provisions for doubtful debts or individually significant bad debt expenses recognised on outstanding

balances

with related

parties.

ING Group has entered into various transactions with related

parties. For more information, reference

is made

to Note 49 “Related parties”

in the consolidated financial statements.

As described under “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees”,

some members of the Supervisory

Board are current or former senior executives

of leading multi-national corporations based primarily in the

Netherlands. ING Group may at any time have lending, investment

banking or other financial relationships with

one or more of these corporations in the ordinary course of business on terms which we believe are no less

favorable to ING than those reached with unaffiliated

parties of comparable creditworthiness.

C. Interests of experts and counsel

This item does not apply to annual reports on Form 20-F.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

121

Item 8.

Financial information

A.

Consolidated statements and other financial information

Consolidated statements

For information regarding consolidated

statements and other financial information, see Item 18 of this Form

20-F.

Legal Proceedings

For a description of ING’s legal proceedings,

see Note 45 ‘Legal proceedings’ in the consolidated financial

statements.

Policy on dividend distribution

In the third quarter of 2020, ING announced a change in its distribution policy from a progressive dividend to a

pay-out ratio of 50% of resilient net profit and additional return

of structural excess capital. For detailed

information on ING’s 2020 dividend, reference

is made to Note 51 ‘Capital Management’.

Cash distributions on ING Groups ordinary shares are generally paid in Euros. However,

the Executive Board

may decide, with the approval of the Supervisory Board, to declare dividends in the currency of a country other

than the Netherlands in which the shares are traded. Amounts payable to holders

of ADSs that are paid to the

Depositary in a currency other than dollars will be converted to dollars and subjected to

a charge by the

Depositary for any expenses incurred by it in such conversion.

If the Executive Board has been designated as a body authorised to resolve to issue shares, it may

decide, with

the approval of the Supervisory Board, that a distribution on ordinary shares shall be made in the form of

ordinary shares instead of cash or to determine that the holders of ordinary shares

shall be given the choice of

receiving the distribution in cash or in the form of ordinary shares on such terms as the Executive Board,

with

the approval of the Supervisory Board, may decide.

The right to dividends and distributions in respect of the ordinary shares will lapse if such dividends or

distributions are not claimed within five years following the day after

the date on which they were made

available.

There are no legislative or other legal provisions currently in force

in the Netherlands or arising under ING

Groups’ Articles of Association restricting the remittance of dividends to holders of ordinary

shares, or ADSs

not resident in the Netherlands. Insofar as the laws of the Netherlands are concerned, cash dividends paid in

Euro may be transferred from

the Netherlands and converted into any other currency,

except that for

statistical purposes such payments and transactions must

be reported by ING Group to DNB

and, further, no

payments, including dividend payments, may be made to jurisdictions or persons, that

are subject to certain

sanctions, adopted by the Government of the Netherlands, implementing resolutions of the Security Council of

the United Nations, or adopted by the European Union.

Dividends are subject to withholding taxes in the Netherlands as described under Item 10, “Additional

Information - Taxation

  • Netherlands Taxation”.

B.

Significant changes

For information on subsequent events reference

is made to Note 50 ‘Subsequent events’ of the consolidated

financial statements.

Since 31 December 2020, until the filing of this report, no other significant changes have occurred in the

financial statements of the Group included in “Item 18 Consolidated Financial Statem

ents” of this document.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

122

Item 9.

The offer and listing

A.

Offer and listing details

Ordinary Shares (nominal value EUR 0.01 per share) are traded on Euronext Amsterdam,

the principal trading

market for

the Ordinary Shares, under the symbol “INGA”.

The Ordinary Shares are also listed on the stock

exchange of Euronext Brussels, under the symbol “INGA”.

ADSs, representing an equal number of Ordinary

Shares, are traded on the New York

Stock Exchange under the symbol “ING”.

B.

Plan of distribution

This item does not apply to annual reports on Form 20-F.

C.

Markets

For information regarding markets,

see Item 9.A of this Form 20-F.

D.

Selling shareholders

This item does not apply to annual reports on Form 20-F.

E.

Dilution

This item does not apply to annual reports on Form 20-F.

F.

Expenses of the issue

This item does not apply to annual reports on Form 20-F.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

123

Item 10.

Additional information

A.

Share capital

This item does not apply to annual reports on Form 20-F.

B.

Memorandum and articles of association

For a description of ING’s memorandum and articles of association, please see Exhibit 2.1 “Description of

Securities Registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act”,

which is incorporated by reference

herein.

C.

Material contracts

There have been no material contracts outside the ordinary course

of business to which ING Groep N.V.

or any

of its subsidiaries is a party in the last two years.

D.

Exchange controls

Cash distributions, if any, payable in Euros on Ordinary Shares and ADSs

may be officially transferred from the

Netherlands and converted into any other currency without

violating Dutch law, except that for statistical

purposes such payments and transactions must be

reported by ING Groep N.V.

to the Dutch Central Bank and,

further, no payments, including dividend payments, may be made to jurisdictions

or persons subject to certain

sanctions, adopted by the government of

the Netherlands

or the European Union.

E.

T

axation

The following is a summary of certain Netherlands tax consequences, and the United States federal

income tax

consequences, of the ownership of our Ordinary Shares or American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”)

by U.S.

Shareholders (as defined below) who hold Ordinary Shares or ADSs as capital assets.

For the purposes of this summary, a “U.S. Shareholder” is a beneficial owner of Ordinary Shares or ADSs that is:

◾

an individual citizen or resident of the United States,

◾

a corporation organized under the laws

of the United States or of any state of the United States,

or any

entity taxable as United States corporation,

◾

an estate, the income of which is subject to United States federal

income tax without regard to its

source, or

◾

a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise

primary supervision over the

administration of the trust and one or more United States

persons have the authority to control all

substantial decisions of the trust.

Further, this summary is limited to U.S.

Shareholders who are not, and are not deemed to be, a resident of the

Netherlands for Dutch tax purposes.

This summary is based on the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the laws of the Netherlands,

each as amended, their legislative history,

existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court

decisions, and the tax treaty between the United States

and the Netherlands for the Avoidance of Double

Taxation

and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes

on Income (“Treaty”), all as of the date

hereof. These laws are

subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. The information provided

below is

neither intended as tax advice nor purports to describe all of the tax considerations that

may be relevant to

investors and prospective investors.

It should not be read as extending to matters not specifically discussed,

and investors should consult their own advisors as to the tax

consequences of their ownership and disposal of

Ordinary Shares or ADSs. In particular,

the summary does not take into account the specific circumstances of

particular investors (such as tax-exempt

organizations, banks, insurance companies, dealers

in securities,

traders in securities that elect to mark-to-market

their securities holdings, investors liable for alternative

minimum tax, investors whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar,

investors that actually or

constructively own 10% or more of the combined voting power of the voting stock or of the total value

of ING

Groep N.V.,

investors that hold Ordinary Shares or ADSs as part of a straddle

or a hedging or conversion

transaction, investors that acquired

or dispose of Ordinary Shares or ADSs as part of a wash sale, or investors

that own Ordinary Shares or ADSs through a partnership), some of which may be subject to special rules.

Moreover,

this summary does not discuss the Dutch tax treatment of a holder of Ordinary Shares or ADSs that

is an individual who receives income or capital gains derived from the Ordinary Shares and ADSs and this

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

124

income received or capital gains derived are attributable

to the past, present or future employment activities

of such holder.

The summary is based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each

obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement

will be performed in accordance with its

terms. In general, for United States federal

income tax and Netherlands tax purposes, holders of ADSs will be

treated as the owners of the Ordinary Shares underlying the ADSs, and exchanges

of Ordinary Shares for ADSs,

and exchanges of ADSs for Ordinary Shares, will not be subject to United States

federal income tax or

Netherlands income tax. References to

Ordinary Shares in this section include references to ADSs.

It is assumed, for purposes of this summary, that a U.S.

Shareholder is eligible for the benefits of the Treaty

and

that a U.S. Shareholder’s eligibility is not limited by the limitation on benefits provisions of the Treaty.

Netherlands Taxation

Withholding tax on dividends

The Netherlands imposes a withholding tax on a distribution of a dividend at the statutory rate of 15%.

Dividends include:

i.

dividends paid in cash and in kind;

ii.

deemed and constructive dividends;

iii.

the consideration for the repurchase or redemption of shares

in excess of the qualifying average paid-

in capital unless such repurchase is made for temporary investment

purposes or is exempt by law;

iv.

any (partial) repayment of paid-in capital not qualifying as capital for

Dutch dividend withholding tax

purposes;

v.

liquidation proceeds in excess of the qualifying average

paid-in capital for Dutch dividend withholding

tax purposes; and

vi.

stock dividends up to their nominal value (unless distributed out of ING Groep N.V.’s

qualifying paid-in

capital).

Reduction of Dutch dividend withholding tax based on Dutch law

Under certain circumstances, a reduction of Dutch dividend withholding tax can be obtained

based on Dutch

law:

i.

An exemption at source is available if the Dutch

participation exemption applies and the Ordinary

Shares or ADSs are attributable to a business carried out in the Netherlands. To

qualify for the Dutch

participation exemption, the U.S. Shareholder must generally

hold at least 5.0 percent of our nominal

paid-in capital and meet certain other requirements.

ii.

An exemption at source is available for

dividend distributions to certain qualifying corporate U.S.

Shareholders owning our Ordinary Shares or ADSs if such shareholder would have been able to apply

the Dutch participation exemption if it would have been resident

of the Netherlands, unless such

shareholder holds the Ordinary Shares or ADSs with the primary aim or one of the primary aims to

avoid the levy of Dutch dividend withholding tax at the level of another person and the Ordinary

Shares or ADSs are not held for valid commercial reasons that reflect

economic reality.

iii.

Certain tax exempt organizations

(e.g. pension funds and excluding collective investment vehicles) may

be eligible for a refund of Dutch dividend withholding tax upon their request. Based on domestic law

not yet entered into force,

in those circumstances, an exemption at source

may also become available

upon request.

iv.

Upon request and under certain conditions, certain qualifying individual and corporate U.S

Shareholders of Ordinary Shares or ADSs which are not subject to personal or corporate

income tax in

the Netherlands may request a refund of Dutch dividend withholding tax insofar

the withholding tax

withheld on the gross dividend is higher than the personal or corporate income tax which would have

been due on the net dividend if they were resident or established in the Netherlands. This refund is

however not applicable when, based on the Treaty,

the Dutch dividend withholding tax can be fully

credited in the United States by the U.S. Shareholder.

However,

it is unclear whether (i) which

(financing) costs can be taken into account

when determining the hypothetical personal or corporate

income tax due on the net income (ii) or how the Netherlands would determine whether,

based on the

double taxation convention, a full credit

is available in the country of residence of the holder for

purposes of this refund. See “United States Taxation

—Taxes

on dividends” for more information. The

provision in essence is intended to be a codification of certain judgments by both the European Free

Trade Association Court of Justice and the European

Court of Justice that already indicated that in

certain circumstances a refund should be available prior to

the introduction of the provision in Dutch

law. It is possible that this provision is an insufficient

codification of these judgments and that based

on EU law a larger refund should be provided.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

125

Reduction of Dutch dividend withholding tax based on the Tre

aty

Pursuant to the provisions of the Treaty,

certain corporate U.S. Shareholders owning

directly at least 10% of

our voting power are eligible for a reduction to 5% Dutch dividend withholding tax provided

that the U.S.

Shareholder is the beneficial owner of the dividends received and does not have an enterprise or an interest

in

an enterprise that is, in whole or in part, carried on through a permanent establishment or permanent

representative in the Netherlands to which the dividends are attributable.

The Treaty also provides

for a

dividend withholding tax exemption on dividends, but only for a shareholder owning directly at

least 80.0

percent of our voting power and meeting all other requirements.

Provided that certain conditions are met, under the Treaty

dividends paid to qualifying exempt pension trusts

and other qualifying exempt organizations, as defined in the Treaty,

are exempt from Dutch dividend

withholding tax. To

obtain a refund of the tax withheld such qualifying exempt pension trusts are

required to

file a request. Only if certain conditions are fulfilled, such qualifying exempt pension trusts may

be eligible for

relief at source upon payment of the dividend. Qualifying exempt

organizations (other than qualifying exempt

pension trusts) can only file for a refund of the tax withheld.

Anti-dividend stripping rules

Pursuant to the Dutch anti-dividend stripping rules, in the case of dividend-stripping, the 15% dividend

withholding tax cannot be reduced or refunded. Dividend-stripping is deemed to be present if the recipient

of a

dividend is, different from what has been assumed above, not the beneficial owner thereof and is entitled to

a

larger credit, reduction or refund of dividend withholding tax than the beneficial owner of the dividends. Under

these rules, a recipient of dividends will not be considered the beneficial owner thereof if as a consequence of

a combination of transactions a person other than the recipient wholly or partly benefits from the dividends,

whereby such person retains, whether directly or indirectly,

an interest similar to the shares on which the

dividends were paid.

Credit for ING Groep N.V.

ING Groep N.V.

may, with respect to

certain dividends received from qualifying non-Netherlands subsidiaries,

credit taxes withheld from those dividends against the Netherlands

withholding tax imposed on certain

qualifying dividends that are redistributed by ING Groep N.V.,

up to a maximum of the lesser of:

3% of the amount of qualifying dividends redistributed by ING Groep N.V.;

and

3% of the gross amount of certain qualifying dividends received by ING Groep N.V.

The reduction is applied to the Dutch dividend withholding tax that ING Groep N.V.

must pay to the Dutch tax

authorities and not to the Dutch dividend withholding tax that ING Groep N.V.

must withhold.

Taxes

on income and capital gains

Income and capital gains

Income and capital gains derived from the Ordinary Shares or ADSs by an individual or corporate

U.S.

Shareholder are generally not subject to Netherlands income tax or corporation

tax, unless:

i.

such income and gains are attributable to a (deemed) permanent establishment

or (deemed)

permanent representative in the Netherlands of the U.S. Shareholder;

or

ii.

the shareholder is entitled to a share in the profits of an enterprise or (in case of a non-Dutch resident

corporate shareholder only) a co-entitlement to the net

worth of an enterprise, that is effectively

managed in the Netherlands (other than by way of securities) and to which enterprise the Ordinary

Shares or ADSs are attributable; or

iii.

such income and capital gains are derived from a direct, indirect or deemed substantial

interest in the

share capital of ING Groep N.V.

(such substantial interest not being a business asset), and in the case

of a non-Dutch resident corporate shareholder only,

that substantial interest is being held with the

primary aim or one of the primary aims to avoid the levy of income tax from another person and is put

in place without valid economic reasons that reflect economic reality;

iv.

in case of a non-Dutch resident corporate shareholder,

such shareholder is a resident of Aruba,

Curacao or Saint Martin with a permanent establishment or permanent representative

in Bonaire,

Eustatius or Saba to which the Ordinary Shares or ADS are attributable, while the profits of such

shareholder are taxable in the Netherlands pursuant to Article 17(3)(c) of the Dutch Corporate

Tax Act

1969; or

v.

in case of a non-Dutch resident individual, such individual derives income or capital gains from the

Ordinary Shares or ADSs that are taxable as benefits from

‘miscellaneous activities’ in the Netherlands

(‘resultaat uit overige werkzaamheden’,

as defined in the Dutch Income Tax

Act 2001), which includes

the performance of activities with respect to the Ordinary Shares or ADSs that exceed regular

portfolio

management.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

126

Substantial interest

Generally speaking, for Dutch tax purposes, an interest in the share

capital of ING Groep N.V.,

should not be

considered a substantial interest if the holder of such interest,

and, in case of an individual, his or her spouse,

registered partner,

certain other relatives or certain persons sharing the holder’s household, alone or together,

does or do not hold, either directly or indirectly, the ownership

of, or certain rights over,

shares or rights

resembling shares representing 5% or more of the total issued and outstanding

capital, or the issued and

outstanding capital of any class of shares, of ING Groep N.V.

Gift or inheritance tax

No Netherlands gift or inheritance tax will be imposed on the transfer or deemed transfer

of the Ordinary

Shares or ADSs by way of a gift by or on the death of a U.S. Shareholder if,

at the time of the gift or the death of

that shareholder,

such shareholder is not a (deemed) resident of the Netherlands.

Netherlands inheritance or gift taxes (as the case may be) are due, however,

if the transfer of the bearer

receipts or ADSs are construed as an inheritance or as a gift made by or on behalf of a person who, at the time

of the gift or death, is deemed to be a resident of the Netherlands. For the purposes of Netherlands gift or

inheritance tax, an individual of Dutch nationality is deemed to be a resident of the Netherlands if he or she

has been a resident thereof at any time during the ten years preceding

the time of the gift or death. For the

purposes of Netherlands gift tax, any person is deemed to be a resident of the Netherlands if he or she has

resided therein at any time in the twelve months preceding the gift.

United States Taxation

Taxes

on dividends

The tax treatment of owning Ordinary shares will depend in part on whether or not ING Groep N.V.

is classified

as a passive foreign investment company,

or PFIC, for United States federal

income tax purposes.

Except as

discussed below under “-PFIC Rules”, this discussion assumes that we

are not classified as a PFIC for United

States federal income tax

purposes.

Under the United States federal income tax

laws, a U.S. Shareholder will be required to include in gross income

the full amount of a cash dividend (including any Netherlands withholding tax withheld) as ordinary income

when the dividend is actually or constructively received by the U.S. Shareholder.

For this purpose, a “dividend”

will include any distribution paid by ING Groep N.V.

with respect to the Ordinary Shares, but only to the extent

such distribution is not in excess of ING Groep N.V.’s

current and accumulated earnings and profits as

determined for United States federal

income tax purposes. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated

earnings and profits, as determined for United States federal

income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-

taxable return of capital to the extent

of a U.S. Shareholder’s basis in the Ordinary Shares and thereafter as

capital gain. Because ING Groep N.V.

does not keep account of its earnings and profits, as determined for

United States federal income tax

purposes, U.S. Shareholders should generally expect to treat

any distribution

as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax

purposes.

For foreign tax credit purposes, dividends will generally be income

from sources outside the United States and

will, depending on the circumstances of the U.S. Shareholder,

generally be “passive” income for purposes of

computing the foreign tax credit allowable to the shareholder.

A dividend will not be eligible for the dividends

received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporations

in respect of dividends received from other U.S.

corporations. Dividends paid to a non-corporate U.S.

Shareholder that are considered qualified dividend

income will be taxable to the shareholder at preferential

rates applicable to long-term capital gains provided

that the shareholder holds the Ordinary Shares for more than 60 days during the 121-day

period beginning 60

days before the ex-dividend date

and meets other holding period requirements. Dividends paid by ING Groep

N.V.

with respect to the Ordinary Shares generally will be qualified dividend income, provided that, in the year

that you receive the dividend, we are eligible for the benefits of the Treaty.

We believe that we are currently

eligible for the benefits of the Treaty

and we therefore expect that dividends on the Ordinary Shares will be

qualified dividend income, but there can be no assurance that we will continue to be eligible for the benefits of

the Treaty.

Subject to certain limitations, a U.S. Shareholder may generally

deduct from income, or credit against its

United States federal income tax

liability, the amount of any Netherlands withholding taxes

under the Treaty.

The Netherlands withholding tax will likely not be creditable against the U.S.

Shareholder’s United States tax

liability, however,

to the extent that ING Groep N.V.

is allowed to reduce the amount of dividend withholding

tax paid over to the Netherlands Tax

Administration by crediting withholding tax imposed on certain dividends

paid to ING Groep N.V.

In addition, special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with

respect to dividends that are subject to preferential

rates. To

the extent a reduction or refund of the tax

withheld is available to you under Dutch law or under the Treaty,

the amount of tax withheld that could have

been reduced or is refundable will not be eligible for credit against your United

States federal income tax

liability. In addition, to the extent

an amount of Dutch tax withheld is contingent on the availability of a credit

against the amount of income tax owed to another country,

that amount of Dutch tax withheld will not be

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

127

eligible for a credit against your United States federal

income tax liability. It is unclear whether or how the

Netherlands would apply this rule in determining whether,

based on the Treaty,

a credit is available in the

United States for purposes of the dividend withholding tax refund

provision described in Section IV under

“Netherlands Taxation

—Withholding tax on dividends—Reduction of Dutch dividend withholding tax based on

Dutch law”.

Since payments of dividends with respect to Ordinary Shares will be made in Euros, a U.S. Shareholder will

generally be required to determine the amount of dividend income by translating

the Euro into United States

dollars at the “spot rate” on the date

the dividend distribution is includable in the income of the U.S.

Shareholder.

Generally, any

gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from

the date the dividend distribution is includable in the income of the U.S. Shareholder to the date such payment

is converted into U.S. dollars will be treated

as ordinary income or loss and will not be eligible for the special

tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income. Such gain or loss will generally

be income or loss from sources

within the United States for foreign tax

credit limitation purposes.

Taxes

on capital gains

Gain or loss on a sale or exchange of Ordinary Shares by a U.S. Shareholder will generally

be a capital gain or

loss for United States federal

income tax purposes. If such U.S. Shareholder has held the Ordinary Shares for

more than one year,

such gain or loss will generally be long-term capital gain or loss. Long-term capital gain

of

a non-corporate U.S. Shareholder is generally taxed

at preferential rates.

In general, gain or loss from a sale or

exchange of Ordinary Shares by a U.S. Shareholder will be treated

as income or loss from sources within the

United States for foreign tax

credit limitation purposes.

PFIC rules

ING Groep N.V.

believes it is not a PFIC for United States federal

income tax purposes, and it does not expect to

become a PFIC in the foreseeable future. However,

this conclusion is a factual determination that must be

made annually and thus may be subject to change. It is therefore possible that we could

become a PFIC in a

future taxable year

If ING Groep N.V.

were to be treated as a PFIC, unless a U.S. Shareholder made an effective

election to be taxed

annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to the Ordinary Shares, any gain

from the sale or disposition

of Ordinary Shares by a U.S. Shareholder would be allocated ratably

to each year in the holder’s holding period

and would be treated as ordinary income. Tax

would be imposed on the amount allocated to each year prior to

the year of disposition at the highest rate in effect

for that year,

and interest would be charged at the rate

applicable to underpayments on the tax payable

in respect of the amount so allocated. The same rules would

apply to “excess distributions”,

defined generally as distributions in a single taxable year exceeding

125% of the

average annual distribution made by ING Groep N.V.

over the shorter of the three preceding taxable years

or

the portion of the holder’s holding period that preceded the current taxable year.

Dividends received by a U.S.

Shareholder will not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income if ING Groep

N.V.

were to be treated as a PFIC with respect to the shareholder either in the taxable

year of the distribution

or the preceding taxable year,

but instead will be taxable at rates applicable to

ordinary income.

A U.S. Shareholder who owns Ordinary Shares during any year that ING Groep N.V.

is a PFIC may be required to

file Internal Revenue Service Form 8621.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

128

F.

Dividends and paying agents

This item does not apply to annual reports on Form 20-F.

G.

Statement by experts

This item does not apply to annual reports on Form 20-F.

H.

Documents on display

ING Groep N.V.

is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as

amended. In accordance with these requirements, ING Groep N.V.

files reports and other information with the

Securities and Exchange Commission (”SEC”). These materials, including this Annual Report and its exhibits,

may be inspected and copied on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

You may

also inspect ING Groep N.V.’s

SEC

reports and other information on the website of ING Groep N.V.

(www.ing.com).

I.

Subsidiary information

This item does not apply to annual reports on Form 20-F.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

129

Item 11. Quantitative

and Qualitative

Disclosure of Market

Risk

See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Factors

Affecting Results of Operations” and

“Additional information

  • ING Group Risk Management” for these

disclosures, including disclosures relating to

operational, compliance and other non-market-related

risks.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

130

Item 12. Description of Securities Other

Than Equity Securities

A.

Debt securities

This item does not apply to annual reports on Form 20-F.

B.

Warrants and rights

This item does not apply to annual reports on Form 20-F.

C.

Oth

er securities

This item does not apply to annual reports on Form 20-F.

D.

American depositary shares

Fees and Charges Payable

by a Holder of ADSs

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as ADR depositary,

may collect fees for,

among other things, the delivery and

surrender of ADSs directly from investors, or from

intermediaries acting for them, depositing Ordinary Shares

or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal.

The charges of the ADR depositary payable which may be payable

by investors are as follows:

Type of Service

ADR Depositary Actions

Fee Payable

Depositing or

substituting the

underlying Ordinary

Shares

Issuance of ADSs against the deposit of Ordinary Shares,

including deposits and issuances in respect of:

·

share distributions, rights and other

distributions.

·

a stock dividend or stock split.

·

a merger, exchange

of securities or

other transactions or events affecting

the ADSs or the underlying Ordinary

Shares.

$5.00 for each 100 ADSs (or portion

thereof) issued, delivered or upon

which a share distributive or elective

distribution is made or offered.

The

ADR depositary may sell sufficient

securities or property received in

respect of share distributions, rights

and other distributions prior to such

deposit to pay such charge.

Receiving or

distributing cash

dividends

Distribution of cash dividends or other cash distributions, or

offering of elective cash/stock dividends.

$0.05 or less per ADS held.

Selling or exercising

rights

·

additional ADRs resulting from a

dividend or free distribution consisting

of Ordinary Shares, or U.S dollars

resulting from sales of Ordinary Shares

received in a distribution.

·

Instruments representing rights to

acquire additional ADRs as a result of

distribution on Ordinary Shares, or U.S

dollars resulting from sales of such

rights.

·

other securities available to the ADR

depositary resulting from any

distribution on the deposited Ordinary

Shares, or U.S dollars resulting from

sales of such other securities.

An amount equal to the fee for the

execution and delivery of ADSs which

would have been charged as a result

of the deposit of such securities.

Withdrawing an

underlying Ordinary

Share

Acceptance of ADSs surrendered for withdrawal of deposited

Ordinary Shares

$5.00 for each 100 ADSs (or portion

thereof) reduced, cancelled or

surrendered.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

131

Type of Service

ADR Depositary Actions

Fee Payable

Transferring,

splitting or grouping

of ADRs

Registration, registration of transfer,

combination and split-up

of ADRs in the ADR register as evidenced by the ADRs

surrendered or upon delivery of proper instruments of transfer

$1.50 per ADR.

General depositary

services, particularly

those charged on an

annual basis

Other services performed by the ADR depositary in

administering the ADR program

$0.05 per ADS per calendar year (or

portion thereof), which may be

charged on a periodic basis during

each calendar year against holders of

the record date(s) set by the ADR

depositary and shall be payable at

the sole discretion of the ADR

depositary by billing such holders or

deducting such charge from one or

more cash distributions.

Reimbursement of

fees, charges and

expenses of the ADR

depositary

The ADR depositary and/or any of its agents may incur fees,

charges and expenses (including expenses incurred on behalf

of holders of ADRs in connection with compliance with foreign

exchange control regulations or any

law or regulation relating

to foreign investment) in connection with the servicing of the

underlying Ordinary Shares or other deposited securities, the

sale of securities (including, without limitation, deposited

securities), the delivery of deposited securities or otherwise in

connection with the ADR depositary’s compliance with

applicable law, rule or regulation.

Fees and charges shall be assessed

on a proportionate basis against

holders of ADRs as of the record date

or dates set by the ADR depositary

and shall be payable at the sole

discretion of the ADR depositary by

billing such holders of ADRs or by

deducting such charge from one or

more cash dividends or other cash

distributions.

Type of Service

ADR Depositary Actions

Fee Payable

Other charges and

expenses of the ADR

depositary

The ADR depositary may incur charges and expenses on behalf

of holders in connection with:

·

stock transfer or other taxes

and other

governmental charges.

·

SWIFT, cable, telex

and facsimile

transmission and delivery charges

incurred at the request of persons

depositing, or holders of ADRs delivering

underlying Ordinary Shares, ADRs or

deposited securities.

·

transfer or registration fees

for the

registration or transfer of deposited

securities.

·

fees, expenses and other charges of the

ADR depositary or its agent in

connection with the conversion of

foreign currency into U.S. dollars.

Payable by holders or persons

depositing Ordinary Shares.

Payable by persons depositing, or

holders of ADRs delivering underlying

Ordinary Shares, Ads or deposited

securities.

Payable by persons depositing or

withdrawing deposited securities.

Payable by persons receiving such

foreign currency,

as the ADR

depositary will deduct any fees,

expenses and other charges prior to

distributing such foreign currency.

Fees and Payments made by the ADR depositary to

ING

In consideration for acting as depositary,

the ADR depositary has agreed to provide ING with certain amounts

on an annual basis. In the year ended 31 December 2020, the ADR depositary paid aggregate fees and made

other direct and indirect payments to ING in an amount of USD 3,335,215.

Under certain circumstances, including removal of the ADR depositary or termination of the ADR program

by

ING, ING is required to repay the ADR depositary certain amounts reimbursed

and/or expenses paid to or on

behalf of ING.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

132

PART

II.

Item 13. Defaults,

Dividend Arrearages

and

Delinquencies

None.

Item 14. Material Modifications

to the

Rights of Security Holders and Use of

Proceeds

None.

Item 15. Controls and Procedures

Internal control over financial reporting

Due to the listing of ING shares on the New York Stock

Exchange, ING Group is required to comply with the SEC

regulations adopted pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (SOX

404). These regulations require that

the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) of ING Group report and certify on an

annual basis on the effectiveness of ING Group’s

internal control over financial reporting. Moreover,

the external

auditors are required to provide an opinion on the effectiveness

of ING Group’s internal

control over financial

reporting.

SOX 404 activities are organized along the lines of the governance

structure, and involve the participation of

senior management across ING. Following the SOX 404 process, ING is in the position to publish an unqualified

statement that the Company’s

internal control over financial reporting was effective

as of 31 December 2020.

The SOX 404 statement by the Executive

Board is included on this page, followed by the report of the external

auditor as issued on Form 20-F.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company’s management, under the supervision and with the participation of the CEO and CFO, has

performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation

of the Company’s disclosure controls

and procedures. Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that the Company’s

disclosure controls

and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2020, the end of the period covered

by the 2020 Form 20-F.

Report of the Executive Board on Internal

Control Over Financial Reporting

The Executive Board is responsible for establishing and maintaining

adequate internal control over financial

reporting. ING’s internal control

over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of our

principal executive and principal financial officers to provide reasonable

assurance regarding the reliability of

financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for

external purposes in accordance with generally

accepted accounting principles.

Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

◾

Pertain to the maintenance of records that,

in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the

transactions and dispositions of assets of ING;

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

133

◾

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded

as necessary to permit preparation of

financial statements in accordance with generally accepted

accounting principles, and that our receipts

and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorisations of our management and

directors; and

◾

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention

or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use

or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over

financial reporting may not prevent or detect

misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation

of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that

controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that

the degree of compliance with the

policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The Executive Board assessed the effectiveness of internal

control over financial reporting as of 31 December

  1. In making this assessment, the Executive Board performed tests based on the criteria of the Committee

of

Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway

Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Reporting – Integrated Framework

(2013 Framework). Based on the Executive Board’s

assessment and those criteria, the Executive Board concluded

that the Company’s internal control

over financial reporting was effective as of 31 December 2020.

Attestation Report

of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

Our independent registered public accounting firm has audited and issued their report on ING’s

internal control

over financial reporting, which appears on the page below.

Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal

controls over financial reporting during the period

covered by this Annual Report that have materially affected

or are reasonably likely to materially affect,

our

internal control over financial reporting.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders

and the Supervisory Board

ING Groep N.V.:

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited ING Groep N.V.

and subsidiaries’ (‘the Company’) internal control over financial reporting as of

December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated

Framework (2013) issued by

the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway

Commission. In our opinion, the Company

maintained, in all material respects, effective

internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020,

based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated

Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of

Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway

Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards

of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board

(United States) (‘PCAOB’), the consolidated statements

of financial position of the Company as of December 31,

2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements

of profit or loss, comprehensive income, changes in equity,

and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2020, and the related

notes

and specific disclosures described in Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements as being part of the

consolidated financial statements (collectively,

‘the consolidated financial statements’), and our report dated

March 8, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining

effective internal control

over financial reporting and

for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control

over financial reporting, included in the accompanying

Report of the Executive Board on Internal Control

Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an

opinion on the Company’s internal control over

financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public

accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required

to be independent with respect to the Company in

accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations

of the Securities and

Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

134

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards

of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan

and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective

internal control over financial

reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control

over financial reporting included

obtaining an understanding of internal control

over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material

weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating

effectiveness of internal control

based on

the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the

circumstances. We believe that our audit provides

a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control

over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance

regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation

of financial statements for external purposes in

accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s

internal control over financial reporting

includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that,

in reasonable detail,

accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company;

(2) provide

reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded

as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements

in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and

expenditures of the company

are being made only in accordance with authorisations of management and directors of the company;

and (3)

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention

or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, or

disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material

effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over

financial reporting may not prevent or detect

misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation

of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that

controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the

degree of compliance with the

policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ KPMG Accountants N.V.

Amstelveen, The Netherlands

March 8, 2021

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

The Supervisory Board has determined that Margarete Haase, who is a member of the Supervisory Board,

qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the SEC pursuant to section 407 of the Sarbanes-

Oxley Act of 2002. The Supervisory Board has further determined that Margarete Haase is “independent”,

as

defined in Rule 10A-3 under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934. She was appointed as a member of the

Supervisory Board at the General Meeting in May 2017 and her appointment became effective

as per 1 May

2018, as decided by the Supervisory Board in January 2018. Margarete Haase is chairwoman of the Audit

Committee.

Item 16B. Code of Ethics

How we work

Creating a differentiating employee experience

starts with ING’s distinctive

culture: entrepreneurial, open,

collaborative, innovative and energetic.

Who we are and how we work are set out in the Orange Code, our

internal Code of Ethics. Putting

‘integrity above all’

, it comprises:

Our values.

The non-negotiable promises we make to the world no matter

what.

◾

We are honest.

◾

We are responsible.

◾

We are prudent.

Our behaviours.

The commitments we make to each other and the standards by which we measure each other’s

performance:

◾

You take

it on and make it happen.

◾

You help others to

be successful.

◾

You are always

a step ahead.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

135

The Orange Code is supported by a compliments tool, kudos, that allows employees

to give each other

compliments based on Orange Code behaviours. Employees are introduced

to the Orange Code early with new

joiners invited to complete a global online e-learning introduction module that

explains more about ING’s

culture, how we work and what we expect from employees. In 2019, ING also developed

a global code of conduct

that builds on the Orange Code and sets the standards we expect our people to uphold. This ING Global Code of

Conduct was launched in February 2020. All employees were requested to perform

online e-learning explaining

the Global Code of Conduct in more detail and signed off on adherence to the Global Code of Conduct.

Our Orange Code is included within the performance management process and discussed throughout the year.

It

is also linked to our Employee Value Proposition

(or Our People Offer), which forms the basis of all people-

related programmes. Through these activities, our aim is to develop a culture

that is focused on long- term value

creation.

The Orange Code applies to all employees worldwide, including the principal executive, financial and accounting

officers. The values and behaviours of the Orange Code are available

on the ING website at

https://www.ing.jobs/Global/Careers/Orange

-code.htm.

In 2020, there were no amendments to the Orange Code. ING did not grant any

waivers (including implicit

waivers) under the Orange Code to the principal executive,

financial or accounting officers in 2020.

Regarding the management of actual or potential conflicts of interest,

ING maintains a Policy on Information

Barriers and Conflicts of Interest which applies to all employees worldwide, including the principal executive,

financial and accounting officers. A description of the Policy on Information Barriers

and Conflicts of Interest is

available to view on the ING website at https://www.ing.com/About

-us/Compliance/Information-Barriers-

Conflicts-of-Interest.htm.

The Conflict of Interest Policy “aims to identify,

assess, manage and mitigate or prevent actual and potential

conflicts between ING customers and between the interests

of ING an the private interests of ING Employees,

including members of ING’s Senior Management which could adversely

influence the performance of their duties

and responsibilities”.

In 2020, an updated Conflicts of Interest was launched and implemented throughout

ING globally.

. ING did not

grant any waivers (including implicit waivers)

under the Conflicts of Interest Policy to the principal executive,

financial or accounting officers in 2020.

Regarding reporting of breaches of the Orange Code, encouraging

a speak up culture and raising concerns about

suspected or actual criminal conduct, unethical conduct or other misconduct by or within ING, ING maintains a

Whistleblower Policy next to the standard reporting

and escalation lines. This requires prompt internal reporting

of violations of the Orange Code and applies to all employees worldwide, including the principal executive,

financial and accounting officers. A description of the Whistleblower Policy is available

on the ING website at

www.ing.com/About

-us/Compliance/ING-Group-Whistleblower-Policy.htm.

ING did not grant any waivers (including implicit waivers)

under the Whistleblower Policy to the principal

executive, financial or accounting officers in 2020.

Banker’s Oath

All employees working for ING in the Netherlands (including ING's principal executive, financial or accounting

officers) take the Banker's

Oath. The oath contains a set of principles affirming the banking industry's

commitment to maintain high standards of ethical behaviour.

Accountability and a disciplinary sanction

mechanism are linked to breaches of these principles.

Compliance is trained to support employees in dealing with dilemmas via workshops and dialogue sessions, using

the Orange Code Decision Making

model (a so-called “four-step approach” weighing the rights and interest

of

stakeholders involved).

In 2020, there were no amendments to the Banker's Oath. ING did not grant

any waivers under the Banker's Oath

to principal executive, financial or accounting officers in 2020. The text

of the Banker’s oath can be found here:

https://www.ing.com/About

-us/Corporate-governance/Dutch-Banking-Code.htm

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

136

Item 16C. Principal Accountant

Fees and

Services

At the Annual General Meeting held on 23 April 2019, KPMG was re-appointed as the external audit firm for

ING

Group for the financial years 2020 through 2023. This appointment includes the responsibility to provide

an audit

opinion on the financial statements and internal control over

financial reporting on 31 December 2020 and to

report on the outcome of these audits to the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board.

The external auditor may be questioned at the Annual General Meeting in relation to

its audit opinion on the

financial statements. The external auditor will therefore

attend and be entitled to address this meeting. The

external auditor attended the meetings of the Risk Committee and of the Audit Committee

and attended and

addressed the 2020 Annual General Meeting, at which the external auditor was questioned about its audit

opinion.

The external auditor may only provide services to ING Group and its subsidiaries with the permission of the Audit

Committee, in line with the ING Group Policy on External Auditors’ Independence. All services were approved

by

the Audit Committee.

More information on the ING Group Policy on External Auditors’

Independence is available on the website of ING

Group www.ing.com.

Audit fees

Audit fees were paid for professional services rendered

by the auditors for the audit of the consolidated financial

statements of ING Group and statutory

financial statements of ING’s

subsidiaries or services provided in

connection with the audit of Form 20-F and other filings for regulatory and supervisory purposes as well as the

review on interim financial statements

and work performed relating to comfort letters

issued in connection with

prospectuses and reviews of SEC product filings.

Audit-related fees

Audit-related fees were

paid for assurance and related services that are reasonably related

to the performance of

the audit or review of the consolidated financial statements and are not reported

under the audit fee item

above. These services consisted primarily of specific agreed-upon procedure engagements

and assurance

engagements.

Tax

fees

Over 2020 no tax fees were paid. Under the current ING Policy

on External Auditor Independence most tax

services are prohibited and some tax services are only allowed after specific approval

under an ‘exception

procedure’.

Reference is made to Note 28 ‘Other operating

expenses’ in the consolidated financial statements for

audit,

audit-related, tax and all other fees

paid to the external auditors in 2020, 2019 and 2018.

Item 16D. Exemptions

from the Listing

Standards for

Audit Committees

Not applicable.

Item 16E. Purchases of Equity

Securities by

the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

There were no purchases by us or any of our affiliated purchasers

of any of our equity securities registered

pursuant to Section 12 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the fiscal years ended December 31,

2020 and 2019.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

137

Item 16F.

Changes in Registrant’s

Certifying

Accountant

Not applicable.

Dutch Corporate Governance Code

ING Group uses the Dutch Corporate Governance Code (DCGC) as reference

for its corporate governance

structure and practices.

ING’s application of the DCGC is described in the 2020 ‘Application

of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code by

ING Groep N.V.’,

dated 8 March 2021, available on ing.com. This is to be read in conjunction with this chapter

and is deemed to be incorporated into this chapter.

The DCGC can be downloaded from the website mccg.nl.

Dutch Banking Code

The Dutch Banking Code (Banking Code), is only applicable to ING Bank N.V.

(ING Bank) and not to ING Group.

However,

ING Group voluntarily applies the principles of the Banking Code regarding remuneration

to its

Executive Board members and senior management. The application by ING Bank is described in the 2020

publication ‘Application

of the Dutch Banking Code by ING Bank N.V.’,

dated 8 March 2021, available on ing.com.

The Banking Code can be downloaded from the website nvb.nl/english/.

Differences between Dutch and US corporate governance practices

ING Group is a public limited liability company (naamloze vennootschap) organised

under the laws of the

Netherlands. It qualifies as a foreign private issuer under the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) rules

and for the purposes of the New York Stock

Exchange (NYSE) listing standards. Under NYSE listing standards,

listed companies that are foreign private

issuers are permitted to follow home-country practice

in some

circumstances, in lieu of the provisions of the corporate governance

rules contained in Section 303A of the NYSE

Listed Company Manual applicable to US-listed companies. In accordance with

the requirements of the SEC and

NYSE, ING Group must disclose in its Annual Report on Form 20-F any significant differences

between its

corporate governance practices and those applicable to

US companies under NYSE listing standards. ING Group

believes the following to be the significant differences between

its corporate governance practices and the NYSE

corporate governance rules applicable to US companies:

•

ING Group has a two-tier board structure, in contrast to

the one-tier board structure used by most US

companies. In the Netherlands, a public limited liability company with a two-tier board structure has an

executive board as its management body and a supervisory board that advises and supervises the executive

board. Supervisory board members are often former state

or business leaders and sometimes former

members of the executive board. A member of the executive

board or other officer or employee of the

company cannot simultaneously be a member of the supervisory board. The supervisory board must approve

specified decisions of the executive board.

•

NYSE listing standards generally require

a majority of board members to be ‘independent’ as determined

under the NYSE listing standards. Under the DCGC, all members of the supervisory board, with the exception

of not more than one person, should be ‘independent’ as determined under the DCGC. However,

the

definition of ‘independent’ under the DCGC differs in its details from the definition of ‘independent’ under the

NYSE listing standards. In some cases, Dutch requirements

are stricter; in other cases the NYSE listing

standards are stricter

. All members of ING’s Supervisory Board, are independent as determined under the

DCGC.

•

NYSE listing standards require a US company to

have a compensation committee and a nominating/corporate

governance committee, each composed entirely of independent director

s

(as determined under the NYSE

listing standards). ING’s

Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee

and Remuneration Committee are

composed entirely of members of the Supervisory Board who are independent as determined under the

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

138

DCGC.

•

NYSE listing standards require that, when a member of the audit committee

of a US company serves on four

or more audit committees of public companies, the company should disclose (on its website, in its annual

proxy statement or in its annual report filed with the SEC) that the

board of directors has determined this

simultaneous service would not impair the director’s service to the company.

Dutch law does not require the

Supervisory Board to make such a determination.

•

In contrast to the NYSE listing standards,

the DCGC contains an ‘apply-or-explain’

principle, offering the

possibility of deviating from the DCGC. For any deviations by ING Group, please refer

to the paragraph ‘Dutch

Corporate Governance Code’.

•

NYSE listing standards applicable to US companies require external

auditors to be appointed by the audit

committee. By contrast, Dutch

law requires ING Group’s external

auditors to be appointed by the General

Meeting and not by the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee is responsible for preparing the Supervisory

Board’s nomination to the General

Meeting for the appointment and remuneration of ING Group’s

external

auditor,

and annually evaluates the independence and functioning of, and developments in the relationship

with, ING Group’s external

auditor and informs the Supervisory Board of its findings and proposed measures.

•

Under NYSE listing standards, shareholders of US companies must be given the opportunity to

vote on all

equity compensation plans and to approve material revisions to those plans, with limited

exceptions set forth

in the NYSE rules. The NYSE rules require a shareholder vote on all equity compensation plans applicable to

any employee, director or other service provider of a company.

The results of such votes are advisory in

nature rather than binding. Under Dutch law and the DCGC, binding shareholder approval

is only required for

equity compensation plans (or changes thereto) for members of the executive

board and supervisory board,

and not for equity compensation plans for other groups of employees.

Item 16H. Mine Safety

Disclosure

Not applicable.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

139

PART

III.

Item 17. Consolidated Financial Statements

Not applicable.

Item 18. Consolidated Financial Statements

Reference is made to the Consolidated financial statements

of ING Group on page F-249.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

140

Item 19. Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report:

Exhibit 1.1

Amended and Restated Articles of Association of ING Groep N.V., dated May 6, 2020

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Report on Form 6-K filed on 25

August 2020)

Exhibit 2.1

Description of Securities Registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act

Exhibit 2.2

Subordinated Indenture, dated 18 July 2002, between the Company and The Bank of New

York, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-

F for the year ended 31 December 2002, File No. 1-14642 filed on 27 March 2003)

Exhibit 2.3

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated 28 October 2003, between the Company and The Bank

of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.4 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on

Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2003, File No. 1-14642 filed on 30 March 2004)

Exhibit 2.4

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated 26 September 2005, between the Company and The

Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of ING Groep N.V.’s Report on

Form 6-K filed on 23 September 2005)

Exhibit 2.5

Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated 13 June 2007, between the Company and The Bank of

New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Report on Form 6-K

filed on 12 June 2007)

Exhibit 2.6

First Supplemental Indenture between ING Groep N.V. and The Bank of New York Mellon,

London Branch, as trustee, dated 16 April 2015, in respect of 6.000% Perpetual Additional Tier

1 Contingent Convertible Capital Securities (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of ING

Groep N.V.’s Report on Form 6-K filed on 16 April 2015)

Exhibit 2.7

Second Supplemental Indenture between ING Groep N.V. and The Bank of New York Mellon,

London Branch, as trustee, dated 16 April 2015, in respect of 6.500% Perpetual Additional Tier

1 Contingent Convertible Capital Securities (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of ING

Groep N.V.’s Report on Form 6-K filed on 16 April 2015)

Exhibit 2.8

Senior Debt Securities Indenture between ING Groep N.V. and The Bank of New York Mellon,

London Branch, as Trustee, dated 29 March 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of

ING Groep N.V.’s Report on Form 6-K filed on 29 March 2017)

Exhibit 2.9

First Supplemental Indenture between ING Groep N.V. and The Bank of New York Mellon,

London Branch, as trustee, dated 29 March 2017, in respect of 3.150% Fixed Rate Senior Notes

due 2022, 3.950% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2027 and Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2022

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of ING Groep N.V.’s Report on Form 6-K filed on 29

March 2017)

Exhibit 2.10

Third Supplemental Indenture between ING Groep N.V. and The Bank of New York Mellon,

London Branch, as trustee, dated 9 April 2019, in respect of 3.550% Fixed Rate Senior Notes

due 2024 and 4.050% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2029 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit

4.1 of ING Groep N.V's Report on Form 6-K filed on 9 April 2019)

Exhibit 2.11

Third Supplemental Indenture between ING Groep N.V. and The Bank of New York Mellon,

London Branch, as trustee, dated 10 September 2019, in respect of 5.750% Perpetual

Additional Tier 1 Contingent Convertible Capital Securities (incorporated by reference to

Exhibit 4.1 of ING Groep N.V's Report on Form 6-K filed on 10 September 2019)

Exhibit 8

List of Subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V.

Exhibit 12.1

Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the

Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002

Exhibit 12.2

Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

141

Exhibit 13.1

Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as

adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Exhibit 13.2

Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as

adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Exhibit 15.1

Consent of KPMG Accountants

Exhibit 101

eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL)

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all the requirements

for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly

caused and authorised the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

ING Groep N.V.

(Registrant)

By:/s/T.

Phutrakul

T. Phutrakul

Chief Financial Officer

Date: March 8, 2021

ing20f2020p142i0.jpg

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Risk management at ING Group

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

142

Risk management

The Covid-19 pandemic and subsequent lockdown measures have

thrown the

world into turmoil. The global economy shrank in 2020 as domestic

demand

and supply, trade

and finance have been severely disrupted. This section

explains ING’s

approach towards risk management and how

this was impacted

by the Covid-19 pandemic.

As a global financial institution with a strong European base, offering banking services, ING is exposed to a variety

of risks. We manage these risks through a comprehensive

risk management framework that integrates

risk

management into daily business activities and strategic planning. This safeguards

ING’s financial strength

and

reputation by promoting the identification, measurement

and control of risks at all levels of the organisation.

Taking measured risks

is core to ING’s business.

The risk management function supports the Executive Board in formulating the risk appetite, strategies,

policies

and limits. It provides review,

oversight and support functions throughout ING on risk-related

items. ING’s main

financial risks exposures are to credit risk (including transfer

risk), market risk (including interest rate,

equity, real

estate, credit spread, and foreign exchange

risks), funding and liquidity risk, and business risk. ING is also exposed

to non-financial risks such as operational,

IT and compliance risks, as well as to model risks. The ING Group chief

risk officer (CRO) is also the CRO of ING Bank.

This section sets out how ING manages its risks on a day-to-day basis. It explains how the risk management

function is embedded within the organisation based on the ‘three lines of defence’ model. It describes the key

risks that arise from ING’s business model and how these are managed by dedicated

risk management

departments, with various specific areas of expertise. The section provides qualitative and quantitative

disclosures about solvency, credit,

market, funding and liquidity,

ESG, business, operational, IT,

compliance and

model risks.

Risk profile

This chart provides high-level information on the risks arising from ING’s

business activities:

Risk profile

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Risk management at ING Group

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

143

Top and emerging risks

The risks listed below are defined as existing and emerging risks that may

have a potentially significant impact on

our financial position or our business model. They may have a material impact on the reputation of the company,

introduce volatility in future operational results, or impact ING’s

medium and long-term strategy including the

ability to pay dividends, maintain appropriate levels of capital

or meet liquidity and funding targets. An emerging

risk is defined as a risk that has the potential to have a significant negative

effect on our performance, but whose

impact on the organisation is currently more difficult to assess than other risk factors

that are not identified as

emerging risks.

The topics have emerged as part of the annual risk assessment that is performed as part of the Stress Testing

Framework and the Risk Appetite Framework. The sequence in which the risks are presented

below is not

indicative of their likelihood of occurrence or the potential magnitude of their financial consequences.

The 2020 risk assessment confirmed our top and emerging risks. The top risks in 2020 are related

to financial

crime, cybercrime and a persistent low interest rate

environment.

On top of that, the Covid-19 pandemic

impacted our business environment. Climate change risk remains an important

risk, reflecting the impact that

climate change may have for the financial position and/or

reputation of ING.

Covid-19 pandemic

Covid-19 was declared a global pandemic by the World Health Organization

on 11 March 2020. Various countries

and local governmental authorities across the world have introduced

measures aimed at preventing the further

spread of Covid-19. Read more in ‘The world around us‘.

In addition, governments in various countries have introduced

measures aimed at mitigating the economic

consequences of the outbreak. For example, the Dutch government

has announced economic measures aimed at

protecting jobs, households’ wages and companies, e.g., by way of tax payment

holidays, guarantee schemes and

a compensation scheme for heavily affected sectors

in the economy. These announced measures and any

additional measures, including any payment holidays with respect to mortgages

or other loans, have had and

may continue to have a significant impact on ING’s

customers and other counterparties. Read more in ‘Our

business’, in ‘Credit

risk’ and in Note 51 ‘Capital Management’.

The Covid-19 pandemic has affected all of ING’s

businesses. These effects have included increased volatility,

widening of credit spreads, and credit deterioration of loans to ING’s

customers. The 2020 risk costs were

impacted by a combination of increased collective provisioning reflecting the worsened

macroeconomic

indicators and uncertainty,

higher individual Stage 3 provisions, negative rating

migration and manual overlays to

address the risk on payment holidays and for the delay in observed defaults

as a result of the Government

support measures.

Sectors particularly impacted by the Covid-19 pandemic were Aviation (Transportation

and

Logistics), Hospitality and Leisure (Services and Food, Beverages and Personal Care)

and Non-food retail (Retail).

Increased attention is being paid to our financial risks. This was especially true during the initial phases of the

pandemic, which included high frequency calls between senior management of the bank, as well as with external

stakeholders like

the ECB, to intensely monitor developments relating to

liquidity, market

and credit risks. ING

also performed several types of stress tests and sectoral

reviews to assess the potential impact on its financial

position, which helped ING to get further insights into the potential impact and to define appropriate

mitigating

actions. Read more in ‘Credit risk’,

‘Market risk’ and ‘Funding and Liquidity risk’.

Basis of disclosures (*)

The risk management section contains information relating to

the nature and extent of the risks of

financial instruments as required by International Financial Reporting Standards

(IFRS) 7 'Financial

Instruments: Disclosures'. These disclosures are an integral part of ING Group Consolidated

financial

statements and are indicated by the symbol

(*). Chapters, paragraphs, graphs or tables within the risk

management section that are indicated with this symbol in the respective

headings or table header

are considered to be an integral part of the consolidated

financial statements.

This risk management section also includes additional disclosures beyond those required by IFRS

standards, such as certain legal and regulatory disclosures. Not all information

in this section can be

reconciled back to the primary financial statements and corresponding notes,

as it has been prepared

using risk data that differs to the accounting basis of measurement.

Examples of such differences

include the exclusion of accrued interest and certain costs

and fees from risk data, and timing

differences in exposure values (IFRS 9 models report

expected credit loss on underlying exposures).

Disclosures in accordance with Part Eight of the CRR and CRD IV,

and as required by the supervisory

authority, are published in our ‘Additional

Pillar III Report’, which can be found

on our corporate

website ing.com.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Risk management at ING Group

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

144

ING is monitoring the evolving Covid-19 pandemic carefully to understand the impact on its people and business.

A central ING team has been set up to monitor the situation globally and provide guidance on health and safety

measures, travel advice, and business continuity for our company.

In addition, a situation in which most or some

of ING’s employees continue working

from home may raise operational risks, including with respect to

information security,

data protection, availability of key

systems and infrastructure

integrity. Read

more in ‘Non-

financial risk’.

The duration of the pandemic and the impact of measures taken in response by governmental

authorities,

central banks and other third parties remain uncertain. Recent

increases in Covid-19 infection rates amplified

uncertainty and affect the recovery path. Potential

economic implications for the countries and sectors where

ING is active, which could have a material adverse effect

on ING’s business and operations, are continuously

being identified, assessed and monitored in order to execute possible mitigating

actions.

Geopolitical risk

ING`s business and portfolios are exposed to geopolitical risks such as political instability,

social unrest or military

conflicts, which could adversely affect our operations.

Global tensions over trade, technology and ideology pose

challenges and have negative effects

for economic growth. The Covid-19 pandemic could accelerate and amplify

the negative impact, with divergence both between and within countries leading to increased inequality.

The US-China relationship stands out as an important geopolitical

risk, with (related) trade tensions, negatively

impacting global growth. Increasing protectionism between key

countries could lead to a slowdown in global

production and adversely affect global trade and investments

.

On 24 December 2020, the United Kingdom and the European Union agreed a post-Brexit "EU-UK Trade

and

Cooperation" Agreement (the “TCA”). The financial services provisions of the TCA are very limited. UK-based

financial services providers lost EU passporting rights from 1 January 2021 and EU-UK financial services have

become subject to unilateral equivalence decisions. The EU and UK regulators have

taken measures to address

overall financial stability risks (e.g. extension to recognition

of UK CCPs).

ING’s Brexit preparations

were predicated on a no trade deal outcome and certain business model adaptations

have been implemented to ensure the continuity of business post-Brexit.

ING was well prepared with both our

EU and UK post-Brexit authorisations. ECB’s

authorisation decision conditions have been met or are on track for

their September 2021 due dates. Pending PRA & FCA authorisation decision, UK Temporary

Permissions Regime

is allowing continuity of UK branch authorisation from 1 January 2021. Some FM trading activities will move from

London to Amsterdam as a result of Brexit.

ING continuously monitors the developments and outlook in geopolitical risk and assesses what impacts these

may have on our portfolios. Internal stress

testing and scenario analyses are used to assess the potential impact

and adjust the limits to exposures according to our risk appetite.

Financial economic crime

Knowing who we do business with helps us protect our customers, society and our bank from

financial economic

crimes (FEC). We believe that as gatekeepers

to the financial system we have an obligation

to prevent criminals

from misusing it, detect misuse where it occurs and respond accordingly.

We believe we can be even more

effective in safeguarding the financial system

if we join forces and work with other banks and with national,

European and global authorities and law enforcement agencies to tackle financial economic crime. In 2020, ING

continued to execute and update

policies and procedures to further enhance our know your customer (KYC)

activities. In addition, ING set up a special taskforce to monitor transactions for financial economic crime related

to Covid-19.

Cybercrime

Cybercrime remains a continuous threat to companies in general

and to financial institutions in particular.

Both

the frequency and the intensity of attacks are increas

ing on a global scale. Threats from distributed denial of

service (DDoS) attacks,

targeted

attacks (also called advanced persistent

threats) and ransomware have

intensified worldwide.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Risk management at ING Group

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

145

ING builds on its cybercrime resilience through its dedicated Cyber Crime Expertise and Response Team,

further

enhancing the control environment to protect

from, and detect and respond to,

e-banking fraud, DDoS and

targeted attacks. Controls

and monitoring continue to be embedded in the organisation as part of the overall

internal control framework and are

continuously re-assessed against existing and new threats.

The identification

and monitoring of new threat actors and campaigns relevant

to ING inform this process as does closer alignment

between IT security and fraud teams. In addition, ING continues to strengthen its global cybercrime and fraud

resilience through extensive collaboration with financial industry peers,

law enforcement authorities,

government (e.g. National Cybersecurity Center) and internet service providers

(ISPs).

Data management

ING is using a large number of systems and applications to support key

business processes and operations to best

focus on our customers and their needs. The reconciliation of multiple data sources

and the protection of

customer data are regarded as crucial processes

in ING, and further spurred by its strategic focus on digital

service delivery, technology and innovation.

We depend on the secure processing, storage and transmission

of

confidential and other information in our computer systems

and networks. ING is also subject to increasing

regulatory requirements including EU General Data

Protection Regulation (GDPR) and the Basel Committee for

Banking Supervision (BCBS 239) principles. ING is continuing to improve data governance, execute

data-quality

framework controls consistently

across the Bank and prioritising implementation of the target infrastructure

to

further simplify, standardise

and modernise its activities.

Low/negative interest rate

environment

The persistent low/negative interest

rate environment, with central

banks holding their rates at negative levels in

most countries, continued to negatively impact short-term

as well as long-term market rates. The Covid-19

pandemic intensified the low/negative interest rate

environment and it is expected to remain at this level for

some time. This is posing a challenge for bank business models that earn income from net interest income from

traditional savings activities. In addition, loans are being repriced at lower rates

which is putting more pressure

on margins and impacting long-term profitability.

ING is continuously assessing this market environment. ING has

introduced negative charging and is reducing thresholds for

charging negative rates. Further,

ING is expanding

other sources of income such as net fee and commission income.

Climate change risk

ING is increasingly aware of the risks associated with climate change. This includes physical

risk and transition

risk. Physical risk can be acute, such as flood and wildfires, or chronic, such as increase in temperature

and sea

level rise. Transition risk can

be driven by policy, technological or market

changes occurring as we shift towards a

low-carbon global economy and potentially lead to stranded

assets.

In addition to our Climate Expert Group (CEG), in 2020 we established an internal climate

risk working group to

address the impacts resulting from climate change as part of a bank-wide approach.

As such, climate should be

considered to be included in our risk management framework and integrated

into a forward-looking approach.

Our Climate

Risk Report 2020 details our approach and sector-specific insights.

Risk governance (*)

Effective risk management requires

firm-wide risk governance. ING’s risk and control

structure is based on the

‘three lines of defence’ governance model. Each line has a specific role and defined responsibilities, with the

execution of tasks being distinct from the control

of these same tasks. The three lines work closely together to

identify, assess, and mitigate

risks.

This governance framework is designed in such a way that risk is managed in line with the risk appetite approved

by the Management Board Banking (MBB), the Executive Board (EB) and the Supervisory Board (SB); and this

approach is cascaded throughout ING. The MBB is composed of the Executive Board of ING Group, the heads of

the business lines and the chief operating officer.

The heads of ING’s banking business and support functions and the heads of the country units, or their delegates,

are the first line of defence. They have the primary ownership,

accountability and responsibility for assessing,

controlling and mitigating all financial and non-financial risks affecting

their businesses, and, for the

completeness and accuracy of the financial statements and risk reports with

respect to their responsible areas.

The COO is responsible and accountable for proper security and controls

on global applications and IT platforms

servicing the Bank and implementing proper processes.

ing20f2020p146i0.jpg

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Risk management at ING Group

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

146

The second line of defence consists of oversight and specialised functions in risk management and compliance.

They (i) have co-responsibility for risk management, through articulating

and translating the risk appetite into

methodologies and policies to support and monitor business management's control of risk, (ii) objectively

challenge risk management execution and control

processes and coordinate the reporting of risks and controls by

the first line of defence, (iii) advise management on risk management and compliance and have

decision-making

power in relation to business activities that are judged to present unacceptable

risks to ING and (iv) can set

minimum requirements in terms of quality and quantity of global resourcing in the risk management and

compliance functions.

The internal audit function forms the third line of defence. It provides an independent assessment of the

effectiveness of internal controls

over the risks to ING’s business processes and assets,

including risk

management activities performed in both the first and second lines of defence. To

protect its independent

nature, decisions regarding the appointment, re-appointment

or dismissal from office as well as the

remuneration package of the head of the internal audit function require Supervisory Board approval.

The next graph illustrates the different

key senior management level committees

in place in the risk governance

structure.

(*)

Risk governance

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Risk management at ING Group

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

147

Board-level risk oversight

(*)

ING has a two-tier board structure consisting of a Management Board (EB for ING Group

and MBB for ING Bank)

and a Supervisory Board (SB); both tiers play an important role in managing and monitoring the risk management

framework.

◾

The SB is responsible for supervising EB and MBB policy, the general

course of affairs of ING Group, ING

Bank and its business (including its financial policies and corporate structure). For risk management

purposes the SB is advised mainly by the Risk Committee, which assists and advises in monitoring the risk

profile and approving the overarching risk appetite

of the company as well as the structure and effective

operation of the internal risk management and control systems.

◾

The EB is responsible for managing risks associated with all activities of ING Group, whereas the MBB is

responsible for managing risks associated with all activities of ING Bank. The EB and MBB responsibilities

include ensuring that internal risk management and control systems

are effective and that ING Group

and ING Bank comply with relevant legislation and regulations. On a regular basis, the EB and MBB

report on these issues and discuss the internal risk management and control systems

with the SB. On a

quarterly basis, the EB and MBB report on ING’s risk profile versus

its risk appetite to the Risk

Committee, explaining changes in the risk profile.

As a member of the EB and the MBB, the CRO is responsible for ensuring that risk management issues are heard

and discussed at the highest level. The CRO steers a risk organisation

both at head-office and business-unit levels,

which participates in commercial decision-making, bringing countervailing power to keep

the risk profile within

the agreed risk tolerance. The CRO reports to the SB committee on ING’s

risk appetite levels and on ING’s risk

profile at least quarterly.

In addition, the CRO briefs them on developments in internal and external risk-related

issues and seeks to ensure they understand specific risk concepts.

Executive level

(*)

The key risk committees described below act within the overall risk policy and delegated

authorities granted by

the MBB:

◾

Global Credit and Trading Policy

Committee (GCTP) discusses and approves policies, methodologies, and

procedures related to credit, trading, country,

and reputation (i.e. environmental and social risk or ESR)

risks. The GCTP meets on a monthly basis. After the MBB and the GCTP,

the Credit and Trading Risk

Committee (CTRC) is the highest level body authorised to discuss and approve policies, methodologies,

and procedures related to credit and trading risk.

◾

Global Credit Committee – Transaction

Approval (GCC(TA))

discusses and approves transactions that

entail taking credit risk (including investment risk), country,

legal, and environmental and social risk. The

GCC(TA) meets twice a week.

◾

Asset and Liability Committee Bank (ALCO Bank) discusses and steers, on a monthly basis, the overall

risk

profile of all ING Bank’s balance sheet and capital management

risks. ALCO Bank discusses and approves

policies, methodologies and procedures regarding solvency,

market risk in the banking book and funding

and liquidity risks.

◾

Non-Financial Risk Committee Bank (NFRC Bank) is accountable for the design and maintenance of the

Non-financial risk management framework including operational risk management, compliance

and legal

policies, minimum standards, procedures and guidelines, development of tools, methods, and key

parameters (including major changes) for risk identification, measurement,

mitigating and monitoring/

reporting. NFRC Bank meetings are held at least quarterly.

◾

The Model Risk Management Committee (MoRMC) discusses and steers, on a monthly basis, the overall

model strategy.

MoRMC discusses and approves policies and methodologies related to model risk

management.

ing20f2020p148i0.jpg

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Risk management at ING Group

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

148

Regional and business unit level

(*)

ING’s regional and/or business unit management

have primary responsibility for the management of risks (credit,

market, funding and liquidity,

operational, IT,

compliance and model) that arise in their daily operations. They are

accountable for the implementation and execution

of appropriate risk frameworks affecting

their businesses in

order to comply with procedures and processes at the corporate

level. Where necessary, the implementation

is

adapted to local requirements.

The regional and/or business unit CROs are involved in these activities. The local (regional and BU) CRO is

responsible for the analysis, monitoring and management of risks across the whole value chain (from front

to

back office). The local risks are discussed in local risk committees that roll up to the key

risk committees at

executive level. Local Client Integrity Risk Committees

(CIRCs) assess client integrity risk and they have a final

decision on client acceptance or client off-boarding, from a risk-based

perspective, in the areas of financial

economic crime (FEC), Foreign Account Tax

Compliance Act (FATCA),

Common Reporting Standard (CRS) and

environmental and social risk (ESR).

Organisational structure (*)

Over the past years, banks have been faced with regulatory

and public pressure with regard to their risk

management policies, processes and systems. A raft

of new requirements and regulations has been introduced

and implemented. To

address these internal and external (market and regulatory)

developments and challenges

effectively,

ING regularly reviews the set-up of its risk-management

organisation. This allows for better

support

of the Bank’s Think Forward strategy

and enhances the interconnectedness of the risk oversight responsibilities

in business units with global risk functions. The following organisation chart illustrates the reporting lines in 2020

for the risk organisation:

(*)

Risk function

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Risk management at ING Group

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

149

Risk policies, procedures and standards (*)

ING has a framework of risk management policies, procedures, and minimum standards in place to

create

consistency throughout the organisation, and to define

requirements that are binding for all business units. The

goal of the governance framework of the local business units is to align with ING’s

framework and to meet local

(regulatory) requirements. Senior management is responsible for the implementation

of and adherence to

policies, procedures and standards. Policies, procedures

and standards are regularly reviewed and updated

via

the relevant risk committees to reflect

changes in requirements, markets, products and practices

.

Internal control framework

ING has organised its internal control framework

(ICF) so as to translate regulations and internal requirements

into policies articulating specific risks and control objectives. These policies form the basis for translation

into

process control standards, which are

used by the business to support and promote

an effective risk and control

environment. The ICF includes binding principles, definitions, process steps,

and roles and responsibilities to

create consistent bank-wide

policies and control standards.

Global policies and control standards are developed and maintained

or updated within the ICF.

These global

documents are designed by head-office functions and are to be adhered to by all ING entities and support

functions. In line with the Enterprise Risk Management approach, ownership for policies will be with the 2

nd

Line

of Defence (2

nd

LoD), while control standards are to be owned by the 1

st

LoD. Global policy and control standard

documents are approved by relevant approval

bodies (e.g. Supervisory Board, Executive Board, Managing

Banking Board and Bank Non-Financial Risk Committee).

The policies are based on the risk taxonomy,

which is designed to prevent overlaps in policy control objectives.

The control standard owners are responsible

for defining the key controls that

mitigate the significant inherent

risks in the business processes. The ICF aims to achieve single key-control

testing for multiple purposes, where

controls mitigate more than one risk.

The process of developing policy and process control standard

documents includes the following steps: identify

the document owner,

determine the relevant stakeholders,

define a risk-based approach, perform an impact

assessment, involve relevant stakeholders

and (local) entities for sounding on key and expected controls,

and

determine an approval body.

This overall process is currently being further strengthened by

implementing an

updated Regulatory Management Process also covering horizon

scanning.

At the end of 2019, the ICF gatekeeper function was split into

a first and a second LoD gatekeeper function. The

2nd LoD gatekeeper oversees

the policy design process, while the first LoD gatekeeper

oversees the design

process for the process control standard.

The principal role of these gatekeepers is to

provide quality assurance

and to advise on the relevant approval bodies. The ICF gatekeepers

challenge document owners on the

alignment of internal control documents with the agreed methodology and risk taxonomy,

and verify that the

development and communication of those documents are in line with the agreed process.

All policies, control standards, and procedures are

published on ING’s intranet. New

and updated documents are

periodically communicated by means of a dedicated policy update bulletin to the country

managers and senior

heads of business departments.

Risk culture

At ING we attach great importance to

a sound risk culture, which is essential for performing our role in society

responsibly and to keep the bank safe, secure and compliant.

Our risk culture determines the way in which

employees identify, understand,

discuss, and act on the risks we are confronted with and the risks we take.

In

2020, we conducted a self-assessment of our risk culture and are working on developing our envisaged

risk

culture, built on the foundation of our Orange Code and Global Code of Conduct, and in line with our Think

Forward strategy.

To support ING’s

ambition to safeguard a sound risk culture, several enhancement

projects are ongoing in areas

such as our approach to monitoring risk culture, our escalation behaviour and further linking non-financial risk

related topics to our purpose and strategy.

Orange Code and the global Code of Conduct

As mentioned above, the Orange Code and the global Code of Conduct are the foundation of ING’s

risk culture. In

February 2020 ING launched a new global Code of Conduct linking the Orange Code to its main ING policies,

minimum standards and guidelines. In addition to the Orange Code, it further defines the most essential conduct

principles expected from ING employees in their daily activities, to create additional risk awareness

and better

meet expectations stated in external

rules and guidelines. Additionally, the global Code of Conduct will be linked

to the employees’ performance management cycle to ensure continuous attention

to the Global Code of

Conduct, and dialogue on how to apply it in the daily work practice of our employees.

ing20f2020p150i0.gif

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Risk management at ING Group

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

150

The Orange Code is a declaration of who we are. It describes what we can expect from each other when we

turn

up to work each day. It is a set of standards

that we collectively value, strive to live up to,

and invite others to

measure us by.

The Orange Code is the sum of two parts, the ING values and ING behaviours, with integrity being the

overarching principle. The ING values (being honest, prudent and responsible) are designed to be non-negotiable

promises we make to the world, principles we seek to stick to,

no matter what. The ING behaviours (take

it on

and make it happen, help others to be successful, and always be a step

ahead) represent our way to differentiate

ourselves. The Orange Code is embedded in commitments we make

to each other and the standards by which we

will measure each other’s performance.

To reinforce

the values and behaviours in our Orange Code, which puts integrity above all, we

invite all (new)

employees to participate in e-learnings that aim to equip them to make the right

decisions when faced with a

dilemma or issue. In 2020, we developed and rolled out new e-learnings on the Global Code of Conduct,

Sanctions, Getting Data Protection Right and Keeping up with KYC.

Orange Code decision-making

To enhance risk awareness,

we continued to support monitoring risk culture and compliance risk in the business.

This included training by compliance and data experts to enhance balanced decision-making in line with the

Orange Code decision-making model (introduced in 2017) to support moral learning and well-balanced decision-

making. This four-step model helps to delay judgement and aims to find out where

the moral weight lies for a

potential decision.

The model is already embedded in some decision-making processes (such as the data ethics governance process

and the global Product Approval and Review Process policy) and we are exploring how to

embed it in other

decisive governance processes within the bank. Compliance is continuing to train experts in this area within the

local Compliance teams

to support the organisation in properly applying the model in practice in their respective

countries.

Global data ethics

Data ethics is key for an enhanced and sustainable trusted

relationship with ING customers and society.

Our

vision is to integrate data ethics as part of our culture, behaviours

and decision-making process. We have defined

values that should guide our employees’ behaviours. Furthermore,

we have set up data ethics councils that help

ensure we use data responsibly.

Learning

In 2020 we continued to strengthen and expand our learning offering

on risk topics and the governance around

this. The learning focuses on compliance, non-financial risk and risk.

We established a board to approve

and monitor progress on the required learning that is taken

by all staff.

This

will ensure improved learner engagement, bank-wide

alignment, and connection between learning, business

impact and management actions and also improved feedback and evidencing of outputs. The board brings

together content owners, learning experts and corporate

communications teams to ensure the best fit for the

training need.

We also took steps to expand our learning for

risk professionals, with the Risk Academy which provides focused

learning for Risk staff.

These take the form of various online learning modules

and frameworks that support

employees

in developing their knowledge, skills and behaviours.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Risk management at ING Group

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

151

Banker’s Oath

In the Netherlands, all employees of ING take the Banker’s

Oath and pledge this in a meaningful ceremony.

The

oath came into force in the Netherlands on 1 April 2015 as part of a joint approach from all banks. The

introduction of social regulations, the revision of the Dutch Banking Code, and the implementation of the

Banker’s Oath (with the associated rules of conduct and disciplinary law), are a way

for Dutch banks to show

society what they stand for and are accountable

for,

both as individual banks and as a sector. In 2020, due to

the

Covid-19 crisis, ING NL developed a virtual Banker’s Oath ceremony via Skype/Teams

–

in addition to the physical

one – to ensure that all new employees (around 400 a month) can still take

the Banker’s Oath in timely fashion

and in a meaningful ceremony. Before

taking the oath, its importance is discussed, as well as dilemmas

employees may come across in their daily work, to ensure a careful

balancing of the interests of all our

stakeholders, in the decisions they make.

In 2020, the whole Banker’s Oath programme was revised

and updated,

to keep it aligned with the current external circumstances

as well as with ING’s do your thing branding.

Remuneration

ING aims to align its remuneration policy with its risk profile and the interests of all stakeholders.

For more

information on ING’s compensation

and benefits policies and its relation to the risk taken, please refer

to the

Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) Remuneration

Disclosure published on the corporate website ing.com.

Centre of Expertise on Behavioural Risk Management (BRM)

Behavioural risk is an increasingly important risk area for ING and across the financial industry.

It arises when

behavioural patterns are at the root

of financial and non-financial risks in the organisation.

The complexity of this type of risk is that it is less tangible compared to other risk areas because it focuses on

behavioural patterns and their drivers. Patterns

in how decisions are made, how people communicate and

whether they can take ownership. Behaviour

is driven by formal and informal mechanisms. Examples of formal

drivers are the processes ING applies and how its governance is structured. Informal

drivers are less tangible,

such as group dynamics or underlying beliefs that influence behaviour.

At ING, behavioural risk management (BRM) is positioned in the second line of defence, reporting directly

to the

CRO. The global BRM Centre of Expertise not only assesses behavioural risk in the organisation, but also has the

mandate to direct, challenge and support business owners to intervene on behavioural

patterns and their

underlying drivers.

Behavioural risk assessments

Behavioural risk assessments (BRAs) identify and analyse undesired behaviours within ING and provide

management with specific direction on how to change these behaviours. They focus on the

effectiveness of

groups rather than individuals, the role of leadership and on less visible aspects such as team dynamics and

unwritten social norms. The goal is to understand and systematically

assess what drives undesired habits at ING.

The BRM model of behavioural risk is used as the standard across ING to signal behavioural risks

going forward.

Behavioural risk interventions

Based on the results of the executed behavioural risk assessments (BRAs), BRM mitigates

behavioural risk in a

focused manner.

Effective mitigation

requires a deep understanding of what drives undesired behaviours.

Theory

and evidence-based techniques and tools developed in behavioural science play an important role

in designing

and evaluating interventions. Given the crucial role of leaders in creating

the right conditions for employees,

interventions are first initiated at

leadership level. These include leadership labs, which address topics such as

‘connection, alignment and trust’,

as well as bringing together the ‘whole system in the room’.

Here senior

leaders delve into the outcomes of the assessments, identifying deeply rooted and often complex

issues for

improvement.

In addition, interventions are also set in motion that focus on enabling employees to build awareness on

behavioural risk and support them in initiating solutions to mitigate the potential behavioural

risks. After each

assessment the results are shared with the management teams of the assessed units and with the participants of

the BRA in a so-called ‘feedback session’.

This feedback session is followed up with a dialogue starter toolkit,

enabling teams to reflect on the results, discuss opportunities for improvement

and call for first steps towards

sustainable solutions.

A ‘nudge lab’ can be organised to co-create effective

nudges (i.e. a gentle push in the right direction, based on

behavioural insight) for solutions to issues that were identified during a BRA. The solutions that have

been

developed are now being scaled up globally.

The BRM team works closely with the business units and departments such as HR, Audit, and Compliance to align

on and embed desired leadership and risk behaviours (i.e. speak up, psychological safety,

communication,

guiding leadership).

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Risk management at ING Group

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

152

Risk cycle process

ING uses a step-by-step risk management approach

to identify, manage and mitigate

its financial and non-

financial risks. The approach consists of a cycle of five recurrent activities: risk identification,

risk assessment, risk

control, risk monitoring, and risk reporting. The cycle is designed to determine what the risks are, assess which of

these risks can really do harm, take mitigating measures

to control these risks, monitor the development of the

risk to see if the measures taken are effective,

and report the findings to management at all relevant levels to

enable them to take action when needed.

The cycle recurs in two ways. First,

the identification, assessment, review,

and update of mitigating measures are

repeated periodically.

Second, this periodic monitoring exercise may indicate

emerging risks, known risks that are

changing, risk levels that are changing, or current control measures that are not effective

enough. Further

analyses of these findings may then result in renewed and more frequent risk identification,

and/or assessment,

and/or change of mitigating measures.

Risk identification

Risk identification is a joint effort of the business and the risk management functions. Its goal is to detect

potential new risks and determine changes in known risks. Regular risk identification is essential for

effective risk

management. Potential risks that are not identified, will not be controlled

and monitored and may lead to

surprises later.

Known risks may have changed over time and as a consequence the existing

mitigating measures

and monitoring may be inadequate or obsolete.

Risk identification is performed periodically.

In case of material internal or external change, additional ad hoc risk

identification can be performed.

Risk assessment

Each identified risk is assessed qualitatively or quantitatively to determine its importance.

This enables ING to

decide which of the identified risks need control measures and how strict or tolerant

these measures should be.

Known risks are re-assessed to detect any change in the

risk level.

The importance of a risk is based on both the likelihood that the risk materialises and the subsequent financial or

reputational impact that may occur should the risk arise. Unlikely risks with a potentially high impact need to

be

controlled. A risk that is likely to happen regularly but expected

to have a modest financial impact may not need

to be mitigated if the consequences are accepted by management.

Risk control

Risks can be controlled by mitigating measures that lower the

likelihood the risk occurs, lower the impact when it

occurs or both. The ultimate measure to lower a risk is to stop the activity or service that causes the risk (risk

avoidance). Risk control and mitigation measures are

defined and maintained at both the bank-wide and local

level.

Monitoring and reporting

ING monitors the risk-control measures

by checking if they are executed, complied with and have

the expected

mitigating effects and by following the development

of the risks and their risk levels. Risk reporting provides

senior and local management with the information they need to manage risks.

Risk Appetite Framework

The Risk Appetite Framework (RAF) is one of the pillars of the Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) Framework.

Its

objective is to set the appropriate risk appetite at the consolidated level

across the different risk categories and

to allocate the risk appetite throughout the organisation.

Policy

The RAF policy states the overarching global risk appetite. Within the RAF,

ING monitors a range of financial and

non-financial risk metrics to ensure that our risk profile is in line with our risk appetite while executing our

strategy.

ING’s RAF,

which is approved by the Supervisory Board (SB), defines the desired risk profile that is to be

integrated in the strategic

decision-making and financial planning process. It is designed to be able to withstand

market volatility and stress, while meeting regulatory

requirements. The framework, including underlying

assumptions and metrics, is regularly reviewed so that it remains relevant.

The RAF combines various financial

and non-financial risk appetite statements (RASs) into a single, coordinated

approach to provide the business

with a clear overview of the relevant risks and the tools to manage them. This view allows the Executive

Board

(EB), the Management Board Banking (MBB) and senior management to form an opinion on the adequacy of

internal risk management and control systems

for the risks ING faces while pursuing its strategy.

ing20f2020p153i0.jpg

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Risk management at ING Group

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

153

Process

The RAF is focused on setting the risk appetite at the consolidated level and across the different

risk categories,

and provides the principles for cascading this risk appetite down into the organisation.

The RAF and underlying

limit allocation are reviewed on an annual basis, or more frequently if necessary,

based on their quarterly review

in the EB, the MBB and the SB. It is therefore a top-down process, which bases itself on the ambition of the bank

in terms of its risk profile, the regulatory environment and the economic context.

The set of limits used is split

according to the approval levels needed for them. Limits that need SB approval

are called boundaries and the

underlying metrics supporting the boundaries which need EB and MBB approval are called instruments.

Since the

outbreak of the Covid-19 virus, ING re-assessed its risk appetite to take into account

the potential impact of the

virus and the uncertainties caused by the virus.

Risk appetite framework process

ing20f2020p154i0.jpg

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Risk management at ING Group

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

154

Step 1. Identify and assess ING’s

key risks

The outcome of the risk identification and risk assessment process is used as the starting point for the review

of

the RAF. Within this step,

the risks ING faces when executing its strategy

are identified in the context of the

current economic, political, regulatory and technological environment.

The assessment identifies whether the

potential impact is material and if it is sufficiently controlled within ING’s

risk management function. It

benchmarks the current risk framework against regulatory

developments. Known risks are re-assessed either to

confirm risk levels or to take account of potential

changes. The assessment is contextualised by the current set of

risk appetite statements.

Step 2. Set Risk Appetite Framework

Based on ING’s risk assessment and risk purpose, boundaries for the overarching

risk frameworks are set. Once

the overarching risk appetite thresholds have

been set and approved by EB/MBB and subsequently by SB, the

statements are translated

into risk-type-specific statements

and lower level thresholds which are set and

approved by senior risk committees,

ALCO Bank, GCTP and Bank NFRC. Cascading is done via a number of

detailed risk appetite statements which have

been defined per risk type, the combination of which ensures

compliance with the overarching Solvency,

Concentration and Funding and Liquidity RASs.

Step 3. Cascade into statements

per risk type and business unit

The bank-wide risk appetite is translated per risk type, which is further cascaded

into the organisation to the

lowest level. Risk appetite statements

are then translated into dedicated underlying risk limits that are

used for

the day-to-day monitoring and management of ING’s

risks. The risk appetite statements serve as inputs for the

quarterly planning process as well as for the establishment of key

performance indicators and targets for

senior

management.

Risk appetite framework policy

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Risk management at ING Group

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

155

Risk Appetite Statements

Boundaries

Underlying risk metrics

Solvency

CET1 ratio

Leverage ratio

Economic capital utilisation

MREL

TLAC

Total capital

ratio

Funding and liquidity

Liquidity coverage ratio

Net liquidity position – internal stress test

Stable funding-to-loans ratio

Concentration

Concentration event risk (LGD)

Event risk

Instruments

Underlying risk metrics

Solvency and profitability

IFRS P&L-at-risk

Funding and liquidity

Asset encumbrance

Economic counterbalancing capacity

Stable funding surplus

Liquidity coverage ratio surplus

Funding mix

Interbank market stress up to one year

Credit risk

EAD

RWA

ECL

INCAP

Market risk (trading book)

Value-at-risk / stressed

value-at-risk

Incremental risk charge

Regulatory/ economic market risk capital

Market risk (banking book)

IFRS P&L-at-risk

NPV-at-risk

Customer behavior/market risk economic capital

Revaluation-reserve-at-risk

Non-financial risk

Expected loss

Regulatory/ economic operational risk capital

Overdue iRisk

RWA

Business risk

IFRS P&L-at-risk

Economic capital

RWA

Step 4. Monitor and manage underlying risk limits

In order to verify that it remains within the Risk Appetite Framework, ING reports its risk positions vis-à-vis its

limits on a regular basis to senior management committees. The Quarterly Risk Update reflecting

the exposure of

ING against the risk appetite is submitted quarterly to the EB and the MBB and to the (Risk Committee

of the) SB.

Moreover every quarter the financial plan is checked for potential

limit breaches within a one-year horizon,

where in the strategic dialogue the MBB can take

mitigating measures or adjustments to the dynamic plan can be

made.

Stress testing

Stress testing is an important risk management tool that provides input

for strategic decisions and capital

planning. The purpose of stress testing is to assess the impact of plausible but severe stress scenarios on ING’s

capital and liquidity position. Stress tests provide complementary and forward

-looking insights into the

vulnerabilities of certain portfolios, with regards to adverse

macroeconomic circumstances, stressed financial

markets, and changes in the (geo)political climate.

Since the outbreak of the Covid-19 pandemic, ING assessed

the potential impact on its financial position via different types of stress tests. In addition to

assessing P&L,

capital and liquidity position of ING for a range of different

scenarios, idiosyncratic risks were also included. The

outcome of these Covid-19 stress tests helped management to get insight into

the potential impact and to define

actions to mitigate this potential impact.

Types of stress tests

Within ING, different types of stress tests are

performed. The most comprehensive type of stress tests are

the

firm-wide scenario analyses, which involve setting scenario assumptions for all the relevant

macroeconomic and

financial market variables in all countries relevant to

ING. These assumptions usually follow a qualitative

narrative that provides a background to

the scenario. In addition to firm-wide scenario analyses, ING executes

scenario analyses for specific countries or portfolios. Furthermore, sensitivity analyses are performed,

which

focus on stressing one or more risk drivers; usually without an underlying scenario narrative.

Finally, ING

performs reverse stress tests,

which aim to determine scenarios that could lead to a pre-defined severe

adverse

outcome.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Risk management at ING Group

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

156

Process

The stress testing process of ING consists of several

stages, which are:

Risk identification and risk assessment: It identifies and assesses the risks ING or the relevant entity is

facing when executing its strategy

based on the current and possible future economic, political,

regulatory and technological environment. It provides

a description of the main risks and risk drivers

related to the nature of ING’s

business, activities and vulnerabilities.

Scenario definition and parameterisation: Based on the outcome of the previous step,

a set of scenarios

is determined with the relevant scope and set of risk drivers for each scenario,

as well as its severity, the

key assumptions and input parameters. The output of this phase includes a quantitative

description of

the stress scenarios to be analysed, the relevant output metrics and, when applicable, a narrative

description.

Impact calculation and aggregation: Based on the quantitative description of the stress scenarios

determined in the previous step, the impact is determined for the relevant

scenario, scope and horizon.

The impact calculation and aggregation can be part of a recurring process or part of a specific process

set-up for one-off stress tests.

Scenario reporting: For each stress test, a report is prepared after

each calculation which describes the

results of the scenario, and gives a recap of the scenario with its main assumptions and parameters.

The

stress test report is sent to the relevant

risk committees and/or senior management. It is complemented,

if needed, with advice for management action based on the stress testing results.

Scenario control and management assessment: Depending on the outcomes of the stress test

and the

likelihood of the scenario, mitigating actions may be proposed. Mitigating

actions may include, but are

not limited to, sales or transfers

of assets and reductions of risk limits.

Methodology

Detailed and comprehensive models are used to calculate the impact of the scenarios. In these models, statistical

analysis is combined with expert opinion to make sure that the results adequately

reflect the scenario

assumptions. The methodologies are granular and portfolio-specific and use different

macroeconomic and

market variables as input variables. The calculations are in line with our accounting and regulatory

reporting

frameworks. The stress-testing models are subject to review

by Model Risk Management.

Developments in the regulatory environment

CRRII/CRDV and BRRDII

On 27 June 2019, a series of measures referred to as the Banking Reform

Package (including certain amendments

to CRR and CRDIV commonly referred to as ‘CRR II’ and CRD V’) came into force, subject to

various transitional

and staged timetables. The adoption of the Banking Reform Package

concluded a process that began in

November 2016 and marks an important step toward

the completion of the European post-crisis regulatory

reforms, drawing on a number of international standards

agreed by the Basel Committee, the Financial Stability

Board and the G20. CRDV was implemented in Dutch law in 2020. The Banking Reform Package

updates the

framework of harmonized rules established following the

financial crisis of 2008 and introduces changes to the

CRR, CRDIV, the Bank Recovery

and Resolution Directive (BRRD) and the Single Resolution Mechanism Regulation

(SRMR). The Banking Reform Package covers

multiple areas, including the Pillar 2 framework, the introduction of

a leverage ratio requirement

of 3% and a leverage ratio buffer requirement

of 50% of the G-SIB buffer

requirement (applicable per 1 January 2023), a binding Net Stable Funding (NSFR) ratio based on the Basel NSFR

standard but including adjustments with regard to e.g. pass-through

models and covered bonds issuance,

mandatory restrictions on distributions, permission for reducing own funds and eligible liabilities,

macroprudential tools, a new category of ‘non-preferred’

senior debt, the minimum requirement for own funds

and eligible liabilities (MREL) and the integration of the TLAC standard into EU legislation. Further,

the EBA

obtained a mandate to investigate

how to incorporate environmental,

social, and governance (ESG) risks into the

supervisory process and what the prudential treatment of assets associated with environmental

or social

objectives should look like.

Basel III revisions and upcoming regulations

In December 2017, revisions to Basel III were formally announced by the Basel Committee. These revisions to

Basel III establish new prudential rules for banks, including a revision to the standardised

approach to credit risk,

the introduction of a capital floor based on standardised approaches, the use of internal models, limitation

of

options for modelling operating risks, and new rules for the establishment

of risk-weighted items and unused

credit lines at the banks. Such revisions have a long implementation phase and are

not yet fully transposed into

EU regulation. The revisions are commonly referred

to as "Basel III Reform" or "Basel IV”.

In Europe, this will be

implemented through the ‘CRR III’ / ‘CRD VI’ in the coming years. With this long implementation phase and the

transposition into EU regulation still pending, some question marks remain on how this will shape up.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Risk management at ING Group

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

157

Targeted

review of internal models

In order to make capital levels more comparable

and to reduce variability in banks’ internal models, in June 2017

the European Central Bank (ECB) introduced the Targeted

Review of Internal Models (TRIM) to assess the

reliability and comparability between banks’ models. The TRIM aims to create

a level playing field by harmonising

the regulatory guidance around internal models with the ultimate goal of restor

ing trust in European banks’ use

of internal models.

In July 2019, the ECB published the final chapters of the guide to internal models, covering credit risk, market

risk

and counterparty credit risk. These risk-type-specific chapters

are intended to ensure a common and consistent

approach to the most relevant aspects of the regulations on internal

models for banks directly supervised by the

ECB. Additionally, they provide

transparency on how the ECB understands the regulations on the use of internal

models to calculate own funds requirements for the three risk types. Impact on ING is through

more stringent

regulation on the end-to-end process and governance around internal models as well as an increase

of risk

weighted assets (RWA).

In 2020, the last TRIM ECB inspection ended. Per rating system

the ECB has sent and will send final TRIM decision

letters,

which will include obligations that ING shall remediate. Also certain limitations such as restrictions on PD

and/or LGD, effectively

resulting

in higher capital requirements, have or might be put in place until these

obligations are fully addressed and closed.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Solvency risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

158

Solvency risk

Introduction

Solvency risk is the risk of lacking sufficient capital to fulfil the business objectives, regulatory requirements or

market expectations. A bank that is completely insolvent

is unable to pay its debts and will be forced into

bankruptcy.

The level and quality of capital is crucial for the resilience of individual banks. Banks are expected

to

assess the risks they face, and in a forward-looking manner ensure that all material risks are

identified, managed

and covered sufficiently by loss absorbing capital to ensure continuity

in case of

materialisation of unexpected risks in times of stress. Given the interdependencies

to other financial

and non-financial risks this balancing act of capital adequacy needs to be done within a sound and

integrated management approach coherently

linking all moving parts of the bank in line with the long-term

business strategy.

Solvency risk management

ICAAP Framework

ING’s Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment

Processes (ICAAP) aims to ensure that capital levels are

adequate to cover all material risks at all levels and to

ensure compliance with regulations. ING follows an

integrated approach to assess the adequacy of its capital position in relation

to its business activities, underlying

business strategy,

market positioning risk profile and operating environment.

This implies taking into account the

interests of its various stakeholders

such as regulators, shareholders, investors,

rating agencies, clients and

customers.

The continued strength of ING’s

capital position, the adequacy of the financial position and the risk

management effectiveness are essential for

achieving the Think Forward strategy.

ING’s ICAAP

ultimately supports this strategy and contributes thereby to

the continuity of ING Group, ING Bank and all its

business units.

Managing ING’s capital requirements

and allocation entails finding a balance between the forces

governing supply and demand. The uncertainties surrounding these factors are a

reflection of changing market

circumstances and continuous unpredictability in regulatory and macroeconomic

forces. The process of balancing these strategic goals is captured

in the ICAAP framework and enabled by the

building blocks and elements facilitating the ICAAP.

The following building blocks have been defined in the ICAAP

Framework, which are applied for both the ‘normative’ and ‘economic’

perspective as defined in the ECB Guide

to ICAAP that was published in November 2018:

●

Risk identification and assessment

●

Risk appetite

●

Capital planning

●

Capital management

●

Stress testing

●

Continuity

Solvency risk related to Covid-19

The outbreak of the Covid-19 stress tests resulted in several

additional analyses to assess the potential impact of

the virus on the actual and future solvency position. For instance, in 2020 ING performed a sequence of Covid-19

stress tests to assess potential scenarios of how the virus would develop and how it may impact society and

economies. These Covid-19 stress tests were used to prepare

potential mitigating actions, but also served as

starting point for the review of ING’s

risk appetite and of the financial and capital planning. In light of this, ING

also updated the management actions in the Contingency Capital & Funding Plan and the Recovery Plan and

assessed potential additional mitigating actions to counter this very specific crisis.

Risk identification and assessment

ING’s capital management

and solvency risk management starts with the risk identification & risk assessment

process. Its main purpose is to detect potential new risks and to identify changes in the potential impact of

known risks. On an annual basis, ING performs a thorough review of its solvency risks or risks to capital.

Within

this assessment, bottom-up assessments are combined with top-down assessments, including a questionnaire

and interviews with senior management. The results of the risk assessment are discussed in ALCO Bank which

comprises almost the full Management Board Banking. Once approved, the conclusions of the risk assessment

feed into the annual review of the Risk Appetite Framework,

the Stress Testing Framework

and the Economic

Capital Framework. In addition to this annual process, ING also re-assesses its risks as part of its Capital Adequacy

Statement, a quarterly process to assess ING’s

capital adequacy.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Solvency risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

159

Solvency risk appetite

As explained in the Risk Appetite Framework section in the previous chapter,

ING has established overarching

solvency risk boundaries. Boundaries are risk appetite statements that are

essential for risk management activity,

making it of paramount importance to keep these boundaries within the defined level. The SB is responsible for

approving and monitoring the boundaries. These boundaries are complemented by a sequence of risk-type-

specific instruments. These underlying risk appetite statements are cascaded

down into the organisation to the

lowest level deemed necessary and dedicated risk thresholds are set that are used for

day-to-day monitoring and

management of ING’s risks. ING has solvency risk appetite

statements in place for the following metrics: CET1

ratio, Total

capital ratio, leverage

ratio, TLAC RWA/leverage

ratio and economic capital utilisation.

Capital planning

The capital and funding plan is an integral part of the dynamic plan, ING’s

financial and business planning

process. Its objective is to inform and advise the management on the capital development

and need of ING

Group and ING Bank, under base case and adverse scenarios. It describes how ING shall finance the expected

capital constraints taking into consideration

growth projections, capital and risk evolution, macro and market

conditions, both under the normative and economic perspective. The capital & funding plan is updated at least

twice a year, and

discussed and approved by ALCO Bank. Within these updates, ING takes

into account recent

market and risk developments and ensures that the capital planning adheres

to the solvency risk appetite set by

the SB.

Capital management

Among the solvency management tools the formulation of the CET1 ambition forms a key

element. The target

ratio which is based on the management buffer concept

enables ING’s senior management to steer,

benchmark

and assess the bank’s current and future capital

levels much more efficiently while the ambition level clearly

supports trust building among ING’s key

stakeholders (e.g. regulators,

investors, customers and

clients).

The capital management buffer aims to protect

the interests of key stakeholders

(e.g. shareholders, investors)

and plays an important role in the overall capital

adequacy governance.

The rationale behind the concept of the management buffer is that

it provides an additional cushion on top of

the (local) regulatory minimum requirements (e.g. SREP requirements) to withstand

a certain level of stress and

to facilitate awareness and preparedness

to take management actions. ING reviews its capital

management

buffer on a regular basis to determine its effectiveness

and robustness,

and updates it as appropriate.

Stress testing

Solvency stress testing allows a bank to examine the

effect of exceptional but plausible future

events on the solvency position and provides insight into which entities or portfolios are

vulnerable to

which type of risks or in which type of scenarios. Solvency stress testing is an important tool in identifying,

assessing, measuring and controlling risks to capital, providing a complementary and forward

-looking perspective

to other solvency risk management tools.

ING distinguishes the following three types of stress test analyses:

●

Sensitivity analysis: Within these analyses, ING assess the impact of a pre-defined shock in one or more

risk drivers. The key purpose of sensitivity analyses is to monitor the impact of this pre-defined (or

standardised) shock over time to get an understanding

of how the risk profile of the bank has developed.

●

Scenario analysis: Scenario analyses are used to assess an integral impact of historical, statistical

and/or

hypothetical circumstances on the financial position of ING. These stress tests often

build on a

qualitative scenario narrative and reflect risk topics that

are deemed relevant for ING given, for example,

its business model. Scenarios can be derived from historical realisations, but also reflect e.g. potential

macroeconomic, geopolitical or climate risk related events.

These scenarios can be used for one-off

analyses, but can also be translated into a set of regular or standardised

stress tests that are assessed on

a quarterly basis.

●

Reverse stress testing: The purpose of reverse

stress testing is to identify scenarios that could lead to a

pre-defined outcome. This could for example be a pre-defined

solvency level. The added value of reverse

stress testing is to explore risk drivers

and stress scenarios outside the existing range.

The outcomes

of solvency stress test analyses are taken

into account in capital planning, but also for setting risk

appetite statements and the capital management

buffer.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Solvency risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

160

Contingency and recovery Planning

Contingent capital events are unexpected

situations or business conditions that may increase the risk with

respect to ING’s capital

position. These events may be ING-specific, or arise from external factors.

The

Contingency Capital and Funding Plan (CCFP) sets out the organisation and actions in case of contingency events.

The CCFP has a suite of monitoring metrics that are aligned with the risk appetite statements

that are in place for

managing ING’s capital, liquidity and funding position. The Recovery Plan is designed by ING to

detect and act

upon possible major and unforeseen deterioration of its solvency position in a timely fashion. This plan has

integrated several risk appetite

statements to allow timely identification of possible stress on the company.

Incorporating risk appetite statements

into both plans ensures a seamless continuum between the ING’s

business-as-usual management and its contingency or recovery management.

Assessing capital adequacy: Capital Adequacy Statement (CAS)

The Capital Adequacy Statement (CAS) is ING Group’s

quarterly assessment of its capital adequacy and takes into

account different elements with respect to

its capital position. The degree to which ING’s capital

position is

considered to be adequate depends on a variety of internal and external

drivers:

●

Current supervisory requirements and (expected) requirements going forward;

●

Current internal requirements and (expected) requirements

going forward;

●

Coherence of the available capital with the (realisation of) strategic

plans; and

●

The ability to meet internal and external requirements in the case of stressed

events or should a risk

materialise.

The CAS assesses the adequacy of ING’s capital position in relation to above

-mentioned drivers and states the

extent to which the capital position consequently is considered as adequate.

On a quarterly basis the CAS

document is prepared. Additionally each year,

the management body signs and provides a comprehensive

assessment of ING’s capital adequacy,

supported by the ICAAP outcomes, in the form of a Capital Adequacy

Statement.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

161

Credit risk

Introduction

Credit risk is the risk of loss from the default and/or credit rating deterioration

of clients. Credit risks arise in

ING's lending, financial markets and investment activities. The credit risk section provides information

on how

ING measures, monitors and manages credit risk and gives an insight into the portfolio from

a credit risk

perspective.

Governance (*)

ING’s credit risk strategy

is to maintain an internationally diversified loan and bond portfolio,

while avoiding large

risk concentrations. The emphasis is on managing business developments within the business lines by means of a

top-down risk appetite framework, which sets concentration

limits for countries, individual clients, sectors,

products, secondary risk (collateral/guarantees)

and investment activities. The aim is to support relationship-

banking activities, while maintaining internal risk/reward guidelines and controls.

ING has organised support functions at two levels: Tier 1, operational unit level, and Tier 2, head office level.

Credit risk is a Tier 1 level risk function within ING and is part of the second line of defence. It is managed by

regional and/or business unit CROs. The CRO Wholesale Banking (WB), CRO Challengers & Growth Markets

(C&G), CRO Netherlands and CRO Belux focus on specific risks in the geographical and/or business areas of their

responsibilities. The Financial Risk department is a Tier 2 level risk function, which is responsible for the

consolidated risk appetite setting, risk frameworks, model development

and policies.

The credit risk function encompasses the following

activities:

◾

Measuring, monitoring and managing credit risks in the bank’s portfolio,

including the measures taken

since the start of the Covid-19 crisis;

◾

Challenging and approving new and modified transactions and borrower reviews;

◾

Managing the levels of provisioning and risk costs, and advising on impairments; and

◾

Providing consistent credit risk policies, systems

and tools to manage the credit lifecycle of all activities.

Credit risk categories

(*)

Credit risk uses the following risk categories to differentiate

between the different types of credit risk:

◾

Lending risk:

is the risk that the client (counterparty,

corporate or individual) does not pay the principal,

interest or fees on a loan when they are due, or on demand for letters

of credit (LCs) and guarantees

provided by ING.

◾

Investment risk

: is the credit default and risk rating migration risk that is associated

with ING’s

investments in bonds, commercial paper,

equities, securitisations, and other similar publicly traded

securities. This can be viewed as the potential loss that ING may incur as a result of holding a position in

underlying securities whose issuer's credit quality deteriorates or defaults. All investments

in the banking

book are classified in the investment risk category.

The primary purpose of ING’s investments in the

banking books is for liquidity management.

◾

Money market (MM) risk

: arises when ING places short-term deposits with a counterparty in order to

manage excess liquidity.

In the event of a counterparty default, ING may lose the deposit placed.

◾

Pre-settlement (PS) risk

: arises when a client defaults on a transaction before settlement

and ING must

replace the contract by a trade with another counterparty

at the then prevailing (possibly unfavourable)

market price. This credit risk category is associated with derivatives

transactions (exchange-traded

derivatives, over-the-counter (OTC)

derivatives and securities financing transactions).

◾

Settlement risk

: is the risk that arises when there is an exchange of value (funds or instruments) for the

same value date or different value

dates and receipt is not verified or expected until after ING has given

irrevocable instructions to pay or has paid or delivered its side of the trade. The risk is that ING delivers

but does not receive delivery from its counterparty.

ING manages settlement risk in the same way as

other credit risks by setting a risk limit per client. Due to the short-term nature

(typically one day), ING

does not hold provisions for settlement risk. Although a relatively low

risk, ING increasingly uses DVP

(delivery versus payment) and safe settlement

payment techniques to reduce settlement risk.

For the reconciliation between credit risk outstandings categories

and financial assets, refer to the table below:

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

162

Reconciliation between credit risk categories and financial position (*)

Credit risk categories

Mainly relates to:

Notes in the financial statements

Lending risk

-Cash and balances with central banks

Note

2

Cash and balances with central banks

-Loans and advances to banks

Note

3

Loans and advances to banks

-Loans and advances to customers

Note

4

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

-Off-balance sheet items e.g. obligations under financial guarantees and

letters of credit and undrawn

Note

5

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

credit facilities

Note

7

Loans and advances to customers

Note

44

Contingent liabilities and commitments

Investment risk

-Debt securities

Note

4

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

-Equity securities

Note

5

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Note

6

Securities at amortised cost

Money market (MM) risk

-Cash and balances with central banks

Note

2

Cash and balances with central banks

-Loans and advances to banks

Note

3

Loans and advances to banks

-Loans and advances to customers

Note

7

Loans and advances to customers

Pre-settlement (PS) risk

-Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (trading assets and non-trading

derivatives)

Note

4

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

-Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (trading assets and non-trading

derivatives)

Note

14

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

-Securities financing

Note

43

Offsetting financial assets and liabilities

Settlement risk

-Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (trading assets and non-trading

derivatives)

Note

4

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

-Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (trading assets and non-trading

derivatives)

Note

11

Other assets

-Amounts to be settled

Note

14

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Note

16

Other liabilities

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

163

Credit risk appetite and concentration risk framework

(*)

The credit risk appetite and concentration risk framework

is designed to prevent undesired high levels of credit

risk and credit concentrations within various levels of the ING portfolio. It is derived from

the concepts of

boundaries and instruments as described in the ING Risk Appetite Framework.

Credit risk appetite is the maximum level of credit risk ING is willing to accept for growth and value

creation. The

credit risk appetite is linked to the overall

bank-wide risk appetite framework. The credit risk appetite

is

expressed in quantitative and qualitative measures.

Having a credit risk appetite achieves:

◾

Clarity about the credit risks that ING is prepared to assume, target setting

and prudent risk

management;

◾

Consistent communication to diffe

rent stakeholders;

◾

Guidelines on how to align reporting and monitoring tools with the organisational structure and strategy;

and

◾

Alignment of business strategies and key performance

indicators of business units with ING’s

credit risk

appetite through dynamic planning.

Credit risk appetite is set at different levels within ING and specifies the scope and focus

of the credit risk of ING,

and the composition of the credit portfolio, including its concentration and diversification

objectives in relation

to business lines, sectors and products.

The credit risk appetite and concentration risk framework

is composed of:

◾

Country risk concentration

: Country risk is the risk that arises due to events in a specific country (or

group of countries). In order to manage the maximum country event loss ING is willing to accept,

boundaries are approved by the SB. The estimated level is correlated

to the risk rating assigned to a

given country.

Actual country limits are set by means of country instruments, which are reviewed

monthly and updated when needed. For countries with elevated levels of geopolitical

or severe

economic cycle risk, monitoring is performed on a more frequent basis with strict pipeline and exposure

management.

◾

Single name and industry sector concentration

: ING has established a credit concentration risk

framework in order to identify,

measure and monitor single name concentration and industry sector

concentration (systemic risk). The same concept

of boundaries and instruments is applicable.

◾

Product and secondary risk concentration

: ING has established a concentration framework to

identify,

measure and monitor product concentration and secondary risk.

◾

Scenarios and stress tests

: Stress testing evaluates ING’s

financial stability under severe, but plausible

stress scenarios, and supports decision-making that assures ING remains a financially going concern even

after a severe event occurs. In addition to the bank-wide

stress testing framework described above, ING

performs regularly sensitivity analyses to assess portfolio risks and concentrations.

These sensitivity

analyses are consistent with the stress scenario established in the Group

-wide credit risk appetite

framework.

In light of Covid-19 ING incorporated pandemic specific scenarios for the stress tests

to gain

insight into the potential effects of Covid-19 on the credit risk in the portfolios

.

◾

Product approvals

: The product approval and review process (PARP)

assesses and manages risks

associated with the introduction of new or modified products. It ensures that sound due diligence is

performed by relevant stakeholders

and the relevant risks (credit, operational, compliance, etc.)

are

addressed appropriately.

◾

Sector strategy and risk appetite papers

: These are detailed analyses of defined products and/or

industries. They identify the major risk drivers and mitigants, the internal business mandate, and

propose the risk (including business) parameters – and potentially the maximum product

and/or

portfolio limit - to undertake that business. A sector strategy

and risk appetite paper is always prepared

by the front office responsible for the internal business mandate and requires

an approval from the

designated approval authority.

Sector strategy and risk appetite papers may carry

various names and/or

may have geographical and/or business limitations

(e.g. local vs global).

◾

Credit approval process

: The purpose of the credit approval process is that individual transactions and

the risk associated with these transactions are assessed on a name-by-name basis. For each type of

client there is a dedicated process with credit risk managers specialised along the business lines of ING,

including the use of automated decision-making in certain cases. The credit approval process is

supported by a risk rating system and exposure

monitoring system. Risk ratings are

used to indicate a

client’s creditworthiness which translates into

a probability of default. This is used as input to determine

the maximum risk appetite that ING has for a given type of client (reference

benchmark). The

determination of the delegated authority (the amount that can be approved

at various levels of the

organisation) is a function of the risk rating of the client and ING’s

credit risk exposure on the client.

Where necessary, underwriting standards

were reviewed and refined to limit the credit risk to portfolios

particularly sensitive to Covid-19.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

164

Credit risk models (*)

Within ING, internal Basel compliant models are used to determine probability of default (PD), exposure

at

default (EAD) and loss given default (LGD) for

regulatory and economic capital purposes. These models also form

the basis of ING’s IFRS 9 loan loss provisioning (see ‘IFRS 9 models’ below). Bank-wide,

ING has implemented

around 100 credit risk models, for regulatory capital, economic capital

and loan loss provisioning purposes.

There are two main types of PD, EAD and LGD models used throughout the Bank:

◾

Statistical models

are created where a large set of default or detailed

loss data is available. They are

characterised by a sufficient number of data points that facilitate

meaningful statistical estimation of the

model parameters. The model parameters are

estimated with statistical techniques based on the data

set available;

◾

Hybrid models

contain characteristics of statistical

models combined with knowledge and experience of

experts from risk management and front-office staff,

literature from rating

agencies, supervisors and

academics. These models are especially appropriate for ‘low default portfolios’,

where limited historical

defaults exist.

Credit risk rating process

(*)

In principle, all risk ratings are based on a Risk Rating (PD) Model that complies with the minimum requirements

detailed in CRR/CRDIV, ECB

Supervisory Rules and EBA guidelines. This concerns all borrower types and

segments.

ING’s PD rating models are based on a 1-22 scale (1=highest

rating; 22=lowest rating) referred

to as the ‘Master

scale’,

which roughly corresponds to the rating grades that are assigned by

external rating agencies, such as

Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch. For

example, an ING rating of 1 corresponds to an S&P/Fitch

rating of AAA

and a Moody’s rating of Aaa; an ING rating of 2 corresponds to

an S&P/Fitch rating of AA+ and a Moody’s

rating

of Aa1, and so on.

The 22 grades are composed of the following categories:

◾

Investment grade (risk rating 1-10);

◾

Non-investment grade (risk rating

11-17);

◾

Sub-standard (risk rating 18-19); and

◾

Non-performing (risk rating 20-22).

The three first categories (1-19) are risk ratings

for performing loans. The ratings are calculated

in IT systems with

internally developed models based on data that is either manually or automatically fed. Under certain

conditions,

the outcome of a manually fed model can be challenged through a rating appeal process.

Risk ratings for non-

performing loans (NPL) (20-22) are set by the global or regional credit restructuring department. For

securitisation portfolios, the external ratings of the tranche in which ING has invested

are leading.

Risk ratings assigned to clients are reviewed at least annually,

with the performance of the underlying models

monitored regularly.

Some of these models are global in nature, such as models for large corporates,

commercial

banks, insurance companies, central governments, local

governments, funds, fund managers, project finance and

leveraged companies. Other models are more regional-

or country-specific: there are PD models for small

medium enterprise (SME) companies in Central Europe, the Netherlands, Belgium, Luxembourg, as well as

residential mortgage and consumer loan models in the various retail markets.

Rating models for retail clients are predominantly statistically

driven and automated, such that ratings can be

updated on a monthly basis. Rating models for large corporates,

institutions and banks include both statistical

characteristics and manual input, with the ratings being manually updated on at least an annual basis. During

2020, portfolios and clients most at risk of being affected by the pandemic were

subject to more frequent (e.g.

quarterly) reviews to closely monitor the development of credit risk.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

165

Credit risk systems

Credit risk tools and data standards

The acceptance, maintenance, measurement, management and reporting of credit risks at all levels of ING is

executed through single, common credit risk data

standards using shared credit risk tools that support

standardised and transparent credit risk practices.

ING has chosen to develop credit risk tools centrally with the

philosophy of using a single source of data in an integrated way.

This includes applying a combination of the ING

policy, the regulatory

environment in which we operate and the daily processes that

are active throughout the

Group. Disciplined application in these three areas is essential for achieving high data quality standards.

In 2020, ING established a Credit Risk Control Unit (CRCU), which is part of the Financial Risk department, with

the main objective to contribute to compliant and continuously improving rating

systems.

Credit risk portfolio (*)

ING’s credit exposure

is mainly related to lending to individuals and businesses followed by investments

in bonds

and securitised assets, and money market. Loans to individuals are mainly mortgage loans secured by residential

property. Loans (including guarantees

issued) to businesses are often collateralised, but may be unsecured based

on the internal analysis of the borrower’s creditworthiness. Bonds in the investment

portfolio are generally

unsecured, but predominantly consist of bonds issued by central governments

and EU and/or OECD based

financial institutions. Secured bonds, such as mortgage backed securities and asset backed

securities are secured

by the underlying diversified pool of assets (commercial or residential mortgages, car

loans and/or other assets)

held by the securities issuer. For

money market, exposure is mainly deposits to central banks.

The last major

credit risk source involves pre-settlement

(PS) exposures which arise from trading activities, including derivatives,

repurchase transactions and securities lending/borrowing transactions. This is also commonly referred to

as

counterparty credit risk.

The prior period outstandings by economic sector (industry) have been updated reflecting improved

classification

of clients. This is applicable to all following tables in the sections credit risk portfolio, credit

risk mitigation and

credit quality that includes outstandings by economic sectors with prior period comparatives.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

166

Portfolio analysis per business line (*)

Outstandings per line of business (*)

1, 2, 3, 4

in EUR million

Wholesale Banking

Retail Benelux

Retail Challengers & Growth

Markets

Corporate Line

Total

Rating class

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

Investment grade

1 (AAA)

74,735

31,859

357

372

34,782

18,973

2,375

24,774

112,248

75,978

2-4 (AA)

63,239

46,394

6,119

5,853

38,586

36,460

18

1,832

107,961

90,539

5-7 (A)

66,537

66,756

23,143

20,922

54,381

48,587

349

323

144,409

136,588

8-10 (BBB)

104,987

115,888

120,714

115,192

53,346

49,681

2,692

3,190

281,738

283,951

Non-Investment grade

11-13 (BB)

65,832

86,342

61,797

63,993

39,823

41,584

0

31

167,451

191,950

14-16 (B)

20,925

22,929

17,759

15,845

10,299

14,755

48,983

53,528

17 (CCC)

1,822

1,081

2,543

2,223

844

933

128

98

5,338

4,335

Substandard grade

18 (CC)

1,690

1,228

1,170

1,409

514

531

3,374

3,168

19 (C)

518

659

1,306

1,056

600

672

2,423

2,387

NPL grade

20-22 (D)

4,415

4,516

5,614

4,316

3,203

2,399

295

275

13,526

11,506

Total

404,699

377,651

240,520

231,180

236,377

214,575

5,857

30,524

887,454

853,930

Industry

Private Individuals

25

31

160,884

164,466

172,390

167,262

333,299

331,758

Central Banks

84,697

34,044

27,921

8,383

632

23,339

113,250

65,766

Real Estate

26,271

38,338

24,064

13,205

3,297

2,732

53,632

54,275

Commercial Banks

42,088

44,152

201

250

8,211

8,884

3,010

3,502

53,509

56,788

Central Governments

43,753

37,449

1,691

1,364

4,482

6,356

1,697

3,131

51,623

48,300

Natural Resources

43,905

54,113

1,090

976

553

806

45,549

55,894

Non-Bank Financial Institutions

40,581

37,695

1,488

1,396

323

378

456

512

42,848

39,981

Transportation & Logistics

24,692

27,334

3,571

2,882

696

764

28,960

30,980

Food, Beverages & Personal Care

14,706

16,691

6,162

5,960

1,975

2,151

22,843

24,802

Services

8,878

10,252

11,302

10,929

808

862

4

3

20,993

22,046

Lower Public Administration

5,698

3,594

4,756

5,619

9,010

8,184

19,464

17,397

Utilities

17,062

16,377

1,358

741

136

145

18,556

17,263

General Industries

10,943

12,599

4,346

4,269

2,359

2,764

17,648

19,632

Other

41,398

44,982

19,607

19,123

4,214

4,906

58

36

65,279

69,046

Total

404,699

377,651

240,520

231,180

236,377

214,575

5,857

30,524

887,454

853,930

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

167

Outstandings per line of business (*) - continued

1, 2, 3

in EUR million

Wholesale Banking

Retail Benelux

Retail Challengers & Growth

Markets

Corporate Line

Total

Region

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

Europe

Netherlands

72,236

41,255

149,686

142,547

645

905

2,965

25,340

225,532

210,046

Belgium

36,517

33,936

84,104

82,368

642

572

19

18

121,282

116,894

Germany

21,102

18,067

542

485

119,032

99,966

45

43

140,722

118,561

Poland

18,296

15,713

55

66

20,750

20,377

39,101

36,156

Spain

9,157

8,849

66

68

25,255

21,838

35

30

34,512

30,785

United Kingdom

30,582

27,026

193

277

170

225

73

1,872

31,018

29,400

Luxemburg

20,080

22,209

4,373

4,051

864

1,554

13

13

25,330

27,827

France

15,651

13,914

618

519

6,447

6,267

6

3

22,721

20,703

Rest of Europe

61,213

65,432

525

406

20,573

22,816

13

25

82,324

88,679

Americas

64,688

67,893

210

223

1,535

1,457

312

340

66,745

69,912

Asia

44,961

52,065

91

103

166

180

2,376

2,840

47,594

55,188

Australia

8,134

8,622

22

27

40,294

38,416

0

1

48,451

47,066

Africa

2,082

2,671

36

40

3

2

2,121

2,713

Total

404,699

377,651

240,520

231,180

236,377

214,575

5,857

30,524

887,454

853,930

1

Based on credit risk measurement contained in lending, pre-settlement, money market and investment activities.

2

Based on the total amount of credit risk in the respective column using ING’s internal credit risk measurement methodologies. Economic sectors

(industry) below 2% are not shown separately but grouped in Other.

3

Geographic areas are based on country of residence, except for private individuals for which the geographic

areas are based on the primary country of risk.

4

The prior period outstandings by economic sector (industry) have been updated reflecting improved classification of clients.

Overall portfolio (*)

During 2020, ING’s portfolio size increased

by €33.5 billion (+ 3.93%) to €887.5 billion outstandings. The net

volume growth was concentrated in the Money Market

and Lending risk categories and was mainly due to

growth in exposures to Central Banks relating

to participation in TLTRO III. Excluding

Central Banks, the portfolio

size decreased by €14.0 billion, driven by a reduction in Lending exposures and FX impact mainly due to the

weakening of the US dollar against euro.

Foreign exchange rate

changes had a negative impact on portfolio growth and reduced total outstanding

by

€13.9 billion. This was driven by the depreciation of the US dollar (-8.45%), Polish new zloty (-6.64%), New

Turkish lira (-26.65%) and the British pound (-5.36%) against the

euro.

Rating distribution (*)

In 2020, governments and banks introduced numerous measures to financially support individuals and

businesses during the Covid-19 pandemic. These support measures in many case prevent or delay financial

difficulties of customers. As a result, Covid-19 did not materially affect

the overall rating distribution in the

portfolio per 31 December 2020. Refer to ‘Covid-19 sensitive sectors’

for the impact on the portfolios most

sensitive to Covid-19.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

168

Overall, the rating class concentration

slightly improved. The share of investment grade

rating classes increased

from 68.7% to 72.8%, while the share of non-investment grade decreased,

from 29.3% to 25.0%. Substandard

grade outstanding remained stable at 0.7% of total

portfolio, whereas the non-performing loans (NPL) grade

increased share from 1.3% to 1.5%.

With respect to the rating distribution within the business lines, in Wholesale Banking AAA and AA rated assets

increased driven by Central Banks exposures, mainly due to the transfer

of the reserve deposit with the Dutch

central bank (DNB) from Corporate Line Bank to Wholesale Banking. Further decrease in BBB rating

class for

Wholesale Banking was seen with Commercial Banks’ exposures, while for BB rating the outstanding

decreased

primarily in natural resources and transportation and logistics industries

.

The rating distribution for Retail Benelux improved

mostly because of Dutch residential mortgages, shifting from

rating class BB to ratings A and BBB, driven by continuing increase of the NVM house price index

and improving

LTVs,

despite Covid-19. Additionally, a trend of early repayments

was visible in the Dutch mortgage portfolio,

further reducing the share of BB rating class. Residential mortgages in Belgium also improved

in rating

distribution, reducing concentration in BB and B ratings, while increasing

in AA, A and BBB. On the other hand,

the retail mid-corporates portfolio showed

a worsening of rating distribution both in Belgium and the

Netherlands, shifting volumes from BBB to B rating.

In Retail Challengers & Growth Markets,

the increase in AAA-rating was explained by increased reserve deposits

the central banks of Germany and Australia. Similarly,

rating class A increased due to exposures to Banco de

Espana. Further, the increase in AA is partially explained by

Australian residential mortgages . In Germany

residential mortgage loans grew steadily,

mainly in rating classes A and BBB, with Poland and Spain also

contributing to the growth of A-rated residential

mortgages.

Corporate line decreased concentration

in AAA rating class due to the transfer of the reserve deposit with the

Dutch central bank (DNB) to Wholesale Banking.

Industry (*)

The industry composition within Retail is concentrated

in private individuals with 67% for Retail Benelux and 73%

for Retail Challengers & Growth. Dutch

residential mortgages continued to decrease driven by run-off at

Westland Utrecht bank and higher regular repayments,

partly mitigated by stable new production at Domestic

Bank NL throughout 2020. In Belgium, residential mortgages slightly decreased in total volume, while an increase

was seen with lease products in Belgium mid-corporate portfolio.

In C&G, apart from mortgage volumes growth, an increased outstanding was

seen in Lower Public Administration

(seen in Germany, France

and Australia) and in Real Estate (Australia)

.

Within Wholesale Banking, the sector development in Central Banks is consistent with the development in the

investment grade category

above. Exposures towards Central Governments

increased due to higher bond

investments with Italy,

Poland and France, while Commercial Banks decreased exposure, driven by

lower

volumes of trade-related transactions, seen in Australia.

The most noticeable reduction in Wholesale Banking was seen in Natural Resources, where exposures

decreased

significantly, most

visible in Singapore, Luxembourg, US, UK and UAE. Outstanding to Transportation

& Logistics

also decreased, seen in the Netherlands, Hong Kong and Belgium, partly mitigated by an increase in Germany.

Apart from the above ING Wholesale increased its exposure to Lower Public Administration

(Germany and

France), while overall exposure decreased in Food,

Beverages & Personal Care (Belgium and Argentina)

.

Covid-19 sensitive sectors (*)

Aviation (Transportation

& Logistics):

exposure amounted to €4.6 billion outstanding (0.52% of total portfolio).

In terms of rating, the distribution of outstanding worsened compared to

2019, with main concentration shifting

from BBB to BB and B rating classes. Substandard grade

outstanding increased to 1.2% from 0% of Aviation

portfolio, whereas the non-performing grade increased to

4.5% from 0%.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

169

Hospitality & Leisure (Services and Food, Beverages & Personal Care):

exposure amounted to €5.9 billion

outstanding (0.67% of total portfolio). Rating distribution worsened compared

to 2019, with outstanding shifting

from BBB and BB ratings into B, CCC and CC rating classes. Substandard

grade increased to 9.7% from 1.8%,

whereas the NPL grade increased to 6.2% from 2.5%.

Non-food retail (Retail):

exposure slightly reduced and amounted to €10.8 billion (1.22% of total portfolio).

Rating distribution remained relatively stable, with concentration

reducing in BBB, BB and B ratings and slightly

increasing in A rating class. Substandard grade decreased

to 0.7% from 0.9%, while NPL grade increased to 3.3%

from 3.2%.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

170

Outstandings by economic sectors and geographical area (*)

1

in EUR million

Region

Total

Industry

Netherlands

Belgium

Germany

Poland

Spain

United

Kingdom

Luxemburg

France

Rest of Europe

America

Asia

Australia

Africa

2020

Private Individuals

114,219

42,443

88,178

12,216

21,775

186

3,203

2,644

14,717

169

173

33,346

29

333,299

Central Banks

43,615

22,840

23,601

31

3,058

6,247

3,855

811

3,655

0

4,090

1,424

23

113,250

Real Estate

18,349

10,540

1,374

2,478

1,460

313

3,846

3,511

3,839

2,889

828

4,197

7

53,632

Commercial Banks

1,640

265

4,546

607

468

6,931

3,478

6,218

6,926

7,434

13,222

1,476

298

53,509

Central Governments

6,636

6,762

2,010

8,956

4,435

55

175

2,130

10,020

8,949

344

712

439

51,623

Natural Resources

2,830

1,214

1,102

626

286

3,435

959

316

13,542

8,193

11,442

821

782

45,549

Non-Bank Financial Institutions

2,743

940

3,301

1,502

126

6,348

4,054

1,547

4,096

14,726

3,089

376

0

42,848

Transportation & Logistics

4,162

2,016

1,503

1,018

539

1,934

641

782

6,229

3,628

5,468

743

295

28,960

Food, Beverages & Personal Care

6,623

2,783

306

1,932

515

782

1,663

789

2,202

3,975

1,072

191

10

22,843

Services

4,281

9,307

584

783

159

520

454

411

1,054

2,314

612

515

0

20,993

Lower Public Administration

432

4,875

7,526

721

0

583

1,693

528

1,026

30

2,050

0

19,464

Utilities

1,731

1,277

1,815

618

610

2,105

583

402

2,975

3,196

1,716

1,292

237

18,556

General Industries

4,176

2,802

1,030

2,134

252

234

266

194

3,014

2,477

1,053

16

0

17,648

Other

14,094

13,218

3,843

5,478

829

1,926

1,572

1,273

9,527

7,769

4,456

1,293

0

65,279

Total

225,532

121,282

140,722

39,101

34,512

31,018

25,330

22,721

82,324

66,745

47,594

48,451

2,121

887,454

Rating class

Investment grade

169,111

78,294

118,082

26,045

26,622

25,924

19,528

16,688

51,233

44,279

35,879

34,545

127

646,357

Non-Investment grade

51,818

38,113

21,185

11,979

7,468

4,837

5,530

5,870

29,051

20,758

10,696

12,651

1,816

221,772

Substandard grade

1,794

1,159

516

215

102

101

191

37

679

476

94

349

83

5,798

NPL grade

2,808

3,715

939

862

320

156

81

126

1,360

1,232

925

905

95

13,526

Total

225,532

121,282

140,722

39,101

34,512

31,018

25,330

22,721

82,324

66,745

47,594

48,451

2,121

887,454

1

Geographic areas are based on country of residence, except for private individuals for which the geographic

areas are based on the primary country of risk.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

171

Outstandings by economic sectors and geographical area (*)

1, 2

in EUR million

Region

Total

Industry

Netherlands

Belgium

Germany

Poland

Spain

United

Kingdom

Luxemburg

France

Rest of Europe

America

Asia

Australia

Africa

2019

Private Individuals

117,194

43,057

84,281

11,296

20,758

248

3,019

2,242

15,626

222

179

33,602

36

331,758

Central Banks

21,635

16,651

7,573

211

370

1,867

5,048

796

6,454

0

4,951

200

8

65,766

Commercial Banks

1,918

358

4,231

254

743

7,206

3,771

5,945

7,398

7,682

13,576

3,353

352

56,788

Natural Resources

2,556

1,323

959

729

220

4,307

2,339

652

16,037

9,521

15,442

749

1,061

55,894

Central Governments

7,970

5,777

3,033

6,626

4,597

42

184

1,554

6,668

9,724

1,071

689

367

48,300

Non-Bank Financial Institutions

2,852

1,178

2,856

1,252

175

7,462

2,983

1,318

4,117

12,145

3,178

315

149

39,981

Real Estate

18,478

10,287

1,418

2,415

1,390

350

3,865

3,503

4,539

3,685

886

3,450

8

54,275

Transportation & Logistics

4,722

2,298

505

1,100

569

2,081

868

812

6,129

3,979

6,818

651

447

30,980

Food, Beverages & Personal Care

6,301

3,095

322

2,093

329

995

1,779

874

2,602

4,632

1,651

111

19

24,802

Services

4,683

9,272

574

822

162

774

646

711

1,109

2,264

604

426

0

22,046

General Industries

4,096

3,301

1,143

2,295

274

382

437

144

3,504

2,628

1,423

5

0

19,632

Utilities

1,331

1,056

1,673

654

418

2,032

571

445

3,103

3,493

1,380

843

265

17,263

Lower Public Administration

522

5,949

5,798

727

4

0

728

471

536

958

18

1,686

0

17,397

Chemicals, Health & Pharmaceuticals

4,160

3,517

935

1,066

112

95

257

524

2,812

2,286

474

205

0

16,443

Other

11,628

9,774

3,260

4,614

664

1,560

1,331

712

8,045

6,694

3,536

782

2

52,603

Total

210,046

116,894

118,561

36,156

30,785

29,400

27,827

20,703

88,679

69,912

55,188

47,066

2,713

853,930

Rating class

Investment grade

144,134

73,010

95,685

22,921

23,598

24,429

21,444

15,418

50,878

42,689

41,134

31,542

175

587,056

Non-Investment grade

60,937

39,994

21,616

12,219

6,832

4,807

6,229

5,163

35,775

25,660

13,553

14,573

2,457

249,814

Substandard grade

1,993

1,023

555

212

85

17

75

25

484

464

347

265

9

5,555

NPL grade

2,983

2,867

705

806

270

148

79

96

1,541

1,100

154

686

71

11,506

Total

210,046

116,894

118,561

36,156

30,785

29,400

27,827

20,703

88,679

69,912

55,188

47,066

2,713

853,930

1

Geographic areas are based on country of residence, except for private individuals for which the geographic

areas are based on the primary country of risk.

2

The prior period outstandings by economic sector (industry) have been updated reflecting improved classification of clients.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

172

Portfolio analysis per geographical area (*)

The portfolio analysis per geographical area re-emphasises the international

distribution of the ING portfolio. The

share of the Netherlands in the overall portfolio remained stable at

25%.

The most noticeable trend in the Netherlands was the increase in exposure with the central bank. Apart from

that, lower volumes of residential mortgage loans were visible, as well as lower bond exposures

towards the

Dutch Central Government. For Belgium the increase in exposures

towards the central bank was partially offset

by reduced outstanding to Lower Public Administration and slight

decrease in residential mortgage volumes.

In terms of rating distribution, the share of investment grade

increased in both the Netherlands and Belgium (due

to central banks), while non-investment grade

reduced, mainly seen with private individuals (mortgages shifting

to investment grade). For both countries

substandard grade remained relatively

stable (little below 1%). For the

Netherlands, the NPL grade decreased to 1.2% from 1.4%, while for Belgium it increased to 3.1% from

2.5%.

In Germany, Spain and Poland,

residential mortgages increased due to strong market

position and stable business

volume growth. Germany,

Spain and Australia also showed increased exposures to central

banks.

Rating distribution in Germany improved: the share of investment

grade increased (central banks), while non-

investment grade slightly decreased. Substandard

grade (0.4%) also reduced share, while NPL grade slightly

increased (0.7%). Poland and Spain also showed rating distributions improvement,

as in both investment grade

share increased (central banks and mortgages). Substandard

grade remained stable at 0.6% for Poland and 0.3%

for Spain, as for NPL grade, it was stable at 2.2% for

Poland and 0.9% for Spain.

In Luxemburg despite the reduced overall exposure

to central banks and Natural Resources, the rating

distribution remained stable: investment grade

at 77.1%, non-investment grade slightly decreased to 21.8%.

Substandard grade increased to 0.8% from 0.3%, while NPL grade

remained at 0.3%.

For Rest of Europe, the exposure decreased due to

lower exposure with the central bank of the Czech Republic,

lower outstanding in Turkey,

mainly due to FX impact and a reduction of exposure in Switzerland, visible in

Natural Resources.

The lower exposure in the Americas was mainly driven by FX impact and decreased volumes of term loans to

US

Corporates, mainly in Natural Resources, partly offset

by higher outstanding to US Non-Bank FIs. A similar

reduction in outstanding for Natural Resources

was visible in Asia (mainly in Singapore and UAE), which was

partially offset by increased exposure to Technology

industry.

In Australia, outstanding increased, driven by Central

Bank exposures and exposures in Real Estate,

partly

compensated by lower volumes of trade related

transactions with Commercial Banks.

In terms of rating distribution for America region the share of investment

grade increased to 66.3% from 61.1%,

while non-investment grade decreased

to 31.1% from 36.7%. Substandard grade remained at

0.7%, while NPL

slightly increased to 1.8% from 1.6%. For Asia, investment

grade moved slightly up to 75.4%, non-investment and

substandard decreased to 22.5% and 0.2% respectively,

while the NPL increased its share to 1.9% from 0.3% of

outstanding in Asia. Australia’s

rating distribution remained stable with slight shift of outstanding from

non-

investment to investment

grade.

The top five countries within Rest of Europe based on outstanding were:

Italy (€17,544 million), Switzerland

(€10,494 million), Turkey

(€9,579 million), Romania (€8,484 million) and Russian Federation (€4,964 million).

Credit risk mitigation (*)

ING uses various credit risk mitigation techniques and instruments to mitigate

the credit risk associated with an

exposure and to reduce the losses incurred subsequent to a default

by a customer.

The most common

terminology used in ING for credit risk protection is ‘cover’.

While a cover may be an important mitigant of credit

risk and an alternative source of repayment, generally

it is ING’s practice to lend on the basis of the customer’s

creditworthiness rather than exclusively relying

on the value of the cover.

Cover forms (*)

Within ING, there are two distinct forms of covers. First,

where the asset has been pledged to ING as collateral or

security, ING has the right to liquidate

it should the customer be unable to fulfil its financial obligation. As such,

the proceeds can be applied towards full or partial compensation of the customer's outstanding

exposure. This

may be tangible (such as cash, securities, receivables, inventory,

plant and machinery, and mortgages on real

estate properties) or intangible (such as patents,

trademarks, contract rights and licences). Second, where there

is a third-party obligation, indemnification or undertaking (either by contract and/or

by law), ING has the right to

claim from that third party an amount if the customer fails on its obligations. The most common

examples are

guarantees (such as parent guarantees

and export credit insurances) or third-party pledged mortgages.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

173

Cover valuation methodology (*)

General guidelines for cover valuation are established

to ensure consistent application within ING. These also

require that the value of the cover is monitored on a regular basis. Covers

are revalued periodically and

whenever there is reason to believe that the market is subject to

significant changes in conditions. The frequency

of monitoring and revaluation depends on the type of cover.

The valuation method also depends on the type of covers. For asset collateral,

the valuation sources can be the

customer’s balance sheet (e.g. inventory,

machinery and equipment), nominal value (e.g. cash and receivables),

market value (e.g. securities and commodities), independent valuations (commercial real

estate) and market

indices (residential real estate). For third-party obligations,

the valuation is based on the value that is attributed

to the contract between ING and that third party.

Cover values (*)

This section provides insight into the types of cover and the extent to which exposures

benefit from collateral or

guarantees. The disclosure differentiates

between risk categories (lending, investment, money market

and pre-

settlement). The most relevant types of cover include mortgages,

financial collateral (cash and securities) and

guarantees. ING obtains cover that is eligible for credit

risk mitigation under CRR/CRDIV,

as well as cover that is

not eligible. Collateral covering financial market transactions

is valued on a daily basis, and as such not included

in the following tables. To

mitigate the credit risk arising from Financial Markets transactions,

the bank enters

into legal agreements governing the exchange

of financial collateral (high-quality government bonds and cash).

The cover values are presented for the

total portfolio of ING, both the performing and non-performing portfolio.

Our definition of non-performing is explained in detail in ‘Credit restructuring’ (below). For additional insight, a

breakdown of ING’s

portfolio by industry and geography is provided.

Exposures are categorised into different

value-to-loan (VTL) buckets that give insight in the level of

collateralisation of ING’s

portfolio. VTL is calculated as the cover value divided by the outstandings at

the balance

sheet date. The cover values are indexed

where appropriate and exclude any

cost of liquidation. Covers can

either be valid for all or some of a borrower’s exposures or particular outstandings,

the latter being the most

common. For the purpose of aggregation, over-collateralisation

is ignored in the total overview and VTL coverage

of more than 100% is reported as fully covered. For VTL coverage

in the tables for Dutch mortgages, consumer

lending and business lending, each cover is subsequently assigned to one of the six defined VTL buckets: no

cover,

>0% to 25%, >25% to 50%, >50% to 75%, >75% to <100%, and ≥ 100%.

The next table gives an overview of the collateralisation of the ING’s

total portfolio.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

174

Cover values including guarantees received (*)

in EUR million

Cover type

Value to Loan

2020

Outstandings

Mortgages

Financial Collateral

Guarantees

Other covers

No Cover

Partially covered

Fully covered

Consumer Lending

331,288

609,967

6,208

26,117

38,438

6.7%

7.5%

85.8%

Business Lending

388,270

161,474

20,431

94,913

302,357

43.1%

21.2%

35.7%

Investment and Money Market

121,809

95

121

782

245

99.2%

0.1%

0.7%

Total Lending, Investment

and Money Market

841,367

771,536

26,761

121,811

341,039

36.9%

12.7%

50.4%

Pre-settlement

46,086

Total Bank

887,454

Cover values including guarantees received (*)

in EUR million

Cover type

Value to Loan

2019

Outstandings

Mortgages

Financial

Collateral

Guarantees

Other

No Cover

Partially covered

Fully covered

Consumer Lending

329,949

574,786

3,775

26,766

36,774

6.9%

7.6%

85.5%

Business Lending

378,444

154,351

21,073

93,407

296,286

36.7%

24.3%

39.1%

Investment and Money Market

94,866

33

133

64

266

96.0%

3.9%

0.1%

Total Lending, Investment

and Money Market

803,258

729,171

24,981

120,236

333,326

31.4%

15.0%

53.5%

Pre-settlement

50,672

Total Bank

853,930

In 2020, the collateralisation level of the portfolio slightly

decreased as a result of an increase in unsecured

Central Bank reserves which are included in Business lending. Excluding the pre-settlement

portfolio,50.4% of

ING’s outstandings were

fully collateralised in 2020 (2019: 53.5%). Since investments traditionally

do not require

covers, the percentage for ‘no covers’

in this portfolio is above 90%. However,

99% of the investment

outstanding is investment grade. Improved

economic conditions in ING’s main markets

contributed to improved

collateral valuations, observed in consumer lending.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

175

Consumer lending portfolio (*)

The consumer lending portfolio accounts for 37.3% of ING’s

total outstanding, primarily consisting of residential

mortgage loans and other consumer lending loans, which mainly comprise term loans, revolvers and personal

loans to consumers. As a result, most of the collateral consists of mortgages.

The mortgage values are collected

in an internal central database and in most cases external

data

is used to index the market value (e.g. mortgage

values for the Netherlands are updated on a quarterly basis using the NVM/CBS house price index).

A significant part of ING’s residential mortgage

portfolio is in the Netherlands (36.6%), followed by Germany

(25.9%), Belgium and Luxembourg (13.4%) and Australia (10.7%). Given the size of the Dutch mortgage

portfolio,

the valuation methodology to determine the cover values for

Dutch residential mortgages is provided below.

Dutch mortgages valuation (*)

When a mortgage loan is granted in the Netherlands, the policy dictates maximum

loan to market value (LTMV)

for an existing property and for construction property

financing of 100 percent.

In case of newly built houses usually the building /purchase agreement is sufficient as valuation. In the case of

existing houses three types of valuations are allowed. If the LTMV

is below 90 percent, either WOZ (fiscal market

value, determined by government authorities) or an automated model valuation

(the Calcasa ING Valuation) are

permitted.

In most cases, a valuation is performed by certified valuers that

are registered at one of the organisations

accepted by ING. In addition, the valuer must be a member of the NVM (Nederlandse Vereniging van Makelaars

–

Dutch Association of Real Estate Agents), VBO (Vereniging

Bemiddeling Onroerend Goed – Association of Real

Estate Brokers),

VastgoedPRO (Association of Real

Estate Professionals) or NVR (Nederlandse Vereniging

van

Rentmeesters).

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

176

Consumer lending portfolio – cover values

(*)

The below tables show the values of different covers

and the VTL split between performing and non-performing

loans.

Cover values including guarantees received - Consumer lending portfolio (*)

in EUR million

Cover type

Value to Loan

2020

Outstandings

Mortgages

Financial

Collateral

Guarantees

Other covers

No Cover

>0% - 25%

>25%-50%

>50% - 75%

>75% - <100%

≥ 100%

Performing

Residential Mortgages (Private Individuals)

294,642

594,073

5,147

23,210

30,927

0.1%

0.7%

7.3%

92.0%

Residential Mortgages (SME)

1

5,681

9,010

151

126

1,532

0.3%

0.7%

1.4%

6.1%

91.5%

Other Consumer Lending

25,780

197

861

2,619

4,336

81.5%

0.3%

0.1%

0.2%

0.3%

17.6%

Total Performing

326,103

603,281

6,160

25,955

36,795

6.4%

0.0%

0.1%

0.7%

6.7%

86.1%

Non-performing

Residential Mortgages (Private Individuals)

3,698

6,379

45

141

1,414

0.2%

0.1%

0.4%

1.2%

5.9%

92.2%

Residential Mortgages (SME)

1

184

301

0

9

54

0.1%

0.2%

0.5%

1.8%

7.7%

89.7%

Other Consumer Lending

1,303

6

4

12

175

91.8%

0.3%

0.2%

0.3%

0.6%

6.7%

Total Non-performing

5,185

6,686

49

162

1,643

23.2%

0.1%

0.3%

1.0%

4.6%

70.6%

Total Consumer Lending

331,288

609,967

6,208

26,117

38,438

6.7%

0.0%

0.1%

0.7%

6.7%

85.8%

1

Consists mainly of residential mortgages to small one man business clients

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

177

Cover values including guarantees received - Consumer lending portfolio (*)

in EUR million

Cover type

Value to Loan

2019

Outstandings

Mortgages

Financial

Collateral

Guarantees

Other covers

No Cover

>0% - 25%

>25%-50%

>50% - 75%

>75% - <100%

≥ 100%

Performing

Residential Mortgages (Private Individuals)

294,658

561,766

2,897

24,281

30,541

0.1%

0.8%

7.2%

91.8%

Residential Mortgages

(SME)

1

5,687

8,786

258

145

1,402

0.2%

0.8%

1.4%

8.0%

89.6%

Other Consumer Lending

26,025

183

603

2,204

3,980

83.8%

0.3%

0.1%

0.1%

0.3%

15.4%

Total Performing

326,370

570,734

3,759

26,630

35,922

6.7%

0.0%

0.1%

0.8%

6.7%

85.7%

Non-performing

Residential Mortgages (Private Individuals)

2,477

3,804

14

121

720

0.2%

0.2%

0.7%

2.3%

9.6%

87.1%

Residential Mortgages

(SME)

1

147

240

7

36

0.2%

0.3%

0.8%

2.9%

6.0%

89.8%

Other Consumer Lending

956

7

2

8

96

94.0%

0.4%

0.2%

0.4%

0.5%

4.6%

Total Non-performing

3,579

4,052

16

136

852

25.3%

0.2%

0.5%

1.8%

7.0%

65.2%

Total Consumer Lending

329,949

574,786

3,775

26,766

36,774

6.9%

0.0%

0.1%

0.8%

6.7%

85.5%

1

Consists mainly of residential mortgages to small one man business clients

The collateralisation levels of the consumer lending portfolio continued

to improve during 2020. The rise in

collateralisation levels was due to rising housing prices observed in different

mortgage markets, specifically

noticeable in the Netherlands.

ING’s residential mortgage

outstanding increased mainly in Germany (4.9%), Spain (7.4%) and Poland (10.3%). In

2019 the increases where respectively 3.1%, 14.8% and 23.2%. Mortgage outstanding in the Netherlands

decreased slightly (2.3%). For the residential mortgages portfolio,

the cover type guarantees relate to

mortgages

covered by governmental insurers

under the Dutch national mortgage guarantee (NHG) scheme in the

Netherlands. The NHG guarantees the repayment of a loan in case of a forced

property sale.

Business lending portfolio (*)

Business lending accounts for 43.8% of ING’s total

outstanding (44.3% in 2019). In line with our objective to give

stakeholders insight into the portfolio,

we present the business lending portfolio per industry breakdown in

accordance with the NAICS definition and per region and main market. Business lending presented in this section

does not include pre-settlement, investment and money market

exposures, which are outlined in the next

sections.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

178

Cover values including guarantees received - Business lending portfolio (*)

in EUR million

2020

Cover type

Value to Loan

Industry

Outstandings

Mortgages

Financial

Collateral

Guarantees

Other covers

No Cover

>0% - 25%

>25%-50%

>50% - 75%

>75% - <100%

≥ 100%

Central Banks

79,464

23

100.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

Real Estate

52,743

99,824

1,176

6,644

28,378

3.3%

0.7%

2.1%

1.5%

7.4%

85.1%

Natural Resources

43,209

1,453

2,192

23,503

35,739

24.5%

14.4%

13.0%

7.2%

15.9%

25.0%

Transportation & Logistics

27,395

7,251

182

7,487

37,220

18.2%

5.1%

2.4%

3.9%

11.7%

58.8%

Non-Bank Financial Institutions

22,225

1,139

10,771

3,766

46,286

42.9%

3.5%

2.3%

3.6%

4.6%

43.2%

Food, Beverages & Personal Care

20,594

8,346

430

9,473

33,918

25.0%

5.1%

5.9%

9.6%

14.0%

40.3%

Services

19,632

10,623

1,855

8,394

23,917

27.9%

5.8%

7.0%

5.3%

7.2%

46.9%

Commercial Banks

17,931

313

107

1,546

3,868

74.8%

1.0%

3.4%

1.7%

8.2%

10.8%

Utilities

16,948

185

1,011

4,464

9,723

42.3%

19.1%

5.2%

4.3%

3.0%

26.0%

General Industries

16,417

5,563

241

5,736

20,781

31.5%

4.0%

5.7%

9.6%

9.9%

39.3%

Chemicals, Health & Pharmaceuticals

14,120

7,558

194

4,391

12,332

26.0%

5.7%

3.6%

7.7%

13.6%

43.5%

Builders & Contractors

13,895

7,583

309

4,490

15,711

26.3%

6.2%

6.4%

8.9%

10.4%

41.7%

Others

1

43,696

11,635

1,938

15,020

34,484

40.0%

5.1%

4.3%

6.1%

10.5%

34.1%

Total Business Lending

388,270

161,474

20,431

94,913

302,357

43.1%

4.9%

4.2%

4.2%

7.9%

35.7%

of which Total Non-performing

8,261

3,027

230

3,803

6,915

29.1%

5.2%

5.0%

8.5%

14.2%

38.1%

1

‘Others’ comprises industries with outstandings lower than €10 billion.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

179

Cover values including guarantees received - Business lending portfolio (*)

1

in EUR million

2019

Cover type

Value to Loan

Industry

Outstandings

Mortgages

Financial

Collateral

Guarantees

Other covers

No Cover

>0% - 25%

>25%-50%

>50% - 75%

>75% - <100%

≥ 100%

Natural Resources

53,796

1,197

2,426

22,041

35,691

26.6%

15.3%

9.6%

11.6%

12.9%

24.1%

Real Estate

53,564

98,238

1,589

6,869

20,353

4.0%

0.6%

2.1%

1.8%

8.7%

82.9%

Central Banks

42,087

7

100.0%

Non-Bank Financial Institutions

22,593

1,434

11,339

5,638

41,084

30.9%

3.7%

5.1%

6.5%

7.1%

46.6%

Transportation & Logistics

29,303

3,293

169

7,519

36,223

17.0%

6.4%

2.3%

4.1%

11.3%

58.9%

Food, Beverages & Personal Care

22,585

8,030

407

8,777

34,633

24.5%

5.2%

7.8%

10.3%

12.8%

39.5%

Commercial Banks

22,508

331

130

1,656

6,062

72.4%

3.3%

2.0%

1.6%

5.9%

14.8%

Services

21,044

10,090

1,519

8,799

29,470

30.7%

5.0%

6.3%

6.5%

6.9%

44.6%

General Industries

18,849

5,031

246

5,369

22,154

32.2%

5.1%

4.3%

8.3%

9.6%

40.6%

Utilities

15,952

242

1,036

3,785

7,928

41.7%

19.7%

3.9%

5.5%

2.0%

27.3%

Chemicals, Health & Pharmaceuticals

15,410

8,361

203

3,744

12,439

26.4%

6.7%

3.9%

7.5%

11.8%

43.7%

Builders & Contractors

15,054

7,449

201

3,802

15,704

27.5%

6.7%

7.2%

8.6%

8.7%

41.2%

Others

2

45,698

10,655

1,800

15,407

34,546

41.5%

4.9%

4.6%

5.8%

7.7%

35.4%

Total Business Lending

378,444

154,351

21,073

93,407

296,286

36.7%

6.0%

4.4%

5.7%

8.2%

39.1%

of which Total Non-performing

7,856

2,600

281

2,643

6,305

32.6%

3.6%

7.9%

9.2%

16.5%

30.2%

1

The prior period outstandings by economic sector (industry) have been updated reflecting improved classification of clients.

2

‘Others’ comprises industries with outstandings lower than €10 billion.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

180

Cover values including guarantees received - Business lending portfolio (*)

2020

Cover type

Value to Loan

Region

Outstandings

Mortgages

Financial

Collateral

Guarantees

Other covers

No Cover

>0% - 25%

>25%-50%

>50% - 75%

>75% - <100%

≥ 100%

Europe

Netherlands

100,918

61,180

3,298

9,245

59,268

51.6%

1.6%

2.5%

3.9%

8.6%

31.8%

Belgium

50,245

36,071

1,174

22,424

53,041

24.8%

1.6%

3.0%

3.1%

6.9%

60.7%

Germany

35,069

3,233

118

2,711

4,788

80.4%

4.0%

2.1%

1.4%

1.2%

10.9%

Luxembourg

16,332

8,403

1,671

2,849

29,875

46.4%

1.5%

6.0%

1.5%

3.4%

41.1%

Poland

16,176

9,414

168

3,720

25,652

28.3%

4.5%

3.8%

7.9%

11.3%

44.2%

United Kingdom

13,864

4,659

1,971

4,028

9,906

44.6%

16.1%

7.2%

3.0%

8.3%

20.8%

Switzerland

9,544

46

684

3,540

6,980

27.2%

21.7%

16.6%

7.1%

7.2%

20.3%

France

9,513

7,543

150

2,021

4,096

39.2%

5.1%

4.1%

2.7%

2.0%

46.8%

Rest of Europe

46,302

13,817

2,460

18,446

41,326

35.4%

7.7%

4.6%

4.7%

9.1%

38.5%

America

40,800

5,967

6,872

7,442

40,815

38.3%

7.3%

6.0%

5.4%

10.2%

32.7%

Asia

37,435

978

1,728

15,174

23,607

40.6%

5.0%

5.5%

6.6%

11.9%

30.5%

Australia

10,019

10,153

83

1,650

2,273

26.4%

7.7%

2.1%

2.4%

4.7%

56.8%

Africa

2,053

10

53

1,661

730

8.0%

6.6%

3.0%

19.9%

26.8%

35.7%

Total Business Lending

388,270

161,474

20,431

94,913

302,357

43.1%

4.9%

4.2%

4.2%

7.9%

35.7%

of which Non-performing

8,261

3,027

230

3,803

6,915

29.1%

5.2%

5.0%

8.5%

14.2%

38.1%

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

181

Cover values including guarantees received - Business lending portfolio (*)

2019

Cover type

Value to Loan

Region

Outstandings

Mortgages

Financial

Collateral

Guarantees

Other covers

No Cover

>0% - 25%

>25%-50%

>50% - 75%

>75% - <100%

≥ 100%

Europe

Netherlands

81,383

60,334

3,265

8,845

52,909

37.4%

2.8%

3.7%

5.3%

10.7%

40.1%

Belgium

51,881

35,937

1,231

23,583

51,204

25.4%

1.8%

2.6%

4.0%

6.7%

59.5%

Germany

18,366

3,143

95

1,237

4,916

62.7%

9.2%

2.4%

2.2%

2.5%

20.9%

Luxembourg

19,013

7,076

1,690

3,780

31,685

48.3%

2.3%

6.6%

3.2%

3.0%

36.7%

Poland

17,498

8,896

135

3,053

27,356

30.1%

3.4%

4.6%

7.0%

11.4%

43.4%

United Kingdom

14,919

1,132

1,128

4,381

10,159

39.0%

18.0%

5.7%

8.9%

5.3%

23.0%

Switzerland

11,328

83

656

2,950

6,085

35.7%

13.7%

12.3%

7.4%

11.7%

19.2%

France

10,015

6,843

147

2,003

4,661

39.5%

5.7%

5.5%

3.5%

1.3%

44.6%

Rest of Europe

48,494

15,504

2,873

17,219

40,243

32.1%

7.8%

4.9%

4.7%

10.2%

40.2%

America

48,048

7,253

7,856

8,827

39,792

39.7%

6.1%

5.0%

6.6%

9.2%

33.4%

Asia

45,131

920

1,941

14,051

24,632

37.2%

8.4%

4.5%

9.2%

7.2%

33.5%

Australia

9,731

7,219

4

1,640

1,867

37.3%

9.6%

1.5%

3.0%

5.5%

43.1%

Africa

2,638

9

51

1,838

778

9.2%

16.5%

9.6%

13.2%

12.2%

39.3%

Total Business Lending

378,444

154,351

21,073

93,407

296,286

36.7%

6.0%

4.4%

5.7%

8.2%

39.1%

of which Non-performing

7,856

2,600

281

2,643

6,305

32.6%

3.6%

7.9%

9.2%

16.5%

30.2%

The tables above describe the collateralisation of ING’s

business lending portfolio. Breakdowns are provided by

industry as well as by geographical region or market, based on the residence of the borrowers.

Broken down by industry,

the largest increase in outstanding is attributable to

Central Banks (€37.4 billion,

88.8%) followed by Utilities (€1.0 billion, 6.2%). The largest decrease in outstanding was

observed in Natural

Resources (€10.6 billion), where the total cover percentage

increased.

The proportion of the business lending portfolio in Australia and Switzerland with no cover decreased

substantially year-on-year,

respectively from 37.3% to 26.4% and from 35.7% to 27.2% in 2019. Most industry

types experienced an increase in total covers. The largest

increases in outstanding in absolute figures were seen

in the Netherlands (23.9%) and Germany (90.9%). The increase in Germany (€16.7 billion) was primarily due to

increases in regulatory reserve deposits and nostro accounts. As these deposits and nostro

accounts are not

collateralised, this increase had only a small impact on total cover amounts.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

182

Credit quality (*)

Credit risk categories (*)

Regular

Watch List

Restructuring

1

Non-

performing

1

Possible ratings

1–19

1–19

11–20

20-22

Typical ratings

1–14

15–17

18–20

20-22

Deterioration in risk

Not significant

Significant

Significant

Significant

Significant intervention

Not required

Not required

Required

Required

Account Ownership

Front Office

Front Office

Front Office

Front Office

Credit Risk Management

Regular

Regular

Credit

Restructuring

Credit

Restructuring

Primary Manager

Front Office

Front Office

Credit

Restructuring

Credit

Restructuring

Accounting provisioning

Stage 1/2

Stage 1/2

Stage 2/3

Stage 3

1

More information on the Restructuring and Non-performing categories can be found in the Credit restructuring section.

Credit quality outstandings

(*)

in EUR million

2020

2019

Neither past due nor non-performing

863,506

831,340

Business lending past due but performing (1–90 days)

7,831

7,747

Consumer lending past due but performing (1–90 days)

2,619

3,367

Non-performing

1

13,497

11,477

Total

887,454

853,930

1

Based on lending and investment activities

Total

group outstanding increased by 4% (€+33.5 billion), mainly visible in the Investment grade

rating class

(€+59.3 billion) partly offset by the decrease in the non-investment grade rating

class outstanding (€-28 billion).

Business lending past due but performing remained stable at €7.8 billion, whereas consumer lending past due

but performing decreased by 22% (€-0.7 billion).

The €2.0 billion non-performing outstanding increase was

distributed as follows; Retail Benelux (€+1.1 billion) and Retail

Challengers & Growth Markets (€+0.9 billion).

Within Retail Banking Benelux the private individuals outstanding increase accounted

for €+0.7 billion, mainly

driven by the introduction of the new definition of default for mortgages. while for

retail business this was €+0.4

billion in Builders & Contractors and the Services sectors. Within Retail

Challengers & Growth Markets the

increase was seen for private individuals. This was mainly driven by mortgages forbearance

measures granted to

clients in the form of payment holidays not in scope of the European Banking Association (EBA) moratoria

guidelines and classified as in default, as well as the implementation of new definition of default for

secured

consumer lending.

Past due obligations (*)

Retail Banking continuously measures its portfolio in terms of payment

arrears and on a monthly basis

determines if there are any significant changes in the level of arrears.

This methodology is principally extended to

loans to private individuals, such as residential mortgage loans, car loans and other consumer loans, as well as

business lending. An obligation is considered ‘past due’ if a payment of interest

or principal is more than one day

late. ING aims to help its customers as soon as they are past due by communicating

to remind them of their

payment obligations. In its contact with the customers,

ING aims to solve the (potential) financial difficulties by

offering a range of measures (e.g. payment arrangements,

restructuring). If the issues cannot be cured, for

example because the customer is unable or unwilling to pay,

the contract is sent to the recovery unit. The facility

is downgraded to risk rating 20 (non-performing) when the facility or obligor – depending on the level at

which

the non-performing status is applied - is more than 90 days past

due and to risk rating 21 or 22 when the contract

is terminated.

ING has aligned the regulatory concept of non-performing with that of the definition of default. Hence, in

Wholesale Banking, obligors are classified as non-performing when a default trigger occurs:

◾

ING believes the borrower is unlikely to pay; the borrower

has evidenced significant financial difficulty,

to the extent that it will have a negative

impact on the future cash flows of the financial asset. The

following events could be seen as indicators of financial difficulty:

◾

The borrower (or third party) has started insolvency proceedings;

◾

A group company/co-borrower has NPL status

;

◾

Indication of fraud (affecting the company’s

ability to service its debt);

◾

There is doubt as to the borrower’s ability to generate

stable and sufficient cash flows to service

its debt;

◾

Restructuring of debt.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

183

◾

ING has granted concessions relating to the borrower’s

financial difficulty, the effect

of which is a

reduction in expected future cash flows of the financial asset below current carrying amount

.

◾

The obligor has failed in the payment of principal, interest or fees,

the total past due amount is above

the materiality threshold and this remains the case for more than 90 consecutive days

.

Further, Wholesale Banking has an individual name approach, using early warnings indicators

to signal possible

future issues in debt service.

Ageing analysis (past due but performing): Consumer lending portfolio, outstandings

1

(*)

in EUR million

2020

2019

Past due for 1–30 days

2,129

2,564

Past due for 31–60 days

402

639

Past due for 61–90 days

88

163

Total

2,619

3,367

1

Based on consumer lending. The amount of past due but performing financial assets in respect of non-lending activities was not

significant.

Ageing analysis (past due but performing): Consumer lending portfolio by geographic area, outstandings

1

(*)

in EUR million

2020

Region

Residential

Mortgages

Other retail

Total

Europe

Netherlands

713

12

725

Belgium

469

107

576

Germany

359

71

430

Poland

84

62

146

Spain

24

30

55

Luxemburg

7

18

25

France

1

7

7

United Kingdom

2

0

2

Rest of Europe

136

119

255

America

0

0

1

Asia

4

0

4

Australia

388

6

394

Total

2,186

433

2,619

1

Based on consumer lending. The amount of past due but performing financial assets in respect of non-lending activities was not

significant.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

184

Ageing analysis (past due but performing): Consumer lending portfolio by geographic area, outstandings

1

(*)

in EUR million

2019

Region

Residential

Mortgages

Other retail

Total

Europe

Netherlands

829

11

840

Belgium

733

166

899

Germany

372

104

476

Poland

145

90

236

Spain

21

36

56

Luxemburg

3

24

27

France

2

10

13

United Kingdom

3

3

Rest of Europe

195

290

484

America

3

3

Asia

3

3

Australia

310

18

328

Total

2,619

749

3,367

1

Based on consumer lending. The amount of past due but performing financial assets in respect of non-lending activities was not

significant.

The consumer lending decrease in past due but performing was distributed as follows; Retail

Benelux (€-0.4

billion) and Retail Challengers & Growth Markets

(€-0.3 billion). Within Retail Benelux the decrease was

noticeable in the 1-30 days bucket for Belgium (€-0.2 billion) mainly driven by the implementation

of the new

definition of default via the introduction of the unlikely to pay

assessment by which short arrears result in

defaults,

as well as the Covid-19 related payment holidays granted

after which days past due counting stops, and

the Netherlands (€-0.1 billion), due to the good payment behaviour of our clients which is facilitated

by strict

underwriting rules, low interest rates, low unemployment and low bankruptcy,

as well as the financial aid

measures granted by the Dutch government

to employees and employers because of the Covid-19 pandemic.

Within Retail Challengers & Growth Markets

the largest decrease was mainly witnessed in the 31-60 days bucket

for Germany (€-0.1 billion).

Ageing analysis (past due but performing): Business lending, outstandings (*)

in EUR million

2020

2019

Past due for 1–30 days

7,038

6,681

Past due for 31–60 days

712

658

Past due for 61–90 days

82

408

Total

7,831

7,747

Ageing analysis (past due but performing): Business lending portfolio by geographic area,

outstandings (*)

in EUR million

2020

2019

Region

Total

Total

Europe

Netherlands

770

751

Belgium

912

1,028

Germany

204

385

United Kingdom

959

820

Spain

339

688

France

106

639

Luxemburg

301

340

Poland

206

279

Rest of Europe

1,214

1,445

America

2,538

1,159

Asia

151

187

Australia

128

23

Africa

3

2

Total

7,831

7,747

Total

past due but performing outstanding remained stable for business loans. Although, there

was a similar

sized but opposite difference visible in the 1-30 days bucket

(€+0.4 billion) and the 61-90 days bucket (€-0.3

billion). The largest contributors in the 1-30 days bucket

were seen in America (€+1.3 billion), Bermuda (€+0.2

billion) on some larger client names. This was partially offset by the decreases witnessed in France (€-0.5 billion),

Spain (€-0.3 billion) and Belgium (€-0.3 billion). The largest contributors to the decrease in the 61-90 days bucket

were Sweden (€-0.1 billion) and America (€-0.1 billion).

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

185

Credit restructuring (*)

Global Credit Restructuring (GCR) is the dedicated and independent department that deals with non-performing

loans and loans that hold a reasonable probability that ING will end up with a loss, if no specific action is taken.

GCR handles accounts or portfolios requiring an active approach, which may include renegotiation of terms

and

conditions and business or financial restructuring. The loans are managed by GCR or by units in the various

regions and business units.

ING uses three distinct statuses to categorise the management

of clients with (perceived) deteriorating credit risk

profiles, i.e. there is increasing doubt as to the performance and the collectability of the client’s

contractual

obligations:

◾

Watch List

: Usually, a client is first classified as Watch

List when there are concerns of any potential or

material deterioration in credit risk profile that

may affect the ability of the client to adhere to its debt

service obligations or to refinance its existing loans. Watch

List status requires more than usual

attention, increased monitoring and quarterly reviews. Some clients

with a Watch List status

may

develop into a Restructuring status or even a Recovery

status.

◾

Restructuring

: A client is classified in Restructuring when there are concerns about the client’s financial

stability,

credit worthiness, and/or ability to repay,

but where the situation does not require the recall or

acceleration of facilities or the liquidation of collateral. ING’s

actions aim to maintain the going concern

status of the client by:

◾

Restoring the client’s financial stability;

◾

Supporting the client’s turnaround;

◾

Restoring the balance between debt and equity; and

◾

Restructuring the debt to a sustainable situation.

◾

Recovery

: A client is classified as in Recovery when ING and/or the client concludes that the client’s

financial situation cannot be restored and a decision is made to end the (credit) relationship or even

to

enter into bankruptcy.

ING will prefer an amicable exit, but will enforce and liquidate

the collateral or

claim under the guarantees if deemed necessary.

Watch List, Restructuring

and Recovery accounts are reviewed at

least quarterly by the front office, GCR and the

relevant credit risk management executives

.

Forbearance

(*)

Forbearance occurs when a client is unable to meet their financial commitments due to financial difficulties it

faces or is about to face and ING grants concessions towards

this client. Forborne assets are assets in respect of

which forbearance measures have been granted.

Forbearance may enable clients experiencing financial difficulties to continue repaying

their debt.

For business customers, ING mainly applies forbearance measures to support clients

with fundamentally sound

business models that are experiencing temporary difficulties with the aim of maximising the client’s repayment

ability and therewith avoiding a default situation or helping the client to return

to a performing situation.

For ING retail units, clear criteria have been established to

determine whether a client is eligible for the

forbearance process. Specific approval mandates

are in place to approve the measures, as well as procedures to

manage, monitor and report the forbearance activities.

ING reviews the performance of forborne exposures at

least quarterly, either on a case-by-case

(business) or on a

portfolio (retail) basis.

All exposures are eligible for forbearance

measures, i.e. both performing (Risk Ratings 1-19) and non-performing

(Risk Ratings 20-22) exposures. ING uses specific criteria to move forborne exposures from

non-performing to

performing or to remove the forbearance statuses

that are consistent with the corresponding EBA standards.

An

exposure is reported as forborne for a minimum of two years.

An additional one-year probation period is

observed for forborne exposures that move from

non-performing back to performing.

During 2020, ING supported clients affected by the Covid-19 pandemic among others by providing payment

holidays. In line with European Banking Authority (EBA) Guidelines, exposures subject to these payment

holidays

are not classified as forborne. Refer to ‘Payment

holidays’ below for more information on payment

holidays.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

186

Summary Forborne portfolio (*)

1

in EUR million

2020

2019

Business Line

Outstandings

Of which:

performing

Of which: non-

performing

% of total

portfolio

Outstandings

Of which:

performing

Of which: non-

performing

% of total

portfolio

Wholesale Banking

10,176

7,849

2,327

3.2%

4,632

2,699

1,932

1.7%

Retail Banking

9,640

6,341

3,299

2.0%

4,861

2,686

2,175

1.1%

Total

19,816

14,190

5,626

2.5%

9,492

5,385

4,107

1.3%

1

Undrawn commitments are excluded.

Summary Forborne portfolio by forbearance type (*)

1

in EUR million

2020

2019

Forbearance type

Outstandings

Of which:

performing

Of which: non-

performing

% of total

portfolio

Outstandings

Of which:

performing

Of which: non-

performing

% of total

portfolio

Loan modification

17,877

12,937

4,940

2.3%

8,285

4,800

3,485

1.1%

Refinancing

1,939

1,252

686

0.2%

1,208

585

622

0.2%

Total

19,816

14,190

5,626

2.5%

9,492

5,385

4,107

1.3%

1

Undrawn commitments are excluded.

As per December 2020 ING’s total forborne assets increased

by €10.3 billion (108.8%) against December 2019 to

€19.8 billion, largely as a result of the Covid-19 crisis, driven by both Wholesale and Retail Banking.

Wholesale Banking (*)

As per December 2020, Wholesale Banking forborne assets amounted to €10.2 billion, which represented 3.2% of

the total Wholesale Banking portfolio.

Wholesale Banking: Forborne portfolio by geographical area (*)

1

in EUR million

2020

2019

Region

Outstandings

Of which:

performing

Of which: non-

Outstandings

Of which:

performing

Of which: non-

performing

performing

Europe

Netherlands

842

700

142

822

410

412

Belgium

255

175

81

41

16

25

Germany

845

676

170

246

182

63

United Kingdom

1,738

1,606

132

332

251

81

Italy

353

317

36

197

115

83

Ukraine

88

5

82

169

77

93

Norway

78

32

47

151

124

27

Poland

199

101

98

134

31

103

Rest of Europe

2,317

2,144

173

502

322

180

America

2,338

1,541

796

1,315

759

556

Asia

555

194

362

316

206

109

Australia

365

251

113

214

85

129

Africa

202

109

94

192

122

71

Total

10,176

7,849

2,327

4,632

2,699

1,932

1

Undrawn commitments are excluded.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

187

Wholesale Banking: Forborne portfolio by economic sector (*)

1, 2

in EUR million

2020

2019

Industry

Outstandings

Of which:

performing

Of which: non-

Outstandings

Of which:

performing

Of which: non-

performing

performing

Natural Resources

2,370

1,397

973

1,587

909

678

Transportation & Logistics

1,453

1,253

201

674

362

313

General Industries

661

605

55

427

286

142

Food, Beverages & Personal Care

1,475

1,216

260

375

227

148

Real Estate

529

365

165

392

217

175

Chemicals, Health & Pharmaceuticals

394

364

30

212

209

3

Builders & Contractors

449

370

78

195

79

116

Utilities

290

141

149

188

55

133

Services

750

643

106

129

69

60

Retail

346

296

49

114

92

22

Automotive

768

714

54

108

72

36

Other

691

485

206

230

124

106

Total

10,176

7,849

2,327

4,632

2,699

1,932

1

Undrawn commitments are excluded.

2

The prior period outstandings by economic sectors (industry) have been updated reflecting improved classification of clients.

The main concentration of forborne assets in a single country was in the United Kingdom with 17% (2019: 7%) of

the total Wholesale Banking forborne assets and 6% (2019: 4%) of the total non-performing forborne assets.

Wholesale Banking forborne assets increased by €5.5 billion compared to 2019, of which the performing

forborne assets increased by €5.1 billion. The increase of the performing forborne assets was visible across all

industries and locations, as a result of the pandemic outbreak.

Wholesale Banking forborne assets were mainly concentrated in Natural

Resources, Food Beverages & Personal

Care-

and Transportation

& Logistics. Together

they accounted for 52% of the total Wholesale Banking forborne

assets and 62% of the total Wholesale Banking non-performing forborne assets. Back in 2019, the main

concentration was witnessed in Natural Resources,

Transportation

& Logistics and General Industries with 58% of

the total Wholesale Banking forborne. A significant increase in forborne assets was visible in the Food, Beverages

& Personal Care industry (€+1.1 billion) during 2020, followed by Transportation

& Logistics (€+0.8 billion) and

Natural Resources (€+0.8).

Retail Banking (*)

As per year-end 2020, Retail Banking forborne assets amounted

to a total of €9.6 billion, which represented 2.0%

of the total Retail Banking portfolio.

Retail Banking: Forborne portfolio by geographical area (*)

1

in EUR million

2020

2019

Region

Outstandings

Of which:

performing

Of which: non-

Outstandings

Of which:

performing

Of which: non-

performing

performing

Europe

Netherlands

4,415

3,447

968

2,212

1,367

845

Belgium

2,672

1,621

1,051

1,149

435

714

Germany

578

410

168

425

294

131

Turkey

307

218

89

314

184

130

Poland

349

112

237

209

101

109

Romania

114

59

55

101

55

46

Italy

49

13

37

25

13

12

Spain

22

10

12

25

13

12

Rest of Europe

80

42

37

43

22

22

America

10

9

1

2

1

1

Asia

3

1

2

1

1

Australia

1,041

399

643

354

201

153

Total

9,640

6,341

3,299

4,861

2,686

2,175

1

Undrawn commitments are excluded.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

188

The main concentration of forborne assets in a single country was in the Netherlands with 46% (2019: 46%) of

the total Retail Banking forborne assets and 29% (2019: 39%) of the non-performing forborne

assets. Belgium

followed with 28% (2019: 24%) of the total Retail Banking forborne assets.

Payment holidays

Globally, 2020 has been dominated by the Covid-19 pandemic and the distressing

human and economic cost

thereof. The shutdown of various businesses immediately

affected banking customers and as such various

measures have been and continue to be implemented in order to minimise short-

and long-term economic and

customer impacts. In many countries, governments have

adopted economic support programs (such as tax

advantages, unemployment regulations or guarantees)

that we believe will assist ING clients in potential financial

difficulty to manage through these extraordinary times. In addition, various initiatives have

been taken by ING to

grant payment holidays, (guaranteed)

new money facilities etc.

Governments in almost all Retail Banking countries have

adopted measures providing for payment holidays.

As of

end-December, in line with the European Banking Association

(EBA) moratoria guidelines, approximately

196,000

customers had been granted payment

holidays under schemes that were eligible under the EBA moratoria

guidelines. The total exposure of loans for which a payment holiday was granted

amounts to €19.4 billion, of

which over 55% were for customers located

in the Netherlands and Belgium. At the end of 2020, 93% of granted

payment holidays had expired.

The payment holiday schemes offered in the various countries

differ in terms of scope, benefit duration and key

conditions. Generally,

underlying conditions differ per country in terms of tenor,

deferment of principal and

interest payments. The payment

holidays are applied to business lending, mortgages and consumer loans.

The modification of contractual terms of loans subject to payment holiday arrangements

does not automatically

result in derecognition of the financial assets. Where applicable, the carrying amount of the financial asset has

been recalculated as the present value of the renegotiated

or modified contractual cash flows, discounted at the

original effective interest rate

and a gain or loss was recognised.

The various measures by governments and ING to alleviate the impact of Covid-19 also impact the loan

classification in terms of forbearance and consequently IFRS 9 staging.

In light of this, the EBA has provided

guidelines that expired on 30 September 2020, which defined eligibility criteria for a payment

holiday

arrangement offered to a large

group of customers to be classified as a “general

payment moratorium”.

Based on

the guidelines, the granting of these payment holidays did not lead to forbearance

classifications. Therefore, it

did not automatically trigger recognition of lifetime Expected Credit Loss (ECL) either.

A small number of payment

holidays were granted outside this scheme and were

flagged as forborne. ING followed the EBA guidelines and

when a payment holiday was provided to a customer as part of a “general

payment moratorium”,

ING did not

consider this measure to classifiable as forbearance. EBA further extended these guidelines in the first

week of

December 2020, valid until 31 March 2021, with certain extra conditions. ING decided not to make

use of the

extension of these guidelines and has taken a prudent decision to treat all payment

holiday requests under new

or extended schemes (after September 2020) as stage 2 or sta

ge 3 exposures.

Non-performing loans (*)

ING’s loan portfolio is under constant

review. Loans to obligors

that are considered more than 90 days past due

on material exposure are reclassified as non-performing. For commercial

lending portfolios, there generally are

reasons for declaring a loan non-performing prior to the obligor being 90 days past due. These reasons include,

but are not limited to, ING’s

assessment of the customer’s perceived inability to meet its financial obligations, or

the customer filing for bankruptcy or bankruptcy protection.

The table below represents the breakdown by industry of credit

risk outstandings for lending and investment

positions that have been classified as non-performing.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

189

Non-performing Loans: outstandings by economic sector and business lines (*)

1, 2

in EUR million

Wholesale Banking

Retail Benelux

Retail Challengers

& Growth Markets

Corporate Line

Total

Industry

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

Private Individuals

2,879

2,173

2,480

1,573

5,359

3,746

Natural Resources

1,434

1,108

63

35

36

53

1,533

1,196

Food, Beverages & Personal

Care

668

599

420

351

138

168

1,226

1,119

Transportation & Logistics

786

651

201

96

44

40

1,031

787

Services

313

320

474

357

58

60

844

737

Builders & Contractors

148

265

398

258

133

168

680

691

Real Estate

217

312

416

329

21

9

655

649

General Industries

138

248

232

204

133

153

502

605

Non-Bank Financial Institutions

18

426

26

16

3

2

47

444

Retail

85

89

170

172

54

63

309

325

Other

3

579

467

335

326

103

110

295

275

1,312

1,178

Total

4,386

4,487

5,614

4,316

3,203

2,399

295

275

13,497

11,477

1

Based on Lending and Investment outstandings.

2

The prior period outstandings by economic sector (industry) have been updated reflecting improved classification of clients.

3

Economic sectors not specified in above overview are grouped in Other.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

190

Non-performing Loans: outstandings by economic sectors and geographical area (*)

in EUR million

Region

Total

Industry

Netherlands

Belgium

Germany

Poland

Spain

United Kingdom

France

Luxemburg

Rest of Europe

America

Asia

Australia

Africa

2020

Private Individuals

1,040

1,760

712

214

239

7

18

38

555

5

4

766

1

5,359

Natural Resources

75

48

0

20

25

0

0

171

659

394

93

49

1,533

Food, Beverages & Personal

Care

324

165

80

114

15

11

68

1

76

240

132

1

0

1,226

Transportation & Logistics

346

54

1

42

47

18

0

3

110

40

352

18

0

1,031

Services

190

495

0

42

5

0

1

4

28

73

6

0

844

Builders & Contractors

66

361

1

93

0

0

4

107

47

0

0

680

Real Estate

144

255

86

15

80

15

17

26

16

655

General Industries

111

161

7

91

0

5

0

93

32

1

1

0

502

Non-Bank Financial

Institutions

9

13

3

0

0

4

13

4

1

47

Retail

66

140

0

41

3

6

1

36

13

3

0

309

Other

1

427

259

138

116

0

12

14

8

143

120

23

7

45

1,312

Total

2,799

3,710

939

862

320

156

126

81

1,359

1,220

925

905

95

13,497

1

Economic sectors not specified in above overview are grouped in Other.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

191

Non-performing Loans: outstandings by economic sectors and geographical area (*)

1

in EUR million

Region

Total

Industry

Netherlands

Belgium

Germany

Poland

Spain

United Kingdom

France

Luxemburg

Rest of Europe

America

Asia

Australia

Africa

2019

Private Individuals

840

1,271

585

134

195

4

14

24

411

4

3

261

1

3,746

Natural Resources

83

21

28

63

254

533

84

111

20

1,196

Food, Beverages & Personal

Care

315

153

63

117

1

12

68

1

109

254

26

1,119

Transportation & Logistics

432

48

1

31

47

49

3

88

32

10

46

787

Services

224

377

36

3

49

42

6

737

Builders & Contractors

88

226

1

103

1

3

230

39

691

Real Estate

237

225

96

19

7

28

27

8

4

649

General Industries

176

148

12

89

3

1

127

48

1

605

Non-Bank Financial

Institutions

35

8

3

7

5

14

107

264

444

Retail

74

147

40

4

7

1

52

325

Other

2

464

239

44

130

10

1

9

173

34

23

51

1,178

Total

2,968

2,864

705

805

270

144

96

79

1,534

1,099

154

686

71

11,477

1

The prior period outstandings by economic sector (industry) have been updated reflecting improved classification of clients.

2

Economic sectors not specified in above overview are grouped in Other.

The non-performing portfolio increased in 2020, as a result of ING’s

introduction of a new definition of default

(€1.0 billion) and due to developments with respect to certain large individual files. The increase is visible in all

businesses and also in almost all the sectors. More specifically in Retail Benelux and in Retail Challengers

&

Growth, the increase is explained by private individuals, whereas in Wholesale the main increase is visible in the

sector Natural Resources, in Transportation

and Logistics, and in Other.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

192

Loan loss provisioning (*)

Since 1 January 2018, ING has recognised loss allowances based on the expected credit loss model (ECL) of IFRS 9,

which is designed to be forward-looking. The IFRS 9 impairment requirements are applicable

to on-balance sheet

financial assets measured at amortised cost or fair value through other comprehensive income

(FVOCI), such as

loans, debt securities and lease receivables, as well as off-balance sheet items such as undrawn

loan

commitments, certain financial guarantees, and undrawn committed

revolving credit facilities.

IFRS 9 models (*)

The IFRS 9 models leverage the advanced internal rating

-based (AIRB) models (PD, LGD, EAD), which include

certain required conservatism. In order to include IFRS 9 requirements,

such regulatory conservatism is removed

from the ECL parameters (PD,

LGD and EAD). The IFRS 9 models apply two types of adjustments to the ECL

parameters: (1) to economic outlook and (2) for stage

2 and stage 3 assets only, to

the lifetime horizon. The IFRS

9 model parameters are estimated

based on statistical techniques and supported by expert judgement.

ING has aligned the definition of default for regulatory purposes with the definition of ‘credit

-impaired’ financial

assets under IFRS 9 (Stage 3). To

comply with the new regulatory technical standards (RTS)

and EBA guidelines,

ING updated its definition of default in the first quarter of 2020. Consequently,

ING updated this definition also

for IFRS 9 purposes. More information can be found

in section 1.6 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Portfolio quality (*)

The table below describes the portfolio composition over the different IFRS

9 stages and rating classes. The Stage

1 portfolio represents 91.8% (2019: 94.0%) of the total gross carrying amounts, mainly composed of investment

grade, while Stage 2 makes up 6.8% (2019: 4.7%) and Stage 3 makes

up 1.5% (2019: 1.3%) total gross carrying

amounts, respectively.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

193

Gross carrying amount per IFRS 9 stage and rating class (*)

1,2,3

in EUR million

12-month ECL (Stage 1)

Lifetime ECL not credit

impaired (Stage 2)

Lifetime ECL credit impaired

(Stage 3)

Total

2020

Rating class

Gross

Carrying

Amount

Provisions

Gross

Carrying

Amount

Provisions

Gross

Carrying

Amount

Provisions

Gross

Carrying

Amount

Provisions

Investment grade

1 (AAA)

109,734

3

46

0

109,780

3

2-4 (AA)

108,776

6

646

0

109,422

6

5-7 (A)

137,901

27

797

1

138,698

28

8-10 (BBB)

294,923

88

7,418

12

302,341

100

Non-Investment grade

11-13 (BB)

159,076

239

18,513

133

177,588

372

14-16 (B)

28,335

208

23,742

570

52,077

777

17 (CCC)

2,817

9

5,113

259

7,930

269

Substandard grade

18 (CC)

3,384

248

3,384

248

19 (C)

2,323

254

2,323

254

NPL grade

20-22 (D)

13,398

3,797

13,398

3,797

Total

841,562

581

61,981

1,476

13,398

3,797

916,942

5,854

1 Compared to the credit risk portfolio, the differences are mainly undrawn committed

amounts (€118.4 billion) not included in Credit outstandings and non-IFRS 9 eligible assets (€89.1 billion, mainly guarantees, letters of credit and pre-settlement exposures) included in Credit

outstandings.

2 For a reference to the Notes in the consolidated financial statements, we refer

to the table ‘Reconciliation between credit risk categories and financial position’.

3 IAS 37 provisions (€74.8 million) are excluded.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

194

Gross carrying amount per IFRS 9 stage and rating class (*)

1,2,3

in EUR million

12-month ECL (Stage 1)

Lifetime ECL not credit

impaired (Stage 2)

Lifetime ECL credit impaired

(Stage 3)

Total

2019

Rating class

Gross

Carrying

Amount

Provisions

Gross

Carrying

Amount

Provisions

Gross

Carrying

Amount

Provisions

Gross

Carrying

Amount

Provisions

Investment grade

1 (AAA)

75,144

1

75,144

1

2-4 (AA)

82,992

3

28

83,020

3

5-7 (A)

131,931

11

273

132,204

11

8-10 (BBB)

295,449

55

4,905

6

300,353

61

Non-Investment grade

11-13 (BB)

194,643

209

7,925

54

202,568

263

14-16 (B)

36,683

202

18,416

367

55,099

569

17 (CCC)

405

7

4,067

146

4,472

153

Substandard grade

18 (CC)

3,253

160

3,253

160

19 (C)

2,216

148

2,216

148

NPL grade

20-22 (D)

10,955

3,275

10,955

3,275

Total

817,247

490

41,082

881

10,955

3,275

869,284

4,646

1 Compared to the credit risk portfolio, the differences are mainly undrawn committed

amounts (€115 billion) not included in Credit outstandings and non-IFRS 9 eligible assets (€100 billion, mainly guarantees, letters of credit and pre-settlement exposures)

included in Credit outstandings.

2 For a reference to the Notes in the consolidated financial statements, we refer

to the table ‘Reconciliation between credit risk categories and financial position’.

3 IAS 37 provisions (€93.3 million) are excluded.

Changes in gross carrying amounts and loan loss provisions (*)

The table below provides a reconciliation by stage of the gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for

loans and advances to banks and customers, including loan commitments and financial guarantees. The transfers

of financial instruments represent the impact of stage transfers

upon the gross carrying/nominal amount and

associated allowance for ECL. This includes the net-remeasurement

of ECL arising from stage transfers,

for

example, moving from a 12-month (stage 1) to

a lifetime (stage 2) ECL measurement basis.

The net remeasurement line represents the changes in provisions for

facilities that remain in the same stage.

Please note the following comments with respect to the movements observed in the table below:

◾

Stage 3 gross carrying amount increased by €2.4 billion from €11.0 billion as per 31 December 2019

mainly as a result of ING’s introduction of a new definition of default

(€1.0 billion) and due to

developments with respect to certain large individual files in the first half of 2020. For further

background on implementation of the new definition of default, please refer

to section 1.6 of the

Consolidated Financial Statements;

◾

Stage 2 gross carrying amount increased by €20.9 billion from €41.1 billion as per 31 December 2019.

This is mainly caused by the Watch List trigger (€10.2 billion) and the forbearance trigger (€9.5 billion)

and to a lesser extent to other triggers such as 30 Days Past

Due and the significant lifetime PD trigger,

primarily in Wholesale Banking and Retail Market Leaders;

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

195

◾

Transportation

& Logistics, Services, Real Estate and Food, Beverages

& Personal Care were the sectors

particularly impacted by the Covid-19 pandemic, with an increase in stage 2 amounts of €4.5 billion, €3.7

billion, €3.7 billion and €2.2 billion respectively. These sectors

represent 10%, 11%, 10% and 9% of the

total stage 2 gross carrying amounts respectively;

◾

The net re-measurement of loan loss provisions in stage 1 and stage

2 of €109 million and €450 million

respectively and the transfer into lifetime

ECL not credit impaired of €651 million were significantly

impacted by the worsened macroeconomic outlook, including management adjustments of €269 million

to reflect the risks in payment holidays and the impact of oil price decrease on the upstream

Reserve

Based Lending book in the US and €394m overlays to address for the delay in observed defaults

as a

result of the Government support measures.

Additional information on macroeconomic scenarios is included in the section “Macro-economic scenarios and

sensitivity analysis of key sources of estimation uncertainty”.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

196

Changes in gross carrying amounts and loan loss provisions (*)

1,2,3

in EUR million

12-month ECL (Stage 1)

Lifetime ECL not credit

impaired (Stage 2)

Lifetime ECL credit impaired

(Stage 3)

Total

2020

Gross

carrying

amount

Provisions

Gross

carrying

amount

Provisions

Gross

carrying

amount

Provisions

Gross

carrying

amount

Provisions

Opening balance

817,247

490

41,082

881

10,955

3,275

869,284

4,646

Transfer

into 12-month ECL (Stage 1)

9,139

24

-8,899

-200

-240

-18

0

-194

Transfer

into lifetime ECL not credit impaired (Stage 2)

-39,093

-76

39,601

651

-509

-57

0

518

Transfer

into lifetime ECL credit impaired (Stage 3)

-3,592

-30

-1,879

-163

5,471

1,518

0

1,325

Net remeasurement of loan loss provisions

109

450

700

1,259

New financial assets originated or purchased

161,333

178

161,333

178

Financial assets that have been derecognised

-116,035

-85

-6,987

-107

-897

-236

-123,919

-428

Net drawdowns and repayments

12,563

-938

-181

11,444

Changes in models/risk parameters

7

7

Increase in loan loss provisions

119

638

1,908

2,666

Write-offs

-1,200

-1,200

-1,200

-1,200

Recoveries of amounts previously written off

39

39

Foreign exchange and other movements

-28

-42

-226

-297

Closing balance

841,562

581

61,981

1,476

13,398

3,797

916,942

5,854

1 At the end of December 2020, the gross carrying amounts included

loans and advances to central banks (€109.2 billion),

loans and advances to banks (€25.4 billion), financial assets at FVOCI

(€34.0 billion), securities at amortised cost (€50.6 billion), loans and advances to

customers (€599.7 billion) and

contingent liabilities (credit replacements) in scope

of IFRS 9 (€118.4 billion) and excludes receivables related

to securities in reverse repurchase transaction

(€-6.4 billion), cash collateral in respect of derivatives

(€-8.3 billion), the value adjustment hedged items (€-1.0 billion), a receivable

that is offset by a

liquidity facility (€-2.2 billion), on-demand bank balances (€-2.2 billion) and other differences

amounting to €-0.3 billion.

2 Stage 3 Lifetime credit impaired includes €3 million

Purchased or Originated Credit Impaired.

3 At the end of December 2020, the stock of provisions included

provisions for loans and advances to central

banks (€3 million), loans and advances to banks (€23 million), financial

assets at FVOCI (€14 million),

securities at amortised cost (€17 million), provisions for

loans and advances to customers (€ 5,779 million) and

provisions for contingent liabilities (credit

replacements) recorded under Provisions (€17

million).

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

197

Changes in gross carrying amounts and loan loss provisions (*)

1,2,3

in EUR million

12-month ECL (Stage 1)

Lifetime ECL not credit

impaired (Stage 2)

Lifetime ECL credit impaired

(Stage 3)

Total

2019

Gross

carrying

amount

Provisions

Gross

carrying

amount

Provisions

Gross

carrying

amount

Provisions

Gross

carrying

amount

Provisions

Opening balance

788,537

501

46,949

925

10,758

3,141

846,244

4,568

Transfer

into 12-month ECL (Stage 1)

12,856

30

-12,579

-253

-277

-23

0

-246

Transfer

into lifetime ECL not credit impaired (Stage 2)

-21,577

-73

22,382

474

-805

-81

0

320

Transfer

into lifetime ECL credit impaired (Stage 3)

-2,210

-6

-1,753

-135

3,964

1,113

0

972

Net remeasurement of loan loss provisions

0

-77

0

36

0

283

0

242

New financial assets originated or purchased

180,605

205

0

0

0

0

180,605

205

Financial assets that have been derecognised

-126,082

-103

-9,108

-162

-1,659

-137

-136,849

-402

Net drawdowns and repayments

-14,880

0

-4,807

0

1

0

-19,686

0

Changes in models/risk parameters

0

15

0

2

0

-8

0

9

Increase in loan loss provisions

0

-9

0

-39

0

1,147

0

1,099

Write-offs

-1

-1

-2

-2

-1,027

-1,028

-1,030

-1,031

Recoveries of amounts previously written off

0

0

0

0

0

55

0

55

Foreign exchange and other movements

0

-1

0

-3

0

-41

0

-45

Closing balance

817,247

490

41,082

881

10,955

3,275

869,284

4,646

1 At the end of December 2019, the gross carrying amounts included

loans and advances to central banks (€51.2 billion),

loans and advances to banks (€35.1 billion), financial assets at FVOCI

(€32.2 billion), securities at amortised cost (€46.1 billion), loans and advances to

customers (€612.6 billion) and

contingent liabilities (credit replacements) in scope

of IFRS 9 (€115.7 billion) and excludes receivables related

to securities in reverse repurchase transaction

(€-9.9 billion), cash collateral in respect of derivatives

(€-10.2 billion), the value adjustment hedged items (€0.0 billion),

a receivable that is offset by a

liquidity facility (€-1.3 billion), on-demand bank balances (€-1.8 billion) and other differences

amounting to €-0.3 billion.

2 Stage 3 Lifetime credit impaired includes €1 million

Purchased or Originated Credit Impaired.

3 At the end of December 2019, the stock of provisions included

provisions for loans and advances to central

banks (€1 million), loans and advances to banks (€9 million), financial

assets at FVOCI (€10 million), securities at amortised cost (€10 million), provisions

for loans and advances to customers (€4,590

million) and provisions for contingent liabilities

(credit replacements) recorded under Provisions

(€25 million).

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

198

Modification of financial assets

The table below provides the following information:

  • Financial assets that were modified during the year (i.e. qualified as forborne) while they had a loss allowance

measured at an amount equal to lifetime ECL.

  • Financial assets that were reclassified to stage 1 during the period.

Financial assets modified (*)

in EUR million

2020

2019

Financial assets modified during the period

Amortised cost before modification

2,840

1,510

Net modification results

-144

-35

Financial assets modified since initial recognition

Gross carrying amount at 31 December of financial assets for which loss allowance has changed to 12-

month measurement during the period

312

689

The prior period has been updated to improve consistency

and comparability.

Modifications that have been provided in 2020 under general payment

moratoria (payment holidays) are

not

included in this analysis. For details refer to the section ‘payment

holidays’.

Macroeconomic scenarios and sensitivity analysis of key sources

of estimation uncertainty (*)

Methodology (*)

Our methodology in relation to the adoption and generation of macroeconomic scenarios is described in this

section. We continue to follow this methodology in generating

our probability-weighted ECL, with consideration

of alternative scenarios and management adjustments supplementing this ECL where, in management's

opinion,

the consensus forecast does not fully capture the extent

of recent credit or economic events. The

macroeconomic scenarios are applicable to the whole ING portfolio in the scope of IFRS 9 ECLs.

The introduction of IFRS 9, with its inherent complexities and potential impact on the carrying amounts of our

assets and liabilities, represents a key source of estimation uncertainty.

In particular, ING’s

reportable ECL

numbers are most sensitive to the forward

-looking macroeconomic forecasts used as model inputs, the

probability-weights applied to each of the three scenarios, and the criteria for identifying a significant increase in

credit risk. As such, these crucial components require consultation and management judgement, and are

subject

to extensive governance.

Baseline scenario (*)

As a baseline for IFRS 9, ING has adopted a market-neutral view combining

consensus forecasts for economic

variables (GDP,

unemployment) with market forwards (for interest

rates, exchange rates

and oil prices). The

Oxford Economics’ Global Economic Model (OEGEM) is used to complement

the consensus with consistent

projections for variables for which there are no consensus estimates

available (most notably house prices and –

for some countries - unemployment), to generate

alternative scenarios, to convert annual consensus information

to a quarterly frequency and to ensure general consistency

of the scenarios. As the baseline scenario is consistent

with the consensus view it can be considered as free from any bias.

The relevance and selection of macroeconomic variables is defined by the ECL models under credit risk model

governance. The scenarios are reviewed and challenged by two panels. The first panel consists

of economic

experts from Global Markets Research and risk and modelling specialists, while the second

panel consists of

relevant senior managers.

Alternative scenarios and probability weights (*)

Two alternative scenarios are taken

into account; an upside and a downside scenario. The alternative scenarios

have,

to a large extent,

a technical character as these are based on the forecast errors

of the OEGEM.

To understand

the baseline level of uncertainty around any forecast,

Oxford Economics keeps

track of all its

forecast errors of the past 20 years.

The distribution of forecast errors for

GDP,

unemployment, house prices and

share prices is applied to the baseline forecast creating a broad range

of alternative outcomes. In addition, to

understand the balance of risks facing the economy in an unbiased way,

Oxford Economics runs a survey with

respondents from around the world and across a broad range

of industries. In this survey the respondents put

forward their views of key risks. Following

the survey results, the distribution of forecast errors

(that is being

used for determining the scenarios) may be skewed.

For the downside scenario, ING has chosen for the 90th percentile of that distribution because this corresponds

with the way risk management earnings-at-risk is defined within the Group. The upside scenario is represented

by the 10th percentile of the distribution. The applicable percentiles of the distribution imply a 20% probability

for each alternative scenario. Consequently,

the baseline scenario has a 60% probability weighting. Please note

that, given their technical nature, the downside and upside scenarios are not based on an explicit specific

narrative.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

199

Macroeconomic scenarios applied (*)

The provisions are based on the December consensus forecasts.

Baseline assumptions (*)

The December 2020 consensus anticipates global output (ING definition), after declining sharply in 2020 by 3.6%,

to bounce back to 5.0% growth in 2021 and 3.8% in 2022. The consensus reflects that near-term economic

weakness - resulting from a re-imposition of restrictions on mobility and firms, in order to prevent

a further

spread of the coronavirus – will be followed by an economic recovery

underpinned by the start of a vaccination

program in many parts of the world enabling a lifting of lockdowns. This could bring world real GDP back to pre-

crisis levels by mid-2021. China is in the lead with the economy touching pre-crisis levels again already in the

second half of 2020. But the US economy may not reach that level before

the third quarter of 2021 and the

eurozone not before the second quarter

of 2022. Lagging the economic recovery, unemployment in a

number of

countries may continue to increase up to the third quarter

of 2021 as government policy measures to preserve

jobs may end. Most countries are expected to end the forecast

period with higher unemployment rates than

observed before the outbreak of the coronavirus pandemic. Further out in the forecast

horizon, the

unemployment rate is generally expected

to fall back as the economic recovery continues (3.8% growth of world

output in 2022).

When compared to the June 2020 consensus forecast, used for the second quarter

interim reporting, the

December forecast assumes a smaller shrink in 2020 global GDP (-3.6% compared to -4.8%) following a generally

stronger than expected economic rebound. The fourth quarter

re-imposition of lockdown measures to contain

the spread of the coronavirus results, compared to June, in a less strong

global recovery in 2021 (5.0% versus

5.1%) but the likely roll-out of an effective vaccine

brightens the outlook further out (global growth in 2022 3.8%

versus 3.2% in June).

When compared to the consensus forecast used for the

final 2019 reporting, the current outlook is substantially

different as at that time no assumptions with respect to the possible consequences of the spread of the

coronavirus have been incorporated.

The baseline scenario at the time assumed continued world economic

growth close to 2.5% per year in 2020-2022.

Alternative scenarios and risks (*)

Uncertainty around the base case is high as new cases of Covid-19 remain high in many countries and restrictions

to mobility have been tightened again, increasing the risk that the economic recovery

falls back. There is also

uncertainty around the degree to which government support schemes will continue to limit the increase

in

unemployment. And while there is positive news about the efficacy of a vaccine, many logistical

and production

challenges lie ahead.

To reflect

the heightened uncertainty,

the dispersion of the forward-looking distributions – from which the

alternative scenarios are being derived – has been increased while maintaining a downward skew

following on

from the outcomes of Oxford Economics’ Global Risk Survey.

Specifically, the forecast

bandwidths projected for

the end of the forecast horizon have now been applied to

the near term as well.

The upside scenario – though technical in nature - implies a quick return of output to its pre-coronavirus baseline

forecast and more positive medium-term prospects than envisaged

in the baseline scenario. In this scenario,

unemployment rates quickly fall back from their peaks in 2020. In spirit it is a scenario where medical advances

allow for a more rapid easing of lockdowns. A faster

restoration of confidence among business and households

would result in private spending and business activity accelerating more markedly

in 2021 and beyond.

The downside scenario, while being equally technical in nature, represents an even

more pronounced near-term

global downturn than expected in the baseline scenario. The downside scenario reflects the risk of the

coronavirus pandemic not only posing significant risks to the near-term outlook but also having

longer-lasting

negative effects on economic growth

(e.g. because of faster de-leveraging and weaker

productivity growth).

Management adjustments applied this year (*)

In times of volatility and uncertainty where portfolio quality and the economic environment are

changing rapidly,

models alone may not be able to accurately predict losses. In these cases management adjustments can

be

applied to appropriately reflect ECL. Management adjustments

can also be applied where the impact of the

updated macroeconomic scenarios is over- or under-estimated

by the IFRS 9 models.

An overlay of €394 million was taken in December 2020 because of time lags in defaults occurring in this crisis, as

a result of support programmes, while GDP growth forecasts

were improving as 2020 is now over

and more

favourable 2021 GDP growth forecasts

(and subsequent years) are now being taken into

account in the models.

As it is expected that additional defaults as a result of the crisis will still come in, the overlay was

taken which was

calculated using a scenario with a time lag between GDP growth forecasts deteriorating

and defaults occurring.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

200

As mentioned above, per the guidance from EBA, Covid-19 related payment holidays

granted until September

2020 have not automatically been classified as forbearance, and hence, have

not automatically triggered

recognition of lifetime ECL in stage 2. Looking forward,

it is expected that the phasing out of the support

measures in the course of 2021 could lead to more business insolvencies and unemployment. This could lead to

more clients that have currently taken

payment holidays getting into financial difficulties

and to higher levels of

defaults. To

the extent ING believes that this elevated risk is not yet

covered in the IFRS 9 models, a management

adjustment has been recognised.

This management adjustment has been recognised for SME and mid-corporate

portfolios as these portfolios are

considered to be most at risk and have the highest percentage

of customers requesting payment holidays

compared to other portfolios.

ING has recognised a management adjustment of €85 million in the Netherlands

and €131 million in Belgium as they are the largest SME portfolios and not significantly impacted by

macroeconomic forecasts updates. Furthermore,

a management adjustment of €28 million has been recognised

in Australia for the mortgage portfolio which is also a portfolio where

relative many payment holidays

are

granted and which is considered at risk.

In addition, as the oil price remains volatile, as well as exposed to the impact of the Covid-19 crisis and subject to

political decisions, ING recognised a management adjustment for the upstream

oil book of €25 million.

Analysis on sensitivity (*)

The table below presents the analysis on the sensitivity of key forward

-looking macroeconomic inputs used in the

ECL collective-assessment modelling process and the probability-weights applied to each of the three scenarios.

The countries included in the analysis are the most significant geographic regions, in terms of both gross

contribution to reportable ECL, and sensitivity of ECL to forward

-looking macroeconomics. Accordingly,

ING

considers these portfolios to present the most significant

risk of resulting in a material adjustment to the carrying

amount of financial assets within the next financial year.

ING also observes that, in general, the Wholesale

Banking business is more sensitive to the impact of forward-looking macroeconomic scenarios.

The purpose of the sensitivity analysis is to enable the reader to understand the extent of the impact on model

based reportable ECL from the upside and downside scenario. The table does not include any management

adjustments,

except for the overlay for

time lag in defaults of €394 million as at 31 December 2020.

In the table below the Real GDP is presented in percentage

year-on-year change, the unemployment in

percentage of total labour force and the house price index

(HPI) in percentage year-on year change.

While the table does give a high-level indication of the sensitivity of the outputs to the different scenarios, it does

not provide insight into the interdependencies and correlations between

different macroeconomic variable

inputs. On total ING level, the unweighted ECL for all collective

provisioned clients in the upside scenario was

€2,770 million, in the baseline scenario €3,082 million and in the downside scenario €4,362 million compared to

€3,276 reportable collective provisions currently accounted

for (including time lag overlay,

excluding other

management adjustments).

When compared to the sensitivity analysis of 2019 the macroeconomic inputs are substantially different

,

as at

that time no assumptions with respect to the possible consequences of the spread of the coronavirus had been

incorporated. The macroeconomic inputs used in the 2020 sensitivity analysis reflect that,

after declining sharply

in 2020, a bounce back in Real GDP is expected in 2021 and 2022. Furthermore the downside scenario has an

increased downward skew,

reflecting the continuing uncertainty related to the impact of Covid-19.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

201

Sensitivity analysis as at December 2020

(*)

2021

2022

2023

Un-weighted

ECL (Eur mln)

Probability-

weighting

Reportable ECL

(Eur mln)

1

Netherlands

Upside scenario

Real GDP

5.3

3.3

2.8

383

20%

468

Unemployment

5.1

3.9

3.0

HPI

8.1

6.3

4.7

Baseline Scenario

Real GDP

2.8

2.9

1.9

441

60%

Unemployment

5.8

5.2

4.7

HPI

-1.9

-1.6

4.5

Downside scenario

Real GDP

-4.9

4.8

1.4

636

20%

Unemployment

7.7

7.8

7.9

HPI

-12.3

-11.0

4.3

Germany

Upside scenario

Real GDP

7.6

3.3

1.5

504

20%

558

Unemployment

3.0

2.2

1.8

HPI

3.5

8.3

6.6

Baseline Scenario

Real GDP

3.9

3.4

1.6

541

60%

Unemployment

4.1

3.5

3.5

HPI

0.4

4.8

3.1

Downside scenario

Real GDP

-2.4

3.5

1.3

662

20%

Unemployment

5.6

5.3

5.6

HPI

-3.5

0.8

-0.9

Belgium

Upside scenario

Real GDP

6.9

3.3

2.4

494

20%

559

Unemployment

7.3

6.2

5.8

HPI

-0.2

4.2

4.8

Baseline Scenario

Real GDP

4.5

3.3

2.3

540

60%

Unemployment

7.5

6.3

6.3

HPI

-1.7

3.5

3.8

Downside scenario

Real GDP

-0.4

4.0

2.2

681

20%

Unemployment

9.4

9.1

8.8

HPI

-3.6

2.5

2.9

United States

Upside scenario

Real GDP

5.6

4.1

3.8

93

20%

189

Unemployment

5.0

3.0

1.9

HPI

6.2

9.4

9.3

Baseline Scenario

Real GDP

4.0

3.2

2.5

134

60%

Unemployment

6.0

4.7

4.1

HPI

4.3

4.1

4.0

Downside scenario

Real GDP

-6.3

6.8

1.9

448

20%

Unemployment

8.5

7.9

7.6

HPI

1.2

-1.9

-2.3

1 Sensitivity does only include the effect of time lag overlay, other management adjustments are excluded.

Sensitivity analysis as at December 2019 (*)

2020

2021

2022

Un-weighted

ECL (Eur mln)

Probability-

weighting

Reportable ECL

(Eur mln)

1

Netherlands

Upside scenario

Real GDP

2.3

3.5

3.2

370

20%

428

Unemployment

2.8

2.4

2.3

HPI

14.1

11.3

2.9

Baseline Scenario

Real GDP

1.4

1.5

1.6

416

60%

Unemployment

3.6

3.9

4.2

HPI

3.3

2.9

2.8

Downside scenario

Real GDP

-0.7

-0.9

0.5

520

20%

Unemployment

5.0

6.3

7.1

HPI

-7.5

-7.0

2.7

Germany

Upside scenario

Real GDP

2.6

2.8

1.8

458

20%

502

Unemployment

2.4

1.7

1.4

HPI

9.7

7.0

6.4

Baseline Scenario

Real GDP

0.8

1.1

1.3

495

60%

Unemployment

3.2

3.2

3.3

HPI

6.1

3.5

2.9

Downside scenario

Real GDP

-1.2

-1.7

0.5

567

20%

Unemployment

4.3

4.8

5.2

HPI

2.5

-0.3

-1.1

Belgium

Upside scenario

Real GDP

2.3

2.6

2.0

323

20%

357

Unemployment

5.5

5.4

5.3

HPI

5.1

4.2

4.3

Baseline Scenario

Real GDP

1.1

1.2

1.3

350

60%

Unemployment

5.8

5.9

6.1

HPI

3.5

3.4

3.4

Downside scenario

Real GDP

-0.4

-0.2

1.0

411

20%

Unemployment

7.5

8.4

8.4

HPI

1.5

2.6

2.4

United States

Upside scenario

Real GDP

2.6

4.1

3.8

74

20%

144

Unemployment

2.6

1.7

1.5

HPI

5.0

8.0

8.1

Baseline Scenario

Real GDP

1.8

1.8

1.9

127

60%

Unemployment

3.7

3.7

3.8

HPI

2.6

2.6

2.8

Downside scenario

Real GDP

-0.6

-0.5

0.3

267

20%

Unemployment

5.2

6.5

7.1

HPI

0.1

-3.1

-3.4

1 Excluding management adjustments.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Credit risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

202

Criteria for identifying a significant increase in credit risk (*)

All assets and off-balance sheet items that are in scope of IFRS 9 impairment and which are subject to

collective

ECL assessment are allocated a 12-month ECL if deemed to belong in stage

1, or a lifetime ECL if deemed to

belong in stages 2 and 3. An asset belongs in stage 2 if it is considered to have experienced

a significant increase

in credit risk since initial origination or purchase. The stage allocation process involves

an asset’s derived scenario

weighted average PD being assessed against

a set of PD threshold bandings, which determines the appropriate

staging and ECL. Stage 2 is triggered when either a threshold for absolute change

in lifetime PD or relative change

in lifetime PD is hit. The thresholds for the absolute change in lifetime PD vary

between 75bps for Retail

portfolios, 100bps for Wholesale and 250bps for SMEs, based on the characteristics of the specific portfolio. We

are however in a transition phase to determine this on a portfolio level,

which has been implemented for a few

Turkish and Polish models which already have

deviating lifetime PD thresholds. The threshold for the relative

change in lifetime PD is inversely correlated

with the PD at origination; the higher the PD at origination, the lower

the threshold. Despite this, the relative threshold is punitive for investment

grade assets while the absolute

threshold primarily affects speculative grade assets. On ING Group level,

the total ECL collective-assessment for

performing assets is €1,678 million (2019: €1,291 million) (without taking management adjustments into

account).

The setting of PD threshold bandings requires management judgement, and is a key

source of estimation

uncertainty. To

demonstrate the sensitivity of the ECL to these PD thresholds bandings, analysis was run on all

collectively-assessed assets, which assumed all assets (stage 1 and 2) were below the threshold, and apportioned

a 12-month ECL. On the same asset base, analysis was run which assumed all performing assets were above the

threshold, and apportioned a lifetime ECL. This gave rise to hypothetical

collective-assessment ECLs of €1,242

million (2019: €866 million) and €3,552 million (2019: €2,665 million) respectively. Please note that in this

analysis all other ECL risk parameters (except

for the stage) were kept

equal.

It should be noted that the lifetime PD thresholds are not the only drivers of stage allocation.

An asset can

change stages as a result of being in arrears, being on a Watch

List or being forborne, among other triggers. Refer

to section 1.7.8 of Note 1 ‘Basis of preparation and accounting policies’ for an exhaustive

list. Furthermore, this

analysis is rudimentary in that other parameters would change when an asset

changes stages.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Market risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

203

Market risk

Introduction (*)

Market risk is the risk that movements in market

variables, such as interest rates, equity prices, foreign

exchange

rates, credit spreads and real estate

prices negatively impact the bank’s earnings, capital,

market value or

liquidity position. Market risk either arises through positions in banking books or trading books. The banking

book positions are intended to be held for the long term (or until maturity) or for the purpose of hedging other

banking book positions. The trading book positions are typically held with the intention of short-term trading

or

in order to hedge other positions in the trading book. This means that financial instruments in the trading books

should be free of trade restrictions. Policies and processes are in place to monitor the inclusion of positions in

either the trading or banking book as well as to monitor the transfer of risk between the trading

and banking

books.

ING recognises the importance of sound market risk management and bases its market

risk management

framework on the need to identify,

assess, control and manage market risks. The approach

consists of a cycle of

five recurring activities: risk identification, risk assessment, risk control, risk monitoring and risk reporting.

(*)

◾

Risk identification is a joint effort of the first and second

lines of defence. The goal of risk identification is

to detect potential new risks and any changes in known risks. See ‘Risk Governance’ for

more on our

‘three lines of defence’ governance model;

◾

Identified risks are assessed and measured by means of various risk metrics to determine the importance

of the risk to ING and subsequently to identify the control measures needed;

◾

Risk control measures used by ING include policies, procedures, minimum standards, limit frameworks,

buffers and stress tests;

◾

Risk monitoring occurs to check if the implemented risk controls are executed,

complied with across the

organisation, and are effective;

and

◾

Market risk management results and findings are reported to

the necessary governing departments and

approval bodies.

Governance (*)

A governance framework has been established defining specific roles and responsibilities of business

management units, market risk management units, and internal

approval bodies per activity.

Supervision of market risk falls under the responsibility of the MBB and is delegated to the ALCO function, where

ALCO Bank is the highest approval authority and sets the market risk appetite.

ALCO Bank monitors ING’s

adherence to the risk appetite for market risk and sets additional limits where appropriate.

These limits are

cascaded through the organisation through lower level ALCOs.

This ALCO structure facilitates top

-down risk

management, limit setting, and the monitoring and control of market risk.

The monitoring and control of market risk is the responsibility of the Financial Risk (FR) department and Financial

Institutions – Financial Markets (FI-FM) Risk. FR and FI-FM Risk are the designated departments of the second line

of defence that report to the CRO function and are responsible for the design and execution

of the bank’s market

risk and counterparty credit risk management functions in support of the ALCO function. FR focuses on the

market risks in the banking books, whereas FI-FM Risk is responsible for counterparty

credit risk and market risks

resulting from the Financial Markets trading books. FR and FI-FM Risk are

responsible for determining adequate

policies and procedures for actively managing market risk in the banking and trading books

and for monitoring

ING’s compliance with these guidelines.

FR and FI-FM Risk also maintain a limit framework in line with ING’s Risk Appetite

Framework. The businesses are

responsible for adhering to limits that are ultimately approved

by the ALCO Bank. Limit excesses are reported to

senior management on a timely basis and the business is required to take appropriate

actions based on

management decisions. To

adhere to the established limit framework, ING implements hedging and risk

mitigation strategies that range

from the use of traditional market instruments, such as interest

rate swaps, to

more sophisticated hedging strategies

to address a combination of risk factors arising at the portfolio level.

The organisational structure facilitates

top-down risk management by recognising that risk taking and risk

management to a large extent occur at the regional/local level.

Bottom-up reporting from regional/local units to

head office units allows each management level to fully assess the market risks relevant

at the respective levels.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Market risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

204

Several committees govern communicati

on between the parties involved in market risk management

,

such as

MRMC and CTRC. These committees have a functional reporting line to ALCO Bank. The Market

Risk Model

Committee (MRMC) is the dedicated authority within ING for the approval of all trading and

banking risk models,

methodologies and parameters related to market

risk. The Trading Pricing Model Committee

(TPMC) approves

pricing models for trading and banking books. Financial Risk and FI-FM Risk departments provide systematic

risk

reporting to the EB and MBB, the ALCO Bank and the senior executive management of related

business functions.

The FI-FM risk management framework governs the boundary between trading books and banking books. It

defines the activities ING considers to be trading according to a regulatory

definition and for own funds

requirement purposes. Trading

activity is systematically reviewed and positions are

assessed against the

mandates jointly by the first and second lines of defence. As specified in the framework,

the transfer of risk or

the transfer of positions between banking and trading books is in principle not allowed. In exceptional

cases

when a re-designation is deemed necessary, the re-designation should be approved

by senior management.

The following sections elaborate on the various elements of the risk management framework

for:

◾

Market risk economic capital (trading and banking books);

◾

Market risks in banking books; and

◾

Market risks in trading books.

Market risk economic capital (trading and banking books)

Economic capital for market risk is the economic capital

necessary to withstand unexpected value movements

due to changes in market variables and model risk.

Economic capital for market risk is calculated

for exposures both in trading portfolios and banking portfolios

and

includes interest rate risk, credit spread

risk, equity price risk, foreign exchange rate

risk, customer behaviour

risk, real estate risk, model risks and pension risk. Economic capital for

market risk is calculated using internally

developed methodologies with a 99.9% confidence level and a horizon of one year.

For the trading books and the linear interest rate

risk and equity investments in the banking books, the Value at

Risk (VaR) is taken as a starting

point for the economic capital calculations for market

risk. The VaR is measured

at a 99% confidence level with a one-day holding period.

To arrive at

the economic capital for market risk, a simulation-based model is used which includes scaling to the

required confidence level and holding period. In determining this scaling factor,

other factors are also taken

into

account like the occurrence of large market

movements (events).

Embedded options, e.g. the prepayment option and offered rate

option in mortgages in the banking books, result

in non-linear interest rate risk in the banking books. Embedded options are economically

hedged using a delta-

hedging methodology, leaving the mortgage

portfolio exposed to convexity risk, volatility

risk and model risk. For

the calculation of economic capital for this non-linear interest rate

risk, ING performs a Monte Carlo simulation.

Real estate price risk includes the market risks in both the real

estate investment and the development

portfolio

of the ING Wholesale Banking business line. The economic capital for real estate price risk is calculated by

stressing the underlying market variables.

While aggregating the different economic capital

market risk figures for the different

portfolios, diversification

benefits (based on stressed correlations) are taken

into account as it is not expected that all extreme market

movements will appear at the same moment.

Market risk in banking books (*)

ING makes a distinction between the trading and banking (non-trading) books. Positions in banking books

originate from the market risks inherent in commercial

products that are sold to clients, Group Treasury

exposures, and from the investment of our own funds (core

capital). Both the commercial products and the

products used to hedge market risk exposures in these products

are intended to be held until maturity,

or at

least for the long term.

Risk transfer (*)

An important element of the management of market risks in the banking book is the risk transfer

process. In this

process the interest rate,

FX, funding and liquidity risks are transferred from the

commercial books through

matched funding to Group Treasury,

where it is centrally managed. The scheme below presents the transfer

and

management process of market risks in the banking books:

ing20f2020p205i0.jpg

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Market risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

205

(*)

Risk transfer

Risk measurement (*)

The main concepts and metrics used for measuring market risk in the banking book are described below per risk

type.

Interest rate

risk in banking book (*)

Interest rate risk in the banking book is defined as the exposure of a bank’s

earnings, capital, and market value to

adverse movements in interest rates

originated from positions in the banking book.

Governance (*)

The management of interest rate risk follows

the Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book (IRRBB) framework as

approved by ALCO Bank. This framework describes roles, responsibilities,

risk metrics, and the policies and

procedures related to interest

rate risk management. Furthermore ALCO Bank sets the risk appetite for

interest

rate risk, which is then translated into

limits for the interest rate risk metrics.

As a result of this framework, ING centralises interest

rate risk management from commercial books (that

capture the products sold to clients) to globally managed interest

rate risk books. This enables a clear

demarcation between commercial business results and results based on unhedged interest

rate positions.

ING distinguishes between three types of activities that generate interest

rate risk in the banking book:

◾

Investment of own funds;

◾

Commercial business; and

◾

Group Treasury exposures

including strategic interest rate

positions.

Below the three activities are described in more detail:

Group Treasury is responsible for

managing the investment of own funds (core capital). Capital is invested

for

longer periods to keep earnings stable. The main objective is to maximise the economic value of the book and to

generate adequate and stable annual earnings within the risk appetite boundaries set by ALCO

Bank.

Commercial activities can result in linear interest rate

risk, for example, when re-pricing causes the tenors of

assets to differ from those of liabilities. Also, interest

rate risk can arise from customer behaviour and/or

convexity risk, depending on the nature of the underlying product characteristics.

customer behaviour risk is

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Market risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

206

defined as the potential future value loss due to deviations in the actual behaviour of clients versus the

modelled

behaviour towards the embedded options in commercial products. General

sources of customer behaviour risk,

amongst others, include the state of the economy,

competition, changes in regulation, legislation and tax regime,

and developments in the housing market. Since these risk factors

cannot be (fully) mitigated, ING holds capital to

be able to absorb possible losses as a result of unforeseen customer behaviour.

From an interest rate

risk perspective, commercial activities can typically be divided into three main product

types: savings and demand deposits, mortgages, and loans.

◾

Savings and demand deposits are generally invested so as to

hedge their value and minimise the

sensitivity of the margin to market interest rates.

Interest rate risk can arise when there is a lag between

savings rate adjustments and the adjustments experienced

through market rates or when market

rate

changes cannot be passed on to clients. Interest rate

risk is modelled based on the stability of the

deposit and the pass-through rate. This takes into

account different elements, such as pricing strategies,

volume developments and the level and shape of the yield curve. Savings volumes are typically assumed

to be relatively stable and not sensitive to rate

changes;

◾

Interest rate risk for mortgages

arises through prepayment behaviour.

In modelling this risk, both

interest rate dependent pre

-payments and constant prepayments

are considered. Next to the

dependence on interest rates, modelled prepayments

may include other effects such as loan-to-value,

seasonality and the reset date of the loan. In addition, the interest sensitivity of embedded offered rate

options is considered;

and

◾

Wholesale Banking loans typically do not experience interest rate

dependent prepayment behaviour;

these portfolios are matched-funded taking the constant

prepayment model into account.

They typically

do not contain significant convexity risk. Wholesale banking loans can have

an all-in rate floor or a floor

on a reference rate

.

Customer behaviour in relation to mortgages, loans, savings and demand deposits is modelled, based on

extensive research. Per business unit and product type, exposures

are typically segmented into different

portfolios based on expected client behaviour.

For each of the segments, model parameters for example

for the

pass-through rate and customer behaviour are

determined based on historical data and expert opinion. Models

are backtested and updated when deemed necessary in an annual procedure. Model parameters

and the

resulting risk measures are approved by (local) ALCO.

Linear risk transfers take

place from commercial business books to the treasury book (Group Treasury),

if

necessary, by using estimations of customer

behaviour.

The originating commercial business is ultimately

responsible for estimating customer behaviour,

leaving convexity risk and (unexpected) customer

behaviour risk

with the commercial business. Risk measurement and the risk transfer process take

place on a monthly basis.

However,

if deemed necessary additional risk transfers can take

place, for instance due to volatile markets

.

The commercial business manages the convexity risk that is the result of products that

contain embedded

options, like mortgages. Here the convexity

risk is defined as the optionality effects in the value due to interest

rate changes, excluding the first

-order effects. In some cases, convexity

risk is transferred from the commercial

books to treasury books using cap/floor contracts.

In the following sections, the interest rate risk exposures

in the banking books are presented. ING uses risk

measures based on both an earnings and a value perspective. Net interest income (NII)-at-risk

is used to provide

the earnings perspective and the net present value (NPV)-at-risk and basis point value (BPV) figures

provide the

value perspective. Please note that corrective management actions are

not taken into account in these figures

although price adjustments are included in the earnings risk measure.

During 2020, the following refinements to the risk measurement for IRRBB were

made:

◾

Review of the risk appetite for IRRBB;

◾

Further insights in sub-risk types such as vega optionality risk, tenor basis risk and a client behaviour risk

earnings and value metrics

◾

Annual review of the interest rates

scenarios used for calculating NII-at-Risk and NPV-at-Risk;

◾

Savings/ current account model updates and prepayment

model updates for market developments;

and

◾

Specific Covid-19 related stress test.

Net interest income (NII) at Risk

(*)

NII-at-Risk measures the impact of changing interest rates on net interest

income (before tax) of the banking

book with a time horizon of one year (expanding to a horizon of three years). This excludes

credit spread

sensitivity and fees.

The NII-at-Risk figures in the tables below reflect a parallel interest

rate shock under the

assumption of the balance sheet development in line with the dynamic plan with a time horizon of one year.

As

well as parallel scenarios, IRRBB monitoring and management includes the impact of non-parallel scenarios and

the impact over a longer horizon. NII-at-Risk asymmetry between the downward and upward

ramped scenarios is

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Market risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

207

primarily caused by the asymmetry between pricing behaviour of mortgages and savings products due to

embedded options and pricing constraints.

NII-at-Risk banking books per business

  • year one (*)

in EUR million

2020

2019

Ramped, unfloored

Ramped, unfloored

parallel

▼

parallel

▲

parallel

▼

parallel

▲

By business

Wholesale Banking

135

-83

-12

12

Retail Banking Benelux

-114

105

-91

40

Retail Challengers & Growth Markets

-52

-14

-3

-3

Corporate Line Banking

-52

52

-30

30

Total

-83

60

-136

79

EUR ramped is at +/- 100bps in 1 year

USD ramped is at +/- 120bps in 1 year

The NII-at-Risk is primarily driven by the difference in sensitivity of client liabilities, mainly savings, versus

the

sensitivity of client assets and investments to rate

changes. The investment of own funds only impacts the

earnings sensitivity marginally, as only a relatively

small part has to be (re)invested within the one-year horizon.

NII-at-Risk banking book per currency - year one (*)

in EUR million

2020

2019

Ramped, unfloored

Ramped, unfloored

parallel

▼

parallel

▲

parallel

▼

parallel

▲

By currency

Euro

-146

120

-134

65

US Dollar

41

-36

25

-24

Other

23

-25

-27

39

Total

-83

60

-136

79

EUR ramped is at +/- 100bps in 1 year

USD ramped is at +/- 120bps in 1 year

Year-on-year

variance analysis (*)

The change in NII-at-Risk is primarily visible for Retail Challengers

& Growth Markets and Wholesale Banking. This

is driven by balance sheet developments, the low interest rate

environment and savings model updates for

market developments mainly in ING Germany,

ING Spain and ING Poland. The annual update of the interest rate

scenarios also led to a limited increase in the NII-at-Risk for year one.

Net Present Value (NPV)

at Risk (*)

NPV-at-Risk measures the impact of changing interest rates

on value. The NPV-at-Risk is defined as the outcome

of an instantaneous increase and decrease in interest

rates from applying currency-specific scenarios. The NPV-

at-Risk asymmetry between the downward and upward shock is mainly caused by convexity

risk in the mortgage

and savings portfolio. The NPV-at-Risk figures are also calculated

using the updated interest rate scenarios.

The full value impact cannot be directly linked to the financial position or profit or loss account, as fair value

movements in banking books are not necessarily reported through the profit or loss account

or through other

comprehensive income (OCI). The value mutations are expected

to materialise over time in the profit and loss

account if interest rates

develop according to forward rat

es throughout the remaining maturity of the portfolio.

NPV-at-Risk banking books per business (*)

in EUR million

2020

2019

unfloored

unfloored

parallel

▼

parallel

▲

parallel

▼

parallel

▲

By business

Wholesale Banking

-68

171

182

400

Retail Banking Benelux

-1,425

541

-1,431

268

Retail Challengers & Growth Markets

-506

-17

-259

-452

Corporate Line Banking

1,946

-1,820

1,819

-1,731

Total

-54

-1,125

310

-1,514

The prior period has been updated to improve consistency

and comparability.

EUR +/- 100bp shock scenario

USD +/- 120bp shock scenario

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Market risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

208

Year-on-year variance

analysis

(*)

The change in NPV-at-Risk is primarily visible for Retail Challengers & Growth Markets

and Wholesale Banking.

This is driven by balance sheet developments, the low interest rate

environment and savings model updates for

market developments mainly in ING Germany,

ING Spain and ING Poland. Main sensitivity can be attributed to

Corporate Line, in which core capital is represented

in line with the regulations, assuming a zero duration.

Corporate Line Banking has been included retroactively in the measurement

of NPV-at-Risk since 2019 for better

alignment with regulatory IRRBB measurements.

IBOR transition (*)

Interbank offered rates,

such as EURIBOR and LIBOR, are widely used as benchmarks to set interest rates across

a

broad range of financial products and contracts. In line with recommendations

from the Financial Stability Board,

a fundamental review and reform of the major interest

rates benchmarks has been undertaken. For

the

eurozone, this led to a reform of the EURIBOR benchmark rate

and development of €STR as the recommended

new nearly risk-free-rate (RFR) to replace EONIA. For LIBOR benchmarks, the reform

will include replacing current

LIBOR rates with alternative, nearly risk-free

rates. For example RFR Working

Groups in the US and UK have

recommended to replace USD LIBOR and GBP LIBOR with SOFR and SONIA respectively when these LIBOR rates

cease to exist. This process is at different

stages, and is progressing at different

speeds, across several major

currencies.

The reform of EURIBOR was completed in 2019 and consisted of a change to

the underlying calculation

methodology. The Belgian Financial Services and Markets Authority granted

authorisation with respect to

EURIBOR under the EU Benchmarks Regulation. This allows market participants to continue

to use EURIBOR after

1 January 2020 for both existing and new contracts. ING expects that EURIBOR will continue

to exist as a

benchmark rate for the foreseeable future. In addition, the Working

Group on Euro Risk-Free Rates is continuing

its work on developing recommended fallback rates based on the €STR

for EURIBOR contracts.

EONIA will cease to be published by 3 January 2022 and the European Money Markets Institute (EONIA’s

administrator) has indicated that EONIA

cannot be used in any contracts that may be outstanding

as of 1 January

  1. The transition of existing contracts and products that

still rely on EONIA is ongoing. As both EONIA and

€STR are overnight rates and the spread between

them was established in 2019 this transition is considered less

complex than that for LIBOR.

The ICE Benchmark Administration, as the administrator of LIBOR, issued a consultation with respect

to its plans

for the cessation for most LIBOR rates at the end of 2021, with an 18 month

extended period of publication for

USD LIBOR to support legacy products. ING is in the process of amending or preparing to amend contractual

terms in response to this, and there is still some uncertainty over the timing and the methods of transition.

ING is

proactively reaching out to industry participants, counterparties and clients to create

awareness and offer

support on the ongoing transition.

During 2020 the financial sector issued a number of interim targets,

guidance papers and other initiatives to help

phase in key components of this transition. For example

significant progress was made to address deficiencies in

existing derivative fallback clauses. ISDA issued an IBOR fallbacks

supplement that sets out how the transition to

alternative benchmark rates (e.g. SOFR, SONIA) will be accomplished. The effect of the supplement

is to create

clear fallback rates that will apply on the permanent discontinuation of certain

key IBORs. From the effective date

of 25 January 2021, all new derivatives that reference these ISDA definitions

include these robust fallbacks. The

Group and many other parties have also adhered to a protocol to

implement these fallbacks into derivative

contracts that were entered into

before the effective date.

If both counterparties adhere to the protocol, these

new fallbacks will be automatically implemented into existing

derivative contracts. For loans, various

recommendations have been made to help drive consistent

use of robust fallbacks for new contracts.

These

industry recommendations are incorporated into

our contract templates used for new lending.

Public authorities have also recognised that certain LIBOR contracts do not contain

any alternatives, contain

inappropriate alternatives, or cannot be renegotiated

or amended prior to the expected cessation of LIBOR. In

response, the European Commission announced that it intends to implement legislation that gives market

participants the confidence to transition these ‘tough legacy’ contracts to the recommended

benchmark

replacement without the fear of legal repercussions. In addition, the UK government

announced that it would

grant powers to the FCA to enable continued publication

of a ‘’synthetic’’ LIBOR using a different

methodology

and inputs, and therefore could reduce disruption to any

holders of these tough legacy contracts. However,

there

is no certainty as to whether the FCA will exercise these powers

or what form the revised methodology would

take, and the FCA has consequently encouraged

users of LIBOR to renegotiate or amend as many contracts

as

possible before the relevant LIBOR. There is no guarantee

that regulators will implement measures to address

such legacy contracts, or that such measures will be effective

in avoiding business disruption or contractual

disputes.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Market risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

209

ING Group has significant exposures to IBORs on its financial instruments that will be reformed

as part of this

market-wide initiative. The potential discontinuation

of interest rate benchmarks, or changes

in the methodology

or manner of administration of any benchmark, could result in a number of risks for ING Group,

its customers,

and the financial services industry more widely. These risks include legal risks in relation

to changes required to

documentation for new and existing transactions that may

be required. Financial risks (predominantly limited to

interest rate risk) may

also arise from any changes in the valuation of financial instruments linked to

benchmark

rates, and changes to benchmark indices could impact pricing mechanisms on some instruments. Changes in

valuation, methodology or documentation may also result into complaints

or litigation. The Group

may also be

exposed to operational risks or incur additional costs due to the potential requirement

to adapt IT systems, trade

reporting infrastructure and operational processes,

or in relation to communications with clients or other parties

and engagement during the transition period. Particularly,

one of the main risks to which the Group is exposed as

a result of IBOR reform is operational. For example,

the renegotiation of loan contracts through bilateral

negotiation with customers, updating of contractual

terms, updating of systems that use IBOR and revision of

operational controls related to

the reform.

The ING IBOR programme has a robust governance in place, with progress being tracked

by business line steering

committees reporting into a central IBOR steering

committee. The programme assesses and coordinates

the

actions necessary to manage the required changes to internal processes and systems,

including pricing, risk

management, legal documentation, hedge arrangements,

as well as the impact on our customers. ING continues

to monitoring market developments, and the outcome

of several remaining uncertainties such as the availability

of term rates, to anticipate the impact on the program

,

our customers and any related risks.

As at 31 December 2020 the following financial instruments have yet to transition

to alternative benchmark

rates, summarised by significant benchmark rate

.

The table below excludes exposures

that will expire before

transition is required. For all rates this has been taken

as 31 December 2021, despite some recent developments

that indicate that USD LIBOR will be available until mid-2023. The table below also excludes

off-balance sheet

commitments.

Non derivative Financial instruments to transition to alternative benchmarks

in EUR million

Financial Assets non-derivative

Financial Liabilities

non-derivative

2020

Carrying value

(in EUR mln)

Carrying value

(in EUR mln)

By benchmark rate

GBP LIBOR

6,912

259

USD LIBOR

42,279

5,188

CHF LIBOR

345

42

JPY LIBOR

225

41

EUR LIBOR

422

8

EONIA

100

728

Total

50,283

6,265

Derivative Financial instruments to transition to alternative benchmarks

2020

Nominal value (in EUR mln)

By benchmark rate

1

GBP LIBOR

26,851

USD LIBOR

474,457

CHF LIBOR

9,710

JPY LIBOR

60,592

EONIA

28,592

Total

600,203

1.

For cross currency swaps

all legs of the swap are included that are linked to a main IBOR that is significant to ING Group.

The table above does not include EURIBOR exposures as the reformed EURIBOR is compliant with the EU

Benchmarks Regulation and there are no plans to discontinue.

ING Group also has exposure to interest rate

benchmark reform in respect of its cash collateral balances across

some of its Credit Support Annex agreements.

This exposure is not included within the table above.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Market risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

210

Given that IBOR reform may have various

accounting implications, the International Accounting Standards

Board

(IASB) has undertaken a two phase project. Phase 1 addresses those issues that affect

financial reporting before

the replacement of an existing benchmark. Phase 1 amendments to IFRS were issued by the IASB in 2019. Phase

2 focuses on issues that may affect financial reporting when the existing

benchmark rate is reformed or replaced.

Phase 2 amendments to IFRS were issued by the IASB in 2020. In 2019, ING early adopted the Phase 1

amendments to IFRS which allowed ING to apply a set of temporary exceptions

to continue hedge accounting

even when there is uncertainty about contractual cash flows arising from

the reform. Under these temporary

exceptions, interbank offered

rates are assumed to continue unaltered for

the purposes of hedge accounting

until such time as the uncertainty is resolved. Refer to

Note 39 ‘Derivatives and hedge accounting’ for the

disclosures relating to the application of the amendments as part of Phase 1.

The Phase 2 amendments to IFRS relating mainly to accounting for changes in the basis for determining

the

contractual cash flows of financial assets and liabilities due to the IBOR reform and impact on hedge accounting

when an existing benchmark rate is reformed or replaced

with an alternative risk free rate. The Phase 2

amendments are effective for annual reporting

periods beginning on or after 1 January 2021, with early

application permitted. ING did not early adopt Phase 2 amendments in 2020. Refer to section 1.4.2 of Note

1

‘Basis of preparation and accounting policies’ of the financial statements.

Foreign exchange (FX)

risk in banking books (*)

FX exposures in banking books result from core banking business activities (business units doing business in

currencies other than their base currency), foreign currency investments

in subsidiaries (including realised net

profit and loss), and strategic equity stakes

in foreign currencies. The policy regarding these exposures

is briefly

explained below.

Governance – Core banking business (*)

Every business unit hedges the FX risk resulting from core banking business activities into its base currency.

Consequently, assets and liabilities are matched

in terms of currency.

Governance – FX translation result (*)

ING’s strategy

is to keep the target CET1 ratio within a certain

range when FX rates fluctuate, while limiting

volatility in the profit and loss account due to this CET1 hedging. Therefore, hedge accounting

is applied to the

largest extent possible. Taking

this into account, the CET1 ratio hedge can be achieved by deliberately

taking

foreign currency positions equal to certain target

positions, such that the target CET1 capital and risk-weighted

assets are equally sensitive in relative terms to changing FX rates.

For a selection of emerging market currencies

ING decided not to enter into foreign currency hedges as allowed under the

policy.

Risk profile – FX translation result (*)

The following table presents the currency exposures in the banking books for

the most important currencies for

the FX translation result. Positive figures indicate

long positions in the respective currency. As a result of the

strategy

to hedge the CET1 ratio an open structural FX exposure

exists.

In order to measure the sensitivity of the target CET1 ratio against

FX rate fluctuations, an historical Value

-at-Risk

approach is used. It measures the drop in the CET1 ratio based on historical FX rates.

The impact is taken into

account under the solvency RAS.

Foreign currency exposures banking books (*)

in EUR million

Foreign Investments

Hedges

Net exposures

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

US Dollar

1

7,126

8,031

-10

-11

7,117

8,020

Pound Sterling

2

1,285

-22

1,285

-22

Polish Zloty

2,631

2,522

-369

-278

2,262

2,244

Australian Dollar

3,544

3,565

-2,269

-2,033

1,275

1,532

Turkish Lira

1,078

1,337

1,078

1,337

Chinese Yuan

1,912

2,255

1,912

2,255

Russian Rouble

344

540

-126

-85

218

455

Other currency

5,992

4,742

-3,456

-1,834

2,536

2,907

Total

23,913

22,969

-6,231

-4,242

17,683

18,727

1

US Dollar net exposure move is mainly driven by EURUSD FX

rate.

2

The net exposure move in Pound Sterling

is related to capital injection in UK Branch.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Market risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

211

Equity price risk in banking books (*)

Governance (*)

ING maintains a strategic portfolio with substantial

equity exposure in its banking books. Local offices are

responsible for the management of the equity investment positions. Financial Risk is responsible for monitoring

the regulatory capital for equity investments

on a monthly basis and acts independently from ING / local

management when monitoring these positions.

Risk Profile

(*)

Equity price risk arises from the possibility that an equity security’s price will fluctuate, affecting

the values

of the

equity security itself as well as other instruments whose value react similarly to the particular security,

a defined

basket of securities, or a securities index. ING’s equity exposure

mainly consists of the investments in associates

and joint ventures of EUR 1,475 million (2019: EUR 1,790 million) and equity securities held at fair value through

other comprehensive income (FVOCI) of EUR 1,862 million (2019: EUR 2,306 million). The value of equity

securities held at FVOCI is directly linked to equity security prices with increases/decreases being recogni

sed in

the revaluation reserve. Investments in associates

and joint ventures are measured in accordance with the equity

method of accounting and the balance sheet value is therefore not directly linked

to equity security prices.

Year-on-year

variance analysis (*)

The revaluation reserve relating to equity securities at FVOCI

moved from EUR 1,580 million per year-end 2019 to

EUR 1,181 million per year-end 2020. In 2020 the securities at FVOCI decreased by EUR 443 million. This was

mainly due to the revaluation of shares in Bank of Beijing (EUR -339 million).

Revaluation reserve equity securities at fair value through other comprehensive income (*)

in EUR million

2020

2019

Positive re-measurement

1,201

1,582

Negative re-measurement

-20

-2

Total

1,181

1,580

Real estate price risk in banking books (*)

Real estate price risk arises from the possibility that real estate

prices fluctuate. This affects both the value of real

estate assets and the earnings related to real estate

activities.

Governance (*)

Real estate is a run-off business consisting of real estate

development and real estate investment

management

activities which are being wound down by sale of assets, strict execution of contract maturity,

or through

portfolio sales.

Market risk in trading books (*)

Within the trading portfolios, positions are maintained in the financial markets. These positions are

often a result

of transactions with clients and may benefit from short-term

price movements. In 2020, ING continued its

strategy of undertaking trading activities to develop its client

-driven franchise and deliver a differentiating

experience by offering multiple market and trading

products.

Governance

(*)

The Financial Markets Risk Committee (FMRC) is the market

risk committee that, within the risk appetite set by

ALCO Bank, sets market risk limits both on an aggregated level

and on a desk level, and approves new products.

FI-FM Risk advises both FMRC and ALCO Bank on the market risk appetite of trading activities.

With respect to the trading portfolios, FI-FM Risk focuses on the management of market

risks of Wholesale

Banking (mainly Financial Markets) as this is the only business line within ING where trading activities take place.

Trading activities include facilitation

of client business and market making. FI-FM Risk is responsible for the

development and implementation of trading risk policies and risk measurement methodologies, and for

reporting

and monitoring risk exposures against approved trading

limits. FI-FM Risk also reviews trading mandates and

limits, and performs the gatekeeper role in the product

review process. The management of market risk in

trading portfolios is performed at various organisational

levels. The FI-FM Risk Management Framework defines

policies and procedures for the overall management of trading

books. Trading activity is systematically

reviewed

and positions against the mandates are assessed jointly by the first and second lines of defence

.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Market risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

212

Risk measurement (*)

ING uses a comprehensive set of methodologies and techniques to measure market risk in trading

books: Value

at Risk (VaR) and Stressed Value

at Risk (SVaR), Incremental

Risk Charge (IRC), and Event Risk (stress testing).

Systematic validation processes are

in place to validate the accuracy and internal consistency of data

and

parameters used for the internal models and modelling processes.

Value at Risk (*)

FI-FM Risk uses the historical simulation VaR methodology (HVaR)

as its primary risk measure. The HVaR for

market risk quantifies, with a one-sided confidence level of 99%, the maximum overnight loss that

could occur in

the trading portfolio of ING due to changes in risk factors (e.g. interest

rates, equity prices, foreign exchange

rates, credit spreads, implied volatilities) if positions remain unchanged for

a time period of one day. Next to

general market movements in these risk factors,

HVaR also takes

into account market data movements

for

specific moves in e.g. the underlying issuer of securities. A single model that diversifies general and specific risk is

used. In general, a full revaluation approach is applied, and for a limited number

of linear trading positions and

risk factors in commodity and equity risk classes a sensitivity-based approach is applied. The potential impact of

historical market movements on today’s

portfolio is estimated, based on equally weighted observed market

movements of the previous year (260 days). When simulating potential movements

in risk factors, depending on

the risk factor type, either an absolute or a relative shift is used. The data used in the computations is updated

daily. ING uses HVaR

with a one-day horizon for internal risk measurement,

management control, and

backtesting, and HVaR with a ten-day

horizon for determining regulatory capital.

To compute

HVaR with a ten-

day horizon the one-day risk factor shifts are scaled by the square

root of ten and then used as an input for the

revaluation. The same model is used for all legal entities within ING with market

risk exposure in the trading

portfolio.

Limitations (*)

HVaR has some limitations: HVaR

uses historical data to forecast

future price behaviour,

but future price

behaviour could differ substantially from

past behaviour.

Moreover,

the use of a one-day holding period (or ten

days for regulatory capital

calculations) assumes that all positions in the portfolio can be liquidated or hedged in

one day. In periods of illiquidity or market

events, this assumption may not hold. Also, the use of a 99%

confidence level means that HVaR does not take

into account any losses that occur beyond this confidence level.

Backtesting (*)

Backtesting is a technique for the ongoing monitoring of the plausibility of the HVaR

model in use. Although

HVaR models estimate potential

future trading results, estimates are based on historical

market data. In a

backtest, the actual daily trading result (excluding fees

and commissions) is compared with the one-day HVaR. In

addition to using actual results for backtesting, ING also uses hypothetical results, which exclude

the effects of

intraday trading, fees, and commissions. When an actual or a hypothetical

loss exceeds the HVaR, an ‘outlier’

occurs. Based on ING’s one-sided confidence level of 99%, an outlier is expected

once in every 100 business days.

On an overall level in 2020 there were four outliers

for hypothetical P&L and five outliers for actual P&L.

Following the approval of ECB, the March 2020 backtest

outliers caused by market volatility of Covid-19 has been

excluded from capital multiplier calculations as of 30 June 2020. This applies to four hypothetical

and four actual

outliers for ING Group.

ING reports backtesting results on a quarterly basis to the ECB.

Stressed HVaR (*)

The Stressed HVaR (SVaR)

is intended to replicate the HVaR

calculation that would be generated on the bank’s

current portfolio with inputs calibrated to

the historical data from a continuous 12-month period of significant

financial stress relevant to the bank’s

portfolio. To

calculate SVaR, ING uses the same model that is used for

1DHVaR, with a ten-day horizon.

The data for the historical stress period used currently

includes the height of the

credit crisis around the fall of Lehman Brothers, and this choice is reviewed regularly.

The historical data period is

chosen so that it gives the worst scenario loss estimates for the current

portfolio. The same SVaR model is used

for management purposes and for regulatory purposes. The same SVaR

model is used for all legal entities within

ING with market risk exposure in the trading portfolio.

Incremental risk charge (*)

The Incremental risk charge (IRC) for ING is an estimate

of the default and migration risks for credit products

(excluding securitisations) in the trading book, over a one-year capital

horizon, with a 99.9% confidence level. The

same IRC model is used for all legal entities within ING with market risk exposure in the trading

portfolio. Trading

positions (excluding securitisations) of ING, which are subject to specific interest rate

risk included in the internal

model approach for market risk regulatory capital,

are in scope of the IRC model. By model choice, equity is

excluded

from the model. For the calculation of IRC, ING performs a Monte-Carlo simulation based on a Gaussian

copula model. The asset correlations used in the Gaussian copula model are determined using the IRB correlation

formula. The rating change is simulated for all issuers over

the different liquidity horizons (i.e. time required to

liquidate the position or hedge all significant risks) within one year.

Movements across different rating

categories

and probabilities of default are governed by a credit-rating

transition matrix. An external transition matrix is

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Market risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

213

obtained from Standard & Poor’s (S&P). The financial impact is then determined

for the simulated migration to

default, or for the simulated migration to

a different rating category,

based on LGD or credit spread changes,

respectively.

The liquidity horizon has been set to the regulatory minimum of three months for all positions in scope. ING

reviews the liquidity horizons regularly based on a structured assessment of the time it takes

to liquidate the

positions in the trading portfolio.

ING periodically assesses the compliance of the IRC model with regulatory requirements by performing gap

analyses, substantiating the modelling choices, and quantifying the impact of alternative approaches

.

Stress testing and event risk (*)

Stress testing and event risk are valuable risk management tools. In addition to

the bank-wide stress test

framework as described in the stress-testing section, FI-FM Risk performs additional assessments, specific to the

Trading Book, with various frequencies:

sensitivity analyses (single-risk factor and multi-risk factor), ad-hoc stress

tests (e.g. Covid-19 scenarios) and structured stressed scenario tests under the event risk framework

  • to monitor

market risks under extreme market

conditions. Event risk is calculated because HVaR

in general does not produce

an estimate of the potential losses that can occur as a result of extreme market

movements, i.e. beyond the

confidence level. Event risk evaluates

the bank’s financial stability under severe

but plausible stress scenarios and

assists in decision-making aimed at maintaining a financially healthy going-concern institution after a severe

event occurs. Event risk is based on historical as well

as hypothetical extreme scenarios. The result is an estimate

of the profit and loss caused by a potential event and its worldwide impact for ING. The event risk number for

ING trading activity is generated on a weekly basis. As with HVaR,

the risk appetite for event risk is limited by

ALCO Bank.

ING’s event risk policy is based on a large set

of possible stress scenarios per risk type. In stress scenarios, shocks

are applied to prices (credit spreads, interest rates,

equity, commodities, and fx rates)

and volatilities. Depending

on the type of the stress test, additional scenario assumptions can be made, for example on correlations,

dividends, or recovery rates. For equity products, for

example, both a crisis scenario (prices decrease) as well as a

bull scenario (prices increase) are assumed. Scenarios are calculated based on events happening independently,

jointly by region, or in all countries simultaneously.

This way,

for each risk type, a large set of scenarios is

calculated. The worst scenarios per market are

combined across markets by assessing both independent events

per market, and the worst events

happening in all markets at the same time.

Other trading controls

HVaR and event risk limits are the most important

limits to control the trading portfolios. Additionally,

limits have

been set on SVaR and IRC. Furthermore, ING uses a variety of other controls

to supplement these limits. Position

and sensitivity limits are used to prevent large concentrations

in specific issuers, sectors, or countries. Moreover,

other risk limits are set with respect to the activities in complex derivatives trading.

The market risk of these

products is controlled by product-specific limits and constraints

.

ing20f2020p214i1.gif

ing20f2020p214i0.gif

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Market risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

214

Risk profile

The following chart shows the development of the overnight HVaR

under a 99% confidence level and a one-day

horizon versus actual and hypothetical daily trading profits

and losses. In calculation of the hypothetical daily

profit and loss, the trading position is kept constant

and only the market movement is taken

into account. The

overnight HVaR is presented

for the ING trading portfolio from 2015 to 2020. In the graph below,

it can be seen

that the market volatility in March 2020 lead to a sharply increased HVaR

as the new scenarios entered the 1

year history. In addition it shows significant

P&L volatility with the largest loss coming from a significant increase

in Valuation Adjustments booked

end of March 2020.

1

CVA risk is not included in VaR.

The risk figures in the backtesting graph above and in the table below relate

to all trading books for which the

internal model approach is applied, i.e. all trading books, including Credit Exposure Management books.

1d VaR for Internal Model Approach trading portfolios

in EUR million

Minimum

Maximum

Average

Year end

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

Interest rate

1

12

3

42

13

26

6

15

12

Equity and commodity

1

1

14

7

3

2

3

1

Foreign exchange

1

1

7

11

3

2

2

1

Credit spread

4

4

32

7

15

6

7

5

Diversification

2

-17

-6

-4

-6

Total VaR

2

12

6

52

15

29

10

22

13

1 For calculation of HVaR per risk class the full valuation is performed

according to HVaR methodology using a set of scenario

changes for the risk factors for the particular risk class, while risk factors

for all other risk classes are kept unchanged.

2 The total HVaR for the columns Minimum and Maximum

cannot be calculated by taking the sum of the individual components

since the minimum/maximum observations for both the individual markets as well as for total

HVaR may occur on different

dates.

Therefore, diversification is not calculated

for the minimum and maximum categories.

3

CVA risk is not included in VaR.

Average 1D/10D HVaR,

10D SVaR over 2020 increased compared to

2019, due to the increase in market volatility,

while IRC remained in line with 2019. The average for interest

rate and credit spread increased compared to

2019, both driven mainly by market movements. The VaR

at the period end of 2020 increased to 22 mln from 13

mln at period end of 2019, the main driver of the move was the increased market volatility throughout

  1. The

main components of the risk were interest rate

and credit spread.

EU MR4: Consolidated trading HVaR

1

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Market risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

215

EU MR3: Internal Model Approach values for trading portfolios

in EUR million

2020

2019

VaR (10 day 99%)

1 Maximum value

161

42

2 Average value

83

27

3 Minimum value

31

16

4 Period end

60

33

Stressed VaR (10 day 99%)

5 Maximum value

304

126

6 Average value

116

72

7 Minimum value

72

47

8 Period end

83

76

Incremental Risk Charge (99.9%)

9 Maximum value

134

169

10 Average value

74

76

11 Minimum value

38

42

12 Period end

89

64

Comprehensive Risk capital charge (99.9%)

13 Maximum value

n/a

n/a

14 Average value

n/a

n/a

15 Minimum value

n/a

n/a

16 Period end

n/a

n/a

Regulatory capital

According to the Capital Requirements Regulation

(CRR/CRD IV), regulatory capital (own funds requirements) for

market risk can be calculated using the standardised approach

or an internal model approach. ING received

regulatory approval to use an internal model to determine

the regulatory capital for the market risk in all trading

books of ING. Market risk capital of trading books is calculated

according to the CRR, using internal HVaR, SVaR,

and IRC models, where diversification is taken

into account. Capital for foreign exchange

risk from the banking

books and for collective investment undertakings

(CIUs) exposures in trading books are calculated using the

standardised approach with fixed risk weights. ING does not have

a correlation trading portfolio or any other

securitisations in the trading book.

Standardised approach

EU MR1: Market risk under Standardised Approach

in EUR million

2020

2019

RWA

Capital

requiremen

ts

RWA

Capital

requiremen

ts

Outright products

1 Interest rate risk (general and specific)

2

0

14

1

2 Equity risk (general and specific)

3 Foreign exchange risk

4 Commodity risk

Options

5 Simplified approach

6 Delta-plus method

7 Scenario approach

8 Securitization (specific risk)

9

Total

2

0

14

1

The MRWA under standardised approach

slightly decreased compared to end of 2019. The FX exposure

continued to be lower than the 2% own funds threshold. According to Art. 351 CRR, in such a case, the

calculation of Market Risk regulatory capital is not required.

As of the third quarter of 2020, collective investment

undertakings are capitalised in market risk under standardised

approach under interest rate risk and foreign

exchange risk.

Internal model approach

Market risk regulatory capital increased during 2020 compared

to 2019. The increase is driven by an increase in

HVaR and SVaR

due to increased market volatility as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic, while IRC slightly

decreased.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Market risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

216

EU MR2-A: Market risk under Internal Model Approach

in EUR million

2020

2019

RWA

Capital

requirements

RWA

Capital

requirements

1

HVaR (higher of values a and b)

3,214

257

1,261

101

(a) Previous day's VaR (Article 365(1) (VaRt

-1))

744

60

404

32

(b) Average of the daily VaR (Article 365(1))

on each of the preceding sixty business

days (VaRavg)

x multiplication factor ((mc) in accordance with Article 366)

3,214

257

1,261

101

2

SVaR (higher of values a and b)

4,419

354

3,011

241

(a) Latest SVaR (Article 365(2) (sVaRt

-1))

1,036

83

902

72

(b) Average of the SVaR

(Article 365(2) during the preceding sixty business days

(sVaRavg) x multiplication factor

(ms) (Article 366)

4,419

354

3,011

241

3

Incremental risk charge -IRC (higher of values a and b)

1,113

89

1,278

102

(a) Most recent IRC value (incremental default

and migration risks section 3

calculated in accordance with Section 3 articles 370/371)

1,113

89

799

64

(b) Average of the IRC number over the preceding 12 weeks

967

77

1,278

102

4 Comprehensive Risk Measure – CRM (higher of values a, b and c)

(a) Most recent risk number for the correlation trading portfolio

(article 377)

(b) Average of the risk number for the correlation trading

portfolio over the

preceding 12-weeks

(c) 8 % of the own funds requirement in SA on most recent risk number for the

correlation trading portfolio (Article 338(4))

Other

180

14

5

Total

8,925

714

5,550

444

Sensitivities (*)

As part of the risk monitoring framework, FI-FM Risk actively monitors the daily changes of sensitivities of the

trading portfolios. Sensitivities measure the impact of movements in individual market

risk factors (foreign

exchange rates, interest

rates, credit spreads, equity,

and commodity prices) on profit and loss results of the

trading positions and portfolios.

The following tables show the five largest trading positions in terms of sensitivities to foreign

exchange, interest

rate and credit spread risk factor movements.

These largest exposures also reflect concentrations

of risk in FX risk

per currency, interest

rate risk per currency,

and credit spread risk per country,

rating and sector.

Due to the

nature of the trading portfolios, positions in the portfolios can change significantly from

day to day,

and

sensitivities of the portfolios

can change daily accordingly.

Most important foreign exchange year-end trading

positions (*)

in EUR million

2020

2019

Foreign exchange

Foreign exchange

US Dollar

203

US Dollar

116

Chinese Yuan Renminbi

-63

Chinese Yuan Renminbi

-21

Japanese Yen

-44

South Korean Won

20

British Pound

-37

Brazilian Real

-15

Romanian Leu

-16

Japanese Yen

-10

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Market risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

217

Most important interest rate and credit spread sensitivities at year-end

(*)

in EUR thousand

2020

2019

Interest Rate (BPV)

1

Interest Rate (BPV)

1

Euro

-787

Euro

-740

US Dollar

-319

US Dollar

-325

British Pound

-120

Russian Ruble

-105

Russian Ruble

-86

British Pound

-68

Australian Dollar

-64

Australian Dollar

-31

Credit Spread (CSO1)

2

Credit Spread (CSO1)

2

Germany

134

United States

360

Republic of Korea

-129

Germany

163

United States

118

France

117

Belgium

115

Russian Federation

73

Netherlands

50

United Kingdom

72

1

Basis Point Value (BPV) measures the impact on value

of a 1 basis point increase in interest rates. The figures

include commodity

risk in banking books.

2

Credit Spread Sensitivity (CS01) measures the impact on value of a 1 basis point increase in credit spreads. Exposures to

supranational institutions are not assigned to a specific country.

Credit spread sensitivities per risk class and sector at year-end (*)

2020

2019

in EUR thousand

Corporate

Financial

Institutions

Corporate

Financial

Institutions

Credit Spread (CSO1)

1

Risk classes

1 (AAA)

4

-4

1

-1

2–4 (AA)

2

-120

-15

-63

5–7 (A)

80

-14

143

32

8–10 (BBB)

301

-14

273

1

11–13 (BB)

55

148

9

14–16 (B)

18

-6

51

1

17–22 (CCC and NPL)

2

26

Not rated

1

Total

462

-158

626

-21

1 Credit Spread Sensitivity (CS01) measures the impact on value of a 1 basis point increase in credit spreads.

ing20f2020p218i0.jpg

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Funding & liquidity risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

218

Funding and liquidity risk (*)

Introduction (*)

Funding and liquidity (F&L) risk is the risk that ING or one of its subsidiaries cannot meet its financial liabilities

when they are due at reasonable cost and in a timely manner.

ING incorporates funding and liquidity

management in its business strategy and has established

a funding and liquidity risk framework to manage risks

within pre-defined boundaries.

A high-level overview of the F&L framework is provided in the next figure.

(*)

Funding and liquidity framework

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Funding & liquidity risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

219

Governance (*)

Funding and liquidity risk management within ING falls under the supervision of the ALCO Bank function that

approves the funding and liquidity risk appetite and subsequently cascades it throughout the organisation.

ALCO

Bank has delegated the responsibilities concerning the Internal Capital and Liquidity Adequacy Assessment

Process (ICLAAP) and documents, as per the ICLAAP framework of ING, to the ICLAAP Committee. The ICLAAP

Committee therefore focuses

on technical liquidity documents and oversees business processes and deliverables

concerning ILAAP.

The EB, MBB, staff departments from the CRO and CFO domain as well as Group

Treasury have

oversight of and are responsible for managing funding and liquidity risks.

ING’s funding and liquidity risk governance is based on the three lines of defence structure

to ensure a clear

division of responsibilities as well as an independent risk control challenging process.

Group Treasury and the business lines have

the first line of defence functions. Group Treasury’s

main

responsibility is to manage ING’s (regulatory)

liquidity and funding position by executing ING’s funding plan,

maintaining access to both the short- and the long-term professional

funding markets and managing the liquidity

buffer.

Business lines are responsible for managing the funding and liquidity positions from the originated

business, a large part of which is replicated with Group Treasury.

At the second line of defence,

Financial Risk is responsible for developing and maintaining ING’s

policies,

standards and guidelines on F&L risk management as well as for setting the F&L risk appetite. Furthermore,

the

Financial Risk function measures funding and liquidity risks, executes stress testing, provides

management

information and controls the liquidity and funding requirements on commercial

products. The Finance function is

responsible for management information and regulatory

reporting related to funding and liquidity risk

management.

For the third line of defence Corporate Audit Services is responsible for

independently assessing the design,

effectiveness and implementation of the funding and liquidity framework

.

Funding and liquidity management strategy and objectives (*)

The main objective of ING’s funding and liquidity risk management is to maintain sufficient

liquidity to fund the

commercial activities of ING both under normal and stressed market circumstances across

various geographies,

currencies and tenors. This requires a diversified funding structure

considering relevant opportunities and

constraints.

ING’s funding consists mainly of retail

and corporate deposits contributing around 50 percent

and 20 percent of

total funding respectively.

These funding sources provide a relatively stable funding base. The remainder of the

required funding is attracted primarily through a combination

of long-term and short-term professional funding.

Group Treasury manages the professional

funding in line with the F&L risk appetite to ensure a sufficiently

diversified and stable funding base.

Funding mix

1

(*)

2020

2019

Funding type

Customer deposits (retail)

52%

51%

Customer deposits (corporate)

20%

21%

Interbank

9%

5%

Lending/repurchase agreement

6%

5%

CD/CP

2%

5%

Long-term senior debt

9%

11%

Subordinated debt

2%

2%

Total

100%

100%

1

Liabilities excluding trading securities and IFRS equity

ING’s long-term professional

funding is well diversified across maturities and currencies. The main part of it is

EUR and USD denominated which is in line with the currency composition of customer lending. The increase in

‘Interbank’ funding type is related to ING's participation in the TLTRO

III.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Funding & liquidity risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

220

ING Group long-term debt maturity profile by currency (*)

in EUR billion (nominal amounts)

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

Beyond

2026

Total

Currency

EUR

8

7

5

1

4

5

24

54

USD

2

4

3

1

0

2

10

21

Other

2

1

1

1

1

1

8

Total

13

12

9

3

4

8

35

83

ING Group long-term debt maturity profile by currency at year-end 2019 (*)

in EUR billion (nominal amounts)

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025

Beyond

2026

Total

Currency

EUR

9

9

8

5

1

4

26

62

USD

3

2

4

4

1

8

22

Other

1

2

1

1

1

2

10

Total

13

14

13

10

3

4

37

94

Funding and liquidity adequacy and risk appetite (*)

ING distinguishes between several key drivers

of future liquidity and funding needs:

◾

Refinancing needs resulting from maturing debt and asset growth;

◾

Current and future regulatory requirements;

◾

Risk appetite statements set by ING’s

funding and liquidity risk function;

◾

The outcomes of various stress tests;

◾

Ability to distribute and transfer liquidity across the Group

.

Taking into

consideration the abovementioned factors, ING regularly

assesses its current and future liquidity

adequacy and, if deemed necessary, takes

steps to further improve ING’s

liquidity position and to ensure

sufficient counterbalancing capacity.

A liquidity adequacy statement is formulated at least

quarterly to

substantiate and reflect the management’s

view on the current funding and liquidity position as well as the

potential future challenges. The quarterly adequacy statement

is an important part of ING’s ILAAP process.

ING assesses its F&L adequacy through three lenses – stress,

sustainability and regulatory:

◾

ING evaluates its ability to withstand a period of prolonged F&L stress (idiosyncratic,

market-wide,

combined idiosyncratic and market-wide) which is characterised

by customer deposit outflows,

deterioration of funding markets access and lower liquidity value of the counterbalancing

capacity;

◾

ING assesses the extent to which its customers, professional

counterparties and investors are

comfortable

with extending funding in tenors, currencies and instruments necessary to sustainably fund ING under a

going-concern situation;

◾

ING ascertains that it is in a position to meet both current and future regulatory requirements.

For each lens, ING has established a related set of risk appetite statements

which define ING’s risk appetite

commensurate with the principles of liquidity adequacy.

These risk appetite statements are summarised in the

next graph.

ing20f2020p221i0.jpg

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Funding & liquidity risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

221

(*)

Funding and liquidity adequacy

The F&L risk appetite statements are translated

into a number of metrics with appropriate boundaries and

instruments which are used to measure and manage ING’s

funding and liquidity risk.

The risk appetite with respect to the stress lens is set to ensure there is sufficient counterbalancing

capacity

under various internally defined stress scenarios. Regarding

the sustainability perspective, an internally defined

stable funding to loans (SFL) ratio (supplemented by other metrics) is used to ensure a diversified

funding base

and to prevent overreliance on professional

funding. Finally, the liquidity coverage

ratio (LCR) and the net stable

funding ratio (NSFR) regulatory metrics are monitored in terms of both ING’s

risk appetite and regulatory

requirements.

The LCR compares the volume of available high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) to net outflows (outflows minus

inflows) over a 30-day stress scenario defined by the regulator.

ING’s liquidity buffer forms

a part of the

counterbalancing capacity which serves as a liquidity cushion under normal and stressed conditions.

The liquidity buffer consists mainly of Level 1 assets such as government and central

bank assets and are of the

highest liquidity quality. Only assets that are freely

available (not pledged under existing contracts) for

liquidity

purposes are included in the buffer.

The size and composition of the liquidity buffer are driven by ING’s

internal

risk appetite limits as well as by regulatory requirements.

The macroeconomic and market environment

are also important considerations in ING’s

funding and liquidity

framework.

The macroeconomic environment comprises various exogenous

factors over which ING has no control but which

may have a material impact on ING’s

F&L position. The main macroeconomic factors analysed on a regular basis

include:

◾

Global and local economic performance: e.g. shifts in GDP,

inflation rate, unemployment rates

and public

deficit/surplus;

◾

Changing geopolitical trends;

◾

Monetary policy with a focus on the unconventional monetary measures employed

by central banks in

recent years including the measures taken

since the start of the Covid-19 crisis; and

◾

Regulatory requirements: e.g. understanding the changing regulatory

landscape as well as the impact of

ING’s actions on existing regulatory

boundaries.

The strategic ambitions of ING, together with the design and execution

of the funding plan, are assessed under

both current and projected market conditions. Key

emphasis is placed on understanding overall market

trends

and developments, credit rating changes and peer comparison.

Liquidity stress testing (*)

Funding and liquidity stress testing forms part of the overall F&L framework.

It allows ING to examine the effects

of exceptional but plausible future events on ING’s

liquidity position and provides insight into which entities,

business lines or portfolios are vulnerable to which types of risk or scenarios.

The stress-testing framework encompasses the funding and liquidity risks of the consolidated

balance sheet of

ING Group including all entities, business lines as well as on and off-balance sheet positions. The net liquidity

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Funding & liquidity risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

222

position and time-to-survive are the two main stress-testing measures. Both measures may

be impacted

differently under specific F&L stress scenarios and parameterisation.

The stress-testing framework considers

idiosyncratic, market-wide and combined (idiosyncratic

plus market-

wide) stress scenarios. Moreover,

it differentiates between stress

events that develop in a gradual and in a fast

manner.

The design of the framework is based on empirical evidence supplemented by expert judgment. The

framework can be extended to additional ad hoc scenarios. For example,

it can be used as input for firm-wide

stress testing and reverse stress

testing.

In response to the Covid-19 crisis, ING has developed a dedicated corona liquidity stress-test

framework that

focuses on the key vulnerabilities of the crisis and their potential impact on ING’s

net liquidity position and LCR.

The current framework calculates the impact of severe macroeconomic

stress combined with turmoil on financial

markets due to a prolonged lockdown.

The outcomes of the stress testing are taken

into account in all the key aspects of ING’s

F&L risk framework and

F&L risk management:

◾

Risk Appetite Framework (through risk appetite statements);

◾

risk identification and assessment;

◾

monitoring the liquidity and funding position;

◾

business actions (if needed);

◾

contingency funding plan; and

◾

early warning indicators.

The funding and liquidity stress-testing framework is also subject to regular internal validation.

In line with supervisory expectations, ING’s liquidity position is stress tested

at least monthly using scenarios that

form part of the F&L risk appetite statement. In addition, the results of all internal stress

scenarios are monitored

and assessed on a regular basis. They also serve as input in the decision on additional contingency measures.

Contingent F&L risks are addressed in the contingency funding plan with a focus on early warning indicators

as

well as organisation and planning of liquidity management in times of stress. The contingency funding measures

are developed in conjunction with the ING Recovery

Plan and are tested on a regular basis.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Environmental, social and governance risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

223

Environmental, social and governance risk

Introduction

Regulatory changes in relation to environmental,

social and governance (ESG) risk practices have continued at an

accelerated pace since the UN Paris Agreement and the United Nations Sustainable

Development Goals (UN

SDGs) were signed by world leaders in 2015. The G20 Taskforce

on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)

Working Group has outlined a set of principles for financial entities, while the European Commission released an

Action Plan for Financing Sustainable Growth and most recently,

the new Green Deal, which provides an action

plan to boost the efficient use of resources by moving to a clean, circular economy,

restoring biodiversity and

cutting pollution. Since the introduction of the United Nations Guiding Principles and the OECD Guidelines for

Multinational Enterprises there is a clear shift towards a more regulated

environment and impact management

on social risks. Legislation aimed at preventing human rights violations along the supply chain is being introduced

in several countries, including a proposal at EU level for mandatory

human rights due diligence.

Other key developments in the regulatory landscape include the latest

EU Taxonomy

Regulation that requires

compliance to minimum social and governance safeguards and the EBA consultation

on ESG risks launched

recently which aims to incorporate ESG risks into

the governance, risk management and supervision of credit

institutions and investment firms. The effects

of the recent pandemic also bring a renewed focus on the

importance of health and safety measures on the ground for the projects we

finance as well as for the workforce

of our clients.

Since 2017, ING has been communicating its progress on climate risks and opportunities according to the TCFD

in

its Annual Report. Further,

ING has set its climate risk management ambition based on other relevant materials,

such as the ECB’s recent Guide on Climate

-related and Environmental risks. This includes integrating

climate

change as part of our risk appetite framework. We plan to commence integrating

this progressively in the second

half of 2021.

Meanwhile, the Dutch Banking Sector Agreement on Human Rights (DBA) was successfully completed in 2019.

ING updated its human rights policy to reflect its commitment to the United Nations Guiding Principles, and

improved transparency through regular human rights reporting.

We continue to work within the framework

of

this agreement; we are currently in the process of developing a tool that will help assess portfolio

and client

exposure to salient human rights issues, enabling identification of issues and client engagement.

The tool is

expected to be launched in 2021.

During 2020, ING has also cooperated with other banks and the Equator Principles (EP) working groups on the

implementation of the EP 4, which brings a new set of requirements related to human rights, climate

change,

biodiversity and impacts on Indigenous Peoples.

The ESR Framework

ING’s ESR policy framework

helps us make transparent choices about how,

where and with whom we do

business. In 2019 we released the updated ESR Framework based on input from internal as well as external

stakeholders while during 2020 we also made several

updates, which are briefly summarised in the next section.

Through these regular updates we keep abreast

of social norms and regulation relating to sustainability and

challenge our own increasingly strong commitments on the topics of human rights and climate

change.

ESR in practice in 2020

The ESR policy framework includes standards and best practice

guidance for ESR-sensitive sectors. It includes

explicit restrictions on activities not in line with ING’s values and harmful to

people or the environment (for

example companies involved in clearance of primary forest),

which we do not finance.

The next table gives insight into the ESR policies that are part of the ESR framework

and where they are applied.

Credit risk portfolio per economic sector and application of ESR framework in percentage 2020 outstandings Conduct and ethics Human

rights Environmental compliance Defence Equator principles Forestry and Agrocommodities Mining and Metals Tobacco1 Infrastructure Generic engineering1

Manufacturing

Chemicals Energy2 Fisheries1

ing20f2020p224i0.gif

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Environmental, social and governance risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

224

Consumer lending

31,5%

●

Financial institutions

23,86%

●

Governments

7,29%

●

Other

2,37%

●

Corporates

35,02%

●

●

●

Real estate

6,13%

●

●

●

●

Natural resources

5,14%

●

●

●

●

●

●

Transportation & logistics

3,30%

●

●

●

●

●

●

Services

4,18%

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Food, beverages & personal care

2,82%

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

General industries

2,86%

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Builders & contractors

1,75%

●

●

●

●

●

Chemicals, health & pharmaceuticals

1,80%

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Other sectors

0,36%

●

●

●

●

Utilities

2,09%

●

●

●

●

●

Media and telecom

1,38%

●

●

●

●

●

●

Retail

1,33%

●

●

●

●

Automotive

1,04%

●

●

●

●

●

●

Technology

0,85%

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

1 Fully or partially excluded activities

2 Includes policies on Oil and Gas, Coal, Nuclear Energy and Power Generation

The way the ESR Framework is applied in practice differs

per product type. The largest potential environmental

and social impacts come from large corporates within our Wholesale Banking (WB) segment. WB is therefore

the

primary focus of our assessments and where we promote active ESR dialogue and knowledge sharing. We

have

been working with wholesale clients for more than 15 years to support them in understanding

and managing

their environmental and social impact. A simplified version of the ESR policy framework,

following the same

rationale and principles, applies to ING’s mid-corporate

and small medium enterprise client segments. The ESR

framework minimum requirements are also included in ING’s

procurement policy and apply to the screening of

suppliers of ING’s global procurement

activities.

The ESR policy framework is incorporated in ING’s

KYC policy framework, meaning the ESR client assessment is

part of regular client on-boarding and review.

The ESR policy framework also triggers a dedicated ESR transaction

assessment to corporate clients which will indicate

if such transaction is categorised as ‘ESR high risk’,

and thus

require a separate in-depth advice from the ESR team

.

While we have a strong ESR policy framework and made progress

in enhancing the automation of the checks and

controls in the ESR assessment processes, we acknowledge that we need to

further improve our processes in

order to ensure accuracy and completeness of the data.

Of all Wholesale Banking engagements in scope of the ESR policy framework in 2020, 83 percent were

considered

ESR low-risk, 8 percent ESR medium-risk and 9 percent ESR high-risk. ESR high-risk cases require

specialised

advice from the global ESR team. The team now consists of 11 dedicated ESR advisors, 10 of whom are in

Amsterdam and one in Geneva. The ESR advice assesses the specific product offered

and environmental and

social impacts associated with it, the sector,

operating context and geography

of the engagement and other

relevant factors. Based on this in-depth research,

a binding advice is given that can only be overruled at Global

Credit Committee level. Of the 292 ESR advices given in 2020, which are related to

new requests, 60 percent

were positive, 25 percent positive subject to conditions and 15 percent negative.

Conditions can play an

important role in helping clients transition towards improved

environmental and social performance on the

ground.

The ESR team mainly focuses on policy development and transaction advisory.

However the team also provides

training (both in-person and via webinars) to hundreds of colleagues around

the world every year in risk, front-

office, KYC and compliance teams, so that ESR knowledge is built on and spread.

Key updates to the ESR framework

The renewed ESR framework incorporates

the updates that took place in December 2019 and July 2020,

respectively. The new release,

includes the following updates in the policy:

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Environmental, social and governance risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

225

◾

ESR restriction on small arms and light weapons (SALW)

was strengthened. For more information

please

see the ESR framework published on the corporate website

ing.com.

◾

Equator Principles: We have adopted

EP4 in line with the new updated EP guidelines.

In 2020, the ESR team, together with the retail business, started

the implementation of a new ESR self-

declaration approach for business banking. The concept is already approved

by GCTP and it entails an alternative

ESR client assessment implementation for business banking clients where lending and pre

-settlement limits

exceed €1 million and where the client is active in any of the pre-identified sectors (e.g. employment

agencies).

Such clients will be required to confirm their compliance with specific statements

related to safeguarding labour

rights and/or environmental regulations

that are specific for that sector.

The implementation of this initiative is

expected to be finalised in 2021.

Following any key ESR policy updates

on restrictions, we engage with affected

existing clients and provide them

with the opportunity to reduce their exposure to the new restrictions; in case a reduction is not feasible,

we

implement an exit strategy.

Developing international best practice and stakeholder engagement

Our ESR approach helps us and our clients to gradually enhance the implementation of key

standards like the UN

Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights and the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and

Development (OECD) Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises. But beyond stimulating

better environmental and

social performance in our own portfolio, ING actively collaborates

with other institutions, peers and regulators to

address the environmental, social and human rights challenges we face:

◾

ING and the Equator Principles (EPs):

The EPs are an environmental and social risk management

framework adopted by 110 financial institutions worldwide. The EPs were

updated in 2019, and the new

version (EP4) became effective in October 2020. EP4 contains

new and stronger commitments on human

rights, climate change, Indigenous Peoples and biodiversity,

as well as an increased scope. ING is active

in several EP working groups covering social risks, climate

change and scope. ING also co-leads the

capacity building and training workgroup, which is focussing on updating the EP learning tool with the

changes included in EP4.

◾

The Covid-19 pandemic

has also had material implications for our clients and peers to continually meet

the environmental and social requirements of the EPs. ING participated

in the development of a

guidance note to provide practical guidelines for both Equator

Principle financial institutions and clients

on how to manage Covid-19 related risks to EP compliance.

◾

Dutch Banking Sector Agreement

: The Dutch multi-stakeholder platform to

implement the Dutch

Banking Sector Agreement on International Responsible Business Conduct Regarding

Human Rights

formally came to an end in December 2019. The agreement was in place for three years

and was

finalised with a conclusive report published in August 2020 and a closing statement confirming that all

agreed deliverables were completed. During the period covered

by the agreement, we updated our

human rights policy and published ING’s first human rights report

in 2018. In 2019, we issued an update

of the report, highlighting the pilot on proactive client engagement carried out and the actions resulting

from this pilot. In 2020, a follow-up of the 2019 human rights report was shared, providing an update

of

the client engagement model presented in 2019 and the current human rights landscape.

◾

Thun Group

: ING participates in the Thun Group, an informal group of banking representatives

focusing

on human rights. The group was initially established in 2011 to support the integration of the UN Guiding

Principles on Business and Human Rights into banking activities, and is now further evolving as a formal

group promoting human rights and sharing best practices among its participant members.

◾

OECD

: ING’s active role in promoting and integrating

human rights is reflected in our participation as a

formal advisory member to the OECD Working Party on responsible business conduct

in our sector.

In

2020 we started to develop the third and final OECD due-diligence guidance documentation

for asset

based finance transactions. This guidance is expected to be finalised in 2021. We also participated in the

Export Credit Agencies annual meetings for practitioners from financial institutions where

we actively

promoted ING’s ESR framework

and due-diligence process with export credit agencies, EP financial

institutions, commercial banks, and development institutions.

By taking part in the above-mentioned initiatives, we aim to contribute our viewpoint

and those of our clients,

employees and other stakeholders to help form

a consensus and develop clear guidelines that can serve as a

standard for our industry.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Environmental, social and governance risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

226

Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)

ING endorses the recommendations of the Financial Stability Board’s

(FSB) Task Force

on Climate-Related

Financial Disclosures. This voluntary disclosure outlines the progress made to date. To

further strengthen our

understanding and adoption of the TCFD recommendations, ING is part of the UNEP FI TCFD project.

Governance

ING’s Climate Change Committee

(CCC) is mandated to oversee and set priorities for the implementation

of the

TCFD recommendations and other strategic climate

-related topics that impact the group. For details please refer

to our approach to climate governance (Sustainability governance

)

published on our corporate website ing.com.

Strategy

Climate change impacts companies and companies have an impact on climate change. As banks, we need to

understand the risk climate change poses for our clients and be ready to

safeguard our business by taking the

implications of climate change into account in our risk processes. We

also have a role to play in financing the

transition to a low-carbon, climate-resilient

economy. At

ING, we have chosen an integrated strategy

that allows

us to translate the risks associated with climate change into

opportunities.

In 2017, we started to develop in-house energy transition scenarios based on the drivers of policy and

technology. These scenarios formed the basis for

the energy transition assessment we undertook for particularly

sensitive sectors within the Transportation,

Industrials, Power and Real Estate

sectors. ING is committed to

continuously reviewing and monitoring its policies and strategies as climate

-related risks and opportunities

emerge. As a result of transition risk ING further refined its coal policy in 2017, targeting near-zero

coal exposure

by 2025.

In 2020, we published our second Terra

Progress Report that provided an update on how we steer

our lending

portfolio in line with the goals of the Paris Agreement for all nice sectors in scope, including quantitative

results.

For an overview of how we capitalise on climate-related

opportunities, please refer to Responsible Finance

(section ‘Our performance and strategy’).

Risk management

At ING we already have several

processes in place to identify and assess climate-related risks. An example

is our

environmental and social risk (ESR) framework, including its climate

change policy, reviewing risk on a client

and

transaction basis. We also monitor sector-specific developments

associated with the energy transition. For

upstream oil and gas, our credit assessments include a strong focus on production

costs. By focusing on low-cost

production, we work with our clients to ensure their businesses are resilient to the risk of stranded

assets.

In the course of 2020, we worked on further identifying climate risk within our portfolio. We

use scenarios to

understand the various climate pathways

that can potentially affect sectors. In addition, ING conducted

an

internal firm-wide stress test, including the assessment of both physical and transition

risk. To better

understand

the potential impact across sectors we developed an initial transition

risk heatmap. We also started to conduct

pilots for specific portfolios, for instance on our global mortgages portfolio

with the aim to identify potential

exposure towards physical risks.

These types of investigations can inform our approach

towards incorporating

climate risk in our risk management framework. For details please refer

to our stand-alone ‘Climate Risk Report

2020’ published on our corporate website ing.com.

Metrics and targets

We have set climate-related

targets in our lending portfolio. This includes exiting thermal coal by 2025 and

steering our portfolio towards meeting the Paris Agreement’s

well-below two degree goal (Terra

approach).

Under Terra,

we set one target per sector for each of the nine sectors. For details

on the approach refer to our

‘2020 Terra

Progress Report’

and for our approach to setting opportunity-related

metrics and targets please refer

to ‘Climate Finance’ both published on our corporate website ing.com.

Within the UNEP FI TCFD project we

worked towards methodologies to translate

the impact of climate change on financial rations.

Next steps

In 2021, we aim to further progress with our efforts regarding

climate-related risks and opportunities by refining

our methodologies, working towards standard setting

and expanding the scope. For instance, we aim to expand

the scope of our physical risk assessment for real estate

and investigate

the impact of transition risk on various

sectors.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Non-financial risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

227

Non-financial risk

Introduction

Non-financial risk (NFR) is defined as the risk of financial loss, legal or regulatory sanctions, or reputational

damage due to inadequate or failing internal processes, people and systems;

a failure to comply with laws,

regulations and standards; or external events. The NFR function encompasses Operational

Risk Management

(ORM), Information Risk Management (IRM), the Independent Validation

Unit (IVU),

Professional Practice Unit

(ERM PPU) and Corporate Security & Investigations (CSI).

Governance

The head of Corporate ORM, Corporate IRM, IVU, CSI, ERM PPU and NFR Strategy,

Central Services &

Digitalisation Unit report to the global head of NFR, who directly reports to the chief risk officer.

The global head

of NFR is responsible for developing the framework of NFR policies and standards

within ING, and for monitoring

the quality of non-financial risk management in the ING entities.

Non-Financial risk measurement

ING uses an internal model in line with the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) to determine the regulatory

and economic capital amounts that are necessary to cover potential losses as a result of non-financial

risks. This

model predicts non-financial risk losses by combining a forward-looking and a backward-looking view on non-

financial risk events. ING reports the outcome of its AMA model on a quarterly basis.

Risk categories

ING categorises non-financial risks in a number of areas:

◾

Information (technology)

risk

is the risk of financial loss, regulatory sanctions or reputational damage due

to breaches of confidentiality,

integrity or availability within business processes, the supporting IT

systems, of information or lack of information

quality;

◾

Continuity risk

is the risk of financial loss, regulatory sanctions or reputational damage due to business

disruptions (loss of people, processes, systems, data, premises);

◾

Control risk

is the risks of financial loss, regulatory sanctions or reputational damage due to ineffective

organisational structures and governance procedures

(including unclear roles and responsibilities and

inadequate reporting structure);

◾

Processing risk

is the risk of financial loss, regulatory sanctions or reputational damage due to failed

(transaction) processing (input, execution, output) or failing process

management;

◾

Unauthorised activity risk

is the risk of financial loss, regulatory sanctions or reputational damage due to

employees performing outside the normal course of their business, intentionally giving unauthorised

approvals or overstepping their authority;

◾

Personal and physical security risk

is the risk of financial loss, regulatory sanctions or reputational

damage due to criminal and environmental threats that might

endanger the security or safety of ING

personnel at work, people in ING locations, ING assets or assets entrusted to ING, people at ING event

locations, or might have an impact on ING organisation's confidentiality,

integrity or availability;

◾

Employment practice risk

is the risk of financial loss, regulatory sanctions or reputational damage due to

acts that are inconsistent with employment, health and/or safety

laws, regulations or agreements, from

payment of personal injury claims, or from diversity/discrimination events;

and

◾

Fraud

is the deliberate abuse of procedures,

systems, assets, data, products and/or

services of ING by

those who intend to deceitfully or unlawfully benefit themselves and/or others. This definition of fraud is

specified in the following two categories of fraud:

Internal fraud

: acts of fraud which involves at least one internal party performed

by or in collusion with

an ING employee or agent with the consequence of financial loss, regulatory fines, litigation loss,

business disruption and/or reputational damage for ING.

External fraud

: acts of fraud or scams by individuals and/or parties excluding ING staff

(including

contractors), with the consequence of financial loss, regulatory fines, litigation

loss, business disruption

and/or reputational damage for ING.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Non-financial risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

228

Main developments in 2020

Covid-19

From the start of the global outbreak of the Covid-19 virus in January 2020, ING’s

priority has been to protect its

employees and their families and to continue servicing its customers as before

,

and put extra effort into

supporting them in difficult times. To ensure

this ING employees have put immediate focus on ensuring the

bank’s operational resilience

and continuity. ING has mobilised a global crisis management organisation

–

engaging with all ING entities worldwide – to monitor and manage Covid-19 related operational,

health and

safety challenges. In the first weeks of 2020 the bank was able to transfer

around 80% of its employees, including

external employees, to a working-from-home (WFH) environment.

Throughout the year,

ING continued to

monitor developments in employee well-being and local BCM threat levels and aimed to

identify, monitor and

manage Covid-19 related risks through specific risk assessments. In addition to internally focused

risk

assessments, risk assessments were also performed on critical suppliers of ING. The financial health of these

suppliers has been monitored throughout the entire year.

Cybercrime and fraud

Controls and monitoring continue to be embedded in the organisation as part of the overall

internal control

framework and are continuously re-assessed against existing

and new threats. The identification and monitoring

of new threat actors and campaigns relevant

to ING also informs this process as does the closer alignment

between IT security and fraud teams. In addition, ING continues to strengthen its global cybercrime and fraud

resilience through collaboration with financial industry peers, law enforcement

authorities, government (e.g.

National Cybersecurity Centre) and internet service providers (ISPs).

General concerns over the potential impact of insider threats continues to increase. However

the impact of

external instances or trends remain limited in the financial industry where collaboration

within the sector is

improving.

The further digitalisation of banking services, increasing electronic exchange of information

via different

consumer channels, use of and dependency on third-party vendors for services,

and the implementation of PSD2

are likely to present ongoing cybercrime resilience, fraud

management and IT-security challenges; both in the

short- and medium-term as criminal actors target

financial and sensitive (payment) data, such as customer user

credentials outside the traditional banking environment. Sensitive (payment)

or personal data can be obtained by

criminals via social forums such as WhatsApp and by screen scraping user credentials when a fallback procedure

within PSD2 is allowed. In 2020, these challenges have further increased due to Covid-19, which resulted in more

sophisticated phishing attempts, improved

social engineering fraud attempts, an increased risk of external fraud

in the lending portfolio and people working from home.

Dealing with current and emerging fraud threats, especially given the ever-increasing use of digital

and on-line

banking, effectively requires continuous improvement

of fraud management capabilities such as real-time

transaction monitoring and response capabilities. In addition, better alignment and standardisation

of cross-

border fraud management across ING and related

platforms as well as exchanging data cross

border.

With

legislation such as EBA PSD2 and the continuing emphasis on duty of care, financial institutions are potentially

becoming more and more responsible for losses incurred by clients, and taking on more

of the burden of

reclaiming those losses.

Data risk management

The drivers for ING’s

data management come from the Think Forward strategy,

where data management is one

of the key enablers, and from the increasing regulatory focus

on data.

ING has the enterprise data lake in place (part of the target infrastructure)

and is implementing data

management capabilities including data definitions, data quality,

data governance and data ethics, for use by ING

entities, to support, amongst others,

statutory and regulatory reporting. ING is

continuously improving its data

governance, the execution of its data quality framework

controls at a consistent level across the bank and

prioritising the implementation of the target infrastructure

to further simplify, standardise

and modernise its

activities.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Non-financial risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

229

In 2020, the Global Data Committee was established as a key

Management Board Banking committee, to provide

guidance to the global data function, comprising the chief data management officer and the data management

organisations of all entities. Its purpose is consistent with BCBS239’s

stipulation of ‘strong governance’ (Principle

1) as well as ING’s own ambition of being a data-driven bank. The Global Data Committee,

chaired by the CRO,

oversees the global data function and its contribution to wider society by providing decisions, endorsements

and

priorities for ING’s data

management strategy and data-related

initiatives.

Enterprise risk management

The enterprise risk management (‘ERM’) framework is the overarching

risk management framework. ERM

assembles common risk principles for all risk types and domains: financial, non-financial (including compliance

and model risks) and strategic risks. It aims to ensure standardisation

of all risk frameworks and applies to all

businesses lines and entities across ING.

In 2020, the ERM Professional Practice Unit (PPU) was established to set standards

for the management and

implementation of the ERM framework and to assure consistent

use of the policy governance and risk library for

all risk domains within ING. The PPU is introducing ING’s global documentation governance

by providing

definitions and guidance for global policy documentation and global policy development, update and approval

processes.

User access management (UAM)

UAM is one of the focus areas of ING and an important element in our control framework

to mitigate the risk of

unauthorised and / or inappropriate access to systems, processes and the data

and information contained

therein. Consequently,

the UAM processes, controls and practices are periodically

reviewed, tested, adapted and

improved by a dedicated UAM team to address ongoing

developments both within and outside ING. In 2020, ING

continued to mature, with attention

to tooling,

standardisation and harmonisation of processes and workflows

and further automation of UAM controls. This will continue in 2021.

Personal data protection

As per 25 May 2018, the European General Data Protection Regulation

(GDPR) became effective. ING is bound by

the GDPR that affords greater protection

to individuals and requires more control on data

and transparency

regarding the use of data by companies. In 2020, ING continued working on structural

solutions to support

further enhancing the data protection of our clients and employees.

Sourcing Risk

In 2019, a renewed sourcing policy became effective, outlining the inherent

critical and high risks that can

materialise during the sourcing life-cycle. In addition, a sourcing guideline was issued to support updated

requirements, issued by EBA in 2019. The controls defined in the support control

framework (SCF) sourcing have

been implemented and tested. The scope of sourcing encompasses outsourcing to external

providers as well as

intra-group sourcing.

BCBS 239

In January 2013 the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision published the Principles for Effective Risk Data

Aggregation and Risk Reporting (BCBS 239), which is adopted by the ECB and became effective for

all Global

Systemically Important Banks (G-SIBs) as of January 2016 and for all D-SIBs depending on the date

of designation.

In 2020, ING continued with the extension of scope, continuous implementation improvements

and further

embedding into business as usual.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Compliance risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

230

Compliance risk

Introduction

Compliance risk is defined as a threat posed to ING’s standing

resulting from failure to act in line with applicable

laws and regulations, internal rules (including ING’s

Orange Code and global Code of Conduct) and/or societal

expectations. A failure to adequately mitigate

compliance risk may lead to damage to ING’s reputation

and/or

legal/regulatory sanctions, and/or financial loss.

The mission of Compliance is to support ING in conducting its business activities in line with applicable laws and

regulations, taking into account ING’s

internal code of conduct and societal expectations. Compliance wants to

drive compliance risk management by desire and design throughout the organisation, unleashing the power

of

our data, risk expertise, and people to keep the bank safe and sound, and help drive new

and sustainable ways of

doing business.

Within ING, compliance risks are defined as those risks that are within the scope of the ING Compliance Risk

Catalogue. The following three risk categories apply:

◾

Financial crime risk refers to the risks of the bank’s

products and services being abused for illicit purpose

generating or disguising financial and/or economic crimes (FEC).

◾

Conduct risk refers to the compliance risks arising from potential

or perceived misconduct by ING or its

employees towards its customers, market

integrity, business partners

and other stakeholders.

◾

Organisational risk refers

to the compliance risks arising from actual, potential or perceived flaws in the

way that ING is organised and structured including its regulatory and

reporting framework.

Governance roles and responsibilities

The Compliance organisation (comprised of four roles: Group Compliance, business segment compliance,

geographical compliance and country compliance) is part of ING’s

second line of defence refer to ‘Risk

Governance’.

Group Compliance together with business segment compliance set the priorities, standards and

boundaries for the business segments (Retail and Wholesale Banking). Geographical compliance (Challengers

&

Growth Markets / Wholesale Banking / Market Leaders)

together with the functional lines in the countries are

responsible for the execution of these priorities, standards

and control framework, within the boundaries set.

Compliance is tasked with instructing, advising, challenging and having oversight of the first line of defence

in

their management of compliance risks as well as raising awareness (via training and communication),

influencing

and stimulating a sound compliance risk culture. The scope of the compliance risks is outlined in the ING

Compliance Risk Charter.

Compliance is headed by the chief compliance officer (CCO) who reports directly to the CRO. The CCO has direct

access to the Risk Committee of the Supervisory Board. The CCO and the chairman of the Risk Committee had

regular bilateral consultations in 2020.

Update on key compliance matters

Strengthening the compliance function

In 2020 ING introduced measures to strengthen the compliance function. These measures were

implemented as

part of a multi-year,

global compliance strategy and transformation

programme that started in October 2019.

The programme encompasses the whole compliance function and particularly aims at enhancing and integrating

governance, an end-to-end framework and monitoring capabilities of the compliance function. As we operate

in

a dynamic and challenging environment we are continuously learning and improving while getting

to a more

sustainable and mature level within the compliance function.

Financial economic crime

Knowing who we do business with helps us to prevent the financial system

from being misused, and is an

important obligation to help gain trust in the financial markets.

As gatekeepers of the financial system

we have

an obligation to prevent criminals from misusing it or detect and respond

when it is being misused. We believe

we can be even more effective in safeguarding

the financial system if we join forces and work with other banks

and with national, European and global authorities and law enforcement agencies to tackle financial economic

crime. In 2020, ING continued to execute and update policies and procedures

to further enhance our know your

customer (KYC) activities. In addition, ING set up a special taskforce to

monitor transactions for financial

economic crime related to Covid-19.

ING is continuously working to strengthen its implementation of KYC

and build sustainable KYC practices. One of

the ways we do this is through our global KYC enhancement programme

which aims to:

◾

Improve customer due diligence, perform on-going transaction

monitoring and report on unusual

activities should these be identified.

◾

Make structural improvements

in five areas: policy and risk appetite statements, digital tooling,

governance, monitoring and screening, and KYC knowledge and behaviour.

ing20f2020p231i0.gif ing20f2020p231i1.gif ing20f2020p231i2.gif ing20f2020p231i3.gif ing20f2020p231i4.gif ing20f2020p231i5.gif

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Compliance risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

231

It is important to continuously enhance our FEC controls framework

given the dynamic nature of the threats and

regulations. In 2020, the FEC controls maturity program

me (FCMP) was initiated in order to further mature the

framework over time.

Risk culture

At ING we attach great importance to

a sound risk culture. ING’s risk culture determines the way

in which

employees identify, understand,

discuss and act on the risks we are confronted with and the risks we take.

In

2019, ING initiated a global risk culture project to understand and measure where

our level on the mentioned

aspects is. The Management Board Banking and Supervisory Board are closely involved in this project and are

strongly committed to safeguarding

a sound risk culture for ING. Key characteristics of ING’s

risk culture are:

◾

Our Orange Code and global Code of Conduct define the most essential conduct principles expected

from ING employees in their daily activities; (see ‘Conduct risk’)

◾

Our leadership plays an active role in offering an environment

of open communication and challenge;

◾

Having a robust risk management framework is key;

◾

Managing non-financial risk is as important as managing financial risk;

◾

We take time to learn from

best practices and incidents from the past;

◾

We all are accountable for sound risk management

and take time to actively educate ourselves;

and

◾

Our reward and remuneration system

reflects our ING values and our desired risk culture.

The project includes specific enhancement assignments in areas such as monitoring risk culture, our escalation

culture and further linking non-financial risk related topics to our purpose and strategy

.

Risk culture

RegTech

The large number of regulations impacting financial institutions shows no sign of slowing down, leading to an

increasing need within the compliance function for innovative solutions to support our business processes. A

notable area of interest is horizon scanning, covering

the timely spotting of rules and regulations, identifying risks

and obligations resulting from these regulations, and creating policies to

support the organisation on being

compliant. A wide range of innovative tooling (such as Ascent, SparQ, Corlytics) is being assessed for horizon

scanning and interoperability of solutions is a key

factor in our consideration.

Regulators are showing a growing recognition

of the value of RegTech

solutions to manage Compliance Risk. In

response, ING is running a diverse portfolio of RegTech

initiatives. This ranges from making investments

(e.g.

Ascent, Eigen), close collaboration on solutions (e.g. Privitar,

DuCo, Regtek Solutions) and creation of home-

Essential risk culture components

Risk awareness

•

Clear view of risks

•

Recognition of risks

•

Common understanding of risk

Risk judgement

•

Balanced decision-making, alternate views

•

Effective challenge and feedback

•

Ownership of risk

Escalation & follow-up

•

Speak up and effective escalation

•

Follow up on issues raised

•

Reflective conversation

Leadership as

mediating driver

•

Tone from

the top/

Leading by example

•

Learning from experiences

•

Clear consequences

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Compliance risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

232

grown solutions (e.g. CoorpID). Our focus is on RegTech

solutions that create positive impact on compliance

effectiveness and cost.

Financial crime risk and know your customer

Financial crime risk refers to the risk of the bank’s

products and services being abused for an illicit purpose; either

generating or disguising FEC. Keeping ING safe, secure

and compliant is a top priority. Know

your customer (KYC)

and financial crime compliance play a major role and aim to ensure we only engage and do business with people

and companies that meet regulatory requirements and are

within our risk appetite. This is important, not only for

ING but for wider society, with governments

around the globe having identified financial crime as a major

concern in modern society.

Fighting financial crime in a constantly changing environment requires

ongoing updates to regulations and

requirements to keep banking safe. However,

according to the European Banking Authority,

increased

regulations and scrutiny can also have unintended consequences, with some customers

and clients no longer

being able to get their financial needs met.

KYC policy framework

ING strives to play its part in safeguarding the integrity

of the financial system by combatting financial crime

through utilisation of an overarching policy and control framework

which is continuously enhanced. The KYC

policy and related control standards

(the KYC policy framework) set the minimum requirements

and control

objectives for all ING entities to guard against involvement

in financial crime activity. The KYC policy Framework

reflects relevant national and international laws,

regulations, guidance documents and guidelines from national,

European and international authorities, (supra)national risk assessments, and industry standards

related to:

◾

financial economic crime, covering money laundering, terrorist financing, bribery and corruption, export

trade controls, proliferation

financing, sanctions (economic, financial and trade), countries designated by

ING as ultra-high-risk countries (UHRC)

◾

customer tax compliance, covering customer tax

integrity (CTI), FATCA,

CRS, mandatory disclosure

requirements (MDR)

◾

environmental and social risk (ESR) client assessment, specifically the initial customer screening for

environmental and social risk. For more information

see the Credit risk chapter.

The KYC policy framework is mandatory and applies to all ING entities (i.e. all branches and majority-

owned

subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V.

(including ING Bank N.V.)

or where ING exercises control), their corporate

functions and their branches, including outsourcing partners to whom ING entities have sourced KYC

-related

responsibilities. The KYC policy framework also reflects relevant

national and international laws, regulations and

industry standards related to business partners

and overarching requirements with regards

to record retention,

training and awareness. ING entities have local procedures

in place, aimed at enabling them to comply with local

laws and regulations and the KYC policy framework. Where

local laws and regulations are more stringent, these

have to be applied.

As a result of frequent evaluation of the businesses from economic, strategic

and risk perspectives, ING continues

to believe that for business reasons doing business involving certain specified countries should be discontinued.

In that respect, ING has a policy not to enter into new relationships with clients from

these countries and

processes remain in place to discontinue existing relationships involving

these countries. At present,

these

countries are Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, Syria and Crimea region.

KYC enhancement programme

ING is continuously working to strengthen its implementation of KYC

and build sustainable KYC practices. One of

the ways we do this is through our global KYC enhancement programme

which aims to:

◾

Improve customer due diligence files (documentation, data

and identity verification), assess selected

past transactions and report on unusual activities should these be identified.

◾

Make structural improvements

in five areas: policy and risk appetite statements, digital tooling,

governance, monitoring and screening, and KYC knowledge and behaviour.

Global approach

ING updated its KYC policy in line with external regulatory developments

in anti-money laundering and financial

sanctions. We also updated our ESR framework to

incorporate new policies on human rights, climate change and

financing infrastructure projects. This framework updates

and standardises our policies by expanding the list of

restricted activities ING will not finance. It also clarifies roles, responsibilities as well as the products and clients in

scope.

In addition, we refreshed and further enhanced our systematic integrated

risk analysis (SIRA). This allows us to

measure and monitor adherence to our KYC risk appetite and ensures consistent

KYC integrity risk assessments

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Compliance risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

233

across the bank. Our risk appetite statements (RAS) which incorporate

ING’s risk appetite and tolerance

towards

KYC integrity risks were also updated

.

We changed the structure of our global KYC organisation

introducing three pillars that oversee customer

due

diligence, transaction monitoring and screening. Each pillar has a dedicated team with expert leads. This brings

greater focus, strengthens steering

and ensures end-to-end responsibility.

We also continued to introduce uniform

global transaction monitoring solutions in 2020. These include

standardised transaction monitoring tooling, supported by risk-based

scenarios, handling alerts and reporting

suspicious activities where required. The countries in scope have been connected to our global pre

-transaction

screening tool. Our adverse media screening tool is now available in most

of the countries and will be available

across the network of countries in early 2021. This allows us to continuously screen customers

against news

intelligence related to financial and economic crime. We

implemented continuous name screening in several

countries. Substituting local tools with centralised global tools enables us to further improve

the way we

onboard, monitor and screen customers using a consistent

approach across the world.

We have also established a financial economic crime Covid-19 taskforce

within ING aimed at identifying potential

criminal schemes and assessing if the coronavirus pandemic influenced payment patterns or created

new

channels for money laundering. The taskforce worked

with other parts of the bank to protect customers from

fraud and further strengthen cybersecurity,

during the pandemic. It also identified and analysed new behavioural

patterns of customers in the Netherlands, which resulted in new cases of unusual transactions

being reported.

These findings are used to determine if similar patterns exist in other ING countries.

In 2020, five Dutch banks, including ING, proceeded with Transaction

Monitoring Netherlands (TMNL), following

a successful proof of concept that explored the feasibility and effectiveness

of joint transaction monitoring.

Monitoring transactions with a combined database provides greater

insights into potential criminal money flows

and networks, which will further boost monitoring and alert detection.

Similarly, we are working

with four banks and payment provider Isabel Group in Belgium to use the blockchain

application KUBE to share corporate data

as part of the KYC process. KUBE is currently being built and is expected

to be operational next year,

and will help streamline the verification and maintenance of corporate

identities.

In Germany, ING joined the public-private

partnership Anti-Financial Crime Alliance (AFCA) to foster mutual

exchange of information within the financial system.

The alliance consists of 30 members, amongst them public

authorities, the largest financial institutions as well as representatives

from the real estate sector.

Digitalisation and innovation

Criminals are harnessing technologies like artificial intelligence and machine learning to become ever more

sophisticated. These same technologies can also help us to counter this threat.

For example, Hunter is an AI-

powered anti-money laundering tool that has the predictive capability to detect

(emerging) suspicious patterns

and entities. It helps identify clients with a high concentration of suspicious behaviour and points out hidden

relationships, delivering on the promise to always be a step

ahead. And we’ve developed a centralised digital

vault where corporate clients can store

and share their KYC documentation in a secure way.

Similarly, the ING

Lab in Singapore is working on a tool to help banks that serve other financial institutions eradicate

the

duplication of KYC documentation.

Knowledge and behaviour

Increasing our knowledge of KYC, providing training and carrying out behavioural

risk assessments aimed at

detecting impeding behavioural patterns and intervening where

necessary is also key.

A global KYC academy was set up last year to equip employees with the skills and knowledge they

need to

effectively protect customers,

the bank and society against financial economic crimes. This year,

the academy

partnered with ACAMS (Association of Certified Anti-Money Laundering Specialists) and developed learning

modules for employees working on KYC to raise their KYC

awareness. Almost 8,000 employees enrolled for these

modules. Trainings on sanctions also took place.

Behavioural risk assessments were carried out to identify impeding behavioural

patterns and their drivers and

give direction to any necessary interventions. Since 2018, several KYC

teams in various business lines have been

assessed.

Leadership labs (workshops with senior leaders) were organised

in APAC, EMEA and Americas

to address

impeding behavioural

patterns identified in the assessments and develop the right conditions to manage risks.

We also conducted two Nudge Labs this year for

Wholesale Banking globally, developing subtle triggers that

encourage desired behaviours to further strengthen

our KYC processes and execution. Co-created

by our

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Compliance risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

234

Wholesale Banking and behavioural risk experts, the Nudge Labs are another follow-up from our KYC

behavioural

risk assessments.

Staying safe, secure and compliant

Fighting financial economic crime is a challenge the financial industry faces globally.

The scope of the problem

was illustrated in media reports in September 2020, in which several

banks, including ING, were mentioned in

respect of SARs filed some years ago.

As a gatekeeper to the financial system,

we have an important role in the collective fight against

financial

economic crimes. By performing customer due diligence and monitoring transactions we aim to detect

and

prevent the financial system from being misused in criminal activities, including money laundering and terrorist

financing, for the safety and security of our customers and society.

We take this responsibility extremely

seriously. As part of our ongoing anti-money laundering efforts,

we assess relationships with customers and

screen transactions. Potentially unusual/suspicious transactions

are reviewed and, where applicable, reported to

the relevant authorities. Over the past few years,

we have increasingly discontinued customer relationships

which do not fit our risk profile. This approach is also applied to acquisitions such as Payvision. ING was aware

when it acquired Payvision that its customer base partly did not meet ING’s

desired risk profile. Hence,

arrangements were made during the acquisition to exit customers

in the ‘adult’ entertainment and gambling

segments. Steps were also needed to better

align Payvision with ING’s risk profile,

strengthening Payvision’s

governance, policies and processes. For example, Payvision’s

risk and compliance functions were reinforced, its

chief risk officer is now a member of its board and there is a formal programme in place, including governance, to

ensure that Payvision’s

compliance meets requirements.

The programme involves a series of initiatives, including

working on various structural improvements in compliance, tooling, monitoring, governance,

knowledge and

conduct.

In September 2020, Banca d’Italia announced that the ban on onboarding new customers at ING in Italy,

imposed

in March 2019 was removed. The decision followed comprehensive

steps undertaken by ING in Italy to

strengthen its processes and management of KYC compliance risks.

Following an inspection by Banca d’Italia,

which identified shortcomings in AML processes, ING in Italy was banned from taking on new customers in March

  1. Existing customers in Italy continued to be fully served throughout the period of the ban.

Keeping banking safe and secure for the longer term, requires

staying ahead in the area of financial economic

crime compliance. Hence, we are building on the foundation of our global KYC enhancement programme

by

organising and integrating all regulatory

developments and activities in the area of financial crime compliance

within our regular controls framework.

Bribery and corruption

Corruption curbs economic growth and impedes the development of peaceful and sustainable societies. It

undermines business confidence and corporate integrity,

impedes fair business competition and harms

international trade. It can also severely damage the reputation

of companies and thus erode both public trust

and investor confidence. We take

these risks seriously and take steps in our organisation

to identify and to

minimise the risk of being involved in or associated with bribery or corruption.

We expect all ING employees at every level of the organisation

to always do business in accordance with the

values and behaviours of our Orange Code. We

have a zero-tolerance

approach when it comes to bribery and

corruption. Our zero tolerance statement

and more information regarding our anti

-bribery and corruption

(AB&C) policy can be found on our website.

Bribery and corruption risks are part of our non-financial risk framework, are included in the client and third-

party due diligence and monitoring measures in our KYC framework and will be integrated

into our systematic

integrity risk analysis alongside our KYC and other integrity risks in 2021. An enhancement programme to

further

improve our AB&C risk assessment, controls and reporting is in progress.

Our people receive training which includes how to recognise warning signs of bribery and corruption and in order

to ensure they understand our zero

-tolerance approach and the mandatory control measures

in place. Our

training framework will be enhanced to provide more targeted

and specialist training on bribery and corruption

risks from 2021 onwards. We encourage

employees to speak up if they have concerns relating to bribery and

corruption.

5th EU AML Directive

The 5th AML Directive was implemented in the Dutch Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist

Financing Act

(Wwft) in May 2020. Furthermore, in the battle against financial economic crime, including money laundering,

the Dutch UBO-(ultimate beneficial owner) register went live in September

  1. These developments have been

incorporated in ING’s

KYC policy framework.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Compliance risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

235

Looking ahead, ING keeps abreast and takes relevant

action on other external developments. In this context,

reference is made, among other things, to the 6th AML Directive, as well as regulatory

proposals from the

European Commission following from its action plan for a comprehensive union policy on preventing

money

laundering and terrorism financing. Moreover,

the execution of the Dutch action plan for the prevention

of

money laundering through the Dutch financial system and for tracking

and prosecuting criminals and their

enablers is in progress. This action plan was presented by the Dutch Minister

of Justice and Security and Minister

of Finance. Anticipating regulatory developments in this area, ING and four other Dutch

banks established

Transaction Monitoring Netherlands (TMNL) in the collective

fight against money laundering and the financing of

terrorism. This organisation is a first of its kind: it is anticipated

that within TMNL transactions of those banks are

jointly monitored with advanced analytics techniques like network analytics and anomaly detection.

Common Reporting Standard (CRS)

Similarly, the Organisation

for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD)

has developed a Common

Reporting Standard (CRS) and model competent authority agreement to

enable the multilateral and automatic

exchange of financial account information. CRS requires

financial institutions to identify and report the tax

residency and account details of non-resident customers to

the relevant authorities in CRS-compliant

jurisdictions. As of 29 September 2020, 109 jurisdictions (‘signatory countries’), including the Netherlands, have

signed a multilateral competent authority agreement to

automatically exchange information

pursuant to CRS.

The majority of countries where ING has a presence have committed to CRS.

The EU has made CRS mandatory for

all its member states.

The OECD has also introduced two additional new measures to tackle global tax avoidance/evasion:

◾

Mandatory Disclosure Rules for Addressing CRS Avoidance

Arrangements and Opaque Offshore

Structures

◾

Preventing Abuse of Residence by Investment (RBI) and Citizenship

by Investment (CBI) Schemes to

Circumvent the CRS.

These measures are in the process of being implemented in local laws. With regard

to the mandatory disclosure

rules for EU jurisdictions, this was done via the amendment to Directive 2011/16 (DAC6).

Tax

risk

Tax policies, procedures

and a tax control framework have

been implemented to support management in

mitigating potential tax risks in a prudent manner.

Internal monitoring, control and reporting of tax-related

risks

take place on a continuous basis with regular reporting to various

stakeholders. For 404/SOX

purposes (section

404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), an ‘effectiveness of internal

control statement’ with respect to tax controls

has

been provided. Tax

risk management is subject to Corporate Audit testing and evaluation. In the Netherlands

and

also in other countries, ING’s position is to be cooperatively

tax compliant, this implies to have transparency

about and disclosure of relevant tax risks towards

tax authorities. Tax

risks not only refer to ING’s

own tax

position, but also to the risks in relation to the tax positions of our customers. In this respect, we

have integrated

a tax integrity assessment in our overall customer risk assessment process

.

Conduct risk

Culture and ethics

A sound risk culture is paramount at ING as it determines the way in which employees identify,

understand,

discuss, and act on the risks we are confronted with and the risks we take.

In 2020, ING conducted a self-

assessment of our risk culture and are working on developing the key characteristics

of ING’s risk culture.

To further enhance our risk management in the area

of risk culture, ING added culture and ethics risk to its

compliance conduct risk scope. The proper embedding of our global Code of Conduct, Orange Code and the

whistle-blower policy are key to managing our culture and ethics risk.

Orange code and the global Code of Conduct

In February 2020, ING launched a new global Code of Conduct, clarifying the link between the existing Orange

Code and our main policies. The global Code of Conduct further defines the most essential conduct principles

expected from ING employees in their daily activities. It provides additional risk awareness and helps to better

meet expectations stated in external

rules and guidelines. To enhance monitoring on the global Code of Conduct,

this code will be linked (like the Orange Code) to the employees’

performance management cycle to ensure a

continuous attention and dialogue on how to apply the global Code of Conduct in the daily work practice of our

employees.

To preserve

risk awareness in the area of risk culture, ING continued its efforts towards

embedding the Orange

Code decision making model (introduced in 2017) that supports ethical and well-balanced decision-making

throughout ING. This included frequent training by Compliance towards the first

line. In 2020 the model was also

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Compliance risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

236

further embedded in ING’s governance by adding the model to the Global Product

Approval (PARP)

Policy and

the local PARP processes.

Conflict of Interest

Compliance will cover the risk of running deals and operations in a way where personal or organisational

interests prevail over the interest

of the client (e.g. when related to personal account dealing).

In 2020 our existing conflict of interest policy was revised in alignment

with the standards as defined by

enterprise risk management. The policy incorporates key

requirements for both personal and organisational

conflicts of interests in line with the EBA Guidelines on Internal Governance. Controls

are defined in control

standards owned by the first line of defence.

Market conduct risk

Market conduct risk is defined as running deals and operations not in line with good capital markets

functioning

along the product/service life cycle (i.e., pre-trade, execution

and post-execution). A smooth functioning of

markets and public confidence in markets are crucial for

economic growth and wealth. The 2016 market abuse

policy was revised to incorporate EU Regulation

2019/2115, which changed the requirements on market

soundings for small and medium-sized enterprises. Furthermore,

a full-fledged review of the 2016 market abuse

policy was also conducted.

Treating custo

mers fairly

Under conduct risk, ING includes the risk related to treating customers unfairly

and not having their best

interests in mind throughout the product life cycle

(from design to advice and claims

handling).

Our focus in 2020 was on strengthening compliance with the Markets

in Financial Services Directive (MiFID). New

key controls were rolled

out throughout ING’s EU entities and an extensive

assessment was carried out to further

align the implementation of MiFID rules in all locations and to enhance training and guidelines. INGs global Client

Protection and Product Approval Committee (CPAC)

oversees the embedding and monitoring of ING’s global

standards and risk appetite when offering investment

services to our customers. Local and/or regional CPAC

s

have been setup across the footprint representing

Retail-

and Wholesale Banking and allowing for a global

framework that can be monitored and steered accordingly.

2020 also saw a big emphasis on the improvement of

transaction reporting activities in order to fully align them with regulatory expectations.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Model risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

237

Model risk

Introduction

Model risk is the risk that the financial or reputational position of ING is negatively impacted as a consequence of

the use of models. Model risk can arise from errors in the development, implementation, use or interpretation

of

models, or from incomplete or wrong data etc., leading to inaccurate,

noncompliant or misinterpreted model

outputs.

A model is defined as:

a quantitative method, system, or approach

that applies statistical, economic, financial, or mathematical

theories, techniques, and assumptions to process input data into quantitative

estimates or whose inputs are

partially or wholly qualitative or based on expert judgement.

A tool or solution (a candidate model) is considered a model when:

◾

it covers quantitative approaches whose inputs are

partially or wholly qualitative or based on expert

judgement, provided that the output is quantitative in nature

;

◾

it is used multiple times without changing or reconsidering the assumptions, model parameters or

weighting factors;

and

◾

the outcome is used for decision-making.

Covid-19 impact

The outcome of models depends directly on the data that is used as input. As described throughout this report

many sectors have been hit hard by the consequences of the pandemic and governments

have taken

extraordinary support measures to counteract

the negative economic circumstances these sectors are

experiencing. The same measures also cloud to a certain extent

the reliability of the data that currently is being

used as input for models. The support measures interfere with normal economic circumstances

meaning that

data currently used may not reflect the true nature

of economic circumstances and may be positively biased. The

increased model risk that is associated with this phenomenon has been acknowledged and is being managed by a

range of management actions, such as management overlays, and close monitoring of portfolio

developments.

Models governance (*)

The growing complexity and number of models created and utilised every year for decision-making makes

it

important to manage and control the associated model risk accordingly.

Within ING the overarching

responsibility for this risk type lies within Model Risk Management (MoRM) department. The MoRM, is

responsible for identifying, assessing, monitoring and reporting global model risk exposure at the aggregated

level. The department sets and maintains a model risk management framework containing:

(1) model

governance, (2) model risk appetite, (3) model risk management policies and standards, and (4) the global model

inventory tool. MoRM is responsible for providing independent

validation of models in use within ING. For that

purpose, the department has four specialised dedicated teams, each focusing on different

family of models,

namely: Credit Risk Model Validation, Banking Book Risk Model Validation,

Trading Book Risk Model Validation

and Data Science Model Validation.

The Model Risk Management Committee (MoRMC) is in place to align the overall model strategy

and approve the

model risk appetite, model risk management policies and methodologies. MoRMC is mandated by the MBB and

chaired by the CRO of ING, the MoRMC meets monthly.

Model lines of defence (*)

ING’s model risk and control structure

is based on the three model lines of defence (MLoD) approach. This

approach aims to provide a sound governance framework for

model risk management by defining and

implementing three different management layers

with distinct roles and oversight responsibilities.

ing20f2020p238i0.jpg

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Model risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

238

Model lines of defence (*)

In terms of composition and main activities within three model lines of defence (MLoD):

◾

The 1

st

MLoD is composed of the model owners, model users, data management and model

development, and is accountable for,

among others, the development, implementation and use of the

models as well as monitoring the effectiveness of models’ performance;

◾

The 2

nd

MLoD is composed of model validation and model risk oversight, which owns the model risk

management framework, proposes the model risk appetite and provides an independent

validation of

models used within ING;

◾

The 3

rd

MLoD is the internal audit, reviewing the quality of model risk management execution in all lines

of defence and providing independent assurance.

An important difference with the financial and non-financial risk lines of defence is that models can

also be

owned by risk (normally a 2

nd

LoD), e.g. for bank-wide stress testing, or by the audit service (normally a 3

rd

LoD),

e.g. to support prioritisation of their audits. In that case, both domains (risk or audit service) become 1

st

MLOD.

Model Risk Appetite (Model RAS) (*)

The model risk appetite is designed to determine the level of model risk ING is willing to accept in pursuit of its

strategic objectives. The initial iteration

of Model RAS was introduced in 2020 and it will be monitored and

evaluated in 2021.

Model risk management (*)

Since models are by definition simplifications of reality,

model risk is inherent in the use of models and therefore

model risk must be identified and managed. Model risk management includes the identification, assessment,

control (acceptance or mitigation) and monitoring (and reporting) of the risks related

to applying models in

various business processes.

Model risk management is to be executed for each individual model through the model life

cycle via processes

such as: model classification, model risk identification and assessment, and model validation. On an aggregated

level model risk is monitored via analysis of data from the global model inventory.

The insights, from aggregated

data analysis, are reported to the MoRMC and to the MBB for senior management

to take well-informed

decisions on acceptance or further mitigation of model risk.

ing20f2020p239i0.gif ing20f2020p239i1.jpg

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Model risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

239

Model lifecycle (*)

The next figure provides a schematic overview of the model lifecycle, where orange

represents the activities of

the 1

st

MLoD, grey represents the 2

nd

MLoD and light grey is the 3

rd

. The objectives of the different processes are

outlined below (reference).

Initiation or change

: The initiation of the development of a new model or change of an existing model can be

triggered by different factors.

These may be (i) internal, such as the introduction of a new product that cannot be

handled by the existing models, a change in ING’s organisation,

financial or commercial strategy or findings and

issues by an auditor,

validator or based on monitoring; or (ii) external, such as innovation/new technology that

becomes available (for example the Fintech

models), new or upcoming supervisory regulations or ongoing

technical developments.

Data collection

is the process of defining and collecting data that meets the defined data quality requirements

for model development. The process includes the definition of the data needed, assessment of data availability

and quality, assumptions and limitations, as well as the gathering

of the data needed for the analyses, impact

study and testing during the model development process.

Model development

is a structured process that leads to a model that is ready for validation and subsequent

use. Depending on the development approach these first stages can be separate

or integrated. An example of the

latter is data science based application development.

Pre-approval validation

is the independent confirmation that the model is valid for its intended use, before

the

new or changed model is submitted for use approval. To

ensure objectivity and effective challenge, the model

validator is independent from other model parties such as the model developer,

model owner or model

approver.

Model validation applies equally to in-house developed and third-party models.

The objective of the

model approval

stage is approval for use. The model owner submits the model for formal

consent by the internal approver before

being deployed and used. The recommendations and validation report

prepared by the model validator are key

inputs for approval for use.

During the

implementation

stage, the model is realised, tested and made available in a production environment.

In the

model use

stage the model is applied by the users for the specific purpose it was designed for.

The model

can only be used after formal validation and approval for

use of the model.

The objective of model

performance monitoring

is to regularly check if the model is performing as intended, also

after possible changes in the commercial, organisational or legal environment.

Model performance monitoring

begins when model use has started and continues until the model has officially been decommissioned.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Model risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

240

Periodic validation:

During the life time of a model its ongoing validity must be safeguarded. This is done by

periodical independent (re)validation that assesses whether the model is still valid for its intended

use. There are

two types of validation: (1) periodic, such as annual, which is mandatory for regulatory models, or (2) ad hoc, for

example triggered by changes in the model, the business or financial instruments etc. The actual frequency of

periodic validation depends on the model risk, model type and applicable regulation.

A model that is / will no longer be used must be decommissioned.

Decommissioning

disables the model. It can,

for example, be triggered because (1) the product, organisation

or risk the model is made for has changed

considerably or no longer exists, (2) the model is outdated, underperforming

or better alternatives are available,

(3) the model became obsolete due to standardisation or (4) the external approver

withdraws its approval for the

model.

Continuous model inventory and reporting

: Keeping an inventory of all models and their status during their

lifecycle is a continuous process. It supports management and control

of the models in scope, both per individual

model and the overarching management of all ING’s

models. Periodic model risk reporting provides the relevant

internal and external stakeholders

with an overview of the models in use and the associated model risk given the

defined model risk appetite.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Business risk

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

241

Business risk

Introduction

Business risk for ING has been defined as the exposure to value loss due to fluctuations in volumes/margins, net

fee and commission income as well as expenses. It is the risk inherent to strategy

decisions,

internal efficiency

and the business environment.

Business risk capital is calculated via the variance-covariance methodology for

these risks, covering the risk that volume/margins, net fee and commission income and operating

expenses will

deviate from the expected expenses over the horizon

of the relevant activities.

Governance and risk management

ING applies an explicit risk appetite statement regarding

business risk, focusing on earnings stability and

diversification of the business mix. Avoiding putting all eggs in one basket reduces

the risk that volumes and/or

margins will suddenly drop due to unexpected changes in the business environment

for certain markets and

products. Furthermore, the underlying risk types (expense risk, volume-margin risk, and net fee and commission

income risk) are mitigated and managed differently.

Expense risk is monitored and managed via the financial

performance of the bank and the local units, whereby the reported expense numbers are

compared on a

quarterly basis with the projected cost/income ratio. Deviations

from this ambition are monitored as part of the

financial projections that are discussed continuously within different

parts of the organisation.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Selected statistical information on banking operations

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

242

Selected Statistical

Information on Banking

Operations

Reference is made to Note 1 ‘ Accounting Policies’

of the Consolidated financial statements for information

on

Changes in accounting principles, estimates and presentation of the consolidated

financial statements and

related notes.

The information in this section sets forth selected statistical

information regarding the Group’s

operations.

Information for 2020, 2019 and 2018 is set forth under IFRS-IASB. Unless otherwise indicated, average

balances,

when used, are calculated from monthly data and the distinction between domestic and foreign

is based on the

location of the office where the assets and liabilities are booked, as opposed to the domicile of the customer.

However,

the Company believes that the presentation of these amounts based upon the domicile of the

customer would not result in material differences in the amounts

presented in this section.

Average balances and interest rates

The following tables show the Group’s

operations, average interest

-earning assets and average interest-bearing

liabilities, together with average rates,

for the periods indicated. The interest income, interest

expense and

average yield figures do not reflect interest

income and expense on derivatives and other interest income and

expense not considered to be directly related to interest

-bearing assets and liabilities. These items are reflected

in the corresponding interest income, interest

expense and net interest income figures in the consolidated

financial statements. A reconciliation of the interest

income, interest expense and net interest

income figures to

the corresponding line items in the consolidated financial statements

is provided hereunder.

ASSETS

Interest-earning assets

2020

2019

2018

Average

balance

Interest

income

Average

yield %

Average

balance

Interest

income

Average

yield %

Average

balance

Interest

income

Average

yield %

(EUR millions)

(EUR millions)

(EUR millions)

Time deposits with banks

domestic

3,495

39

1.1

4,516

49

1.1

3,418

41

1.2

foreign

4,788

57

1.2

4,433

121

2.7

4,199

201

4.8

Loans and advances

domestic

187,189

4,831

2.6

190,118

5,673

3.0

186,629

5,889

3.1

foreign

431,665

10,606

2.5

428,646

12,825

3.0

407,495

12,683

3.1

Securities purchased with

agreements to resell

domestic

5,242

3

0.1

3,722

52

1.4

789

4

0.5

foreign

55,682

573

1.0

63,337

1,939

3.1

74,788

1,670

2.2

Interest-earning securities

1

domestic

33,400

313

0.9

29,892

347

1.2

29,454

336

1.1

foreign

54,542

708

1.3

50,156

917

1.8

50,699

1,055

2.1

Other interest-earning assets

domestic

43,417

27

0.1

30,659

56

0.2

36,898

34

0.1

foreign

48,453

44

0.1

24,978

66

0.3

30,224

80

0.3

Total

867,875

17,201

2.0

830,456

22,047

2.7

824,594

21,994

2.7

Non-interest earning assets

48,761

54,459

59,345

Derivatives assets

29,423

25,322

27,432

Total assets

946,059

910,238

911,370

Percentage of assets

applicable to foreign

operations

69.7%

70.0%

70.2%

Interest income on

derivatives

4,546

5,499

5,556

Other

812

617

579

Total interest

income

22,559

28,163

28,129

1 Substantially all interest-earning securities held by the banking operations of the Company are taxable securities.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Selected statistical information on banking operations

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

243

LIABILITIES

Interest-bearing liabilities

2020

2019

2018

Average

balance

Interest

expense

Average

yield

Average

balance

Interest

expense

Average

yield

Average

balance

Interest

expense

Average

yield

(EUR millions)

%

(EUR millions)

%

(EUR millions)

%

Time deposits from banks

domestic

35,079

10

0.0

17,673

28

0.2

17,805

22

0.1

foreign

18,888

123

0.7

14,270

200

1.4

15,262

210

1.4

Demand deposits

domestic

82,639

121

0.1

66,667

498

0.7

60,679

289

0.5

foreign

124,337

12

0.0

108,193

32

0.0

95,977

29

–

Time deposits

1

domestic

11,798

129

1.1

14,019

336

2.4

21,746

391

1.8

foreign

9,538

132

1.4

14,114

300

2.1

14,607

259

1.8

Savings deposits

domestic

95,455

77

0.1

93,911

114

0.1

92,203

121

0.1

foreign

267,713

627

0.2

266,470

1,301

0.5

261,398

1,257

0.5

Securities sold under

agreements to repurchase

domestic

0

36

33

92.8

450

6

1.3

foreign

46,225

317

0.7

52,158

1,429

2.7

86,191

1,344

1.6

Commercial paper

domestic

10,127

12

0.1

13,554

21

0.2

13,746

22

0.2

foreign

13,360

163

1.2

14,143

350

2.5

20,006

436

2.2

Short term debt

domestic

8,995

97

1.1

9,005

159

1.8

4,507

73

1.6

foreign

3,389

28

0.8

3,784

55

1.5

11,515

116

1.0

Long term debt

domestic

64,418

1,387

2.2

72,012

1,700

2.4

55,080

1,548

2.8

foreign

14,994

234

1.6

14,110

317

2.2

12,765

781

6.1

Subordinated liabilities

domestic

16,676

616

3.7

15,304

664

4.3

16,444

721

4.4

foreign

–0

77

3

4.3

81

3

4.1

Other interest

‑

bearing

liabilities

domestic

2,960

31

1.1

1,472

113

7.6

3,777

94

2.5

foreign

8,173

44

0.5

9,101

121

1.3

10,040

119

1.2

Total

834,764

4,159

0.5

800,076

7,773

0.8

814,280

7,842

0.8

Non-interest bearing

liabilities

31,711

35,010

22,527

Derivatives liabilities

27,232

24,376

25,927

Total Liabilities

893,707

859,461

862,734

Group Capital

52,353

50,777

48,635

Total liabilities and capital

946,059

910,238

911,369

Percentage of liabilities

applicable to foreign

operations

62.3%

63.5%

65.2%

Other interest expense:

Interest expenses on

derivatives

4,227

5,925

6,212

other

622

654

114

Total interest

expense

9,007

14,353

14,169

Total net interest

result

13,552

13,811

13,960

1 These captions do not include deposits from banks.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Selected statistical information on banking operations

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

244

Analysis of changes in net interest income

The following table allocates changes in the Group’s

operations’ interest income and expense and net interest

result between changes in average balances and rates

for the periods indicated. Changes due to a combination of

volume and rate have been allocated

to changes in average volume. The net changes in interest

income, interest

expense and net interest result, as calculated

in this table, have been reconciled to the changes in interest

income, interest expense and net interest

result in the consolidated financial statements. See introduction

to

“Average

Balances and Interest Rates” for a discussion of the differences

between interest income, interest

expense and net interest result as calculated

in the following table and as set forth in the consolidated financial

statements.

2020 over 2019

2019 over 2018

Increase (decrease)

due to changes in

Increase (decrease)

due to changes in

Average

volume

Average

rate

Net

change

Average

volume

Average

rate

Net

change

(EUR millions)

(EUR millions)

Interest-earning assets

Time deposits to banks

domestic

–11

1

–10

13

–5

8

foreign

10

–74

–64

11

–91

–80

Loans and advances

domestic

–78

–764

–842

122

–337

–216

foreign

96

–2,316

–2,220

682

–540

142

Securities purchased with agreements to

resell

Domestic

21

–69

–48

15

32

47

foreign

–234

–1,132

–1,366

–256

525

269

Interest-earning securities

Domestic

41

–75

–35

5

7

12

foreign

80

–290

–210

–11

–127

–138

Other interest-earning assets

domestic

23

–52

–29

–6

28

22

foreign

62

–84

–22

–14

–1

–15

Interest income

domestic

–4

–960

–964

149

–275

–126

foreign

14

–3,895

–3,882

412

–233

179

Total

9

–4,855

–4,846

561

–508

53

Other interest income

–759

–18

Total interest

income

–5,604

35

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Selected statistical information on banking operations

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

245

2020 over 2019

2019 over 2018

Increase (decrease)

due to changes in

Increase (decrease)

due to changes in

Average

volume

Average

rate

Net

change

Average

volume

Average

rate

Net

change

(EUR millions)

(EUR millions)

Interest-bearing liabilities

Time deposits from banks

domestic

28

–46

–18

–0

7

7

foreign

65

–142

–77

–14

4

–9

Demand deposits

domestic

119

–496

–377

29

180

209

foreign

5

–24

–20

4

–1

3

Time deposits

domestic

–53

–154

–207

–139

84

–55

foreign

–97

–70

–167

–9

49

40

Savings deposits

domestic

2

–39

–37

2

–10

–8

foreign

6

–680

–674

25

18

44

Short term debt

domestic

–0

–62

–62

73

13

86

foreign

–6

–22

–27

–78

17

–61

Securities sold under agreements to

repurchase

domestic

–41

8

–33

–6

33

27

foreign

–162

–950

–1,113

–531

616

85

Commercial paper

domestic

–5

–4

–10

–0

–1

–1

foreign

–19

–168

–187

–128

41

–87

Long term debt

domestic

–179

–134

–313

476

–323

152

foreign

20

–103

–83

82

–547

–464

Subordinated liabilities

domestic

59

–107

–47

–50

–8

–58

foreign

–3

0

–3

–0

0

0

Other interest-bearing liabilities

domestic

114

–195

–81

–57

76

19

foreign

–12

–64

–77

–11

13

2

Interest expense

domestic

44

–1,230

–1,186

328

50

378

foreign

–205

–2,224

–2,428

–659

212

–447

Total

–161

–3,454

–3,615

–331

262

–69

Other interest expense

–1,731

253

Total interest

expense

–5,345

184

Net interest

domestic

–48

270

222

–179

–325

–504

foreign

218

–1,672

–1,454

1,071

–445

626

Net interest

170

–1,402

–1,231

893

–770

122

Other net interest result

972

–271

Net interest result

–259

–149

The following table shows the interest spread and net interest

margin for the past two years.

2020

2019

Average rate

Average rate

%

%

Interest spread

Domestic

1.1

1.2

Foreign

1.7

2.0

Total

1.5

1.7

Net interest margin

Domestic

1.0

1.0

Foreign

1.7

2.1

Total

1.5

1.7

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Selected statistical information on banking operations

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

246

Investments in debt securities

The following tables

show the weighted average yield of ING’s

investments on debt securities measured at

amortised cost and fair value through other comprehensive income. The weighted

average yield is calculated as

follows:

Nominal value * coupon rate * remaining maturity

Nominal value * remaining maturity

Weighted average

yield

2020

1 year or

less

Between

1 and 5

years

Between 5

and 10

years

Over 10

years

Fair value through other comprehensive income

Government bonds

1.90%

2.19%

0.98%

3.07%

Sub-sovereign, Supranationals and Agencies

2.61%

1.79%

1.03%

0.82%

Covered bonds

0.72%

0.44%

0.30%

Corporate bonds

2.03%

0.98%

0.13%

Financial institutions bonds

0.11%

1.21%

0.06%

ABS portfolio

0.13%

0.02%

(1) Since substantially all investment securities held by the banking operations of the Company are taxable securities, the yields are on tax-

equivalent basis.

Weighted average

yield

2020

1 year or

less

Between

1 and 5

years

Between 5

and 10

years

Over 10

years

Securities at amortised cost

Government bonds

3.37%

2.17%

1.29%

4.27%

Sub-sovereign, Supranationals and Agencies

2.08%

1.33%

0.53%

0.14%

Covered bonds

2.18%

0.67%

0.24%

Corporate bonds

0.26%

0.06%

0.08%

Financial institutions bonds

0.25%

0.94%

2.06%

ABS portfolio

0.16%

0.65%

(1) Since substantially all investment securities held by the banking operations of the Company are taxable securities, the yields are on tax-

equivalent basis.

Loan Portfolio

Loans and advances to banks and customers

Loans and advances to banks include all receivables from credit institutions, except

for cash, current accounts

and deposits with other banks (including central banks). Loans and advances to customers includes lending

facilities to corporate and private

customers encompass among others, loans, overdrafts

and finance lease

receivables.

Maturities and sensitivity of loans to changes in interest

rates

The following table analyses loans and advances to banks and customers by time remaining

until maturity as of

31 December 2020.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Selected statistical information on banking operations

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

247

2020

1 year

or less

1 year

to 5 years

5 years

through 15

years

After 15

years

Total

By domestic offices:

Loans guaranteed by public authorities

1,758

2,229

19,998

307

24,292

Loans secured by mortgages

6,207

16,436

88,339

4,194

115,176

Loans guaranteed by credit institutions

7,091

568

87

7,747

Other private lending

1,256

902

861

3,019

Other corporate lending

21,828

12,206

3,366

194

37,594

Total domestic offices

38,140

32,341

112,652

4,695

187,827

By foreign offices:

Loans guaranteed by public authorities

4,205

6,145

5,828

1,032

17,210

Loans secured by mortgages

24,891

61,006

115,900

35,157

236,954

Loans guaranteed by credit institutions

16,604

3,236

2,981

14

22,836

Other private lending

6,931

12,346

5,042

456

24,776

Other corporate lending

52,432

65,760

16,625

711

135,527

Total foreign

offices

105,064

148,493

146,376

37,370

437,303

Total gross

loans and advances to banks and customers

143,204

180,834

259,028

42,065

625,130

The following table analyzes loans and advances to banks and customers

by interest rate sensitivity by maturity

as of 31 December 2020.

Predetermined

interest rates

Floating or

adjustable interest

rates

(1)

Loans guaranteed by public authorities

26,314

9,225

Loans secured by mortgages

219,225

101,829

Loans guaranteed by credit institutions

3,318

3,547

Other private lending

15,968

3,640

Other corporate lending

20,285

78,577

Total

285,109

196,817

(1)

Loans that have an interest rate that remains fixed

for more than one year and which can then be changed are classified as “adjustable

interest rates”.

Allowance for credit losses

The following table presents the movements in allocation of the provision for

loan losses on loans accounted for

as loans and advances to banks and customers for 2020, 2019 and 2018 under IFRS-IASB.

Movements in allocation of the provision for loan losses on loans

2020

2019

2018

Balance on 1 January

4,645

4,568

4,521

Effect of changes in accounting policy

795

Change in the composition of the Group

Write-offs

-1,200

-1,030

-1,044

Recoveries

39

55

53

Net write-offs

-1,160

-975

-992

Additions and other adjustments (included in value Adjustments

to receivables of the Banking

operations)

2,369

1,052

244

Balance on 31 December

5,854

4,645

4,568

Average loans and advances to banks and customers

645,134

644,139

616,140

Ratio of net charge

‑

offs to average loans and advances to banks

and customers

0.18%

0.15%

0.16%

Ratio of allowance for credit losses to total loans and advances to banks

and customers

outstanding

0.94%

0.72%

0.73%

The Covid-19 pandemic has affected all of ING’s

businesses. These effects have included increased volatility,

widening of credit spreads, and credit deterioration of loans to ING’s

customers. The 2020 risk costs were

impacted by a combination of increased collective provisioning reflecting the worsened

macro-economic

indicators and uncertainty,

higher Individual Stage 3 provisions, negative rating

migration and manual overlays to

address the risk on payment holidays and for the delay in potential

credit losses as a result of the Government

support measures. Reference is made to Note 1 ‘Accounting

policies’ and ‘Additional information

– Risk

Management’ for detailed information on loan loss provisioning.

Deposits

Reference is made to ‘Additional

information – Average balances and interest

rates’ for detailed information

on

average amount of and the average

rate paid on deposit categories.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

>

Selected statistical information on banking operations

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

248

For the years ended 31 December 2020, 2019 and 2018 the aggregate amount of deposits by foreign

depositors

in domestic offices was EUR27,850 million EUR 27,649 million and EUR 27,586 million, respectively.

Uninsured deposits

For the years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019 the amount of uninsured deposits, which were not covered by

DGS, was EUR 171,802 million and EUR 164,793 million, respectively.

Deposit guarantee schemes (DGS) reimburse a limited amount to compensate

depositors whose bank has failed.

A fundamental principle underlying DGS is that they are funded entirely by banks, and that no taxpayer

funds are

used. Under EU rules, the Deposit Guarantee Scheme (DGS) guarantees deposits up to a maximum of EUR

100,000 per depositor in case of a bank failure.

On 31 December 2020, the amount of time deposits in excess of (local) deposit insurance regime and time

deposits which are otherwise uninsured is as follows:

Time deposits in excess on

deposit insurance regime

Other uninsured

Time deposits

(EUR millions)

(EUR millions)

3 months or less

2,352

11,754

6 months or less but over 3 months

523

2,401

12 months or less but over 6 months

406

914

Over 12 months

804

64,900

Total

4,085

79,969

For further detailed information on deposits reference

is made to Note 12 ‘Deposits from banks’ and Note 13 ‘

Customer deposits’ of the consolidated financial statements.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -249

Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F- 251

Consolidated financial statements

Consolidated statement of financial position

F-

253

Consolidated statement of profit or loss

F-

254

Consolidated statement of comprehensive

income

F-

255

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

F-

256

Consolidated statement of cash flows

F-

259

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

1

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

F-261

Notes to the consolidated statement of financial position

2

Cash and balances with central banks

F-

286

3

Loans and advances to banks

F-

286

4

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

F-

286

5

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

F-

288

6

Securities at amortised cost

F-

290

7

Loans and advances to customers

F-

290

8

Investments in associates and joint ventures

F-

291

9

Property and equipment

F-

293

10

Intangible assets

F-

295

11

Other assets

F-

297

12

Deposits from banks

F-

297

13

Customer deposits

F-

298

14

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

F-

298

15

Provisions

F-

299

16

Other liabilities

F-

300

17

Debt securities in issue

F-

300

18

Subordinated loans

F-

301

19

Equity

F-

302

Notes to the consolidated statement of profit or loss

20

Net interest income

F-

308

21

Net fee and commision income

F-

309

22

Valuation results and net trading income

F-

309

23

Investment income

F-

310

24

Result on disposal of group companies

F-

311

25

Net result on derecognition of financial assets measured at amortised

cost

F-311

26

Other income

F-

311

27

Staff expenses

F-

311

28

Other operating expenses

F-

313

29

Earnings per ordinary share

F-

315

30

Dividend per ordinary share

F-

315

Notes to the consolidated statement of cashflows

31

Net cash flow from operating activities

F-

316

32

Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities

F-

316

33

Cash and cash equivalents

F-

316

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -250

Segment reporting

34

Segments

F-

317

35

Information on geographical areas

F-

324

Additional notes to the consolidated financial statements

36

Pension and other post-employment benefits

F-

326

37

Taxation

F-

329

38

Fair value of assets and liabilities

F-

332

39

Derivatives and hedge accounting

F-

344

40

Assets by contractual maturity

F-

352

41

Liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments by maturity

F-

354

42

Transfer

of financial assets, assets pledged and received as

collateral

F-357

43

Offsetting financial assets and liabilities

F-

358

44

Contingent liabilities and commitments

F-

363

45

Legal proceedings

F-

364

46

Consolidated companies and businesses acquired and

divested

F-

367

47

Principal subsidiaries

F-

367

48

Structured entities

F-

368

49

Related parties

F-

370

50

Subsequent events

F-

373

51

Capital management

F-

373

ing20f2020p251i0.gif

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -251

To

the Shareholders and the Supervisory Board

ING Groep N.V.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of ING Groep N.V. and subsidiaries

(‘the Company’) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of profit or loss, comprehensive

income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2020, and

the related notes

and specific disclosures described in Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements as being part of the

consolidated financial statements

(collectively: ‘the consolidated financial statements’). In our opinion, the consolidated

financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020

and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended

December 31, 2020, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International

Accounting Standards Board.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United

States) (‘PCAOB’), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria

established in

Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013)

issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of

the Treadway Commission, and our report dated March 8, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of

the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Changes in Accounting Principle

The

Company

changed its method of accounting for leases and financial instruments due to the adoption of International

Financial Reporting Standard 16, ‘

Leases

’ in 2019, the early adoption of the amendments to IAS 39 ‘

Financial

Instruments: Recognition and Measurement

’ and IFRS 7 ‘

Financial Instruments: Disclosures

’ in relation to the Interest

Rate Benchmark Reform in 2019.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to

express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm

registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S.

federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the

PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and

perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material

misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material

misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that

respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and

disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used

and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated

financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The Critical Audit Matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated

financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the Audit Committee and that: (1) relate

to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements, and (2) involved our especially

challenging, subjective, or complex judgements. The communication of Critical Audit Matters does not alter in any way

our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the Critical

Audit Matters below, providing separate opinions on the Critical Audit Matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which

they relate.

Assessment of Expected Credit Losses on loans and advances to customers and banks

As discussed in the Credit Risk section of the annual report and in Note 3 and Note 7 to the consolidated financial

statements, the loans and advances to customers and loans and advances to banks amounts are

EUR 594 billion and

EUR 25 billion, respectively, as at December 31, 2020. Management considers the uncertainties of Covid-19 in the

estimate of Expected Credit Losses (‘ECL’), specifically regarding macroeconomic forecasts and behaviour of borrowers

subject to payment holidays and government stimulus plans. These loans and advances are measured at amortised cost,

less ECL of EUR 5.8 billion.

We identified the assessment of ECL on loans and advances to customers and banks as a Critical Audit Matter.

Significant and complex auditor judgement and specialised skills and knowledge were required to evaluate the following

elements of the overall estimate:

—

The judgements used to develop the probability of defaults (‘PD’), the loss given default (‘LGD’), and the exposure at

default (‘EAD’), including model or manually determined expected future recovery cash flows.

—

Use of forward

-

looking macroeconomic forecasts in the ECL, including GDP,

unemployment, and house pricing index.

—

Criteria for identifying significant increase in credit risk (‘SICR’).

—

Calculation of

management overlays to the ECL due to the increased uncertainty in the forecast of future economic

conditions and to calculate the default ratio of borrowers with payment holidays.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -252

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this Critical Audit Matter:

—

We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the ECL

-

process

for loans and advances to customers and banks. This included controls related to the assumptions (including

macroeconomic forecasts, PD, LGD and EAD), review of model outputs, governance and monitoring of the ECL,

determination of credit risk ratings, the estimated future recovery cash flows of individual loan provisions and

management overlays recorded to ECL.

—

We invol

ved credit risk professionals with speciali

s

ed skills and knowledge who assisted in evaluating the

assumptions to determine the PD, LGD, and EAD parameters in models used by the Company to determine the

collective provisions, and assessing management overlays recorded to the ECL, including payment holiday and time

lag overlays. This included reperforming back testing of certain models to evaluate current model performance. We

considered the impact these overlays have on model calculations and results when reaching our conclusions.

—

We involved economic professionals with speciali

s

ed skills and knowledge who assisted in assessing the Company’s

methodology to determine the macroeconomic forecasts used in the ECL. We tested the reasonableness of

management’s forecasts against other external benchmarks and our own internal forecasts.

—

We involved corporate finance professionals with speciali

s

ed skills and knowledge who assisted in examining the

methodologies, cash flows and collateral values used in expected future recovery cash flow assessments of individual

loan provisions for impaired loans. We challenged management’s use of recovery scenarios and expected cash flows

considering industry trends and comparable benchmarks, and recalculated recovery amounts.

—

We eval

uated the identification of significant increase in credit risk in loans by challenging the scope of management

’

s

criteria used in staging assessments, the thresholds applied within each criterion, and the ability of staging criteria to

identify SICR prior to loans being credit impaired.

Assessment of goodwill impairment

As discussed in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements, goodwill was EUR 533 million as at December 31,

  1. Management conducts an impairment test annually in accordance with IAS 36, and whenever events or changes in

circumstances indicate that the carrying value of a Cash Generating Unit (‘CGU’) may exceed its recoverable amount. As

a result of the negative developments in the macroeconomic outlook in the context of the Covid-19 pandemic, the

recoverable amount of goodwill has declined. The recoverable amount is estimated as the higher of fair value less cost of

disposal and value in use (‘VIU’) of each CGU based on management’s dividend discount model.

We identified the assessment of goodwill impairment as a Critical Audit Matter. There was a high degree of estimation

uncertainty due to the sensitivity of assumptions used in the VIU-calculations and in identifying events or changes in

circumstances that could be an indicator of impairment requiring complex auditor judgement. Specifically, forecasts,

terminal growth rates, discount rates and capital ratios were challenging to test as minor changes to those assumptions

had a significant effect on the Company’s assessment of the recoverable amount. We performed sensitivity analyses to

determine the significant assumptions used, which required challenging auditor judgement. Additionally, the audit effort

associated with this estimate required specialised skills and knowledge.

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this Critical Audit Matter:

—

We identified

events or changes in circumstances and

tested

management’s process for determining the recoverable

amount of each CGU.

—

We evaluated the reasonableness of the Company’s forecasts and cash

flows for the individual CGUs by challenging

the forecasts and comparing the assumptions to historical performance.

—

We involved valuation professionals with speciali

s

ed skills and knowledge who assisted in:

•

evaluating the mathematical accuracy of the model by recalculation of the discount rates and terminal value

calculations included in the model and assessment of the consistency of applied formulas;

•

assessing the reasonableness of certain assumptions applied in the model including capital ratios (by comparing

with analyst consensus data for comparable entities), terminal growth rates (by comparing per country the

terminal growth rates applied to long term inflation) and discount rates (by independently deriving the risk fee rate

for cost of equity per country based on observable market data).

/s/ KPMG Accountants N.V.

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016.

Amstelveen, The Netherlands

March 8, 2021

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -253

Consolidated statement

of financial position

As at 31 December

in EUR million

2020

2019

2020

2019

Assets

Liabilities

Cash and balances with central banks

2

111,087

53,202

Deposits from banks

12

78,098

34,826

Loans and advances to banks

3

25,364

35,136

Customer deposits

13

609,517

574,355

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

4

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

14

– Trading assets

51,356

49,254

– Trading liabilities

32,709

28,042

– Non-trading derivatives

3,583

2,257

– Non-trading derivatives

1,629

2,215

– Designated as at fair value through profit or loss

4,126

3,076

– Designated as at fair value through profit or loss

48,444

47,684

– Mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

44,305

41,600

Current tax liabilities

342

554

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

5

35,895

34,468

Deferred tax liabilities

37

343

322

Securities at amortised cost

6

50,587

46,108

Provisions

15

691

688

Loans and advances to customers

7

593,970

608,029

Other liabilities

16

11,609

12,829

Investments in associates and joint ventures

8

1,475

1,790

Debt securities in issue

17

82,065

118,528

Property and equipment

9

2,841

3,172

Subordinated loans

18

15,805

16,588

Intangible assets

10

1,394

1,916

Total liabilities

881,250

836,631

Current tax assets

419

251

Deferred tax assets

37

1,596

1,242

Equity

19

Other assets

11

5,893

7,018

Share capital and share premium

17,128

17,117

Other reserves

2,342

4,013

Retained earnings

32,149

29,866

Shareholders’ equity (parent)

51,619

50,996

Non-controlling interests

1,022

893

Total equity

52,640

51,889

Total assets

933,891

888,520

Total liabilities and equity

933,891

888,520

References relate

to the accompanying notes. These are an integral part of the Consolidated financial

statements.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -254

Consolidated statement

of profit or loss

for the years ended 31 December

in EUR million

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

Continuing operations

Interest income using effective interest

rate method

20,715

25,056

25,249

Addition to loan loss provisions

7

2,675

1,120

656

Other interest income

1,843

3,107

2,880

Staff expenses

27

5,812

5,755

5,420

Total interest

income

22,559

28,163

28,129

Other operating expenses

28

5,341

4,598

5,262

Total expenses

13,828

11,472

11,338

Interest expense using effective

interest rate method

-7,402

-11,268

-11,171

Other interest expense

-1,605

-3,084

-2,997

Result before tax from continuing

operations

3,399

5,653

6,986

Total interest

expense

-9,007

-14,353

-14,169

Taxation

37

1,070

1,652

2,116

Net interest income

20

13,552

13,811

13,960

Net result from continuing operations

2,329

4,001

4,869

Fee and commission income

4,514

4,439

4,240

Net result (before non-controlling interests)

2,329

4,001

4,869

Fee and commission expense

-1,503

-1,571

-1,442

Net result attributable to Non-controlling interests

78

99

108

Net fee and commission income

21

3,011

2,868

2,798

Net result attributable to shareholders of the parent

2,250

3,903

4,761

Valuation results and net trading income

22

474

-159

1,227

in EUR

Earnings per ordinary share

29

Investment income

23

152

188

183

Basic earnings per ordinary share

0.58

1.00

1.22

Share of result from associates and joint ventures

8

66

82

146

Diluted earnings per ordinary share

0.58

1.00

1.22

Impairment of associates and joint ventures

8

-235

-34

-3

Result on disposal of group companies

24

-3

117

-123

Earnings per ordinary share from continuing operations

29

Net result on derecognition of financial assets measured at amortised cost

25

189

38

18

Basic earnings per ordinary share from continuing operations

0.58

1.00

1.22

Other income

26

20

214

118

Diluted earnings per ordinary share from continuing operations

0.58

1.00

1.22

Total income

17,227

17,125

18,324

Dividend per ordinary share

30

0.12

0.24

0.68

References relate

to the accompanying notes. These are an integral part of the Consolidated financial

statements.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -255

Consolidated statement

of comprehensive income

for the years ended 31 December

in EUR million

2020

2019

2018

Net result (before non-controlling interests)

2,329

4,001

4,869

Other comprehensive income

Items that will not be reclassified to the statement of profit or loss:

Realised and unrealised revaluations property in own use

-7

58

1

Remeasurement of the net defined benefit asset/liability

36

28

58

6

Net change in fair value of equity instruments at FVOCI

-335

139

-461

Change in fair value of own credit risk of financial liabilities at FVPL

-19

-116

199

Items that may subsequently be reclassified to the statement

of profit or loss:

Net change in fair value of debt instruments at FVOCI

25

-42

-177

Realised gains/losses on debt instruments at FVOCI reclassified to the statement

of profit or

loss

-34

-34

-56

Changes in cash flow hedge reserve

355

640

382

Exchange rate differences

-1,620

-29

-396

Share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures and

other income

6

14

Total comprehensive

income

728

4,674

4,381

Comprehensive income attributable to:

Non-controlling interests

133

142

132

Equity holders of the parent

595

4,532

4,250

728

4,674

4,381

References relate

to the accompanying notes. These are an integral part of the Consolidated financial

statements.

For the disclosure on the income tax effects on each component of the other comprehensive

income reference is

made to Note 37 ‘Taxation’.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -256

Consolidated statement

of changes in equity

For the years ended 31 December

in EUR million

Share capital

and share

premium

Other

reserves

Retained

earnings

Shareholders'

equity (parent)

Non-

controlling

interests

Total

equity

Balance as at 31 December 2019

17,117

4,013

29,866

50,996

893

51,889

Net change in fair value of equity instruments at fair value through

other comprehensive income

-399

62

-337

2

-335

Net change in fair value of debt instruments at fair value

through other comprehensive income

20

20

5

25

Realised gains/losses on debt instruments at fair value through

other comprehensive income reclassified to the statement of profit

or loss

-33

-33

-1

-34

Changes in cash flow hedge reserve

242

242

112

355

Realised and unrealised revaluations property in own use

-33

26

-7

-0

-7

Remeasurement of the net defined benefit asset/liability

36

28

28

28

Exchange rate differences

and other

-1,557

-1,557

-63

-1,620

Share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures and

other income

-37

43

6

6

Change in fair value of own credit risk of financial liabilities at fair value through

profit or loss

-3

-16

-19

-19

Total amount recognised

directly in other comprehensive income net of tax

-1,770

114

-1,656

55

-1,601

Net result

94

2,156

2,250

78

2,329

Total comprehensive

income net of tax

-1,676

2,271

595

133

728

Dividends

30

-3

-3

Changes in treasury shares

5

5

5

Employee stock option and share plans

11

11

22

0

22

Changes in the composition of the group and other changes

-1

-1

Balance as at 31 December 2020

17,128

2,342

32,149

51,619

1,022

52,640

References relate

to the accompanying notes. These are an integral part of the Consolidated

financial

statements.

Changes in individual Reserve components are presented in Note 19 ‘Equity’.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -257

Consolidated statement

of changes in equity - continued

For the years ended 31 December

in EUR million

Share

capital and

share

premium

Other

reserves

Retained

earnings

Share-

holders'

equity

(parent)

Non-

controlling

interests

Total

equity

Balance as at 31 December 2018

17,088

3,621

28,339

49,049

803

49,851

Net change in fair value of equity instruments at fair value through

other comprehensive income

-335

472

137

1

139

Net change in fair value of debt instruments at fair value

through other comprehensive income

-43

-43

1

-42

Realised gains/losses on debt instruments at fair value through

other comprehensive income reclassified to the statement of profit

or loss

-33

-33

-1

-34

Changes in cash flow hedge reserve

604

604

36

640

Realised and unrealised revaluations property in own use

49

9

58

-0

58

Remeasurement of the net defined benefit asset/liability

36

58

58

58

Exchange rate differences

and other

-36

-36

7

-29

Share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures and

other income

69

-69

Change in fair value of own credit risk of financial liabilities at fair value through

profit or loss

-123

6

-116

-116

Total amount recognised

directly in other comprehensive income net of tax

211

418

629

44

673

Net result

180

3,723

3,903

99

4,001

Total comprehensive

income net of tax

391

4,141

4,532

142

4,674

Dividends

30

-2,650

-2,650

-29

-2,679

Changes in treasury shares

1

1

1

Employee stock option and share plans

28

13

41

0

41

Changes in the composition of the group and other changes

23

23

-23

-0

Balance as at 31 December 2019

17,117

4,013

29,866

50,996

893

51,889

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -258

Consolidated statement

of changes in equity - continued

For the years ended 31 December

in EUR million

Share capital

and share

premium

Other

reserves

Retained

earnings

Shareholders'

equity (parent)

Non-controlling

interests

Total

equity

Balance as at 31 December 2017

17,045

4,362

27,022

48,429

715

49,144

Effect of change in accounting policy due to implementation

of IFRS 9

-604

-390

-993

-14

-1,008

Balance as at 1 January 2018

17,045

3,759

26,632

47,435

700

48,136

Net change in fair value of equity instruments at fair value through

other comprehensive income

-518

56

-461

0

-461

Net change in fair value of debt instruments at fair value

through other comprehensive income

-177

-177

0

-177

Realised gains/losses on debt instruments at fair value through

other comprehensive income reclassified to the statement of profit

or loss

-54

-54

-2

-56

Changes in cash flow hedge reserve

342

342

41

382

Realised and unrealised revaluations property in own use

-2

3

1

-0

1

Remeasurement of the net defined benefit asset/liability

36

6

6

6

Exchange rate differences

and other

-380

-380

-16

-396

Share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures and

other income

283

-270

14

14

Change in fair value of own credit risk of financial liabilities at fair value through

profit or loss

199

199

199

Total amount recognised

directly in other comprehensive income net of tax

-301

-211

-512

24

-488

Net result

160

4,601

4,761

108

4,869

Total comprehensive

income net of tax

-141

4,391

4,250

132

4,381

Dividends

30

-2,607

-2,607

-61

-2,668

Changes in treasury shares

4

4

4

Employee stock option and share plans

44

19

63

0

63

Changes in the composition of the group and other changes

1

-96

-96

31

-65

Balance as at 31 December 2018

17,088

3,621

28,339

49,049

803

49,851

1 Includes an amount for the initial recognition of the redemption liability related to the acquisition of Payvision Holding B.V.

and

Makelaarsland B.V.

that reduces the Retained earnings of the Group.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -259

Consolidated statement

of cash flows

for the years ended 31 December

in EUR million

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

Cash flows from operating activities

31

Disposals and redemptions:

– Associates and joint ventures

24

67

116

Result before tax

3,399

5,653

6,986

– Disposal of subsidiaries, net of cash disposed

-3

Adjusted for:

– Depreciation and amortisation

829

789

520

  • Financial assets at fair value through other

comprehensive income

14,571

13,390

15,657

– Addition to loan loss provisions

2,675

1,120

656

  • Securities at amortised cost

31,918

13,001

18,709

– Other non-cash items in Result before tax

1,671

1,213

-1,763

– Property and equipment

75

81

17

Taxation

paid

-1,734

-2,345

-1,602

– Loans sold

744

206

Changes in:

–

Net change in Loans and advances to/from banks, not

available/payable on demand

53,078

-3,911

-211

– Other investments

12

34

–

Net change in Trading assets and Trading

liabilities

2,566

-2,568

9,910

Net cash flow from/(used in) investing activities

-8,487

-2,495

5,451

–

Loans and advances to customers

2,876

-16,687

-31,356

–

Customer deposits

39,740

18,040

19,709

Cash flows from financing activities

–

Other

31

-3,856

11,752

4,067

Proceeds from debt securities

65,308

90,793

152,543

Net cash flow from/(used in) operating activities

101,243

13,055

6,915

Repayments of debt securities

-99,212

-94,497

-131,170

Proceeds from issuance of subordinated loans

2,165

3,429

1,859

Cash flows from investing activities

Repayments of subordinated loans

-2,786

-933

-4,646

Investments and advances:

  • Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

-17

-111

Repayments of principal portion of lease liabilities

1

-273

-271

n/a

  • Associates and joint ventures

-24

-507

-97

Purchase/sale of treasury shares

5

1

4

  • Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive

income

-16,949

-16,270

-10,517

Dividends paid

-3

-2,679

-2,607

  • Securities at amortised cost

-37,522

-12,268

-17,985

Other financing

-1

2

– Property and equipment

-287

-355

-286

Net cash flow from/(used in) financing activities

-34,796

-4,154

15,983

– Other investments

-300

-395

-258

Net cash flow

57,960

6,406

28,349

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

33

54,031

47,529

18,977

Effect of exchange

rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

-425

95

204

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

33

111,566

54,031

47,529

1 The amounts for

the period ended 31 December 2020 and 2019 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS 16. 2018 period amounts

have not been restated.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -260

Consolidated statement

of cash flows - continued

As at 31 December 2020, Cash and cash equivalents includes cash and balances with central banks of EUR

111,087 million (2019: EUR 53,202 million; 2018: EUR 49,987 million). The increase in cash and balances with

central banks was mainly driven by ING’s

participation of EUR 59.5 billion in the targeted longer-term

refinancing

operations (TLTRO

III) in 2020, which was mainly placed on deposit with the ECB as at 31 December and by

increased customer deposits. Reference is made to

Note 33 ‘Cash and cash equivalents’.

References relate

to the accompanying notes. These are an integral part of the Consolidated financial

statements.

The table below presents the Interest and dividend received and paid.

2020

2019

2018

Interest received

23,352

28,957

28,722

Interest paid

-9,672

-14,550

-14,948

13,680

14,407

13,774

Dividend received

1

144

219

183

Dividend paid

-3

-2,679

-2,607

1

Includes dividends received as recognized within Investment Income, from equity securities included in the Financial assets at fair value

through profit or loss, Financial assets at fair value through OCI, and from Investments in associates and joint ventures.

Dividend paid and

received from trading positions have been included.

Interest received, interest

paid and dividends received are included in operating activities in the Consolidated

statement of cash flow.

Dividend paid is included in financing activities in the Consolidated statement of cash

flow.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

1

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -261

Notes to the Consolidated financial statements

1

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

1.1 Reporting entity and authorisation of the Consolidated financial statements

ING Groep N.V.

is a company domiciled in Amsterdam, the Netherlands. Commercial Register of Amsterdam,

number 33231073. These Consolidated financial statements, as at and for the year ended 31 December 2020,

comprise ING Groep N.V.

(the Parent company) and its subsidiaries, together referred

to as ING Group. ING

Group is a global financial institution with a strong European base, offering a wide range of retail

and

wholesale banking services to customers in over 40 countries.

The ING Group Consolidated financial statements, as at and for

the year ended 31 December 2020, were

authorised for issue in accordance with a resolution of the Executive Board on 8 March 2021.

1.2 Basis of preparation of the Consolidated financial statements

The ING Group Consolidated financial statements have

been prepared in accordance with International

Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board

for purposes of

reporting with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including financial information contained

in

this Annual report on Form 20-F.

The term ‘IFRS-IASB’ is used to refer to International

Financial Reporting

Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, including the decisions ING Group

made

with regard to the options available under IFRS-IASB.

The ING Group Consolidated financial statements have

been prepared on a going concern basis and there are

no significant doubts about the ability of ING Group to continue as a going concern. In 2020 ING Group’s

capital

and liquidity position remained strong despite the Covid-19 impact and ING Group has sufficient buffers

to

withstand certain adverse scenarios without breaching currently applicable and likely

future requirements.

The consolidated financial statements are presented

in euros and rounded to the nearest million, unless stated

otherwise. Amounts may not add up due to rounding.

1.2.1 Presentation of Risk management disclosures

To improve

transparency,

reduce duplication and present related information

in one place, certain disclosures

of the nature and extent of risks related to financial instruments

required by IFRS 7 ‘Financial instruments:

Disclosures’ are included in the ‘Risk management’ section of the Annual Report.

These disclosures are an integral part of ING Group Consolidated financial statements

and are indicated in the

‘Risk management’ section by the symbol (*). Chapters, paragraphs, graphs or tables within the risk

management section that are indicated with this symbol in the respective

headings or table header are

considered to be an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

1.2.2 Reconciliation between IFRS-EU and IFRS-IASB

The published 2020 Annual Accounts of ING Group are prepared in accordance with IFRS-EU. IFRS

-EU refers to

International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) as adopted

by the European Union (EU), including the

decisions ING Group made with regard to the options available under IFRS

as adopted by the EU. IFRS-EU

differs from IFRS-IASB in respect of certain paragraphs

in IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and

Measurement’ regarding hedge accounting for portfolio hedges of interest

rate risk.

Under IFRS-EU, ING Group applies fair value hedge accounting for

portfolio hedges of interest rate

risk (fair

value macro hedges) in accordance with the EU carve-out version of IAS 39. Under the EU IAS 39 carve-out,

hedge accounting may be applied, in respect of fair value macro hedges, to

core deposits and hedge

ineffectiveness is only recognised when the revised estimate

of the amount of cash flows in scheduled time

buckets falls below the original designated amount of that bucket

and is not recognised when the revised

amount of cash flows in scheduled time buckets is more than the original designated amount. Under IFRS-IASB,

hedge accounting for fair value macro hedges cannot

be applied to core deposits and ineffectiveness arises

whenever the revised estimate of the amount of cash flows in scheduled time buckets

is either more or less

than the original designated amount of that bucket.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

1

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -262

This information is prepared by reversing

the hedge accounting impacts that are applied under the EU ‘carve-

out’ version of IAS 39. Financial information under IFRS-IASB accordingly does not take account

of the

possibility that had ING Group applied IFRS-IASB as its primary accounting framework it might have applied

alternative hedge strategies where

those alternative hedge strategies could have

qualified for IFRS-IASB

compliant hedge accounting. These decisions could have resulted in different

shareholders’ equity and net

result amounts compared to those indicated in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

A reconciliation between IFRS-EU and IFRS-IASB is included below.

Both IFRS-EU and IFRS-IASB differ in several areas

from accounting principles generally accepted in the United

States of America (US GAAP).

Reconciliation net result under IFRS-EU and IFRS-IASB

Net result

2020

2019

2018

In accordance with IFRS-EU (attributable to the shareholders of the parent)

2,485

4,781

4,703

Adjustment of the EU IAS 39 carve-out

-410

-1,181

148

Tax effect

of the adjustment

1)

176

303

-90

Effect of adjustment after tax

-234

-878

58

In accordance with IFRS-IASB (attributable to the shareholders of the parent)

2,250

3,903

4,761

Non-controlling interests

78

99

108

In accordance with IFRS-IASB Total

net result

2,329

4,001

4,869

1)

includes the effect of changes in tax rate.

Reconciliation shareholders’ equity under IFRS-EU and IFRS-IASB

Total Equity

2020

2019

2018

In accordance with IFRS-EU (attributable to the shareholders of the parent)

54,637

53,769

50,932

Adjustment of the EU IAS 39 carve-out

-4,081

-3,658

-2,460

Tax effect

of the adjustment

1,063

885

577

Effect of adjustment after tax

-3,018

-2,773

-1,883

Shareholders’ equity

51,619

50,996

49,049

Non-controlling interests

1,022

893

803

In accordance with IFRS-IASB Total

Equity

52,640

51,889

49,851

1.3 Impact of Covid-19

After the outbreak of the Covid-19 pandemic, various governments issued programs offering

guarantee

schemes for borrowers impacted by Covid-19. As at 31 December 2020 ING Group provided

approximately EUR

1.5 billion of loans under these programs.

In Wholesale Banking the main schemes are being offered in the Netherlands (Corporate Finance Guarantee

Scheme (“GO-C”)), in France (state-guarantee scheme Bpifrance) and Germany

(guaranteed by KWF).

In Retail Banking these facilities include in the Netherlands the SME Credit Guarantee Scheme (“BMKB-C”) and

the small credit facility (“Klein Krediet Corona” or KKC)

for self-employed individuals. Similar facilities are

offered by ING Group in other countries, mainly in Belgium and Poland. ING Belgium provided

in 2020 loans

under the state guarantee scheme GS1 which establishes risk sharing between banks

and the government. It

applies to new loans to non-financial companies, SME and self-employed persons under certain

conditions. ING

Bank Poland signed an agreement with BGK (Polish State Development

Bank) to support clients with individual

guarantee schemes, provided by BGK as a collateral

(equivalent to a state guarantee).

Loans that have been originated under the above programs have

been recognized on the consolidated

statement of financial position of ING Group. Depending on the scheme, the guarantees received are

either

integral or non-integral to the origination of these loans. Following this, the

guarantees are either reflected in

the expected credit losses (ECL) associated with these loans or as separate

reimbursement asset, respectively.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

1

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -263

In either case, such guarantees have a similar impact on the statement

of profit or loss and both reduce the

amount presented as ‘addition to loan loss provisions’.

In November 2020 ING Group announced an initiative with European Investment

Bank to lend nearly EUR 800

million on favorable terms to Dutch small and medium-sized

enterprises that are affected by

the economic

impact of Covid-19. Loans originated under this program will be recognized on the statement

of financial

position of ING Group as from 2021.

Governments in almost all countries where ING Retail bank is active have

adopted measures providing for

payment holidays to private individuals and small business loans. As of the end of December,

approximately

196 thousand customers were granted

payment holidays in the context

of the Covid-19 pandemic. The total

exposure of loans for which a payment holiday is granted

amounts to EUR 19.4 billion as at 31 December 2020.

The modification of contractual terms of loans subject to payment holiday arrangements

does not

automatically result in derecognition of the financial assets. Where applicable, the carrying amount of the

financial asset has been recalculated as the present value of the renegotiated or modified contractual

cash

flows, discounted at the original effective interest

rate and a gain or loss was recognized. This did not have

a

material impact on the profit or loss statement of ING Group.

The various measures by governments and ING Group to alleviate the impact of Covid-19 also impacts the

classification of assets as forborne. Based on European Banking Authority (EBA) Guidelines, assets that were

subject to Covid-19 payment holidays granted

before 30 September 2020 were not classified as forborne. As a

result, these payment holidays did not automatically trigger recognition

of lifetime Expected Credit Loss (ECL).

Payment holidays granted

that were outside the scope of these Guidelines or granted after 30 September 2020

did trigger the recognition of lifetime ECL. Reference is made to

the ‘Credit risk’ paragraph of the ‘Risk

management’

section.

As a result of the economic effects of Covid-19 estimation uncertainty and level

of management judgement

increased in 2020 in the areas of impairment assessment of loan loss provisions (including the need for

management adjustments), non-financial assets and associated companies, and the determination

of the fair

values of financial assets and liabilities. Reference is made to paragraph

1.5 ‘Significant judgements and critical

accounting estimates and assumptions’ for further explanation.

Over the course of 2020 the European Central Bank (ECB) decided on a number of modifications to

the terms

and conditions of its Targeted

Longer-term Refinancing Operations

(TLTRO III) in order to

support further the

provision of credit to households and firms in the face of the current economic disruption and heightened

uncertainty caused by the Covid-19 pandemic. ING

Group has borrowed EUR 59.5 billion under the TLTRO

III

program during 2020. Reference is made to paragraph

1.6 ‘Other Developments’.

1.4 Changes to accounting policies and presentation

ING Group has consistently applied its accounting policies to all periods presented in these Consolidated

financial statements, except for

changes due to the introduction of IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ in 2019. Comparatives

were not restated when applying IFRS 16.

Furthermore,

ING Group has already early adopted in 2019 the Interest Rate

Benchmark Reform (Phase 1)

amendments to IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ and IFRS 7 ‘Financial

Instruments: Disclosures’.

These amendments have been adopted retrospectively to hedging relationships

that

existed at the start of 2019 or were designated

thereafter.

The amendments provide temporary relief from

applying specific hedge accounting requirements to hedging relationships directly affected

by IBOR reform. The

amendments require certain additional disclosures and have no further impact. Refer

ence is made to

paragraph 1.7.4 ‘Derivatives and hedge accounting’ of this note and to note 39 ‘Derivatives and

hedge

accounting’ for more information on the adoption of these amendments.

In 2020 ING Group presented separately on the face

of the Statement of Profit or Loss the following two lines

(including comparatives): ‘Impairment of associates and joint ventures’

and ‘Net result on derecognition of

financial assets measured at amortised cost’.

These lines were not presented separately in prior years

given the

size of the amounts, but were included in ‘Share of result from associates and joint ventures’

and ‘Other

income’ respectively.

1.4.1 Changes in IFRS effective in 2020

The changes in IFRS that became effective in 2020 did not have

a significant impact on ING Group’s accounting

policies, ING Group’s results or financial position:

●

Amendments to IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’: Definition of a Business (issued in October 2018);

●

Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8: ‘Definition of Material’ (issued in October 2018); and

●

Amendments to References to the Conceptual Framework

in IFRS Standards (issued in March 2018).

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

1

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -264

ING Group has not early adopted any other standard, interpretation

or amendment in 2020 which has been

issued, but is not yet effective.

1.4.2 Upcoming changes in IFRS after 2020

The following published amendments are not mandatory for 2020 and have not been early adopted by ING

Group. ING Group is still currently assessing the detailed impact of these amendments. However,

the

implementation of these amendments is expected to have no significant

impact on ING Group’s Consolidated

financial statements, apart from IBOR Phase 2 amendments, the impact of which is explained below.

The list of upcoming changes to IFRS, which are applicable for ING Group:

Effective in 2021:

In May 2020 the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 16 ‘Leases’: ‘Covid-19-Related Rent Concessions’ to

provide

lessees with an exemption from assessing whether a Covid-19-related rent

concession is a lease modification.

The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after

1 June 2020, with early

application permitted. Once they become effective

for ING Group in 2021, the amendments will not have

material impact on ING Group’s accounting

policies, ING Group’s results or financial position. In 2020 ING

Group did not receive rent concessions as a lessee. This is why the amendments were not relevant

and, hence,

not early adopted by ING Group in 2020.

In August 2020, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’,

IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments:

Recognition and Measurement’,

IFRS 16 ‘Leases’,

IFRS 4 ‘Insurance Contracts’ and IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments:

Disclosures’: ‘IBOR Reform and its Effects

on Financial Reporting – Phase 2’.

Phase 2 amendments relate mainly

to accounting for changes in the basis for determining the contractual

cash flows of financial assets and

liabilities due to the IBOR reform and impact on hedge accounting when an existing benchmark rate

is

reformed or replaced with an alternative risk free rate.

Specifically, for

ING Group, the main elements of the

Phase 2 amendments are that the effective interest

rate on debt financial instruments will be adjusted, and

hedge accounting will continue on transition to risk free rates,

but only to the extent that the modifications

made to financial instruments are those necessary to implement IBOR Reform and that the new basis for

calculating cash flows is ‘economically equivalent’ to the previous basis. When ING Group applies

these

amendments, ING Group would avoid recognising modification gains

and losses on debt instruments that

would otherwise be required in the absence of Phase 2 amendments. In addition, when ING Group applies

Phase 2 amendments, ING Group will avoid hedge accounting discontinuations when modifying both hedged

items and hedging instruments as a consequence of IBOR reform that would otherwise be required in the

absence of Phase 2 amendments. When ING Group applies Phase 2 amendments, certain additional disclosures

will need to be provided.

The Phase 2 amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after

1 January 2021, with

early application permitted.

ING Group did not early adopt Phase 2 amendments in 2020 as Phase 2 reliefs were largely not yet

relevant for

ING Group.

During 2021, ING Group commenced the process of amending contracts which reference

LIBORs

that are at risk, with a focus on those being decommissioned by 31 December 2021 with alternative benchmark

rates. This is the period when Phase 2 amendments will become relevant (and mandatorily effective)

for ING

Group.

Effective in 2022:

●

Amendments to IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’: Reference

to the Conceptual Framework (issued in May

2020).

●

Amendments to IAS 16 ‘Property,

Plant and Equipment’: Proceeds before Intended Use (issued in May

2020).

●

Amendments to IAS 37 ‘Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets’:

Onerous Contracts —

Cost of Fulfilling a Contract (issued in May 2020).

●

Annual improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020 Cycle: Amendments to

IFRS 1 ‘First-time Adoption of

International Financial Reporting Standard’,

amendments to IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ and amendments

to IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ (issued in May 2020).

Although ING Group is currently assessing the detailed impact of the above amendments, it is expected that

they will not have a significant impact on ING Group’s

accounting policies, ING Group’s results

or financial

position.

Effective in 2023:

●

Amendments to IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’: Classification

of Liabilities as Current or Non-

current (issued in January 2020).

●

Amendments to IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’:

Disclosure of Accounting Policies (issued in

February 2021).

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

1

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -265

●

Amendments to IAS 8 ‘Accounting

Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors’: Definition

of

Accounting Estimates (issued in February 2021).

Although ING Group is currently assessing the detailed impact of the above amendments, it is expected that

they will not have a significant impact on ING Group’s

accounting policies, ING Group’s results

or financial

position.

The IASB has also issued IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’.

The original effective date of IFRS 17 was 1 January

2021, but in June 2020 the IASB has published an Amendment confirming 1 January 2023 as the new effective

date. ING Group is currently assessing the detailed impact of IFRS 17.

1.5 Significant judgements and critical accounting estimates

and assumptions

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements

requires management to make judgements

in the

process of applying its accounting policies and to use estimates and assumptions. The estimates and

assumptions affect the reported amounts of the assets and liabilities and the amounts of the contingent

assets

and contingent liabilities at the balance sheet date, as well as reported income and expenses

for the year.

The

actual outcome may differ from these estimates.

The process of setting assumptions is subject to internal

control procedures and approvals.

ING Group has identified areas that require management to make

significant judgements and use critical

accounting estimates and assumptions based on the information and financial data that may

change in future

periods. These areas are:

◾

Loan loss provisions (financial assets);

◾

The determination of the fair values of financial assets and liabilities;

◾

Impairment assessment of non-financial assets;

◾

Impairment assessment of an investment in associate;

◾

Provisions; and

◾

Accounting for Targeted

Longer-Term

Refinancing Operations (TLTRO

).

In light of Covid-19 the estimation uncertainty and level of management judgement to determine

the loan loss

provisions and the fair values of financial assets and liabilities further increased in 2020.

The negative effects of Covid-19 gave

rise to new significant judgements and critical accounting estimates and

assumptions in 2020: ‘Impairment assessment of non-financial assets’ where estimates and judgements

became more sensitive; and ‘Impairment assessment of an investment in associate’

where impairment

indicators arose for the first

time. In addition, ING Group’s participation in 2020 in a new series of Targeted

Longer-Term

Refinancing Operations (TLTRO

III) also led to a new area of significant judgements. Recognition

and measurement of provisions remained an area of significant judgement and estimation

uncertainty in 2020

consistent with prior years.

For further discussion of the significant judgements and critical accounting estimates and assumptions in these

areas, reference is made to the relevant

parts in paragraph 1.7 ‘Financial instruments’

(specifically 1.7.3 for

‘Fair values of financial assets and liabilities’ and 1.7.8 ‘Impairment of financial assets’), 1.11 ‘Investments in

associates and joint ventures’,

1.13 ‘Acquisitions, goodwill and other intangible assets’,

1.17 ‘Provisions,

contingent liabilities and contingent assets’ of this note, section 1.6 ‘Other developments’,

‘Accounting

for

Targeted

Longer-Term

Refinancing Operations (TLTRO)’

and the applicable notes to the Consolidated financial

statements.

1.6 Other developments

Definition of Default

ING Group has historically aligned the Definition of Default for regulatory

purposes with the definition of

‘credit-impaired’ financial assets under IFRS 9 (Stage

3). To comply with new regulatory

technical standards

(RTS) and EBA guidelines ING Group updated its Definition of Default in 1Q 2020. Consequently,

ING Group

updated this definition also for IFRS 9 purposes. From an accounting perspective,

this represents a change in

accounting estimate that is applied prospectively.

This change had no material impact on ING Group’s

expectation for credit losses, but impacted the classification of assets mainly between Stage

2 and Stage 3

resulting in an increase in Stage 3 assets (and mostly a decrease of Stage 2 assets) of approximately

EUR 1

billion at the time of updating the definition.

Accounting for Targeted

Longer-Term

Refinancing Operations (TLTRO)

In 2020 ING Group participated in a new series of Targeted

Longer-Term

Refinancing Operations (TLTRO

III) and

repaid outstanding amounts under TLTRO

II, reference is made to Note 12 ‘Deposits from banks’.

ING Group considers TLTRO

funding provided by the ECB to banks to be on market terms on the basis that

the

ECB has established a separate market

with TLTRO programmes.

They have specific terms which are different

from other sources of funding available to banks, including those provided by the ECB. Consequently,

the rate

under TLTRO is considered to

be a market conforming rate

and TLTRO funding is recognized

fully as a financial

liability.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

1

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -266

ING Group interprets the whole rate set by the

ECB under TLTRO as a floating rate

on the financial liability,

being the market rate for each specific period in time. This results in discrete

rates for discrete interest

periods

over the life of TLTRO.

The change in the applicable rate between interest

periods is seen as a change in the

floating rate and is accounted for prospectively.

Similarly, if the ECB announces changes in the rate

for the

amounts already drawn under the existing TLTRO,

then such changes also represent a change in a floating rate.

Following this, such changes lead to the recognition of an increased interest in the relevant

period of life of the

exposure, rather than by the recognition of an immediate modification

gain or loss at the moment of the

change of terms by the ECB.

Furthermore, the change in the TLTRO

rate driven by changes in expectations of meeting the targets

is also

seen as a change in the floating rate. However,

in this case, the effective interest rate

is updated not only

prospectively,

but also partially retrospectively.

As a result, the effect of the revised effective

interest rate for

the period that already passed until the moment when the change in expectations occurs, is recognised as a

catch up adjustment in Profit or Loss. This change occurs only when ING Group has a reasonable expectation

that the lending targets will be met.

ING Group views ‘reasonable expectation’ in case of TLTRO

funding as a high hurdle. This is the moment when

it becomes highly probable, i.e. the probability of meeting the lending targets is substantially

greater than the

probability that it will not. As a result, if interest income is recognised during the period based on the

expectation of meeting the targets, there should only be a limited possibility that the interest

may need to be

reversed in future periods.

Reference is made to note 12 ‘Deposits from banks’ and to note

20 ‘Net interest income’ for the presentation

of ING Group’s participation in TLTRO

programmes.

Significant judgements and critical accounting estimates and assumptions:

Significant management judgement is exercised

in determining the accounting treatment of TLTRO

transactions. In particular,

ING Group applied judgement in:

●

assessing and concluding that in ING Group’s view the rate

under TLTRO is considered to

be a market

conforming rate and, hence, accounting for

TLTRO in accordance

with IFRS 9;

●

selecting accounting policies regarding the calculation of the effective

interest rate under TLTRO,

including

treatment of changes in expectations of meeting the lending targets;

●

defining the moment when ING has a reasonable expectation of meeting the targets;

●

estimating future expected lending growth, which includes estimations around

client behaviour.

Changes

in these estimations may lead to changes in the amount of interest recognized

on TLTRO transactions.

ING Group continuously monitors the actual and forecasted

development of eligible loans under TLTRO

programmes to assess the appropriate interest

recognition in the statement of profit or loss and to minimise

the risk of potential interest reversals due to

the use of outdated or incorrect assumptions.

1.7 Financial instruments

1.7.1 Recognition and derecognition of financial instruments

Recognition of financial assets

Financial assets are recognised in the balance sheet when ING Group becomes a party to the contractual

provisions of the instrument. For a regular way purchase or sale of a financial asset, trade

date and settlement

date accounting is applied depending on the classification of the financial asset.

Derecognition of financial assets

Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have

expired

or where ING Group has transferred substantially

all risks and rewards of ownership. If ING Group neither

transfers nor retains

substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a financial asset, it derecognises

the

financial asset if it no longer has control over the asset. The difference between

the carrying amount of a

financial asset that has been extinguished and the consideration received is recognised in profit or loss.

Recognition of financial liabilities

Financial liabilities are recognised on the date that the entity becomes a party to the contractual

provisions of

the instrument.

Derecognition of financial liabilities

Financial liabilities are derecognised when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged,

cancelled or

expired. The difference between the carrying amount of a financial liability that has been extinguished and the

consideration paid is recognised in profit or loss.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

1

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -267

1.7.2 Classification and measurement of financial instruments

Financial assets

ING Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

◾

those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through OCI, or through

profit or loss); and

◾

those to be measured at amortised cost (AC).

At initial recognition, ING Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset

not at FVPL, transaction costs that are directly attributable

to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction

costs of financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL) are

expensed in the statement of

profit or loss.

Financial assets - Debt instruments

The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual

terms of the cash flows at initial recognition.

Business models

Business models are classified as Hold to Collect (HtC), Hold to Collect and Sell (HtC&S) or Other depending on

how a portfolio of financial instruments as a whole is managed. ING Group’s

business models are based on the

existing management structure of the bank, and refined based on an analysis of how businesses are evaluated

and reported, how their specific business risks are managed and on historic and expected future sales. Sales

are permissible in a HtC business model when these are due to an increase in credit risk, take place close to the

maturity date (where the proceeds from the sales approximate

the collection of the remaining contractual cash

flows), are insignificant in value (both individually and in aggregate) or are infrequent.

Contractual cash flows Solely Payments of Principal and Interest

(SPPI)

The contractual cash flows of a financial asset are assessed to determine whether they represent

SPPI. Interest

includes consideration for the time value of money,

credit risk and also consideration for liquidity risk and costs

associated with holding the financial asset for a particular period of time. In addition, interest can include a

profit margin that is consistent with a basic lending arrangement.

Financial assets with embedded derivatives

are considered in their entirety when determining whether their cash flows are SPPI.

In assessing whether the contractual cash flows are SPPI, ING Group considers the contractual

terms of the

instrument. This includes assessing whether the financial asset contains a contractual term that

could change

the timing or amount of contractual cash flows such that it would not meet this condition. In making the

assessment, terms such as the following are considered, with an example of an SPPI failure

for each

consideration:

◾

prepayment terms. For example a prepayment

of an outstanding principal amount plus a penalty

which is not capped to three or six months of interest;

◾

leverage features, which increase

the variability of the contractual cash flows with the result that they

do not have the economic characteristics of interest.

An example is a Libor contract

with a multiplier;

◾

terms that limit ING Group’s claim to

cash flows from specified assets - e.g. non-recourse asset

arrangements. This could be the case if payments of principal and interest

are met solely by the cash

flows generated by the underlying asset, for example

instances in real estate, shipping and aviation

financing;

and

◾

features that modify consideration of the time value

of money. These are contracts

with for example

an interest rate which is reset every

month to a one-year rate. ING Group performs either a qualitative

or quantitative benchmark test on a financial asset with a modified time value of money element. A

qualitative test is performed when it is clear with little or no analysis whether the contractual

cash

flows solely represent SPPI.

Based on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash

flows, there are three measurement categories into

which ING Group classifies its debt instruments:

◾

Amortised Cost (AC):

Debt instruments that are held for collection of contractual

cash flows under a HtC business model where

those cash flows represent SPPI are measured at AC. Interest

income from these financial assets is

included in Interest income using the EIR method. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition is recognised

directly in profit or loss. Impairment losses are presented as a separate line item

in the Consolidated

statement of profit or loss.

◾

FVOCI:

Debt instruments that are held for collection of contractual

cash flows and for selling the financial assets

under a HtC&S business model, where the assets’ cash flows represent SPPI, are measured at FVOCI.

Movements in the carrying amount are recognised in OCI, except

for the recognition of impairment gains

or losses, interest revenue and foreign exchange

gains and losses which are recognised in profit or loss.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

1

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -268

When the financial asset is derecognised, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in OCI is

reclassified from equity to profit or loss and presented in Investment

income or Other income, based on

the specific characteristics of the business model. Interest income from these financial assets is included

in Interest income using the EIR method. Impairment losses are presented as a separate

line item in the

Consolidated statement of profit or loss.

◾

FVPL:

Debt instruments that do not meet the criteria for AC or FVOCI are measured at

FVPL. This includes debt

instruments that are held-for-trading (presented

separately as Trading

assets) and all other debt

instruments that do not meet the criteria for AC or FVOCI (presented

separately as Mandatorily at FVPL).

ING Group may in some cases, on initial recognition, irrevocably designate

a financial asset as classified

and measured at FVPL. This is the case where doing so eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting

mismatch that would otherwise arise on assets measured at AC or FVOCI. Fair value movements

on

trading securities, trading loans and deposits (mainly reverse repo’s)

are presented fully within valuation

result and net trading income, this also includes interest. The interest

arising on financial assets

designated as at FVPL is recognised in profit or loss and presented within Interest

income or Interest

expense in the period in which it arises. The interest arising on a debt instrument that is part of a hedge

relationship, but not subject to hedge accounting, is recognised in profit or loss and presented within

Interest income or Interest expense

in the period in which it arises.

ING Group reclassifies debt investments when, and only when, its business model for managing those assets

changes. Such changes in business models are expected to be very infrequent. There have

been no

reclassifications during the reporting period.

Financial assets - Equity instruments

All equity investments are measured at fair value.

ING Group applies the fair value through OCI option to

investments which are considered strategic,

consisting of investments that add value to ING Group’s

core

banking activities.

There is no subsequent recycling of fair value gains and losses to profit

or loss following the derecognition of

investments if elected to be classified and measured as FVOCI. However,

the cumulative gain or loss is

transferred within equity to retained

earnings on derecognition of such equity instruments. Dividends from

such investments continue to be recognised in profit

or loss as Investment income when ING Group’s

right to

receive payments is established. Impairment requirements

are not applicable to equity investments classified

and measured as FVOCI.

Other remaining equity investments are measured at FVPL. All changes in the fair

value are recognised in

Valuation result and Net trading

income in the Consolidated statement of profit or loss.

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities are classified and subsequently measured at AC, except for financial guarantee

contracts,

derivatives and liabilities designated at FVPL. Financial liabilities classified and measured at FVPL are presented

as follows:

◾

the amount of change in the fair value that is attributable to changes in own credit

risk of the liability

designated at FVPL is presented in OCI. Upon derecognition this Debit Valuation

Adjustment (DVA)

impact does not recycle from OCI to profit or loss; and

◾

the remaining amount of change in the fair value is presented in profit or loss in ‘Valuation

results and

net trading income’.

Interest on financial liabilities at FVPL is also recognised in the valuation result,

except for items voluntarily designated

as FVPL for which interest is presented within ‘Other interest

income (expense).

A financial guarantee contract is a contract

that requires ING Group to make specified payments

to reimburse

the holder for a loss it incurs because a specified debtor fails to make payment

when due in accordance with

the original or modified terms of a debt instrument. Such a contract is initially recognised at fair value

and is

subsequently measured at the higher of (a) the amount determined in accordance with impairment provisions

of IFRS 9 ‘Financial instruments’ (see section “Impairment of financial assets”) and (b) the amount initially

recognised less, when appropriate, cumulative amortisation recognised in accordance

with the revenue

recognition principle of IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts

with customers’.

1.7.3 Fair values of financial assets and liabilities

All financial assets and liabilities are recognised initially at fair value. The fair value of a financial instrument on

initial recognition is generally its transaction price (that is, the fair value of the consideration

given or received).

However,

if there is a difference between the transaction price and the fair value

of financial instruments

whose fair value is based on a valuation technique that uses significant unobservable inputs, the entire

day one

difference (a ‘Day One profit or loss’) is deferred

and recognised in the statement of profit or loss over the life

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

1

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -269

of the transaction until the transaction matures or until the observability changes. In all other cases, ING Group

recognises the difference as a gain or loss at inception.

Subsequently, except

for financial assets and financial liabilities measured at amortised cost, all the other

financial assets and liabilities are measured at fair value.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer

a liability in an

orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement

date. It assumes that market participants

would use and take into account the characteristics

of the asset or liability when pricing the asset or liability.

Fair values of financial assets and liabilities are based on unadjusted quoted market

prices where available.

Such quoted market prices are primarily obtained from exchange

prices for listed financial instruments. Where

an exchange price is not available, quoted prices in an active market

may be obtained from independent

market vendors, brokers,

or market makers. In general,

positions are valued at the bid price for a long position

and at the offer price for a short position or are valued at the price within the bid-offer

spread that is most

representative of fair value in the

circumstances. In some cases where positions are marked at mid-market

prices, a fair value adjustment is calculated.

For certain financial assets and liabilities, quoted market prices are not available.

For such instruments, fair

value is determined using valuation techniques. These range from discounting

of cash flows to various

valuation models, where relevant pricing factors

including the market price of underlying reference

instruments, market parameters

(volatilities, correlations and credit ratings), and customer

behaviour are

taken into account. ING Group maximises the use of market

observable inputs and minimises the use of

unobservable inputs in determining the fair value. It can be subjective dependent on the significance of the

unobservable input to the overall valuation. All valuation techniques

used are subject to internal review and

approval. Most data used in these valuation techniques

are validated on a daily basis when possible.

When a group of financial assets and liabilities are managed on the basis of their net risk exposures, the fair

value of a group of financial assets and liabilities are measured on a net portfolio level.

To include credit

risk in fair value, ING Group applies both Credit and Debit Valuation

Adjustments (CVA, DVA,

also known as Bilateral Valuation

Adjustments or BVA). Own issued debt and structured notes that

are

designated at FVPL are adjusted for ING Group’s

own credit risk by means of a DVA. Additionally,

derivatives

valued at fair value are adjusted for

credit risk by a BVA. The BVA

is of a bilateral nature as both the credit risk

on the counterparty (CVA) as well as the credit risk on ING Group (DVA)

are included in the adjustment. All

input data that is used in the determination of the BVA is based on market

implied data. Additionally, wrong-

way risk (when exposure to a counterparty is increasing

and the credit quality of that counterparty

deteriorates) and right-way

risk (when exposure to a counterparty is increasing and the credit quality of that

counterparty improves) are taken

into account in the measurement of the valuation adjustment.

To include the funding risk, ING Group applies an additional ‘Funding Valuation

Adjustment’ (FVA) to the

uncollateralised derivatives based on the market

price of funding liquidity.

ING Group also applies to certain positions other valuation adjustments to arrive at the fair

value: Bid-Offer

adjustments, Model Risk Adjustments and Collateral Valuation

Adjustments (CollVA).

Significant judgements and critical accounting estimates and assumptions:

Even if market prices are available,

when markets are less liquid there may be a range

of prices for the same

security from different price sources. Selecting the most appropriate

price requires judgement and could result

in different estimates of fair

value.

Valuation techniques are subjective in nature

and significant judgement is involved in establishing fair values

for certain financial assets and liabilities. Valuation techniques involve

various assumptions regarding pricing

factors. The use of different valuation

techniques and assumptions could produce significantly different

estimates of fair value.

Price testing is performed to assess whether the process of valuation has led to an appropriate

fair value of the

position and to an appropriate reflection of these valuations in the statement

of profit or loss. Price testing is

performed to minimise the potential risks for economic losses due to incorrect

or misused models.

The Covid-19 pandemic impacted the global financial markets in 2020. In the beginning of 2020, ING Group

observed large volatility in the market resulting in widened spreads,

markets distortion and illiquidity in some

specific markets which has stressed ING Group’s

valuation processes and movements in level classifications.

The volatility in the market has stabilised in the course

of 2020 and has largely returned to pre-pandemic

levels. Financial Assets and Liabilities, including Level 3, continued to be valued using agreed methodologies

and ING Group continued to limit the unobservable input to arrive at the most appropriate

Fair Market value.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

1

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -270

Reference is made to note 38 ‘Fair

value of assets and liabilities’ and to the ‘Market risk’ paragraph in the ‘Risk

management’ section of the Annual Report for the basis of the determination of the fair value of financial

instruments and related sensitivities.

1.7.4 Derivatives and hedge accounting

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value

on the date on which a derivative contract is entered

into and

are subsequently measured at fair value. Fair

values are obtained from quoted market

prices in active markets,

including market transactions and valuation techniques (such as discounted

cash flow models and option

pricing models), as appropriate. All derivatives are carried as assets when their fair value

is positive and as

liabilities when their fair value is negative. Fair value

movements on derivatives are presented in profit

or loss

in Valuation

result and net trading income, except for

derivatives in either a formal hedge relationship and so-

called economic hedges that are not in a formal hedge accounting relationship where

a component is

presented separately in interest

result in line with ING Group’s risk management strategy.

Embedded derivatives are separated from

financial liabilities and other non-financial contracts and accounted

for as a derivative if,

and only if:

a)

the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative are not closely related

to the economic

characteristics and risks of the host contract;

b)

a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative

would meet the definition of a

derivative; and

c)

the combined instrument is not measured at fair value with changes in fair value

reported in profit or loss.

If an embedded derivative is separated, the host contract

is accounted for as a similar free-standing contract.

The method of recognising the resulting fair value gain or loss depends on whether the derivative

is designated

as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged. ING Group designates certain

derivatives as hedges of the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or firm commitments (fair

value hedge),

hedges of highly probable future cash flows attributable to a recognised

asset or liability or a forecast

transaction (cash flow hedge), or hedges of a net investment in a foreign

operation. Hedge accounting is used

for derivatives designated in this way

provided certain criteria are met.

At the inception of the transaction ING Group documents the relationship between hedging instruments

and

hedged items, its risk management objective, together with the methods selected to assess hedge

effectiveness. ING Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception

and on an ongoing basis, of

whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective

in offsetting changes in fair

values or cash flows of the hedged items.

ING Group applies also macro cash flow hedge accounting to hedge the variability in future cash flows of non-

trading assets and liabilities due to the interest rate

risk and foreign currency exchange rate

risk. The

designated hedged items are floating rated assets or liabilities, such as floating rate

mortgages and corporate

loans. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivatives

are recognised in the Other

Comprehensive Income.

Fair value hedges

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated

and qualify as fair value hedges are recognised in

the statement of profit or loss, together with fair value

adjustments to the hedged item attributable to the

hedged risk. If the hedge relationship no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the cumulative

adjustment of the hedged item is, in the case of interest bearing instruments, amortised through the

statement of profit or loss over the remaining term

of the original hedge or recognised directly when the

hedged item is derecognised. For non-interest bearing instruments,

the cumulative adjustment of the hedged

item is recognised in the statement of profit or loss only when the hedged item is derecognised.

Cash flow hedges

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives

that are designated and qualify as cash flow

hedges are recognised in the Other Comprehensive Income. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective

portion

is recognised immediately in the statement of profit or loss. Amounts accumulated

in the Other

Comprehensive Income are recycled to the statement

of profit or loss in the periods in which the hedged item

affects net result. When a hedging instrument expires

or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria

for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in the Other Comprehensive

Income at that time

remains in the Other Comprehensive Income and is recognised when the forecast

transaction is ultimately

recognised in the statement of profit or loss. When a forecast

transaction is no longer expected to occur,

the

cumulative gain or loss that was reported in the Other Comprehensive Income is transferred

immediately to

the statement of profit or loss.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

1

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -271

Net investment hedges

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations

are accounted for in a similar way to cash flow hedges. Any

gain or loss on the hedging instrument relating to the effective

portion of the hedge is recognised in the Other

Comprehensive Income and the gain or loss relating to the ineffective

portion is recognised immediately in the

statement of profit or loss. Gains and losses accumulated in the Other Comprehensive Income

are included in

the statement of profit or loss when the foreign operation

is disposed.

IBOR Transition - specific policies

applicable from 1 January 2019 for hedges directly affected

by IBOR reform

As further explained in the ‘IBOR Transition’ paragraph

of the ‘Risk management’

section,

the financial markets

are going through a significant reform of interbank

offered rates (IBOR) and financial institutions are

obligated

to implement a replacement of major interest rate

reference rates. This process is

at different stages, and

is

progressing at different speeds, across

several major currencies.

Given that IBOR reform may have various

accounting implications, the International Accounting Standards

Board (IASB) has undertaken a two phase project. Phase 1 addresses those issues that affect

financial reporting

before the replacement of an existing benchmark (Phase 1 amendments to

IFRS were issued by the IASB in

2019). Phase 2 focuses on issues that may affect financial reporting when the existing

benchmark rate is

reformed or replaced Phase 2 amendments to IFRS were issued by the IASB in 2020.

In 2019, ING Group early adopted the Phase 1 amendments to IFRS which allowed ING Group to apply a set of

temporary exceptions to continue hedge

accounting even when there is uncertainty about contractual cash

flows arising from the reform. Under these temporary exceptions,

interbank offered rates

are assumed to

continue unaltered for the purposes of hedge accounting until such time as the uncertainty is resolved.

More specifically, the following

temporary reliefs are part of the Phase 1 amendments:

◾

Highly probable requirement for cash flow hedges

When determining whether a forecast transaction is highly probable, it is assumed that the interest

rate benchmark on which the hedged cash flows are based is not altered as a result

of the reform.

◾

Prospective assessment of hedge effectiveness

When performing the prospective assessment it is assumed that the interest rate

benchmark on which

the hedged cash flows are based is not altered as a result of the reform.

◾

Retrospective assessment of hedge effectiveness

When performing the retrospective assessment hedges are allowed to

pass the assessment even if

actual results are outside the 80-125% range, during the period of uncertainty arising from the IBOR

reform.

◾

Designation of a component of an item as a hedged item

For hedges of the benchmark component of interest rate

risk affected by the reform, the separately

identifiable requirement only needs to be demonstrated

at the inception of such hedging relationships

(including macro hedges).

The amendments are relevant given that ING Group hedges and applies hedge accounting

to benchmark

interest rate exposure

part of IBOR reform. Hedging instruments and most of hedged items continue to

be

indexed by the IBOR benchmark rates. Therefore,

there is still uncertainty in 2020 over the timing and the

amount of the replacement rate cash flows and, thus, temporary

exceptions under Phase 1 continued to be

relevant for ING Group in 2020. ING Group will cease to apply the amendments when this uncertainty is no

longer present or when the hedging relationship is discontinued. Refer

to Note 39 ‘Derivatives and hedge

accounting’ for the disclosures relating to the application of the amendments as part of Phase 1.

In 2020 ING Group did not early adopt Phase 2 amendments. Reference is made to paragraph

1.4.2 ‘Upcoming

changes in IFRS after 2020’ of this note.

Non-trading derivatives that do not qualify for hedge

accounting

Derivative instruments that are used by ING Group as part of its risk management strategies,

but which do not

qualify for hedge accounting under ING Group’s

accounting policies, are presented as non-trading derivatives.

Non-trading derivatives are measured at fair

value with changes in the fair value taken to

the statement of

profit or loss.

1.7.5 Offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset, and the net amount reported, in the statement

of financial

position when ING Group has a current legally enforceable right to set off the

recognised amounts and intends

to either settle on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Offsetting is applied

to certain interest rate

swaps for which the services of a central clearing house are used.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

1

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -272

1.7.6 Repurchase transactions and reverse

repurchase transactions

Securities sold subject to repurchase agreements (repos), securities lending and similar agreements continue

to be recognised in the consolidated statement

of financial position. The counterparty liability is measured at

FVPL (designated) and included in Other financial liabilities at FVPL if the asset is measured at FVPL. Otherwise,

the counterparty liability is included in Deposits from banks, Customer deposits, or Trading,

as appropriate.

Securities purchased under agreements to resell (reverse repos),

securities borrowings and similar agreements

are not recognised in the consolidated statement

of financial position. The consideration paid to purchase

securities is recognised as Loans and advances to customers, Loans and advances to banks, Other financial

assets at FVPL or Trading assets, as appropriate.

The difference between the sale and repurchase price is

treated as interest and amortised over the life

of the agreement using the effective interest

method for

instruments that are not measured at FVPL.

1.7.7 Credit risk management classification and maximum credit risk exposure

Credit risk management disclosures are provided in the ‘Credit risk’ paragraph

‘Credit risk categories’ of the

‘Risk management’ section in the Annual Report.

The maximum credit risk exposure for items in the statement

of financial position is generally the carrying

value for the relevant financial assets. For the off-balance

sheet items the maximum credit exposure is the

maximum amount that could be required to be paid. Reference

is made to Note 44 ‘Contingent liabilities and

commitments’ for these off-balance sheet items. Collateral

received is not taken into account

when

determining the maximum credit risk exposure.

The manner in which ING Group manages credit risk and determines credit risk exposures for that

purpose is

explained in the Credit risk paragraph ‘Credit Risk Appetite and Concentration

Risk Framework’ of the ‘Risk

management’ section in the Annual Report.

1.

7

.

8

Impairment of financial assets

An Expected Credit Loss (ECL) model is applied to financial assets accounted for at AC or FVOCI such as loans,

debt securities and lease receivables, as well as off-balance sheet items such as undrawn loan commitments,

certain financial guarantees, and undrawn committed

revolving credit facilities. Under the ECL model ING

Group calculates the expected credit losses (ECL) by considering on a discounted

basis the cash shortfall it

would incur in case of a default and multiplying the shortfall by the probability of a default occurring. The ECL is

the sum of the probability-weighted outcomes. The ECL estimates are

unbiased and include reasonable and

supportable information about past events, current

conditions, and forecasts of future economic conditions.

ING Group’s approach leverages

the Advanced Internal Ratings Based (AIRB) models that are used for

regulatory purposes. Adjustments are applied to make these models suitable

for determining ECL. ECL is

recognised on the balance sheet as loan loss provisions (LLP).

Three stage approach

Financial assets are classified in one of the below three Stages at each reporting date. A financial asset can

move between Stages during its lifetime. The Stages are

based on changes in credit quality since initial

recognition and defined as follows:

◾

Stage 1

Financial assets that have not had a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition (i.e. no

Stage 2 or 3 triggers apply). Assets are classified as Stage 1 upon initial recognition (with the exception

of purchased or originated credit impaired (POCI) assets) and ECL is determined by the probability that

a default occurs in the next 12 months (12 months ECL);

◾

Stage 2

Financial assets showing a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition. For assets in Stage

2 ECL reflects an estimate on the credit losses over the remaining maturity of the asset (lifetime

ECL);

or

◾

Stage 3

Financial assets that are credit-impaired. Also for these

assets ECL is determined over the remaining

maturity of the asset.

Significant increase in credit risk

ING Group established a framework, incorporating

quantitative and qualitative indicators,

to identify and

assess significant increases in credit risk (SICR). This is used to determine the appropriate ECL Stage

for each

financial asset.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

1

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -273

The main determinate of SICR is a quantitative test, whereby the lifetime

Probability of Default (PD) of an asset

at each reporting date is compared against its lifetime

PD determined at the date of initial recognition. If the

delta is above pre-defined absolute or relative thresholds the item

is considered to have experienced a SICR.

Consequently, the item moves

from Stage 1 to Stage 2 (unless the item is credit-impaired). In these instances,

items are no longer assigned a 12 month ECL and instead are assigned a lifetime ECL.

Items can return to Stage

1 if there is sufficient evidence that there is no longer a significant increase in credit risk.

ING Group also relies on a number of qualitative indicators to identify and assess SICR. These include:

◾

Forbearance status;

◾

Watch List status.

Loans on the Watch List are individually assessed for Stage

2 classification;

◾

Intensive care management;

◾

Substandard Internal rating; and

◾

Arrears status.

Credit-impaired financial assets (Stage 3)

Financial assets are assessed for credit-impairment at each reporting date and more frequently

when

circumstances warrant further assessment. Evidence

of credit-impairment includes arrears of over 90 days on

any material credit obligation, indications that

the borrower is experiencing significant financial difficulty,

a

breach of contract, bankruptcy or distressed restructuring.

An asset (other than a POCI asset) that is in Stage 3 will move back to Stage 2 when, as at the reporting date,

it

is no longer considered to be credit-impaired. The asset will migrate back to Stage

1 when its credit risk at the

reporting date is no longer considered to have increased significantly

since initial recognition.

The definition of credit-impaired under IFRS 9 (Stage 3) is aligned with the definition of default used by ING

Group for internal risk management purposes, which is also the definition used for regulatory

purposes.

Macroeconomic scenarios

ING Group has established a quarterly process whereby forward

-looking macroeconomics scenarios and

probability weightings are developed for the purpose of ECL. ING Group applies data

predominantly from a

leading service provider (Oxford Economics (OE))

enriched with the internal ING Group view. A baseline, up-

scenario and a down-scenario are determined to reflect an unbiased and probability-weighted ECL

amount. As

a baseline scenario, ING Group applies the market-neutral view combining consensus forecasts

for economic

variables such as unemployment rates, GDP growth, house prices, commodity prices, and short-term

interest

rates. Applying market consensus in the baseline scenario ensures unbiased estimates

of the expected credit

losses.

The alternative scenarios are based on observed forecast errors

in the past, adjusted for the risks affecting the

economy today and the forecast

horizon. The probabilities assigned are based on the likelihoods of observing

the three scenarios and are derived from confidence intervals on a probability distribution. The forecasts

for

the economic variables are adjusted on a quarterly basis.

Measurement of ECL

ING Group applies a collective assessment method to measure ECL for Stage

1, Stage 2, and certain Stage 3

assets. Other credit-impaired assets subject to ECL measurement apply the individual assessment method.

Collectively assessed assets (Stages 1 to 3)

For collective assessed assets, ING Group applies a model-based approach. ECL is determined by,

expressed

simplistically, multiplying the probability

of default (PD) with the loss given default (LGD) and exposure at

default (EAD), adjusted for the time value of money.

Assets that are collectively assessed are grouped on the

basis of similar credit risk characteristics, taking into account loan type, industry,

geographic location, collateral

type, past due status and other relevant factors.

These characteristics are relevant to

the estimation of future

cash flows for groups of such assets by being indicative of the debtors’

ability to pay all amounts due according

to the contractual terms of the assets being evaluated and the loss in case the debtor is not able to

pay all

amounts due.

For Stage 3 assets the PD equals 100% and the LGD and EAD represent a lifetime

view of the losses based on

characteristics of defaulted facilities.

For the purpose of ECL, ING Group’s expected

credit loss models (PD, LGD, EAD) used for

regulatory purposes

have been adjusted. These adjustments include removing embedded prudential conservatism

(such as floors)

and converted through-the-cycle estimates to

point-in-time estimates. The models assess ECL on the basis of

forward-looking macroeconomic forecasts

and other inputs. For most financial assets, the expected life is

limited to the remaining maturity.

For overdrafts and certain revolving credit

facilities, such as credit cards, the

maturity is estimated based on historical data as these do not have

a fixed term or repayment schedule.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

1

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -274

Individually assessed assets (Stage 3)

ING Group estimates ECL for individually significant credit-impaired

financial assets within Stage 3 on an

individual basis. ECL for these Individually assessed assets are determined using the discounted expected

future cash flow method. To

determine expected future cash flows, one or more scenarios are used. Each

scenario is analysed based on the probability of occurrence and include forward looking information.

In determining the scenarios, all relevant factors impacting the future

cash flows are taken into account.

These

include expected developments in credit quality,

business and economic forecasts, and estimates of if/when

recoveries will occur taking into account ING Group’s

restructuring/recovery strategy.

The best estimate of ECL is calculated as the weighted

-average of the shortfall (gross carrying amount minus

discounted expected future cash flow using the original EIR) per scenario, based on best estimates

of expected

future cash flows. Recoveries can arise from, among others, repayment

of the loan, collateral recovery and the

sale of the asset. Cash flows from collateral and other credit enhancements are included in the measurement

of ECL of the related financial asset when it is part of or integral to the contractual

terms of the financial asset

and the credit enhancement is not recognised separately.

For the individual assessment, with granular

(company or asset-specific) scenarios, specific factors can

have a larger impact on the future cash flows than

macroeconomic factors.

When a financial asset is credit-impaired, interest is no longer recognised based on the accrual income based

on the gross carrying amount of the asset. Rather,

interest income is calculated by applying the original EIR to

the AC of the asset, which is the gross carrying amount less the related loan loss provision.

Purchased or Originated Credit Impaired (POCI) assets

POCI assets are financial assets that are credit-impaired on initial recognition. Impairment on a POCI asset is

determined based on lifetime ECL from initial recognition. POCI assets are recognised

initially at an amount net

of LLP and are measured at AC using a credit-adjusted effective

interest rate. In subsequent periods any

changes to the estimated lifetime ECL are recognised

in profit or loss. Favourable changes are

recognised as an

impairment gain even if the lifetime ECL at the reporting date

is lower than the estimated lifetime ECL at

origination.

Modifications

In certain circumstances ING Group grants borrowers

postponement, reduction of loan principal and/or

interest payments on a temporary period of time to

maximise collection opportunities, and if possible, avoid

default, foreclosure, or repossession. When such postponement,

reduction of loan principal and/or interest

payments is executed based on credit concerns it is also referred

to as forbearance (refer to

the ‘Risk

Management’ section of the Annual Report for more details). In such cases, the net present value of the

postponement, reduction of loan principal and/or interest payments

is taken into account in the determination

of the appropriate level of ECL. If the forbearance results in a substantial

modification of the terms of the loan,

the original loan is derecognised and a new loan is recognised at fair value at the modification date.

ING Group

determines whether there has been a substantial modification using both quantitative

and qualitative factors.

Write-off and debt forgiveness

If there is no reasonable expectation of recovery and/or collectability

of amounts due a write-off can occur.

The following events can lead to a write-off:

◾

After a restructuring has been completed and there is a high improbability of recovery of part of the

remaining loan exposure (including partial debt forgiveness);

◾

In a bankruptcy liquidation scenario;

◾

After divestment or sale of a credit facility at a discount;

◾

Upon conversion of a credit facility into equity;

or

◾

ING Group releases a legal (monetary) claim it has on its customer.

When a loan is uncollectable, it is written off against the related

loan loss provision. Subsequent recoveries of

amounts previously written off are recognised in the statement

of profit or loss.

Debt forgiveness (or debt settlement) involves

write-off but additionally involves the forgiveness of a legal

obligation, in whole or in part. This means that ING Group forfeits the legal right to

recover the debt. As a

result, the financial asset needs to be derecognised. Distinction is made in situations where ING Group ends

the relationship with the client and situations where ING Group (partially) continues the financing of the client.

Presentation of ECL

ECL for financial assets measured at AC are deducted from the

gross carrying amount of the assets. For debt

instruments at FVOCI, the ECL is recognised in OCI, instead of deducted the carrying amount of the asset. ECL

also reflects any credit losses related to the portion of the loan commitment that is expected

to be drawn

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

1

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -275

down over the remaining life of the instrument. The ECL on issued financial guarantee contracts,

in scope of

IFRS 9 and not measured at FVPL, are recognised as liabilities and presented in Other provisions. ECL are

presented in profit or loss in Addition to loan loss provision.

Significant judgements and critical accounting estimates and assumptions:

Considerable management judgement is exercised

in determining the amount of LLP for financial assets

assessed on both a collective and an individual basis. The need for management judgement has increased even

further due to the Covid-19 pandemic. In particular,

this judgement requires ING Group to make various

assumptions about the risk of default, the credit loss rates in case of a default and expected

future cash flows.

These assumptions are based on a combination of ING Group’s past

history, existing

market conditions and

forward-looking estimates at the end of each reporting period. Changes in these assumptions may

lead to

changes in the LLP over time. Given they are subjective and complex in nature, and because the LLP and the

underlying exposures subject to ECL are material, these assumptions are

considered critical accounting

assumptions. The sensitivity of these assumptions is assessed in the credit risk section of the ‘Risk

Management’ section in the Annual Report.

The use of forward-looking macroeconomic scenarios in both collective and individual impairment assessments

Forward-looking macroeconomic scenarios are uncertain in nature.

The process ING Group follows involves

two internal groups, the Macroeconomics Scenarios Team

and the Macroeconomics Scenarios Expert Panel.

The latter team consists of senior management representatives

from the Business, Risk and Finance. These

groups review inputs obtained from a third party provider and subject these to

internal expert challenge to

ensure the inputs used in the models reflect ING Group’s view on the macro

economy. The use of alternate

forward-looking macroeconomic scenarios can produce significantly different

estimates of ECL. This is

demonstrated in the sensitivity analysis in the ‘Risk Management’ section of the Annual Report, where the un-

weighted ECL under each of the three scenarios for some significant portfolios is disclosed. The uncertainty

around the expected macroeconomic recovery once Covid-19

induced lockdowns are lifted increased the

judgement necessary in using macroeconomic scenarios. Furthermore, the specific nature of the Covid-19

crisis, which leads to a time lag between the effects of macroeconomic outlooks on model produced ECL and

observed defaults, has further increased the judgements required in the use of forward

-looking

macroeconomic scenarios in 2020.

The probability weights applied to each of the three scenarios

This is a management judgement that ultimately requires estimation and consideration

of the range of

possibilities. This ensures a consensus view on the likelihood of each scenario materialising is appropriately

reflected in the weights applied by ING Group for collectively assessed ECL.

The sensitivity analysis in the ‘Risk

Management’ section of the Annual Report discloses these weights used.

The criteria for identifying a significant increase in credit risk

When determining whether the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly,

ING Group considers

reasonable and supportable information to compare the risk of default

occurring at reporting date with the risk

of a default occurring at initial recognition of the financial asset. Whilst judgement is required in applying a PD

rating to each financial asset, there is significant judgement used in determining the Stage

allocation PD

banding thresholds. The process of comparing a financial asset’s PD with the PD banding thresholds determines

its ECL Stage. Assets in Stage 1 are allocated a 12 month ECL, and those in Stage

2 are allocated a lifetime ECL,

and the difference is often significant. As such, the judgement made in assigning financial asset PDs and the PD

banding thresholds constitute a significant judgement. Analysis of the

sensitivity associated with the assessment of significant increase in credit risk is presented in the ‘Risk

Management’ section of the Annual Report. During 2020 ING Group provided many customers with payment

holidays. Traditional

risk drivers in models used to determine LLP that are based on customers’ payment

behaviour may be ineffective for these assets,

because customers with payment holidays are

not required to

make regular material payment

and limited (if any) additional information is available. Hence, judgement was

required to appropriately reflect the effect

of payment holidays on LLP.

The definition of default

Judgement is exercised in management’s

evaluation of whether there is objective evidence that larger

exposures are credit-impaired. Management judgement is required

in assessing evidence of credit-impairment.

Impact from Covid-19 – management overlays and management adjustments

The increased uncertainty around ECL arising from Covid-19 in the use of forward-looking macroeconomic

scenarios and determining significant increases in credit risk resulted in Covid-19

related management overlays

and adjustments to the model-based ECL. The management adjustment related to

payment holidays and

management overlay related to

time lag in expected defaults are EUR 638 million in total. Reference

is made to

the ‘Credit risk’ paragraph in the ‘Risk management’ section of the Annual Report.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

1

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -276

1.8 Consolidation

ING Group comprises ING Groep N.V.

(the Parent Company), ING Bank N.V.

and all other subsidiaries.

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by ING Groep N.V.

Control exists if ING Groep N.V.

is exposed or has rights

to variable returns and has the ability to affect those returns through

the power over the investee. Control is

usually achieved through situations including, but not limited to:

◾

Ownership, directly or indirectly,

of more than half of the voting power;

◾

Ability to appoint or remove the majority of the board of directors;

◾

Power to govern operating and financial policies under statute

or agreement; and

◾

Power over more than half of the voting rights through an agreement

with other investors.

The existence and effect of potential voting

rights that are currently exercisable

or convertible are considered

in assessing whether Group controls another entity.

For interests in structured entities, the existence

of control requires judgement as these entities are designed

so that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity.

This judgement

includes, for example, the involvement in the design of the structured

entity, contractual

arrangements that

give rights to direct the structured entities relevant

activities and commitment to ensure that the structured

entity operates as designed.

A list of principal subsidiaries is included in Note 47 ‘Principal subsidiaries’.

A list containing the information referred

to in Section 379 (1), Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code has been filed

with the office of the Commercial Register of Amsterdam, in accordance

with Section 379 (5), Book 2 of the

Dutch Civil Code.

The results of the operations and the net assets of subsidiaries are included in the statement

of profit or loss

and the statement of financial position from the date control is obtained

until the date control is lost. On

disposal, the difference between the sales proceeds, net of directly attributable

transaction costs, and the net

assets is included in net result.

A subsidiary which ING Group has agreed to sell but is still legally owned by ING Group may still be controlled

by ING Group at the balance sheet date and therefore, still be included in the consolidation.

Such a subsidiary

may be presented as a held for sale disposal group if certain conditions are met.

All intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised surpluses and deficits on transactions

between group

companies are eliminated. Where necessary,

the accounting policies used by subsidiaries are changed to

ensure consistency with group policies. In general, the reporting dates

of subsidiaries are the same as the

reporting date of ING Groep N.V.

ING Groep N.V.

and its Dutch group companies are subject to legal restrictions regarding

the amount of

dividends they can pay to their shareholders. The Dutch Civil Code contains the restriction

that dividends can

only be paid up to an amount equal to the excess of the company’s

own funds over the sum of the paid-up

capital and reserves required by law.

Certain Group companies are also subject to other restrictions in certain

countries, in addition to the restrictions on the amount of funds that may be transfer

red in the form of

dividends, or otherwise, to the parent company.

Furthermore, in addition to the restrictions in respect of minimum capital requirements that

are imposed by

industry regulators in the countries in which the subsidiaries operate,

other limitations exist in certain

countries.

1.9 Segment reporting

An operating segment is a distinguishable component of ING Group, engaged in providing

products or services,

whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the

Executive Board of ING Group and the Management

Board Banking (together the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM)) to

make decisions about resources to be

allocated to the segments and assess its performance. A geographical area

is a distinguishable component of

ING Group engaged in providing products or services within a particular economic environment that

is subject

to risks and returns that are different

from those of segments operating in other economic environments.

The CODM examines ING Group’s

performance both by line of business and geographic perspective and has

identified five reportable segments by line of business and six by geographical area. The geographical

analyses

are based on the location of the office from which the transactions are originated.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

1

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -277

1.10 Foreign currency translation

Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of each of ING Group’s

entities are measured using the currency of

the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the functional currency). The Consolidated

financial statements are presented in euros,

which is Group’s presentation

currency.

Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated

into the functional currency using the exchange rate

prevailing at

the date of the transactions. Exchange rate

differences resulting from the settlement

of such transactions and

from the translation at year-end exchange

rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign

currencies are recognised in the statement of profit

or loss, except when deferred in equity as part of

qualifying cash flow hedges or qualifying net investment hedges.

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign

currency are translated using the

exchange rate at

the date of the transaction.

Exchange rate differences

on non-monetary items, measured at fair value through profit

or loss, are reported

as part of the fair value gain or loss. Non-monetary items are retranslated

at the date the fair value is

determined. Exchange rate differences

on non-monetary items measured at fair value through other

comprehensive income

are included in other comprehensive income and get accumulated in the revaluation

reserve in equity.

Exchange rate differences

in the statement of profit or loss are generally included in ‘Valuation

results and net

trading income’.

Reference is made to Note 22 ‘Valuation

results and net trading income’,

which discloses the

amounts included in the statement of profit or loss. Exchange rate

differences relating to the disposal of debt

and FVPL equity securities are considered to be an inherent part of the capital gains and losses recognised in

Investment income. As mentioned below,

in Group companies relating to the disposals of group companies,

any exchange rate

difference deferred in equity is recognised

in the statement of profit or loss in ‘Result on

disposal of group companies’.

Reference is also made to Note 19 ‘Equity’,

which discloses the amounts

included in the statement of profit or loss.

Group companies

The results and financial positions of all group companies that have a functional currency different

from the

presentation currency are translated

into the presentation currency as follows:

◾

Assets and liabilities included in each statement of financial position are translated at

the closing rate at

the date of that statement of financial position;

◾

Income and expenses included in each statement of profit or loss are translated

at average exchange

rates

(unless this average is not a reasonable approximation

of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing

on

the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated

at the dates of the transactions);

and

◾

All resulting exchange rate differences

are recognised in a separate component of equity.

On consolidation, exchange rate

differences arising from the translation of a monetary item

that forms part of

the net investment in a foreign operation,

and of borrowings and other instruments designated as hedges of

such investments, are taken

to shareholders’ equity.

When a foreign operation is sold, the corresponding

exchange rate differences

are recognised in the statement of profit or loss as part of the gain

or loss on sale.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising from the acquisition of a foreign operation

are treated as assets

and liabilities of the foreign operation and translated at

the exchange rate prevailing

at the balance sheet date.

1.11 Investments in associates and joint ventures

Associates are all entities over which ING Group has significant influence but not control.

Significant influence

is the ability to participate in the financial and operating policies of the investee. It generally

results from a

shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights or through situations including, but not limited to

one or more of the following:

◾

Representation on the board of directors;

◾

Participation in the policymaking process; and

◾

Interchange of managerial personnel.

Joint ventures are entities over which ING Group has joint control.

Joint control is the contractually agreed

sharing of control over an arrangement or entity,

which exists only when decisions about the relevant activities

require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control. Joint control means that

no party to the

agreement is able to act unilaterally to control

the activity of the entity. The parties to the agreement must

act

together to control the entity and therefore

exercise the joint control.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

1

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -278

Investments in associates and joint ventures are

initially recognised at cost and subsequently accounted for

using the equity method of accounting.

ING Group’s investment

in associates and joint ventures (net of any accumulated

impairment loss) includes

goodwill identified on acquisition. ING Group’s share of its associates

and joint ventures post-acquisition profits

or losses is recognised in the statement of profit or loss, and its share of post-acquisition changes in reserves is

recognised in equity. The cumulative post-acquisition

changes are adjusted against the carrying amount of the

investment. When ING Group’s

share of losses in an associate or joint venture equals or exceeds its interest

in

the associate or joint venture, including any long-term interests

in the associate like uncollateralised loans that

are neither planned nor likely to be settled in the foreseeable future, ING Group

does not recognise further

losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate or joint venture.

Unrealised gains on transactions between ING Group and its associates and joint ventures

are eliminated to the

extent of ING Group’s

interest in the associates and joint ventures.

Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless

they provide evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting

policies of associates and joint

ventures have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency

with the policies adopted by ING Group.

Investments in associates and joint ventures are

assessed at each reporting date and tested for impairment

when there is an indication that the investment may be impaired.

Goodwill on acquisitions of interests in

associates and joint ventures is not tested separately

for impairment, but is assessed as part of the carrying

amount of the investment. Reversal of impairment

is considered when the indicators of impairment no longer

exist and the recoverable amount has improved

above the carrying amount. The reversal of impairment cannot

exceed the original impairment loss.

Significant judgements and critical accounting estimates and assumptions:

The most significant estimates and assumptions relate to the assessment of impairment of the investment

in

TMB which involves estimations of value in use.

Management’s best estimate of TMB’s

expected future earnings are based on forecasts derived

from broker

consensus over the short to medium term and TMB observable targets for steady

state earnings into

perpetuity. A capital maintenance

charge is applied, which is management’s forecast

of the earnings that need

to be withheld in order for TMB to meet target regulatory

requirements over the forecast period. Both of these

factors are subject to a high degree of uncertainty.

Key assumptions used in estimating TMB’s value

in use and the sensitivity of the value in use calculations to

different assumptions are described in note 8 ‘Investments

in associates and joint ventures’.

1.12 Property and equipment

Property in own use

Land and buildings held for own use are stated at fair value

at the balance sheet date. Increases in the carrying

amount arising on revaluation of land and buildings held for own use are credited to the revaluation

reserve in

shareholders’ equity. Decreases in the

carrying amount that offset previous increases of the same asset are

charged against the revaluation reserve

directly in equity; all other decreases are charged to the statement

of

profit or loss. Increases that reverse a revaluation

decrease on the same asset previously recognised in net

result are recognised in the statement of profit

or loss. Depreciation is recognised based on the fair value and

the estimated useful life (in general 20–50 years).

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis. On

disposal, the related revaluation reserve is transferred

to retained earnings.

The fair values of land and buildings are based on regular appraisals performed by independent qualified

valuers or by internal valuers. Subsequent expenditure

is included in the asset’s carrying amount when it is

probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to ING Group and the cost of the

item can be measured reliably.

Equipment

Equipment is stated at cost less accumulated

depreciation and any impairment losses. The cost of the assets is

depreciated on a straight line basis over their estimated

useful lives, which are generally as follows: for data

processing equipment two to five years, and four to

ten years for fixtures and fittings. Expenditure incurred on

maintenance and repairs is recognised in the statement

of profit or loss as incurred. Expenditure incurred on

major improvements is capitalised and depreciated.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

1

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -279

Disposals of property and equipment

The difference between the proceeds on disposal and net carrying value is recognised in the

statement of

profit or loss under Other income.

Right-of-use assets

IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ – Accounting policies applied from 1 January 2019

ING Group as the lessee

A lessee is required to recognise a right-of-use asset representing

its right to use the underlying leased asset

and a corresponding liability representing its obligation to make

lease payments at the date at which the

leased asset is available for use by ING Group. Each lease payment

is allocated between the repayment of the

liability and finance cost. The finance costs are charged to profit or loss over the lease period so as to produce

a

constant periodic rate of interest

on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The right-of-use

asset is depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life

and the lease term on a straight-line basis.

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include

the net present value of the following lease payments:

◾

Fixed payments (including in-substance fixed

payments), less any lease incentives receivable;

◾

Variable lease payments that are

based on an index or a rate;

◾

Amounts expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees;

◾

The exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise

that option; and

◾

Payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects

the lessee exercising that

option.

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate

implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be readily

determined, the lessee’s incremental

borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the lessee would have

to pay

to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value in a similar economic environment

with

similar terms and conditions. This rate is approximated

by using the risk free rate applicable to the lease term,

the currency of the lease payment and jurisdiction, with the Fund Transfer

Pricing (FTP) rate as an add-on. The

FTP rate is used to transfer interest

rate risk and funding and liquidity risk positions between the ING Group

business and treasury departments. It is determined by either ING Group or Local Asset and Liability

Committee (ALCO).

Right-of-use assets are measured at

cost comprising the amount of the initial measurement of the lease

liability, any lease payments

made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives

received and

any initial direct costs and restoration

costs.

Payments associated with short-term

leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight

-line

basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-

value assets comprise mainly IT-equipment

(for example mobile phones or laptops) and small items of office

furniture.

The right-of-use asset is included in the statement

of financial position line-item ‘Property and equipment’, the

lease liability is included in the statement of financial position line-item ‘Other liabilities’.

Refer to note 9

‘Property and equipment’ and to note 16 ‘Other liabilities’.

Subsequent to initial recognition,

the right-of-use asset amortises using a straight

-line method to the income

statement over the life of the lease. The lease liability increases for the

accrual of interest and decrease when

payments are made. Any remeasurement of the lease liability due to a lease modification

or other

reassessment results in a corresponding adjustment to the carrying amount of the right-of-use

asset.

ING Group as the lessor

When ING Group acts as a lessor, a distinction

should be made between finance leases and operating leases.

For ING Group as a lessor these are mainly finance leases. The present value of the lease payments is

recognised as a receivable under Loans and advances to customers

or Loans and advances to banks. The

difference between the gross receivable and the

present value of the receivable is unearned finance lease

income. Lease income is recognised over the term of the lease using the net investment method (before

tax),

which reflects a constant periodic rate of return.

Operating leases for lessees prior to 1 January 2019 under IAS 17

The comparative figures presented for

2018 are accounted for using the previous Standard, IAS 17 ‘Leases’.

Under this Standard a distinction was made between finance leases and operating leases for both lessees and

lessors. A lease was considered a finance lease if it transfers substantially

all risks and rewards of the

ownership of the asset. All other leases were considered to be operating leases.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

1

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -280

Leases entered into by ING Group as a lessee were primarily operating

leases and therefore not recognised on

the balance sheet. The total payments under operating leases were recognised

in the statement of profit or

loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

1.13 Acquisitions, goodwill and other intangible assets

Acquisitions and goodwill

ING Group’s acquisitions are accounted

for using the acquisition method of accounting. The consideration for

each acquisition is measured at the aggregate of the fair values (at the date

of exchange) of assets given,

liabilities incurred or assumed, and equity instruments issued in exchange for control

of the acquiree. Goodwill,

being the difference between the cost of the acquisition (including assumed debt) and the Group’s

interest in

the fair value of the acquired assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities as at the date of acquisition, is

capitalised as an intangible asset. Goodwill is only recognised separately on acquisitions. The results

of the

operations of the acquired companies are included in the statement

of profit or loss from the date control is

obtained.

Where applicable, the consideration for the acquisition includes any asset or liability resulting from

a

contingent consideration arrangement,

the contingent consideration is measured at its acquisition-date

fair

value. Contingent consideration arrangements

classified as an asset or a liability, are subsequently measured at

fair value and the changes in fair value will be recognised in the statement

of profit or loss. Changes in the fair

value of the contingent consideration classified as equity,

are not recognised.

Where a business combination is achieved in stages, ING Group’s

previously held interests in the assets and

liabilities of the acquired entity are remeasured to fair value at the acquisition date

(i.e. the date ING Group

obtains control) and the resulting gain or loss, if any,

is recognised in the statement of profit or loss. Amounts

arising from interests in the acquiree prior to the acquisition date that have

previously been recognised in

other comprehensive income are reclassified to the statement

of profit or loss, where such treatment would

be appropriate if that interest were

disposed of. Acquisition related costs

are recognised in the statement of

profit or loss as incurred and presented in the statement

of profit or loss as Other operating expenses.

The initial accounting for the fair value of the net assets of the companies acquired during the year may

be

determined only provisionally as the determination of the fair value can be complex and

the time between the

acquisition and the preparation of the Financial statements can be limited. The initial accounting shall be

completed within a year after acquisition. Adjustments to the fair value

as at the date of acquisition of

acquired assets and liabilities, that are identified within one year after acquisition are recognised as an

adjustment to goodwill; any subsequent adjustment is recognised as income

or expense. On disposal of group

companies where control is lost, the difference

between the sale proceeds and carrying value (including

goodwill) and the unrealised results (including the currency translation reserve in equity) is included in the

statement of profit or loss.

Impairment of goodwill and other non-financial assets

ING Group assesses at each reporting period, whether there is an indication that an intangible asset may

be

impaired. Irrespective of whether there is an indication of impairment, intangible assets with an indefinite

useful life, including goodwill acquired in a business combination, and intangible assets not yet available

for

use, are tested annually for impairment. Goodwill is allocated to

groups of CGUs (that is, the group of cash

generating units or CGUs) for the purpose of impairment testing. These groups of CGUs

represent the lowest

level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. Goodwill is tested

for impairment by

comparing the carrying value of the group of CGUs to the recoverable amount

of that group of CGUs. The

carrying value is determined as the IFRS net asset value including goodwill. In compliance with IAS 36

‘Impairment of assets’,

the carrying value is determined on a basis that is consistent with the way in which the

recoverable amount of the CGU is determined. When the carrying values need to

be allocated between Retail

and Wholesale solvency (risk-weighted assets) are used as a basis. The recoverable

amount is estimated as the

higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. Several methodologies are applied to arrive

at the

best estimate of the recoverable

amount. Impairment of goodwill, if applicable, is included in the statement of

profit or loss in Other operating expenses.

Computer software

Computer software that has been purchased or generated internally

for own use is stated at cost less

amortisation and any impairment losses. Amortisation is calculated on a straight

-line basis over its useful life.

This period will generally not exceed five years. Amortisation

is included in Other operating expenses.

Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets are capitalised and amortised over their expected economic life,

which is generally

between three and ten years. Intangible assets with an indefinite life

are not amortised.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

1

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -281

Significant judgements and critical accounting estimates and assumptions:

Impairment test of non-financial assets, mainly related to the assessment for potential

impairment of goodwill

and intangible assets, largely software, involves estimation

of their recoverable amounts. The review of

impairment of non-financial assets reflects management’s best estimate

of the future cash flows of the CGUs

and the rates used to discount these cash flows, both of which are subject to uncertain factors.

The future cash flows of the CGUs are sensitive to the cash flows projected for

the periods for which forecasts

are available and to assumptions regarding the long-term

pattern of sustainable cash flows thereafter.

The

accuracy of the forecasted cash flows is subject to

a high degree of uncertainty.

The rates used to discount future expected

cash flows can have a significant effect

on their valuation and are

based on the costs of capital assigned to individual CGUs. Cost of capital is subject to fluctuations in external

market rates and economic conditions beyond

management’s control.

Key assumptions used in estimating goodwill and software impairment are described in Note 10 ‘Intangible

assets’.

1.14 Taxation

Income tax on the result for the year consists of current

and deferred tax. Income tax

is recognised in the

statement of profit or loss but it is recognised directly in equity if the tax

relates to items that are recognised

directly in equity.

Deferred income tax

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, for

temporary differences arising between

the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements.

Deferred income tax is determined using tax

rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively

enacted

at the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred

income tax asset is realised or

the deferred income tax liability is settled. Deferred

tax assets and liabilities are not discounted.

Deferred tax assets are recognised when it is probable

that future taxable profit will be available

against which

the temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred

income tax is provided for temporary differences

arising

from investments in subsidiaries and associates, except

where the timing of the reversal of the temporary

difference is controlled by ING Group and it is probable

that the difference will not reverse in the foreseeable

future. The tax effects of income tax losses available

for carry forward are recognised as an asset where it

is

probable that future taxable profits will be ava

ilable against which these losses can be utilised.

Fair value remeasurements of debt and equity instruments measured at

FVOCI and cash flow hedges are

recognised directly in equity. Deferred

tax related to this fair value

remeasurement is also recognised directly

in equity and is subsequently recognised in the statement of profit or loss together

with the deferred gain or

loss.

Uncertain tax positions are assessed continually by ING Group and in case it is probable that there

will be a

cash outflow; a current tax liability is recognised.

1.15 Other assets

Investment property

Investment properties are recognised at

fair value at the balance sheet date. Changes in the carrying amount

resulting from revaluations are recognised

in the statement of profit or loss. On disposal, the difference

between the sale proceeds and carrying value is recognised in the statement

of profit or loss.

Property obtained from foreclosures

Property obtained from foreclosures is stated

at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value

is the estimated selling price, less applicable variable selling expenses. Property obtained from foreclosures

is

included in Other assets - Property development and obtained from foreclosures.

Property development

Property developed and under development is included in Other assets – Property development and obtained

from foreclosures. Depending on the intention of ING Group after

completion of the development, the

property is measured as follows:

◾

Intention to sell: at the lower of cost and net realisable value;

◾

Intention to use as a real estate investment:

at fair value.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

1

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -282

1.16 Disposal groups held for sale and discontinued operations

Disposal groups (and groups of non-current assets) are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be

recovered principally through a sale transaction rather

than through continuing use. This is only the case when

the sale is highly probable and the disposal group (or group of assets) is available for immediate sale in its

present condition; management must be committed to the sale, which is expected

to occur within one year

from the date of classification as held for sale.

Upon classification as held for sale, the disposal group is measured at the lower of its carrying amount and fair

value less costs to sell, except where specifically exempt

from IFRS 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and

Discontinued Operations. An impairment loss is recognised for any

initial or subsequent write-down of the

disposal group to fair value less costs to sell. A gain is recognised

for any subsequent increases in fair value less

costs to sell of the disposal group, but not in excess of any cumulative impairment

loss previously recognised. A

gain or loss not previously recognised by the date of the sale of the disposal group is recognised at

the date of

derecognition. Assets within the disposal group are not depreciated or amortised while they are classified as

held for sale. Interest and other expenses attributable

to the liabilities of a disposal group classified as held for

sale continue to be recognised. The assets of the disposal group classified as held for sale are presented

separately from the other assets in the balance sheet. The liabilities of a disposal group classified as held for

sale are presented separately from other liabilities in the balance sheet.

When a group of assets that is classified as held for sale represents a major line of business or geographical

area the disposal group is classified as discontinued operations. Upon classification of a business as held for

sale and discontinued operations the individual income and expenses are presented within the Total

net result

from discontinued operations instead of being presented

in the usual line items in the Consolidated statement

of profit or loss. All comparative years in the Consolidated statement

of profit or loss are restated and

presented as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

Furthermore, the individual assets and

liabilities are presented in the Consolidated statement

of financial position as Assets and liabilities held for sale

and are no longer included in the usual line items in the Consolidated statement of financial position. Changes

in assets and liabilities as a result of classification as held for sale are included in the notes in the line ‘Changes

in composition of the group and other changes’.

1.17 Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent

assets

A provision is a present obligation arising from past events,

the settlement of which is expected to result in an

outflow of resources embodying economic benefits, however the timing or the amount is uncertain. Provisions

are discounted when the effect of the time value of money is significant

using a pre-tax discount rate.

Reorganisation provisions include employee termination

benefits when ING Group is demonstrably committed

to either terminate

the employment of current employees according to a detailed formal

plan without

possibility of withdrawal, or providing termination benefits as a result of an offer

made to encourage voluntary

redundancy.

A liability is recognised for a levy when the activity that triggers payment, as identified by the relevant

legislation, occurs. For a levy that is triggered upon reaching a minimum threshold, the liability is recognised

only upon reaching the specified minimum threshold.

A contingent liability is a possible obligation that arises from past events

and whose existence will be

confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within

the control of ING Group; or a present obligation that arises from past

events but is not recognised because it

is either not probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation or the

amount of the obligation cannot be measured reliably.

Contingent liabilities are not recognised in the

statement of financial position, but are rather disclosed in the notes unless the possibility of the outflow of

economic benefits is remote.

A contingent asset is a possible asset that arises from past events and whose existence

will be confirmed only

by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of

ING Group. Contingent assets are recognised in the statement

of financial position only when realisation of the

income that arises from such an asset is virtually certain. Contingent assets are disclosed in the notes when an

inflow of economic benefits is probable.

Significant judgements and critical accounting estimates and assumptions:

The recognition and measurement of provisions is an inherently uncertain process involving

using judgement

to determine when a present obligation exists

and estimates regarding probability,

amounts and timing of cash

flows.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

1

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -283

ING Group may become involved in

governmental, regulatory,

arbitration and legal proceedings and

investigations. The degree of uncertainty and the method of making the accounting

estimate depends on the

individual case, its nature and complexity.

Such cases are usually one of a kind. Judgement is required to assess

whether a present obligation exists and to estimate

the probability of an unfavourable outcome and the

amount of potential loss. For the assessment of related provisions

ING Group consults with internal and

external legal experts. Even taking

into consideration legal experts’ advice, the probability of an outflow of

economic benefits can still be uncertain and the provision recognised can remain sensitive to the

assumptions

used. Reference is made to note 15 ‘Provisions’.

For

proceedings where it is not possible to make a reliable

estimate of the expected financial effect, that

could result from the ultimate resolution of the proceedings, no

provision is recognised, however disclosure is included in the financial statements.

Reference is made to note

45 ‘Legal proceedings’.

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions for the reorganisation

provision are in estimating the amounts

and timing of cash flows as the announced transformation initiatives are

implemented over a period of several

years. Reference is made to note

15 ‘Provisions’.

1.18 Other liabilities

Defined benefit plans

The net defined benefit asset or liability recognised in the statement of financial position in respect of defined

benefit pension plans is the fair value of the plan assets less the present value of the defined benefit obligation

at the balance sheet date.

Plan assets are measured at fair value at the balance sheet date. For

determining the pension expense, the

return on plan assets is determined using a high quality corporate bond rate

identical to the discount rate used

in determining the defined benefit obligation.

Changes in plan assets that effect Shareholders’ equity and/or

Net result, include mainly:

◾

Return on plan assets using a high quality corporate bond rate

at the start of the reporting period which

are recognised as staff costs in the statement

of profit or loss; and

◾

Remeasurements which are recognised in Other comprehensive income.

The defined benefit obligation is calculated by internal and external

actuaries through actuarial models and

calculations using the projected unit credit method. This method considers expected future

payments required

to settle the obligation resulting from employee service in the current and prior periods, discounted

using a

high quality corporate bond rate. Inherent

in these actuarial models are assumptions including discount rates,

rates of increase in future salary and benefit levels, mortality rates,

consumer price index and the expected

level of indexation. The assumptions are based on available market

data as well as management expectations

and are updated regularly.

The actuarial assumptions may differ significantly from the actual results due to

changes in market conditions, economic and mortality trends, and other assumptions. Any changes in these

assumptions could have a significant impact on the defined benefit plan obligation and future pension costs.

Changes in the defined benefit obligation that effects Shareholders’

equity and/or Net result, include mainly:

◾

Service cost which are recognised as staff costs in the statement

of profit or loss;

◾

Interest expenses using a high quality corporate bond rate

at the start of the period which are recognised

as staff costs in the Statement of profit

or loss; and

◾

Remeasurements which are recognised in Other comprehensive income

(equity).

Remeasurements recognised in other comprehensive income are

not recycled to profit or loss. Any past service

cost relating to a plan amendment is recognised in profit or loss in the period of the plan amendment. Gains

and losses on curtailments and settlements are recognised in the statement

of profit or loss when the

curtailment or settlement occurs.

The recognition of a net defined benefit asset in the Consolidated statement of financial position is limited to

the present value of any economic benefits available in the form

of refunds from the plans or reductions in

future contributions to the plans.

Defined contribution plans

For defined contribution plans, ING Group

pays contributions to publicly or privately administered

pension

insurance plans on a mandatory,

contractual or voluntary basis. ING Group has no further payment obligations

once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognised as staff

expenses in the profit or loss

when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognised as an asset to the extent

that a cash refund or a

reduction in the future payments is available.

Other post-employment obligations

Some group companies provide other post-employment benefits to

former employees. The entitlement to

these benefits is usually conditional on the employee remaining in service up to retirement age and the

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

1

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -284

completion of a minimum service period. The expected costs of these benefits are accrued over the period of

employment using an accounting methodology similar to that for defined benefit pension plans.

1.19 Income recognition

Interest

Interest income and expense are recognised in the statement

of profit or loss using the effective interest

method. The effective interest

method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial asset or a

financial liability and of allocating the interest income or interest expense

over the relevant period. The

effective interest rate

is the rate that exactly discounts estimated

future cash payments or receipts through the

expected life of the financial instrument or,

when appropriate, a shorter period to the net carrying amount of

the financial asset or financial liability. When calculating the effective

interest rate, ING Group estimates

cash

flows considering all contractual terms of the financial instrument (for example,

prepayment options) but does

not consider future credit losses.

The calculation includes all fees and points paid or received between parties to the contract

that are an integral

part of the effective interest rate,

transaction costs and all other premiums or discounts. Once a financial asset

or a group of similar financial assets has been written down as a result of an impairment loss, interest income

is recognised using the rate of interest

used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the

impairment loss.

Interest results on instruments classified at Amortised Cost, assets measured

at FVOCI and derivatives in a

formal hedge accounting relationship is presented in ‘Interest

income (expense) using effective interest

rate

method’.

Interest result on financial assets and liabilities voluntarily designated as at

FVPL and derivatives in so

called economic hedges and instruments designated at fair value are

presented in ‘Other interest income

(expense)’.

Interest result on all other financial assets and liabilities at FVTPL is recognised in ‘Valuation results

and net trading income’.

Fees and commissions

Fees and commissions are generally recognised as the service is provided. Loan commitment fees

for loans that

are likely to be drawn down are deferred

(together with related direct costs) and recognised as an adjustment

to the effective interest

rate on the loan. Loan syndication fees are recognised

as income when the syndication

has been completed and ING Group has retained no part of the loan package for itself or has retained

a part at

the same effective interest rate

as the other participants. Commission and fees arising from negotiating, or

participating in the negotiation of, a transaction for

a third party – such as the arrangement of the acquisition

of shares or other securities or the purchase or sale of businesses – are recognised on completion of the

underlying transaction. Portfolio and other management advisory and service fees are recognised based on the

applicable service contracts as the service is provided. Asset management fees related

to investment funds and

investment contract fees

are recognised on a pro-rata basis over the period the service is provided. The same

principle is applied for wealth management, financial planning and custody services that are continuously

provided over an extended period of time. Fees received and paid between banks

for payment services are

classified as commission income and expenses.

Lease income

The proceeds from leasing out assets under operating leases are recognised on a straight

-line basis over the life

of the lease agreement. Lease payments received in respect of finance leases when ING Group is the lessor are

divided into an interest component (recognised as interest

income) and a repayment component based on a

pattern reflecting a constant periodic rate

of return on the lessor’s net investment in the lease.

1.20 Expense recognition

Expenses are recognised in the statement of profit or loss as incurred or when a decrease in future

economic

benefits related to a decrease in an asset or an increase in a liability has arisen that can be measured reliably.

Fee and commission expenses are generally a result from a contract

with ING service providers in order to

perform the service for ING Group’s customers.

Costs are generally presented as ‘Commission expenses’ if they

are specific, incremental, directly attributable and identifiable to

generate commission income.

Share-based payments

ING Group only engages in share-based payment transactions with its staff

and directors. Share-based payment

expenses are recognised as a staff expense over

the vesting period. A corresponding increase in equity is

recognised for equity-settled share-based payment

transactions. A liability is recognised for cash-settled share-

based payment transactions. The fair value of equity-settled

share-based payment transactions are measured

at the grant date, and the fair value of cash-settled

share-based payment transactions are measured at each

balance sheet date. Rights granted will remain valid until the expiry date,

even if the share based payment

scheme is discontinued. The rights are subject to certain conditions, including a pre-determined continuous

period of service.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

1

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -285

1.21 Earnings per ordinary share

Earnings per ordinary share is calculated on the basis of the weighted average

number of ordinary shares

outstanding. In calculating the weighted average

number of ordinary shares outstanding:

◾

Own shares held by group companies are deducted from the total

number of ordinary shares in issue;

◾

The computation is based on daily averages; and

◾

In case of exercised warrants,

the exercise date is taken

into consideration.

Diluted earnings per share data are computed as if all convertible instruments

outstanding at year-end were

exercised at the beginning of the period. It is also assumed that ING Group uses the assumed proceeds thus

received to buy its own shares against the average

market price in the financial year.

The net increase in the

number of shares resulting from the exercise is added to the average

number of shares used to calculate

diluted earnings per share.

Share options with fixed or determinable terms are treated

as options in the calculation of diluted earnings per

share, even though they may be contingent on vesting. They

are treated as outstanding on the grant date.

Performance-based employee share options are treated

as contingently issuable shares because their issue is

contingent upon satisfying specified conditions in addition to the passage of time.

1.22 Statement of cash flows

The statement of cash flows is prepared in accordance

with the indirect method, distinguishing cash flows from

operating, investing and financing activities. In the net cash flow from operating

activities, the result before tax

is adjusted for those items in the statement of profit

or loss and changes in items per the statement of financial

position, which do not result in actual cash flows during the year.

For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, Cash and cash equivalents comprise balances with less than

three months’ maturity from the date of acquisition, including cash and balances with central banks, treasury

bills and other eligible bills, amounts due from other banks, and deposits from banks. Investments qualify as a

cash equivalent if they are readily convertible to

a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant

risk of changes in value.

Cash flows arising from foreign currency transactions are translated

into the functional currency using the

exchange rates at the date

of the cash flows.

The net cash flow shown in respect of Loans and advances to customers relates

only to transactions involving

actual payments or receipts. The Addition to loan loss provision which is deducted from the item Loans and

advances to customers in the statement

of financial position has been adjusted accordingly from the result

before tax and is shown separately

in the statement of cash flows.

The difference between the Net cash flow in accordance with the statement

of cash flows and the change

between the opening and closing balance of Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of financial position is

due to exchange rate differences

and is presented separately in the cash flow statement.

Liabilities arising from financing activities are debt securities and subordinated loans.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

2

Cash and balances with central bank

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -286

Notes to the Consolidated statement

of financial position

2

Cash and balances with central bank

Cash and balances with central banks

2020

2019

Amounts held at central banks

109,237

51,178

Cash and bank balances

1,851

2,024

111,087

53,202

The movement in Cash and balances with central banks reflects ING’s

active liquidity management. ING

participated in a series of Targeted

Longer-Term

Refinancing Operations (TLTRO

III) for EUR 4.5 billion in March

2020, EUR 55.0 billion in June 2020 and repaid EUR 17.7 billion on previous TLTRO. Further details

are reported in

Note 12 ‘Deposits from Banks’ and in the consolidated statement

of Cash Flow.

Amounts held at central banks reflect on demand balances.

Reference is made to Note 42 ‘Transfer

of financial assets, assets pledged and received as collateral’ for

restrictions on Cash balances with central banks.

3

Loans and advances to banks

Loans and advances to banks

Netherlands

Rest of the world

Total

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

Loans

7,442

13,641

17,939

21,499

25,381

35,140

Cash advances, overdrafts and other balances

0

0

6

4

6

5

7,442

13,641

17,945

21,504

25,387

35,145

Loan loss provisions

-10

-6

-13

-3

-23

-9

7,432

13,635

17,933

21,501

25,364

35,136

Loans include balances (mainly short-term deposits) with central banks amounting to EUR 2,519 million (2019:

EUR 3,185 million).

As at 31 December 2020, Loans include receivables related to finance lease contracts amounting to

EUR 6 million

(2019: EUR 24 million). Reference is made to Note 7 ‘Loans and advances to customers’

for information on

finance lease receivables.

As at 31 December 2020, all loans and advances to banks are non-subordinated.

4

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

2020

2019

Trading assets

51,356

49,254

Non-trading derivatives

3,583

2,257

Designated at fair value through profit or loss

4,126

3,076

Mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss

44,305

41,600

103,370

96,187

(Reverse) repurchase transactions

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss includes securities lending and sales and repurchase

transactions which were not derecognised, because ING Group continues to be exposed

to substantially all risks

and rewards of the transferred financial asset. For

repurchase agreements the gross amount of trading assets

must be considered together with the gross amount of related

trading liabilities, which are presented separately

on the statement of financial position since IFRS does not always allow netting

of these positions in the

statement of financial position.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

4

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -287

ING Group’s exposure

to (reverse) repurchase transactions is included in the following

lines in the statement of

financial position:

Exposure to (reverse) repurchase agreements

2020

2019

Reverse repurchase transactions

Loans and advances to banks

4,869

8,943

Loans and advances to customers

624

180

Trading assets, loans and receivables

10,947

11,969

Loans and receivables measured at mandatorily measured at fair value

through profit or loss

41,735

38,985

58,175

60,077

Repurchase transactions

Deposits from banks

1,971

205

Trading liabilities, funds on deposit

5,787

4,556

Funds entrusted measured at designated at fair value

through profit or loss

41,177

38,492

48,935

43,253

Securities purchased under agreements to resell (reverse repos),

securities borrowings and similar agreements

are not recognised in the consolidated statement

of financial position. Based on the business model assessment

and counterparty,

the consideration paid to purchase securities is recognised as Loans and advances to

customers, Loans and advances to banks, Other financial assets at FVPL or Trading

assets.

Securities sold subject to repurchase agreements (repos), securities lending and similar agreements continue to

be recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position. The counterparty

liability is measured at FVPL

(designated) and included in Other financial liabilities at FVPL if the asset is measured at FVPL. Otherwise, the

counterparty liability is included in Deposits from banks, Customer deposits, or Trading,

as appropriate.

Reference is made to Note 42 ‘Transfer

of financial assets, assets pledged and received as collateral’ for

information on transferred

assets which were not derecognised.

Trading assets

Trading assets by type

2020

2019

Equity securities

7,809

8,499

Debt securities

5,183

6,256

Derivatives

27,238

21,694

Loans and receivables

11,126

12,806

51,356

49,254

Trading assets include assets that

are classified under IFRS as Trading, but are

closely related to servicing the

needs of the clients of ING Group. ING offers institutional clients, corporate

clients, and governments, products

that are traded on the financial markets. A significant part of the derivatives

in the trading portfolio is related to

servicing corporate clients in their risk management to hedge for example

currency or interest rate exposures.

In

addition, ING provides its customers access to equity and debt markets for

issuing their own equity or debt

securities (securities underwriting).

Reference is made to Note 14 ‘Financial liabilities at fair value

through profit or loss’ for information on trading

liabilities.

Non-trading derivatives

Non-trading derivatives by type

2020

2019

Derivatives used in

-

fair value hedges

486

524

-

cash flow hedges

1,376

677

-

hedges of net investments in foreign operations

69

23

Other non-trading derivatives

1,653

1,033

3,583

2,257

Reference is made to Note 39 ‘Derivatives

and hedge accounting’ for information on derivatives used in hedge

accounting.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

5

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -288

Other non-trading derivatives mainly includes interest rate

swaps and foreign exchange currency

swaps for which

no hedge accounting is applied.

Designated at fair value through profit

or loss

Designated at fair value through profit or loss by type

2020

2019

Debt securities

3,544

2,334

Loans and receivables

582

742

4,126

3,076

‘Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss’ is partly economically hedged

by credit

derivatives.

The hedges do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting and the loans are recorded

at fair value to

avoid an accounting mismatch. The maximum credit exposure of the loans and receivables

included in ‘Financial

assets designated at fair value through profit or loss’ approximates

its carrying value. The cumulative change in

fair value of the loans attributable to changes in credit risk is not significant.

The notional value of the related credit derivatives is EUR 1,077 million (2019: EUR 1,672 million). The cumulative

change in fair value of the credit derivatives attributable

to changes in credit risk since the financial assets were

first designated, amounts to EUR -16 million (2019: EUR 29 million) and the change for the current

year amounts

to EUR -45 million (2019: EUR -52 million).

These have been calculated by determining the changes in credit spread

implicit in the fair value of bonds issued

by entities with similar credit characteristics.

Mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

Mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss by type

2020

2019

Equity securities

228

159

Debt securities

787

733

Loans and receivables

43,290

40,708

44,305

41,600

None of the equity securities are individually significant for ING Group.

For details on ING Group’s total

exposure to debt securities reference is made to

Note 6 ‘Securities at amortised

cost’.

5

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income by type

2020

2019

Equity securities

1,862

2,306

Debt securities

1

32,977

30,483

Loans and advances

1

1,056

1,680

35,895

34,468

1 Debt securities include an amount of EUR -12 million (2019: EUR -7 million)

and the Loans and advances includes EUR -2 million (2019:

EUR -3 million) of Loan loss provisions.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

5

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -289

Exposure to equity securities

Equity securities designated as at fair value through other comprehensive

income

Carrying

value

Carrying

value

Dividend

income

Dividend

income

2020

2019

2020

2019

Investment in Bank of Beijing

1,662

2,001

95

93

Other Investments

200

305

12

18

1,862

2,306

107

111

For strategic equity securities, ING decided to apply the option to irrevocably

designate these investments at fair

value through other comprehensive income, instead of the IFRS 9 default

measurement of fair value through

profit or loss.

As at 31 December 2020 ING holds approximately 13% (2019: 13%)

of the shares of Bank of Beijing, a bank listed

on the stock exchange of Shanghai. As per regulatory requirements

set by China Banking and Insurance

Regulatory Commission, ING, as a shareholder holding more than 5% or more of the shares, is required to supply

additional capital when necessary. No request for

additional capital was received in 2020 (2019: nil).

Changes in fair value through other comprehensive

income

The following table presents changes in financial assets at fair value

through other comprehensive income.

Changes in fair value through other comprehensive income financial assets

FVOCI equity securities

FVOCI debt instruments

1

Total

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

Opening balance as at 1 January

2,306

3,228

32,163

27,995

34,468

31,223

Additions

13

11

16,936

16,259

16,949

16,270

Amortisation

-9

-12

-9

-12

Transfers

and reclassifications

-107

3

0

-0

-107

3

Changes in unrealised revaluations

2

-283

139

520

258

237

397

Impairments

-2

-2

-2

-2

Reversals of impairments

-4

1

-4

1

Disposals and redemptions

-13

-1,091

-14,557

-12,298

-14,571

-13,389

Exchange rate differences

-53

15

-1,017

-40

-1,070

-25

Changes in the composition of the group and other

changes

-0

0

2

2

2

3

Closing balance

1,862

2,306

34,033

32,163

35,895

34,468

1 Fair value through other comprehensive income debt instruments includes both debt securities and loans and advances.

2 Changes in unrealised revaluations of FVOCI debt instruments include changes on hedged items which are recognised in the statement of

profit or loss. Reference is made to Note 19 ‘Equity’ for details on the changes in revaluation reserve.

In 2020, changes in unrealised revaluations of equity securities decreased mainly related to negative

revaluation

of the stake in Bank of Bejing following a decline in share price (EUR -339 million).

In 2020, transfers and reclassifications of

EUR -107 million mainly relates to ING’s

investment in Visa preference

series C shares (EUR -116 million) that have been reclassified from equity at fair value through

other

comprehensive income to debt securities at mandatorily fair value

through profit or loss' based on variable

conversion rate.

In the first quarter of 2019, ING sold its last tranche of shares in India’s

Kotak Mahindra Bank (Kotak) for

EUR 880

million. The transaction, for a stake of 3.07%, concluded the divestment

process and was the main driver for the

‘disposal’ line in 2019.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

6

Securities at amortised cost

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -290

Reference is made to Note 6 ‘Securities at amortised cost’ for details on ING Group’s

total exposure to debt

securities.

6

Securities at amortised cost

Securities at amortised cost fully consist of Debt securities.

ING Group’s exposure

to debt securities is included in the following lines in the statement of financial position:

Exposure to debt securities

2020

2019

Debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income

32,977

30,483

Debt securities at amortised cost

50,587

46,108

Debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income and amortised cost

83,564

76,592

Trading assets

5,183

6,256

Debt securities at fair value through profit or loss

4,274

3,067

Total debt securities at

fair value through profit or loss

9,457

9,323

93,022

85,914

ING Group’s total

exposure to debt securities (excluding debt securities held in the trading portfolio)

of EUR

87,838 million (31 December 2019: EUR 79,659 million) is specified as follows:

Debt securities by type of exposure

Debt Securities

at FVPL

Debt Securities

at FVOCI

Debt Securities

at AC

Total

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

Government bonds

48

408

22,448

20,300

26,801

25,627

49,296

46,334

Sub-sovereign, Supranationals

and Agencies

2,331

505

7,510

6,606

14,858

10,689

24,699

17,801

Covered bonds

1,821

1,734

5,965

6,960

7,786

8,693

Corporate bonds

26

207

476

131

143

364

619

Financial institutions' bonds

1,143

1,440

523

332

1,956

1,536

3,622

3,308

ABS portfolio

726

714

480

1,043

894

1,163

2,100

2,920

4,274

3,067

32,990

30,491

50,604

46,118

87,868

79,676

Loan loss provisions

-12

-7

-17

-10

-29

-17

Bond portfolio

4,274

3,067

32,977

30,483

50,587

46,108

87,838

79,659

Approximately ##D<20F_Note_Securities_at_amortised_cost_var_2_CY>%

(2019:90%) of the exposure in the

ABS portfolio is externally rated AAA, AA or A, and the remaining positions are largely unrated.

There are no

borrowed debt securities recognised in the statement of financial position.

7

Loans and advances to customers

Loans and advances to customers by type

Netherlands

Rest of the world

Total

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

Loans to, or guaranteed by,

public authorities

24,292

25,340

17,210

16,849

41,502

42,190

Loans secured by mortgages

115,176

117,199

236,954

231,327

352,130

348,526

Loans guaranteed by credit institutions

305

206

4,896

3,569

5,201

3,775

Personal lending

3,019

3,482

24,776

24,768

27,794

28,250

Corporate loans

37,594

39,645

135,527

150,233

173,121

189,878

180,385

185,873

419,364

426,746

599,749

612,619

Loan loss provisions

-1,286

-1,193

-4,493

-3,398

-5,779

-4,590

179,099

184,680

414,871

423,349

593,970

608,029

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

8

Investment in associates and joint ventures

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -291

For details on credit quality and loan loss provisioning, refer to ‘Risk management

– Credit risk’ paragraph ‘Credit

quality’.

Loans and advances to customers by subordination

2020

2019

Non-subordinated

593,871

607,908

Subordinated

99

121

593,970

608,029

No individual loan or advance has terms and conditions that significantly affect the amount, timing or certainty

of

the consolidated cash flows of the Group.

Loans and advances to customers and Loans and advances to banks include finance lease receivables and are

detailed as follows:

Finance lease receivables

2020

2019

1

Maturities of gross investment in finance lease receivables

-

within 1 year

3,175

3,116

-

between 1-2 years

2,212

2,250

-

between 2-3 years

1,722

1,753

-

between 3-4 years

1,166

1,229

-

between 4-5 years

711

732

-

more than 5 years

1,487

1,511

10,473

10,591

Unearned future finance income on finance leases

-508

-580

Net investment in finance leases

9,965

10,011

Included in Loans and advances to banks

6

24

Included in Loans and advances to customers

9,958

9,987

9,965

10,011

1

The prior period has been updated to improve consistency and comparability of the amounts per maturity of finance lease receivables.

The finance lease receivables mainly relate to the financing of equipment and are part of corporate

loans. To a

lesser extent, the finance lease receivables relate to real

estate for third parties, where ING is the lessor.

These

finance lease receivables are part of loans secured by mortgages. Interest

income in 2020 on Finance lease

receivables amounts to EUR 229 million (2019: EUR 251 million).

Expected credit losses for uncollectable finance lease receivables of EUR 164 million as at 31 December 2020

(2019: EUR 136 million) is included in the loan loss provision. The loan loss provision for finance lease receivables

is classified into the following loan loss provision stages; stage

1: EUR 8 million (2019: EUR 2 million), stage 2: EUR

25 million (2019: EUR 6 million), and stage 3: EUR 131 million (2019: EUR 128 million).

No individual finance lease receivable has terms and conditions that significantly affect the amount,

timing or

certainty of the consolidated cash flows of the Group.

8

Investment in associates and joint ventures

Investments in associates and joint ventures

2020

Interest

held (%)

Fair value

of listed

invest-

ments

Balance

sheet

value

Total

assets

Total

liabilities

Total

income

Total

expenses

TMB Public Company Limited

23

653

1,202

50,123

44,597

1,388

1,093

Other investments in associates and joint

ventures

273

1,475

Investments in associates and joint ventures

2019

Interest

held (%)

Fair value

of listed

invest-

ments

Balance

sheet

value

Total

assets

Total

liabilities

Total

income

Total

expenses

TMB Public Company Limited

23

1,109

1,509

55,804

49,974

1,145

891

Other investments in associates and joint

ventures

281

1,790

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

8

Investment in associates and joint ventures

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -292

The reporting dates of certain associates and joint ventures can differ

from the reporting date of the Group, but

by no more than three months.

TMB Bank Public Company Limited

ING Group has a 23% investment in TMB Bank Public Company Limited (hereafter:

TMB), a bank listed on the

Stock Exchange of Thailand. TMB is providing products and services to Wholesale, Small and Medium Enterprise

(SME), and Retail customers. In December 2019 TMB merged with Thanachart Bank and became Thailand’s

sixth

largest bank.

TMB is accounted for as an investment in associate

based on the size of ING shareholding and representation on

the Board. IFRS requires to test its investment

in TMB for impairment when there is an indication that

impairment might exist.

Impairment testing

In 2020, the fair value of ING’s investment

in TMB significantly declined below the purchase cost. This indicator

triggered ING to perform an impairment test on the recoverability

of the investment of TMB.

The impairment

test performed led to an impairment at 30 September 2020 of EUR 230 million, as the recoverable

amount of

EUR 1,181 million,

as determined by a Value in Use calculation, was below the carrying amount of EUR 1,411

million at that point in time. The impairment test at year end resulted in no further impairments.

Methodology

The recoverable amount is determined as the higher of the fair value less costs

of disposal and Value in Use

(‘VIU’). Fair value less costs of disposal is based on observable share price. The VIU calculation uses discounted

cash flow projections based on management’s best estimates. VIU is derived using a Dividend Discount

Model

(DDM) where distributable equity,

i.e. future earnings available to ordinary shareholders, is used as a proxy

for

future cash flows. The valuation looks at expected cash flows

into perpetuity resulting in two main components

to the VIU calculation:

i) the estimation of future earnings over a 5 year forecast period; and

ii) the terminal value being the extrapolation of earnings into perpetuity applying a long term growth

rate. The earnings that are used for extrapolation

represent the stable long term financial results and

position of TMB, i.e. a steady state. The terminal value comprises the

majority of the total VIU.

Key assumptions used in the VIU calculation as at 31 December 2020 (and as at 30 September 2020 resulting in

impairment)

The value in use is determined using a valuation model which is subject to multiple management assumptions.

The key assumptions, i.e. those to which the overall result is most sensitive to,

are the following:

Expected future earnings of TMB: based on forecasts derived from broker

consensus over the short to

medium term and TMB observable targets for steady state

earnings into perpetuity. A capital

maintenance

charge is applied, which is management’s forecast

of the earnings that need to be withheld in order for TMB

to meet target regulatory requirements

over the forecast period;

Terminal growth

rate: 1.6% for periods after 2024, consistent

with current long term government bond yield

in Thailand as a proxy for a risk-free

rate (30 September 2020: 3.0% consistent with long term

forecasts of

GDP growth in Thailand);

Discount rate (cost of equity): 8.49%, based on the capital asset pricing model (CAPM) calculated

for TMB,

using current market data (30 September 2020: 9.8%).

The terminal growth rate and the discount rate

are interdependent. Following the use of the long term

government bond yield as a basis for terminal growth rate

at year-end, cost of equity was adjusted accordingly

(reducing cost of equity). This change did not have a significant impact on value in use as at 31 December 2020.

Furthermore, following the approval of vaccines

and improvement in the share price of TMB observed in the last

quarter of the year,

in line with the general market, the level of confidence in the forecasted

cash flows of TMB

increased compared to 30 September 2020. This allowed ING to remove the

additional forecasting risk factor

from cost of equity at year-end compared to 30 September 2020. Even

if the additional forecasting risk factor

remained in the cost of equity as at 31 December 2020, this would not have resulted in impairment at year

-end

in addition to the impairment already recognised at 30 September 2020.

At year end 2020 the model was tested for reasonably

possible changes to key assumptions in the model. This

reflects the sensitivity of the VIU to each key assumption on its own and it is possible that more than one

favourable and/or unfavourable

change may occur at the same time. Holding the other key assumptions

constant, a reduction in all of the forecasted

annual cashflows, including terminal value, of 17.6% would reduce

the recoverable amount to the carrying amount. A 589bps decrease in long term growth

rate or a 153bps

increase in the discount rate would cause the VIU to equal the carrying amount.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

9

Property and equipment

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -293

Other investments in associates

and joint ventures

Included in Other investments in associates and joint ventures are

mainly financial services and financial

technology funds or vehicles operating predominantly in Europe.

Other investments in associates and joint ventures represents

a number of associates and joint ventures that are

individually not significant to ING Group.

Significant influence for associates in which the interest

held is below 20%, is based on the combination of ING

Group’s financial interest

and other arrangements, such as participation in the Board of Directors.

The associates and joint ventures of ING are subject to legal and regulatory

restrictions regarding the amount of

dividends it can pay to ING. These restrictions are for example

dependent on the laws in the country of

incorporation for declaring dividends or as a result of minimum capital requirements that

are imposed by

industry regulators in the countries in which the associates and joint ventures

operate. In addition, the associates

and joint ventures also consider other factors in determining the appropriate

levels of equity needed. These

factors and limitations include, but are not limited to,

rating agency and regulatory views, which can change over

time.

Changes in Investments in associates and joint ventures

2020

2019

Opening balance

1,790

1,203

Additions

24

507

Revaluations

-3

-18

Share of results

66

82

Dividends received

-12

-58

Disposals

-12

-10

Impairments

-235

-34

Exchange rate differences

-144

113

Other

0

4

Closing balance

1,475

1,790

Share of results from associates and joint ventures of EUR 66 million (2019: EUR 82 million) as included in the

table above is mainly attributable to results of TMB of EUR 70 million (2019: EUR 77 million).

‘Share of results from associates and joint ventures’ and ‘impairments

of associates and joint ventures’ are

presented separately in the face of the consolidated

statement of profit or loss. In 2020 impairments is

predominantly attributable to TMB.

9

Property and equipment

Property and equipment by type

2020

2019

Property in own use

745

757

Equipment

842

940

Right- of- use assets

1,255

1,476

2,841

3,172

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

9

Property and equipment

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -294

Changes in property in own use

2020

2019

Opening balance

757

780

Additions

10

5

Transfers

to and from Other Assets

57

-1

  • Depreciation

-12

-11

-

Impairments

-8

-2

-

Reversal of impairments

9

6

Amounts recognised in the statement of profit or loss for

the year

-12

-7

Revaluations recognised in equity during the year

20

58

Disposals

-63

-72

Exchange rate differences

-24

-7

Closing balance

745

757

Gross carrying amount as at 31 December

1,258

1,279

Accumulated depreciation as at 31 December

-378

-385

Accumulated impairments as at 31 December

-135

-137

Net carrying value as at 31 December

745

757

Revaluation surplus

Opening balance

339

280

Change in the year

-30

59

Closing balance

310

339

ING considers valuations from third party experts in determining

the fair values of property in own use.

The purchase costs amounted to EUR 948 million (2019: EUR 940 million). Cost or the purchase price less

accumulated depreciation and impairments would have been EUR 435 million (2019: EUR 417 million) had

property in own use been valued at cost instead of at fair value.

Changes in equipment

Data processing

Fixtures and fittings

equipment

and other equipment

Total

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

Opening balance

307

290

633

589

940

879

Additions

134

149

143

200

277

349

Disposals

-3

-1

-9

-8

-12

-9

Depreciation

-145

-136

-147

-142

-291

-278

Impairments

-1

-0

-7

-1

-9

-1

Exchange rate differences

-10

1

-11

1

-22

2

Changes in the composition of the group

and other changes

-1

3

-41

-5

-42

-3

Closing balance

281

307

561

633

842

940

Gross carrying amount as at 31 December

1,489

1,479

2,297

2,408

3,786

3,886

Accumulated depreciation as at 31 December

-1,207

-1,171

-1,734

-1,774

-2,940

-2,946

Accumulated impairments as at 31 December

-2

-1

-3

-1

-5

-1

Net carrying value as at 31 December

281

307

561

633

842

940

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

10

Intangible assets

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -295

Changes in Right-of-use assets

Property

Cars

Other leases

Total

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

Opening balance

1,323

n/a

96

n/a

57

n/a

1,476

n/a

Effect of changes in accounting policy due to

the implementation of IFRS 16

1,138

70

72

1,280

Additions

94

381

37

65

3

-2

134

444

Depreciation

-213

-211

-43

-40

-19

-12

-275

-262

Impairments

-35

-35

Remeasurements

8

29

1

8

30

Disposals

-13

-18

-1

-1

-14

-19

Exchange rate differences

-32

8

-1

-2

-1

-35

7

Changes in the composition of the group and

other changes

-4

-4

-4

-4

Closing balance

1,129

1,323

89

96

38

57

1,255

1,476

Gross carrying amount as at 31 December

1,519

1,503

152

135

65

69

1,737

1,707

Accumulated depreciation as at 31 December

-399

-213

-64

-40

-28

-12

-492

-265

Accumulated impairments as at 31 December

-36

-36

Accumulated remeasurement as at

31 December

44

33

1

1

45

34

Accumulated exchange rate

diffrences as at

31 December

Net carrying value as at 31 December

1,129

1,323

89

96

38

57

1,255

1,476

Right-of-use assets relate

to leased land and buildings, cars, data-processing equipment and other leases.

The reported impairment losses of EUR 35 million result from change in use of right-of-use

property and the

anticipation of a change in the post-pandemic way of working.

10

Intangible assets

Changes in intangible assets

Goodwill

Software

Other

Total

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

Opening balance

907

918

958

868

52

53

1,916

1,839

Additions

17

86

94

87

111

Capitalised expenses

213

285

213

285

Amortisation

-249

-235

-2

-2

-251

-237

Impairments

1

-310

-167

-61

-35

-513

-61

Exchange rate differences

-63

-28

-6

-69

-28

Disposals

-9

-1

-9

-1

Changes in the composition of the group and other

changes

19

8

1

19

9

Closing balance

533

907

846

958

15

52

1,394

1,916

Gross carrying amount as at 31 December

843

907

2,642

2,608

60

61

3,545

3,575

Accumulated amortisation as at 31 December

-1,621

-1,641

-9

-7

-1,630

-1,648

Accumulated impairments as at 31 December

-310

-175

-9

-37

-2

-522

-11

Net carrying value as at 31 December

533

907

846

958

15

52

1,394

1,916

1 Impairments of intangible assets are presented within Other operating expenses in the statement of Profit or Loss.

Goodwill

Goodwill is allocated to groups of cash generating units (CGUs) as follows:

Goodwill allocation to group of CGUs

Method used for

recoverable amount

Discount rate

Terminal growth

rate

Goodwill

Goodwill

Group of CGU’s

2020

2019

Retail Netherlands

Values in use

8.59%

0.00%

30

30

Retail Belgium

Values in use

9.48%

0.00%

50

Retail Germany

Values in use

8.57%

0.00%

349

349

Retail Growth Markets

1

Values in use

13.09%

3.80%

153

209

Wholesale Banking

1

Values in use

9.58%

0.75%

268

533

907

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

10

Intangible assets

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -296

1 Goodwill from acquisition related to Growth Countries is allocated across two groups of CGUs, EUR 153 million to Retail Growth

Markets

and EUR 0 million to Wholesale Banking (2019: EUR 209 million to Retail Growth Markets and EUR 61 million to Wholesale Banking).

Impairment testing

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually in the fourth quarter by comparing the recoverable

amount of each

goodwill-carrying CGU with its carrying amount. The key assumptions used in the calculation of the recoverable

amounts are included in the table above. In addition ING Group tests goodwill whenever a triggering event

is

identified.

Covid-19 has resulted in adverse changes in the market and economic environment.

Due to the impact of the

significant deterioration in the economic environment

on the cash flow outlook of our businesses, we also

completed a goodwill impairment review across ING Group in the second quarter of 2020.

Goodwill impairment test performed in the second quarter resulted in the recognition of goodwill impairments

on the CGU Retail Belgium of EUR 50 million (of which EUR 43 million is reported in Retail Belgium segment and

EUR 8 million in Corporate Line segment) and on the CGU Wholesale Banking of EUR 260 million (fully reported in

the Wholesale Banking segment).

For both CGUs the impairment resulted from the negative developments

in the macro-economic outlook in the

context of the Covid-19 pandemic. In addition, the applicable discount rate is also affected

by the deteriorated

economic and risk environment. The discount rate

used to estimate the value in use of the CGU Belgium as at 30

June 2020 was 9.54 % (31 December 2019: 6.94 %). The discount rate used to estimate the value in use of CGU

Wholesale Banking, which is based on the weighted average of the discount rates of various

local businesses as

Wholesale Banking is a global business line, was at 30 June 9.38% (31 December 2019: 7.29%). The terminal

growth rate used to estimate the value

in use of the CGU Belgium was 0.00% at 30 June 2020 and it was not

changed compared to Q4 2019 (31 December 2019: 0.00 %). The terminal growth rate

used to estimate the value

in use of CGU Wholesale Banking

was at 30 June 0.85% (31 December 2019: 0.69%).

For each of the other groups

of CGUs the recoverable amount exceeds

the carrying value of the CGUs as at 31

December 2020 and therefore no impairment is required.

Methodology

In line with IFRS, the recoverable amount is determined as the higher of the fair value

less costs of disposal and

Value in Use (VIU). The VIU calculation is based on a Dividend Discount model using three year management

approved plans, updated for the expected impact of Covid-19. When estimating

the VIU of a CGU, local

conditions and requirements determine the capital requirements,

discount rates, and terminal growth rates

.

These local conditions and requirements determine the ability to upstream excess

capital and profits to ING

Group. The discount rate calculation includes other inputs such as equity market

premium, country risk premium,

and long term inflation which are based on market sources and management’s

judgement. The long term growth

rate for EU-countries is based on long term risk-free

rate by reference

to the yield of a composite index consisting

of Euro generic government bonds, with a maturity of 30 years. For other countries,

the growth rate includes

long term inflation rate obtained from market

sources.

Sensitivity of key assumptions

Key assumptions in the goodwill impairment test model are the projected locally available

cash flows (based on

local capital requirements and projected profits), discount

rates (cost of equity), and long term growth rates.

The recoverable amounts of the unimpaired CGUs are sensitive to

the above key assumptions.

A decrease in the available cash flows of 10%, an increase in the discount rate

of 1 percent point or a reduction of

future growth rate to

zero are considered reasonably possible changes

in key assumptions. If the aforementioned

changes

occur

to

the

above

key

assumptions

holding

the

other

key

assumptions

constant,

goodwill

of

the

remaining CGUs will continue to be recoverable and no impairment

will occur.

Other changes

Other changes in goodwill in 2020 relate to changes in currency exchange

rates of CGUs Wholesale Banking and

Retail Growth Markets goodwill.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

11

Other assets

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -297

Software

Software, includes internally developed software amounting to EUR 688 million (2019: EUR 741 million).

Following the decision to discontinue the Maggie programme an impairment of EUR 141 million was recognised in

2020, primarily

related to

capitalised software

development costs.

In addition,

an impairment

of EUR

19 million

with regards

software in

the payments

and cash management

business was recogni

sed. The rest

of the software

impairment relates to various, individually immaterial items.

Other intangible assets

In 2020 an impairment of an indefinite useful life asset

of EUR 14 million was recognised, related to

brand names

(2019: nil)

and additional

EUR 20

million was

recognised related

to intangible

assets from

a previous

acquisition

(customer relationships), following a re-evaluation

of the business plan.

11

Other assets

Other assets by type

2020

2019

Net defined benefit assets

725

709

Investment properties

20

46

Property development and obtained from foreclosures

72

98

Accrued assets

781

783

Amounts to be settled

2,215

2,835

Other

2,079

2,546

5,893

7,018

Disclosures in respect of Net defined benefit assets are provided in Note 36 ‘Pension and other post-employment

benefits’.

Amounts to be settled include primarily transactions not settled at the balance sheet date. The nature

of these

transaction is short term and are expected to settle shortly after

the closing date of the balance sheet.

Other relates to various receivables in the normal course of business, amongst

others, short term receivables

relating to mortgage issuance and other amounts receivable from customers.

12

Deposits from banks

Deposits from banks includes non-subordinated debt from banks, except

for amounts in the form of debt

securities.

Deposits from banks by type

Netherlands

Rest of the world

Total

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

Non-interest bearing

596

107

196

73

792

180

Interest bearing

49,336

17,544

27,971

17,101

77,306

34,646

49,931

17,651

28,166

17,175

78,098

34,826

Deposits from banks includes ING’s participation in the Targeted

Longer-Term

Refinancing Operations of EUR

59.5 billion (2019: EUR 17.7 billion). ING participated in a new series of Targeted

Longer-Term

Refinancing

Operations (TLTRO

III) for EUR 4.5 billion in March 2020, EUR 55.0 billion in June 2020 and repaid EUR 17.7 billion

of the previous TLTRO (TLTRO

II).

The TLTRO III funding is granted

for a period of three years with an early repayment option after one year

with

the earliest date of September 2021. The three new participation windows introduced by the ECB press

release in

December 2020, can be repaid quarterly from June 2022. Interest under TLTRO

III will be settled on maturity of

each TLTRO III operation

or on early repayment. The interest rate

on TLTRO III depends on the lending volumes

granted to corporates (excluding

financial institutions) and households (excluding mortgages).

Under the conditions of the program, interest rate

s

can be as favorable as 50 basis points below the average

interest rate on the Deposit Facility

rate, but in any case not higher than -1%. Such a rate

would apply to all

TLTRO III operations

outstanding over the discrete periods between 24 June 2020 and 23 June 2021 (special

interest period 1), and between 24 June 2021 and 23 June 2022 (special interest period 2), for

banks that show

growth in lending volumes equal to or above 0% between 1 March 2020 and 31 March 2021 (observation period

1) and 1 October 2020 and 31 December 2021 (observation period 2), respectively.

In case lending growth targets

are not met, the interest rate during the special interest

periods can in a worst case scenario be at 50 basis points

below the average Main Refinancing Operations

rate over the same period. In the period preceding and following

the special interest periods the interest will be in a corridor between the Deposit Facility

and Main Refinancing

Operations rates, depending to what extent

ING meets the lending growth conditions of the TLTRO

III program.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

13

Customer deposits

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -298

Special interest period 2 was announced by the ECB in its press release in December 2020 and confirmed in

January 2021.

The amount of interest income recognised during the period on the TLTRO

III depends on a reasonable

expectation of whether the conditions will be met. Interest income on ING’s

participation in TLTRO III of EUR 164

million was recognised in the statement of profit and loss (please refer

to Note 20 Net interest income). Interest

income recognised in 2020 for TLTRO

III is based on -50 bps (the Main Refinancing Operations rate minus 50 bps),

which is in substance an unconditional rate during June 2020 – June 2021 and does not depend on whether the

lending targets are achieved. At 31 December 2020 ING assessed that it is not yet

highly probable that lending

targets will be met. Any conditional benefit from TLTRO

III has not been included yet.

13

Customer deposits

Customer deposits

2020

2019

Savings accounts

336,392

326,864

Credit balances on customer accounts

256,636

224,022

Corporate deposits

15,941

22,329

Other

548

1,140

609,517

574,355

Customer deposits by type

Netherlands

Rest of the world

Total

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

Non-interest bearing

24,206

19,030

42,211

24,782

66,417

43,812

Interest bearing

174,641

159,546

368,459

370,997

543,100

530,543

198,847

178,576

410,671

395,779

609,517

574,355

Savings accounts relate to the balances on savings accounts,

savings books, savings deposits, and time deposits of

private individuals.

14

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

2020

2019

Trading liabilities

32,709

28,042

Non-trading derivatives

1,629

2,215

Designated at fair value through profit or loss

48,444

47,684

82,781

77,942

Trading liabilities

Trading liabilities by type

2020

2019

Equity securities

191

193

Debt securities

577

1,201

Funds on deposit

6,204

5,322

Derivatives

25,737

21,325

32,709

28,042

Non-trading derivatives

Non-trading derivatives by type

2020

2019

Derivatives used in:

-

fair value hedges

444

873

-

cash flow hedges

230

339

-

hedges of net investments in foreign operations

98

51

Other non-trading derivatives

857

953

1,629

2,215

Reference is made to Note 39 ‘Derivatives

and hedge accounting’ for information on derivatives used for hedge

accounting.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

15

Provisions

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -299

Other non-trading derivatives mainly includes interest rate

swaps and foreign currency swaps for hedging

purposes, but for which no hedge accounting is applied.

Designated at fair value through profit

or loss

Designated at fair value through profit or loss by type

2020

2019

Debt securities

6,276

8,053

Funds entrusted

41,911

39,386

Subordinated liabilities

258

246

48,444

47,684

As at 31 December 2020, the change in the fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value through

profit

or loss attributable to changes in credit risk is EUR 141 million (2019: EUR 139 million) on a cumulative basis. This

change has been determined as the amount of change in fair value of the financial liability that is not attributable

to changes in market conditions that gave

rise to market risk (i.e. mainly interest rate

risk based on yield curves).

The amount that ING Group is contractually required to pay

at maturity to the holders of financial liabilities

designated at fair value through profit or loss excluding

repurchase agreements is EUR 6,682 million (2019:

EUR 8,634 million).

15

Provisions

Provisions by type

2020

2019

Reorganisation provisions

381

385

Other provisions

310

303

691

688

Changes in reorganisation provisions

2020

2019

Opening balance

385

613

Additions

165

56

Releases

-16

-49

Utilised

-152

-234

Exchange rate differences

-1

0

Closing balance

381

385

In 2020, the addition to the reorganisation provision is mainly attributable

to refocusing of our activities in

Wholesale Banking and decision on the Maggie project, as well as additional restructuring costs in Retail Benelux

and Other Challengers & Growth Markets. These initiatives are

implemented over a period of several years and

the estimate of the reorganisation provisions is inherently

uncertain.

The addition to the reorganisation provision in 2019 is mainly related

to ING’s closure of branches in the

Netherlands and updates in existing reorganisation provisions

following the digital transformation programmes

of ING Bank.

Changes in other provisions

Litigation

Other

Total

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

Opening balance

102

165

201

234

303

399

Effect of change in accounting policies

7

7

Additions

46

74

32

46

78

120

Interest

-1

-5

-1

-5

Releases

-25

-31

-13

-38

-38

-68

Utilised

-16

-104

-13

-12

-29

-116

Exchange rate differences

-3

-1

-5

-0

-8

-1

Other changes

0

-0

4

-31

4

-31

Closing balance

105

102

205

201

310

303

Reference is made to Note 45 ‘Legal proceedings’

for developments in litigation provisions.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

16

Other liabilities

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -300

In 2020, Other provisions – other includes provisions of EUR 17 million (2019: EUR 25 million) that relate to credit

replacement facilities and EUR 75 million (2019: EUR 93 million) that relate to non-credit replacement

off balance

facilities.

As at 31 December 2020, amounts expected to be settled within twelve months amount to EUR 139 million

(2019: EUR 146 million). The amounts included in Other provisions are based on best estimates with regard to

amounts and timing of cash flows required to settle the obligation.

Further reference is made to Note 28 ‘Other operating

expenses’.

16

Other liabilities

Other liabilities by type

2020

2019

Net defined benefit liability

350

483

Other post-employment benefits

83

84

Other staff-related liabilities

490

526

Share-based payment plan liabilities

2

6

Other taxation and social security contributions

435

442

Rents received in advance

15

9

Costs payable

2,018

2,111

Amounts to be settled

4,877

4,741

Lease liabilities

1,339

1,507

Other

1,999

2,921

11,609

12,829

Disclosures in respect of Net defined benefit liabilities are provided in Note 36 ‘Pension and other post-

employment benefits’.

Other staff-related liabilities includes vacation leave

provisions, variable compensation provisions, jubilee

provisions, and disability/illness provisions.

Costs payable relates to costs

attributable to 2020, which will be paid in subsequent periods.

Amounts to be settled includes primarily transactions not settled at the balance sheet date. The nature

of these

transactions is short term and these are expected to settle shortly after the closing date

of the balance sheet.

Lease liabilities includes primarily liabilities relating to Right of use assets. Reference is made to Note

9 ‘Property

and Equipment’.

The total cash outflow for leases in 2020 was EUR 273 million (2019: EUR 271 million).

Other relates mainly to balances on margin accounts or amounts payable

to customers.

17

Debt securities in issue

Debt securities in issue relates to debentures and other issued debt securities with either fixed interest

rates or

interest rates based on floating interest

rate levels, such as certificates of deposit and accepted bills issued by

ING Group, except for subordinated

items. Debt securities in issue does not include debt securities presented as

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. ING Group does not have debt securities that are

issued on

terms other than those available in the normal course of business. The maturities of the debt securities are as

follows:

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

18

Subordinated loans

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -301

Debt securities in issue – maturities

2020

2019

Fixed rate debt securities

Within 1 year

18,315

26,871

More than 1 year but less than 2 years

8,339

10,358

More than 2 years but less than 3 years

6,193

9,527

More than 3 years but less than 4 years

2,731

6,321

More than 4 years but less than 5 years

3,685

2,836

More than 5 years

28,706

29,007

Total fixed

rate debt securities

67,969

84,920

Floating rate debt securities

Within 1 year

8,699

24,938

More than 1 year but less than 2 years

3,050

3,126

More than 2 years but less than 3 years

1,526

3,041

More than 3 years but less than 4 years

138

1,541

More than 4 years but less than 5 years

91

144

More than 5 years

592

816

Total floating rate

debt securities

14,095

33,608

Total debt securities

82,065

118,528

In 2020 Debt securities in issue decreased by EUR 36.5 billion because of lower funding needs driven by increased

TLTRO funding and the strong

growth of customer deposits. This decrease is mainly explained by a reduction of

EUR 18.2 billion in commercial paper,

a reduction of EUR 8.1 billion in certificates of deposits, a reduction of EUR

8.6 billion in matured long term bonds and a reduction of EUR 2.1 billion in matured covered bonds.

18

Subordinated loans

Subordinated loans by group companies

2020

2019

ING Groep N.V.

13,150

13,069

ING Group companies

2,654

3,519

15,805

16,588

Subordinated loans issued by ING Groep N.V.

include bonds issued to raise Tier 1 and Tier 2 (CRD IV eligible)

capital for ING Bank N.V.

Under IFRS these bonds are classified as liabilities and for regulatory purposes, they are

considered capital. Subordinated loans issued by ING Group companies comprise, for

the most part,

subordinated loans which are subordinated to all current

and future liabilities of ING Bank N.V.

Changes in subordinated loans

2020

2019

Opening balance

16,588

13,724

New issuances

2,165

3,429

Repayments

-2,786

-933

Exchange rate differences

and other

-163

367

Closing balance

15,805

16,588

In 2020 ING Groep N.V.

issued in February USD 750 million 4.875% Perpetual Additional Tier 1 Contingent

Convertible Capital Securities and in May EUR 1.5 billion 2.125% Subordinated Tier 2 Notes.

In 2020 ING Bank N.V.

bought back USD 1 billion in February and USD 190 million in December 5.800% Tier 2

securities via a tender.

ING Groep N.V.

redeemed USD 1 billion 6.000% Perpetual Additional Tier 1 Contingent

Convertible

Capital Securities and USD 700 million 6.125% Perpetual Debt Securities in April.

The average interest

rate on subordinated loans is 3.73% (2019: 4.38%). The interest

expense during the year

2020 was EUR 612 million (2019: EUR 660 million).

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

19

Equity

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -302

19

Equity

Total equity

2020

2019

2018

Share capital and share premium

-

Share capital

39

39

39

-

Share premium

17,089

17,078

17,050

17,128

17,117

17,088

Other reserves

-

Revaluation reserve: Equity securities at FVOCI

1,181

1,580

1,914

-

Revaluation reserve: Debt instruments at FVOCI

309

322

398

-

Revaluation reserve: Cash flow hedge

1,450

1,208

604

-

Revaluation reserve: Credit liability

-117

-114

8

-

Revaluation reserve: Property in own use

221

253

204

-

Net defined benefit asset/liability remeasurement reserve

-307

-336

-394

-

Currency translation reserve

-3,636

-2,079

-2,043

-

Share of associates and joint ventures and other reserves

3,246

3,189

2,940

-

Treasury shares

-4

-10

-11

2,342

4,013

3,621

Retained earnings

32,149

29,866

28,339

Shareholders’ equity (parent)

51,619

50,996

49,049

Non-controlling interests

1,022

893

803

Total equity

52,640

51,889

49,851

Share capital and share premium

Share capital

Share capital

Ordinary shares (par value EUR 0.01)

Number x 1,000

Amount

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

Authorised share capital

14,729,000

14,729,000

14,729,000

147

147

147

Unissued share capital

10,828,331

10,832,266

10,837,272

108

108

108

Issued share capital

3,900,669

3,896,734

3,891,728

39

39

39

Changes in issued share capital

Ordinary shares

(par value EUR 0.01)

Number x 1,000

Amount

Issued share capital as at 1 January 2018

3,885,790

39

Issue of shares

5,938

Issued share capital as at 31 December 2018

3,891,728

39

Issue of shares

5,006

Issued share capital as at 31 December 2019

3,896,734

39

Issue of shares

3,934

Issued share capital as at 31 December 2020

3,900,669

39

In 2020, ING Groep N.V.

issued 3.9 million ordinary shares (2019: 5.0 million ordinary shares, 2018: 5.9 million).

These issues were made in order to fund obligations arising from share-based employee

incentive programmes.

In 2020, 2019 and 2018 respectively, ING Groep

N.V.

issued USD 750 million, USD 2,750 million and nil Perpetual

Additional Tier 1 Contingent Convertible Capital Securities which can, in accordance with their terms and

conditions, convert by operation of law into ordinary shares

if the conditions to such conversion are fulfilled. As a

result

of this conversion, the issued share capital can increase by no more

than 83 million ordinary shares (2019:

306 million ordinary shares). Reference is made to Note 18 ‘Subordinated

loans’.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

19

Equity

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -303

Ordinary shares

All ordinary shares are registered. No share certificates

have been issued. The par value of ordinary shares is EUR

0.01. The authorised ordinary share capital of ING Groep N.V.

currently consists of 14,729 million ordinary shares.

As at 31 December 2020, 3,901 million ordinary shares were issued and fully paid.

Ordinary shares held by ING Group (Treasury shares)

As at 31 December 2020, 0.6 million ordinary shares (2019: 0.9 million and 2018: 1.1 million) of ING Groep N.V.

with a par value of EUR 0.01 are held by ING Groep N.V.

or its subsidiaries. The obligations with regard to the

existing stock option plan and the share plans will be funded either by cash or by newly issued shares at the

discretion of ING Group.

Share premium

Share premium

2020

2019

2018

Opening balance

17,078

17,050

17,006

Issue of shares

11

28

44

Closing balance

17,089

17,078

17,050

The increase in share premium, is a result of the issuance of ordinary shares related to share

-based employee

incentive programmes.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

19

Equity

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -304

Other reserves

Revaluation reserves

Changes in revaluation reserve

Equity securities at FVOCI

Debt instruments at FVOCI

AFS and other

Cash flow hedge

Credit liability

Property in own use

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

Opening balance

1,580

1,914

n/a

322

398

n/a

n/a

n/a

3,447

1,208

604

263

-114

8

n/a

253

204

203

Effect of change in accounting policy due to the implementation

of IFRS 9

2,432

629

-3,447

-190

Changes in credit liability reserve

-19

-116

199

Unrealised revaluations

-337

137

-461

20

-43

-177

242

604

342

-7

58

3

Realised gains/losses transferred to the statement

of profit or loss

-33

-33

-54

Realised revaluations transferred

to retained earnings

-1

-472

-56

16

-6

-26

-9

-2

Other changes

-62

Closing balance

1,181

1,580

1,914

309

322

398

n/a

n/a

n/a

1,450

1,208

604

-117

-114

8

221

253

204

Equity securities at FVOCI

In 2020, the unrealised revaluations of EUR -337 million includes revaluation of shares in Bank of Beijing for

EUR -

339 million. Other changes of EUR -62 million is related to prior years revaluations

of Visa shares, which are

reclassified to Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss and for

which the unrealized revaluation up until

2019 is transferred to retained

earnings. Reference is made to note 5 ‘Financial assets at fair

value through other

comprehensive income’.

In 2019, the unrealised revaluations of EUR 137 million are due to the revaluation

of shares in Bank of Beijing

EUR 35 million and shares in EquensWorldLine EUR 101 million. The EUR -472 million transfer of revaluation

reserve to retained earnings is mainly related to the sale of shares in Kotak

Mahindra Bank EUR -320 million and

EquensWorldLine EUR -149 million.

In 2018, the Equity securities at FVOCI revaluation reserve decreased by EUR 517 million, mainly due to

the

revaluation of shares in Bank of Beijing EUR -549 million, partly offset by revaluation of shares

in Kotak Mahindra

Bank EUR 71 million.

Available-for-sale and other

As from 2018, due to implementation of IFRS 9, the revaluation results

of Available-for-sale and other are

reported in the FVOCI reserve.

Cash flow hedge

ING mainly hedges floating rate lending with interest rate

swaps. Due to decrease in interest rate

yield curve in

2020 the interest rate swaps

had a positive revaluation of EUR 242 million which is recognised in cash flow hedge

reserve.

Net defined benefit asset/liability remeasurement reserve

Reference is made to Note 36 ‘Pension and other post

-employment benefits’.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

19

Equity

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -305

Currency translation reserve

Changes in currency translation reserve

2020

2019

2018

Opening balance

-2,079

-2,043

-1,663

Unrealised revaluations

106

-134

71

Realised gains/losses transferred to the statement

of profit or loss

-1

-138

Exchange rate differences

-1,662

236

-451

Closing balance

-3,636

-2,079

-2,043

Unrealised revaluations relates to

changes in the value of hedging instruments that are designated as net

investment hedges. The hedging strategy is to

hedge the CET1 ratio. The net decrease of unrealized revaluations

and Exchange rate differences

of EUR -1,557 million is related to several currencies including USD (EUR -536

million), TRY (EUR -406 million) PLN (EUR -137 million) and RUB (EUR -104 million).

In 2019 realised gains/losses transferred to

the statement of profit or loss is related to the sale of shares

in Kotak

Mahindra Bank (EUR -119 million) and the effect of the merger transaction of TMB (EUR -18 million).

Share of associates and joint ventures and other reserves

Changes in share of associates, joint ventures and other reserves

2020

2019

2018

Opening balance

3,189

2,940

2,527

Effect of change in accounting policy due to the implementation

of IFRS 9

-28

Result for the year

94

180

160

Transfer

to/from retained earnings

-37

69

280

Closing balance

3,246

3,189

2,940

The Share of associates, joint ventures and other reserves includes non-distributable profits

from associates and

joint ventures of EUR 644 million (2019: EUR 624 million). Other reserves includes a statutory reserve of EUR

1,912 million (2019: EUR 1,818 million) related to the former Stichting Regio Bank and the former Stichting

Vakbondsspaarbank SPN and a legal reserve of EUR 688 million (2019: EUR 736 million) related to

own developed

software.

Treasury shares

Changes in treasury shares

Amount

Number

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

Opening balance

-10

-11

-15

919,387

1,137,701

944,257

Purchased/sold

5

1

4

-347,716

-218,314

193,444

Closing balance

-4

-10

-11

571,671

919,387

1,137,701

Retained earnings

Changes in retained earnings

2020

2019

2018

Opening balance

29,866

28,339

27,022

Effect of change in accounting policy due to the implementation

of IFRS 9

-390

Transfer

to/from other reserves

108

418

-211

Result for the year

2,156

3,723

4,601

Dividend

-2,650

-2,607

Employee stock options and share plans

11

13

19

Changes in composition of the group and other changes

6

23

-96

Closing balance

32,149

29,866

28,339

Changes in the composition of the group

Changes in the composition of the group mainly relate to Payvision. In

2018 ING Bank obtained control over

Payvision Holding B.V.

(Payvision) by acquiring 75% of its shares. The share purchase agreement included a put

option exercisable by the original shareholders and a call option exercisable

by ING for the remaining 25% shares.

The put and call option led to the recognition of a financial liability with initial recognition through shareholders’

equity of EUR 87 million related

to Payvision.

In November 2019 ING Bank agreed to purchase the remaining 25% shares in three tranches between November

2019 and April 2020 for a total consideration of EUR 90 million. Given that ING already

had control over

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

19

Equity

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -306

Payvision, the acquisition of 23% of the shares in 2019 and 2% in 2020 represents a shareholder transaction and

resulted in a transfer between Non-controlling

interest and Shareholders equity of EUR 24 million in 2019 and

EUR 2 million in 2020.

Dividend

In 2020, a cash dividend of nil (2019: EUR 2,650 million and 2018: EUR 2,607 million) was paid to the

shareholders of ING Group.

For further information, reference

is made to Note 30 ‘Dividend per ordinary share’.

Ordinary shares - Restrictions with respect to dividend and repayment of capital

The following equity components cannot be freely distributed: Revaluation

reserves, Net defined benefit

asset/liability remeasurement reserve, Currency translation reserve,

Share of associates and joint ventures

reserve and Other reserves including the part related to the former Stichting Regio Bank and the former

Stichting

Vakbondsspaarbank SPN.

As at 31 December 2020, an amount of EUR 1,912 million (2019: EUR 1,818 million; 2018: EUR 1,638 million)

related to the former Stichting Regio Bank and the former

Stichting Vakbondsspaarbank SPN is included.

ING Groep N.V.

is subject to legal restrictions regarding the amount of dividends it can pay

to the holders of its

ordinary shares. Pursuant to the Dutch Civil Code, dividends can only be paid up to an amount equal to the

excess of the company’s own funds over

the sum of the paid-up capital and reserves required by law.

Moreover,

ING Groep N.V.’s

ability to pay dividends is dependent on the dividend payment ability of its

subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures. ING Groep N.V.

is legally required to create a non-distributable

reserve insofar as profits of its subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures are

subject to dividend payment

restrictions which apply to those subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures themselves.

Non distributable reserves, determined in accordance with the financial reporting requirements

included in Part

9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code, from ING Group’s subsidiaries, associates

and joint ventures are as follows:

Non-distributable reserves

2020

2019

2018

ING Bank

9,829

8,397

7,603

Other

2

0

97

Non-distributable reserves

9,831

8,398

7,700

In addition to the legal and regulatory restrictions on distributing dividends from subsidiaries, associates

and joint

ventures to ING Groep N.V.

there are various other considerations and limitations that

are taken into account in

determining the appropriate levels of equity in the Group’s

subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures. These

considerations and limitations include, but are not restricted to,

minimum capital requirements that are imposed

by industry regulators in the countries in which the subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures

operate, or other

limitations which may exist in certain countries and may

or may not be temporary in nature. It is not possible to

disclose a reliable quantification of these limitations. For an overview of the minimal capital requirements

of ING

Group refer to the ‘Capital Management’ section.

Without prejudice to the authority of the Executive Board to allocate profits

to reserves and to the fact that the

ordinary shares are the most junior securities issued by ING Groep N.V.,

no specific dividend payment restrictions

with respect to ordinary shares exist. The European Central

Bank has recommended banks in December 2020 to

limit dividend distributions out of cumulative 2019 and 2020 profits, given the persisting uncertainty over

the

economic impact the Covid-19 pandemic.

Refer to ‘Capital Management’ section for further details.

Furthermore, ING Groep N.V.

is subject to legal restrictions with respect to repayment

of capital to holders of

ordinary shares. Pursuant to the Dutch Civil Code, capital may only be repaid if none of ING Groep N.V.’s

creditors opposes such a repayment within two months following

the announcement of a resolution to that

effect.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

19

Equity

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -307

Cumulative preference shares (not issued)

Pursuant to the Articles of Association of ING Groep N.V.

the authorised cumulative preference share capital

consists of 4.6 billion cumulative preference shares,

of which none have been issued. The par value of these

cumulative preference shares is EUR 0.01.

The cumulative preference shares rank

before the ordinary shares in entitlement to dividend and to distributions

upon liquidation of ING Groep N.V.

The dividend on the cumulative preference shares will be equal to a percentage,

calculated on the amount

compulsorily paid up or yet to be paid up. This percentage shall be equal to the average

of the Euro short-term

rate (€STR) as calculated by the European

Central Bank during the financial year for which the distribution is

made; this percentage being weighted on the basis of the number of days for

which it applies, and increased by

2.585 percentage points.

If, and to the extent

that the profit available for distribution is not sufficient to pay

the dividend referred to

above in full, the shortfall will be made up from the reserves insofar as possible. If,

and to the extent that, the

dividend distribution cannot be made from the reserves, the profits earned in subsequent years shall first

be

used to make up the shortfall before any

distribution may be made on shares of any other category.

ING Groep N.V.’s

Articles of Association make provision for the cancellation of cumulative

preference shares.

Upon cancellation of cumulative preference shares

and upon liquidation of ING Groep N.V.,

the amount paid up

on the cumulative preference shares will be repaid together

with the accrued dividend as well as any dividend

shortfall in preceding years, insofar as this shortfall has not yet

been made up.

No specific dividend payment restrictions with respect to the cumulative preference

shares exist.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

20

Net interest income

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -308

Notes to the Consolidated statement

of profit or loss

20

Net interest income

Net interest income

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

Interest income on loans

15,624

19,028

18,966

Interest expense on deposits from banks

177

361

362

Interest income on financial assets at fair value through

OCI

512

615

554

Interest expense on customer deposits

1,331

2,934

2,607

Interest income on debt securities at amortised cost

508

673

780

Interest expense on debt securities in issue

1,732

2,350

2,254

Interest income on non-trading derivatives (hedge

accounting)

3,392

4,319

4,497

Interest expense on subordinated loans

612

660

711

Negative interest on liabilities

678

422

453

Negative interest on assets

353

349

412

Total interest

income using effective interest rate

method

20,715

25,056

25,249

Interest expense on non-trading derivatives (hedge

accounting)

3,198

4,615

4,826

Total interest

expense using effective interest rate

method

7,402

11,268

11,171

Interest income on financial assets at fair value through

profit or loss

658

1,897

1,795

Interest income on non-trading derivatives (no hedge accounting)

1,154

1,181

1,059

Interest expense on financial liabilities at fair value through

profit or loss

514

1,695

1,578

Interest income other

32

30

25

Interest expense on non-trading derivatives (no hedge

accounting)

1,029

1,311

1,387

Total other interest

income

1,843

3,107

2,880

Interest expense on lease liabilities

18

25

n/a

Total inter

est income

22,559

28,163

28,129

Interest expense other

44

54

33

Total other interest

expense

1,605

3,084

2,997

Total interest

expense

9,007

14,353

14,169

Net interest income

13,552

13,811

13,960

Total

net interest income amounts to EUR 13,552 million (2019: EUR 13,811 million). The decrease is mainly

caused by continued margin pressure on customer deposits on both savings and current

accounts due to lower

reinvestment yields. In addition, average

liability volumes increased over the year whereas customer lending

volumes decreased. Negative interest

on liabilities in 2020, amounting to EUR 678 million (2019: EUR 422 million)

includes interest income on ING’s

participation in TLTRO III of EUR 164 million and TLTRO

II of EUR 24 million

(2019: TLTRO II EUR 57 million). Any conditional

benefit from TLTRO

III on net interest income has not been

included yet.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

21

Net fee and commission income

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -309

21

Net fee and commission income

Fee and commission income

2020

2019

2018

Funds transfer

1,428

1,513

1,394

Securities business

805

603

618

Insurance broking

200

191

173

Asset management fees

244

205

170

Brokerage and advisory fees

658

611

584

Other

1,180

1,317

1,302

4,514

4,439

4,240

Other fee and commission income mainly consists of commission fees in respect of bank guarantees

of EUR 187

million (2019: EUR 202 million; 2018: EUR 207 million), in respect of underwriting syndication loans of EUR 16

million (2019: EUR 10 million; 2018: EUR 4 million), in respect of structured finance fees of EUR 126 million (2019:

EUR 141 million; 2018: EUR 129 million), and in respect of collective instruments distributed but not managed by

ING of EUR 163 million (2019: EUR 167 million; 2018: EUR 165 million).

Fee and commission expenses

2020

2019

2018

Funds transfer

601

659

597

Securities business

147

140

170

Insurance broking

4

2

2

Asset management fees

9

8

4

Brokerage and advisory fees

330

282

220

Other

413

481

448

1,503

1,571

1,442

Reference is made to Note 34 ‘Segments’ which includes net fee

and commission income, as reported to the

Executive Board and the Management Board Banking, disaggregated

by line of business and by geographical

segment.

22

Valuation results and net trading income

Valuation results and net trading income

2020

2019

2018

Securities trading results

-500

974

-722

Derivatives trading results

701

-998

540

Other trading results

72

117

116

Change in fair value of derivatives relating to

–

fair value hedges

1

538

507

185

–

cash flow hedges (ineffective portion)

-5

47

-19

–

other non-trading derivatives

1

-90

-732

868

Change in fair value of assets and liabilities (hedged items)

-541

-518

-176

Valuation results on assets and liabilities designated at

FVPL (excluding trading)

-123

-358

366

Foreign exchange transactions results

422

801

69

474

-159

1,227

1 The 2019 prior period has been updated to improve consistency and comparability.

Securities trading results includes the results of market making in instruments such as government

securities,

equity securities, corporate debt securities, money-market

instruments, and interest rate derivatives

such as

swaps, options, futures, and forward

contracts.

The portion of trading gains and losses relating to trading securities still held as at 31 December 2020 amounts to

EUR -690 million (2019: EUR -82 million; 2018: EUR 396 million).

The majority of the risks involved in security and currency trading is economically hedged with derivatives.

The

securities trading results are partly offset by results on these derivatives.

The result of these derivatives is

included in Derivatives trading results.

Other trading results include the results of trading loans and funds entrusted.

Foreign exchange transactions results include gains

and losses from spot and forward contracts, options, futures,

and translated foreign currency assets and liabilities. The result on currency trading

is included in foreign

exchange transactions results.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

23

Investment income

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -310

Net trading income relates to trading assets and trading

liabilities which include assets and liabilities that are

classified under IFRS as Trading but are closely related

to servicing the needs of the clients of ING. ING offers

products that are traded on the financial markets

to institutional clients, corporate clients, and governments.

ING

Group’s trading books

are managed based on internal limits and comprise a mix of products with results which

could be offset. A significant part of the derivatives in the trading portfolio

are related to servicing corporate

clients in their risk management to hedge for example currency or interest

rate exposures. From a risk

perspective, the gross amount of trading assets must be considered together

with the gross amount of trading

liabilities, which are presented separately on the statement

of financial position. However,

IFRS does not always

allow netting of these positions in the statement of financial position. Reference

is made to Note 4 ‘Financial

assets at fair value through profit or loss’ and Note 14 ‘Financial liabilities at fair

value through profit or loss’ for

information on trading assets and trading liabilities respectively

.

‘Valuation results and net trading income’ include the fair value

movements on derivatives (used for both hedge

accounting and economically hedging exposures) as well as the changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities

included in hedging relationships as hedged items. Reference is made to Note

39 ‘Derivatives and hedge

accounting’ for information on derivatives used for hedge accounting.

In general, the fair value movements are influenced by changes

in the market conditions, such as stock prices,

credit spreads, interest rates

and currency exchange rates. Following

the increased concerns about the Covid-19

pandemic, the global financial markets experienced more volatility than usual in the first half of 2020 which had

considerable impact on the results. Aided by substantial central

bank intervention, markets have recovered

and

stabilised during the second half of 2020 and volatility has largely returned to pre-pandemic levels.

Furthermore, derivatives trading results is also impacted by fair

value movements arising from changes in credit

spreads (CVA and DVA),

bid offer spreads, model risk and incremental cost of funding on derivatives

(FVA and

CollVA). As result of the economic consequences of the Covid-19 pandemic, ING also observed significant

widening of the spreads resulting in increased negative fair value changes. As markets

stabilised in the second

half of 2020 and spreads tightened, the fair value changes decreased again.

In 2020, Derivatives trading results include EUR 17 million CVA/DVA

adjustments on trading derivatives (2019:

EUR 39 million; 2018: EUR -20 million).

‘Valuation results on assets and liabilities designated at fair value

through profit or loss’ include fair value

changes on financial liabilities driven by changed market conditions as disclosed in Note 14 ‘Financial liabilities at

fair value through profit or loss’.

In 2020, Valuation results on assets and liabilities designated at fair

value through profit or loss (excluding

trading) include fair value adjustments on own issued notes amounting to EUR -1 million (2019: EUR -424 million;

2018: EUR 302 million).

Interest income from trading assets in 2020 amounted

to EUR 13,412 million (2019: EUR

15,187 million; 2018:

13,924 million). Interest expense from trading liabilities in 2020

amounted to EUR 13,052 million (2019: EUR

14,922 million; 2018: 13,976 million).

23

Investment income

Investment income

2020

2019

2018

Dividend income

107

115

102

Realised gains/losses on disposal of debt instruments measured at FVOCI

44

46

77

Income from and fair value gains/losses on investment

properties

1

27

4

Investment income

152

188

183

In 2020, 2019 and 2018 dividend income mainly consists of dividend received from ING’s

equity stake in Bank of

Beijing.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

24

Result on disposal of group companies

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -311

24

Result on disposal of group companies

Result on disposal of group companies

2020

2019

2018

ING Lease Italy

-2

-123

ING Mauritius

119

Cel Data Services

-3

-3

117

-123

In 2020 ING realized a EUR -3 million loss on the sale of Cel Data Services N.V.

against net assets disposed of EUR

4 million. Cel Data Services N.V.

is active in ATM services including cash loading and ICT managed services for

ING’s Belgian retail branche

s, other Belgian financial institutions and retail shops.

In 2019 the Result on disposal of group companies is mainly impacted by the sale of ING’s stake

in Kotak

Mahindra Bank by ING Mauritius during 1Q 2019. ING Mauritius is in the process of being liquidated and

consequently, the release

of the currency translation reserve (CTA)

and the release of the Net Investment

Foreign Entities reserve resulted in a one-off gain of EUR 119 million.

The Result on disposal of group companies includes the result (fair value less cost to sell) on the sale of part of

the ING Lease Italy business amounting to EUR -123 million, which was recognised in 2018 and a final result of

EUR -2 million recognised in 2019.

25

Net result on derecognition of financial assets measured at amortised cost

Net result on derecognition of financial assets measured at amortised cost

2020

2019

1

2018

1

Loans at amortised cost

4

13

17

Securities at amortised cost

185

24

0

Net result on derecognition of financial assets measured at amortised cost

189

38

18

1 Net result on derecognition of financial assets measured at amortised cost was included in note 26 Other income in prior years.

In 2020, driven by exceptional market circumstances

in the first quarter,

ING realised a profit on the sale of debt

securities at amortised cost of EUR 186 million.

26

Other income

In 2020, Other income of EUR 20 million (2019: EUR 214 million; 2018: EUR 118 million) includes the positive

recovery of defaulted receivables of EUR 27 million (2019: EUR 32 million). In addition, Other income is impacted

by positive and negative non-recurring results, including a loss of EUR 58 million following a settlement

with the

Australian Tax

Authorities related to former insurance activities, that were

fully indemnified by NN Group. This

was offset by a tax profit for the same amount resulting

from the release of the provision for uncertain tax

positions in current tax liabilities. In 2019, Other income also included the recognition of EUR 79 million

receivable related to the insolvency of a financial institution.

27

Staff Expenses

Staff expenses

2020

2019

2018

Salaries

3,751

3,572

3,287

Pension costs and other staff-related benefit

costs

395

366

385

Social security costs

538

530

509

Share-based compensation arrangements

19

41

49

External employees

881

974

901

Education

43

64

87

Other staff costs

186

208

202

5,812

5,755

5,420

Share-based compensation arrangements include EUR 17 million (2019: EUR 38 million; 2018: EUR 46 million)

relating to equity-settled share-based payment

arrangements and EUR 2 million (2019: EUR 3 million; 2018: EUR

3 million) relating to cash-settled share-based payment arrangements.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

27

Staff Expenses

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -312

Number of employees

Netherlands

Rest of the world

Total

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

Total average

number

of internal employees at full time

equivalent basis

15,201

14,415

13,600

40,701

39,016

38,633

55,901

53,431

52,233

Remuneration of senior management, Executive Board and Supervisory Board

Reference is made to Note 49 ‘Related

parties’.

Stock option and share plans

ING Groep N.V.

has granted option rights on ING Groep N.V.

shares and conditional rights on shares to a number

of senior executives (members of the Executive Board,

general managers and other officers nominated by the

Executive Board), and to a considerable number of employees of ING Group. The purpose of the option and share

schemes, apart from promoting a lasting growth of ING Group, is to attract,

retain and motivate senior executives

and staff.

ING grants various types of share awards, namely deferred

shares, performance shares and upfront shares, which

form part of the variable remuneration offering via the Long-term

Sustainable Performance Plan (LSPP). The

entitlement to the LSPP share awards is granted

conditionally. If the participant remains in employment for

an

uninterrupted period between the grant date and the vesting

date, the entitlement becomes unconditional, with

the exception of the upfront shares which are

immediately vested upon grant. Additionally,

a condition before

vesting is applied to performance shares until 2018. As of 2019, this performance condition is no longer

applicable. Upfront and deferred shares awarded

to the Management Board members of ING Group as well as

identified staff,

have a retention obligation that must

be adhered to upon vesting, typically a minimum retention

of 12 months applies. ING has the authority to apply a holdback to awarded but unvested shares and a clawback

to vested shares.

In addition to the LSPP share awards, ING paid a number of senior employees fixed shares. The number of shares

were determined each month from a cash value that forms part of the employee

fixed remuneration. The shares

were immediately vested to the employee,

but had a minimum holding requirement of two years before

the

employee can dispose of the shares. The fixed shares are not subject to holdback or clawback.

The share awards granted in 2020 relate

to the performance year 2019. In 2020, 63,837

share awards (2019: 0;

2018:31,743) were granted to the members of the Executive

Board of ING Groep N.V.,

and

122,338 share awards

(2019: 2,837; 2018: 80,036) were granted to the Management Board

Banking. To senior management

and other

employees

3,678,776 share awards (2019: 2,167,817; 2018: 3,989,214) were granted.

In 2010, the Group Executive Board decided not to continue the option scheme as from 2011. The existing

option

schemes have run off during the year as the option rights have expired.

The obligations with regard to share plans are

funded by newly issued shares at the discretion of ING Group.

Changes in share awards

Share awards (in numbers)

Weighted average

grant date fair

values (in euros)

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

Opening balance

3,857,048

5,854,999

7,222,279

11.14

11.62

11.46

Granted

3,864,951

2,170,654

4,100,993

5.12

10.04

12.50

Performance effect

341,623

11.12

11.65

Vested

-3,690,340

-3,945,020

-5,565,093

9.01

11.23

12.05

Forfeited

-153,440

-223,585

-244,803

8.55

11.39

11.52

Closing balance

3,878,219

3,857,048

5,854,999

7.25

11.14

11.62

As at 31 December 2020 the share awards consists of 3,326,457 share awards (2019: 3,346,004; 2018: 5,211,339)

relating to equity-settled share-based payment

arrangements and 551,762 share awards (2019: 511,044; 2018:

643,660) relating to cash-settled share-based payment arrangements.

The fair value of share awards granted

is recognised as an expense under Staff expenses and is allocated over

the

vesting period of the share awards. The fair value calculation

takes into account the current

stock prices,

expected volatilities and the dividend yield of ING shares.

As at 31 December 2020, total unrecognised compensation costs related

to share awards amount to EUR 10

million (2019: EUR 15 million; 2018: EUR 29 million). These costs are expected to be recognised over a weighted

average period of 1.6 years (2019: 1.4 years;

2018: 1.4 years).

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

28

Other operating expenses

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -313

Changes in option rights outstanding

Options outstanding

Weighted average

exercise price

(in numbers)

(in euros)

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

Opening balance

2,356,343

5,123,853

15,141,980

7.35

5.69

12.36

Exercised

-679,471

-2,186,316

-827,755

7.34

4.40

5.91

Forfeited

-2,490

-45,852

-89,816

7.35

7.01

8.09

Expired

-1,674,382

-535,342

-9,100,556

7.36

3.51

16.75

Closing balance

0

2,356,343

5,123,853

7.35

5.69

The weighted average share price at

the date of exercise for options exercised

during 2020 is EUR 5.73 (2019:

EUR 10.89; 2018: 13.65). All option rights are vested.

28

Other operating expenses

Other operating expenses

2020

2019

2018

Regulatory costs

1,105

1,021

947

Audit and non-audit services

29

30

26

IT related expenses

812

759

779

Advertising and public relations

335

391

402

External advisory fees

418

416

358

Office expenses

320

325

564

Travel and

accommodation expenses

68

140

179

Contributions and subscriptions

110

108

91

Postal charges

38

46

54

Depreciation of property and equipment

1

578

551

312

Amortisation of intangible assets

251

237

209

Impairments and reversals of impairments of tangible and intangible assets

558

59

19

Addition to / (unused amounts reversed of) provision for reorganisations

149

6

4

Addition to / (unused amounts reversed of) other provisions

39

29

-13

Other

532

477

1,332

5,341

4,598

5,262

1 Includes depreciation expenses of right-of-use assets as recognised under IFRS 16 in 2020 and 2019.

Regulatory costs

Regulatory costs represent contributions to

the Deposit Guarantee Schemes (DGS), The Single Resolution Fund

(SRF), local bank taxes and local resolution funds. Included in Regulatory costs

for 2020, are contributions to DGS

of EUR 413 million (2019: EUR 362 million; 2018: EUR 364 million) mainly related to the Netherlands, Germany,

Belgium, Poland, and Spain and contributions to the SRF and local resolution funds of EUR 277 million (2019: EUR

239 million; 2018: EUR 208 million).

In 2020 local bank taxes decreased by EUR 6 million from EUR 420 million in 2019 to EUR 414 million (2018: EUR

375 million). This was caused by a decrease of EUR 10 million in Romania following abolishment of its bank tax in

  1. Excluding this effect, total bank taxes

increased with EUR 4 million.

Audit and non-audit services

Total

audit and non-audit services include the following fees for services provided by the Group’s

auditor.

Fees of Group’s auditors

2020

2019

2018

Audit fees

25

21

19

Audit related fees

1

2

1

Total

1

26

23

20

1

The Group’s auditors did not provide any non-audit services.

Fees as disclosed in the table above relate to the network of the Group’s

auditors and are the amounts related to

the respective years, i.e. on an accrual basis. The increase in audit fees 2020 follow from

the re-appointment of

the current auditor that also triggered a revision of the audit fees. In 2019, the increase

primarily relates to audit

activities for the implementation of IFRS 16, new statutory audits and new IT systems

in scope.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

28

Other operating expenses

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -314

Impairments and reversals of impairments of tangible and intangible

assets

Impairments and reversals of impairments of tangible and intangible assets

Impairment losses

Reversals of impairments

Total

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

Property and equipment

52

4

9

-9

-6

-17

43

-3

-8

Property development

2

1

15

2

1

15

Goodwill

310

310

Software and other intangible assets

202

61

12

202

61

12

567

66

35

-9

-7

-17

558

59

19

Impairment losses on property and equipment in 2020 follow from the changes in intended use of right-of-use

property due to the changes in the future way of working post-pandemic.

In 2018, impairment losses on property development mainly relate to impairments in Spain and Italy due to

lower expected net realisable values.

The reversals of impairments on property and equipment in 2018 relate

to impairments previously recognised in

the statement of profit or loss and mainly include impairments on property in own use that were

reversed

following the sale of office buildings.

Goodwill impairment test performed in the second quarter of 2020 resulted in goodwill impairment losses for

EUR 310 million in the CGUs Retail Belgium and Wholesale Banking.

Impairment losses on software and other intangible assets in 2020 mainly include software that was impaired for

an amount of EUR 141 million following the decision to discontinue Project Maggie (previously called Model

Bank). This is primarily related to capitalised software development costs

.

In addition, impairment losses of EUR

19 million were recognised related to purchased software

and of EUR 35 million related to intangible assets in

the payments and cash management business.

2019 and 2018 impairment losses on software and intangible assets relate to rescoping

of IT transformation

programs.

Reference is made to Note 9 ‘Property and equipment

’

and Note 10 ‘Intangible assets’ .

Addition to / (unused amounts reversed of) provision for reorganisations

Included in Addition to / (unused amounts reversed of) provision for reorganisations

in 2020 are increases due to

refocusing of ING’s

activities in Wholesale Banking and decisions on the Maggie project, as well as additional

restructuring costs in Retail Benelux and Other Challengers & Growth

Markets. Reference is made to

Note 15

‘Provisions’.

Addition to / (unused amounts reversed of) other provisions

Included in Addition to / (unused amounts reversed of) other provisions in 2020 are movements mainly in the

litigation provision and the general provision for

cybercrime in the Netherlands. Reference is made to Note 15

‘Provisions’ and Note 45

‘Legal proceedings’.

Other

In 2018 Other operating expenses - Other included, amongst others, the settlement with the Dutch Public

Prosecution Service of EUR 775 million. The settlement related to previously disclosed investigations

regarding

various requirements for client on-boarding and the prevention

of money laundering and corrupt practices.

Reference is made to Note 45 ‘Legal proceedings’.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

29

Earnings per ordinary share

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -315

29

Earnings per ordinary share

Earnings per ordinary share

Weighted average

number of ordinary

shares outstanding

Amount

during the period

Per ordinary share

(in EUR million)

(in millions)

(in EUR)

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

Basic earnings

2,250

3,903

4,761

3,898.9

3,894.8

3,888.9

0.58

1.00

1.22

Basic earnings from continuing

operations

2,250

3,903

4,761

0.58

1.00

1.22

Effect of dilutive instruments:

Stock option and share plans

2.2

0.5

1.5

2.2

0.5

1.5

Diluted earnings

2,250

3,903

4,761

3,901.1

3,895.3

3,890.4

0.58

1.00

1.22

Diluted earnings from continuing

operations

2,250

3,903

4,761

0.58

1.00

1.22

Dilutive instruments

Diluted earnings per share is calculated as if the stock options and share plans outstanding at the end of the

period had been exercised at the beginning of the period and assuming that the cash received from exercised

stock options and share plans is used to buy own shares against the average

market price during the period. The

net increase in the number of shares resulting from exercising stock

options and share plans is added to the

average number of shares used for the calculation of diluted earnings per share

.

30

Dividend per ordinary share

Dividends to shareholders of the parent

Per

ordinary

share

(in EUR)

Total

(in EUR

million)

Dividends on ordinary shares:

In respect of 2018

  • Interim dividend, paid in cash in August 2018

0.24

934

  • Final dividend, paid in cash in May 2019

0.44

1,714

Total dividend in respect

of 2018

0.68

2,648

In respect of 2019

  • Interim dividend, paid in cash in August 2019

0.24

935

  • Final dividend

0

Total dividend in respect

of 2019

0.24

935

In respect of 2020

  • Interim dividend, paid in February 2021

0.12

468

Total dividend in respect

of 2020

0.12

468

ING Groep N.V.

is required to withhold tax of 15% on dividends paid.

In March 2020, ING Group announced that it will suspend any payment of dividends until 1 October 2020

following an industry wide recommendation of the ECB. The ECB subsequently updated their recommendation,

lastly in December 2020, extending the timeframe to 1 October 2021. Final dividend 2019 was therefore

not paid

in 2020.

ING paid in February 2021 a cash-only interim dividend of EUR 468 million (EUR 0.12 per share). This amount is

equal to 15% of adjusted net profit for 2020, in line with the ECB recommendation of 15 December 2020, which

included a definition of adjusted net profit.

Refer to note 51 Capital Management

for more information about the change in ING’s

dividend policy and the

ECB recommendations regarding dividend payments

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

31

Net cash flow from operating activities

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -316

31

Net cash flow from operating activities

The table below shows a detailed overview of the net cash flow from operating activities.

Cash flows from operating activities

2020

2019

2018

Cash flows from operating activities

Result before tax

3,399

5,653

6,986

Adjusted for:

  • Depreciation and amortisation

829

789

520

-

Addition to loan loss provisions

2,675

1,120

656

-

Other non-cash items included in result before tax

1,671

1,213

-1,763

Taxation

paid

-1,734

-2,345

-1,602

Changes in:

–

Loans and advances to banks, not available on demand

10,033

-1,338

-777

–

Deposits from banks, not payable on demand

43,044

-2,574

566

Net change in loans and advances to/ from banks, not available/ payable

on

demand

53,078

-3,911

-211

–

Trading assets

-2,101

605

16,928

–

Trading liabilities

4,667

-3,173

-7,018

Net change in Trading assets and Trading

liabilities

2,566

-2,568

9,910

Loans and advances to customers

2,876

-16,687

-31,356

Customer deposits

39,740

18,040

19,709

–

Non–trading derivatives

-1,440

1,072

-215

–

Assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

-1,369

-7

-725

–

Assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

-1,963

23,343

-6,968

–

Other assets

1,082

1,363

684

–

Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

1,189

-12,235

10,522

–

Provisions and other liabilities

-1,355

-1,784

769

Other

-3,856

11,752

4,067

Net cash flow from/(used in) operating activities

101,243

13,055

6,915

32

Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities

Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities

Debt securities in issue

Subordinated Loans

Lease liabilities

Total Liabilities from

financing activities

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

Opening balance

118,528

119,751

16,588

13,724

1,507

n/a

136,622

133,475

Effect of change in accounting

policy due to the

implementation of IFRS 16

1,301

1,301

Cashflows:

Additions

65,308

90,793

2,165

3,429

0

0

67,472

94,222

Redemptions / Disposals

-99,212

-94,497

-2,786

-933

-273

-271

-102,270

-95,700

Non cash changes:

Amortisation

68

135

5

1

18

25

92

161

Other

-105

21

-20

26

118

443

-6

490

Changes in FV

880

1,018

397

201

0

0

1,277

1,220

Foreign exchange movement

-3,403

1,306

-545

140

-31

8

-3,980

1,454

Closing balance

82,065

118,528

15,805

16,588

1,339

1,507

99,208

136,622

33

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents

2020

2019

2018

Treasury bills and other eligible bills

0

43

159

Deposits from banks/Loans and advances to banks

478

786

-2,617

Cash and balances with central banks

111,087

53,202

49,987

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

111,566

54,031

47,529

Treasury bills and other eligible bills included in cash and cash equivalents

2020

2019

2018

Treasury bills and other eligible bills included in trading assets

0

0

17

Treasury bills and other eligible bills included in securities at AC

43

142

0

43

159

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

34

Segments

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -317

Deposits from banks/Loans and advances to banks

2020

2019

2018

Included in cash and cash equivalents:

–

Deposits from banks

-8,788

-8,519

-8,520

–

Loans and advances to banks

9,266

9,304

5,903

478

786

-2,617

Not included in cash and cash equivalents:

–

Deposits from banks

-69,310

-26,307

-28,811

–

Loans and advances to banks

16,098

25,832

24,519

-53,212

-476

-4,292

Total as included in the statement

of financial position:

–

Deposits from banks

-78,098

-34,826

-37,330

–

Loans and advances to banks

25,364

35,136

30,422

-52,733

310

-6,909

Cash and cash equivalents includes deposits from banks and loans and advances to banks that are on demand.

Included in Cash and cash equivalents, are minimum mandatory reserve deposits to be held with various central

banks. Reference is made to Note 42 ‘Transfer

of financial assets, assets pledged and received as collateral’ for

restrictions on Cash and balances with central banks.

Segment reporting

34

Segments

ING Group’s segments are based on the internal

reporting structures by lines of business.

The Executive Board of ING Group and the Management Board Banking set the performance targets,

approve

and monitor the budgets prepared by the business lines. Business lines formulate strategic,

commercial, and

financial plans in conformity with the strategy and performance targets

set by the Executive Board of ING Group

and the Management Board Banking.

The following table specifies the segments by line of business and main sources of income of each of the

segments:

Specification of the main sources of income of each of the segments by line of business

Segments by line of business

Main source of income

Retail Netherlands

(Market Leaders)

Income from retail and private banking activities in the Netherlands, including the

SME and mid-corporate segments, and the Real Estate

Finance portfolio related to

Dutch domestic mid-corporates. The main products offered

are current and savings

accounts, business lending, mortgages and other consumer lending in the

Netherlands.

Retail Belgium

(Market Leaders)

Income from retail and private banking activities in Belgium (including

Luxembourg), including the SME and mid-corporate segments. The main products

offered are similar to those in the Netherlands.

Retail Germany

(Challengers and Growth Markets)

Income from retail and private banking activities in Germany

(including Austria). The

main products offered are current and savings

accounts, mortgages and other

customer lending.

Retail Other

(Challengers and Growth Markets)

Income from retail banking activities in the rest of the world, including the SME and

mid-corporate segments in specific countries. The main products offered

are similar

to those in the Netherlands.

Wholesale Banking

Income from wholesale banking activities. The main products are: lending, debt

capital markets, working capital solutions, export finance, daily banking solutions,

treasury and risk solutions, and corporate finance.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

34

Segments

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -318

Specification of geographical split of the segments

Geographical segments

Main countries

The Netherlands

Belgium

Including Luxembourg

Germany

Including Austria

Other Challengers

Australia, Czech Republic, France, Italy,

Spain, Portugal, Other

Growth Markets

Poland, Romania, Turkey,

Philippines and Asian stakes

Wholesale Banking Rest of World

UK, Americas, Asia and other countries in Central and Eastern Europe

Other

Corporate Line and the run-off portfolio of Real Estate

ING Group monitors and evaluates the performance of ING Group

at a consolidated level and by segment using

results based on figures according to IFRS as adopted by the European Union (IFRS-EU). The Executive

Board and

the Management Board Banking consider this measure to be relevant to

an understanding of the Group’s

financial performance, because it allows investors to

understand the primary method used by management to

evaluate the Group’s

operating performance and make decisions about allocating resource

s.

In addition, ING Group believes that the presentation of results in accordance with IFRS-EU

helps investors

compare its segment performance on a meaningful basis by highlighting result before tax

attributable to ongoing

operations and the profitability of the segment businesses. IFRS-EU result is derived by including the impact of

the IFRS-EU ‘IAS 39 carve out’ adjustment.

The IFRS-EU ‘IAS 39 carve-out’ adjustment relates to fair value portfolio hedge accounting

strategies for the

mortgage and savings portfolios in the Benelux, Germany and Other Challengers that

are not eligible under IFRS-

IASB. As no hedge accounting is applied to these mortgage and savings portfolios under IFRS-IASB,

the fair value

changes of the derivatives are not offset by fair val

ue changes of the hedge items (mortgages and savings).

The segment reporting in the annual report on Form 20-F has been prepared in accordance with International

Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the EU (IFRS-EU) and reconciled to International

Financial Reporting

Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IFRS-IASB)

for consistency with the other

financial information contained in this report. The difference

between the accounting standards is reflected in

the Wholesale Banking segment, and in the geographical split of the segments in the Netherlands, Belgium,

Germany and Other Challengers.

Reference is made to Note 1 ‘Basis of preparation

and accounting policies’ for a reconciliation between IFRS-EU

and IFRS-IASB. Corporate expenses are allocated

to business lines based on time spent by head office personnel,

the relative number of staff,

or on the basis of income, expenses and/or assets of the segment.

ING Group reconciles the total segment results to the total result

using Corporate Line. The Corporate Line is a

reflection of capital management activities and certain income and expenses that are

not allocated to the

banking businesses, including the recognition of value-added tax (VAT)

refunds in the Netherlands (recorded

under expenses). In 2020, net interest income on the Corporate Line sharply declined, mainly due to

lower

interest results from foreign

currency hedging due to lower interest rate

differentials. In 2019, a EUR 119 million

gain from the release of a currency translation reserve following

the sale of ING’s stake

in Kotak Mahindra Bank

was included, and the recognition of a EUR 79 million receivable related to the insolvency of a financial

institution (both recorded under income). In 2018, the EUR 775 million settlement agreement with the Dutch

authorities on regulatory issues was included, as well as a EUR 90 million net result from the former Insurance

activities. Furthermore, the Corporate Line includes the isolated legacy costs (mainly negative

interest results)

caused by the replacement of short-term funding with long-term funding during 2013 and 2014. ING Group

applies a system of capital charging for its banking operations

in order to create a comparable basis for the

results of business units globally, irrespective of the business units’ book equity and the currency they operate

in.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

34

Segments

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -319

As from the financial year 2020 the information presented to

the executive Board is no longer based on

underlying results but on IFRS as endorsed by the EU. Previously monitoring and evaluation of ING Group’s

segments was based on a non-GAAP financial performance measure called underlying. Underlying result was

derived by excluding the impact of the IFRS-EU ‘IAS 39 carve-out’ adjustment, special items, divestments and

results from former insurance related

activities from the IFRS-EU results. In 2020 and 2019 no special items,

divestments or results from former insurance related

activities were recorded anymore. 2018 included a special

item of EUR 775 million special item related to the settlement agreement with the Dutch authorities on

regulatory issues, as well as a EUR 90 million net result from the former Insurance activities.

The information presented in this note is in line with the information presented

to the Executive Board of ING

Group and Management Board Banking.

This note does not provide information on the revenue specified to each product

or service as this is not reported

internally and is therefore not readily available.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

34

Segments

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -320

Reconciliation between IFRS-IASB and IFRS-EU income, expense and net result

2020

2019

2018

4

Income

Expenses

Taxation

Non-

controlling

interests

Net result

1

Income

Expenses

Taxation

Non-

controlling

interests

Net result

1

Income

Expenses

Taxation

Non-

controlling

interests

Net result

1

Net result IFRS-IASB attributable to equity holder of the

parent

17,227

13,828

1,070

78

2,250

17,125

11,472

1,652

99

3,903

18,324

11,338

2,116

108

4,761

Remove impact of:

Adjustment of the EU 'IAS 39 carve out'

2

410

176

234

1,181

303

878

-148

-90

-58

Result IFRS-EU

3

17,637

13,828

1,246

78

2,485

18,306

11,472

1,955

99

4,781

18,176

11,338

2,027

108

4,703

  1. Net result, after tax and non-controlling interests.

  2. ING prepares the Form 20-F in accordance with IFRS-IASB. This information is prepared by reversing the hedge accounting impacts that

applied under the EU 'carve-out' version of IAS 39. For the IFRS-EU result, the impact of the carve-out is re-instated as this is the measure at

which management monitors the business.

  1. IFRS-EU figures are derived from figures according to IFRS-IASB by excluding the impact of adjustment of the EU 'IAS 39 carve-out'.

  2. As from 2020 results of former Insurance activities are included in Corporate Line; prior period figures have been adjusted.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

34

Segments

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -321

ING Group Total

2020

2019

2018

ING

Bank N.V.

Other

1

Total ING

Group

ING

Bank N.V.

Other

1

Total ING

Group

ING

Bank N.V.

Other

1

Total ING

Group

Income

– Net interest income

13,600

3

13,604

14,074

4

14,079

13,949

-34

13,916

– Net fee and commission income

3,011

-0

3,011

2,868

-0

2,868

2,803

-5

2,798

– Total investment

and other income

1,034

-12

1,022

1,352

8

1,360

1,350

112

1,462

Total income

17,645

-9

17,637

18,295

12

18,306

18,102

74

18,176

Expenditure

– Operating expenses

11,160

-8

11,153

10,343

9

10,353

10,695

-13

10,682

– Addition to loan loss provisions

2,675

-0

2,675

1,120

0

1,120

656

0

656

Total expenses

13,835

-8

13,828

11,463

9

11,472

11,351

-13

11,338

Result before taxation

3,810

-1

3,809

6,831

3

6,834

6,751

87

6,838

Taxation

1,317

-71

1,246

1,889

66

1,955

2,036

-9

2,027

Non-controlling interests

78

78

99

99

108

108

Net result IFRS-EU

2,415

70

2,485

4,843

-63

4,781

4,607

96

4,703

Adjustment of the EU 'IAS 39 carve out'

-234

-234

-878

-878

58

58

Net result IFRS-IASB attributable to equity holder of the parent

2,180

70

2,250

3,966

-63

3,903

4,665

96

4,761

1 Comprises for the most part the funding charges of ING Groep N.V.

(Holding). In 2018, Other also includes former Insurance activities result of EUR 90 million (2020 and 2019: nil).

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

34

Segments

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -322

Segments by line of business

1

2020

2019

2018

Retail

Nether-

lands

Retail

Belgium

Retail

Ger-

many

Retail

Other

Wholesale

Banking

Corporate

Line

Total

Retail

Nether-

lands

Retail

Belgium

Retail

Ger-

many

Retail

Other

Wholesale

Banking

Corporate

Line

Total

Retail

Nether-

lands

Retail

Belgium

Retail

Ger-

many

Retail

Other

Wholesale

Banking

Corporate

Line

2

Total

Income

–

Net interest income

3,511

1,816

1,587

2,760

3,718

212

13,604

3,541

1,907

1,579

2,787

3,794

470

14,079

3,749

1,830

1,671

2,690

3,686

290

13,916

–

Net fee and commission income

681

413

437

412

1,069

-1

3,011

674

374

268

423

1,135

-6

2,868

664

371

225

395

1,152

-8

2,798

–

Total investment

and other income

279

145

93

89

609

-192

1,022

290

161

138

298

369

103

1,360

335

169

76

230

673

-20

1,462

Total income

4,471

2,373

2,117

3,261

5,396

18

17,637

4,505

2,442

1,985

3,509

5,298

568

18,306

4,747

2,369

1,972

3,315

5,510

262

18,176

Expenditure

–

Operating expenses

2,236

1,737

1,110

2,469

3,218

383

11,153

2,210

1,609

1,080

2,210

2,937

307

10,353

2,220

1,610

1,027

2,033

2,771

1,022

10,682

–

Additions to loan loss provision

157

514

57

593

1,351

2

2,675

91

186

-53

364

532

-0

1,120

-41

164

-27

350

210

-1

656

Total expenses

2,393

2,251

1,167

3,063

4,568

385

13,828

2,301

1,794

1,027

2,574

3,469

307

11,472

2,179

1,774

1,000

2,383

2,981

1,021

11,338

Result before taxation

2,078

122

950

199

827

-367

3,809

2,204

647

957

935

1,830

261

6,834

2,568

595

972

932

2,529

-759

6,838

Taxation

523

51

331

105

295

-58

1,246

558

192

328

234

464

179

1,955

626

199

324

200

633

46

2,027

Non-controlling interests

-1

0

4

55

20

-0

78

-0

0

3

82

14

-0

99

-0

6

3

80

19

-0

108

Net result IFRS-EU

1,556

71

615

39

512

-308

2,485

1,646

455

627

619

1,352

82

4,781

1,942

390

646

652

1,877

-804

4,703

Adjustment of the EU 'IAS 39 carve out'

-234

-234

-878

-878

58

58

Net result IFRS-IASB

1,556

71

615

39

278

-308

2,250

1,646

455

627

619

474

82

3,903

1,942

390

646

652

1,935

-804

4,761

  1. As of 2020 consolidated results of ING Group are based on IFRS as adopted by the European Union (IFRS-EU), and not on underlying

results anymore; prior period figures have been adjusted to confirm to current year reporting.

  1. As from 2020 reporting, results of former Insurance activities are included in Corporate Line; prior period figures have been adjusted.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

34

Segments

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -323

Geographical split of the segments

1

2020

2019

2018

Nether-

lands

Belgium

Ger-

many

Other

Challeng

ers

Growth

Markets

Wholesa

le

Banking

Rest of

World

Other

Total

Nether-

lands

Belgium

Ger-

many

Other

Challeng

ers

Growth

Markets

2

Wholesa

le

Banking

Rest of

World

2

Other

Total

Nether-

lands

Belgium

Ger-

many

Other

Challeng

ers

Growth

Markets

2

Wholesa

le

Banking

Rest of

World

2

Other

3

Total

Income

–

Net interest income

4,178

2,116

2,090

1,781

1,578

1,654

208

13,604

4,213

2,233

2,122

1,808

1,610

1,633

461

14,079

4,374

2,137

2,200

1,732

1,637

1,550

285

13,916

– Net fee and commission

income

981

583

468

276

286

418

-1

3,011

994

533

315

283

304

446

-7

2,868

980

520

273

254

293

486

-8

2,798

–

Total investment

and

other income

398

196

127

27

215

243

-184

1,022

119

233

169

16

420

292

111

1,360

509

379

99

-92

328

249

-11

1,462

Total income

5,557

2,896

2,684

2,084

2,078

2,315

23

17,637

5,325

2,999

2,606

2,107

2,334

2,370

566

18,306

5,863

3,037

2,572

1,895

2,258

2,285

266

18,176

Expenditure

–

Operating expenses

3,347

2,037

1,270

1,566

1,272

1,273

387

11,153

2,994

1,925

1,237

1,318

1,277

1,293

308

10,353

2,929

1,932

1,171

1,217

1,160

1,236

1,038

10,682

–

Additions to loan loss

provision

421

589

267

298

412

684

2

2,675

146

268

-40

171

271

303

-0

1,120

-65

153

6

163

274

126

-1

656

Total expenses

3,769

2,627

1,537

1,864

1,684

1,957

390

13,828

3,140

2,194

1,197

1,489

1,548

1,596

308

11,472

2,863

2,085

1,176

1,380

1,435

1,362

1,037

11,338

Result before taxation

1,788

269

1,146

220

395

357

-367

3,809

2,185

805

1,409

618

785

774

258

6,834

3,000

952

1,396

515

824

923

-771

6,838

Retail Banking

2,078

122

950

-27

225

3,348

2,204

647

957

307

628

4,744

2,568

595

972

285

647

5,067

Wholesale Banking

-290

147

197

247

169

357

-0

827

-19

158

451

311

157

774

-3

1,830

432

357

424

229

177

923

-13

2,529

Corporate Line

-367

-367

261

261

-759

-759

Result before taxation

1,788

269

1,146

220

395

357

-367

3,809

2,185

805

1,409

618

785

774

258

6,834

3,000

952

1,396

515

824

923

-771

6,838

Taxation

518

89

381

91

141

85

-59

1,246

549

247

476

207

159

144

173

1,955

741

291

459

178

141

175

42

2,027

Non-controlling interests

-1

0

4

75

-0

78

-0

0

3

96

-0

99

1

6

3

98

-0

108

Net result IFRS-EU

1,271

180

761

129

178

273

-308

2,485

1,637

558

929

411

530

630

85

4,781

2,258

655

935

337

584

748

-813

4,703

Adjustment of the EU 'IAS

39 carve out'

-177

27

-115

30

-234

-273

-372

-232

-0

-878

106

22

-72

2

58

Net result IFRS

1,094

207

647

159

178

273

-308

2,250

1,363

186

697

411

530

630

85

3,903

2,364

677

863

339

584

748

-813

4,761

1 As of 2020 consolidated results of ING Group are based on IFRS as adopted by the European Union (IFRS-EU), and not on underlying

results anymore; prior period figures have been adjusted to confirm to current year reporting.

2 As from 2020 financials of Philippines are reported in Growth Markets, while previously Wholesale Banking in Philippines was reported in

WB Rest of World; prior period figures have been adjusted.

3 As from 2020, results of former Insurance activities are included in geographical segment Other (Corporate Line); prior period figures have

been adjusted.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

35

Information on geographical areas

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -324

35

Information on geographical areas

ING Group’s business lines operate

in seven main geographical areas: the Netherlands, Belgium, Rest of Europe,

North America, Latin America, Asia and Australia. A geographical area is a distinguishable component

of the

Group engaged in providing products or services within a particular economic environment

that is subject to risks

and returns that are different from

those of geographical areas operating in other economic environments.

The

geographical analyses are based on the location of the office from which the transactions

are originated and do

not include countries where ING only has representation offices. The Netherlands is ING Group’s

country of

domicile.

In order to increase ING Group’s

tax transparency,

additional financial information on a per country basis has

been included in this disclosure: Tax paid represents

all income tax paid to and/or received from tax authorities

in the current year,

irrespective of the fiscal year to which these payments or refunds relate.

The table below provide additional information, for the years

2020, 2019 and 2018 respectively, on names of

principal subsidiaries and branches, nature of main activities and average number of employees

on a full time

equivalent basis by country/tax jurisdiction.

Additional information by country

Geographical

area

Country/Tax

jurisdiction

Name of principal subsidiary

Main (banking)

activity

Average number of employees at

full time equivalent basis

Total Income

Total assets

Result before tax

Taxation

Tax paid

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

Netherlands

Netherlands

ING Bank N.V.

Wholesale / Retail

15,201

14,415

13,600

5,100

5,198

6,130

283,664

267,368

259,387

612

1,397

1,973

285

437

738

588

684

528

Belgium

Belgium

ING België N.V.

Wholesale / Retail

7,397

7,694

8,248

2,637

2,277

2,838

133,269

121,813

120,287

212

291

898

75

142

285

66

258

71

Luxemburg

ING Luxembourg S.A.

Wholesale / Retail

855

841

791

279

292

315

15,290

16,608

13,310

100

123

199

25

29

50

24

17

23

Rest of Europe

Poland

ING Bank Slaski S.A

Wholesale / Retail

9,425

8,968

8,829

1,399

1,344

1,229

40,928

37,220

33,040

438

533

525

131

141

128

232

166

169

Germany

ING DiBa A.G.

Wholesale / Retail

5,059

4,639

4,625

2,376

2,141

2,315

162,539

147,642

144,861

896

1,032

1,203

310

355

397

409

460

368

Romania

Branch of ING Bank N.V.

Wholesale / Retail

3,049

2,575

2,269

456

457

403

8,526

7,424

7,112

141

221

183

20

34

25

24

34

22

Spain

Branch of ING Bank N.V.

Wholesale / Retail

1,228

1,233

1,201

679

706

600

29,899

26,118

23,757

104

249

195

37

72

71

52

90

61

Italy

Branch of ING Bank N.V.

Wholesale / Retail

1,025

959

911

337

269

231

13,747

15,726

16,991

44

-39

-101

24

4

-24

2

4

3

UK

Branch of ING Bank N.V.

Wholesale

709

692

672

546

594

505

64,676

61,088

64,016

97

214

180

15

52

44

32

40

61

France

1

Branch of ING Bank N.V.

Wholesale / Retail

737

659

620

239

308

323

11,555

12,058

12,063

-71

70

111

-17

35

45

9

48

25

Russia

ING Bank (Eurasia) Z.A.O.

Wholesale

297

293

277

51

93

82

1,035

1,499

1,449

3

68

25

0

22

3

-3

49

13

Czech Republic

Branch of ING Bank N.V.

Wholesale / Retail

355

339

306

146

88

106

3,848

4,494

6,278

59

10

39

12

2

10

4

5

6

Hungary

Branch of ING Bank N.V.

Wholesale

131

138

141

43

24

40

1,092

1,299

1,227

6

-7

5

2

2

3

1

2

2

Slovakia

Branch of ING Bank N.V.

Wholesale

878

703

571

18

14

14

385

587

487

7

2

0

3

0

1

1

-1

1

Ukraine

PJSC ING Bank Ukraine

Wholesale

108

111

109

26

43

36

335

481

368

16

31

22

3

9

3

3

6

4

Austria

Branch of ING DiBa A.G.

Wholesale / Retail

332

279

235

75

80

85

1,840

1,441

753

0

0

18

-5

1

6

-14

1

-12

Bulgaria

Branch of ING Bank N.V.

Wholesale

65

68

69

13

12

9

406

358

360

2

2

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Ireland

Branch of ING Bank N.V.

Wholesale

50

48

47

72

71

68

2,051

2,575

2,868

66

58

65

8

8

8

8

7

6

Portugal

Branch of ING Bank N.V.

Wholesale

13

12

11

16

18

18

790

899

905

11

14

13

7

4

4

4

5

2

Switzerland

Branch of ING Bank N.V.

Wholesale

256

257

244

187

234

257

7,939

8,577

8,266

88

126

169

13

-36

35

14

22

6

1

Public subsidies received, as defined in article 89 of the CRD IV, amounts to EUR 0.3 million (2019: EUR 0.3 million; 2018: EUR 0.5 million).

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

35

Information on geographical areas

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -325

Additional information by country (continued)

Geographical

area

Country/Tax

jurisdiction

Name of principal subsidiary

Main (banking)

activity

Average number of employees at

full time equivalent basis

Total Income

Total assets

Result before tax

Taxation

Tax paid

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

North America

Canada

Payvision Canada Services Ltd.

Wholesale

1

1

1

3

3

3

0

1

2

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

USA

ING Financial Holdings Corp.

Wholesale

600

626

617

720

813

736

48,205

45,521

61,440

39

366

343

16

118

61

38

130

67

Latin America

Brazil

Branch of ING Bank N.V.

Wholesale

89

89

88

30

43

35

1,813

2,921

1,974

3

27

16

19

6

9

4

7

3

Colombia

ING Capital Colombia S.A.S.

Wholesale

3

3

3

1

1

1

2

2

2

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Mexico

ING Consulting, S.A. de C.V.

Wholesale

7

8

8

1

1

1

2

2

2

-1

-2

-2

0

0

0

0

0

0

Asia

China

Branch of ING Bank N.V.

Wholesale

90

89

86

26

35

37

1,598

2,031

2,107

-2

7

3

1

-1

7

-5

0

17

Japan

Branch of ING Bank N.V.

Wholesale

32

33

32

29

31

36

3,104

5,109

2,300

-1

22

19

-1

8

5

2

10

3

Singapore

Branch of ING Bank N.V.

Wholesale

608

592

546

353

349

340

24,498

27,982

32,222

42

76

176

8

13

21

7

22

12

Macau

Payvision Macau Ltd.

Wholesale

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Hong Kong

Branch of ING Bank N.V.

Wholesale

122

128

122

92

96

110

7,030

7,350

6,975

-9

38

52

-1

7

8

15

2

12

Philippines

Branch of ING Bank N.V.

Wholesale/ Retail

1,857

1,420

878

13

25

17

497

412

395

-26

-11

0

6

-5

3

2

2

1

South Korea

Branch of ING Bank N.V.

Wholesale

77

79

80

66

60

55

6,692

5,457

4,299

18

25

14

4

7

3

10

3

6

Taiwan

Branch of ING Bank N.V.

Wholesale

34

34

33

36

26

23

3,160

2,873

2,839

19

10

7

4

0

0

1

3

-2

Indonesia

PT ING Securities Indonesia

In liquidation

0

0

3

0

0

0

5

6

6

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Malaysia

Branch of ING Bank N.V.

Wholesale

6

5

5

1

1

1

141

166

139

-1

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

India

Branch of ING Bank N.V.

Wholesale

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Turkey

ING Bank A.S.

Wholesale / Retail

3,724

4,074

4,709

420

677

678

7,316

9,927

11,521

125

304

245

27

66

50

25

92

11

United Arabic

Emirates

Branch of ING Bank N.V.

Wholesale

10

11

11

0

-1

0

1

0

0

-2

-2

-1

0

0

0

0

0

0

Australia

Australia

ING Bank (Australia) Ltd.

Wholesale / Retail

1,472

1,319

1,234

740

701

647

46,014

43,482

39,673

362

400

389

40

121

118

181

177

113

Other

Mauritius

ING Mauritius Ltd.

In liquidation

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

1

920

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

0

0

Total

55,901

53,431

52,233

17,227

17,125

18,324

933,891

888,520

884,603

3,399

5,653

6,986

1,070

1,652

2,116

1,734

2,345

1,602

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

36 Pensions and other post-employment benefits

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -326

2020

The higher tax charge of 47% in the Netherlands (compared to the statutory

rate of 25%) is mainly caused by

the non-deductible Dutch bank tax (EUR 169 million) and the non-deductible impairments regarding goodwill

(EUR 266 million) and TMB (EUR 230 million).

The lower tax charge in Australia is caused by a release

of a tax provision after concluding a settlement with

the Australian Tax

Authorities on an issue related to former Insurance activities, which issue was fully

indemnified by NN Group.

The higher tax charges in Brazil and the Philippines are mainly caused by the de-recognition of tax

benefits for

incurred tax losses due to expected insufficient future taxable

profits.

The higher tax charges in Poland and Belgium are mainly caused by non-deductible regulatory-

and other costs.

2019

The relatively high tax charge of 31% in the Netherlands (compared to statutory

rate of 25%) is mainly caused

by the non-deductible Dutch bank tax (EUR 177 million) and the non-deductible AT1

interest expenses (EUR

276 million).

The relatively low tax charge in Switzerland

is caused by a deferred tax benefit following a tax

rate reduction in

2019.

2018

The relatively high tax charge of 37% in the Netherlands (compared to

statutory rate of 25%) is mainly caused

by non-deductible expenses of EUR 775 million upon the settlement agreement reached with the Dutch

authorities on regulatory issues.

Additional notes to the Consolidated financial statements

36 Pensions and other post-employment benefits

Most group companies sponsor defined contribution pension plans. The assets of all ING Group’s

defined

contribution plans are held in independently administered funds. Contributions are generally

determined as a

percentage of remuneration. Contributions, including the defined contribution

plan in the Netherlands, are

principally determined as a percentage of renumeration. These plans do not give rise to provisions

in the

statement of financial position, other than relating to short-term

timing differences included in other

assets/liabilities.

ING Group maintains defined benefit retirement plans in some countries. These plans provide

benefits that are

related to the remuneration and service of employees upon retirement.

The benefits in some of these plans

are subject to various forms of indexation. The indexation

is, in some cases, at the discretion of management;

in other cases it is dependent upon the sufficiency of plan assets.

Annual contributions are paid to the funds at a rate necessary to adequately finance the accrued liabilities of

the plans calculated in accordance with local legal requirements. Plans in all countries are

designed to comply

with applicable local regulations governing investments and funding levels.

ING Group provides other post-employment benefits to certain former employees.

These are primarily

discounts on ING products.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

36 Pensions and other post-employment benefits

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -327

Statement of financial position - Net defined benefit asset/liability

Plan assets and defined benefit obligation per country

Plan assets

Defined benefit

obligation

Funded Status

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

The Netherlands

469

454

643

634

-174

-180

United States

311

277

291

275

20

3

United Kingdom

1,896

1,887

1,199

1,184

696

703

Belgium

591

590

681

676

-90

-85

Other countries

316

168

393

383

-77

-214

Funded status (Net defined benefit asset/liability)

3,583

3,377

3,208

3,151

375

226

Presented as:

  • Other assets

725

709

  • Other liabilities

-350

-483

375

226

The most recent (actuarial) valuations of the plan assets and the present value of the defined benefit

obligation

were carried out as at 31 December 2020. The present value of the defined benefit obligation, and the related

current service cost and past service cost, were determined using the projected

unit credit method.

Changes in the fair value of plan assets for the period were as follows:

Changes in fair value of plan assets

2020

2019

Opening balance

3,377

3,019

Interest income

50

70

Remeasurements: Return on plan assets excluding amounts

included in interest income

246

274

Employer's contribution

170

34

Participants contributions

2

2

Benefits paid

-128

-126

Exchange rate differences

-134

104

Closing balance

3,583

3,377

Actual return on the plan assets

296

344

As at 31 December 2020 the various defined benefit plans did not hold any direct investments in ING Groep

N.V.

(2019: nil). During 2020 and 2019 there were no purchases or sales of assets between ING and the pension

funds.

ING does not manage the pension funds and thus receives no compensation for fund management. The

pension funds have not engaged ING in any swap or derivative transactions

to manage the risk of the pension

funds.

No plan assets are expected to be returned to ING Group during 2021.

Although Covid-19 has had an impact on most investment markets in 2020, the effect

on the fair value of ING

Group’s plan assets was limited as a large

majority of our plan assets is invested in liquid asset categories which

mark to market frequently.

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation and other post-employment benefits for

the

period were as follows:

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

36 Pensions and other post-employment benefits

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -328

Changes in defined benefit obligation and other post-employment benefits

Defined benefit

obligation

Other post-employment

benefits

2020

2019

2020

2019

Opening balance

3,151

2,913

84

76

Current service cost

31

28

-2

-1

Interest cost

44

65

2

3

Remeasurements: Actuarial gains and losses arising from changes in demographic

assumptions

4

-6

Remeasurements: Actuarial gains and losses arising from changes in financial

assumptions

190

206

7

7

Participants’ contributions

2

2

0

1

Benefits paid

-132

-130

-1

-1

Past service cost

2

-0

Exchange rate differences

-85

73

-8

1

Closing balance

3,208

3,151

83

84

Amounts recognised directly in Other comprehensive income were as follows:

Changes in the net defined benefit assets/liability remeasurement reserve

2020

2019

Opening balance

-336

-394

Remeasurement of plan assets

246

274

Actuarial gains and losses arising from changes in demographic assumptions

-4

6

Actuarial gains and losses arising from changes in financial assumptions

-190

-206

Taxation

and Exchange rate differences

-24

-15

Total Other comprehensive

income movement for the year

28

58

Closing balance

-307

-336

In 2020, EUR 246 million remeasurement of plan assets that is recognised as a gain in other comprehensive

income is driven by higher yields on investments.

The EUR -190 million actuarial losses arising from changes in financial assumptions in the calculation of the

defined benefit obligation are mainly due to a decrease in discount rates.

The accumulated amount of remeasurements recognised directly in Other comprehensive

income is EUR -343

million (EUR -307 million after tax) as at 31 December 2020 (2019: EUR -378 million; EUR -336 million after tax).

Amounts recognised in the statement of profit or loss related

to pension and other staff related benefits are as

follows:

Pension and other staff-related benefit costs

Net defined benefit

asset/liability

Other post-employment

benefits

Other

Total

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

Current service cost

31

28

39

-2

-1

-4

12

1

22

41

29

57

Past service cost

2

-0

0

2

-0

0

Net Interest cost

-6

-5

-4

2

3

2

0

0

0

-3

-2

-2

Effect of curtailment or

settlement

0

-1

0

-1

Other

Defined benefit plans

27

23

35

0

2

-1

12

2

21

40

26

54

Defined contribution plans

356

340

331

395

366

385

Determination of the net defined benefit asset/liability

The net defined benefit asset/liability is reviewed and adjusted annually.

The assumptions used in the

determination of the net defined benefit asset/liability and the Other post-employment benefits include

discount rates, mortality rates,

expected rates of salary increases (excluding

promotion increases), and

indexation. The rates used for

salary developments, interest discount factors,

and other adjustments reflect

country-specific conditions.

The key assumption in the determination of the net defined benefit asset/liability is the discount rate.

The

discount rate is the weighted average

of the discount rates that are applied in different

regions where ING

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

37

Taxation

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -329

Group has defined benefit pension plans (weighted by the defined benefit obligation). The discount rate

is

based on a methodology that uses market yields on high quality corporate bonds of the specific regions with

durations matching the pension liabilities as key input. Market

yields of high quality corporate bonds reflect

the yield on corporate bonds with an AA rating for durations

where such yields are available. An extrapolation

is applied in order to determine the yield to the longer durations for which no AA-rated

corporate bonds are

available. As a result of the limited availability of long-duration AA-rated

corporate bonds, extrapolation is an

important element of the determination of the discount rate.

The weighted average discount rate

applied for

net defined benefit asset/liability for 2020 was 1.0% (2019:

1.5%) based on the pension plan in the

Netherlands, Germany,

Belgium, The United States of America, and the United Kingdom. The average

discount

rate applied for Other post-employment benefits was

2.7% (2019:

3.3%).

Sensitivity analysis of key assumptions

ING performs sensitivity analysis on the most significant assumptions: discount rates,

mortality, expected

rate

of salary increase, and indexation. The sensitivity analysis has been carried out under the assumption that the

changes occurred at the end of the reporting period.

The sensitivity analysis calculates the financial impact on the defined benefit obligation of an increase or

decrease of the weighted averages of each significant actuarial assumption,

all other assumptions held

constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur,

and some changes of the assumptions may be correlated.

Changes to mortality,

expected rate of salary increase, and indexation

would have no material impact on the

defined benefit obligation. The most significant impact would be from a change in the discount

rate. An

increase

or decrease in the discount rate of 1% creates

an impact on the defined benefit obligation of EUR-461

million and EUR 586 million, respectively.

Expected cash flows

Annual contributions are paid to the funds at a rate necessary to adequately finance the accrued liabilities of

the plans calculated in accordance with local supervisory requirements. Plans in all countries are designed to

comply with applicable local regulations governing investments

and funding levels. ING Group’s subsidiaries

should fund the cost of the entitlements expected to be earned on a yearly basis.

For 2021 the expected contributions to defined benefit pension plans are EUR 31 million.

The benefit payments for defined benefit and other post-employment benefits expected

to be made by the

plan between 2021-2025 are estimated to be between EUR 110 million and EUR 138 million per year.

From

2026 to 2030 the total payments made by the plan are expected

to be EUR 724 million.

37

Taxation

Statement of financial position – Deferred tax

Deferred taxes are

recognised on all temporary differences under the liability method using tax

rates applicable

in the jurisdictions in which ING Group is subject to taxation.

Changes in deferred tax

2020

Net liability (-)

Net asset (+)

opening

balance

Change

through

equity

Change

through

net result

Exchange

rate

differences

Changes

in the composi-

tion of the

group and

other changes

Net liability (-)

Net asset (+)

ending balance

Financial assets at FVOCI

-107

10

-10

0

-108

Investment properties

-7

3

0

5

2

Financial assets and liabilities at FVPL

947

246

10

1,202

Depreciation

-19

6

2

-10

Cash flow hedges

-337

-23

0

-360

Pension and post-employment benefits

42

-8

-5

7

-0

36

Other provisions

6

-4

-7

0

-5

Loans and advances

490

-1

42

-15

0

517

Unused tax losses carried forward

61

7

-5

63

Other

-156

62

16

-1

-5

-83

920

40

301

-9

0

1,253

Presented in the statement of financial

position as:

–

Deferred tax liabilities

-322

-343

–

Deferred tax assets

1,242

1,596

920

1,253

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

37

Taxation

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -330

The above table shows netted deferred

tax amounts related to right-of-use assets

and lease liabilities included

in the row ‘Other’ a deferred tax amount for right-of-use

assets of EUR 306 million (2019: EUR 370 million) and

a deferred tax amount for lease liabilities of EUR -326 million (2019: EUR -376 million).

Financial assets and liabilities FVPL changes through net result in 2020 relates to the increase in fair value

of

derivatives due to decreased interest

yield curves.

Changes in deferred tax

2019

Net liability (-)

Net asset (+)

opening

balance

Change

through

equity

Change

through

net result

Exchange

rate

differences

Changes in

the composi-

tion of the

group and

other changes

Net liability (-)

Net asset (+)

ending balance

Financial assets at FVOCI

-118

23

-11

-1

-107

Investment properties

-6

-1

-0

-7

Financial assets and liabilities at FVPL

632

314

2

-2

947

Depreciation

-23

5

-0

-19

Cash flow hedges

-140

-199

2

-337

Pension and post-employment benefits

59

-14

2

-5

42

Other provisions

10

-1

-3

0

6

Loans and advances

474

-1

18

0

0

490

Unused tax losses carried forward

51

5

5

-0

61

Other

-160

16

-13

1

-0

-156

Total

778

-176

318

2

-2

920

Presented in the statement of financial

position as:

–

deferred tax liabilities

-180

-322

–

deferred tax assets

958

1,242

778

920

IFRS 16 Leases (implemented per 1 January 2019) requires lessees to recognise right-of-use assets and lease

liabilities on the balance sheet. The above table shows netted amounts which include in the row ‘Other’ a

deferred tax amount for right

-of-use assets of EUR 370 million (1 January 2019: EUR 320 million) and a

deferred tax amount for lease liabilities of EUR -376 million (1 January 2019: EUR -323 million).

Financial assets and liabilities FVPL changes through net result in 2019 relates to the increase in fair value

of

derivatives due to decreased interest

yield curves.

Deferred tax in connection with unused tax losses carried forward

2020

2019

Total unused tax

losses carried forward

1,675

1,685

Unused tax losses carried forward not recognised as a deferred

tax asset

903

922

Unused tax losses carried forward recognised as a deferred

tax asset

772

764

Average tax rate

22.0%

21.4%

Deferred tax asset

170

163

Total unused tax

losses carried forward analysed by expiry terms

No deferred tax

asset recognised

Deferred tax

asset recognised

2020

2019

2020

2019

Within 1 year

1

1

More than 1 year but less than 5 years

4

4

57

17

More than 5 years but less than 10 years

92

92

8

0

Unlimited

806

824

707

746

903

922

772

764

The above mentioned deferred tax of EUR 170 million (2019: EUR 163 million) and the related unused tax

losses carried forward exclude the deferred

tax liability recorded in the Netherlands with respect to the

recapture of previously deducted UK tax losses in the Netherlands for the

amount of EUR -107 million (2019:

EUR -102 million).

Deferred tax assets are recognised for

temporary deductible differences, for tax

losses carried forward and

unused tax credits only to the extent that realisation of the related

tax benefit is probable.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

37

Taxation

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -331

Breakdown of certain net deferred tax asset

positions by jurisdiction

2020

2019

Italy

86

181

France

28

Philippines

7

Slovakia

1

114

189

The table above includes a breakdown of certain net deferred

tax asset positions by jurisdiction for which the

utilisation of the deferred tax asset is dependent on future taxable

profits in excess of the profits arising from

the reversal of existing taxable

temporary differences whilst the related

entities have incurred losses in either

the current or the preceding year.

Recognition is based on the fact that it is probable that the entity will have taxable

profits and/or can utilise tax

planning opportunities before expiration of the deferred

tax assets. Changes in circumstances in future periods

may adversely impact the assessment of the recoverability.

The uncertainty of the recoverability is taken

into

account in establishing the deferred tax

assets.

As at 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019, ING Groep N.V.

had no significant temporary differences

associated with the parent company’s investments

in subsidiaries as any economic benefit from those

investments will not be taxable at parent

company level.

Statement of profit or loss – Taxation

Taxation

by type

Netherlands

Rest of the world

Total

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

Current taxation

355

488

587

1,016

1,481

1,264

1,371

1,970

1,851

Deferred taxation

-72

-51

151

-230

-267

114

-301

-318

265

284

437

738

786

1,214

1,379

1,070

1,652

2,116

Reconciliation of the weighted average

statutory income tax rate to

ING Group’s effective income tax

rate

2020

2019

2018

Result before tax from continuing

operations

3,399

5,653

6,986

Weighted average

statutory tax rate

25.2%

25.8%

25.8%

Weighted average

statutory tax amount

856

1,459

1,803

Participation exemption

-46

-49

-77

Other income not subject to tax

-6

-76

-70

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

320

237

346

Impact on deferred tax from change in tax

rates

-47

-57

50

Deferred tax benefit from previously

unrecognised amounts

-6

Current tax from previously unrecognised amounts

17

48

28

Write-off/reversal of deferred

tax assets

24

2

4

State and local taxes

44

72

25

Adjustments to prior periods

-85

16

7

Effective tax amount

1,070

1,652

2,116

Effective tax rate

31.5%

29.2%

30.3%

The weighted average statutory

tax rate in 2020 (25.2%) is comparable to that

of 2019.

The effective tax rate

of 31.5% in 2020 is significantly higher than the weighted average statutory

tax rate. This

is mainly caused by a high amount of expenses non-deductible for tax purposes like the non-deductible bank

tax and non-deductible losses with respect to goodwill impairments and impairments on associates in the

Netherlands and in some other European countries.

Included in “Adjustments

to prior periods” is a release of a tax provision of EUR -68 million after concluding a

settlement with the Australian tax authorities on an issue related

to former insurance activities, which issue

was fully indemnified by NN Group.

The weighted average statutory

tax rate in 2019 was

equal to the rate of 25.8% in 2018.

The effective tax rate

of 29.2% in 2019 was higher than the weighted average statutory

tax rate. This was

mainly caused by a high amount of expenses non-deductible for tax purposes with respect to interest

on

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

38 Fair value of assets and liabilities

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -332

additional Tier 1 securities and non-deductible bank tax in the Netherlands and regulatory expenses non-

deductible for tax purposes in some other European countries.

The effective tax rate

of 30.3% in 2018 was significantly higher than the weighted average statutory

tax rate.

This was mainly caused by a high amount of expenses non-deductible for tax purposes (tax amount:

EUR 346

million).

This relatively high amount of non-deductible expenses is caused by the EUR 775 million

settlement agreement reached with the Dutch Public Prosecution Service (tax

amount: EUR 194

million).

Equity – Other comprehensive income

Income tax related to components of other comprehensive income

2020

2019

2018

Unrealised revaluations financial assets at fair value through

other comprehensive income and

other revaluations

-1

11

90

Realised gains/losses transferred to the statement

of profit or loss

(reclassifications from equity to profit or loss)

10

12

23

Changes in cash flow hedge reserve

-23

-199

-76

Remeasurement of the net defined benefit asset/liability

-8

-14

-12

Changes in fair value of own credit risk of financial liabilities at fair value through

profit or loss

-1

7

-33

Exchange rate differences

and other

62

7

-18

Total income tax

related to components of other comprehensive income

40

-176

-25

Tax

Contingency

The contingent liability (also disclosed in note 44 ‘Contingent liabilities’) in connection with taxation in the

Netherlands refers to a possible obligation

arising from the deduction from Dutch taxable profit of losses

incurred by ING Bank in the United Kingdom in previous years. The existence

of this obligation will be

confirmed only by the occurrence of future profits in the United Kingdom.

38 Fair value of assets and liabilities

a) Valuation Methods

The estimated fair values represent the price that would

be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a

liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement

date. It is a market-based

measurement, which is based on assumptions that market participants would use and takes

into account the

characteristics of the asset or liability that market participants would take

into account when pricing the asset

or liability.

Fair values of financial assets and liabilities are based on quoted prices in active market where

available. When

such quoted prices are not available, the fair value is determined by using valuation

techniques. The fair value

hierarchy consists of three levels, depending upon whether fair

values were determined based on (unadjusted)

quoted prices in an active market (Level 1), valuation techniques with observable

inputs (Level 2) or valuation

techniques that incorporate inputs which are unobservable and which have

a more than insignificant impact on

the fair value of the instrument (Level 3).

The Covid-19 pandemic impacted the global financial markets in 2020. In the beginning of 2020, ING observed

large volatility in the market resulting in widened spreads, markets

distortion and illiquidity in some specific

markets which has stressed ING’s

valuation processes and movements in level classifications. The volatility in

the market has stabilised in the course of 2020 and has largely returned

to pre-pandemic levels. In 2020,

Financial Assets and Liabilities, including Level 3, continued to be valued using agreed methodologies and ING

continued to limit the unobservable input to arrive at the most appropriate Fair

Market value.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

38 Fair value of assets and liabilities

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -333

b) Valuation Control

framework

The valuation control framework covers

the product approval process (PARP),

pricing, independent price

verification (IPV), valuation adjustments including prudent valuation,

and model use. Valuation processes are

governed by various governance bodies, including Local Parameter

Committees (LPC), Global Price Testing

and

Impairment Committee (GP&IC), Market Data Committee

(MDC), Trading Pricing Model Committee

(TPMC)

and Model Risk Management Committee (MRMC). All relevant committees

meet on a regular basis

(monthly/quarterly), where agenda covers the aforementioned

valuation controls.

The Global Price Testing and Impairment

Committee is responsible for the oversight and the approval

of the

outcome of impairments (other than loan loss provisions) and valuation processes. It oversees

the quality and

coherence of valuation methodologies and performance. The TMPC is responsible for the approval

of validating

pricing and fair value models. The MRMC is responsible for the approval of the validated

prudent valuation

adjustment models and the Local Parameter Committee

monitor the appropriateness of (quoted) pricing, any

other relevant market info,

as well as the appropriateness of pricing models themselves related to the fair

valued positions to which they are applied. The LPC executes valuation methodology and processes

at a local

level. The Market Data Committee

approves and reviews all pricing inputs for the calculation of market

parameters.

Financial instruments measured by internal models where one or more unobservable market

inputs are

significant for valuation, a difference between

the transaction price and the theoretical price resulting from the

internal model can occur.

ING defers the Day One profit and loss relating to financial instruments

reported with

significant unobservable valuation parameters, including positions classified as Level

3 in the Fair Value

Hierarchy and trades related

to CVA with material unobservable input but not necessarily classified as Level 3

in the Fair Value Hierarchy.

The Day One profit and loss is amortised over the life of the instrument or until the

observability changes. The impact on the profit and loss per year end 2020 is deemed to be immaterial. No Day

one Profit and loss has been reserved for prior years. The Day one Profit and loss reserve is expected

to grow

over the coming years when new trades requiring a Day one Profit

are reported.

c) Valuation Adjustments

Valuation adjustments are

an integral part of the fair value. They are included as part of the fair value

to

provide better estimation of market

exit value on measurement date. ING considers various valuation

adjustments to arrive at the fair value including Bid-Offer

adjustments, Model Risk adjustments, Credit

Valuation Adjustments (CVA),

Debt valuation Adjustments (DVA),

including DVA on derivatives and own issued

liabilities and Collateral Valuation

Adjustment (CollVA) and Funding Valuation

Adjustment (FVA)'.

The following table presents the models reserves for financial assets and liabilities:

Valuation adjustment on financial assets and liabilities

as at 31 December

2020

2019

Bid/Offer

-121

-140

Model Risk

-25

-214

CVA

-238

-223

DVA

-124

-118

CollVA

-16

-23

FVA

-111

-76

Total Valuation

Adjustments

-634

-794

Bid-Offer Adjustment

Bid-Offer adjustments are required to

adjust mid-market values to appropriate

bid or offer value in order to

best represent the exit value, and therefore

fair value. It is applicable to financial assets and liabilities that are

valued at mid-price initially. In practice

this adjustment accounts for the difference in valuation

from mid to bid

and mid to offer for long and short exposures respectively.

In principle assets are valued at the bid prices and

liabilities are valued at the offer price. For certain assets or liabilities, where a market

quoted price is not

available, the price used is the fair value that is most representative

within the bid-offer spread.

Model Risk Adjustment

Model risk adjustments addresses the risk of possible financial losses resulting from the use of a mis-specified,

misapplied, or incorrect implementation of a model.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

38 Fair value of assets and liabilities

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -334

Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA)

Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA)

is the adjustment on the fair value of a derivative trade to

account for the

possibility that a counterparty can go into default. In other words,

it is the market value of counterparty credit

risk. On the contrary,

Debit Valuation Adjustment (DVA)

reflects the credit risk of ING for its counterparty.

CVA

and DVA combinedly are regarded

as the Bilateral Valuation

Adjustment (BVA). The calculation of CVA

is based

on the estimation of the expected exposure, the counterparties’ risk of default,

and taking into account the

collateral agreements as well as netting agreements.

The counterparties’ risk of default is measured by

probability of default and expected loss given default,

which is based on market information including credit

default swap (CDS) spread. Where counterparty CDS spreads are

not available, relevant proxy

spreads are

used. Additionally, wrong-way

risk (when exposure to a counterparty is increasing and the credit quality of that

counterparty deteriorates) and right

-way risk (when exposure to a counterparty is increasing and the credit

quality of that counterparty improves) are included in the adjustment

Debit Valuation Adjustment (DVA)

ING recognises two types of Debit Valuation Adjustments,

namely DVA on derivatives, as aforementioned

and

DVA on own issued financial liabilities. The application of DVA

on own issued financial liabilities are measured

at fair value through profit or loss, if the credit risk component has not been included in the prices. In this DVA

calculation, the default probability of the institution are estimated

based on the ING Funding spread.

Collateral Valuation

Adjustment (CollVA)

Collateral Valuation

Adjustment is a derivative valuation adjustment capturing

specific features of CSA (Credit

Support Annex) with a counterparty that the regular valuation framework

does not capture.

Non-standard CSA

features may include deviations in relation to the currency

in which ING posts or receives collateral, deviations

in remuneration rate on collateral

which may pay lower or higher rate than overnight

rate or even no interest

at all. Other deviations can be posting securities rather than cash as collateral.

Funding Valuation Adjustment (FVA)

ING applies an additional ‘Funding Valuation Adjustment’ (FVA) to address the funding costs

associated with

the

collateral funding asymmetry on uncollateralized

or partially collateralized derivatives

in the portfolio. This

adjustment is based on the expected exposure profiles of the uncollateralized

or partially collateralized OTC

derivatives and market-based funding spreads.

d) Fair value hierarchy

ING Group has categorised its financial instruments that are either measured in the statement

of financial

position at fair value or of which the fair value is disclosed, into a three level

hierarchy based on the

observability of the valuation inputs from (unadjusted) quoted prices. Highest priority is retained

to

(unadjusted) quoted prices in active markets for identical

assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to

valuation techniques supported by unobservable inputs.

Transfers

into and transfers

out of fair value hierarchy levels are

made on a quarterly basis at the end of the

reporting period.

Level 1 – (Unadjusted) quoted prices in active markets

This category includes financial instruments whose fair value is determined directly by reference

to

(unadjusted) quoted prices in an active market. A financial instrument is regarded

as quoted in an active

market if quoted prices are readily and regularly available

from an exchange, dealer markets,

brokered

markets, or principal to principal markets. Those prices represent actual and regularly

occurring market

transactions with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information

on an ongoing basis.

Transfers

out of Level 1 into Level 2 or Level 3 occur when ING Group establishes that markets

are no longer

active and therefore (unadjusted) quoted prices no longer provide

reliable pricing information.

Level 2 – Valuation technique supported by

observable inputs

This category includes financial instruments whose fair value is based on market observables other than

(unadjusted) quoted prices. The fair value for financial instruments in this category

can be determined by

reference to quoted prices for similar instruments

in active markets, but for which the prices are modified

based on other market observable external data or reference

to quoted prices for identical or similar

instruments in markets that are not active. These prices can be obtained from

a third party pricing service. ING

analyses how the prices are derived and determines whether the prices are liquid tradable prices or model

based consensus prices taking various data as inputs.

For financial instruments that do not have a reference

price available, fair value is determined using a valuation

technique (e.g. a model), where inputs in the model are taken from an active market

or are observable, such as

interest rates and yield curves observable at commonly

quoted intervals, implied volatilities, and credit

spreads.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

38 Fair value of assets and liabilities

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -335

Instruments, where inputs are unobservable are classified in this category,

provided that the impact of those

unobservable inputs on the overall valuation is insignificant. The notion of significant is particularly relevant

for

the distinction between Level 2 and Level 3 assets and liabilities. ING Group has chosen to align the definition

of significance with the 90% confidence range as captured in the prudent value definition by EBA where

possible. The same 90% confidence range is applied to model uncertainty.

If the combined change in asset

value resulting from the shift of the unobservable parameters and the model uncertainty

exceeds the

threshold, the asset is classified as Level 3. A value change below the threshold results in a Level 2

classification.

Level 3 – Valuation technique supported by

unobservable inputs

This category includes financial instruments whose fair value is determined using a valuation technique

(e.g. a

model), for a significant part of the overall valuation is unobservable, or is determined by

reference to price

quotes where the market is considered inactive. Unobservable inputs are

inputs which are based on the

Group’s own assumptions about the factors

that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability,

developed based on the best information available in the market.

Unobservable inputs may include volatility,

correlation, spreads to discount rates,

default rates and recovery rates,

prepayment rates, and certain credit

spreads. Transfers

into and transfers out of fair

value hierarchy levels are made on a quarterl

y

basis.

Financial instruments at fair value

The fair values of the financial instruments

were determined as follows:

Methods applied in determining fair values of financial assets and liabilities (carried at fair value)

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

Financial Assets

Financial assets at fair value

through profit or loss

  • Equity securities

7,897

8,508

2

2

138

148

8,037

8,657

  • Debt securities

3,378

4,963

4,867

3,441

1,269

919

9,514

9,323

  • Derivatives

1

30,623

23,797

197

154

30,821

23,951

  • Loans and receivables

-0

53,733

52,668

1,265

1,588

54,998

54,256

11,276

13,471

89,225

79,909

2,870

2,807

103,370

96,187

Financial assets at fair value

through other comprehensive

income

  • Equity securities

1,687

2,024

176

281

1,862

2,306

  • Debt securities

31,592

30,141

1,385

343

32,977

30,483

  • Loans and receivables

1,056

1,680

1,056

1,680

33,279

32,165

1,385

343

1,231

1,961

35,895

34,468

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities at fair value

through profit or loss

–

Debt securities

1,124

1,081

5,231

7,034

180

184

6,534

8,299

–

Deposits

1

48,111

44,707

2

48,114

44,707

–

Trading securities

699

1,388

70

7

0

-0

768

1,395

–

Derivatives

55

58

27,094

23,176

217

305

27,365

23,540

1,879

2,527

80,505

74,924

398

490

82,781

77,942

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

38 Fair value of assets and liabilities

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -336

The following methods and assumptions were used by ING Group to estimate

the fair value of the financial

instruments:

Equity securities

Instrument description:

Equity securities include stocks

and shares, corporate investments

and private equity

investments.

Valuation:

If available, the fair values of publicly traded equity securities and private equity securities are

based on quoted market prices. In absence of active markets, fair

values are estimated by analysing the

investee’s

financial position, result, risk profile, prospect, price, earnings comparisons and revenue multiples.

Additionally, reference

is made to valuations of peer entities where quoted prices in active markets are

available. For equity securities best market practice

will be applied using the most relevant valuation method.

All non-listed equity investments, including investments

in private equity funds, are subject to a standard

review framework which ensures that valuations reflect

the fair values.

Fair value hierarchy:

The majority of equity securities are publicly traded and quoted prices are readily and

regularly available.

Hence, these securities are classified as Level 1.

Equity securities which are not traded in

active markets mainly include corporate investments,

fund investments and other equity securities and are

classified as Level 3.

Debt securities

Instrument description:

Debt securities include government bonds, financial institutions bonds and Asset-

backed securities (ABS).

Valuation:

Where available, fair values for debt

securities are generally based on quoted market prices.

Quoted market prices are obtained from an exchange

market, dealer,

broker,

industry group, pricing service, or

regulatory service. The quoted prices from non-exchange sources are

reviewed on their tradability of market

prices. If quoted prices in an active market are not available, fair value

is based on an analysis of available

market inputs, which includes consensus prices obtained from one or more pricing services. Furthermore, fair

values are determined by valuation techniques discounting expected

future cash flows using a market interest

rate curves, referenced credit

spreads, maturity of the investment, and estimated prepayment

rates where

applicable.

Fair value hierarchy:

Government bonds and financial institutions bonds are generally traded in active

markets, where quoted prices are readily and regularly available

and are hence, classified as Level 1. The

remaining positions are classified as Level 2 or Level 3.

Asset backed securities for which no active market

is

available and a wide discrepancy in quoted prices exists, are classified as Level 3.

Derivatives

Instrument description:

Derivatives contracts can either be exchange

-traded or over the counter (OTC).

Derivatives include interest rate

derivatives, FX derivatives, Credit derivatives,

Equity derivatives and

commodity derivatives.

Valuation:

The fair value of exchange-traded derivatives

is determined using quoted market prices in an active

market and are classified as Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

For instruments that are not actively traded, fair

values are estimated based on valuation techniques. OTC

derivatives and derivatives trading in an inactive

market are valued using valuation techniques. The valuation

techniques and inputs depend on the type of

derivatives

and the nature of the underlying instruments. The principal techniques used to value these

instruments are based on (amongst others) discounted cash flows option pricing models and Monte

Carlo

simulations. These valuation models calculate the present value of expected

future cash flows, based on ‘no-

arbitrage’ principles. The models are commonly used in the financial industry and inputs to the validation

models are determined from observable market data

where possible. Certain inputs may not be observable in

the market, but can be determined from observable prices via valuation model calibration

procedures. These

inputs include prices available from exchanges, dealers, brokers

or providers of pricing, yield curves, credit

spreads, default rates, recovery

rates, dividend rates, volatility of underlying interest

rates, equity prices, and

foreign currency exchange rates

and reference is made to quoted prices, recently executed

trades,

independent market quotes and consensus data, where available.

For uncollateralised OTC

derivatives, ING applies Credit Valuation

Adjustment to correctly reflect the

counterparty credit risk in the valuation. See section DVA/BVA

in section b) Valuation Adjustments for

more

details regarding the calculation.

Fair value hierarchy:

The majority of the derivatives are classified as Level 2. Derivatives for

which the input

cannot be implied from observable market data are classified as Level

3.

Loans and receivables

Instrument description:

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable

payments that are not quoted in an active market.

Loans and receivables carried at fair value includes trading

loans, being securities lending and similar agreement comparable to collateralised lending, syndicated

loans,

loans expected to be sold and receivables with regards to

reverse repurchase transactions.

Valuation:

The fair value of loans and receivables are generally based on quoted market

prices. The fair value

of other loans is estimated by discounting expected future cash flows using a discount

rate that reflects credit

risk, liquidity, and other current market

conditions. The fair value of mortgage loans is estimated by taking into

account prepayment behaviour.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

38 Fair value of assets and liabilities

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -337

Fair value hierarchy:

Loans and receivables are predominantly classified as Level 2. Loans and receivables for

which current market information about similar assets to use as observable,

corroborated data for

all

significant inputs into a valuation model is not available are classified as Level

3 and are expected to be sold as

Level 3.

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss

Instrument description:

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss include debt securities, debt

instruments, primarily comprised of structured notes, which are held at fair value

under the fair value option.

Besides that, it includes derivative contracts and repurchase agreements

.

Valuation:

The fair values of securities in the trading portfolio and other liabilities at fair value through

profit or

loss are based on quoted market prices, where available. For

those securities not actively traded, fair values

are estimated based on internal discounted cash flow valuation

techniques using interest rates and credit

spreads that apply to similar instruments.

Fair value hierarchy:

The majority of the derivatives are classified as Level 2. Derivatives for

which the input

cannot be derived from observable market data are

classified as Level 3.

e) Transfers

between Level 1 and 2

No significant transfers between Level

1 and 2 and no significant changes in the valuation techniques were

recorded in the reporting period 2020.

f) Level 3: Valuation techniques and inputs used

Financial assets and liabilities in Level 3 include both assets and liabilities for which the fair value was

determined using (i) valuation techniques that incorporate

unobservable inputs as well as

(ii) quoted prices

which have been adjusted to reflect that the market

was not actively trading at or around the balance sheet

date. Unobservable inputs are inputs which are based on ING’s own assumptions about the factors

that market

participants would use in pricing an asset or liability, developed based on the best information

available in the

circumstances. Unobservable inputs may include volatility,

correlation, spreads to discount rates,

default rates

and recovery rates, prepayment

rates, and certain credit spreads. Valuation

techniques that incorporate

unobservable inputs are sensitive to the inputs used.

Of the total amount of financial assets classified as Level 3 as at 31 December 2020 of EUR 4.1 billion (31

December 2019: EUR 4.8 billion), an amount of EUR 2.1 billion ( 52.3%) (31 December 2019: EUR 2.5 billion,

being 52.6%) is based on unadjusted quoted prices in inactive markets. As ING does not generally adjust

quoted prices using its own inputs, there is no significant sensitivity to ING’s own unobservable inputs.

Furthermore, Level 3 financial assets includes approximately EUR 0.9 billion (31 December 2019: EUR 1.3

billion) which relates to financial assets that are part of structures that are

designed to be fully neutral in terms

of market risk. Such structures include various financial assets and liabilities for which the overall

sensitivity to

market risk is insignificant. Whereas the fair value of individual components of these structures

may be

determined using different techniques and the fair value

of each of the components of these structures may be

sensitive to unobservable inputs, the overall sensitivity is by design not significant.

The remaining EUR 1.1 billion (31 December 2019: EUR 1.0 billion) of the fair value classified in Level 3 financial

assets is established using valuation techniques that incorporates

certain inputs that are unobservable.

Of the total amount of financial liabilities classified as Level 3 as at 31 December 2020 of EUR 0.4 billion (31

December 2019: EUR 0.5 billion),

an amount of EUR 0.1 billion (34.6%) (31 December 2019: EUR 0.2 billion,

being 39.3%) is based on unadjusted quoted prices in inactive markets. As ING does not generally adjust

quoted prices using its own inputs, there is no significant sensitivity to ING’s own unobservable inputs.

Furthermore, Level 3 financial liabilities includes approximately EUR 0.1 billion (31 December 2019: EUR 0.1

billion) which relates to financial liabilities that are part of structures that are designed to

be fully neutral in

terms of market risk. As explained above, the fair value of each of the components of

these structures may be

sensitive to unobservable inputs, but the overall sensitivity is by design not significant.

The remaining EUR 0.2 billion (31 December 2019: EUR 0.2 billion) of the fair value classified in Level 3 financial

liabilities is established using valuation techniques that incorporates

certain inputs that are unobservable.

The table below provides a summary of the valuation techniques, key unobservable inputs and the lower and

upper range of such unobservable inputs, by type of Level 3 asset/liability.

The lower and upper range

mentioned in the overview represent the lowest and highest variance

of the respective valuation input as

actually used in the valuation of the different financial instruments. Amounts and percentages

stated are

unweighted. The range can vary from period to

period subject to market movements and change in Level 3

position. Lower and upper bounds reflect the variability of Level 3 positions and their underlying valuation

inputs in the portfolio, but do not adequately reflect their level of valuation uncertainty.

For valuation

uncertainty assessment, reference is made to section Sensitivity analysis of unobservable

inputs (Level 3).

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

38 Fair value of assets and liabilities

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -338

Valuation techniques and range of unobservable

inputs (Level 3)

Assets

Liabilities

Valuation techniques

Significant unobservable inputs

Lower range

Upper range

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

At fair value through profit or loss

Debt securities

1,269

919

Price based

Price (%)

0%

0%

107%

121%

Equity securities

137

146

1

1

Price based

Price

0

0

5,475

5,475

Loans and advances

1,090

1,577

2

Price based

Price (%)

0%

0%

101%

104%

Present value techniques

Credit spread (bps)

0

1

250

250

(Reverse) repo's

176

3

1

Present value techniques

Interest rate (%)

3%

4%

4%

4%

Structured notes

180

184

Price based

Price (%)

74%

83%

109%

124%

Option pricing model

Equity volatility (%)

14%

13%

25%

20%

Equity/Equity correlation

0.6

0.6

0.9

0.8

Equity/FX correlation

-0.7

-0.5

0.3

0.3

Dividend yield (%)

0%

2%

5%

4%

Derivatives

–

Rates

2

13

38

68

Option pricing model

Interest rate volatility (bps)

12

17

70

137

Present value techniques

Reset spread (%)

2%

2%

2%

2%

–

FX

1

Option pricing model

FX volatility (bps)

6

5

10

8

–

Credit

168

102

154

183

Present value techniques

Credit spread (bps)

2

2

1,403

11,054

Jump rate (%)

n/a

12%

n/a

12%

Price based

Price (%)

99%

n/a

107%

n/a

–

Equity

24

42

20

50

Option pricing model

Equity volatility (%)

5%

4%

64%

84%

Equity/Equity correlation

0.5

n/a

0.9

n/a

Equity/FX correlation

-0.6

-0.6

0.1

0.6

Dividend yield (%)

0%

0%

34%

13%

Price based

Price (%)

3%

n/a

3%

n/a

–

Other

3

3

3

3

Option pricing model

Commodity volatility (%)

18%

11%

55%

53%

Com/Com correlation

n/a

0.3

n/a

0.9

Com/FX correlation

-0.5

-0.5

-0.3

-0.3

At fair value through other comprehensive income

–

Loans and advances

1,056

1,680

Present value techniques

Prepayment rate (%)

9%

6%

9%

6%

Price based

Price (%)

99%

n/a

99%

n/a

–

Equity

176

282

Present value techniques

Credit spread (bps)

2

n/a

2

n/a

Interest rate (%)

3%

3%

3%

3%

Price based

Price

n/a

1

n/a

187

Other

63

n/a

80

n/a

Total

4,101

4,768

398

490

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

38 Fair value of assets and liabilities

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -339

Price

For securities where market prices are not available

fair value is measured by comparison with observable pricing

data from similar instruments. Prices of 0% are distressed to the point that

no recovery is expected, while prices

significantly in excess of 100% or par are expected to pay a yield above

current market rates.

Credit spreads

Credit spread is the premium above a benchmark interest rate,

typically LIBOR or relevant Treasury

instrument,

required by the market participant to accept a lower credit

quality. Higher credit spreads indicate

lower credit

quality and a lower value of an asset.

Volatility

Volatility is a measure for variation

of the price of a financial instrument or other valuation input over time.

Volatility is one of the key inputs in option pricing models. Typically,

the higher the volatility, the higher value of

the option. Volatility varies by the underlying reference

(equity, commodity,

foreign currency and interest rates),

by strike, and maturity of the option. The minimum level of volatility is 0% and there is no theoretical

maximum.

Correlation

Correlation is a measure of dependence between two underlying references which is relevant

for valuing

derivatives and other instruments having more than one underlying reference.

High positive correlation (close to

1) indicates strong positive (statistical)

relationship, where underliers move, everything else equal, move into the

same direction. The same holds for a high negative correlation.

Reset spread

Reset spreads are key inputs to mortgage

linked prepayment swaps valuation.

Reset spread is the future spread

at which mortgages will re-price at interest rate

reset dates.

Inflation rate

Inflation rate is a key input to inflation

linked instruments. Inflation linked instruments

protect against price

inflation and are denominated and indexed to investment

units. Interest payments would be based on the

inflation index and nominal rate in order to receive/pay

the real rate of return. A rise in nominal coupon

payments is a result of an increase in inflation expectations, real

rates, or both. As markets for these inflation

linked derivatives are illiquid, the valuation parameters

become unobservable.

Dividend yield

Dividend yield is an important input for equity option pricing models showing how much dividends a company is

expected to pay out each year relative to

its share price. Dividend yields are generally expressed as an annualised

percentage of share price.

Jump rate

Jump rates simulate abrupt changes in valuation models. The rate

is an added component to the discount rate in

the model to include default risks.

Prepayment rate

Prepayment rate is a key

input to mortgage and loan valuation. Prepayment rate

is the estimated rate at which

mortgage borrowers will repay

their mortgages early, e.g. 5% per year.

Prepayment rate and reset spread

are key

inputs to mortgage linked prepayment

swaps valuation

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

38 Fair value of assets and liabilities

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -340

Level 3: Changes during the period

Changes in Level 3 Financial assets

Trading assets

Non-trading

derivatives

Financial assets

mandatorily at FVPL

Financial assets

designated at FVPL

Financial assets

at FVOCI

Total

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

Opening balance

174

494

8

27

1,381

1,042

1,244

1,075

1,961

2,749

4,768

5,387

Realised gain/loss

recognised in the statement of profit or loss during the period

1

–61

40

–1

–21

–104

–63

–198

–6

–19

–15

–383

–66

Revaluation recognised in other comprehensive income during the

period

2

–46

155

–46

155

Purchase of assets

453

28

3

0

1,180

1,494

212

360

39

11

1,887

1,893

Sale of assets

–73

–53

–8

–3

–973

–832

–270

–212

–419

–680

–1,743

–1,780

Maturity/settlement

–39

–11

–1

–83

–461

–57

–35

–175

–212

–354

–719

Reclassifications

–279

330

279

-105

3

224

4

Transfers

into Level 3

517

26

4

6

9

1

63

–1

523

103

Transfers

out of Level 3

–90

–72

0

–528

–88

–138

–53

–755

–214

Exchange rate differences

1

-24

–1

–4

1

–27

1

Changes in the composition of the group and other changes

5

2

1

1

6

3

Closing balance

882

174

1

8

1,191

1,381

796

1,244

1,231

1,961

4,101

4,768

1

Net gains/losses were recorded as ‘Valuation results and net trading income’ in the statement

of profit or loss. The total amounts

includes EUR 312 million (2019: EUR 43 million) of unrealised gains and losses recognised in the statement of profit or loss.

2

Revaluation recognised in other comprehensive income is included on the line ‘Net change in fair value of debt instruments at fair value

through other comprehensive income’.

In 2020, the transfer into Level 3 assets is mainly driven by debt

securities that are part of a structure transferred

into level 3 due to market illiquidity which decreased observability for

an input.

Transfers

out of Level 3 is mainly related to debt obligations due to the valuation

no longer being significantly

impacted by unobservable inputs.

In 2020, reclassification relate to a re-review

of the general terms of a portfolio of securitization loans, the

underlying pools of assets are exposed to residual value risk. Consequently,

the portfolio of EUR 0.3 billion, which

is classified at Level 3, was incorrectly measured at amortised cost and therefore

reclassified to mandatorily fair

value through profit or loss. Furthermore, it relates to ING’s

investment in Visa preference

series C shares,

reference is made to Note 5 ‘Financial assets at fair

value through other comprehensive income’.

In 2019 the amounts reported on the line reclassifications relate to syndicated

loans reclassed from trading

assets to financial assets mandatory at FVPL.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

38 Fair value of assets and liabilities

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -341

Changes in Level 3 Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities

designated as at fair

value through profit or

loss

Trading liabilities

Non-trading derivatives

Total

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

Opening balance

195

122

110

80

184

708

490

910

Realised gain/loss recognised in

the statement of profit or loss

during the period

1

-2

102

20

-16

-22

32

-4

118

Additions

55

72

19

46

662

35

736

154

Redemptions

-116

-30

-45

-0

-90

-10

-250

-40

Maturity/settlement

-11

-32

-52

-83

-479

-146

-511

Transfers

into Level 3

170

13

8

267

49

445

62

Transfers

out of Level 3

-111

-52

-23

-738

-150

-873

-202

Closing balance

180

195

39

110

180

184

398

490

1

Net gains/losses were recorded as ‘Valuation results and net trading income’ in the statement

of profit or loss. The total amount includes

EUR -4 million (2019: EUR 115 million) of unrealised gains and losses recognised in the statement of profit or loss.

In 2020, the transfers into level

3 mainly consisted of structured notes, measured designated as at fair

value

through profit or loss, which were transferred

into Level 3 due to market illiquidity as a result of the Covid-19

pandemic. This caused the valuation being significantly impacted by unobservable inputs.

In 2019 and 2020, financial liabilities mainly (long term) repurchase transactions were transferred

out of Level 3

mainly due to the valuation not being significantly impacted by unobservable inputs.

g) Recognition of unrealised gains and losses in Level 3

Amounts recognised in the statement of profit or loss relating

to unrealised gains and losses during the year that

relates to Level 3 assets and liabilities are included in the line item ‘Valuation

results and net trading income’ in

the statement of profit or loss.

In 2019 and 2020, unrealised gains and losses that relate to ‘Financial assets at fair value

through

other comprehensive income’ are included in the Revaluation reserve – Equity

securities at fair value through

other comprehensive income or Debt

Instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income.

h) Level 3: Sensitivity analysis of unobservable inputs

Where the fair value of a financial instrument is determined using inputs which are unobservable and which have

a more than insignificant impact on the fair value of the instrument, the actual value of those inputs at the

balance date may be drawn from a range

of reasonably possible alternatives. In line with market practice

the

upper and lower bounds of the range of alternative input values reflect a 90% level

of valuation certainty.

The

actual levels chosen for the unobservable inputs in preparing the financial statements are consistent

with the

valuation methodology used for fair valued financial instruments.

In practice valuation uncertainty is measured and managed per exposure to

individual valuation inputs (i.e. risk

factors) at portfolio level across different

product categories. Where the disclosure looks at individual Level

3

inputs the actual valuation adjustments may also reflect the benefits of portfolio

offsets.

This disclosure does not attempt to indicate or predict future

fair value movement. The numbers in isolation give

limited information as in most cases these Level 3 assets and liabilities should be seen in combination with other

instruments (for example as a hedge) that are classified as Level 2.

The valuation uncertainty in the table below is broken

down by related risk class rather than by product. The

possible impact of a change of unobservable inputs in the fair value o of financial instruments where

unobservable inputs are significant to the valuation is as follows:

Sensitivity analysis of Level 3 instruments

Positive fair value

movements from

using reasonable

possible alternatives

Negative fair value

movements from

using reasonable

possible alternatives

2020

2019

2020

2019

Equity (equity derivatives, structured notes)

33

35

-14

Interest rates (Rates derivatives,

FX derivatives)

20

40

-1

Credit (Debt securities, Loans, structured notes, credit derivatives)

43

10

-27

96

85

-42

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

38 Fair value of assets and liabilities

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -342

i) Financial instruments not measured at fair value

The following table presents the estimated The fair values

of the financial instruments not measured at fair value

in the statement of financial position. The aggregation of the fair values presented

below does not represent, and

should not be construed as representing, the underlying value of ING Group.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

38 Fair value of assets and liabilities

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -343

Methods applied in determining fair values of financial assets and liabilities (carried at amortised cost)

Carrying Amount

Carrying amount

approximates fair value

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total fair

value

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

Financial Assets

Loans and advances to banks

25,364

35,136

2,165

2,367

0

728

7,763

11,469

15,611

20,570

25,539

35,133

Loans and advances to customers

593,970

608,029

17,486

20,343

0

165

14,595

12,622

576,659

588,063

608,740

621,194

Securities at amortised cost

50,587

46,108

0

–0

49,109

43,784

2,550

2,304

622

840

52,281

46,928

669,921

689,273

19,651

22,710

49,109

44,677

24,908

26,395

592,892

609,473

686,560

703,255

Financial liabilities

Deposits from banks

78,098

34,826

3,918

4,596

0

68,473

23,900

6,014

6,589

78,405

35,086

Customer deposits

1

609,517

574,355

580,262

530,626

0

14,007

19,802

15,704

24,626

609,972

575,055

Debt securities in issue

82,065

118,528

–0

51,906

57,563

24,005

42,638

6,449

18,642

82,360

118,844

Subordinated loans

15,805

16,588

–0

–0

15,013

14,552

1,161

2,701

16,174

17,253

785,484

744,297

584,180

535,222

66,919

72,116

107,645

89,042

28,167

49,858

786,911

746,239

1 The prior period has been updated to improve consistency

and comparability of customer deposits

The following methods and assumptions were used by ING Group to estimate

the fair value of the financial

instruments not measured at fair value .

Loans and advances to banks

The fair values of receivables from banks are generally

based on quoted market prices or,

if unquoted, on

estimates based on discounting future cash flows using available

market interest rates

including appropriate

spreads offered for receivables

with similar characteristics, similar to Loans and advances to customers described

below.

Loans and advances to customers

For loans and advances that are repriced frequently and have

had no significant changes in credit risk, carrying

amounts represent a reasonable estimate of the fair value.

The fair value of other loans is estimated by

discounting expected future cash flows using a discount rate

that reflects credit risk, liquidity,

and other current

market conditions. The fair value of mortgage loans is estimated

by taking into account prepayment behaviour.

Loans with similar characteristics are aggregated for

calculation purposes.

Deposits from banks

The fair values of payables to banks are generally

based on quoted market prices or,

if not available, on estimates

based on discounting future cash flows using available market

interest rates and credit spreads for

payables to

banks with similar characteristics.

Customer deposits

The carrying values of customer deposits with an immediate on demand features approximate

their fair values.

The fair values of deposits with fixed contractual terms

have been estimated based on discounting future cash

flows using the interest rates currently

applicable to deposits of similar maturities.

Debt securities in issue

The fair value of debt securities in issue is generally based on quoted market prices, or if not available,

on

estimated prices by discounting expected future cash flows using a current

market interest rate

and credit

spreads applicable to the yield, credit quality and maturity.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

39

Derivatives and hedge accounting

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -344

Subordinated loans

The fair value of publicly traded subordinated loans are based on quoted market

prices when available. Where

no quoted market prices are available, fair

value of the subordinated loans is estimated using discounted cash

flows based on interest rates and credit

spreads that apply to similar instruments.

39

Derivatives and hedge accounting

Use of derivatives

ING Group uses derivatives for economic hedging purposes to manage its asset and liability portfolios and

structural risk positions. The primary objective of ING Group’s hedging

activities is to manage the risks which

arises from structural imbalances in the duration and other profiles of its assets and liabilities. The objective of

economic hedging is to enter into positions with an opposite risk profile to an identified risk exposure to

reduce

that exposure. The main risks which are being hedged are interest

rate risk and foreign currency exchange

rate

risk. These risks are primarily hedged with interest rate swaps,

cross currency swaps and foreign exchange

forwards/swaps.

ING Group uses credit derivatives to manage its economic exposure

to credit risk, including total return swaps

and credit default swaps, to sell or buy protection for credit

risk exposures in the loan, investment, and trading

portfolios. Hedge accounting is not applied in relation to these credit derivatives.

Hedge accounting

Derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting under IFRS are

classified and accounted for in accordance with the

nature of the instrument hedged and the type of IFRS hedge model that is applicable. The three models

applicable under IFRS are: fair value hedge accounting, cash flow hedge accounting, and hedge accounting

of a

net investment in a foreign operation.

How and to what extent these models are applied are described under the

relevant headings below.

The company’s detailed accounting policies for

these three hedge models are set out in

paragraph 1.7 ‘Financial instruments’ of Note 1 ‘Basis of preparation

and accounting policies’.

Impact of Covid-19

The impact of Covid-19 on timing or amount of cash flows of our products that are designated as hedged items in

hedge accounting programs did not result in hedge ineffectiveness

during the reporting period.

Impact of Brexit

As a result of Brexit and the associated uncertainty of the ability of United Kingdom based clearing houses to

offer clearing services to European clients such as ING, ING has reduced its exposure to UK based clearing houses.

In 2020 ING Group transferred part of the derivative

exposures to an European Union based clearing house,

which resulted in de-designation and re-designation of hedge accounting relationships.

ING Group migrated various portfolios

of interest rate swaps

,

which were partly designated in macro cash flow

hedges. For discontinued cash flow hedges, the fair value changes accumulated

in the cash flow hedge reserve of

EUR 884 million remains in Other Comprehensive Income and is recycled to the statement

of profit or loss in the

periods in which the hedged item affects profit or loss. The de-designation and re-designation of these hedge

accounting relationships did not result in material impact in the statement

of profit or loss of 2020.

IBOR transition

Following the decision by global regulators to seek alternatives for

current critical benchmarks in use in various

jurisdiction in order to comply with the EU Benchmarks Regulation, the IBOR transition program of ING was

initiated in 2018 to prepare the Group for the reform.

Reference is made to note Risk management/

IBOR Transition for more

information on to what rates ING is

exposed and on how ING is managing the transition to alternative benchmark rates.

At the reporting date, ING Group assessed the extent

to which hedge relationships are subject to uncertainties

driven by the IBOR reform.

ING applies fair value and cash flow hedge accounting in accordance with IAS 39, and interest

rate and foreign

currency risks are designated as hedged risks in various micro and macro models.

Except for EONIA and EUR LIBOR all IBOR’s

in scope of ING’s program are

a component of either hedging

instrument and/or hedged item where the interest

rate and/or foreign currency

risk are the designated hedged

risk. The hedged exposures are mainly loan portfolios, issued debt securities and purchased debt instruments.

ING Group early adopted the amendments to IAS 39 issued in September 2019 to these hedging relationships

directly affected by IBOR reform

(Phase 1). This excludes EURIBOR hedges as EURIBOR is Benchmarks Regulation

compliant.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

39

Derivatives and hedge accounting

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -345

LIBOR indexed fair value and cash flow hedges are expected

to be directly affected by the uncertainties arising

from the IBOR reform. In particular,

uncertainties over the timing and amount of the replacement rate may

impact the effectiveness and highly probable assessment.

For these affected fair value and cash

flow hedge relationships ING Group assumes that the LIBOR based cash

flows from the hedging instrument and hedged item will remain unaffected.

The same assumption is used while assessing the likelihood of occurrence of the forecast transactions that

are

subject to cash flow hedges. The cash flow hedges directly impacted by the IBOR reform still meet

the highly

probable requirement assuming the respective LIBOR benchmark on which the hedged cash flows are based are

not altered as a result of the reform.

The following table contains details of the gross notional amounts of hedging instruments

as at 31 December that

are used in the Group's hedge accounting relationships for which the Phase 1 amendments to

IAS39 were

applied:

Notional amounts of Hedging instruments in EUR as at 31 December

Benchmark

2020

2019

USD LIBOR

41,020

45,496

GBP LIBOR

1,500

2,184

JPY LIBOR

410

2,922

CHF LIBOR

315

313

Approximately 85% (31 December 2019: 68%) of the above notional amounts have

a maturity date beyond 2021.

In addition, approximately 63% of the above notional amounts for USD LIBOR have

a maturity date beyond June

2023.

The notional amounts of the derivative hedging instruments (in above table) provide a close approximation

of

the extent of the risk exposure ING manages through these hedging relationships.

ING Group did not early adopt Phase 2 amendments in 2020. Refer to sections 1.4.2 and 1.7.4. of Note 1 ‘Basis of

preparation and accounting policies’ for more information

on the Phase 2 amendments.

Fair value hedge accounting

ING Group’s fair value

hedges principally consist of interest rate swaps

that are used to protect against changes

in the fair value of fixed-rate instruments

due to movements in market interest

rates. ING Group’s

approach to

manage market risk, including interest rate

risk, is discussed in ‘Risk management –Market risk’.

ING Group’s

exposure to interest rate

risk is disclosed in paragraph ‘Interest rate

risk in banking book’.

By using derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to

changes in interest rates, ING Group

also exposes

itself to credit risk of the derivative counterparty,

which is not offset by the hedged item. ING Group minimises

counterparty credit risk in derivative instruments by

clearing most of the derivatives through Central Clearing

Counterparties. In addition ING Group only enters into transactions with high-quality counterparties

and requires

posting collateral.

ING Group applies fair value hedge accounting on micro level in which one hedged item

is hedged with one or

multiple hedging instruments. Micro fair value hedge accounting is mainly applied on issued debt securities and

purchased debt instruments for hedging interest

rate risk.

Before fair value hedge accounting

is applied by ING Group,

ING Group determines whether an economic

relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument exists based on an evaluation

of the

quantitative characteristics of these items and the hedged risk that

is supported by quantitative analysis. ING

Group considers whether the critical terms of the hedged item and hedging instrument closely align when

assessing the presence of an economic relationship. ING Group evaluates whether the fair

value of the hedged

item and the hedging instrument respond similarly to similar risks. In addition ING is mainly using regression

analysis to assess whether the hedging instrument is expected to be and has been highly effective in offsetting

changes in the fair value of the hedged item.

ING Group uses the following derivative financial instruments in a fair

value hedge accounting relationship:

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

39

Derivatives and hedge accounting

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -346

Gross carrying value of derivatives designated under fair value

hedge accounting

Assets

2020

Liabilities

2020

Assets

2019

Liabilities

2019

As at 31 December

Hedging instrument on interest rate risk

– Interest rate swaps

4,895

2,050

5,133

5,486

– Other interest derivatives

44

110

87

70

The derivatives used for fair value hedge accounting are

included in the statement of financial position line-item

‘Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss – Non-trading derivatives’

for EUR 486 million (2019: EUR 524

million) respectively ‘Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss – Non-trading derivatives’

EUR 444

million (2019: EUR 873 million). The remaining derivatives are offset with other derivatives and collaterals

paid or

received.

For our main currencies the average fixed

rate for interest

rate swaps used in fair value hedge accounting

are

2.79% (2019: 2.98%)for EUR and 3.76% (2019: 3.55%) for USD.

The following table shows the net notional amount of derivatives designated in fair

value hedging, split into the

maturity of the instruments. The net notional amounts presented in the table are a combination

of payer (-) and

receiver (+) swaps.

Maturity derivatives designated in fair value hedging

As at 31 December 2020

Less than

1 month

1 to 3

months

3 to 12

months

1 to 2

year

2 to 3

years

3 to 4

years

4 to 5

years

>5 years

Total

Hedging instrument on

interest rate risk

– Interest rate swaps

15

1,153

1,263

6,704

6,170

4,281

4,347

16,548

40,481

– Other interest derivatives

-1

-68

-283

-434

-370

-302

-315

394

-1,378

As at 31 December 2019

Hedging instrument on

interest rate risk

  • Interest rate swaps

-59

612

6,394

12,936

7,637

7,195

3,266

16,494

54,475

– Other interest derivatives

-20

-22

58

-242

-404

-290

-44

1,075

110

Gains and losses on derivatives designated under fair value hedge accounting are

recognised in the statement of

profit or loss. The effective portion of the fair value change on the hedged item

is also recognised in the

statement of profit or loss. As a result, only the net accounting ineffectiveness

has an impact on the net result.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

39

Derivatives and hedge accounting

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -347

Hedged items included in a fair value hedging relationship

Carrying amount of the hedged items

Accumulated amount of fair value hedge

adjustment on the hedged item included in

the carrying amount of the hedged item

Change in fair value

used for measuring

ineffectiveness for the

period

Change in fair value

hedge instruments

Hedge ineffectiveness

recognised in the

statement of profit or

loss gain (+) / loss (-)

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

As at 31 December 2020

Interest rate risk

– Amounts due from banks

– Debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income

20,164

n/a

552

– Loans at FVOCI

n/a

-0

– Loans and advances to customers

876

121

25

– Debt instruments at amortised cost

4,222

501

170

– Debt securities in issue

54,043

3,443

-878

– Subordinated loans

13,309

510

-397

– Amounts due to banks

-5

– Customer deposits and other funds on deposit

54

0

-9

– Discontinued hedges

561

2

Total

25,262

67,406

1,183

3,956

-541

538

-4

As at 31 December 2019

Interest rate risk

– Amounts due from banks

-0

– Debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income

23,281

n/a

357

– Loans at FVOCI

n/a

– Loans and advances to customers

959

75

31

– Debt instruments at amortised cost

6,133

429

356

– Debt securities in issue

62,236

2,706

-1,018

– Subordinated loans

14,970

261

-201

– Amounts due to banks

8,783

38

1

– Customer deposits and other funds on deposit

299

2

-12

– Discontinued hedges

688

7

Total

30,373

86,288

1,192

3,014

-487

504

18

The main sources of ineffectiveness are:

◾

differences in maturities of the hedged item(s) and hedging instrument(s);

◾

different interest

rate curves applied to discount the hedged item(s) and hedging instrument(s);

◾

differences in timing of cash flows of the hedged item(s) and hedging instrument(s).

There were no other sources of ineffectiveness in these hedging relationships.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

39

Derivatives and hedge accounting

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -348

Cash flow hedge accounting

ING Group’s cash flow hedges mainly consist

of interest rate swaps

and cross-currency swaps that are used to

protect against the exposure to variability

in future cash flows on non-trading assets and liabilities that bear

interest at variable rates

or are expected to be refunded or reinvested

in the future. The amounts and timing of

future cash flows, representing both principal and interest

flows, are projected for each portfolio of financial

assets and liabilities, based on contractual terms and other variables including estimates of prepayments.

These

projected cash flows form the basis for identifying the notional amount subject to interest

rate risk or foreign

currency exchange rate

risk that is designated under cash flow hedge accounting.

ING Group’s approach to

manage market risk, including interest rate

risk and foreign currency exchange rate

risk,

is discussed in ‘Risk management – Credit risk and Market risk’.

ING Group determines the amount of the

exposures to which it applies hedge accounting by assessing the potential impact of changes in interest

rates and

foreign currency exchange rates

on the future cash flows from its floating-rate assets and liabilities. This

assessment is performed using analytical techniques.

As noted above for fair value hedges, by using derivative

financial instruments to hedge exposures to changes in

interest rates and foreign

currency exchange rates, ING Group

exposes itself to credit risk of the derivative

counterparty,

which is not offset by the hedged items. This exposure is managed similarly to that for fair

value

hedges.

Gains and losses on the effective portions of derivatives designated under cash flow hedge accounting

are

recognised in Other Comprehensive Income. Interest cash flows on these derivatives

are recognised in the

statement of profit or loss in ‘Net interest

income’ consistent with the manner in which the forecasted cash

flows

affect net result. The gains and losses on ineffective

portions of such derivatives are recognised immediately in

the statement of profit or loss in ‘Valuation results

and net trading income’.

ING Group determines an economic relationship between the cash flows of the hedged item and the hedging

instrument based on an evaluation of the quantitative characteristics

of these items and the hedged risk that is

supported by quantitative analysis. ING Group considers whether

the critical terms of the hedged item and

hedging instrument closely align when assessing the presence of an economic relationship. ING Group evaluates

whether the cash flows of the hedged item and the hedging instrument respond similarly to the hedged risk, such

as the benchmark interest rate of foreign

currency. In addition (for macro

FX hedging relationships) a regression

analysis is performed to assess whether the hedging instrument is expected to be and has been highly effective

in

offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged item.

ING Group uses the following derivative financial instruments in a cash flow hedge accounting

relationship:

Gross carrying value of derivatives used for cash flow hedge accounting

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

2020

2020

2019

2019

As at 31 December

Hedging instrument on interest rate risk

– Interest rate swaps

2,271

545

2,615

2,848

Hedging instrument on combined interest and FX rate

risk

– Cross currency interest rate

derivatives

774

21

358

158

The derivatives used for cash flow hedge accounting are included in the statement

of financial position line-item

‘Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss – Non-trading derivatives’

EUR

1,376 million (2019: EUR

677

million) respectively ‘Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss – Non-trading derivatives’

EUR

230

million (2019: EUR

339 million). The remaining derivatives are offset with other derivatives

and collaterals paid

or received.

For the main currencies the average

fixed rate for interest

rate swaps used in cash flow hedge accounting are

-

0.15% (2019: 0.54%) for EUR, 1.74% (2019: 2.38%) for PLN, 2.31% (2019: 2.51%) for USD and 0.82% (2019: 1.50%)

for AUD. The average

currency exchange rates

for cross currency swaps used in cash flow hedge accounting is for

EUR/USD 0.95 (2019: 1.11) and for EUR/AUD 1.60 (2019: 1.55).

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

39

Derivatives and hedge accounting

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -349

The following table shows the net notional amount of derivatives designated in cash flow hedging split into

the

maturity of the instruments. The net notional amounts presented in the table are a combination

of payer (+) and

receiver (-) swaps.

Maturity derivatives designated in cash flow hedging

As at 31 December

2020

Less than 1

month

1 to 3

months

3 to 12

months

1 to 2 year

2 to 3 years

3 to

4

years

4 to 5 years

>5 years

Total

Hedging instrument

on interest rate risk

– Interest rate swaps

-248

-92

-2,061

-4,896

-1,832

-5,772

-3,466

-19,537

-37,904

Hedging instrument

on combined interest

and FX rate risk

– Cross currency

interest rate

derivatives

-160

-1,666

-2,828

-2,446

-3,493

-1,324

194

-210

-11,934

As at 31 December

2019

Hedging instrument

on interest rate risk

– Interest rate swaps

-401

580

-2,591

-6,512

-5,541

-5,788

-5,364

-23,009

-48,627

– Other interest

derivatives

Hedging instrument

on combined interest

and FX rate risk

– Cross currency

interest rate

derivatives

-1,098

-2,068

-5,044

-2,509

-1,473

3

104

-12,086

The following table shows the cash flow hedge accounting impact on profit or loss and comprehensive

income:

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

39

Derivatives and hedge accounting

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -350

Cash flow hedging – impact of hedging instruments on the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income

Change in value used for

calculating hedge

ineffectiveness for the

period

Carrying amount

cash flow hedge

reserve at the end of

the reporting period

1

Amount reclassified from

CFH reserve to profit or

loss

Cash flow is no

longer expected

to occur

Change in value of

hedging instrument

recognised in OCI

Hedge ineffectiveness

recognised in the

statement of profit or

loss, gain (+) / loss (-)

As at 31 December 2020

Interest rate risk on;

– Floating rate lending

-784

1,310

-97

– Floating rate borrowing

136

-306

33

– Other

-107

36

19

– Discontinued hedges

1,037

-236

Total interest

rate risk

-755

2,077

-281

830

-6

Combined interest and FX rate risk on;

– Floating rate lending

-26

-35

-256

– Floating rate borrowing

29

-42

-10

– Other

-0

-0

-3

– Discontinued hedges

-26

Total combined interest

and Fx

3

-78

-295

263

1

Total cash flow hedge

-753

1,999

-576

1,093

-5

As at 31 December 2019

Interest rate risk on;

– Floating rate lending

-940

1,395

357

– Floating rate borrowing

133

-198

-201

– Other

-211

169

53

– Discontinued hedges

316

-112

Total interest

rate risk

-1,018

1,682

97

851

44

Combined interest and FX rate risk on;

– Floating rate lending

-22

-42

-498

– Floating rate borrowing

12

15

-12

-1

– Other

1

-1

-4

– Discontinued hedges

-3

Total combined interest

and Fx

-10

-28

-517

-1

475

3

Total cash flow hedge

-1,028

1,654

-420

-1

1,326

47

1

The carrying amount is the gross amount, excluding tax adjustments.

The main sources of ineffectiveness for cash flow hedges are:

differences in timing of cash flows of the hedged item(s) and hedging instrument(s);

mismatches in reset frequency between hedged item and hedging instrument.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

39

Derivatives and hedge accounting

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -351

As a result of interest rate developments

in 2019 ING Group de-designated cash flow hedge accounting portfolios

with a total notional value of approximately EUR 25 billion.

Hedges of net investments in foreign

operations

A foreign currency exposure arises from a net investment

in subsidiaries that have a different functional currency

from the presentation currency of ING Group. The risk arises from the fluctuation in spot exchange

rates

between the functional currency of the subsidiaries and ING Group’s presentation

currency, which causes the

amount of the net investment to vary in the consolidated financial statements

of ING Group. This risk may have a

significant impact on ING Group’s financial statements.

ING Group’s policy is to hedge these exposures only when

not doing so it is expected to have a significant impact on the regulatory capital

ratios of ING Group and its

subsidiaries.

ING Group’s net investment

hedges principally consist of derivatives (including currency forwards and swaps)

and

non-derivative financial instruments such as foreign currency denominated

funding. When the hedging

instrument is foreign currency denominated debt, ING Group

assesses effectiveness by comparing past changes

in the carrying amount of the debt that are attributable to a change in the spot rate

with past changes in the

investment in the foreign operation

due to movement in the spot rate (the offset method).

Gains and losses on the effective portions of derivatives designated under net investment

hedge accounting are

recognised in Other Comprehensive Income.

The balance in equity is recognised in the statement of profit or loss

when the related foreign subsidiary is disposed. The gains and losses on ineffective

portions are recognised

immediately in the statement of profit or loss.

ING Group has the following derivative financial instruments used for

net investment hedging;

Gross carrying value of derivatives used for net investment hedging

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

2020

2020

2019

2019

As at 31 December

– FX forwards and Cross currency swaps

69

98

23

51

The derivatives used for net investment

hedge accounting are included in the statement of financial position line-

item ‘Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss – Non-trading derivatives’

EUR 69 million (2019: EUR 23

million) respectively ‘Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss – Non trading derivatives’

EUR 98

million (2019: EUR

51 million). The remaining derivatives are offset with other derivatives

and collaterals paid or

received.

For ING Group’s main currencies the average

exchange rates used in net investment

hedge accounting for 2020

are EUR/USD 1.14 (2019: 1.12), EUR/PLN 4.45 (2019: 4.30), EUR/AUD 1.65 (2019: 1.61) and EUR/THB 35.71

(2019: 34.79).

The following table shows the notional amount of derivatives designated

in net investment hedging split into the

maturity of the instruments:

Maturity derivatives designated in net investment hedging

As at 31 December

2020

Less than

1 month

1 to 3

months

3 to 12

months

1 to 2 year

2 to 3

years

3 to

4

years

4 to 5

years

>5 years

Total

– FX forwards and

cross currency

swaps

-3,825

-375

-580

-4,780

– Other FX

derivatives

-8

-8

As at 31 December

2019

– FX forwards and

Cross currency

swaps

-3,179

-999

-54

-4,232

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

40

Assets by contractual maturity

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -352

The effect of the net investment hedge accounting

in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive

income is as follows:

Net investment hedge accounting – Impact on statement

of profit or loss and other comprehensive income

As at 31 December 2020

Change in value

used for

calculating

hedge

ineffectiveness

for the period

Carrying amount

net investment

hedge reserve at

the end of the

reporting period

1

Hedged item

affected

statement of

profit or loss

Change in value

of hedging

instrument

recognised in

OCI

Hedge

ineffectiveness

recognised in the

statement of

profit or loss,

gain(+) / Loss(-)

Investment in foreign operations

-122

553

-11

121

1

Discontinued hedges

-210

As at 31 December 2019

Investment in foreign operations

134

440

44

-134

0

Discontinued hedges

-210

1

The carrying amount is the gross amount, excluding tax adjustments.

40

Assets by contractual maturity

Amounts presented in these tables by contractual maturity

are the amounts as presented in the statement

of

financial position and are discounted cash flows. Reference

is made to ‘Risk Management – Funding and liquidity

risk’.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

40

Assets by contractual maturity

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -353

Assets by contractual maturity

2020

Less than 1 month

1

1-3 months

3-12 months

1-5 years

Over 5 years

Maturity not applicable

Total

Cash and balances with central banks

111,087

111,087

Loans and advances to banks

15,786

2,796

3,419

3,093

270

25,364

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

–

Trading assets

12,100

6,567

9,206

10,206

13,277

51,356

–

Non-trading derivatives

495

446

644

1,252

746

3,583

–

Mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

26,854

11,376

3,472

1,153

1,222

228

44,305

–

Designated as at fair value through profit or loss

248

26

631

657

2,564

4,126

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

–

Equity securities

1,862

1,862

–

Debt securities

841

985

5,175

11,576

14,400

32,977

–

Loans and advances

32

34

73

407

509

1,056

Securities at amortised cost

2,104

2,444

3,943

24,298

17,798

50,587

Loans and advances to customers

50,293

19,788

48,261

176,047

299,581

593,970

Other assets

2

3,797

312

1,148

1,934

1,283

5,142

13,617

Total assets

223,636

44,775

75,973

230,625

351,649

7,232

933,891

2019

Cash and balances with central banks

53,202

53,202

Loans and advances to banks

22,820

3,100

5,090

3,729

397

35,136

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

–

Trading assets

12,754

6,589

8,469

8,240

13,203

49,254

–

Non-trading derivatives

110

161

215

998

773

2,257

–

Mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

22,645

13,784

2,357

1,010

1,645

159

41,600

–

Designated as at fair value through profit or loss

259

126

1,004

442

1,245

3,076

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

–

Equity securities

2,306

2,306

–

Debt securities

216

175

1,146

14,528

14,419

30,483

–

Loans and advances

26

36

202

627

788

1,680

Securities at amortised cost

1,005

916

5,930

24,556

13,701

46,108

Loans and advances to customers

55,138

18,586

45,871

180,972

307,462

608,029

Other assets

4,618

369

1,176

1,683

1,251

6,292

15,389

Total assets

172,793

43,842

71,460

236,784

354,885

8,756

888,520

1 Includes assets on demand.

2 Includes other financial

assets such as assets held for sale, current and deferred tax assets as presented in the consolidated statement

of the financial position. Additionally, non-financial assets are included in that position where maturities are not applicable as property and equipment

and investments in associates and joint ventures. Due to their nature non-financial assets consist mainly of assets expected to be recovered

after more than 12 months

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

41

Liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments by maturity

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -354

41

Liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments by maturity

The tables below include all liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments by maturity based on contractual,

undiscounted cash flows. These balances are included in the maturity analysis as follows:

Perpetual liabilities are included in column ‘Maturity not applicable’.

Derivative liabilities are included on a net basis if cash flows are settled net. For other derivative

liabilities the contractual gross cash flow payable is included.

Undiscounted future coupon interest on financial liabilities payable

is included in a separate line and in

the relevant maturity bucket.

Non-financial liabilities are included based on a breakdown of the amounts per statement

of financial

position, per expected maturity.

Loans and other credit-related commitments are classified on the basis of the earliest date they

can be

drawn down.

ING Group’s expected

cash flows on some financial liabilities vary significantly from contractual cash flows.

Principal differences are in demand deposits from customers that

are expected to remain stable or increase and

in unrecognised loan commitments that are not all expected to be drawn

down immediately. Reference

is made

to the liquidity risk paragraph in ‘Risk Management – Funding and liquidity risk’ for a description on how liquidity

risk is managed.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

41

Liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments by maturity

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -355

Liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments by maturity

2020

Less than 1 month

1

1–3 months

3–12 months

1–5 years

Over 5 years

Maturity not

applicable

Adjustment

2

Total

Deposits from banks

11,080

537

772

64,147

1,722

-161

78,098

Customer deposits

587,137

9,662

8,208

2,169

2,207

134

609,517

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

–

Other trading liabilities

4,940

1,197

204

268

323

39

6,972

–

Trading derivatives

2,179

2,297

4,250

9,589

7,794

-373

25,737

–

Non-trading derivatives

283

178

204

468

454

41

1,629

–

Designated at fair value through profit or loss

32,540

8,506

1,330

2,181

3,247

11

631

48,444

Debt securities in issue

5,144

8,428

13,441

25,752

25,430

3,868

82,065

Subordinated loans

661

8,815

5,670

659

15,805

Lease liabilities

17

42

166

611

520

-18

1,339

Financial liabilities

643,321

30,848

28,576

105,846

50,512

5,680

4,821

869,605

Other liabilities

3

6,830

568

2,681

765

802

11,646

Total liabilities

650,150

31,416

31,257

106,611

51,315

5,680

4,821

881,250

Coupon interest due on financial liabilities

229

490

1,155

3,732

3,249

292

9,147

Contingent liabilities in respect of

–

Discounted bills

–

Guarantees

22,836

550

23,386

–

Irrevocable letters of credit

14,016

14,016

–

other

50

47

97

Guarantees issued by ING Groep N.V.

292

292

Irrevocable facilities

124,991

0

124,991

162,186

0

47

550

162,782

1

Includes liabilities on demand.

2

This column reconciles the contractual undiscounted cash flows on financial liabilities to the statement of financial position values. The adjustments mainly relate to

the impact of discounting and fair value hedge adjustments,

and for derivatives, to the fact that the contractual cash flows

are presented on a gross basis (unless the cash flows are actually settled net).

3

Includes Other liabilities, Current and deferred tax liabilities, and Provisions as presented in the Consolidated statement of financial position.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

41

Liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments by maturity

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -356

Liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments by maturity

2019

Less than 1 month

1

1–3 month

3–12 months

1–5 years

Over 5 years

Maturity not applicable

Adjustment

2

Total

Deposits from banks

9,903

847

12,011

10,280

1,965

-180

34,826

Customer deposits

540,544

13,892

13,784

3,646

2,381

108

574,355

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

–

Other trading liabilities

4,666

646

436

568

333

68

6,717

–

Trading derivatives

1,589

1,492

3,312

7,771

7,011

151

21,325

–

Non-trading derivatives

379

91

152

616

440

539

2,215

–

Designated at fair value through profit or loss

27,048

10,467

1,885

2,938

5,089

7

251

47,684

Debt securities in issue

2,616

13,278

35,915

36,895

26,592

3,231

118,528

Subordinated loans

1,780

7,455

6,941

411

16,588

Lease liabilities

16

39

161

668

643

-21

1,507

Financial liabilities

586,762

40,753

67,656

65,160

51,909

6,948

4,557

823,745

Other liabilities

3

7,916

820

2,361

728

1,061

12,886

Total liabilities

594,677

41,573

70,017

65,888

52,970

6,948

4,557

836,631

Coupon interest due on financial liabilities

574

692

1,482

5,790

4,355

379

13,271

Contingent liabilities in respect of

4

–

Discounted bills

–

Guarantees

26,952

550

27,502

–

Irrevocable letters of credit

16,340

16,340

–

other

57

75

131

Guarantees issued by ING Groep N.V.

319

319

Irrevocable facilities

120,002

120,002

163,670

75

550

164,296

1

Includes liabilities on demand.

2

This column reconciles the contractual undiscounted cash flows on financial liabilities to the statement of financial position values. The adjustments mainly relate to

the impact of discounting and fair value hedge adjustments,

and for derivatives, to the fact that the contractual cash flows

are presented on a gross basis (unless the cash flows are actually settled net).

3

Includes Other liabilities, Current and deferred tax liabilities, and Provisions as presented in the Consolidated statement of financial position.

4 The prior period has been updated to improve consistency and comparability of the amounts per maturity of contingent liabilities.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

42

Transfer

of financial assets, assets pledged and received as collateral

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -357

42

Transfer of financial assets, assets pledged and received as collateral

Financial assets pledged

as collateral

The financial assets pledged as collateral consist primarily of Loans and advances to customers

pledged to secure

Debt securities in issue, deposits from the Dutch Central Bank and other banks, as well as debt securities used in

securities lending or sale and repurchase transactions. They serve to secure margin accounts and are

used for

other purposes required by law. Pledges are

generally conducted under terms that are usual and customary for

collateralised transactions including standard

sale and repurchase agreements, securities lending and borrowing

and derivatives margining. The financial assets pledged are as follows:

Financial assets pledged as collateral

2020

2019

Banks

–

Cash and balances with central banks

1,377

1,382

–

Loans and advances to banks

3,833

6,337

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

14,772

16,350

Financial assets at fair value through OCI

2,377

440

Securities at amortised cost

7,023

1,118

Loans and advances to customers

115,194

75,755

Other assets

761

908

145,338

102,290

In addition, in some jurisdictions ING Bank N.V.

has an obligation to maintain a reserve with central banks. As at

31 December 2020, the minimum mandatory reserve deposits with various central banks amount to EUR 10,573

million (2019: EUR 9,975 million).

Loans and advances to customers that have been pledged as collateral

for Debt securities in issue and for

liquidity purposes, amount in The Netherlands to EUR 67,067 million (2019: EUR 45,530 million), in Germany to

EUR 12,512 million (2019: EUR 13,222 million), in Belgium EUR 23,060 million (2019: EUR 11,298 million), in

Australia to EUR 5,572 million (2019: EUR 4,150 million) and in the United States to EUR 1,742 million (2019: EUR

1,010 million) and the remaining amount in other countries.

Financial assets received as collateral

The financial assets received as collateral that can be sold or repledged in absence of default

by the owner of the

collateral consists of securities obtained through reverse

repurchase transactions and securities borrowing

transactions.

These transactions are generally conducted under standard

market terms for most repurchase

transactions and

the recipient of the collateral has unrestricted

right to sell or repledge it, provided that the collateral

(or

equivalent collateral) is returned to the counterparty

at term.

Financial assets received as collateral

2020

2019

Total received

collateral available for sale or repledge

at fair value

–

equity securities

20,018

17,919

–

debt securities

79,670

94,772

of which sold or repledged at fair value

–

equity securities

16,365

15,654

–

debt securities

60,384

67,194

Transfer

of financial assets

The majority of ING's financial assets that have been transferred, but do not qualify for derecognition

are debt

instruments used in securities lending or sale and repurchase transactions.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

43

Offsetting financial assets and liabilities

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -358

Transfer of financial assets not qualifying for

derecognition

Securities lending

Sale and repurchase

Equity

Debt

Equity

Debt

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

Transferred

assets at carrying amount

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

3,151

2,542

1,974

2,078

1,682

8,619

9,538

Financial assets at fair value through other

comprehensive income

56

193

2,120

6

Loans and advances to customers

Securities at amortised cost

470

195

6,281

734

Associated liabilities at carrying amount

1

Deposits from banks

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

0

0

0

0

Customer deposits

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

0

0

0

0

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

2,018

1,619

4,190

3,805

1

The table includes the associated liabilities which are reported after offsetting, compared to the gross positions of the encumbered

assets.

The table above does not include assets transferred to consolidated

securitisation entities as the related assets

remain recognised in the consolidated statement

of financial position.

Transferred

financial assets that are derecognised in their entirety are mentioned in note

48 Structured Entities.

43

Offsetting financial assets and liabilities

The following tables include information about rights to offset

and the related arrangements. The amounts

included consist of all recognised financial instruments that are presented

net in the statement of financial

position under the IFRS netting criteria (legal right to offset and intention

to net settle or to realise the asset and

settle the liability simultaneously) and amounts presented gross in the statement

of financial position but subject

to enforceable

master netting arrangements or similar arrangement

s.

At ING Group amounts that are offset mainly relate

to derivatives transactions,

sale and repurchase agreements,

securities lending agreements and cash pooling arrangements. A significant portion of offsetting

is applied to OTC

derivatives which are cleared through central clearing parties.

Related amounts not set off in the statement

of financial position include transactions where:

◾

The counterparty has an offsetting exposure and a master

netting or similar arrangement is in place with

a right to set off only in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy,

or the offsetting criteria are

otherwise not satisfied, and

◾

In the case of derivatives and securities lending or sale and repurchase agreements,

cash and non-cash

collateral has been received or pledged to cover

net exposure in the event of a default or other

predetermined events.

The effect of over-collateralisation

is excluded.

The net amounts resulting after setoff are not intended to

represent ING’s actual exposure

to counterparty risk,

as risk management employs a number of credit risk mitigation strategies in addition to

netting and collateral

arrangements. Reference

is made to the Risk Management section on Credit risk.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

43

Offsetting financial assets and liabilities

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -359

Financial assets subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangements

and similar agreements

2020

Gross amounts of

recognised financial

assets

Gross amounts of

recognised financial

liabilities offset in the

statement of financial

position

Net amounts of

financial assets

presented in the

statement of financial

position

Related amounts not offset

in the statement of financial position

Net amount

Amounts not subject

to enforceable

netting

arrangements

Statement of

financial position

total

1

Financial instruments

Cash and financial

instruments received

as collateral

Statement of financial position

line item

Financial instrument

Loans and advances to banks

Reverse repurchase, securities

borrowing and similar agreements

1,911

0

1,911

0

1,907

4

2,958

4,869

Cash pools

2

2

-2

0

0

0

0

0

1,913

-2

1,911

0

1,907

4

2,958

4,869

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Trading and Non-trading

Reverse repurchase, securities

borrowing and similar agreements

48,487

-14,823

33,664

245

33,343

77

19,018

52,682

Trading and Non-trading

Derivatives

73,142

-52,561

20,581

12,520

5,350

2,710

10,240

30,821

121,629

-67,384

54,245

12,765

38,693

2,787

29,258

83,503

Loans and advances to customers

Reverse repurchase, securities

borrowing and similar agreements

2,845

-2,359

486

0

486

0

138

624

Cash pools

3

168,461

-165,815

2,646

1,729

628

289

2,646

171,306

-168,174

3,132

1,729

1,113

289

138

3,270

Other items where offsetting is applied in the

statement of financial position

4

8,558

-7,752

806

10

0

796

806

Total financial assets

303,406

-243,312

60,095

14,505

41,714

3,876

32,354

92,449

1

‘The statement of financial position total’ is the sum of ‘Net amounts of financial assets presented in the statement of financial position’

and ’Amounts

not subject to enforceable master netting arrangements’.

2

At 31 December 2020, the total amount of ‘Loans and advances to banks’ excluding repurchase agreements is EUR 20,495 million which is

not subject to offsetting.

3

At 31 December 2020, the total amount of ‘Loans and advances to customers’ excluding repurchase agreements is EUR 593,345 million of

which EUR 2,646 million is subject to offsetting.

4

Other items mainly include amounts to be settled with Central Clearing Counterparties regarding securities and derivatives transactions

and is included in ‘Other Assets – Amounts to be settled’ for EUR 2,215 million in the statement of financial position of which EUR 806

million is subject to offsetting as at 31 December 2020.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

43

Offsetting financial assets and liabilities

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -360

Financial assets subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangements

and similar agreements

2019

Gross amounts of

recognised financial

assets

Gross amounts of

recognised financial

liabilities offset in the

statement of financial

position

Net amounts of

financial assets

presented in the

statement of financial

position

Related amounts not offset

in the statement of financial position

Net amount

Amounts not subject

to enforceable

netting

arrangements

Statement of

financial position

total

1

Financial instruments

Cash and financial

instruments received

as collateral

Statement of financial position line item

Financial instrument

Loans and advances to banks

Reverse repurchase, securities

borrowing and similar agreements

868

868

21

738

109

8,075

8,943

868

868

21

738

109

8,075

8,943

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Trading and non-trading

Reverse repurchase, securities

borrowing and similar agreements

57,328

-20,545

36,783

50

36,553

181

14,171

50,954

Trading and non-trading

Derivatives

74,454

-57,172

17,282

10,510

3,968

2,805

6,669

23,951

131,782

-77,717

54,066

10,559

40,520

2,986

20,839

74,905

Loans and advances to customers

Reverse repurchase, securities

borrowing and similar agreements

180

180

Cash pools

2

169,313

-166,624

2,689

1,422

813

454

2,689

169,313

-166,624

2,689

1,422

813

454

180

2,869

Other items where offsetting is applied in the

statement of financial position

3

9,787

-9,423

364

15

349

364

Total financial assets

311,750

-253,764

57,986

12,016

42,072

3,898

29,094

87,080

1

‘The statement of financial position total’ is the sum of ‘Net amounts of financial assets presented in the statement of financial position’ and ’Amounts

not subject to enforceable master netting arrangements’.

2

At 31 December 2019, the total amount of ‘Loans and advances to customers’ excluding repurchase agreements is EUR 607,849 million of which EUR 2,689 million is subject to offsetting.

3

Other items mainly include amounts to be settled with Central Clearing Counterparties regarding securities and derivatives transactions and is included in ‘Other Assets – Amounts to be settled’ for EUR 2,835 million in the statement

of financial position of which EUR 364 million is

subject to offsetting as at 31 December 2019.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

43

Offsetting financial assets and liabilities

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -361

Financial liabilities subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangements

and similar agreements

Related amounts not offset in the statement

of financial position

Amounts not

subject to

enforceable

netting

arrangements

Statement of

financial position

total

1

2020

Gross amounts of

recognised financial

liabilities

Gross amounts of

recognised financial

assets offset in the

statement of financial

position

Net amounts of

financial liabilities

presented in the

statement of financial

position

Financial instruments

Cash and financial

instruments pledged

as collateral

Net amount

Statement of financial position line item

Financial instrument

Deposits from banks

Repurchase, securities lending and

similar agreements

167

0

167

0

166

1

1,804

1,971

Cash pools

2

3

-2

2

0

0

2

2

170

-2

169

0

166

3

1,804

1,973

Customer deposits

Repurchase, securities lending and

similar agreements

2,354

-2,354

0

0

0

0

0

0

Cash pools

3

184,490

-165,815

18,675

1,702

0

16,973

18,675

186,844

-168,169

18,675

1,702

0

16,973

0

18,675

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Trading and Non-trading

Repurchase, securities lending and

similar agreements

53,520

-14,827

38,693

245

38,447

0

8,271

46,964

Trading and Non-trading

Derivatives

73,215

-52,626

20,589

12,521

6,742

1,326

6,777

27,366

126,735

-67,453

59,282

12,766

45,189

1,326

15,048

74,330

Other items where offsetting is applied in the statement of

financial position

4

8,552

-7,687

865

36

0

829

865

Total financial liabilities

322,303

-243,312

78,991

14,505

45,356

19,131

16,852

95,843

1

‘The statement of financial position total’ is the sum of ‘Net amounts of financial assets presented in the statement of financial position’ and ’Amounts

not subject to enforceable master netting arrangements’.

2

At 31 December 2020, the total amount of ‘Deposits from banks’ excluding repurchase agreements is EUR 76,127 million of which EUR 2 million is subject to offsetting.

3

At 31 December 2020, the total amount of ‘Customers deposits’ excluding repurchase agreements is EUR 609,517 million of which EUR 18,675 million is subject to offsetting.

4

Other items mainly include amounts to be settled with Central Clearing Counterparties regarding securities and derivatives transactions and is included in ‘Other Liabilities – Amounts to be settled’ for EUR 4,877 million in the statement

of financial position of which EUR 865 million is

subject to offsetting as at 31 December 2020.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

43

Offsetting financial assets and liabilities

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -362

Financial liabilities subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangements

and similar agreements

Related amounts not offset in the statement

of financial position

Amounts not

subject to

enforceable

netting

arrangements

Statement of

financial position

total

2

2019

Gross amounts of

recognised

financial liabilities

Gross amounts of

recognised financial

assets offset in the

statement of financial

position

Net amounts of

financial

liabilities presented in

the statement of

financial position

Financial instruments

Cash and financial

instruments pledged

as collateral

1

Net amount

Statement of financial position line item

Financial instrument

Deposits from banks

Repurchase, securities lending and

similar agreements

26

26

26

179

205

26

26

26

179

205

Customer deposits

Cash pools

3

181,273

-166,624

14,649

1,419

13,230

14,649

181,273

-166,624

14,649

1,419

13,230

14,649

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Trading and Non-trading

Repurchase, securities lending and

similar agreements

56,818

-20,545

36,273

50

35,808

436

6,776

43,049

Trading and Non-trading

Derivatives

76,129

-57,665

18,464

10,511

7,817

137

5,076

23,540

132,946

-78,210

54,737

10,560

43,625

573

11,852

66,589

Other items where offsetting is applied in the statement of

financial position

4

9,200

-8,930

269

11

258

269

Total financial liabilities

323,445

-253,764

69,681

12,016

43,625

14,040

12,031

81,712

1

The amounts pledged as collateral for ‘Deposits from Banks – Repurchase agreements’ and ‘financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss –

Repurchase agreements’ have been updated to improve consistency and comparability.

2

‘The statement of financial position total’ is the sum of ‘Net amounts of financial assets presented in the statement of financial position’ and ’Amounts

not subject to enforceable master netting arrangements’.

3

At 31 December 2019, the total amount of 'Customer Deposits' excluding repurchase agreements is EUR 574,355 million of which EUR 14,649 million is subject to offsetting.

4

Other items mainly include amounts to be settled with Central Clearing Counterparties regarding securities and derivatives transactions and is included in ‘Other Liabilities – Amounts to be settled’ for EUR 4,741 million in the statement

of financial position of which EUR 269 million is

subject to offsetting as at 31 December 2019.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

44

Contingent liabilities and commitments

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -363

44

Contingent liabilities and commitments

In the normal course of business, ING Group is party to activities where risks are not reflected in whole or in part

in the consolidated financial statements. In response to the needs of its customers,

the Group offers financial

products related to loans. These products include traditional off-balance

sheet credit-related financial

instruments.

Contingent liabilities and commitments

2020

2019

Contingent liabilities in respect of

–

Guarantees

23,386

27,502

–

Irrevocable letters of credit

14,016

16,340

–

other

97

131

37,499

43,974

Guarantees issued by ING Groep N.V.

292

319

Irrevocable facilities

124,991

120,002

162,782

164,296

Guarantees relate both to credit and

non-credit substitute guarantees. Credit substitute

guarantees are

guarantees given by ING Group in respect of credit granted

to customers by a third party.

Many of them are

expected to expire without being drawn on and therefore

do not necessarily represent future cash outflows.

Irrevocable letters of credit mainly secure

payments to third parties for a customer’s foreign

and domestic trade

transactions in order to finance a shipment of goods. ING Group’s

credit risk in these transactions is limited since

these transactions are collateralised by the commodity shipped and are of a short duration.

Other contingent liabilities include acceptances of bills and are of a short-term nature.

Other contingent liabilities

also include contingent liabilities resulting from the operations of the Real Estate

business including obligations

under development and construction contracts. Furthermore other contingent

liabilities include a contingent

liability in connection with a possible Dutch tax obligation that relates

to the deduction from Dutch taxable profit

for losses incurred by ING Bank in the United Kingdom in previous years. The existence

of this obligation will be

confirmed only by the occurrence of future profits in the United

Kingdom.

Irrevocable facilities mainly constitute unused portions of irrevocable credit

facilities granted to corporate

clients.

Many of these facilities are for a fixed duration

and bear interest at a floating rate. ING Group’s

credit risk and

interest rate risk in these transactions is limited.

The unused portion of irrevocable credit facilities is partly

secured by customers’ assets or counter-guarantees

by the central governments and other public sector entities

under the regulatory requirements. Irrevocable facilities

also include commitments made to purchase securities

to be issued by governments and private issuers.

As at 31 December 2020, ING Groep N.V.

guarantees various US dollar debentures (that mature

between 2023

and 2036) which were issued by a subsidiary of Voya Financial Inc. In the Shareholder’s agreement

between ING

Groep N.V.

and Voya Financial Inc. it was agreed that the aggregate

outstanding principal amount of the

debentures shall be reduced to nil at 31 December 2019. In accordance with the Shareholder’s agreement, the

net exposure of ING Groep N.V.

as at 31 December 2020 was nil, as the outstanding principal amount of the US

dollar debentures was fully covered with collateral

of EUR 304 million (2019: EUR 331 million) pledged by Voya

Financial Inc.

In addition to the items included in contingent liabilities, ING Group has issued certain guarantees as participant

in collective arrangements of national banking funds and as a participant in required collective guarantee

schemes which apply in different countries. For example,

ING Bank N.V.

provided a guarantee to the German

Deposit Guarantee Fund (‘Einlagensicherungsfonds’ or ESF) under section 5 (10) of the by-laws

of this fund,

where ING Bank N.V.

indemnifies the Association of German Banks Berlin against any losses it might incur as

result of actions taken with respect to ING Germany.

The ESF is a voluntary collective guarantee scheme for

retail

savings and deposits in excess of EUR 100,000.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

45

Legal proceedings

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -364

45

Legal proceedings

ING Group and its consolidated subsidiaries are involved in governmental,

regulatory, arbitration

and legal

proceedings and investigations in the Netherlands and in a number of foreign jurisdictions,

including the U.S.,

involving claims by and against them which arise in the ordinary course of their businesses, including in

connection with their activities as lenders, broker-dealers, underwriters,

issuers of securities and investors and

their position as employers and taxpayers. In certain

of such proceedings, very large or indeterminate amounts

are sought, including punitive and other damages. While it is not feasible to predict or determine the ultimate

outcome of all pending or threatened governmental, regulatory,

arbitration and legal proceedings and

investigations, ING is of the opinion that some of the proceedings and investigations

set out below may have or

have in the recent past had a significant effect

on the financial position, profitability or reputation of ING and/or

ING and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Settlement agreement

: On 4 September 2018, ING announced that it had entered into a settlement agreement

with the Dutch Public Prosecution Service relating to previously disclosed investigations

regarding various

requirements for client on-boarding and the prevention

of money laundering and corrupt practices. Following

the entry into the settlement agreement, ING has experienced heightened scrutiny

from authorities in various

countries. ING is also aware, including as a result of media reports, that other parties may,

among other things,

seek to commence legal proceedings against ING in connection with the subject matter

of the settlement, have

filed or may file requests for disciplinary proceedings against ING employees based on the Dutch

“Banker’s oath”,

and/or have filed requests with the Court of Appeal in The Netherlands to reconsider the prosecutor’s

decision to

enter into the settlement agreement with ING and not to prosecute

ING or (former) ING employees. In December

2020, the Court of Appeal issued its final ruling. In this ruling the prosecutors' decision to enter into the

settlement agreement with ING was upheld, making the settlement final. However,

in a separate ruling, the

Court ordered the prosecution of ING’s former

CEO.

Findings regarding AML processes

: As previously disclosed, after its September 2018 settlement with Dutch

authorities concerning anti-money laundering matters, and in the context

of significantly increased attention on

the prevention of financial economic crime, ING has experienced heightened scrutiny by authorities in various

countries. The interactions with such regulatory and judicial authorities have included, and can

be expected to

continue to include, onsite visits, information requests, investigations

and other enquiries. Such interactions, as

well as ING’s internal assessments in connection with its global enhancement programme,

have in some cases

resulted in satisfactory outcomes, and also have resulted

in, and may continue to result in, findings, or other

conclusions which may require appropriate remedial actions by ING, or may

have other consequences. ING

intends to continue to work in close cooperation with authorities as it seeks to

improve its management of non-

financial risks in terms of policies, tooling, monitoring, governance, knowledge and behaviour.

Also as previously disclosed in March 2019, ING Italy was informed by the Banca d’Italia of their report containing

their conclusions regarding shortcomings in AML processes at ING Italy,

which was prepared based on an

inspection conducted from October 2018 until January 2019. ING Italy has been engaged in discussions with

Banca d’Italia and Italian judiciary authorities. In February 2020, the Court of Milan confirmed and approved a

plea bargain agreement with the Italian judiciary authorities. As a consequence, ING Italy has paid an

administrative fine and disgorgement of profit. In addition, in February 2020 the Banca d’Italia

imposed an

administrative fine on ING Italy.

Both amounts were already provisioned for in 2019.

In September 2020, the Banca d’Italia announced that the ban on onboarding new customers at ING Italy,

imposed in March 2019 has been removed. The decision follows the comprehensive steps

undertaken by ING

Italy to strengthen its processes and management of KYC

compliance risks.

ING continues to take steps to

enhance its management of compliance risks and embed stronger awareness

across the whole organisation. These steps are part of the global KYC

programme and set of initiatives, which

includes enhancing KYC files and working on various structural improvements

in compliance policies, tooling,

monitoring, governance, knowledge and behaviour.

Tax cases

: Because of the geographic spread of its business, the Issuer may be subject to tax audits,

investigations and procedures in numerous

jurisdictions at any point in time. Although the Issuer believes that it

has adequately provided for all its tax positions, the ultimate resolution of these audits, investigations

and

procedures is uncertain and may result in liabilities which are materially different

from the amounts recognised.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

45

Legal proceedings

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -365

Litigation regarding products of a former subsidiary in Mexico

: Proceedings in which ING is involved include

complaints and lawsuits concerning the performance of certain interest

sensitive products that were sold by a

former subsidiary of ING in Mexico. A provision has been taken in the past.

SIBOR – SOR litigation:

In July 2016, investors in derivatives tied to the Singapore

Interbank Offer Rate (“SIBOR”)

filed a U.S. class action complaint in the New York

District Court alleging that several banks, including ING,

conspired to rig the prices of derivatives tied to SIBOR and the Singapore Swap

Offer Rate (“SOR”). The lawsuit

refers to investigations

by the Monetary Authority of Singapore (“MAS”) and other regulators, including the U.S.

Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”), in relation to rigging

prices of SIBOR- and SOR based

derivatives. In October 2018, the New York

District Court issued a decision dismissing all claims against ING

Group and ING Capital Markets LLC, but leaving ING Bank, together

with several other banks, in the case, and

directing plaintiffs to file an amended complaint consistent

with the Court's rulings. In October 2018, plaintiffs

filed such amended complaint, which asserts claims against a number of defendants but none against

ING Bank

(or any other ING entity), effectively dismissing ING Bank from the case. In December 2018, plaintiffs sought

permission from the Court to file a further amended complaint that names ING Bank as a defendant. In July 2019,

the New York District Court granted

the defendants’ motion to dismiss and denied leave to further amend the

complaint, effectively dismissing all remaining claims against ING Bank. In November 2019,

plaintiffs filed an

appeal against this judgment.

Claims regarding accounts with predecessors of ING Bank Turkey:

ING Bank Turkey has received

numerous

claims from (former) customers of legal predecessors

of ING Bank Turkey.

The claims are based on offshore

accounts held with these banks, which banks were seized by the Savings Deposit Insurance Fund (“SDIF”) prior to

the acquisition of ING Bank Turkey

in 2007 from OYAK.

SDIF has also filed various lawsuits against ING Bank

Turkey

to claim compensation from ING Bank Turkey,

with respect to amounts paid out to offshore account

holders so far.

At this moment it is not possible to assess the outcome of these procedures nor to provide an

estimate of the (potential) financial effect of these claims.

Interest rate derivatives

claims

: ING is involved in several legal proceedings in the Netherlands with respect

to

interest rate derivatives

that were sold to clients in connection with floating interest

rate loans in order to hedge

the interest rate risk of the loans. These proceedings are based on several

legal grounds, depending on the facts

and circumstances of each specific case, inter alia alleged breach of duty of care, insufficient information

provided to the clients on the product and its risks and other elements related to the interest

rate derivatives

that were sold to clients. In some cases, the court has ruled in favour of the claimants and awarded

damages,

annulled the interest rate derivative

or ordered repayment of certain amounts to the claimants.

The total

amounts that need to be repaid or compensated in some cases still need to be determined. ING may

decide to

appeal against adverse rulings. Although the outcome of the pending litigation and similar cases that may

be

brought in the future is uncertain, it is possible that the courts may ultimately rule in favour

of the claimants in

some or all of such cases. Where appropriate a provision has been taken.

The aggregate financial impact of the

current and future litigation could become material.

As requested by the AFM, ING has reviewed a significant part of the files of clients who bought interest

rate

derivatives. In December 2015, the AFM concluded that Dutch banks may have

to re-assess certain client files,

potentially including certain derivative contracts

that were terminated prior to April 2014 or other client files. As

advised by the AFM, the Minister of Finance appointed a Committee of independent experts (the “Committee”)

which has established a uniform recovery framework

for Dutch SME clients with interest rate

derivatives. ING has

adopted this recovery framework and has reassessed individual files against this

framework. ING has taken an

additional provision for the financial consequences of the recovery framework.

In 2017, ING has informed the

majority of the relevant clients whether they are in scope of the recovery framework,

and thus eligible for

compensation, or not. Because implementation by ING of the uniform recovery framework

encountered delay,

ING has previously offered advance payments to

customers out of the existing provision. As of December 2018,

all customers in scope of the uniform recovery framework

have received an offer of compensation from

ING

(including offers of no compensation). In June 2020, the independent derivative dispute

committee rejected all

claims by the client against ING in ING’s

last open file under the uniform recovery framework. The last open file

has been closed at the end of June 2020.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

45

Legal proceedings

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -366

Interest surcharges claims:

ING received complaints and was involved in litigation

with certain individuals in the

Netherlands regarding increases in interest

surcharges with respect to several credit

products, including but not

limited to commercial property.

ING has reviewed the relevant product portfolio.

The provision previously taken

has been reversed for certain of these complaints. All claims are dealt with individually.

Thus far,

the courts have

ruled in favour of ING in each case, ruling that ING was allowed to increase the interest

surcharge based upon the

essential obligations in the contract. In a relevant

case the Dutch Supreme Court ruled in favor of another Dutch

bank, addressing the question whether or not a bank is allowed to increase interest surcharges

unilaterally.

The

Supreme Court ruled affirmative. ING will continue to deal with all claims individually.

Criminal proceedings regarding cash company financing:

In June 2017, a Belgian criminal court ruled that ING

Luxembourg assisted third parties in 2000 to commit a tax

fraud in the context of the purchase of the shares of a

cash company.

The court convicted ING Luxembourg, among others, and ordered

ING to pay a penal fine of EUR

120,000 (suspended for half of the total amount). The court also ordered ING Luxembourg jointly

and severally

with other parties, to pay EUR 31.48 million (together with any interest payable

under applicable law) to the

bankruptcy trustee of the cash company.

In July 2017, ING Luxembourg filed an appeal against this judgment. A

settlement with all the civil parties involved was reached in mid-2018. However,

this settlement does not apply

to the criminal conviction of ING Luxembourg. In January 2020, the Court of Appeal of Antwerp reformed

the first

judgment: ING Luxemburg benefitted from

an "opschorting van de uitspraak/suspension du prononcé" which

means that the conviction has been upheld, but no penal sanction has been pronounced (penalties suspended).

The judgment is now final.

Mortgage expenses claims

: ING Spain has received claims and is involved in procedures with customers

regarding reimbursement of expenses associated

with the formalisation of mortgages. In most court proceedings

in first instance the expense clause of the relevant

mortgage contract has been declared null and ING Spain has

been ordered to reimburse all or part of the applicable expenses. The courts in first

instance have applied in their

rulings different criteria regarding

the reimbursement of expenses. A provision has been taken

and ING Spain has

filed an appeal against a number of these court decisions. Since 2018, the Spanish Supreme Court and the

European Court of Justice have issued rulings setting out which party should bear notary,

registration, agency,

and stamp duty costs. In January 2021, the Spanish Supreme Court ruled that valuation costs of mortgages,

signed prior to June 16, 2019, the date the new mortgage law entered into

force, should be borne by the bank.

The impact on ING was analysed and the provision mentioned above was adjusted. ING Spain has also been

included, together with other Spanish banks, in three class actions filed by customer associations. In one of the

class actions an agreement was reached with the association. In another class action ING filed an appeal asking

the Spanish Court of Appeal to determine that the ruling of the court of first instance is only applicable to the

consumers that were part of the case.

Imtech claim:

In January 2018, ING Bank received a claim from Stichting ImtechClaim.nl and Imtech Shareholders

Action Group B.V.

on behalf of certain (former) shareholders of Imtech N.V.

(“Imtech”). Furthermore, on 28

March 2018, ING Bank received another claim on the same subject matter from the Dutch Association of

Stockholders (Vereniging van

Effectenbezitters,

“VEB”). Each of the claimants allege inter alia that shareholders

were misled by the prospectus of the rights issues of Imtech in July 2013 and October 2014. ING Bank, being one

of the underwriters of the rights issues, is held liable by the claimants for the damages that investors

in Imtech

would have suffered. ING Bank responded to

the claimants denying any and all responsibility in relation to the

allegations made in the relevant letters.

In September 2018, the trustees in the bankruptcy of Imtech claimed

from various financing parties, including ING, payment of what the security agent has collected following

bankruptcy or intends to collect, repayment of all that was

repaid to the financing parties, as well as

compensation for the repayment of the bridge financing. At this moment it is not possible to assess the outcome

of these claims nor to provide an estimate of the (potential) effect

of these claims.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

46

Consolidated companies and businesses acquired and divested

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -367

Mexican Government Bond litigation:

A class action complaint was filed adding ING Bank N.V.,

ING Groep N.V.,

ING Bank Mexico S.A. and ING Financial Markets LLC (“ING”) as defendants to a complaint

that had previously

been filed against multiple other financial institutions. The complaint alleges that the defendants conspired

to fix

the prices of Mexican Government Bonds. ING is defending itself against the allegations.

Currently, it

is not

possible to provide an estimate of the (potential) financial effect

of this claim. On 30 September 2019, the

relevant court dismissed the antitrust complaint, finding that the plaintiffs

had failed to identify any facts that

links each defendant to the alleged conspiracy.

On 9 December 2019, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint

removing all ING entities as defendants on the condition that the ING entities enter into

a tolling agreement for

the duration of two years. The relevant

ING entities subsequently entered into a tolling agreement,

which

provides that the statute of limitations will not be tolled

for the two-year duration of the agreement. Should the

plaintiffs discover any evidence of potential involvement

by ING in the activities alleged in the complaint, ING

could be brought back into the litigation.

46

Consolidated companies and businesses acquired and divested

Acquisitions

There were no significant acquisitions in 2020.

In May 2019 ING acquired 80% of the shares of Intersoftware Group

B.V.,

Findata Access B.V.

and Unitrust B.V.

(ISW Group) for a total consideration of EUR 18 million. The acquisition of ISW Group resulted

in the recognition

of goodwill of EUR 17 million.

In 2018 ING Bank obtained control over Payvision Holding B.V.

(Payvision) by acquiring 75% of its shares. The

share purchase agreement included a put option exercisable

by the original shareholders and a call option

exercisable by ING for the remaining 25% shares. The put and call option led to

the recognition of a financial

liability with initial recognition through shareholders’ equity of EUR 87 million. In November 2019 ING Bank

agreed to purchase the remaining 25% shares in three tranches between November

2019 and April 2020 for a

total consideration of EUR 90 million. This resulted in the remeasurement

of the financial liability to EUR 90

million. A stake of 23% was purchased in 2019 which reduced the outstanding financial liability and on 30 April

2020 ING purchased the remaining stake of 2%. As at 31 December 2020 the ownership interest

of ING Bank was

100%. Given that ING Bank already had control over Payvision, the

acquisition of the shares in 2020 represents a

shareholder transaction and resulted in a transfer between

Non-controlling interest and Shareholders

equity of

EUR 1 million.

Divestments

There were no significant divestments in 2020

In July 2019 ING completed the sale of part of the ING Lease Italy business. The settlement price amounted to

EUR 1,162 million, consisted of a EUR 368 million cash settlement, a EUR 20 million Deferred Purchase Price and

a EUR 774 million Senior Loan facility for the portfolio of lease receivables. The deferred

purchase price is linked

to the performance of the sold portfolio and is reported under the financial assets mandatorily measured at

fair

value through profit and loss. The additional loss in 2019 amounted EUR -2 million (2018: EUR -123 million). The

Italian lease business was reported as Assets Held for Sale as at 31 December 2018 and previously included in the

business line segment Wholesale Banking and geographical segment Other Challengers.

Reference is made to Note 24 ‘Result on the disposal of group companies’.

47

Principal subsidiaries, investments in associates and joint ventures

For the majority of ING’s principal subsidiaries, ING Groep N.V.

has control because it either directly or indirectly

owns more than half of the voting power.

For subsidiaries in which the interest held is below 50%, control exists

based on the combination of ING’s financial interest

and its rights from other contractual arrangements which

result in control over the operating and financial policies of the entity.

For each of the subsidiaries listed, the voting rights held equal the proportion of ownership interest

and

consolidation by ING is based on the majority of ownership.

For the principal investments in associates and joint ventures

ING Group has significant influence but not control.

Significant influence generally results from a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights, but

also

the ability to participate in the financial and operating policies through situations including, but not limited to

one or more of the following:

◾

Representation on the board of directors;

◾

Participation in the policymaking process; and

◾

Interchange of managerial personnel.

The principal subsidiaries, investments in associates and joint ventures

of ING Groep N.V.

and their statutory

place of incorporation or primary place of business are as follows:

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

48

Structured entities

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -368

Principal subsidiaries, investments in associates and joint ventures

Proportion of ownership

and interest held

by the group

2020

2019

Subsidiary

Statutory place of Incorporation

Country of operation

ING Bank N.V.

Amsterdam

the Netherlands

100%

100%

Bank Mendes Gans N.V.

Amsterdam

the Netherlands

100%

100%

ING Belgium S.A./N.V.

Brussels

Belgium

100%

100%

ING Luxembourg S.A.

Luxembourg City

Luxembourg

100%

100%

ING-DiBa AG

Frankfurt am Main

Germany

100%

100%

ING Bank Slaski S.A.

1

Katowice

Poland

75%

75%

ING Financial Holdings Corporation

Delaware

United States of America

100%

100%

ING Bank A.S.

Istanbul

Turkey

100%

100%

ING Bank (Australia) Ltd

Sydney

Australia

100%

100%

ING Commercial Finance B.V.

Amsterdam

the Netherlands

100%

100%

ING Groenbank N.V.

Amsterdam

the Netherlands

100%

100%

Investments in associates and joint

ventures

TMB Bank Public Company Ltd

2

Bangkok

Thailand

23%

23%

1 The shares of the non-controlling interest stake of 25% are listed

on the Warsaw Stock Exchange, for summarised financial information we

refer to ‘Note 35 ‘Information on geographical areas.

2 Reference is made to Note 8 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures.

48

Structured entities

ING Group’s activities involve

transactions with various structured entities (SE) in the normal course of its

business. A structured entity is an entity that has been designed so that voting or similar rights are not the

dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity,

such as when any voting rights relate to administrative

tasks

only and the relevant activities are directed by means of contractual

arrangements. ING Group’s

involvement in

these entities varies and includes both debt financing and equity financing of these entities as well as other

relationships. Based on its accounting policies, as disclosed in the section Principles of valuation and

determination of results of these financial statements, ING establishes whether these involvements

result in no

significant influence, significant influence, joint control or control

over the structured entity.

The structured entities over which ING can exercise control

are consolidated. ING may provide support to these

consolidated structured entities as and when appropriate. However,

this is fully reflected in the consolidated

financial statements of ING Group as all assets and liabilities of these entities are included and off-balance

sheet

commitments are disclosed.

ING’s activities involving structured

entities are explained below in the following categories:

1.

Consolidated ING originated securitisation programmes;

2.

Consolidated ING originated Covered bond programme (CBC);

3.

Consolidated ING sponsored Securitisation programme (Mont Blanc);

4.

Unconsolidated Securitisation programme; and

5.

Other structured entities.

  1. Consolidated ING originated securitisation programmes

ING Group enters into liquidity management securitisation programmes

in order to obtain funding and improve

liquidity. Within the programme ING Group

sells ING originated assets to a structured entity.

The underlying

exposures include residential mortgages in the Netherlands, Belgium, Spain, Italy and Australia

and SME Loans in

Belgium.

The structured entity issues securitised notes (traditional securitisations) which are eligible collateral

for central

bank liquidity purposes. In most programmes ING Group acts as investor of the securitised notes. ING Group

continues to consolidate these structured entities if it is deemed to control

the entities.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

48

Structured entities

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -369

The structured entity issues securitisation notes in two or more tranches, of which the senior tranche obtains

a

high rating (AAA or AA) by a rating agency.

The tranche can subsequently be used by ING Group as collateral in

the money market for secured borrowings.

ING Group originated various securitisations, as at 31 December 2020, these consisted of approximately

EUR 66

billion (2019: EUR 57 billion) of senior and subordinated notes, of which approximately EUR 2 billion (2019: EUR 4

billion) were issued externally.

The underlying exposures are residential mortgages and SME loans. Apart from

the third party funding, these securitisations did not impact ING Group’s Consolidated statement

of financial

position and profit or loss.

In 2020, there are no non-controlling interests as part of the securitisation structured

entities that are significant

to ING Group. ING Group for the majority of the securitisation vehicles provides the funding for the entity

except

for EUR 2 billion (2019: EUR 4 billion).

In addition ING Group originated various securitisations for liquidity management optimisation

purposes. As at

31 December 2020, these consisted of approximately EUR 2 billion (2019: EUR 3 billion) of senior secured

portfolio loans, which have been issued to ING subsidiaries in Germany.

The underlying exposures are senior

loans to large corporations and financial institutions, and real estate

finance loans, mainly in the Netherlands.

These securitisations did not impact ING Group’s consolidated

statement of financial position and profit or loss.

  1. Consolidated ING originated Covered bond programme

(CBC)

ING Group has entered into a covered bond programme.

Under the covered bond programme ING issues bonds.

The payment of interest and principal is guaranteed

by the ING administered structured entities, ING Covered

Bond Company B.V.,

and ING SB Covered Bond Company B.V.

In order for these entities to fulfil their guarantee,

ING legally transfers mainly Dutch

mortgage loans originated by ING. Furthermore ING offers

protection against

deterioration of the mortgage loans. The entities are consolidated

by ING Group.

Covered bond programme

Fair value pledged

mortgage loans

2020

2019

Dutch Covered Bond Companies

20,157

24,297

20,157

24,297

In addition, subsidiaries of ING in Germany, Belgium and Australia

also issued covered bonds with pledged

mortgages loans of approximately EUR 21 billion (2019: EUR 16 billion) in total.

In general, the third-party investors in securities issued by

the structured entity have recourse only to the assets

of the entity and not to the assets of ING Group.

  1. Consolidated ING sponsored Securitisation programme (Mont

Blanc)

In the normal course of business, ING Group structures financing transactions for its clients by assisting

them in

obtaining sources of liquidity by selling the clients’ receivables or other financial assets to a Special Purpose

Vehicle (SPV). The senior positions in these transactions may be funded by the ING administered

multi seller

Asset Backed Commercial Paper (ABCP) conduit Mont Blanc Capital Corp. (rated

A-1/P-1). Mont Blanc Capital

Corp. funds itself externally

in the ABCP markets.

In its role as administrative agent, ING Group facilitates

these transactions by acting as administrative agent,

swap counterparty and liquidity provider to Mont Blanc Capital Corp. ING Group also provides

support facilities

(i.e. liquidity) backing the transactions funded by the conduit. The types of asset currently in the Mont Blanc

conduit include trade receivables, consumer finance receivables, car leases and residential

mortgages.

ING Group supports the commercial paper programmes by providing Mont Blanc Capital

Corp. with short-term

liquidity facilities. Once drawn these facilities bear normal credit risk.

The liquidity facilities, provided to Mont Blanc are EUR 2,793 million (2019: EUR 1,631 million). The drawn

liquidity amount is nil as at 31 December 2020 (2019: nil).

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

49

Related parties

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -370

The standby liquidity facilities are reported under irrevocable

facilities. All facilities, which vary in risk profile, are

granted to the Mont Blanc Capital Corp. subject to normal ING Group credit and liquidity risk analysis procedures.

The fees received for services provided and for facilities

are charged subject to market conditions.

  1. Unconsolidated Securitisation programme

In 2013 ING transferred financial assets (mortgage loans) for

an amount of approximately EUR 2 billion to a

special purpose vehicle (SPV). The transaction resulted in full derecognition of the financial assets from ING’s

statement of financial position. Following this transfer

ING continues to have two types of on-going involvement

in the transferred assets: as counterparty

to the SPE of a non-standard interest rate

swap and as servicer of the

transferred assets. ING has an option to unwind the transaction

by redeeming all notes at their principal

outstanding amount, in the unlikely event of changes in accounting

and/or regulatory requirements that

significantly impact the transaction. The fair value of the swap held by ING at 31 December 2020 amounted

to

EUR -34 million (2019: EUR -45 million); fair value changes on this swap recognised in the statement of profit

or

loss in 2020 were EUR 11 million (2019: EUR 12 million). Service fee income recognised, for the role as

administrative agent, in the statement

of profit or loss in 2020 amounted to EUR 1 million (2019: EUR 2 million).

The cumulative income recognised in profit or loss since derecognition amounts to EUR 16 million (2019: EUR 15

million).

  1. Other structured entities

In the normal course of business, ING Group enters into transactions

with structured entities as counterparty.

Predominantly in its structured finance operations, ING can be instrumental

in facilitating the creation of these

structured entity counterparties. These entities are generally

not included in the consolidated financial

statements of ING Group, as ING facilitates

these transactions as administrative agent by providing

structuring,

accounting, funding, lending, and operation services.

ING Group offers various investment

fund products to its clients. ING Group does not invest in these investment

funds for its own account nor acts as the fund manager.

49

Related parties

In the normal course of business, ING Group enters into various transactions

with related parties. Parties are

considered to be related if one party has the ability to control or exercise

significant influence over the other

party in making financial or operating decisions. Related parties of ING Group include, among others, its

subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures, key

management personnel, and various defined benefit and contribution

plans. For post-employment benefit plans, reference is made to

Note 36 ‘Pension and other postemployment

benefits’.

Transactions between related

parties include rendering or receiving of services, leases, transfers under

finance arrangements and provisions of guarantees or collateral.

All transactions with related parties took place

at conditions customary in the market. There are no significant provisions

for doubtful debts or individually

significant bad debt expenses recognised on outstanding balances with related

parties.

Subsidiaries

Transactions with ING Groep N.V.'s

main subsidiaries

2020

2019

Assets

45,625

44,242

Liabilities

134

163

Income received

1,122

1,103

Expenses paid

9

9

Transactions between ING Groep

N.V.

and its subsidiaries are eliminated on consolidation. Reference

is made to

Note 47 ‘Principal subsidiaries’ for a list of principal subsidiaries and their statutory place of incorporation.

Assets from ING’s subsidiaries mainly comprise long-term funding. Liabilities to

ING’s subsidiaries mainly

comprise short-term deposits.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

49

Related parties

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -371

Associates and joint ventures

Transactions with ING Group’s

main associates and joint ventures

Associates

Joint ventures

2020

2019

2020

2019

Assets

100

96

0

Liabilities

239

97

1

6

Off-balance sheet commitments

10

29

0

Income received

14

11

Assets, liabilities, commitments, and income related to Associates and joint

ventures result from transactions

which are executed as part of the normal Banking business.

Key management personnel compensation

The Executive Board of ING Groep N.V.,

the Management Board Banking and the Supervisory Board are

considered Key Management personnel of ING Group. In 2020 and 2019, the three members of the Executive

Board of ING Groep N.V.

were also members of the Management Board Banking.

Transactions with key

management personnel, including their compensation are included in the tables below.

Key management personnel compensation (Executive Board

and Management Board Banking)

2020

in EUR thousands

Executive Board

of ING Groep N.V.

3

Management

Board Banking

1.4

Total

Fixed Compensation

–

Base salary

3,609

4,170

7,779

–

Collective fixed allowances

2

898

1,009

1,907

–

Pension costs

58

93

151

–

Severance benefits

4

667

667

Variable compensation

–

Upfront cash

305

305

–

Upfront shares

305

305

–

Deferred cash

457

457

–

Deferred shares

457

457

–

Other emoluments

5

652

814

1,466

Total compensation

5,217

8,277

13,494

1 Excluding members of the Management Board Banking that are also members of the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V.

2 The collective fixed allowances consist of two savings allowances applicable to employees in the Netherlands; an individual savings

allowance of 3.5% and a collective savings allowance to compensate for loss of pension benefits with respect to salary in excess of EUR

110,111.

3 In 2020 one member of the Executive Board left ING during the year.

The table includes compensation earned in the capacity as board

member.

4 One member of the Management Board Banking left ING at the end of the year. In line with applicable regulation a severance

payment

was granted.

5 Other emoluments include reimbursement of costs related to home/work

commute, costs relating to tax

and financial planning

services,

costs associated with a

company car and for expats, the costs associated with housing and schooling and costs related to reimbursement of

Directors and Officers indemnity

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

49

Related parties

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -372

Key management personnel compensation (Executive Board

and Management Board Banking)

Executive

Board of ING

Groep N.V.

3

Management

Board Banking

1,4

Total

2019

in EUR thousands

Fixed Compensation

–

Base salary

4,587

3,847

8,434

–

Collective fixed allowances

2

1,167

937

2,104

–

Pension costs

78

94

172

–

Severance benefits

Variable compensation

–

Upfront cash

361

361

–

Upfront shares

247

378

625

–

Deferred cash

541

541

–

Deferred shares

371

566

937

–

Other emoluments

5

281

536

817

Total compensation

6,731

7,260

13,991

1 Excluding members that are also members of the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V.

One Management Board Banking member was

appointed to the Executive Board during the year.

2 The collective fixed allowances consist of two savings allowances applicable to employees in the Netherlands; an individual savings

allowance of 3.5% and a collective savings allowance to compensate for loss of pension benefits with respect to salary in excess of EUR

107,539.

3 In 2019 one member of the Executive Board left and one member joined. The table includes their compensation earned in the capacity as

board member and in addition an advisor fee for the period in which the activities were transferred to the successor.

4 One member left ING during the year. The table includes compensation earned in the capacity as board member.

5 The prior period has been updated to improve consistency and comparability.

Key management personnel compensation is generally included in Staff

expenses in the statement of profit or

loss. The total remuneration of the Executive Board and Management

Board Banking is disclosed in the table

above. Under IFRS, certain components of variable remuneration

are not recognised in the statement of profit or

loss directly, but are allocated

over the vesting period of the award. The comparable amount recognised

in Staff

expenses in 2020 relating to the fixed expenses of 2020 and the vesting of variable

remuneration of earlier

performance years, is EUR 12 million in 2020 (2019: EUR 11 million).

The table below shows the total of fixed remuneration,

expense allowances and attendance fees for the

Supervisory Board in 2020 and 2019.

Key management personnel compensation (Supervisory Board)

in EUR thousands

2020

2019

Total compensation

1,042

1,045

Balances outstanding with key management personnel were

as follows:

Loans and advances to key management personnel

Amount outstanding

31 December

Weighted average

interest rate

Repayments

in EUR thousands

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

Executive Board members

2,402

1.4%

97

Management Board Banking

350

350

2.6%

2.6%

Supervisory Board members

Total

350

2,752

97

The loans and advances mentioned in the table above (1) were made in the ordinary course of business, (2) were

granted on conditions that are comparable to

those of loans and advances granted to all employees and (3) did

not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavourable

features. Loans and

advances to members of the Executive Board and Management

Board Banking are compliant with the standards

set out in the DNB guidelines for loans to officers and directors of a regulated

entity, such as ING.

As at 31 December 2020 Deposits outstanding from key management personnel

amounted to EUR 12.5 million

(31 December 2019: EUR 12.4 million). Total interest

paid in 2020 on these deposits amounted to EUR 14

thousand (2019: EUR 13 thousand).

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

50

Subsequent events

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -373

Number of ING Groep N.V.

shares and stock options to key management personnel

ING Groep N.V.

shares

Stock options on

ING Groep N.V.

shares

in numbers

2020

2019

2020

2019

Executive Board members

88,741

172,523

46,198

Management Board Banking

254,052

147,713

Supervisory Board members

5,295

54,065

Total number of shares

and stock options

348,088

374,301

46,198

50

Subsequent events

On 18 February 2021 ING announced that it intends to withdraw from the retail

banking market in the Czech

Republic. Raiffeisenbank Czech Republic has agreed to

prepare a welcome offer for ING’s

retail customers in the

Czech Republic.In March, customers will receive an

invitation from Raiffeisenbank to move to

this bank over the

coming months. The ambition is for ING to stop all its retail activities in this market

by the end of 2021. ING will

remain active in the Czech Republic as a provider of wholesale banking products and services.The

agreement

with Raiffeisenbank has been secured to ensure ING’s

customers in the Czech Republic can continue to

meet

their banking needs. ING customers will receive the option to move their savings and investments

to

Raiffeisenbank at preferential

conditions. The agreement between ING Czech Republic and Raiffeisenbank

Czech

Republic is pending regulatory approval.

ING announced on 2 March 2021 that it is reviewing the strategic options for

its Retail Banking operations in

Austria with the aim of exiting this market by the end of 2021. The scope of the review focuses solely on ING’s

retail business. ING will continue its Wholesale Banking activities in Austria.

As a first step, in June 2021, ING will discontinue its savings-only offering

for customers in Austria. As it exits the

local retail banking market, ING will make

sure its customers are fully supported throughout.

51

Capital management

Objectives

Group Treasury (“GT”) Balance Sheet & Capital Management,

is responsible for maintaining the adequate

capitalisation of ING Group and ING Bank entities, to manage the risk associated with ING’s

business activities.

This involves not only managing, planning and allocating capital within ING Group, ING Bank and its various

entities, but also helping to execute necessary capital market

transactions, term (capital) funding and risk

management transactions. ING takes an integrated

approach to assess the adequacy of its capital position in

relation to its risk profile and operating environment.

This means GT Balance Sheet & Capital Management takes

into account both regulatory and internal, economic based metrics and requirements

as well as the interests of

key stakeholders such as shareholders

and rating agencies.

ING applies the following main capital definitions:

Common equity Tier 1 capital (CET1) - is defined as shareholders’ equity less regulatory adjustments.

CET1 capital divided by risk-weighted assets equals the CET1 ratio.

Tier 1 capital – is defined as CET1 capital plus Additional Tier 1 (hybrid) securities and other regulatory

adjustments. Tier 1 capital divided by risk-weighted

assets equals the Tier 1 capital ratio.

Total

capital – is Tier 1 capital plus subordinated Tier 2 liabilities and regulatory adjustments. Total

capital divided by risk-weighted assets equals the Total

capital ratio.

Common equity Tier 1 ratio ambition – is built on the CET1 requirements specified for ING, uncertainty

of expected regulatory RWA

inflation, potential increase in the regulatory requirement

of the

Countercyclical Buffer and the potential

impact of a standardised and pre-determined 1-in-10-year stress

event (i.e. at a 90% confidence level with a 1-year horizon).

Leverage ratio (LR) – is defined as Tier 1 capital divided by the leverage

exposure.

Capital developments

Our capital position remained strong despite the higher risk costs due to Covid-19. At both

the consolidated and

entity level, ING has sufficient buffers to withstand

certain adverse scenarios without breaching regulatory

requirements in a forward looking scenario.

In 2020, ING has changed its CET1 ambition from around 13.5% to around 12.5%, reflecting among others a

structural reduction of capital requirements and increased

visibility of expected regulatory RWA inflation.

This

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

51

Capital management

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -374

new ambition level is still comfortably above the current

Maximum Distributable Amount (MDA) level of 10.51%,

implying a management buffer of ~200 basis points.

ING’s capital ratios

at the end of the year improved compared to 2019 primarily due to lower risk-weighted

assets, mainly driven by lower volumes, FX movements and improved lending book quality.

On the latter,

downward rating adjustments were

more than offset by higher and additional collateral value.

ING continues to

maintain a strong and high quality capital level.

ING Groep N.V.

has a Common equity Tier 1 ratio of 15.5% as at 31 December 2020 versus an overall CRR II / CRD

V solvency requirement (including buffer requirements)

of 10.51%. The Group’s Tier 1 ratio (including

grandfathered securities) increased to 17.3%. The Total

capital ratio (including grandfathered

securities)

increased from 19.1% to 20.1% compared to last year.

ING Group capital position according to CRR II

/ CRD V

in EUR million

2020

2019

Shareholders’ equity

4

54,637

53,769

  • Reserved profit not included in CET1 capital

1

-3,266

-1,754

  • Other adjustments

-4,037

-4,464

Regulatory adjustments

-7,303

-6,217

Available common equity Tier 1 capital

47,333

47,552

Additional Tier 1 securities

2

5,643

6,916

Regulatory adjustments additional Tier 1

48

51

Available Tier 1 capital

53,024

54,519

Supplementary capital Tier 2 bonds

3

9,359

8,943

Regulatory adjustments Tier 2

-846

-1,158

Available Total

capital

61,537

62,303

Risk weighted assets

306,324

326,414

Common equity Tier 1 ratio

15.45%

14.57%

Tier 1 ratio

17.31%

16.70%

Total capital

ratio

20.09%

19.09%

  1. The reserved profit not included in CET1 capital ING Group as per 31 December 2020 was EUR 3,266 million, of which EUR 1,512 million

relates to the result of 2020 and EUR 1,754 million relates to the result of 2019.

  1. Including EUR 4,660 million which is CRR-compliant (2019: EUR 5,312 million) and EUR 983 million to be replaced as capital recognition is

subject to CRR grandfathering rules (2019: EUR 1,604 million).

  1. Including EUR 9,206 million which is CRR-compliant (2019: EUR 8,789 million), and EUR 153 million to be replaced as capital recognition is

subject to CRR grandfathering rules (2019: EUR 153 million).

  1. Shareholders' equity is determined in accordance with IFRS-EU.

In accordance with the applicable regulation, credit and operational risk models used in the capital ratios

calculations are not audited.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

51

Capital management

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -375

Dividend

In the third quarter of 2020, ING announced a change in its distribution policy from a progressive dividend to a

pay-out ratio of 50% of resilient net profit and additional return

of structural excess capital. The latter

to be

considered periodically, taking

into account alternative opportunities as well as macroeconomic circumstances

and the outcome of our capital planning. Resilient net profit is defined as net profit

adjusted for significant items

not linked to the normal course of business. The 50% pay-out may be in the form of cash or a combination

of

cash and share repurchases.

For 2020, the resilient net profit amounts to EUR 3,025 million of which EUR 1,512 million is reserved for

distribution outside of CET1 capital. The resilient net profit includes EUR 540 million of positive P&L adjustments

to the IFRS-EU net result related to impairments on goodwill (EUR 310 million) and the TMB stake

(EUR 230

million). In February 2021, ING paid a cash-only interim dividend of EUR 468 million (EUR 0.12 per share). This

amount is equal to 15% of adjusted net profit for 2020, in line with the ECB recommendation of 15 December

2020, which included a definition of adjusted net profit. At the end of 2020 and including the final 2019 dividend,

ING has reserved EUR 3,266 million for distribution. This includes EUR 468 million of cash-only 2020 interim

dividend and the remainder, subject to

prevailing ECB recommendation, for distribution

after September 2021.

Processes for managing capital

GT Balance Sheet & Capital Management ensures adherence to the set limits and targets

by planning and

executing capital management transactions. The ongoing assessment

and monitoring of capital adequacy is

embedded in the capital planning process within the ICAAP framework. As part of the dynamic business planning

process, ING prepares a capital and funding plan on a regular basis for all its material businesses and assesses

continuously the timing, need and feasibility for capital management actions in scope of its execution

strategy.

Sufficient financial flexibility should be preserved to meet important financial objectives. ING’s

risk appetite

statements set targets and are

at the foundation of the capital plan. These limits are cascaded to the different

businesses in line with our risk management framework. Contingency capital measures and early warning

indicators are in place in conjunction with ING’s

recovery plan to support the strategy in times of stress.

Adverse planning and stress testing, which reflect the outcomes of the annual risk assessment, are

integral

components of ING’s risk and capital management

framework. It allows us to (i) identify and assess potential

vulnerabilities in our businesses, business model, portfolios or operating environment;

(ii) understand the

sensitivities of the core assumptions used in our strategic and capital plans; and (iii) improve

decision-making and

business steering through balancing risk and return following a forward

looking and prudent management

approach.

Regulatory requirements

Capital adequacy and the use of required regulatory capital are based on the guidelines developed by the Basel

Committee on Banking Supervision (The Basel Committee) and the European Union Directives, as implemented

by the Dutch Central Bank (Dutch Central Bank until 3 November

2014, the ECB thereafter) for supervisory

purposes. In 2010, the Basel Committee issued new solvency and liquidity requirements that superseded Basel II,

implemented in the EU via CRR / CRD. In accordance with the CRR the minimum Pillar 1 capital requirements

applicable to ING Group are: a CET1 ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 ratio of 6% and a Total

capital ratio of 8% of risk-

weighted assets.

In 2020, as a reaction to the Covid-19 pandemic, relevant regulators

introduced a number of changes to the

regulatory capital requirements applicable to

ING, including structural reductions. The structural reductions of

capital requirements reflect the application of Art.104a in CRD V,

which allowed ING to replace CET1 capital with

additional Tier 1 / Tier 2 securities to meet the Pillar II requirement, and a reduction in the overall systemic

buffer

(i.e. the Systemic Risk Buffer plus the highest of the O-SII and G-SII buffer) by the Dutch

National Bank from 3% to

2.5%. Similarly, various competent

authorities changed or removed their Countercyclical Buffer

(CCyB)

requirements reducing the CCyB for ING from 24 basis points to 3 basis points.

As a consequence, the overall CET1 requirement (including buffer requirements)

for ING Group at a consolidated

level was 10.51% in 2020. This requirement is the sum of a 4.5% Pillar I requirement, a 0.98% Pillar II

requirement, a 2.5% Capital Conservation Buffer (CCB), a 0.03% Countercyclical

Buffer (CCyB) (based on

December 2020 positions) and a 2.5% O-SII buffer that is set separately for Dutch

systemic banks by the Dutch

Central Bank (De Nederlandsche Bank). This requirement excludes the Pillar II guidance, which is not disclosed.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial

Statements

>

51

Capital management

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

F -376

The Maximum Distributable Amount (MDA) trigger level stood at 10.51% in 2020 for CET1, 12.33% for

Tier 1

Capital and 14.77% for Total

Capital (after the application of Art.104a of the CRD V), based on stable Pillar II

capital requirements. In the event that ING Group breaches

the MDA level, ING may face restrictions on dividend

payments, AT1

instruments coupons and payment of variable remuneration.

Ratings

ING’s key

credit ratings and outlook are shown in the table above. Each of these ratings

reflects only the view of

the applicable rating agency at the time the rating was issued, and any explanation

of the significance of a rating

may be obtained only from the rating agency.

Main credit ratings of ING at 31 December 2020

Standard & Poor’s

Moody’s

Fitch

Rating

Outlook

Rating

Outlook

Rating

Outlook

ING Groep N.V.

Long-term

A-

Negative

Baa1

Stable

A+

Negative

ING Bank N.V.

Long-term

A+

Stable

Aa3

Stable

AA-

Negative

Short-term

A-1

P-1

F1+

A security rating is not a recommendation to buy,

sell or hold securities and each rating should be evaluated

independently of other ratings. There is no assurance that any credit

rating will remain in effect for

any given

period of time or that a rating will not be lowered, suspended or withdrawn entirely by the rating

agency if, in

the rating agency’s judgment, circumstances

so warrant. ING accepts no responsibility for the accuracy or

reliability of the ratings.

exhibit21

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

1

EXHIBIT 2.1 DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

REGISTERED UNDER SECTION 12 OF THE EXCHANGE ACT

As of

31 December

2020 ING

Groep N.V.

(“

ING

,”

the “

Company

,”

“

we

,”

“

us

,”

and “

our

”) had

the following

series of

securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading symbols

Name of each exchange on which

registered

American Depositary Shares

ING

New York Stock Exchange

Ordinary shares

New York Stock Exchange

(i)

3.150% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2022

ING22

New York Stock Exchange

3.950% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2027

ING27

New York Stock Exchange

Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2022

ING22A

New York Stock Exchange

Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2023

ING23A

New York Stock Exchange

4.100% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2023

ING23

New York Stock Exchange

4.550% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2028

ING28

New York Stock Exchange

3.550% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2024

ING24

New York Stock Exchange

4.050% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2029

ING29

New York Stock Exchange

(i)

Not

for

trading,

but

only

in

connection

with

the

registration

of

American

Depositary

Shares

representing

such

ordinary shares, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Capitalized terms used but not defined

herein have the meanings given to

them in ING’s annual report on Form 20-F

for

the fiscal year ended 31 December 2020.

ORDINARY SHARES

The general meeting of

shareholders of ING is

referred to as the “

General Meeting

,” which term refers to both the body

consisting of shareholders and other persons entitled to vote as well as the meeting of shareholders and other persons

entitled to attend meetings. This section summarizes the material terms of our

ordinary shares, including summaries of

certain

provisions

of our

articles of

association

and applicable

Dutch

law

in effect

on the

date

hereof.

They do

not,

however, describe every aspect of the ordinary shares,

the articles of

association or Dutch law. References to provisions

of our

articles of

association are

qualified in

their entirety

by reference

to

the full

articles of

association, an

English

translation of

which has been

filed as an

exhibit to

our annual report

on Form 20-F

for the

year ended 31

December,

2020, as Exhibit 1.1 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of ING’s

Report on Form 6-K filed on 25 August 2020).

General

As at 31 December, 2020, our authorized share capital was divided

into 14,729,000,000 ordinary shares, with a

nominal

value of EUR

0.01 per ordinary

share, and 4,571,000,000

cumulative preference shares with a

nominal value of

EUR 0.01

per cumulative preference share.

The ordinary shares

and the cumulative

preference shares are each

in registered form.

The outstanding

ordinary shares

are fully

paid and

non-assessable. As at

31 December,

2020, 3,900,668,035 ordinary

shares were issued and

outstanding. In addition,

as at 31

December, 2020, no cumulative preference shares were

issued

and outstanding.

Articles of Association

ING is a holding company

organised under the laws

of the Netherlands. Its object and

purpose, as set forth in

article 3

of its Articles of Association, is to participate in, manage, finance, furnish personal or real security for the obligations of

and provide services

to other enterprises

and institutions of

any kind, but

in particular

enterprises and institutions

which

are active in the field of lending, the

financial markets, investment and/or other financial services, and to engage in any

activity which

may be

related or

conducive to

the foregoing.

ING is

registered

under file

number 33231073

with the

Trade Register

of the Chamber of Commerce and the Articles of Association are available there and on ING’s website.

Certain Powers of Directors

The Supervisory Board determines the compensation

of the members of the Executive

Board within the framework

of

the remuneration policy adopted by the General Meeting and the compensation

of members of the Supervisory Board

is determined by the General Meeting. Without prejudice to their voting rights they may have if they are a shareholder

of ING, neither members of the

Executive Board nor members

of the Supervisory Board will vote

on compensation for

themselves or any other member of their body.

During the term of

their office, members

of the Supervisory Board

are not allowed

to borrow or

to accept guarantees

from ING or

any of its

subsidiaries. Loans that

already exist

upon appointment as

a member of

the Supervisory Board

however, may be continued. Subsidiaries of ING however, may in the normal course of their business and

on terms that

are customary in the

sector, provide certain other banking and

insurance services to

members of the Supervisory

Board.

These services

may

include

services in

which the

granting

of credit

is of

a

subordinate

nature,

e.g. credit

cards

and

overdrafts

in current

accounts. As

of 31

December 2020

ING and

its subsidiaries

shall provide

banking and

insurance

products

to

members

of

the

Supervisory

Board

only

in

the

normal

course

of

their

business

and

on

terms

that

are

customary in

the sector with

due observance of

the applicable company

policies provided

that loans, guarantees

and

the

like

are

subject

to

the

approval

of

the

Supervisory

Board,

which

has

delegated

its

approval

authority

to

its

Chairperson and the Vice-Chairperson. Supervisory Board

approval is not required

for banking and insurance products

in which the granting of credit is of a secondary nature, e.g. credit cards and overdrafts in current accounts.

Members of the Supervisory Board and members of the Executive

Board with a conflict of interest

may not participate

in the decision-making with respect to the matter or transaction to which

the conflict of interest relates,

and the votes

of such members shall not be taken into account.

The Articles

of Association

do not

contain

any

age limits

for

retirement

of the

members of

the Executive

Board and

members of the Supervisory Board. The retirement age for members of the Executive Board under the (Dutch) pension

plan is the first day of the month that the individual reaches the age of 67.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

2

Members of the

Executive Board are

appointed by

the General

Meeting for a

term of

four years and

may be reappointed.

Supervisory Board members shall be nominated for appointment for a maximum of

four years and may be reappointed

once for another four-year

period. Without prejudice to any current

term of appointment which commenced before

1

January 2017, Supervisory Board members may be nominated for reappointment for an additional period of two years,

which period may subsequently be extended by at most two

years. In the event of a reappointment after having served

for two

terms of

four years

or more,

reasons must

be given

in the

report of

the Supervisory

Board. The

Supervisory

Board may deviate from the above in special circumstances at its discretion.

Both members of the Executive Board and

members of the Supervisory

Board are appointed from a binding nomination

by the Supervisory Board. The General

Meeting may declare the nomination

non-binding by a resolution passed by

an

absolute majority of the

votes cast, which

majority represents more

than half of the issued

share capital. Members

of

the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board are not required to hold any shares of ING to qualify as such.

Restrictions on share ownership

As of 31

December 2020 there

were no limitations

under Dutch law

or the Articles

of Association on

the right to

own

Ordinary Shares, including the right of non-Dutch nationals or residents rights to hold or exercise voting rights.

General Meeting

Frequency and agenda of General Meetings

ING’s Annual General Meeting (AGM) is normally held each year in April or May to discuss the course of business in the

preceding financial year on the basis of the reports prepared by the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board, and to

decide on:

• The distribution of dividends or other distributions;

• The appointment and/or reappointment of members of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board;

• Any other items requiring shareholder approval pursuant to Dutch law; and

• Any other

matters proposed

by the Supervisory Board,

the Executive

Board or shareholders

in accordance with

the Articles of Association.

Main powers of the General Meeting

The main powers of the General Meeting are to decide on:

●

the

appointment,

suspension

and

dismissal

of

members

of

the

Executive

Board

and

members

of

the

Supervisory Board,

subject to

a

binding

nomination

of

the

Supervisory Board

as

set

forth

in

the

Articles

of

Association;

●

the adoption of the financial statements;

●

the declaration of

dividends, subject to

the power of

the Executive Board

to allocate part

or all of

the profits

to the reserves - with approval of the Supervisory Board - and

the declaration of other distributions, subject to

a proposal by the Executive Board and approved by the Supervisory Board.

●

the appointment of the external auditor;

●

an

amendment

of

the

Articles

of

Association,

a

legal

merger

or

division

of

ING,

and

winding-up

of

ING,

all

subject to a proposal made by the Executive Board with approval by the Supervisory Board;

●

the issuance

of shares

or rights

to subscribe

for shares,

the restriction

or exclusion

of pre-emptive

rights of

shareholders, and

delegation of

these powers to

the Executive

Board, subject to

a proposal by

the Executive

Board that has been approved by the Supervisory Board;

●

the

authorisation

of

a

repurchase

of

outstanding

shares

and/or

a

cancellation

of

shares.

In

addition,

the

approval of

the General Meeting

is required

for Executive

Board decisions that

would be expected

to have

a

material effect on the identity or nature of ING or its enterprise.

Notice

In line with Dutch law,

ING convenes its General Meetings by

public notice via the ING website (www.ing.com)

at least

42 days before the day of the General Meeting.

This period can be

shortened to 10 days

(in accordance with ING’s

Articles of Association as

provided for under

Dutch

law, implementing the BRRD) if

(i) ING meets the criteria for early intervention measures, (ii) resolution can be avoided

by means of

a capital increase;

and (iii) a

General Meeting would

be required to

enable ING

to issue the

required number

of shares.

Together

with the notice, all information

relevant for shareholders

is made available via ING’s

website (www.ing.com)

and through

its head office.

This information

includes the notice

of the General

Meeting, the agenda,

instructions on

how to participate in the meeting (either in person or by proxy),

the place and time of the meeting,

explanatory notes

to

the

agenda

including

the

verbatim

text

of

the

proposals,

as

well

as

the

reports

of

the

Executive

Board

and

the

Supervisory Board.

Proposals by and dialogue with shareholders

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

3

Shareholders may

propose items

for the

agenda of

a General

Meeting if they

individually or jointly

represent at

least

one percent of the issued share capital. Such proposals should be adequately substantiated under Dutch law.

Shareholders

have

the

opportunity

to

contact

ING

about

the

General

Meeting,

via

a

dedicated

webpage

on

ING’s

website (www.ing.com).

Record date

In accordance

with Dutch

law,

the record

date

for attending

a General

Meeting and

voting on

the proposals

at that

General Meeting is

the 28th day

before the

day of the

General Meeting. Only

those holding shares at

the record date

may attend the General Meeting and may participate, vote and exercise any other rights attached to their shares in the

General Meeting,

regardless of

any subsequent

sale or purchase

of shares.

The record

date is

published in the

notice

for the General Meeting. If a shortened convocation of 10 days is applicable (see ‘Notice’ above, the record

date is two

days after the convocation date.

In accordance with US

requirements, the depositary sets

a record date for the

ADRs, which date determines

which ADRs

are entitled to give voting instructions. This record date can differ

from the record date set by ING for shareholders.

Attending General Meetings

Shareholders may

attend a

General Meeting

in person

or may

grant

a proxy

in writing

to a

third party

to attend

the

meeting

and

to

vote

on

their behalf.

ING will

make

proxy

forms

available

on

its website

(www.ing.com)

before

the

General Meeting.

For logistical

reasons, attending

the General Meeting,

either in person

or by proxy,

is subject to

the requirement

that

ING is notified in advance. Instructions to that effect are included in the notice for the General Meeting.

General Meetings are webcast

via ING’s website (www.ing.com), so that

shareholders who could

not attend the General

Meeting in person can nevertheless follow the meeting online.

Voting rights on shares

Each share

entitles the holder

to cast

one vote at

the General Meeting.

The Articles of

Association do not

restrict the

voting rights

on any

class of

shares. ING

is not

aware of

any agreement

that restricts

voting rights

on any

class of

its

shares.

Proxy voting facilities

ING provides

proxy voting

facilities to

its investors

via ING’s

website (www.ing.com)

and solicits

proxies from

its ADR

holders in line with common practice in the US.

Proxy

voting

forms

are

made available

on ING’s

website

(www.ing.com).

By

returning the

form,

shareholders

give a

proxy

to

an

independent

proxy

holder

(a

public

notary

registered

in

the

Netherlands)

to

vote

on

their

behalf,

in

accordance

with the

instructions expressly

given

on the

proxy

form.

Submitting

these forms

is subject

to

additional

conditions as specified on such forms.

ING will send an

electronic confirmation of receipt of the

votes to the person that casts the

vote. In addition, on request

made within three months from the date of the General Meeting, ING will confirm to the shareholder or a third person

designated

by

the

shareholder

that

the

shareholder’s

votes

have

been

validly

recorded

and

counted

by

ING,

if

this

information is not already available to the shareholder directly.

To encourage participation at the General Meeting, ING provides the EVO (e-voting) platform, an online

facility through

which shareholders can register for a meeting or appoint a proxy.

Reporting

Resolutions adopted

at a

General Meeting

are generally

published on

ING’s

website (www.ing.com)

within one

week

following

the meeting.

In accordance

with the

Dutch Corporate

Governance Code,

the draft

minutes of

the General

Meeting are made available to shareholders

on the website no later than

three months after the meeting.

Shareholders

then have three months to review the draft minutes, following which time the minutes are adopted by the chairman of

the

meeting

and

by

a

shareholder

appointed

by

that

meeting.

The

final

minutes

are

then

made

available

on

ING’s

website (www.ing.com).

As an alternative to the

minutes, a notarial record

of the business transacted at

the AGM can

be made.

Capital and shares

Capital structure

The authorised capital of ING Groep N.V.

consists of ordinary shares and cumulative preference

shares. Currently,

only

ordinary shares

are issued,

while a

call option

to acquire

cumulative preference

shares has

been granted

to the

ING

Continuity Foundation (

Stichting Continuïteit ING

). The acquisition of cumulative preference shares pursuant to the call

option

is

subject

to

the

restriction

that,

immediately

after

the

issuance

of

cumulative

preference

shares,

the

total

amount of cumulative preference shares outstanding may

not exceed one third of the total issued share capital of ING.

The purpose of this call

option is to protect the independence,

continuity and identity of ING against influences

that are

contrary to the interests of ING, its enterprise and the enterprises of its subsidiaries and all stakeholders (including, but

not limited to, hostile takeovers).

However,

the ordinary shares are not used for protective purposes.

The board of ING Continuity Foundation comprises of four members who are independent of ING Group. No current or

former Executive Board member, Supervisory Board member, ING Group employee or permanent adviser to ING

Group

is

on

the

board

of

the

ING

Continuity

Foundation.

The

board

of

the

ING

Continuity

Foundation

appoints

its

own

members, after

consultation with

the Supervisory

Board of

ING Group,

but without

any requirement

for approval

by

ING Group or its Supervisory Board.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

4

ING’s

authorised capital

is

the

maximum

amount

of

capital

allowed

to

be

issued

under

the

terms

of

the Articles

of

Association. New

shares

in excess

of this

amount can

only be

issued if

the Articles

of Association

are amended.

For

flexibility reasons and in line with the requirements

of the BRRD that the amount of authorised share

capital should at

all times be

sufficient to permit

the issuance of as

many ordinary shares

as required for

a potential future

bail-in, ING

seeks to set the authorised

capital in the Articles of

Association at the highest level permitted

by law, which is five times

the actually issued share capital.

Issuance of shares

Share issuances

are decided

by the

General Meeting,

which may

also delegate

its authority.

Each year,

a proposal

is

made to

the General

Meeting to

delegate

authority to

the Executive

Board to

issue new

ordinary shares

or to

grant

rights to subscribe to new ordinary shares, both with and without pre-emptive rights for existing shareholders.

The set-up and content of

the currently applicable share issue authorisation have been discussed with many

investors,

proxy advisors

and other

stakeholders

in the

context of

the corporate

governance review

of 2016

and in

the general

meetings of 2016 and subsequent years; their feedback has been taken

into account. It enables the Executive Board to

issue

new

ordinary

shares

(including

the

granting

of

rights

to

subscribe

for

ordinary

shares,

such

as

warrants

or

in

connection with

convertible debt

instruments) for

a period

of 18

months, ending

on 28

October 2021

subject to

the

following conditions and limits:

●

No more than 40 percent of the issued share capital in connection with a

rights issue, being a share offering to

all

shareholders

in

proportion

to

their

existing

holdings

of

ordinary

shares

as

nearly

as

may

be

practical.

However,

the

Executive

Board

and

Supervisory Board

may

exclude

certain

shareholders

from

such

a

share

offering for practical or legal reasons such as record

dates, fractional entitlements, treasury shares, applicable

legal restrictions on share offerings or in the context of a syndicated

rights issue; plus

●

No

more

than

10

percent

of

the

issued

share

capital,

with

or

without

pre-emptive

rights

of

existing

shareholders.

Specific approval by the General Meeting is required for any share issuance exceeding

these limits.

As explained at the

start of the paragraph,

the purpose of

this share issue

authorisation is to

delegate the power to

issue

new ordinary shares

to the Executive

Board, without first

having to obtain

the consent of the

General Meeting, which

in the Netherlands is

subject to a statutory convocation period of

at least 42 days. This

authorisation gives ING flexibility

in

managing

its

capital

resources,

including

regulatory

capital,

while

taking

into

account

shareholders’

interests

to

prevent

dilution

of

their

shares.

In

particular,

it

enables

ING

to

respond

promptly

to

developments

in

the

financial

markets, should circumstances so

require. The Executive Board

and the

Supervisory Board

consider it in

the best interest

of ING to have the flexibility this authorisation provides.

This authorisation may

be used for any

purpose, including but not

limited to strengthening

capital, financing, mergers

or acquisitions. However,

the authorisation to issue ordinary

shares by way of

rights issue cannot be used

for mergers

or

acquisitions

on

a

stock-for-stock

basis

as

this

is

incompatible

with

the

concept

of

pre-emptive

rights

for

existing

shareholders.

Shareholders who are not allowed to, do not elect to, or are unable to

subscribe to a rights offering, are entitled to sell

their rights

in the

market

or receive

any net

financial benefit

upon completion

of a

rump offering

after the

exercise

period has ended.

Transfer of shares and transfer restrictions

Shares not

included in the

Securities Giro

Transfer

Act system

(

Wet Giraal

Effectenverkeer

system) are

transferred

by

means of a deed of

transfer between the

transferor and

the transferee. To

become effective, ING

has to acknowledge

the transfer, unless ING itself is a party

to the transfer. The Articles of Association do

not restrict the transfer of ordinary

shares, whereas the transfer of cumulative preference

shares is subject to prior approval of the Executive Board. ING is

not aware of the existence of any agreement pursuant to which the transfer

of ordinary shares or American depositary

receipts for such shares is restricted.

Shares that are included in

the Securities Giro Transfer

system are transferred

pursuant to the Securities Giro

Transfer

Act

(

Wet

Giraal

Effectenverkeer

).

A

shareholder,

who

wishes

to

transfer

such

shares,

must

instruct

the

securities

intermediary where his shares are administered accordingly.

Repurchase of shares

ING Group may repurchase

issued ING shares.

Although the power

to repurchase shares is

vested in the Executive

Board

and subject to

the approval of the

Supervisory Board, prior

authorisation from the

General Meeting is

required for these

repurchases. Under Dutch law,

this authorisation lapses after a maximum of 18

months. Each year,

a proposal is made

to the General Meeting to authorise the repurchase of shares by the Executive Boardfor a period of 18 months.

Pursuant to the

authorisation, no more

than 10 percent

of ING’s

share capital may

be held as treasury

shares until 28

October

2021.When

repurchasing

shares,

the

Executive

Board

must

observe

the

price

ranges

prescribed

in

the

authorisation. For the ordinary shares, the authorisation currently in force

stipulates a minimum price of one eurocent

and a

maximum price

equal to

the highest

stock

price on

the Amsterdam

Stock Exchange

on the

date on

which the

purchase agreement is concluded or on the preceding day of stock market trading.

Special rights of control

No special

rights of

control

referred

to

in Article

10 of

the directive

of the

European Parliament

and the

Council on

takeover bids (2004/25/EC) are attached to any

share.

Obligations of shareholders to disclose holdings

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

5

Pursuant

to

Section

5.3

of

the

Dutch

Financial Supervision

Act

(

Major

Holdings

Rules

),

any

person

who,

directly

or

indirectly, acquires or disposes of

an interest in the

voting rights and/or

the capital of

(in short) a

public limited company

incorporated

under

the

laws

of

the

Netherlands

with

an

official

listing

on

a

stock

exchange

within

the

European

Economic Area, as a result of which acquisition or disposal the

percentage of voting rights or capital

interest - whether

through ownership

of shares,

American depositary

receipts (

ADRs

) or

any other

financial instrument,

whether stock-

settled or cash-settled,

such as call or put

options, warrants, swaps

or any other similar contract

  • reaches, exceeds

or

falls below 3%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 75% or 95% is required to provide

updated information

on its

holdings. With

respect to

ING, the

Major Holdings Rules

require any

person whose

interest in

the voting

rights

and/or capital of

ING reaches,

exceeds or falls

below those

percentages - whether

through ownership of

ordinary shares,

ADRs or any

other financial

instrument whether stock

settled or cash

settled, such as

call or put

options, warrants, swaps

or any other similar contract, to notify in writing

the Dutch Authority for the Financial Markets (AFM) immediately

after

the acquisition or disposal of the triggering capital interest or voting rights.

A notification requirement also applies if a person’s

capital interest or voting rights

reaches, exceeds or falls below the

above-mentioned thresholds as a result of a change in ING’s total issued share capital or voting rights.

Such notification

must be made no later

than the fourth trading

day after the AFM

has published ING’s

notification of the change in

its

issued share capital.

The notification will

be recorded

in a public

register that

is held by

the AFM and published

on its

website (www.afm.nl/en).

Details of investors,

if any,

who have reported

their interest in

ING Group pursuant

to the Dutch Financial

Supervision

Act (or the predecessor of this legislation), are included in the ING shares chapter.

Non-compliance with the obligations of

the Major Holdings Rules

can lead to criminal prosecution

or administrative law

sanctions. In

addition, a

civil court

can issue

orders

against

any

person who

fails

to notify

or incorrectly

notifies the

Dutch Authority

for the

Financial Markets,

in accordance

with the

Major Holdings

Rules, including

suspension of

the

voting right in respect of such person’s ordinary shares.

ING Group

is not

aware of

any investors

(or potential

shareholders) with

an interest

of three

percent or

more in

ING

Group other than those shown in Item 7. A ‘Major shareholders’ in ING’s annual report on Form 20-F for

the fiscal year

ended 31 December 2020 as per year-end 2020.

Each person

holding a gross

short position in

relation to

the issued share

capital of

ING that

reaches, exceeds

or falls

below any one of the above-mentioned

thresholds must immediately give written notice to

the AFM. If a

person’s gross

short position reaches,

exceeds or

falls below one

of the above-mentioned

thresholds as a

result of a

change in ING’s

issued

share

capital,

such

person

must

make

a

notification

not

later

than

the fourth

trading

day

after

the

AFM has

published the Company’s notification in the public register of the AFM.

In addition, pursuant to Regulation (EU) no. 236/2012 of the European Parliament

and the Council on short-selling and

certain aspects of

credit default swaps, any

person who acquires

or disposes of

a net short

position relating to

the issued

share capital of

ING Group, whether by

a transaction in

shares or ADRs, or

by a transaction

creating or relating

to any

financial instrument where

the effect or

one of the effects

of the transaction is

to confer

a financial advantage

on the

person entering into that

transaction in the event of

a change in the price of such

shares or ADRs, is required to

notify

the AFM, in accordance

with the provisions of

the regulation if,

as a result of

such acquisition or disposal the

person’s

net short position

reaches, exceeds

or falls below

0.2 percent

of the issued

share capital

of ING and

each 0.1 percent

above

that. Each

reported

net short

position equal

to

0.5 percent

of the

issued share

capital

of ING

Group

and any

subsequent

increase

of that

position

by

0.1%

will be

made public

via the

short selling

register

on the

AFM

website

(www.afm.nl/en/).

Change of control provisions

Legal provisions

Pursuant

to

the

terms

of

the

Dutch

Financial

Supervision

Act,

a

declaration

of

no

objection

from

the

ECB

must

be

obtained

by

anyone

wishing to

acquire

or hold

a participating

interest

of at

least 10

percent

in ING

and to

exercise

control

attached

to

such a

participating interest.

Similarly,

on the

basis of

indirect change

of control

statutes

in the

various jurisdictions where subsidiaries of ING

Group are operating, permission from, or notification

to, local regulatory

authorities may be required for the acquisition of a substantial interest in ING Group.

Amendment of the Articles of Association

The General Meeting may

resolve to amend the Articles of

Association of ING, provided that

the resolution is adopted

based on a proposal of the Executive Board, which has been approved by the Supervisory Board. An amendment of the

Articles of Association is required to be executed by notarial deed.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

6

DEBT SECURITIES

Each series of notes

listed on the New

York Stock

Exchange and set

forth on the cover

page to ING’s

annual report on

Form 20-F

for the

year ended

December 31,

2020 has

been issued

by ING.

Each of

these series

of notes

was issued

pursuant to an effective

registration statement

and a related prospectus

and prospectus supplement setting

forth the

terms of the relevant series of notes.

The following

table sets

forth

the dates

of the

registration

statements,

dates of

the base

prospectuses and

dates of

issuance for each relevant series of notes (the “

Notes

”).

Series

Registration

Statement

Date of Base

Prospectus

Date of Issuance

3.150% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due

2022

333-202880

March 21, 2017

March 29, 2017

3.950% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due

2027

333-202880

March 21, 2017

March 29, 2017

Floating Rate Senior Notes due

2022

333-202880

March 21, 2017

March 29, 2017

Floating Rate Senior Notes due

2023

333-22739

September 18, 2018

October 2, 2018

4.100% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due

2023

333-22739

September 18, 2018

October 2, 2018

4.550% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due

2028

333-22739

September 18, 2018

October 2, 2018

3.550% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due

2024

333-22739

September 18, 2018

April 9, 2019

4.050% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due

2029

333-22739

September 18, 2018

April 9, 2019

The following description of our Notes is a summary

and does not purport to be complete and is

qualified in its entirety

by the full terms of the Notes.

Description of the Fixed Rate Notes

The 3.150% Fixed

Rate Senior

Notes due 2022

(the “

2022 notes

”), the 3.950%

Fixed Rate

Senior Notes due

2027 (the

“

2027 notes

”), the 4.100%

Fixed Rate

Senior notes due

2023 (the “

2023 notes

”), the 4.550%

Fixed Rate

Senior Notes

due 2028 (the

“

2028 notes

”), the 3.550%

Fixed Rate

Senior Notes due

2024 (the “

2024 notes

”) and the

4.050% Fixed

Rate Senior Notes due 2029

(the “

2029 notes

”) (together, the “

fixed rate notes

”) were issued in the

aggregate principal

amount, and unless previously

redeemed and cancelled will mature

on the Maturity Date

and will bear interest

at the

rate per annum, set forth in the table below:

Aggregate Principal

Amount

Maturity Date

Fixed Interest

Rate

2022 notes

...........................................................

$1,500,000,000

March 29, 2022

3.150%

2027 notes

...........................................................

$1,500,000,000

March 29, 2027

3.950%

2023 notes

...........................................................

$1,500,000,000

October 2, 2023

4.100%

2028 notes

...........................................................

$1,250,000,000

October 2, 2028

4.550%

2024 notes

...........................................................

$1,000,000,000

April 9, 2024

3.550%

2029 notes

...........................................................

$1,000,000,000

April 9, 2029

4.050%

Interest

on

the

fixed

rate

notes

will

be

payable

semi-annually

in

arrear

on

the

Fixed

Rate

Interest

Payment

Dates,

commencing on the First Fixed Rate Interest Payment

Date, set forth in the table below:

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

7

Fixed Rate Interest

Payment Dates

First Fixed Rate

Interest Payment

Date

2022 notes

..........................................................

March

29

and

September

29 of each year

September 29, 2017

2027 notes

..........................................................

March

29

and

September

29 of each year

September 29, 2017

2023 notes

..........................................................

April

2

and

October

2

of

each year

April 2, 2019

2028 notes

..........................................................

April

2

and

October

2

of

each year

April 2, 2019

2024 notes

..........................................................

April

9

and

October

9

of

each year

October 9, 2019

2029 notes

..........................................................

April

9

and

October

9

of

each year

October 9, 2019

The regular record

dates for the

fixed rate notes will

be the

Business Day immediately

preceding each Fixed

Rate Interest

Payment Date

(or,

if the fixed

rate notes

are held in

definitive form,

the 15th Business Day

preceding each Fixed

Rate

Interest Payment

Date).

If any

scheduled Fixed

Rate Interest

Payment Date

is not a

Business Day,

we will

pay interest

on the

next succeeding

Business Day,

but interest

on that payment

will not accrue during

the period from

and after the

scheduled Fixed Rate

Interest

Payment

Date. If

the Maturity

Date or

date of

redemption or

repayment

is not

a Business

Day,

we may

pay

interest

and

principal and/or

any

amount

payable

upon redemption

of the

fixed

rate

notes

on

the next

succeeding

Business Day, but interest on that payment will not accrue during the period from and after such Maturity Date or date

of redemption or repayment. Interest on the fixed rate notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve

30-day months.

Description of the Floating Rate Notes

The Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2022 (the “

2022 floating rate notes

”) and the Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2023

(the “

2023 floating rate notes

” and, together with the 2022 floating

rate notes, the “

floating rate notes

”) were issued

in an aggregate principal amount, and unless

previously redeemed and cancelled will mature on the

Maturity Date, and

will bear interest at the rate per annum, set forth in the table below:

Aggregate

Principal

Amount

Maturity Date

Floating Interest Rate

2022 floating rate notes .................

$1,000,000,000

March 29, 2022

LIBOR

plus

1.15%

per

annum

2023 floating rate notes .................

$500,000,000

October 2, 2023

LIBOR plus 1.000%

per

annum

Interest

on the

floating rate

notes will

be payable

quarterly-annually in

arrear on

the Floating

Rate Interest

Payment

Dates, commencing on the First Floating Rate Interest Payment

Date, set forth in the table below:

Floating Rate Interest

Payment Dates

First Floating Rate

Interest Payment

Date

2022 floating rate notes .....................................

March 29, June 29,

September 29 and

December 29 of each year

June 29, 2017

2023 floating rate notes .....................................

January 2, April 2, July 2

and October 2 of each

year

January 2, 2019

The regular record dates

for the floating rate

notes will be the Business Day immediately

preceding each Floating Rate

Interest Payment

Date (or,

if the floating

rate notes

are held in

definitive form,

the 15th Business Day

preceding each

Floating Rate Interest Payment Date).

If any Floating Rate Interest Payment Date, other than the Maturity Date for the floating rate

notes, would fall on a day

that is not a Business

Day,

the Floating Rate Interest

Payment Date

will be postponed to the

next succeeding Business

Day,

except that

if that

Business Day

falls in

the next

succeeding calendar month,

the Floating Rate

Interest Payment

Date will be the immediately preceding Business Day. If the Maturity Date or date of redemption or repayment

is not a

Business Day, we may pay interest and principal and/or

any amount payable upon redemption of

the floating rate notes

on the next succeeding

Business Day, but interest on that payment

will not accrue

during the period

from and after such

Maturity Date or date of redemption or repayment.

Each interest

period on

the floating

rate notes

will begin

on (and

include) a

Floating Rate

Interest Payment

Date and

end on (but

exclude) the

following Floating

Rate Interest

Payment Date

(each, an “

Interest Period

”); provided that

(i)

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

8

with respect to the 2022 floating rate

notes, the first Interest

Period will begin on and include March 29, 2017

and will

end on,

but exclude,

June 29,

2017 and

(ii) with

respect to

the 2023

floating rate

notes, the

first Interest

Period will

begin on and

include October 2,

2018 and will

end on, but

exclude, January

2, 2019. The

interest determination

date

(“

Interest Determination Date

”) for the first Interest Period will be the second London banking

day preceding the Issue

Date and

the Interest

Determination Date

for each

succeeding Interest

Period will

be on

the second

London banking

day preceding the

applicable Interest Reset Date. “

London banking day

” means any

day on which

dealings in U.S.

dollars

are transacted in the London interbank market.

The initial

Floating Interest

Rate on

the 2022

floating rate

notes will

be equal

to LIBOR,

as determined

on March

27,

2017, plus 1.15% per annum, and thereafter

the rate of interest

on the 2022 floating rate

notes will be reset quarterly

on March 29, June 29, September 29

and December 29 in each

year (each, a “

2022 Interest Reset Date

”), provided that

the interest rate in

effect from (and including) March 29, 2017

to (but excluding) the first 2022 Interest

Reset Date will

be the initial Floating Interest Rate.

The initial Floating

Interest Rate

on the 2023

floating rate

notes will

be equal

to LIBOR, as

determined on

September

28,

2018,

plus

1.000%

per

annum,

and

thereafter

the

rate

of

interest

on

the

2023

floating

rate

notes

will

be

reset

quarterly on January 2, April

2, July 2 and October

2 in each year (each,

a “

2023 Interest Reset Date

”, and together with

each

2022

Interest

Reset

Date,

each

an

“

Interest

Reset

Date

”),

provided

that

the

interest

rate

in

effect

from

(and

including) October 2, 2018 to (but excluding) the first 2023 Interest Reset

Date will be the initial Floating Interest Rate.

If any

Interest Reset

Date would

fall on

a day that

is not a

Business Day,

the Interest

Reset Date

will be postponed

to

the next

succeeding Business

Day,

except

that if

that

Business Day

falls

in the

next

succeeding calendar

month, the

Interest Reset Date will be the immediately preceding Business Day.

Interest on

the floating rate

notes will be

computed on the

basis of the actual

number of days

in each Interest

Period

and a 360-day year.

The Calculation Agent for

the floating rate

notes is The Bank of

New York

Mellon acting through its London

branch, or

its successor appointed by the Issuer.

The Calculation Agent will determine the

Floating Interest Rate

for each Interest

Period for the floating rate

notes by reference

to LIBOR on the applicable Interest

Determination Date. Promptly upon

such

determination,

the

Calculation

Agent

will

notify

the

Issuer

and

the

trustee

(if

the

Calculation

Agent

is

not

the

trustee) of

the new interest

rate for

the floating rate

notes. Upon the

request of

the holder of

any floating

rate note,

the Calculation Agent will provide the Floating Interest Rate then in

effect and, if determined, the Floating Interest Rate

that will become effective on the next Interest Reset

Date.

LIBOR will be determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with the following provisions:

(1)

with respect

to any

Interest Determination

Date, LIBOR

will be

the rate

(expressed as

a percentage

per annum) for deposits in U.S. dollars having a maturity of three months

commencing on the related

Interest

Reset

Date

that

appears

on Reuters

Page

LIBOR01 as

of 11:00

a.m., London

time, on

that

Interest Determination Date; and

(2)

with respect to

an Interest

Determination Date

on which no

rate appears

on Reuters

Page LIBOR01,

the Calculation Agent will request the

principal London offices of each of four major

reference banks

in the

London interbank

market

(which may

include affiliates

of the

underwriters), as

selected and

identified by

the Issuer,

to provide

its offered

quotation (expressed

as a percentage

per annum) for

deposits

in U.S.

dollars

for

the period

of three

months, commencing

on the

related

Interest

Reset

Date, to

prime banks in

the London interbank

market at

approximately 11:00

a.m., London time, on

that

Interest

Determination

Date

and

in

a

principal

amount

that

is

representative

for

a

single

transaction in

U.S. dollars

in that

market at

that time.

If at

least two

quotations are

provided, then

LIBOR on that

Interest Determination

Date will be

the arithmetic mean

(rounded if necessary

to the

fourth

decimal place

with 0.00005

being rounded

upwards)

of those

quotations.

If fewer

than two

quotations are provided, then LIBOR on

the Interest Determination Date

will be the arithmetic mean

of the rates at which the reference banks were offered

at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on

the Interest Determination Date deposits in

U.S. dollars for the period of three months, commencing

on

the

related

Interest

Rest

Date

and

in

a

principal

amount

that

is

representative

for

a

single

transaction

in

U.S.

dollars

in

that

market

at

that

time,

by

leading

banks

in

the

London

inter-bank

market. If

at least

two such rates

are so provided,

LIBOR on the

Interest Determination

Date will

be

the arithmetic mean

(rounded if

necessary to the

fourth decimal

place with 0.00005

being rounded

upwards)

of

such

rates.

If

fewer

than

two

such

rates

are

provided,

then

LIBOR

on

the

Interest

Determination date will be the offered rate for deposits in U.S.

dollars for the period of three months,

commencing on

the related

Interest Payment

Date and

in a

principal amount

that is

representative

for a

single transaction in

U.S. dollars

in that market

at that

time (or arithmetic

mean of such

rates,

rounded as provided above, if more

than one rate is provided), at

which, at approximately 11:00 a.m.,

London time, on the Interest

Determination Date, any

one or more banks (which

bank or banks is or

are in the opinion of

the Issuer suitable for

such purpose) informs the

Calculation Agent it is

quoting

to leading banks in the London inter-bank market. If LIBOR cannot be determined in accordance with

the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, LIBOR on the Interest Determination Date

will be LIBOR in

effect with respect to the immediately preceding Interest Determination

Date.

“

Reuters

Page

LIBOR01

” means

the display

that appears

on Reuters

Page

LIBOR01 or

any page

as may

replace such

page on such

service (or any

successor service) for

the purpose of displaying

London interbank offered

rates of

major

banks for U.S. dollars.

All percentages resulting from any calculation of any Floating Interest Rate

will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest

one hundred thousandth

of a percentage

point, with five

one-millionths of a

percentage point

rounded upward

(e.g.,

9.876545% (or 0.09876545) would be rounded to 9.87655% (or 0.0987655)), and all dollar amounts would be rounded

to the nearest cent, with one-half cent being rounded upward.

All calculations made by the

Calculation Agent for the purposes

of calculating interest on the floating rate notes shall

be

conclusive and binding on the holders of the floating rate notes, the Issuer and the trustee, absent manifest error.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

9

For any

interest period,

if LIBOR is

negative, then

it would reduce

the Floating Interest

Rate payable

for such

interest

period

below

the

specified margin.

Accordingly,

holders

may

receive

a

Floating

Interest

Rate

that

is

lower

than

the

specified margin.

LIBOR Discontinuation

Notwithstanding the provisions

described under “— Description

of the Floating

Rate Notes” above,

if, with

respect to

the 2023 floating

rate notes

only,

a Benchmark Event

occurs when any

Floating Interest

Rate (or any

component part

thereof) remains to be determined by reference to LIBOR, then the Issuer shall

use its reasonable endeavors to appoint

and consult

with an

Independent Adviser,

as soon

as reasonably

practicable, with

a view

to the

Issuer determining

a

Successor Rate,

failing

which an

Alternative

Rate

and,

in

either case,

an

Adjustment

Spread,

if

any,

and

Benchmark

Amendments, if any.

If the Issuer,

following consultation

with the Independent

Adviser,

to the extent

practicable, and

acting in good

faith,

determines:

(1)

that

there

is

a

Successor

Rate,

then

such

Successor

Rate

shall

(subject

to

adjustment

as

provided

below) subsequently be

used in place

of LIBOR to

determine the Floating

Interest Rate (or the

relevant

component part thereof) for all future payments of interest on the 2023 floating rate notes;

or

(2)

that there is no Successor Rate

but that there is an Alternative

Rate, then such Alternative Rate

shall

(subject to adjustment

as provided below)

subsequently be used

in place of LIBOR

to determine the

Floating Interest Rate (or the relevant component part thereof) for all future

payments of interest on

the 2023 floating rate notes.

If

the

Issuer

determines

any

Successor

Rate

or

Alternative

Rate

in

accordance

with

this

section

“

—

LIBOR

Discontinuation” fewer than five (5) Business Days

prior to the relevant Interest

Determination Date, then the Floating

Interest

Rate

on

such

Interest

Determination

Date

will

be

calculated

using

LIBOR

in

effect

with

respect

to

the

immediately preceding Interest Determination Date. For subsequent Interest

Periods, the Floating Interest Rate will be

calculated using the Successor Rate or Alternative Rate (subject to adjustment as provided below).

If the Issuer,

following consultation

with the Independent

Adviser,

to the extent

practicable, and

acting in good

faith,

determines (i) that an Adjustment Spread is required to be applied

to the Successor Rate or the Alternative Rate (as the

case may be) and (ii) the

quantum of, or a formula or methodology for determining,

such Adjustment Spread, then such

Adjustment Spread shall

be applied to

the Successor Rate

or the Alternative

Rate (as the

case may be).

If the Issuer

is

unable to determine the quantum

of, or a formula or methodology for

determining, such Adjustment Spread, then

such

Successor Rate or Alternative Reference Rate,

as applicable, will apply without an Adjustment Spread.

If any Successor

Rate, Alternative

Rate or Adjustment

Spread is determined

in accordance with

this section

“—

LIBOR

Discontinuation” and

the Issuer,

following consultation

with the

Independent Adviser,

to the

extent practicable,

and

acting

in

good

faith,

determines

(i)

that

amendments

to

any

terms

and

conditions

of

the

2023

floating

rate

notes,

including the Successor Rate or

Alternative Rate, as

applicable, or,

in each case, the Adjustment

Spread, as well as

the

day

count

fraction,

business

day

convention,

the

definitions

of

Business

Day,

London

banking

day,

Interest

Determination Date, Interest Period or Floating Rate Interest Payment Date, and any related provisions and definitions,

are necessary to ensure the proper operation of such Successor

Rate, Alternative Rate and/or Adjustment Spread (such

amendments, the “

Benchmark Amendments

”) and (ii) the

terms and conditions of

such Benchmark Amendments, then

the Issuer may, without any requirement for

the consent or approval of holders of the 2023 floating rate notes, amend

the terms and

conditions of the

2023 floating rate notes

to give effect to such

Benchmark Amendments with

effect from

the date specified in a notice given in to the Trustee.

Upon receipt of satisfactory

documentation, the Trustee

and the Calculation Agent

shall, at the direction and

expense

of

the

Issuer,

effect

such

amendments

as

may

be

required

in

order

to

give

effect

to

this

section

“

—

LIBOR

Discontinuation”

pursuant

to

a

supplemental

indenture

or

an

amendment

to

the

Indenture,

or

amendment

to

the

Calculation Agency Agreement, or issuances and authentication of new global or definitive notes in respect of the 2023

floating rate

notes, and the

Trustee

shall not be

liable to any

party for any

consequences thereof,

save as provided

in

the Indenture

and the

2023 floating

rate notes.

No consent

of holders

of 2023

floating rate

notes will

be solicited

or

required

in

connection

with

effecting

the

Successor

Rate,

Alternative

Rate,

Adjustment

Spread

or

Benchmark

Amendments, as applicable, including for

the execution of

any documents, amendments to

the Indenture, Calculation

Agency Agreement or floating rates notes or other steps by the Issuer,

the Trustee, the Calculation Agent or any paying

agent (if required).

The Issuer will,

promptly following

the determination of

any the Successor

Rate, Alternative

Rate, Adjustment

Spread

or

Benchmark

Amendments,

as

applicable,

give

notice

thereof,

which

shall

specify

the

effective

date(s)

for

such

Successor Rate, Alternative Rate, Adjustment Spread or Benchmark Amendments, as applicable, and of any

changes to

the terms

and conditions

of the

2023 floating

rate notes

to the

Trustee,

the Calculation

Agent, any

paying agent

and

DTC or the holders

of the 2023 floating rate

notes, as applicable; provided that

failure to provide such

notice will have

no

impact

on

the

effectiveness

of,

or

otherwise

invalidate,

any

such

determination;

and

provided

further

that

the

determination of any

Successor Rate, Alternative

Rate, Adjustment Spread

or Benchmark Amendments, as applicable,

and any other related changes to the

2023 floating rate notes, shall be made

in accordance with the Capital Regulations

applicable to the

Group in force

at the relevant

time. In effecting

any consequential

amendments to the

terms of the

2023 floating rate

notes as

may be

directed by

the Issuer in

accordance with

this section “

—

LIBOR Discontinuation”,

neither the

Trustee

nor the

Calculation Agent

shall be

required to

effect

any amendments

that affects

its respective

own rights, duties or immunities in their respective capacities as Trustee or Calculation Agent under the Indenture, the

Calculation Agency Agreement or otherwise.

By its acquisition of 2023 floating rate notes, each holder and beneficial

owner of the 2023 floating rate notes and each

subsequent holder and

beneficial owner acknowledges,

accepts, agrees to

be bound by,

and consents to,

the Issuer’s

determination of the

Successor Rate, Alternative

Rate, Adjustment Spread

or Benchmark Amendments, as

applicable,

as

contemplated

by

this section

“—

LIBOR Discontinuation”,

and

to

any

amendment

or

alteration

of the

terms

and

conditions of the 2023 floating rate notes, including an amendment of the amount of interest due on the 2023 floating

rate notes,

as may be

required in

order to

give effect

to this section

“

—

LIBOR Discontinuation”.

The Trustee

shall be

entitled to rely

on this deemed consent

in connection with any

supplemental indenture or

amendment which may

be

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

10

necessary to effect the Successor Rate, the Alternative Rate the Adjustment Spread or the Benchmark Amendments,

as

applicable.

By its

acquisition of

2023 floating

rate

notes, each

holder and

beneficial owner

of 2023

floating rate

notes and

each

subsequent

holder

and

beneficial

owner

waives

any

and

all

claims

in

law

and/or

equity

against

the

Trustee,

the

Calculation Agent and any

paying agent for,

agrees not to initiate

a suit against the

Trustee, the

Calculation Agent and

any paying

agent in respect

of,

and agrees that

neither the Trustee,

the Calculation Agent

or any paying

agent will be

liable for, any

action that the Trustee, the Calculation Agent or any paying agent,

as the case may be, takes, or abstains

from taking, in

each case in

accordance with this

section “

—

LIBOR Discontinuation” or

any losses suffered in

connection

therewith.

By its

acquisition of

2023 floating

rate

notes, each

holder and

beneficial owner

of 2023

floating rate

notes and

each

subsequent holder and beneficial owner agrees that neither the Trustee, the Calculation Agent or any paying agent will

have any obligation to determine

any Successor Rate, Alternative

Rate, Adjustment Spread or

Benchmark Amendments,

as

applicable,

including

in the

event

of any

failure

by

the Issuer

to

determine

any

Successor Rate,

Alternative

Rate,

Adjustment Spread or Benchmark Amendments, as applicable.

An Independent Adviser

appointed pursuant to this

section “

—

LIBOR Discontinuation” will

act in good

faith as an

expert

and (in

the absence

of fraud)

shall have

no liability

whatsoever to

the Issuer,

the Trustee,

the Calculation

Agent, any

paying agent or the holders of 2023 floating

rate notes for any

determination made by it or for any

advice given to the

Issuer in connection with any determination made by the Issuer pursuant to this section “

—

LIBOR Discontinuation”.

Notwithstanding any other provision

of this section

“

—

LIBOR Discontinuation”, the Issuer may decide

that no Successor

Rate,

Alternative

Rate,

Adjustment

Spread

or

Benchmark Amendments,

as

applicable,

will

be

adopted

if

and

to

the

extent that, in the determination of the Issuer,

such adoption or amendment could reasonably be expected to result in

the

exclusion

of

the

2023

floating

rate

notes

(in

whole

or

in

part)

from

the

Issuer’s

and/or

the

Regulatory

Group’s

minimum requirements for (A) own funds and eligible liabilities and/or (B) loss absorbing capacity instruments, in each

case as

such minimum

requirements are

applicable to

the Issuer

and/or the

Regulatory Group

and as

determined in

accordance with, and pursuant to, the relevant Loss Absorption Regulations.

“

Adjustment Spread

” means either

a spread (which

may be

positive or negative),

or the formula

or methodology for

calculating a spread, in either

case, which the Issuer, following consultation with the

Independent Adviser, to the extent

practicable, and acting in good faith, determines is required to be applied to the Successor Rate or the Alternative Rate

(as the case

may be) to

reduce or eliminate,

to the extent

reasonably practicable

in the circumstances,

any economic

prejudice or benefit (as the case may be) to holders

of 2023 floating rate notes as a result of

the replacement of LIBOR

with the Successor Rate or the Alternative Rate (as the case may be) and is the spread, formula or methodology which:

(i)

in the case of

a Successor Rate, is

formally

recommended in relation to the

replacement of LIBOR with

the Successor Rate by any Relevant Nominating Body;

(ii)

in

the

case

of

a

Successor

Rate,

if

no

such

recommendation

has

been

made,

or

in

the

case

of

an

Alternative Rate, the

Issuer determines, following

consultation with the Independent

Adviser,

to the

extent

practicable,

and

acting

in

good

faith,

is

recognized

or

acknowledged

as

being

the

industry

standard

for

over-the-counter

derivative

transactions

which

reference

LIBOR,

where

such

rate

has

been replaced by the Successor Rate or the Alternative Rate (as the case may be); or

(iii)

if the Issuer determines that

no such industry standard

is recognized or acknowledged,

the Issuer,

in

its

discretion,

following

consultation

with

the

Independent

Adviser,

to

the

extent

practicable,

and

acting in good faith, determines to be appropriate.

“

Alternative Rate

” means an alternative benchmark or screen rate which the

Issuer determines in accordance with this

section

“

—

LIBOR

Discontinuation”

has

replaced

LIBOR

in

customary

market

usage

in

the

international

debt

capital

markets for the purposes

of determining rates of

interest (or the

relevant component part thereof)

for the same

interest

period and in U.S. dollars.

“

Benchmark Event

” means:

(i)

LIBOR ceasing to b

e published for a period of at least five (5) Business Days or ceasing to exist;

(ii)

a public statement

by the administrator

of LIBOR that it will,

by a specified date

within the following

six

(6)

months,

cease

LIBOR

permanently

or

indefinitely

(in

circumstances

where

no

successor

administrator has been appointed that will continue publication of LIBOR);

(iii)

a public statement

by the supervisor

of the administrator

of LIBOR that

LIBOR has been

or will, by

a

specified date within the following six (6) months, be permanently or indefinitely discontinued;

(iv)

a public statement by

the supervisor of the administrator LIBOR

that means LIBOR will be prohibited

from being used

or that its

use will be

subject to restrictions

or adverse

consequences, in each

case

within the following six (6) months; or

(v)

it has become unlawful for any paying agent, Calculation Agent,

the Issuer or other party to calculate

any payments due to be made to any holder of 2023 floating rate notes using LIBOR.

“

Independent Adviser

” means an independent financial institution of international repute or an independent

financial

adviser with appropriate expertise appointed by the Issuer.

“

Relevant Nominating Body

” means, in respect of a benchmark or screen rate (as applicable):

(i)

the

central

bank

for

the

U.S.

dollar,

or

any

central

bank

or

other

supervisory

authority

which

is

responsible for supervising the administrator of LIBOR; or

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

11

(ii)

any working group or committee sponsored by, chaired or co

-

chaired by or constituted at the requ

est

of (a) the central bank for the U.S. dollar,

(b) any central bank or other supervisory authority which is

responsible

for

supervising

the

administrator

of

LIBOR,

(c)

a

group

of

the

aforementioned

central

banks or other supervisory authorities or (d) the Financial Stability Board or any part thereof.

“

Successor

Rate

”

means

a

successor

to

or

replacement

of

LIBOR

which

is

formally

recommended

by

any

Relevant

Nominating Body.

Terms Applicable to the 2024 and 2029 Notes

Agreement and Acknowledgement with Respect to the Exercise of Dutch Bail-in Power

With a view to Article 55 of the Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council (the “

Bank

Recovery and Resolution Directive

” or “

BRRD

”), the Issuer has included the following two paragraphs in the terms of

the notes:

(a)

By acquiring any notes, each holder and beneficial owner of a note or any interest therein acknowledges,

agrees to be bound by, and consents to

the exercise of,

any Dutch Bail-in Power by the relevant resolution authority

that may result in the cancellation of all, or a portion, of the principal amount of, or interest

on, the notes and/or the

conversion of all, or a portion, of the principal amount of, or interest

on, the notes into shares or other securities or

other obligations of the Issuer or another person, including by means of a variation to the terms of the notes or any

expropriation of the notes, in each case, to give effect to the exercise

by the relevant resolution authority of such

Dutch Bail-in Power (whether at the point of non-viability or as taken together with a resolution action). Each holder

and beneficial owner of a note or any interest therein further acknowledges and agrees that the rights of the holders

and beneficial owners of the notes are subject to, and will be varied, if necessary, so as to give

effect to, the exercise

of any Dutch Bail-in Power by the relevant resolution authority.

In addition, by acquiring any notes, each holder and

beneficial owner of a note or any interest therein further acknowledges, agrees to be bound by,

and consents to the

exercise by the relevant resolution authority of,

any power to suspend any payment in respect of the notes for a

temporary period.

(b)

For these purposes, a “

Dutch Bail-in Power

” is any statutory write-down and/or conversion power existing

from time to time under any laws, regulations, rules or requirements relating to the resolution of banks, banking

group companies, credit institutions and/or investment firms incorporated in The Netherlands in effect

and applicable

in The Netherlands to the Issuer or other members of the Group, including but not limited to any such laws,

regulations, rules or requirements that are implemented, adopted or enacted within the context of a European Union

directive or regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing a framework for the recovery and

resolution of credit institutions and investment firms (including but not limited to the BRRD and Regulation (EU) No

806/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council (the “

SRM Regulation

”)) and/or within the context of a

Dutch resolution regime under the Dutch Intervention Act and any amendments thereto,

or otherwise, pursuant to

which obligations of a bank, banking group company,

credit institution or investment firm or any of its affiliates can be

reduced, cancelled and/or converted into shares or other securities or obligations of the obligor or any other person

(whether at the point of non-viability or as taken together with a resolution action) or may be expropriated (and a

reference to the “

relevant resolution authority

” is to any authority with the ability to exercise a Dutch Bail-in Power).

The Dutch Bail-in Power may be imposed without any prior notice by the relevant resolution authority of its decision

to exercise such power.

No principal of, or interest on, the notes shall become due and payable

after the exercise of

any Dutch Bail-in Power by the relevant resolution authority except

as permitted under the laws and regulations of

The Netherlands and the European Union applicable to the Issuer.

In addition, the exercise of any Dutch Bail-In Power may require

interests in the notes and/or other actions

implementing any Dutch Bail-In Power to be held or taken, as the case may be, through clearing systems,

intermediaries or persons other than DTC.

See also “Risk Factors — Under the terms of the notes, you have agreed to be bound by the exercise

of any Dutch Bail-

in Power by the relevant resolution authority” in the applicable prospectus supplement.

By acquiring any notes, each holder and beneficial owner of a note or any interest therein, to the extent permitted

by

the Trust Indenture Act, shall be deemed to waive any

and all claims against the trustee for,

and to agree not to

initiate a suit against the trustee in respect of,

and to agree that the trustee shall not be liable for,

any action that the

trustee takes, or abstains from taking, in either case in accordance with the exercise

of the Dutch Bail-in Power by the

relevant resolution authority with respect to the notes.

The Issuer shall provide a written notice directly to DTC as soon as practicable of any exercise

of the Dutch Bail-in

Power with respect to the notes by the relevant resolution authority for purposes of notifying holders of such

occurrence, including the amount of any cancellation of all, or a portion, of the principal amount of, or interest on,

such capital securities. The Issuer shall also deliver a copy of such notice to the trustee for information purposes.

Failure to provide such notices will not have any impact on the effectiveness

of, or otherwise invalidate, any

such

exercise of the Dutch Bail-in Power.

By acquiring any notes, each holder of the notes acknowledges and agrees that the exercise of the Dutch Bail-in Power

by the relevant resolution authority with respect to the notes shall not give rise to a default for purposes of Section

315(b) (Notice of Defaults) and Section 315(c) (Duties of the Trustee in Case of Default) of the Trust

Indenture Act.

By acquiring any notes, each holder and beneficial owner of a note or any interest therein acknowledges and agrees

that, upon the exercise of any Dutch Bail-in Power by

the relevant resolution authority, (a) the trustee

shall not be

required to take any further directions from holders

of the notes under Section 5.15 (

Control by Holders

) of the

Indenture and (b) the Indenture shall impose no duties upon the trustee whatsoever with respect to the exercise of

any Dutch Bail-in Power by the relevant resolution authority.

If holders or beneficial owners of the notes have given a

direction to the trustee pursuant to Section 5.15 of the Indenture prior to the exercise

of any Dutch Bail-in Power by

the relevant resolution authority, such direction shall cease to be of further effect

upon such exercise of any Dutch

Bail-in Power and shall become null and void at such time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, following the completion

of the exercise of the Dutch Bail-in Power by the relevant resolution authority,

the notes remain outstanding (for

example, if the exercise of the Dutch Bail-in Power results in only a partial write-down of the principal of the notes),

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

12

then the trustee’s duties under the Indenture shall remain applicable with respect to the notes following such

completion to the extent that the Issuer and the trustee shall agree.

By acquiring any of the notes, each holder of the notes shall be deemed to have (a) consented to the exercise of any

Dutch Bail-in Power as it may be imposed without any prior notice by the relevant resolution authority of its decision

to exercise such power with respect to the relevant notes

and (b) authorized, directed and requested DTC and any

direct participant in DTC or other intermediary through which it holds the relevant notes to take

any and all necessary

action, if required, to implement the exercise of any Dutch Bail-in Power with respect

to the relevant notes as it may

be imposed, without any further action or direction on the part of such holder or the trustee.

Under the terms of the 2024 and 2029 notes, the exercise of the Dutch Bail-in Power by the relevant resolution

authority with respect to the relevant notes will not be an Event of Default (as defined in the Indenture).

Terms Applicable to the 2023 Notes, the 2028 Notes and the 2023 Floating Rate Notes

Agreement and Acknowledgement with Respect to the Exercise of Dutch Bail-in Power

With a view to Article 55 of the Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council (the “

Bank

Recovery and Resolution Directive

” or “

BRRD

”), the Issuer has included the following two paragraphs in the terms of

the notes:

(a)

By acquiring any notes, each holder and beneficial owner of a note or any interest therein

acknowledges, agrees to be bound by, and consents to the exercise

of, any Dutch Bail-in Power

by the

relevant resolution authority that may result in the cancellation of all, or a portion, of the principal

amount of, or interest on, the notes and/or

the conversion of all, or a portion, of the principal amount

of, or interest on, the notes

into shares or other securities or other obligations of the Issuer or

another person, including by means of a variation to the terms of the notes or any expropriation of

the notes, in each case, to give effect to the exercise

by the relevant resolution authority of such

Dutch Bail-in Power (whether at the point of non-viability or as taken together with a resolution

action). Each holder and beneficial owner of a note or any interest therein further acknowledges and

agrees that the rights of the holders and beneficial owners of the notes are subject to, and will be

varied, if necessary, so as to give effect

to, the exercise of any Dutch Bail-in Power

by the relevant

resolution authority. In addition, by acquiring any notes, each holder and beneficial owner of a note

or any interest therein further acknowledges, agrees to be bound by,

and consents to the exercise by

the relevant resolution authority of, any power

to suspend any payment in respect of the notes for a

temporary period.

(b)

For these purposes, a “

Dutch Bail-in Power

” is any statutory write-down and/or conversion power

existing from time to time under any laws, regulations, rules or requirements relating to the

resolution of banks, banking group companies, credit institutions and/or investment firms

incorporated in The Netherlands in effect and applicable in The Netherlands to the Issuer or other

members of the Group, including but not limited to any such laws, regulations, rules or requirements

that are implemented, adopted or enacted within the context of a European Union directive or

regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing a framework for the recovery

and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms (including but not limited to the BRRD and

Regulation (EU) No 806/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council (the “

SRM Regulation

”))

and/or within the context of a Dutch resolution regime under the Dutch Intervention Act and any

amendments thereto, or otherwise, pursuant to which obligations of a bank, banking group company,

credit institution or investment firm or any of its affiliates can be reduced, cancelled and/or

converted into shares or other securities or obligations of the obligor or any other person or may be

expropriated (and a reference to the “

relevant resolution authority

” is to any authority with the

ability to exercise a Dutch Bail-in Power).

The Dutch Bail-in Power may be imposed without any prior notice by the relevant resolution authority of its decision

to exercise such power.

No principal of, or interest on, the notes shall become due and payable

after the exercise of

any Dutch Bail-in Power by the relevant resolution authority except

as permitted under the laws and regulations of

The Netherlands and the European Union applicable to the Issuer.

In addition, the exercise of any Dutch Bail-In Power may require

interests in the notes and/or other actions

implementing any Dutch Bail-In Power to be held or taken, as the case may be, through clearing systems,

intermediaries or persons other than DTC.

See also “Risk Factors — Under the terms of the notes, you have agreed to be bound by the exerci

se of any Dutch Bail-

in Power by the relevant resolution authority” in the applicable prospectus supplement.

By acquiring any notes, each holder and beneficial owner of a note or any interest therein, to the extent permitted

by

the Trust Indenture Act, shall be deemed to waive any

and all claims against the trustee for,

and to agree not to

initiate a suit against the trustee in respect of,

and to agree that the trustee shall not be liable for,

any action that the

trustee takes, or abstains from taking, in either case in accordance with the exercise

of the Dutch Bail-in Power by the

relevant resolution authority with respect to the notes.

The Issuer shall provide a written notice directly to DTC as soon as practicable of any exercise

of the Dutch Bail-in

Power with respect to the notes by the relevant resolution authority for purposes of notifying holders of such

occurrence, including the amount of any cancellation of all, or a portion, of the principal amount of, or interest on,

such capital securities. The Issuer shall also deliver a copy of such notice to the trustee for information purposes.

Failure to provide such notices will not have any impact on the effectiveness

of, or otherwise invalidate, any

such

exercise of the Dutch Bail-in Power.

By acquiring any notes, each holder of the notes acknowledges and agrees that the exercise of the Dutch Bail-in Power

by the relevant resolution authority with respect to the notes shall not give rise to a default for purposes of

Section 315(b) (Notice of Defaults) and Section 315(c) (Duties of the Trustee in Case of Default) of the Trust

Indenture

Act.

By acquiring any notes, each holder and beneficial owner of a note or any interest therein acknowledges and agrees

that, upon the exercise of any Dutch Bail-in Power by

the relevant resolution authority, (a) the trustee

shall not be

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

13

required to take any further directions from holders

of the notes under Section 5.15 (

Control by Holders

) of the

Indenture and (b) the Indenture shall impose no duties upon the trustee whatsoever with respect to the exercise of

any Dutch Bail-in Power by the relevant resolution authority.

If holders or beneficial owners of the notes have given a

direction to the trustee pursuant to Section 5.15 of the Indenture prior to the exercise

of any Dutch Bail-in Power by

the relevant resolution authority, such direction shall cease to be of further effect

upon such exercise of any Dutch

Bail-in Power and shall become null and void at such time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, following the completion

of the exercise of the Dutch Bail-in Power by the relevant resolution authority,

the notes remain outstanding (for

example, if the exercise of the Dutch Bail-in Power results in only a partial write-down of the principal of the notes),

then the trustee’s duties under the Indenture shall remain applicable with respect to the notes following such

completion to the extent that the Issuer and the trustee shall agree.

By acquiring any of the notes, each holder of the notes shall be deemed to have (a) consented to the exercise of any

Dutch Bail-in Power as it may be imposed without any prior notice by the relevant resolution authority of its decision

to exercise such power with respect to the relevant notes and

(b) authorized, directed and requested DTC and any

direct participant in DTC or other intermediary through which it holds the relevant notes to take

any and all necessary

action, if required, to implement the exercise of any Dutch Bail-in Power with respect

to the relevant notes as it may

be imposed, without any further action or direction on the part of such holder or the trustee.

Under the terms of each of the 2023 notes, the 2028 notes and the 2023 floating rate notes, the exercise of the Dutch

Bail-in Power by the relevant resolution authority with respect to the relevant notes will not be an Event

of Default (as

defined in the Indenture).

Terms applicable to the 2022 Notes, the 2027 Notes and the 2022 Floating Rate Notes

Agreement and Acknowledgement with Respect to the Exercise of Dutch Bail-in Power

With a view to Article 55 of the Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council (the “

Bank

Recovery and Resolution Directive

” or “

BRRD

”), the Issuer has included the following two paragraphs in the terms of

the notes:

(a)

By acquiring any notes, each holder and beneficial owner of a note or any interest therein acknowledges,

agrees to be bound by, and consents to the exercise

of, any Dutch Bail-in Power

by the relevant resolution authority

that may result in the cancellation of all, or a portion, of the principal amount of, or interest

on, the notes and/or the

conversion of all, or a portion, of the principal amount of, or interest

on, the notes into shares or other securities or

other obligations of the Issuer or another person, including by means of a variation to the terms of the notes or any

expropriation of the notes, in each case, to give effect to the exercise

by the relevant resolution authority of such

Dutch Bail-in Power.

Each holder and beneficial owner of a note or any interest therein further acknowledges and

agrees that the rights of the holders and beneficial owners of the notes are subject to, and will be varied, if necessary,

so as to give effect to, the exercise

of any Dutch Bail-in Power by the relevant resolution authority.

In addition, by

acquiring any notes, each holder and beneficial owner of a note or any interest therein further acknowledges, agrees

to be bound by, and consents to the exercise

by the relevant resolution authority of, any

power to suspend any

payment in respect of the notes for a temporary period.

(b)

For these purposes, a “

Dutch Bail-in Power

” is any statutory write-down and/or conversion power existing

from time to time under any laws, regulations, rules or requirements relating to the resolution of banks, banking

group companies, credit institutions and/or investment firms incorporated in The Netherlands in effect

and applicable

in The Netherlands to the Issuer or other members of the Group, including but not limited to any such laws,

regulations, rules or requirements that are implemented, adopted or enacted within the context of a European Union

directive or regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing a framework for the recovery and

resolution of credit institutions and investment firms (including but not limited to the BRRD and Regulation (EU) No

806/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council (the “

SRM Regulation

”)) and/or within the context of a

Dutch resolution regime under the Dutch Intervention Act and any amendments thereto,

or otherwise, pursuant to

which obligations of a bank, banking group company,

credit institution or investment firm or any of its affiliates can be

reduced, cancelled and/or converted into shares or other securities or obligations of the obligor or any other person

or may be expropriated (and a reference

to the “

relevant resolution authority

” is to any authority with the ability to

exercise a Dutch Bail-in Power).

The Dutch Bail-in Power may be imposed without any prior notice by the relevant resolution authority of its decision

to exercise such power.

No principal of, or interest on, the notes shall become due and payable

after the exercise of

any Dutch Bail-in Power by the relevant resolution authority except

as permitted under the laws and regulations of

The Netherlands and the European Union applicable to the Issuer.

In addition, the exercise of any Dutch Bail-In Power may require

interests in the notes and/or other actions

implementing any Dutch Bail-In Power to be held or taken, as the case may be, through clearing systems,

intermediaries or persons other than DTC.

See also “Risk Factors — Under the terms of the notes, you have agreed to be bound by the exercise

of any Dutch

Bail-in Power by the relevant resolution authority” in the applicable prospectus supplement.

By acquiring any notes, each holder and beneficial owner of a note or any interest therein, to the extent permitted

by

the Trust Indenture Act, shall be deemed to waive any

and all claims against the trustee for,

and to agree not to

initiate a suit against the trustee in respect of,

and to agree that the trustee shall not be liable for,

any action that the

trustee takes, or abstains from ta

king, in either case in accordance with the exercise of the Dutch Bail-in Power by the

relevant resolution authority with respect to the notes.

The Issuer shall provide a written notice directly to DTC as soon as practicable of any exercise

of the Dutch Bail-in

Power with respect to the notes by the relevant resolution authority for purposes of notifying holders of such

occurrence. The Issuer shall also deliver a copy of such notice to the trustee for information purposes.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

14

By acquiring any notes, each holder of the notes acknowledges and agrees that the exercise of the Dutch Bail-in Power

by the relevant resolution authority with respect to the notes shall not give rise to a default for purposes of Section

315(b) (Notice of Defaults) and Section 315(c) (Duties of the Trustee in Case of Default) of the Trust

Indenture Act.

By acquiring any notes, each holder and beneficial owner of a note or any interest therein acknowledges and agrees

that, upon the exercise of any Dutch Bail-in Power by

the relevant resolution authority, (a) the trustee

shall not be

required to take any further directions from holders

of the notes under Section 5.15 (

Control by Holders

) of the

Indenture and (b) the Indenture shall impose no duties upon the trustee whatsoever with respect to the exercise of

any Dutch Bail-in Power by the relevant resolution authority.

If holders or beneficial owners of the notes have given a

direction to the trustee pursuant to Section 5.15 of the Indenture prior to the exercise

of any Dutch Bail-in Power by

the relevant resolution authority, such direction shall cease to be of further effect

upon such exercise of any Dutch

Bail-in Power and shall become null and void at such time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, following the completion

of the exercise of the Dutch Bail-in Power by the relevant resolution authority,

the notes remain outstanding (for

example, if the exercise of the Dutch Bail-in Power results in only a partial write-down of the principal of the notes),

then the trustee’s duties under the Indenture shall remain applicable with respect to the notes following such

completion to the extent that the Issuer and the trustee shall agree.

By acquiring any of the notes, each holder of the notes shall be deemed to have (a) consented to the exercise of any

Dutch Bail-in Power as it may be imposed without any prior notice by the relevant resolution authority of its decision

to exercise such power with respect to the relevant notes and

(b) authorized, directed and requested DTC and any

direct participant in DTC or other intermediary through which it holds the relevant notes to take

any and all necessary

action, if required, to implement the exercise of any Dutch Bail-in Power with respect

to the relevant notes as it may

be imposed, without any further action or direction on the part of such holder or the trustee.

Under the terms of each of the 2022 notes, the 2027 notes and the 2022 floating rate notes, the exercise of the Dutch

Bail-in Power by the relevant resolution authority with respect to the relevant notes will not be an Event

of Default (as

defined in the Indenture).

Terms Applicable to All Senior Notes

The fixed

rate

notes

and floating

rate

notes (together,

the “

senior notes

”) were

issued pursuant

to the

Senior Debt

Securities Indenture,

dated as

of March

29, 2017

(the “

Indenture

”), between

ING and The

Bank of

New York

Mellon,

London Branch, as

trustee. References to “indenture”

or “senior debt

indenture” in this

section shall

mean the

Indenture

as defined

above and

references

to “trustee”

shall mean

the Bank

of New

York

Mellon, London

Branch, One

Canada

Square,

London E14

5AL, United

Kingdom. References

to

“notes”

or

“debt

securities” in

this section

shall mean

the

senior notes, as defined above.

The currency in which the payment of the principal

of or any premium or interest of the senior notes shall

be payable is

US dollars.

Condition to Redemption or Repurchase

Notwithstanding any other provision, and unless otherwise indicated in your prospectus supplement, we may redeem

or purchase our debt securities (and give notice thereof to the holders of such debt securities in the case of

redemption) only if we have obtained the prior permission of the relevant resolution authority and/or competent

authority, as appropriate, at the time of redemption or purchase, if such permission is at the relevant

time and in the

relevant circumstances required, and subject to applicable law or regulation (including without limitation under

Directive 2013/36/EU (CRD IV), Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (CRR including articles 77 and 78 thereof), Commission

Delegated Regulation (EU) No 241/2014 and Regulation (EU) No 806/2014 (SRMR), as may be amended or replaced

from time to time, and any delegated or implementing acts, laws, regulations, regulatory technical standards,

rules or

guidelines once in effect in The Netherlands and as then in effect).

Unless the relevant prospectus supplement provides otherwise, we or our affiliates may,

whether in the context of

market making or otherwise, purchase debt securities, either in the open market at prevailing prices or in private

transactions at negotiated prices, in each case subject to prior permission of the relevant resolution authority and/or

competent authority, as appropriate,

at the time of redemption or purchase, if such permission is then required by

applicable law or regulation including without limitation under Directive 2013/36/EU (CRD IV), Regulation (EU) No

575/2013 (CRR including articles 77 and 78 thereof), Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 241/2014 and

Regulation (EU) No 806/2014 (SRMR), as may be amended or replaced from time to time, and any delegated or

implementing acts, laws, regulations, regulatory technical standards, rules or guidelines once in effect in The

Netherlands and as then in effect). Debt securities that we or they purchase may,

at our discretion, be held, resold or

canceled.

As at the date of this Prospectus, the relevant resolution authority is the Single Resolution Board and the competent

authority is the European Central Bank.

Our Relationship with the Trustee

The Bank of New

York Mellon, London Branch, One Canada

Square, London E14 5AL,

United Kingdom,

is initially serving

as the

trustee for

all series

of debt

securities to

be issued

under each

indenture.

The Bank

of New

York

Mellon has

provided commercial banking and other

services for us and our related

companies in the past and

may continue to do

so in

the future.

Among other things,

The Bank of

New York

Mellon serves as,

or may

serve as, trustee

or agent

with

regard to certain of our other outstanding debt obligations.

Consequently, if an actual or potential event of default occurs with respect to

any of these securities, trust agreements

or

subordinated

guarantees,

the

trustee

may

be

considered

to

have

a

conflicting

interest

for

purposes of

the

Trust

Indenture Act of 1939,

as amended, or

the Trust Indenture Act. In that

case, the trustee may

be required to resign

under

one or more

of the indentures,

trust agreements

or subordinated

guarantees and

we would be

required to

appoint a

successor trustee. For this purpose, a

“potential event of default” means an event

that would be an event

of default if

the

requirements

for

giving

us

default

notice

or

for

the

default

having

to

exist

for

a

specific

period

of

time

were

disregarded.

Ranking

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

15

The

notes

shall

constitute

the

Issuer’s

unsecured

and

unsubordinated

obligations,

ranking

pari

passu

without

any

preference among themselves and equally

with all of the

Issuer’s other unsecured and unsubordinated obligations

from

time to time outstanding, save as otherwise provided by law.

Paying Agent

The Bank of New York

Mellon, London Branch, One Canada

Square, London E14 5AL, United

Kingdom is designated as

the principal paying agent. The Issuer may at any time designate additional paying

agents or rescind the designation of

paying agents or approve a change in the office through which any paying agent acts.

Notice of Redemption

The Issuer

shall give

notice of

any

redemption of

the notes

not less

than 30 days

or more

than 60 days

prior to

the

redemption date

to the

holders of

the notes

and to

the trustee

at least

30 business

days prior

to such

date, unless

a

shorter notice

period shall be

satisfactory to

the trustee.

The redemption

notice shall state:

(1) the redemption

date,

(2) the redemption

price, (3) that,

on the

redemption

date,

each note

will be

redeemed and

that, subject

to certain

exceptions, interest

will cease to accrue after

that date, (4) the place or

places where the notes are

to be surrendered

for payment

of the

redemption price

and (5) the

CUSIP,

Common Code

and/or ISIN

number or

numbers, if

any,

with

respect to the notes being redeemed.

The Issuer shall deliver to the trustee an opinion from a recognized law or tax firm of international

standing, chosen by

the Issuer, prior to delivering any notice of a redemption upon

the occurrence of certain tax events, confirming that

the

Issuer is entitled to exercise its right of redemption as a result of such tax events.

A

notice

of

redemption

shall

be

irrevocable,

except

that

the

exercise

of

the

Dutch

Bail-In

Power

by

the

relevant

resolution authority prior to the date fixed for redemption shall automatically revoke

such notice and no notes shall be

redeemed and no payment in respect of the notes shall be due and payable.

If the

Issuer has

elected to

redeem the

notes but

prior to

the payment

of the

redemption price

with respect

to such

redemption the relevant

resolution authority exercises

its Dutch Bail-in Power

with respect to

the Issuer,

the relevant

redemption

notice

shall

be

automatically

rescinded

and

shall

be

of

no

force

and

effect,

and

no

payment

of

the

redemption price will be due and payable.

Redemption and Repayment

Unless otherwise indicated in your prospectus supplement, your debt security will not be entitled to the benefit of any

sinking fund — that is,

we will not deposit money

on a regular basis into

any separate custodial

account to repay

your

debt securities. In

addition, we will

not be entitled to

redeem your debt security

before its stated maturity, if any, unless

your prospectus supplement specifies

a redemption date. You will

not be entitled

to require us to

buy your debt

security

from you, before its stated maturity, if any, unless your prospectus supplement specifies one or more repayment dates.

Optional Tax and Regulatory Redemption

Unless otherwise indicated in your prospectus supplement, we may redeem each

series of debt securities in whole, but

not in part, at our

option at any

time upon not more than

60 nor less than 30

days’ notice to

the holders of such

debt

securities, at

a redemption

price equal

to

the principal

amount

of such

debt

securities (or

if the

debt securities

are

original

issue

discount

securities,

such

amount

as

determined

pursuant

to

the

formula

set

forth

in

the

applicable

prospectus supplement) plus any additional amounts due as a result of any withheld tax, if:

●

we would be required to pay additional amounts, as explained in the base prospectus under “— Payment

of Additional Amounts with Respect to the Debt Securities,” as a result of any change in or amendment to

the tax laws (or

any regulations or rulings

promulgated thereunder) of The Netherlands,

or of a

jurisdiction

in which a successor of ING is organized,

which becomes effective on or after

the date of issuance of that

series;

●

a person

located outside

The Netherlands,

or a

jurisdiction in

which a

successor of

ING is

organized,

to

which we

have conveyed,

transferred

or leased property,

would be

required to

pay additional

amounts.

We

are

not

required,

however,

to

use

reasonable

measures

to

avoid

the

obligation

to

pay

additional

amounts in the event of such merger,

conveyance, transfer or lease;

●

in

the

case

of

senior

debt

securities

only,

as

a

result

of

any

amendment

to,

or

change

in,

any

Loss

Absorption Regulation (as defined below), or

any change in the application or official

interpretation of any

Loss Absorption Regulation, in any

such case becoming effective

on or after the original issue

date of the

series of debt securities

affected (in each case other than

an Excluded Change, as defined

below), the debt

securities

are

or

(in

our

opinion

or

that

of

the

competent

authority

and/or

resolution

authority,

as

appropriate)

are

likely

to

be

fully

or

(if

so

specified

in

the

applicable

prospectus

supplement)

partially

excluded from our and/or

the Regulatory Group’s

(as defined below) minimum requirements for

(A) own

funds and eligible liabilities and/or (B) loss absorbing capacity instruments, in each case as such minimum

requirements are applicable

to us and/or

the Regulatory Group

and determined in accordance

with, and

pursuant to, the

relevant Loss Absorption Regulations;

unless the exclusion of

the relevant series of

debt

securities

from

the

relevant

minimum

requirement(s)

is

due

to

the

remaining

maturity

of

the

debt

securities

being

less

than

any

period

prescribed

by

any

applicable

eligibility

criteria

for

such

minimum

requirements

under

the

relevant

Loss

Absorption

Regulations

effective

with

respect

to

us

and/or

the

Regulatory Group on the original issue date of the series of debt securities affected; or

If we redeem your debt security,

we will do so at the specified redemption price, together with interest

accrued to the

redemption date.

Our

ability

to

redeem

certain

series

of

debt

securities

in

these

circumstances

will

be

subject

to

obtaining

the

prior

permission of the relevant resolution authority and/or competent authority, as described “Condition to Redemption or

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

16

Repurchase”

below.

Unless

otherwise

specified

in

the

applicable

prospectus

supplement,

such

permission

may

be

granted in the

context of a

redemption of debt securities for

tax reasons only

if there is a

change in the applicable

tax

treatment of such debt securities which we demonstrate to the satisfaction of the relevant resolution authority and/or

competent authority,

as applicable, is

material and was

not reasonably foreseeable

at the time

of the issuance

of the

debt securities.

“

Excluded

Change

”

means

any

amendment

to,

or

change

in,

the

Loss

Absorption

Regulations

to

implement

the

proposals in

the form

originally announced

by the

European

Commission on

November 23,

2016 in

order to

further

strengthen the resilience of EU banks

(the “Proposals”) or,

if the Proposals have been amended as at

the original issue

date of the relevant series of debt securities, in the form as so amended as at such date.

“

Loss Absorption Regulations

” means, at

any time, the

laws, regulations, requirements, guidelines,

rules, standards and

policies

relating

to

minimum

requirements

for

own

funds

and

eligible

liabilities

and/or

loss

absorbing

capacity

instruments of the Netherlands, the European Central Bank, the Dutch Central

Bank or other competent authority, the

resolution authority, the Financial Stability Board and/or

of the European Parliament or of the Council of the European

Union then in effect in the Netherlands and applicable

to us and/or the Regulatory Group

including, without limitation

to the generality of the foregoing, any

delegated or implementing acts (such

as regulatory technical standards) adopted

by the

European Commission

and any

regulations, requirements,

guidelines, rules,

standards

and policies

relating to

minimum requirements for own funds and eligible liabilities

and/or loss absorbing capacity instruments adopted by the

competent authority and/or the resolution

authority from time to

time (whether or

not such regulations, requirements,

guidelines, rules, standards or policies are applied generally or specifically to us or to the Regulatory Group).

“

Regulatory Group

” means ING,

its subsidiary undertakings,

participations, participating interests

and any

subsidiary

undertakings, participations or

participating interests

held (directly or

indirectly) by any

of its subsidiary

undertakings

from time to time and any other

undertakings from time to time consolidated with

ING for regulatory purposes, in each

case in accordance with the rules and guidance of the competent authority then in effect.

Mergers and Similar Transactions

We are generally permitted to merge

or consolidate with or into another company. We

are also permitted to sell

substantially all our assets to another company.

With regard to any series of debt securities, however,

we may not

take any of these actions unless all the following conditions are met:

●

If we are not the successor entity, the successor entity must expressly agree

to be legally responsible for the

debt securities of that series and the indenture with respect to that series and must be organized as a

corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company or similar entity.

The successor entity may be

organized under the laws of any jurisdiction.

●

The merger, sale of assets or other transaction must

not cause an event of default on the debt securities or

any event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an event of default

If the conditions described above are satisfied with respect to the debt securities of any series, we will not need to

obtain the approval of the holders of those debt securities in order to merge or consolidate or to sell our assets. Also,

these conditions will apply only if we wish to merge or consolidate with another entity or sell our assets substantially

as an entirety to another entity. We

will not need to satisfy these conditions if we enter into other types of

transactions, including any transaction in which we acquire the stock or assets of another entity, any

transaction that

involves a change of control of ING but in which we do not merge or consolidate, and any transaction

in which we sell

less than substantially all our assets.

Subject to applicable law and regulation (including our obtaining the prior permission of the Single Resolution Board

(as resolution authority) and/or the European Central Bank (as competent authority), or any successor relevant

resolution authority and/or competent authority, as appropriate,

if such permission is required), any of our wholly

owned subsidiaries may assume our obligations under the debt securities of any series without the consent of any

holder. We,

however,

must irrevocably guarantee (on a subordinated basis in substantially the manner described

under “— Debt Securities May Be Senior or Subordinated — Subordination Provisions” above, in the case of

subordinated debt securities) the obligations of the subsidiary under the debt securities of that series. If we do, all of

our direct obligations under the debt securities of the series and the applicable indenture shall immediately be

discharged. Unless the relevant prospectus supplement provides otherwise, any additional amounts under the debt

securities of the series will, to the extent provided as described in the base prospectus under “— Payment of

Additional Amounts with Respect to the Debt Securities”, be payable

in respect of any taxes imposed by the

jurisdiction in which the successor entity is organized, rather than taxes imposed by The Netherlands, subject to

exceptions equivalent to those that apply to any obligation to

pay additional amounts in respect of taxes imposed by

The Netherlands. However, if we make

payment under this guarantee, we shall also be required to pay additional

amounts related to taxes (subject to the exceptions

set forth in “— Payment of Additional Amounts with Respect to

the Debt Securities” in the base prospectus) imposed by The Netherlands due to this guarantee payment. A subsidiary

that assumes our obligations will also be entitled to redeem the debt securities of the relevant series in the

circumstances described under “— Redemption and Repayment” above with respect to any change or amendment to,

or change in the official application of the laws or regulations of the assuming corporation’s jurisdiction of

incorporation as long as the change or amendment occurs after the date of the subsidiary’s assumption of our

obligations.

Tax authorities, including the U.S. Internal Revenue

Service, might deem an assumption of our obligations as described

above to be an exchange of the existing debt securities for new debt securities, resulting in a recognition of taxable

gain or loss and possibly other adverse tax consequences. Investors should consult their tax advisors regarding

the tax

consequences of such an assumption. If we merge, consolidate or sell our assets substantially in their entirety,

neither

we nor any successor would have any obligation to compensate you

for any resulting adverse tax consequences

relating to your debt securities.

Events of Default and Remedies

Events of Default and Acceleration of Principal

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

17

Unless otherwise

specified in

your

prospectus

supplement, an

“event

of

default” with

respect

to

any

series of

debt

securities will result only if:

●

we

are

declared

bankrupt

by

a

court

of

competent

jurisdiction

in

The

Netherlands

(or

such

other

jurisdiction in which we may be organized); or

●

an order is

made or an

effective resolution

is passed for

our winding-up or

liquidation, unless this

is

done in connection with a

merger, consolidation or other form of combination with another

company

and

(a)

we

are

permitted

to

enter

into

such

merger,

consolidation

or

combination

pursuant

the

provisions described under “— Mergers and Similar Transactions”

above or (b) the requisite majority

of

holders

of

the

relevant

series

of

debt

securities,

as

described

under

“Modifications

of

the

Indentures—Changes Requiring Majority Approval”, has waived the requirement that

we comply with

the covenant contained in “— Mergers and Similar Transactions”

above.

Upon the occurrence of an event of default, and only in such instance, the entire principal amount of each series of our

debt

securities will

be

automatically

accelerated,

without any

action by

the

trustee

or

any

holder,

and

will

become

immediately due and payable

together with accrued but unpaid

interest, subject to

obtaining the approvals

described

under

“—Condition

to

Redemption

or

Repurchase”

above.

The

payment

of

principal

of

our

debt

securities

will

be

accelerated only in the event of an event of default

(but not the bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization

of any of our

subsidiaries). There will be

no right of acceleration of

the payment of principal of

our debt securities if

we fail to pay any

principal, interest

or any other

amount (including upon

redemption) on such

debt securities or

in the performance

of

any of our covenants or

agreements contained in such debt

securities. No such

payment default or performance default

will result

in an

event

of default

under our

debt securities

or permit

any

holders

to take

action to

enforce

the debt

securities, except as described under

“—Limited Remedies for Non-Payment and Breach of

Obligations; Trust Indenture

Act

Remedies”

below.

Moreover,

the

exercise

of

any

Dutch

Bail-in

Power

by

the

relevant

resolution

authority,

as

described under “— Agreement and Acknowledgment with Respect

to the Exercise of Dutch Bail-in

Power” above, will

not be an event of default.

Limited Remedies for Non

-

Payment and Breach of Obligations; Trust Indenture A

ct Remedies

The sole remedies of the holders of our debt securities and the trustee for our breach of any obligation under the debt

securities or the senior debt

indenture, as applicable, shall

be (1) to demand

payment of any

principal or interest

that

we fail to pay when it has become

due and payable and, in the

case of interest, where such failure continues for at least

30 days

(provided that

the trustee has

provided us with

notice of such

failure to

pay interest

at least 15

days prior

to

the end

of such

30-day period),

(2) to

seek enforcement

of any

of our

other obligations

under any

debt security,

the

senior debt indenture (other than any payment obligation) or damages for our failure

to satisfy any such obligation, (3)

to exercise the remedies described

under “—Events of Default” above and (4)

to claim in any proceeding relating to our

liquidation

(upon

dissolution

(

ontbinding

)

or

otherwise),

moratorium

of

payments

(

surseance

van

betaling

)

or

bankruptcy (

faillissement

). The foregoing shall not prevent holders of our debt securities or the trustee from instituting

proceedings for our bankruptcy.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) the

trustee shall have such

powers as are required

to be authorized to

it under the

Trust Indenture Act in respect of the rights of the holders of our debt securities under the provisions of the senior debt

indenture and (2) nothing shall impair the right of a holder of our debt securities under the Trust Indenture Act, absent

such holder’s consent, to sue for any payment due but unpaid with respect to its debt securities.

No Other Remedies

Other than the limited

remedies specified herein under “Limited

Remedies for Non-Payment and Breach of Obligations;

Trust

Indenture Act

Remedies” above,

no remedy

against

us will

be available

to the

trustee (acting

on behalf

of the

holders of our debt

securities) or holders of our

debt securities whether for

the recovery of

amounts owing in respect

of such debt

securities or under

the senior debt

indenture or

in respect of

any breach

by us

of any

of our obligations

under

or

in

respect

of

the

terms

of

our

debt

securities

or

the

senior

debt

indenture

in

relation

thereto;

provided,

however,

that such limitation shall not

apply to our obligations to

pay the fees and

expenses of,

and to indemnify,

the

trustee (including fees and expenses of trustee’s

counsel).

Trustee’s Duties

In case

of a

default

under any

series of

our debt

securities, the

trustee shall

exercise

such of

the rights

and powers

vested in it by the

senior debt indenture, and

use the same

degree of care and skill

in their exercise, as a

prudent person

would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs. For

these purposes, a “default”

shall occur upon (i)

the occurrence of

an event of

default, (ii) failure

by us to

pay any principal

or interest

when it has

become due and

payable and, in

the case of

interest, where

such failure

continues for

at least 30

days (provided

that

the trustee has

provided us with

notice of such failure

to pay interest

at least 15

days prior to

the end of such

30-day

period) or (iii) breach by

us of any term,

obligation or commitment (other

than any payment

obligation) binding on us

under the relevant series

of debt securities

or the senior

debt indenture. Holders of

a majority of

the aggregate principal

amount of the outstanding debt

securities of a series

may waive any past default specified in

clause (iii) in the

preceding

sentence but may not

waive any past default specified

in clauses (i)

and (ii) in

the preceding sentence. For

the avoidance

of doubt,

the exercise of

any Dutch Bail-in

Power by the

relevant resolution authority, as

described under

“— Agreement

and

Acknowledgment

with

Respect

to

the

Exercise

of

Dutch

Bail-in

Power”

above,

will

not

be

a

default

for

these

purposes.

If a default occurs and is continuing with respect to any series of our debt securities, the trustee will have no obligation

to take

any

action at

the direction

of any

holders of

such series

of the

debt securities,

unless they

have

offered

the

trustee security

or indemnity

satisfactory

to the

trustee in

its sole

discretion. The

holders of

a majority

in aggregate

principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of a series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place

of conducting any

proceeding in the name

of and on the

behalf of the trustee

for any remedy

available to

the trustee

or exercising

any trust

or power conferred

on the trustee

with respect to

such series of

the debt securities.

However,

this direction (a) must not

be in conflict with any rule

of law or the

senior debt indenture, as applicable

and (b) must not

be unjustly prejudicial to

the holder(s) of such

series of the debt

securities not taking part

in the direction, in

the case

of either (a)

or (b) as

determined by the

trustee in its

sole discretion. The

trustee may

also take

any other action,

not

inconsistent with the direction, that it deems proper.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

18

The trustee

is required

to,

within 90

days of

a default

with respect

to the

debt securities

of any

series, give

to each

affected holder of

the debt securities of the

affected series notice

of any default

known to a responsible

officer of the

trustee, unless the default has been cured or waived. However,

the trustee will be entitled to withhold notice if a trust

committee of responsible officers

of the trustee determine in good faith

that withholding of notice is in the interest

of

the holders.

The

trustee

makes

no

representations,

and

shall

not

be

liable

with

respect

to,

any

information

set

forth

in

this

prospectus.

Limitation on Suits

Before you

bypass the

trustee and

bring your

own lawsuit

or other formal

legal action

or take

other steps

to enforce

your rights or protect your interests relating to the debt securities, all of the following must occur:

●

the holder must give the trustee a written notice that a default has occurred and remains uncured;

●

the holders

of 25%

in outstanding

principal amount

of the

debt securities

must make

a written

request

that the trustee take action because of the default;

●

such holder must

offer indemnity satisfactory to the

trustee in its sole

discretion against the cost

and other

liabilities of taking that action;

●

the trustee must not

have taken

action for 60 days

after receipt of the above

notice and offer of

security

or indemnity; and

●

the trustee must not have received an inconsistent

direction from the majority in principal amount of the

debt securities during that period.

Notwithstanding any contrary provisions, nothing

shall impair the

right of a

holder of the

debt securities under

the Trust

Indenture Act, absent

such holder’s consent,

to sue for any

payments due but

unpaid with respect

to the debt

securities.

Modifications of the Indentures

There are four types of changes we can make to a particular indenture and the debt securities issued thereunder.

Changes Requiring Each Holder’s Approval

First,

there are

changes that

we or

the trustee

cannot make

without the

approval

of each

holder of

a debt

security

affected by the change under a particular indenture. We cannot:

●

change the stated maturity,

if any, for any

principal or interest payment on a debt security;

●

reduce the principal

amount, the amount

payable on acceleration of

the maturity after

an event of

default,

the interest rate or the redemption price or any premium for

a debt security;

●

change our obligation to pay additional amounts in respect of a debt security;

●

permit redemption of a debt security if not previously permitted;

●

modify the provisions

of the indenture

with respect to

the subordination of

the debt securities

in a manner

adverse to holders;

●

impair any right a holder may have to require repayment

or conversion of its debt security;

●

change the currency of any payment on a debt security other than as permitted by the debt security;

●

change the place of payment on a debt security, if it is in non-global form;

●

impair a holder’s right to sue for payment of any amount due on its debt security;

●

reduce the

percentage

in principal

amount of

the debt

securities and

any

other affected

series of

debt

securities, taken

together,

the approval of

whose holders is

needed to change

the indenture or

the debt

securities;

●

reduce the

percentage

in principal

amount of

the debt

securities and

any

other affected

series of

debt

securities, taken

separately or

together,

as the

case may

be, the

consent of

whose holders

is needed

to

waive our compliance with the applicable indenture or to waive defaults; and

●

change

the

provisions

of

the

applicable

indenture

dealing

with

modification

and

waiver

in

any

other

respect, except

to increase

any

required

percentage

referred

to above

or to

add to

the provisions

that

cannot be changed or waived without approval of the holder of each affected debt security.

Changes Not Requiring Approval

The second type of

change does not require

any approval by

holders of the debt

securities. These changes are

limited

to clarifications and changes

that would not adversely affect the

debt securities in any

material respect. Nor do

we need

any approval to make any change that affects only debt securities to be issued under the applicable indenture after the

changes take effect.

We may also make changes or obtain

waivers that do not adversely affect a particular debt security,

even if they affect

other debt securities. In

those cases, we do

not need to obtain the

approval of the holder of

that debt security; we need

only obtain any required approvals from the holders of the affected

debt securities or other debt securities.

Changes Requiring Majority Approval

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

19

Any other change to

either indenture and the

debt securities issued under that

indenture would require

the following

approval:

●

if the change affects only one series of debt securities, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in

principal amount of the relevant series of debt securities; or

●

if

the

change

affects

more

than

one

series

of

debt

securities

issued

under

an

indenture,

it

must

be

approved by

the holders

of a

majority in

principal amount

of the

series affected

by the

change, with

all

affected series voting together as one class for

this purpose (and of any series that by its terms is entitled

to vote separately as a series, as described below).

In each case, the required approval must be given by written consent.

The same

majority approval

would be

required for

us to

obtain a

waiver of

any of

our covenants

in either indenture.

Our covenants include

the promises we make

about merging which we

describe above under “— Mergers

and Similar

Transactions.”

If

the

holders

agree

to

waive

a

covenant,

we

will

not

have

to

comply

with

it.

A

majority

of

holders,

however,

cannot approve

a waiver

of any

provision in

a particular

debt security,

or in

the applicable

indenture

as it

affects that debt security, that we cannot change without the

approval of each holder of that

debt security as described

above in “— Changes Requiring Each Holder’s Approval” unless that holder approves the waiver.

Book-entry and

other indirect owners

should consult their

banks or

brokers

for information

on how approval

may be

granted or denied if we seek to change the applicable indenture or the debt securities or request a waiver.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

20

AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

This section will summarize all of the material provisions of the Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement, dated as

of October 4, 2018, pursuant to which the American depositary receipts (which we refer to as ADRs) are to be issued

among ING, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as depositary, and the holders from time to time of ADRs. We refer

to this

agreement as the “deposit agreement.”

We do not, however,

describe every aspect of the deposit agreement, which

has been filed as an exhibit to ING’s registration

statement on Form F-6, filed on 4 October 2018. You

should read the

deposit agreement for a more detailed description of the terms of the ADRs. Additional copies of the deposit

agreement are available for inspection at the principal office of the depositary in New York,

which is presently located

at 383 Madison Avenue, Floor 11, New York, New York,

10179.

American Depositary Receipts

The depositary will issue ADRs evidencing American depositary shares (which we refer to as ADSs) pursuant to the

deposit agreement. Each ADS will represent one ordinary share. Only persons in whose names ADRs are registered on

the books of the depositary will be treated by the depositary and us as holders of ADRs.

Unless certificated ADRs are

specifically requested by you, all ADSs will be issued on the books of our depositary in book-entry form and periodic

statements will be mailed to you which reflect your ownership interest

in such ADSs. In our description, references to

American depositary receipts or ADRs shall include the statements you will receive which reflect your ownership of

ADSs.

You may hold ADSs either directly or indirectly through

your broker or other financial institution. If you hold ADSs

directly, by having an ADS registered

in your name on the books of the depositary, you are an ADR holder.

This

description assumes you hold your ADSs directly. If you hold the ADSs through your broker

or financial institution

nominee, you must rely on the procedures of such broker or financial institution to assert the rights of an ADR holder

described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those

procedures are.

Pursuant to the terms of the deposit agreement, registered holders of ADRs and all persons holding any interest

in

ADRs and/or ADSs will be subject to any applicable disclosure requirements regarding acquisition and ownership of

ordinary shares as are applicable pursuant to the terms of our articles of association or other provisions of or

governing the ordinary shares. See “Ordinary Shares — Obligations of shareholders to disclose holdings” above for a

description of such disclosure requirements applicable to ordinary shares and the consequences of noncompliance as

of the date of this prospectus. In order to enforce such disclosure requirements, we reserve the right to

instruct ADR

holders to deliver their ADSs for cancellation and withdrawal of the deposited securities so as to permit us to deal

directly with the holder thereof as a holder of ordinary shares, and, by being a holder of an ADR, ADR holders are

contractually agreeing to comply with such instructions.

The depositary has agreed, subject to the terms and

conditions of the deposit agreement, to cooperate with ING in its efforts to inform ADR holders

of any exercise by us

of our rights to instruct ADR holders to deliver their ADSs for cancellation, and to consult with and provide us with

reasonable assistance without risk, liability or expense on the part of the depositary, on the manner or manners in

which we may enforce such rights with respect to any ADR holder.

The depositary will keep, at its transfer office, (i) a register for

the registration, registration of transfer,

combination

and split-up of ADRs, which at all reasonable times will be open for inspection by holders of ADRs and us for the

purpose of communicating with holders in the interest of our business or a matter relating to the deposit agreement

and (ii) facilities for the delivery and receipt of ADRs.

Deposit, Transfer and Withdrawal

The depositary has agreed that upon delivery of our ordinary shares (or rights to receive our ordinary shares from us

or any registrar,

transfer agent, clearing agency or other entity recording ordinary share ownership or transactions for

us) to their custodian, which is currently ING Bank N.V.,

and in accordance with the procedures set forth in the deposit

agreement, the depositary will issue ADRs for delivery at its designated transfer office.

Upon surrender at the office of the depositary of an ADR for the purpose of withdrawal of the deposited securities

represented by the ADSs evidenced by such ADR, and upon payment of the fees, governmental charges

and taxes

provided in the deposit agreement, and subject to the terms and conditions of the deposit agreement, the holder of

such ADR will be entitled to delivery to such holder or upon such holder’s order, as permitted

by applicable law, of the

amount of deposited securities at the time represented by the ADS evidenced by such ADR. The custodian will

ordinarily deliver such deposited securities at or from its office. The forwarding of deposited securities for delivery at

any other place specified by the holder will be at the risk and expense of the holder.

Dividends, Other Distributions and Rights

To the extent

practicable, the depositary will distribute to you, in proportion to the number of ADSs you hold, any U.S.

dollars available to the depositary resulting from a cash dividend or other cash distribution or the net proceeds of

sales of any other distribution that it receives in respect of the deposited securities. Such a distribution will be subject

to (i) appropriate adjustments for taxes

withheld, (ii) the impermissibility or impracticability of such distribution with

respect to certain holders and (iii) the deduction of the depositary and/or its agents’ fees and expenses in (1)

converting any foreign currency to U.S. dollars

by sale or in such other manner as the depositary may determine, to

the extent that it determines that such conversion may be made on a reasonable basis, (2) transferring

foreign

currency or U.S. dollars to the United States by such means as the depositary may determine, to the extent that

it

determines that such transfer may be made on a reasonable basis, (3) obtaining any approval or license of any

governmental authority required for such conversion or transfer,

which is obtainable at a reasonable cost and within a

reasonable time and (4) making any sale by public or private means in any commercially reasonable manner.

To the

extent that the depositary determines in its discretion that any distribution under the terms of the deposit agreement

is not practicable with respect to any holder,

the depositary may make such distribution as it so deems practicable,

including the distribution of foreign currency,

securities or property (or appropriate documents evidencing the right to

receive foreign currency,

securities or property) or the retention thereof as deposited securities with respect to such

holder’s ADRs (without liability for interest thereon or the investment thereof). For a description of our dividend

policies, see “ Description of Ordinary Shares — Dividends” above.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

21

If any distribution on deposited securities consists of a dividend in, or free distribution of, ordinary shares, the

depositary will, to the extent practicable, distribute to you, in proportion to the number of ADSs you hold, additional

ADRs evidencing an aggregate number of ADSs that represents the amount of ordinary shares received as such

dividend or free distribution. In lieu of delivering ADRs for fractional ADSs in the event of any such dividend or free

distribution, the depositary shall sell the number of ordinary shares represented by the aggregate of such fractions

and distribute the net proceeds to holders entitled thereto.

If we offer or cause to be offered to holders

of deposited securities any rights to subscribe for additional shares or

rights of any nature, the depositary will to the extent practicable distribute warrants

or other instruments, in its

discretion, representing

rights to acquire additional ADRs in respect of any rights that have been made available to

the depositary as a result of a distribution on deposited securities, to the extent that we timely furnish to the

depositary evidence satisfactory to the depositary that the depositary may lawfully distribute the same. We have no

obligation to furnish such evidence, and to the extent that we do not furnish such evidence and the sales of rights are

practicable, the depositary will distribute any U.S. dollars available to the depositary from the net

proceeds of sales of

rights, as in the case of cash, or, to the extent

that we do not furnish such evidence and such sales cannot practicably

be accomplished by reason of the non-transferability of the rights, limited markets therefor,

their short duration, or

otherwise, the depositary will distribute nothing (and any rights may lapse).

The depositary will not offer rights to holders having an address in the U.S. unless both the rights and the securities to

which such rights relate are either exempt from registration

under the Securities Act with respect to a distribution to

all holders or are registered under the provisions of the Securities Act. Notwithstanding any terms of the deposit

agreement to the contrary,

we shall have no obligation to prepare and file a registration statement

in respect of any

such rights.

Whenever the depositary shall receive any distribution other than cash, ordinary shares or rights in respect of the

deposited securities, the depositary will to the extent practicable distribute securities or property available to the

depositary resulting from such distribution to the holders entitled thereto by any means that the depositary may

deem equitable and practicable, or, to

the extent that the depositary deems distribution of such securities or property

to not be equitable and practicable, any U.S. dollars available to the depositary from the net proceeds

of sales of such

securities or property, as in the case of cash.

Whenever we intend to distribute a dividend payable at the election of the holders of ordinary shares in cash or in

additional shares, we shall give notice thereof to the depositary at least 30 days prior to the proposed distribution

stating whether or not we wish such elective distribution to be made available to ADR holders.

Upon receipt of notice

indicating that we wish such elective distribution to be made available to ADR holders, the depositary shall consult

with us to determine, and we shall assist the depositary in its determination, whether it is lawful and reasonably

practicable to make such elective distribution available to the ADR holders. The depositary shall make

such elective

distribution available to ADR holders only if (i) we shall have timely requested that the elective distribution is available

to ADR holders, (ii) the depositary shall have determined that such distribution is reasonably practicable and (iii) the

depositary shall have received satisfactory documentation within the terms of the deposit agreement including,

without limitation, any legal opinions of counsel in any applicable jurisdiction that the depositary in its reasonable

discretion may request, at our expense.

If the above conditions are not satisfied, the depositary shall, to the extent

permitted by law,

distribute to the ADR holders, on the basis of the same determination as is made in the local market

in respect of the ordinary shares for which no election is made, either (x) cash or (y) additional ADSs representing such

additional ordinary shares.

If the above conditions are satisfied, the depositary shall establish a record date and

establish procedures to enable ADR holders to elect the receipt of the proposed dividend in cash or in additional ADSs.

We shall assist the depositary in establishing such procedures to the extent necessary.

Nothing herein shall obligate

the depositary to make available to ADR holders a method to receive

the elective dividend in ordinary shares (rather

than ADSs).

There can be no assurance that ADR holders generally,

or any holder in particular, will be given the

opportunity to receive elective distributions on the same terms and conditions as the holders of ordinary shares.

If the depositary determines that any distribution of property other than cash (including ordinary shares or rights) on

deposited securities is subject to any tax which the depositary or the custodian is obligated to withhold, the

depositary may dispose of all or a portion of such property in such amounts and in such manner as the depositary

deems necessary and practicable to pay such taxes, by public or private sale, and the depositary will distribute the net

proceeds of any such sale or the balance of any such property after deduction of such taxes to the holders entitled

thereto.

Changes Affecting Deposited Securities

Pursuant to the terms of the deposit agreement, the depositary may,

in its discretion, and will if we so reasonably

request, amend the ADRs or distribute additional or amended ADRs (with or without calling for the exchange of any

ADRs) or cash, securities or property on the record date set by the depositary therefor to

reflect any change in par

value, split-up, consolidation, cancellation or other reclassification of deposited securities, any share distribution or

any distribution other than cash, ordinary shares or rights, which in each case is not distributed to holders or any cash,

securities or property available to the depositary in respect of the deposited securities from (and the depositary is

authorized to surrender any deposited securities to any person and, irrespective of whether such deposited securities

are surrendered or otherwise cancelled by operation of law,

rule, regulation or otherwise, to sell by public or private

sale any property received in connection with) any recapitalization, reorganization,

merger,

consolidation, liquidation,

receivership, bankruptcy or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, and to the extent that the depositary does not

so amend the ADRs or make a distribution to holders to reflect any of the foregoing, or the net proceeds thereof,

whatever cash, securities or property results from any of the foregoing shall constitute deposited securities and each

ADS evidenced by an ADR shall automatically represent its pro rata interest

in the deposited securities as then

constituted.

Promptly upon the occurrence of any of the aforementioned changes affecting deposited securities, we

shall notify the

depositary in writing of such occurrence and as soon as practicable after receipt of such notice, may

instruct the depositary to give notice thereof, at our expense, to holders in accordance

with the provisions of the

deposit agreement. Upon receipt of such instruction, the depositary shall give notice to the holders in accordance

with the terms of the deposit agreement, as soon as reasonably practicable.

Record Dates

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

22

The depositary may, after consultation

with us if practicable, fix a record date (which, to the extent applicable, shall be

as near as practicable to any corresponding record date set by us)

for the determination of the holders who shall be

responsible for the fee assessed by the depositary for administration of the ADR program and for

any expenses

provided in the deposit agreement as well as for the determination of the holders who shall be entitled to receive any

distribution on or in respect of deposited securities, to give instructions for the exercise of any voting rights, to receive

any notice or to act in respect of other matters and only such holders shall be so entitled or obligated.

Voting of Deposited Securities

Subject to the following sentence, as soon as practicable after receipt of notice of any meetings at which the holders

of ordinary shares are entitled to vote, or of solicitation of consents or proxies from holders of ordinary shares or

other deposited securities, the depositary shall fix the ADS record date in accordance with the deposit agreement in

respect of such meeting or solicitation of consent or proxy.

The depositary shall, if we request in writing in a timely

manner (the depositary having no obligation to take any

further action if the request shall not have been received by

the depositary at least thirty (30) days’ prior to the date of such vote or meeting) and at our expense and provided no

legal prohibitions exist, distribute to holders a notice stating:

(i)

such information as is contained in such notice and any solicitation materials;

(ii)

that each holder on the record date set by the depositary therefor will, subject to any applicable

provisions of Dutch law,

be entitled to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of the voting rights,

if any, pertaining to the deposited securities represented

by the ADSs evidenced by such holder’s

ADRs; and

(iii)

the manner in which such instructions may be given, including instructions to give a discretionary

proxy to a person designated by us.

Upon actual receipt by the ADR department of the depositary of instructions of a holder on such record date in the

manner and on or before the time established by the depositary for such purpose, the depositary shall endeavor,

insofar as practicable and permitted under the provisions of,

or governing, deposited securities, to vote or cause to be

voted the deposited securities represented by such holder’s ADRs in accordance with such instructions. The

depositary will not itself exercise any voting discretion in respect of any deposited securities. There is no guarantee

that holders generally or any holder in particular will receive the notice described above with sufficient time to enable

such holder to return any voting instructions to the depositary in a timely manner.

Notwithstanding anything contained in the deposit agreement or any ADR, the depositary may,

to the extent not

prohibited by law or regulations, or by the requirements of the stock exchange

on which the ADSs are listed, in lieu of

distribution of the materials provided to the depositary in connection with any meeting of,

or solicitation of consents

or proxies from, holders of deposited securities, distribute to holders of ADRs a notice that provides such holders with,

or otherwise publicizes to such holders, instructions on how to retrieve such materials or receive such materials upon

request (

i.e

., by reference to a website containing

the materials for retrieval or a contact for requesting copies of the

materials).

ADR holders are strongly encouraged to forward their voting instructions as soon as possible.

Voting instructions will

not be deemed received until such time as the ADR department responsible for proxies and voting has received such

instructions notwithstanding that such instructions may have been physically received by the depositary prior to such

time.

Reports and Other Communications

We have delivered to the depositary,

the custodian and any transfer office a copy of all provisions of or governing the

ordinary shares and any other deposited securities issued by us or any of our affiliates and, promptly upon any change

thereto, we will deliver to the depositary,

the custodian and any transfer office, a copy (in English or with an English

translation) of such provisions as so changed.

Amendment and Termination of the Deposit Agreement

Subject to the provisions of the deposit agreement, the ADRs and the deposit agreement may at any time be

amended by us and the depositary without your consent;

provided

that any amendment that imposes or increases any

fees or charges (other than stock transfer or other taxes

and other governmental charges, transfer or registration

fees,

SWIFT,

cable, telex or facsimile transmission costs, delivery costs or other such expenses), or which otherwise

prejudices any substantial existing right of yours,

will take effect 30 days

after notice of any such amendment has

been given to ADR holders. Every holder of an ADR at the time any amendment to the deposit agreement so becomes

effective will be deemed by continuing to hold such ADRs to consent and agree to such amendment and to be bound

by the deposit agreement as amended thereby. In no event

may any amendment impair the right of any holder of

ADRs to surrender such ADRs and receive the deposited securities represented thereby,

except in order to comply

with mandatory provisions of applicable law.

Any amendments or supplements which (i) are reasonably necessary (as agreed by us and the depositary) in order for

(a) the ADSs to be registered under the Securities Act or (b) the ADSs or our ordinary shares to be traded solely in

electronic book-entry form and (ii) do not in either such case impose or increase any fees or charges to be borne by

holders of ADRs, shall be deemed not to prejudice any substantial rights of such holders. Notwithstanding the

foregoing, if any governmental body or regulatory body should adopt new laws, rules or regulations which would

require amendment or supplement of the deposit agreement or the form of ADR to ensure compliance therewith, we

and the depositary may amend or supplement the deposit agreement and the form of ADR at any time in accordance

with such changed laws, rules or regulations. Such amendment or supplement to the deposit agreement in such

circumstances may become effective before

a notice of such amendment or supplement is given to holders of ADRs or

within any other period of time as required for compliance. Notice of any amendment to the deposit agreement or

form of ADR shall not need to describe in detail the specific amendments effectuated thereby,

and failure to describe

the specific amendments in any such notice shall not render such notice invalid,

provided, however,

that, in each such

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

23

case, the notice given to the holders identifies a means for holders to retrieve or receive the text

of such amendment

(

i.e

., upon retrieval from the SEC’s, the depositary’s or our website or upon request from

the depositary).

The depositary may, and shall at our written direction,

terminate the deposit agreement and the ADRs by mailing

notice of such termination to the ADR holders at least 30 days prior to the date fixed in such notice for such

termination; provided, however,

if the depositary shall have (i) resigned as depositary, notice of such termination by

the depositary shall not be provided to ADR holders unless a successor depositary shall not be operating under the

deposit agreement within 60 days of the date of such resignation, or (ii) been removed as depositary,

notice of such

termination by the depositary shall not be provided to ADR holders unless a successor depositary shall not be

operating under the deposit agreement on the 60

th

day after our notice of removal was first provided to the

depositary. After the date so fixed

for termination, the depositary and its agents will perform no further acts under

the deposit agreement and the ADRs, except to receive and hold (or sell) distributions on deposited securities and

deliver deposited securities being withdrawn.

As soon as practicable after the expiration of 6 months from the date

so fixed for termination, the depositary shall sell the deposited securities and shall thereafter (as long as it may

lawfully do so) hold in a segregated or unsegregated account the net proceeds of such sales, together with any

other

cash then held by it under the deposit agreement, without liability for interest, in trust for the pro rata

benefit of the

holders of ADRs not theretofore surrendered.

After making such sale, the depositary shall be discharged from all

obligations in respect of the deposit agreement and the ADRs, except to account for such net proceeds and other

cash.

After the date so fixed for termination, we shall be discharged from all obligations under the deposit agreement

except for our obligations to the depositary and its agents.

In the event that the depositary resigns, is removed or is otherwise substituted, and a successor thereto is appointed,

the successor depositary will promptly mail you notice of such appointment.

Liability of Holder for Taxes

If any tax or other governmental charges (including any penalties and/or interest)

become payable by the custodian or

the depositary with respect to any ADR, any deposited securities represented by the ADSs evidenced thereby or any

distribution thereon, such tax or other governmental charge will be paid by the holder thereof to the depositary and

by holding or having held an ADR the holder and all prior holders, jointly and severally, agree

to indemnify, defend and

hold harmless each of the depositary and its agents in respect thereof. The depositary may refuse to effect

any

registration, registration of transfer

or any split-up or combination of such ADR or any withdrawal of deposited

securities underlying such ADR until such payment is made. The depositary may also deduct from any dividends or

other distributions or may sell by public or private sale for your account any part or all of the deposited securities

underlying such ADR and may apply such dividends, distributions or the proceeds of any such sale to pay any such tax

or other governmental charges, and the holder of such ADR shall remain liable for any deficiency,

and the depositary

shall reduce the number of ADSs evidenced thereby to reflect any such sales of shares. In connection with any

distribution to holders, we will remit to the appropriate governmental authority or agency all amounts (if any)

required to be withheld and owing to such authority or agency by us; and the depositary and the custodian will remit

to the appropriate governmental authority or agency all amounts (if any) required to be withheld and owing to such

authority or agency by the depositary or the custodian.

If the depositary determines that any distribution in property

other than cash (including shares or rights) on deposited securities is subject to any tax that the depositary or the

custodian is obligated to withhold, the depositary may dispose of all or a portion of such property in such amounts

and in such manner as the depositary deems necessary and practicable to pay such taxes, by public or private sale,

and the depositary shall distribute the net proceeds of any such sale or the balance of any such property after

deduction of such taxes to the holders entitled thereto. Each holder of an ADR or an interest therein agrees to

indemnify the depositary, us, the custodian and any of their respective officers,

directors, employees, agents and

affiliates against, and hold each of them harmless from, any claims by any governmental authority with respect

to

taxes, additions to tax, penalties or interest arising out of any refund

of taxes, reduced rate of withholding at source or

other tax benefit obtained, which obligations shall survive any transfer or surrender of ADSs or the termination

of the

deposit agreement.

Transfer of

American Depositary Receipts

The ADRs are transferable on the books of the depositary,

provided

that the depositary may close the transfer books

or any portion thereof at any time or from time to time when deemed expedient by it, and may also close the

issuance book portion of the transfer books when reasonably requested by us solely in order to enable us to comply

with applicable law. As a condition precedent to the issue, registration, registration

of transfer,

split-up or

combination of any ADR, the delivery of any distribution thereon, or withdrawal of any deposited securities, the

depositary, we or the custodian may require

(i) payment of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any tax

or other

governmental charge and any stock transfer

or registration fee with respect thereto (including any such tax

or charge

and fee with respect to ordinary shares being deposited or withdrawn) and payment of any applicable fees

payable by

the holders of ADRs under the deposit agreement,

(ii) proof of the identity of any signatory and genuineness of any

signature, (iii) information as to citizenship or residence, exchange

control approval, beneficial ownership of any

securities, compliance with applicable law, regulations, provisions of or governing

the deposited securities and terms

of the deposit agreement and the ADR or other information as it may deem necessary or proper, and (iv) compliance

with such regulations as the depositary may establish consistent with the deposit agreement. The issuance, transfer,

combination or split-up of ADRs or the withdrawal of deposited securities may be suspended, generally or in particular

instances, during any period when the transfer books of the depositary or the books of ING or its agent for the

registration and transfer of ordinary shares are

closed or if any such action is deemed advisable by the depositary.

Limitations on Liability

Neither the depositary nor we nor any of our respective directors, officers, employees, agents or affiliates

will be

liable to you if by reason of any provision of any present or future law,

rule, regulation, fiat, order or decree of the

United States, The Netherlands or any other country or jurisdiction, or of any other governmental or regulatory

authority or securities exchange or market or automated quotation system,

or by reason of any provision of or

governing any deposited securities or any provision of our charter,

or by reason of any act of God, war, terrorism,

nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, work stoppage, strike,

civil unrest, revolutions, rebellions,

explosions, computer failure or circumstance beyond any such party’s

direct and immediate control, the depositary,

we or any of our respective directors, employees, agents or affiliates

shall be prevented or delayed in performing, or

shall be subject to any civil or criminal penalty in connection with, any act which by the terms of the deposit

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

24

agreement or the ADRs it is provided shall be done or performed by it or them (including, without limitation, voting

pursuant to the terms of the ADRs); nor will the depositary, we or any

of our respective directors, employees, agents

or affiliates incur any liability to you by reason of any exercise

of, or failure to exercise,

any discretion provided for

under the deposit agreement or any ADR (including, without limitation, any failure to determine that any distribution

or action may be lawful or reasonably practicable), or for any action or inaction by it in reliance upon the advice of or

information from legal counsel, accountants, any person

presenting ordinary shares for deposit, any ADR holder,

or

any other person believed by it to be competent to give such advice or information.

Neither we nor the depositary nor any of our respective directors, officers, employees, agents or affiliates

assume any

obligation or be subject to any liability except to perform its obligations to the extent

they are specifically provided

under the deposit agreement or the ADRs without gross negligence or willful misconduct. We, the depositary and its

agents and may rely and shall be protected in acting upon any written notice, request, direction,

instruction or

document believed to be genuine and to have been signed, presented or given by the proper party or parties.

The depositary and its agents have no obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other

proceeding in respect of any deposited securities or the ADRs, and we and our agents have no obligation to appear in,

prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any deposited securities or the ADRs, which in

our opinion may involve us in expense or liability, unless indemnity satisfactory

to us against all expense (including

fees and disbursements of counsel) and liability is furnished as often as may be required.

The depositary shall not be liable for the acts or omissions made by, or the insolvency of, any

securities depository,

clearing agency or settlement system, and shall not have any liability for the price received in connection with any

sale

of securities, the timing thereof or any delay in action or omission to act, nor shall it be responsible for any error or

delay in action, omission to act, default or negligence on the part of the party so retained in connection with any such

sale or proposed sale.

The depositary shall be under no obligation to inform registered holders of ADRs or any other

holders of an interest in any ADSs about the requirements of the laws, rules or regulations or any changes therein or

thereto of any country or jurisdiction or of any governmental or regulatory authority or any

securities exchange or

market or automated quotation system.

The depositary and its agents will not be responsible for any failure to carry

out any instructions to vote any of the Deposited Securities, for the manner in which any such vote is cast or for the

effect of any such vote. The depositary may rely upon instructions from us or our counsel in respect of any

approval or

license required for any currency conversion, transfer

or distribution. The depositary and its agents may own and deal

in any class of our securities and securities or our affiliates and in ADRs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set

forth in the deposit agreement or an ADR, the depositary and its agents may fully respond to any and all demands or

requests for information maintained by or on its behalf in connection with the deposit agreement, any ADR holder or

holders, any ADR or ADRs or otherwise related thereto to the extent such information is requested

or required by or

pursuant to any lawful authority,

including without limitation laws, rules, regulations, administrative or judicial

process, banking, securities or other regulators.

None of us, the depositary or the custodian shall be liable for the failure by any registered holder or beneficial owner

of ADRs to obtain the benefits of credits or refunds of non-U.S. tax paid against such holder's or beneficial owner's

income tax liability. Neither we nor the depositary shall incur any liability for any tax

or tax consequences that may be

incurred by registered holders or beneficial owners of ADRs on account of their ownership or disposition

of the ADRs

or ADSs.

The depositary shall not incur any liability for the content of any information submitted to it by or on our behalf for

distribution to the ADR holders or for any inaccuracy of any translation thereof,

for any investment risk associated

with acquiring an interest in the deposited securities, for the validity or worth of the deposited securities, for the

credit-worthiness of any third party, for

allowing any rights to lapse upon the terms of the deposit agreement or for

the failure or timeliness of any notice from us.

The depositary shall not be liable for any acts or omissions made by a

successor depositary whether in connection with a previous act or omission of the depositary or in connection with

any matter arising wholly after the removal or resignation of the depositary,

unless a liability is directly caused by the

previous gross negligence or willful misconduct of the depositary or its directors, officers, employees, agents or

affiliates acting in their capacities as such under the deposit agreement.

Neither we nor the depositary nor any of our respective agents shall be liable to registered holders of ADRs or

beneficial owners of interests in ADSs for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages (including, without

limitation, legal fees and expenses) or lost profits, in each case of any form incurred by any

person or entity, whether

or not foreseeable and regardless of the type of action in which such a claim may be brought.

The depositary shall not be responsible for, and shall incur no liability in connection with or arising from any act or

omission to act on the part of the custodian except to the extent that (i) such custodian

was not us or one of our

affiliates when such act or omission occurred and (ii) a holder has incurred liability directly as a result of the custodian

having (a) committed fraud or willful misconduct in the provision of custodial services to the depositary or (b) failed to

use reasonable care in the provision of custodial services to the depositary as determined in accordance with the

standards prevailing in the jurisdiction in which the custodian is located. As long as we or one of our affiliates is

serving as the custodian with respect to the deposit agreement we shall be solely liable for each and any act or failure

to act on the part of the custodian.

No disclaimer of liability under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, to the extent

applicable, is intended by any provision of the Deposit Agreement.

Governing Law, Submission to Jurisdiction and Waiver of Right to

Trial by Jury

The deposit agreement is governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

We have irrevocably agreed that

any legal suit, action or proceeding against us brought by the depositary or any

holder, arising out of or based upon the deposit agreement or the transactions contemplated

thereby, may be

instituted in any state or federal court in New York,

New York, and irrevocably waive

any objection which we may now

or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive

jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. We have also irrevocably agreed that any

legal suit,

action or proceeding against the depositary brought by us, arising out of or based upon the deposit agreement or the

transactions contemplated thereby,

may only be instituted in a state or federal court in New York,

New York.

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

25

Each holder or beneficial owner of ADSs and each holder of interests therein, has irrevocably agreed that any legal

suit, action or proceeding against or involving us or the depositary,

arising out of or based on the deposit agreement,

the ADSs, or the transactions contemplated thereby,

may only be instituted in a state or federal court

in New York,

New York, and each such party has irrevocably waived

any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying

of venue of any such proceeding, and irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit,

action or proceeding.

Each party to the deposit agreement, including each holder and beneficial owner and/or holder of interests in ADRs,

irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law,

any right it may have to a trial by jury in any suit,

action or proceeding against the depositary and/or us directly or indirectly arising out of or relating to the ordinary

shares or other deposited securities, the ADSs or the ADRs, the deposit agreement or any transaction contemplated

therein, or the breach thereof, whether based on contract, tort,

common law or any other theory.

Appointment

In the deposit agreement, each registered holder of ADRs and each person holding an interest in ADSs, upon

acceptance of any ADSs (or any interest therein) issued in accordance with the terms and conditions of the deposit

agreement shall be deemed for all purposes to:

(a) be a party to and bound by the terms of the deposit agreement and the applicable ADR

(s), and

(b) appoint the depositary its attorney

-

in

-

fact, with full power to delegate, to act on its behalf and to take any

and all actions contemplated in the deposit agreement and the applicable ADR(s), to adopt any and all procedures

necessary to comply with applicable law and to take such action as the depositary in its sole discretion may deem

necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of the deposit agreement and the applicable ADR(s), the taking of

such actions to be the conclusive determinant of the necessity and appropriateness thereof.

exhibit8

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

1

Exhibit 8

Principal subsidiaries

The principal subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V.

and their statutory place of incorporation and primary country of

operation are as follows:

Principal subsidiaries

Proportion of

ownership and

interest held

by the group

2020

2019

Subsidiary

Statutory place of

Incorporation

Country of operation

ING Bank N.V.

Amsterdam

the Netherlands

100%

100%

Bank Mendes Gans N.V.

Amsterdam

the Netherlands

100%

100%

ING Belgium S.A./N.V.

Brussels

Belgium

100%

100%

ING Luxembourg S.A.

Luxembourg City

Luxembourg

100%

100%

ING-DiBa AG

Frankfurt am Main

Germany

100%

100%

ING Bank Slaski S.A.

1

Katowice

Poland

75%

75%

ING Financial Holdings Corporation

Delaware

United States of America

100%

100%

ING Bank A.S.

Istanbul

Turkey

100%

100%

ING Bank (Australia) Ltd

Sydney

Australia

100%

100%

ING Commercial Finance B.V.

Amsterdam

the Netherlands

100%

100%

ING Groenbank N.V.

Amsterdam

the Netherlands

100%

100%

1 The shares of the non-controlling interest stake

of 25% are listed on the Warsaw Stock Exchange,

for summarised financial

information we refer to ‘Note 35 ‘Information

on geographical areas’.

exhibit121

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

1

Exhibit 12.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Steven van Rijswijk, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of ING Groep N.V.;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement

of a material fact or omit to

state a material fact necessary to make

the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which

such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered

by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information

included in this

report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations

and cash flows

of the company as of, and for,

the periods presented in this report;

4.

The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and

maintaining

disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and

internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for

the company and have:

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls

and procedures to

be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company,

including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly

during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control

over financial

reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the

reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements

for external purposes in

accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness

of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures

and presented in this

report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls

and procedures, as of the end

of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal

control over financial reporting that

occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected,

or is reasonably

likely to materially affect,

the company’s internal control

over financial reporting; and

5.

The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation

of

internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s

auditors and the audit committee of the

company’s board of directors

(or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control

over

financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect

the company’s ability to record,

process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves

management or other employees who have a

significant role in the company’s internal

control over financial reporting.

Date:

March 8, 2021

/s/ Steven van Rijswijk

Steven van Rijswijk

Chief Executive Officer

exhibit122

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

1

Exhibit 12.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Tanate

Phutrakul, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of ING Groep N.V.;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement

of a material fact or omit to

state a material fact necessary to make

the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which

such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered

by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information

included in this

report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations

and cash flows

of the company as of, and for,

the periods presented in this report;

4.

The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining

disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and

internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for

the company and have:

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls

and procedures to

be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company,

including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly

during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control

over financial

reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability

of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements

for external purposes in accordance

with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness

of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures

and presented in this

report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls

and procedures, as of the end

of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal

control over financial reporting that

occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected,

or is reasonably

likely to materially affect,

the company’s internal control

over financial reporting; and

5.

The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation

of

internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s

auditors and the audit committee of the

company’s board of directors

(or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control

over

financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect

the company’s ability to record,

process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves

management or other employees who have a

significant role in the company’s internal

control over financial reporting.

Date:

March 8, 2021

/s/ Tanate

Phutrakul

Tanate

Phutrakul

Chief Financial Officer

exhibit131

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

1

Exhibit 13.1

Certification

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

(Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

Pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section

1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code), the undersigned officer of ING Groep N.V.,

a public limited

company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (the “Company”), hereby certifies, to such officer’s

knowledge, that:

The Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2020 (the “Report”) of the

Company fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

and information contained in the Report fairly presents,

in all material respects, the financial condition and

results of operations of the Company.

Dated:

March 8, 2021

/s/ Steven van Rijswijk

………………………………

Name: Steven van Rijswijk

Title:

Chairman of the Executive Board

(Principal Executive Officer)

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

(subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code) and is not being filed as part

of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided

to ING Groep N.V.

and will

be retained by ING Groep N.V.

and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commissions or its staff upon

request.

exhibit132

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

1

Exhibit 13.2

Certification

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

(Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

Pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section

1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code), the undersigned officer of ING Groep N.V.,

a public limited

company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (the “Company”), hereby certifies, to such officer’s

knowledge, that:

The Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2020 (the “Report”) of the

Company fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

and information contained in the Report fairly presents,

in all material respects, the financial condition and

results of operations of the Company.

Dated:

March 8, 2021

/s/ Tanate

Phutrakul

_________________________

Name:

Tanate

Phutrak

ul

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

The foregoing

certification

is being

furnished solely

pursuant

to section

906 of

the Sarbanes-Oxley

Act of

2002

(subsections (a) and

(b) of section 1350,

chapter 63 of

title 18, United

States Code) and

is not being filed

as part

of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

A signed original of this written statement

required by Section 906 has been provided

to ING Groep N.V.

and will

be retained by

ING Groep N.V. and furnished to the

Securities and

Exchange Commissions or

its staff upon request.

exhibit151

Contents

Part I

Part II

Part III

Additional

information

Financial Statements

ING Group Annual Report 2020 on Form 20-F

1

Exhibit 15.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Supervisory Board

ING Groep N.V.

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements

(Nos. 333-92220, 333-81564,

333-

108833, 333-125075, 333-137354,

333-149631, 333-158154, 333-158155,

333-165591, 333-168020, 333-

172919, 333-172920, 333-172921

and 333-215535) on Form S-8

and in the registration statement (No. 333-

248407) on Form F-3

of ING Groep N.V.

of our reports dated March 8, 2021 with respect to the consolidated

statement of financial position of ING Groep N.V.

and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2020

and 2019, the

related consolidated statements of profit or loss, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for

each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,

2020, and the related notes and specific

disclosures described in Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements as being part of the

consolidated

financial statements, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020,

which reports appear in the December 31, 2020

annual report on Form 20-F

of ING Groep N.V.

Our report on the consolidated financial statements refers to changes in accounting principles due to: the

adoption of International Financial Reporting Standard 16, ‘Leases’ in 2019, the

early adoption of the

amendments to IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’

and IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments:

Disclosures’ in relation to the Interest Rate Benchmark Reform in 2019.

/s/ KPMG Accountants N.V.

Amstelveen, The Netherlands

March 12, 2021